https://docs.win-test.com/w/api.php?action=feedcontributions&user=Dl6rai&feedformat=atomWin-Test Wiki - User contributions [en]2024-03-28T23:51:16ZUser contributionsMediaWiki 1.35.0https://docs.win-test.com/w/index.php?title=Win-Test_Wiki:Help&diff=5048Win-Test Wiki:Help2023-04-12T16:59:37Z<p>Dl6rai: Changed redirect target from Help:Contents to Menu:Help</p>
<hr />
<div>#REDIRECT [[Menu:Help]]</div>Dl6raihttps://docs.win-test.com/w/index.php?title=Release_Notes&diff=5047Release Notes2023-04-12T16:55:18Z<p>Dl6rai: /* Release information 4.47.0 (to be released) */</p>
<hr />
<div>==Release information 4.47.0 (to be released)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* When hovering an hyperlink, the hand cursor was not always displayed.<br />
* HA DX contest : It was not possible to edit the serial sent (for non-HA stns). Tnx DJ8EW, DL6RAI.<br />
* DARC Easter : The worked mults wnd (Alt-M) didn't display the correct data. Tnx DL7YS.<br />
* F10 window : Under some circumstances and for specific contests, it could crash the program. Tnx PA2A.<br />
===New features===<br />
* Lua API version string is 1.10.0<br />
* Yuri Gagarin International DX Contest disabled because of the new rules where the same exchange can be counted differently (per band, or per band and mode) depending on its nature. The code can't cope with that.<br />
* New text command : LOADMSGS to open the current op. directory and allow loading CW or RTTY messages.<br />
* Lua : wtQso:SetSentSerial(nSerial) : If applicable, set the serial of the current QSO.<br />
* Self-spot allowed for the ARRL DX, ARRL Sweepstakes and Russian DX. Complain to the ARRL and SRR if you want to stop this madness. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* Lua : wtGab:Send now accepts a third optional boolean parameter to *not* log the sent gab. New API syntax : wtGab:Send(strText[, strToStation [, bDontLog]]). Tnx KD4D. Ex : wtGab:Send("Hello world!", "STN45", true) will send "Hello world!" as a gab to STN45, but won't log/display it in the sender Gab window.<br />
* Lua : onBandChange event : If the radio is out of bands, the value of wtArg when onBandChange is called is set to "0/RadioId". Tnx TK5EP.<br />
* Lua : New wtApp:Timeout(nDuration) added. Similar to wtApp:Sleep except Win-Test is not blocked while it is executed. nDuration expressed in ms.<br />
* Lua : New wtApp:TimeoutBox(nDuration, [strText, [bAbortEnabled]]) API added. Displays a modal dialog box with a timeout progress bar, an optional centered text and an (optionally enabled) abort button. The duration is expressed in milliseconds (min 100). Win-Test is not blocked while it is executed.<br />
* File / Explore now only copies the path if the Shift key is held.<br />
* Fix bug : The NA Sprint LCR parser failed under some circumstances. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* All CQ Contests : Restrictions regarding Russia and Belarus are now lifted. Tnx PA2A.<br />
* CQWW RTTY : LCR parser added. Tnx F5UII.<br />
* Option added in the World Map display to the differentiate skimmers spots from the human spots.<br />
<br />
==Release information 4.46.0 (January 17th, 2023)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* ARRL RTTY Roundup : The Check Mult window (F10) was not filled properly. Tnx PA2A.<br />
* When entering your own callsign in the log (to cancel a QSO), your own location was displayed on the spots map (if enabled).<br />
* FT-891 : Code totally rewritten and it now works as expected. Tnx RX3APM for report, and DK5MR for testing.<br />
===New features===<br />
* Lua API version string is 1.9.0<br />
* Lua : wtApp:TextCommand now accepts "*" as strStn to send to all stations of the network.<br />
* Lua : New local variable wtFrom. Set to nil by default. Contains the name of the station that sent the text command thru network to run a local script. Can be useful when two (or more) stations exchange data with scripts.<br />
* Lua : New onBandChange event when there is a band change. wtArg includes the band name and the radio as strings (ex : "10/0" for 10m on radio1). Reminder : The band name can have letters in it (2KM, 10G etc.) onBandChange.wts example : _, _, band, radio = string.find(wtArg, "(%d+[GKM]*)/(%d+)") wtApp:AlertBox("RadioID: " .. radio .. " Band: " .. band). Tnx TK5EP.<br />
* WAG : LCR parser added.<br />
* Cabrillo import : When the Cabrillo contest identifier is unknown, Win-Test now offers the possibility to choose the contest the log is referring to. <br />
* Radio wnd / List view : When possible, set an inactive VFO indicator. Tnx DJ0ZY. <br />
* Carrier / Tune timer : The remaining time is now displayed in the Stop button caption.<br />
* Explore Current op. directory added to the File menu. Two (similar) Lua API added to get this path : - wtApp:GetCurrentOpPath() - wtOp:GetPath()<br />
* Lua : New wtKeyer:Load(strFileName) API to load messages from a .smsgs file. If no path is specified, the current op. directory is used. Tnx F6IFY.<br />
* The default directory to save or load CW/RTTY messages is now set to the current op. directory.<br />
* The QTC transmit and receive dialogs are checked to be always visible even if their positions were saved with a different monitors configuration. Tnx F5UII.<br />
* The WAE messages can now be saved and loaded.<br />
* Partner Wnd : After a Q is entered and the window is cleaned, the remaining content stays in place to not mess up the $GRABn variables. Tnx FY5KE.<br />
* Scripts manager : Refresh button added. Useful if you alter directly the scripts directory.<br />
* Ctrl-X now prompts for a text command to be executed on the current QSO if it applies.<br />
* The log caret / cursor can now be displayed as a solid block (Options / Log). Text commands : BLOCKCARET / NOBLOCKCARET or BLOCKCURSOR / NOBLOCKCURSOR. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
* When archiving, the full path of the generated zip file is copied to the clipboard.<br />
* When using RUN vs S&P, Alt-F4 (return to the last RUN CQ freq) switches automatically to RUN. Tnx F5UII.<br />
* WAE : Following the rules, if the received serial is set to 000, points are credited only if it is a new mult. Tnx F5UII.<br />
* Text commands : "NOTES" added as a text command to open the notes file attached to the current log.<br />
* Partner window : Partial callsigns or callsigns with wildcard character(s) '?' are now removed if they match the callsign entered in the log. Tnx FY5KE.<br />
* Checkmark added to the freq offsets menu item if they're enabled.<br />
* The summary data broadcast is now allowed for single-ops, independently of the Master setting in the contest configuration dialog. Tnx K2RET.<br />
<br />
==Release information 4.45.0 (October 18th, 2022)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* Flex 6000 series added. Fixes the RTTY filter selection bug with the Kenwood interface. Only one slice is displayed, unless the split is selected. Tnx DL6DH, DL8OH, DL6RAI.<br />
* IARU FD R1 : /MM stations do not count as mult. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
* WAEDC : When the Alt-M window was copied, the numerical call areas of the countries that apply weren't used. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
* OK1WC Challenge : When the callsign length was over 8 chars, the mult extraction (last char of the suffix) wasn't working correctly. Tnx DJ0ZY/DD5M.<br />
* IOTA contest : In Multi-1 category, the QSO numbering was wrong. Tnx DL6RAI and others.<br />
<br />
===New features===<br />
* Outbound RadioInfo external UDP messages capability added in the interfaces settings dialog (network advanced settings), to make easier to use additional programs or devices. Already tested with the rf-kit.de RF2K-S SSPA. Tnx F5HRY.<br />
* Freq offsets : New text commands to access the setup : OFFSETSETUP (or OFFSETSSETUP). New text commands to enable/disable the freq offsets: OFFSET/NOOFFSET, OFFSETS/NOOFFSETS, OFFSETON/OFFSETOFF, OFFSETSON/OFFSETSOFF. Tnx F5UII. <br />
* OCDX : /M, /MM and /P do not count as prefix multipliers.<br />
* New setting dialog (Commands / Carrier timer...) to enable or not the carrier/tune (Ctrl-T) timer and set its duration. Tnx F5HRY.<br />
* The /LH callsign extension (LightHouse) doesn't interfere anymore in the DXCC entity resolution. Tnx F5UII.<br />
* DXPed HF : Distance added to the geographical data of the F10 wnd. Tnx F5UII.<br />
* Yaesu Band data code for 60m added on the LPT output. As the default code (identical to 40m) can interfere with other bands, the user can choose to use the 50 MHz (6m) band code or an usused code. Tnx FY5FY.<br />
* Text and CSV export : The format YYMMDD is added to the fields list. Tnx F6AJA.<br />
* IOTA contest : Cabrillo updated to v3.<br />
* IOTA contest : Rules 2022 : The Q with Russian and Belarus stations count 0 point and don't count as multipliers. See https://www.rsgbcc.org/hf/rules/2022/riota.shtml (RSGB IOTA Contest website) for details.<br />
<br />
==Release information 4.44.0 (July 22nd, 2022)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* REG1TEST files : The QSO points and the claimed score were always set to 0 by default. Tnx F1EZG @ TM5R.<br />
===New features===<br />
* When applying exchange(s) to entered QSOs (Ctrl-F10), the numbers of found QSO and updated QSO are notified.<br />
<br />
==Release information 4.43.0 (July 1st, 2022)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* Bugfix : The CW default messages for the REF DDFM 50 MHz were wrong.<br />
* Bugfix : The title of the LPT port properties dialog was incorrect.<br />
* Bugfix : When using markers in the bandmap and if the marker text was totally visible, the first line of the tooltip was empty. Tnx F6BGC.<br />
<br />
===New features===<br />
* All Asian DX : Cabrillo updated to v3.<br />
* Generic VHF+ contests have been extended to accommodate contests where a fixed exchange is sent instead of a serial number. Just enter this exchange in the "Exchange" field of the contest configuration dialog. If this entry field remains empty, the usual serial numbers are used. Tnx DL6RAI, DJ0ZY.<br />
* All VHF+ generic contests are no more limited to 6-char grids (locators) and now accept 4-char grids (locators) exchanges as well.<br />
* New option in the Cabrillo options dialog and the REG1TEST options dialog to set the claimed score to 0 point. Useful if you are using a contest template that is not fully adapted to the scoring method, and you don't want to mess up the claimed scores (if any).<br />
* The names of two microwaves bands over 76 GHz were wrong. They are now correctly labelled 122G and 134G, instead of 119G and 142G. Tnx F4CWN.<br />
* New band data code available on the LPT output, designed for VHF+ bands, from 50 MHz to 122 GHz. Tnx F4CWN.<br />
* Band plans : New option to reject (automatic) spots outside the defined segments for a given mode, acting as filters. Tnx DL3DXX. Reminder : By default, the band plans are used to determine the mode of the (non-automatic) spots. They don't act as freq filters.<br />
* Merge Logs : When sorting logs and if the timestamps of two (or more) QSO are identical (can happen if logs were imported from Cabrillo files), Win-Test now relies on the serial sent (if any) to order these QSO. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* Yaesu FTDX-10 added. Tnx DL4LAM.<br />
<br />
==Release information 4.42.0 (May 20, 2022)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* The display options of the zones window(s) (Alt+Z) were not always correctly retained between sessions. Tnx F5LIW.<br />
* Notes report dlg : After editing a note, the log caret (cursor) wasn't restored.<br />
<br />
===New features===<br />
* When creating your Cabrillo log, you can now also submit it in one click to the Super Check Partial Database. This feature requires wtScpSubmit.dll which is included in the latest Win-Test installers. If needed, this dll is also available at http://download.win-test.com/utils/wtScpSubmit.dll. It must be placed in the Win-Test installation directory. Under some circumstances (especially with oldest OS), you may need MSVCP140.dll and/or others to be installed on your system. The easiest way is to install the latest Microsoft Visual C++ Redistributable packages for Visual Studio X86 available here: https://aka.ms/vs/17/release/vc_redist.x86.exe. Finally, on Win7, to ensure TLS 1.1 and 1.2 are enabled, apply this easy fix https://is.gd/QlQgbg<br />
* CQ-M : 10-minute rule for MOST (M/S) entries removed (rules 2022).<br />
* Add LCR parsers to the CQ-M, RAEM, and Yuri Gagarin DX contests.<br />
* Add the Out Of Band sections to the CQ WW and CQ WPX LCR parsers. Tnx F6KOP.<br />
* OK/OM : Rules 2022 : The Q with Russian and Belarus stations count 0 point and don't count as multipliers. See http://www.okomdx.crk.cz/ (OK-OM DX contest website) for details.<br />
* Interfaces Setup dialog : The keying compensation can now be negative (in the case where the TRX extends the keying). Tnx N6TV.<br />
* CQWPX : Rules 2022 : The Q with Russian and Belarus stations count 0 point and don't count as multipliers. See https://is.gd/HIMOLP (CQWPX blog) for details.<br />
* Lua : It's now possible to attach Lua scripts to text commands that are identical to mode names ("SSB", "CW", "RTTY", etc.). In these cases, the script will be called *after* the command is processed normally by Win-Test. Tnx TK5EP.<br />
* The DX spots window (Alt+A) display options are now interactive.<br />
* World Map : Options : The colors of the paths can now be the same as the markers.<br />
<br />
==Release information 4.41.0 (Feb 15, 2022)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* REG1TEST / EDI : Under some circumstances, the ouput file wasn't created. Tnx OZ1ZAA.<br />
* $MSG10 was actually sending the additional MSG1 instead of MSG10. A 20-year old typo in the code ! Tnx SP5KP.<br />
<br />
===New features===<br />
* Lua API version string is 1.8.0<br />
* Op-entered spots are now protected from spots of the same DX on a freq inside the mode bandwidth window. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
* NA Sprint : LCR parser updated. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* New countdown timer added (Tools menu or TIMER text command), especially for the single-ops. It indicates exactly when they can operate again after a pause. It's based on the time of the last QSO entered in the log, truncated to the minute. You can also use the text command TIMER/nnHmmM or TIMER/nnHmm (meaning nn hours and mm minutes), or TIMER/xxH (nn hours) or TIMER/nnM (nn minutes) to set and start the timer automatically. Tnx F5NZY.<br />
* Shortcuts added to some of the reports buttons.<br />
* QSO times are now by default considered as truncated to the minute for Time ON / Time OFF calculations and the QSY rules. Tnx F5NKX.<br />
* Contest Recorder : AltGr+O, and text commands RECORD/NORECORD (and STARTRECORD/STOPRECORD) added to Start/Stop recording.<br />
* UBA DX : Updated to comply with the rules 2022. Tnx F5LIW.<br />
* World Map : "Copy content as image" menu item added.<br />
* RTTY windows : Esc button added. Tnx PA2A.<br />
* Notes report dialog. It's now possible to edit a note by selecting it and use Alt-N to modify the comment. Tnx F4CWN.<br />
* REF HF : For M/S entrants, the compliance of the 10-min rule can be checked by using the appropriate item in the Tools / Check log menu.<br />
* REF HF : Timer added in the Alt-J wnd for the M/S entrants.<br />
* Lua : New wtRadio* API : wtRadio*:GetBand(), wtRadio*:GetMode() and wtRadio*:GetCqData() added. GetBand() and GetMode() return the current band and mode of the radio. GetCqData() return a Lua table with various data on the last sent CQ (that are stored for Alt-F4) : "freq", "qsx", "band", "mode" and "wpm" (for CW).<br />
* World Map : New options to display short and longs paths for "my spotters" and the NCDXF beacons.<br />
* New "NCDXF" text command to set the active radio on the NCDXF beacons frequency (if it applies).<br />
* New option in the world map display option to show the NCDXF beacon that currently transmits if the radio is on the NCDXF frequency (+/- 100 Hz).<br />
* The world map display options are now interactive. Different styles and a night opacity slider are also added.<br />
* The "copy as image" feature now also copies the image in PNG format, to extend the paste scope (mail, twitter etc.).<br />
* The RBN nodes and frequent spotters databases can be directly updated with the contextual menu of the map wnd (Display options).<br />
<br />
==Release information 4.40.0 (Jan 18, 2022)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* Automatic op-entered spots during QSOs (especially in S&P) were not replaced by DX-cluster / external spots.<br />
* When sending a gab composed of CAPITAL letters, do not shake our own gab window.<br />
===New features===<br />
* Interface dialog : The usable COM ports are now extended up to COM32. The parameters list now also displays the Handshake (HS), Always ON (ON) and Always OFF (OFF) settings, and are ordered by Pin (DTR then RTS). Tnx DL5XJ, DL6RAI.<br />
<br />
* New NCDXF/IBP Beacons window : Displays the transmission schedule of the NCDXF / IBP (International Beacons Project) beacons. A double click on a line gets the radio on the beacon freq. An "i" (stands for "info") in the status column indicates a comment you can read by hovering the mouse over it. Tnx VE3SUN.<br />
* LCR : Croatian CW contest LCR parser added.<br />
* LCR : Parser for CQ WW LCR updated. Works for preview and final reports.<br />
* New feature : You can now grab a spot from the visible spots in the Radio windows or in the DX-cluster window by entering the callsign (or some letters of it) and Ctrl-Space.<br />
* REF HF and REF 160m : LCR process updated. Tnx F4CWN.<br />
* French (and some Begian) users : Button added in the keys redefinitions dialog to load AZERTY redefinitions that allow the AZERTY keyboards users to access the numbers located on the top row without using the Shift or Shift Lock keys. They allow direct access to the ?, . and / keys of the bottom row as well. This button is displayed only when the language is set to French.<br />
<br />
==Release information 4.39.0 (Dec 6, 2021)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* Bugfix : For several contests, the columns headers were overlapping. Tnx F5HRY.<br />
* WinKey : When using +/- in messages, the speed was randomly not reset to its initial value and the next message was sent with an incorrect greater speed. Tnx NN7CW and DL6RAI for their detailed reports and numerous tests to fix this long-standing bug. <br />
* OK/OM CW DX-side : The district information display in the Mult window (F10) was broken.<br />
* When Win-Test was started from the command line with an alternate application data directory (-a switch), the directory name wasn't unquoted. Tnx F1HAR.<br />
===New features===<br />
* DX cluster (Alt-A) and Radio windows : The CT1BOH spot quality tags can now be displayed if they're sent by the skimmer. You can also filter the displayed spots by tag when applicable. Unless it's disabled by the user, in the list tab of the Radio window, the displayed spots are grouped by quality before being sorted. Tnx ES5TV.<br />
* Script Manager : Hyperlink to the Lua API reference web page added.<br />
* Op-entered spots are kept until worked or deleted on purpose, even if other stations are externally spotted on their frequencies. Tnx DL6RAI. <br />
* Radio wnd : List tab : When spots are sorted by points or mult type, the second sorting criteria is now the beam heading rather than the spot frequency. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
* Gab : To draw attention, any gab text containing only CAPITAL letters now shakes the recipients gab window.<br />
* SCP files : Defensive coding to attempt to prevent at best against crashes under some circumstances with badly-formatted or corrupted SCP or MASTER files. Tnx SP5KP.<br />
* RDA Contest : LCR view added.<br />
* OK/OM CW : 10 mins timer enabled for M/S category. RUN stations only.<br />
* Larger log font sizes available for short-sighted ;-) Tnx TA2SE, W1NN.<br />
* DX Spots window (Alt-A) : New option to pin the op-entered spots to the bottom of the window so you can always see them. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
* WAG : The output Cabrillo file is now following the v3 specs. Tnx DL1RTL.<br />
* EU-DX : Multipliers list updated. Tnx IK6QON.<br />
<br />
==Release information 4.38.1 (Oct 25, 2021)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* After importing a Cabrillo file, the resulting wt4 file couldn't be opened by Win-Test 4.38.0. Tnx F5LIW.<br />
<br />
==Release information 4.38.0 (Oct 25, 2021)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* LCR parser fixed for the CQ WPX reports.<br />
* CW : The spaced digits option was not read when starting Win-Test. Despite the ckecked option in the menu item, it was not enabled. <br />
* CQWW VHF : When using the default CW messages, the sent grid was 6-char instead of 4-char. Tnx F5HRY.<br />
* IARU HF : There are cases where different DXCC entities have the same Society (ex OH and OH0) and were counted as different mults.<br />
* The "Dupes included or not in QSO counts and avg calculations" string in the summary text was always in local language even if summary in English was selected.<br />
===New features===<br />
* Lua API version string is 1.7.0<br />
* Defensive coding to check the log file when opening to prevent file corruptions. Tnx DL1DAW.<br />
* Workaround for the USBSER.SYS bug that doesn't update the RTS line until DTR is accessed. Tnx R2AXZ (author of the Blue Pill Serial Monster).<br />
* RDA Contest : Cabrillo updated to v3. <br />
* WAE Transmit and Receive windows : New messages available.<br />
* WAE : New CW variable $RAWTIME to send the QTC time with cut numbers disabled.<br />
* WAE : Transmit QTC window : A QTC line can now be directly sent by using the coresponding numeric key (0 sends the line labelled 10).<br />
* Lua : New wtContest API : wtContest:GetCategoryId(), wtContest:GetModeCategoryId(), wtContest:GetPowerClassId() and wtContest:GetOverlayId() added.<br />
* Lua : For standardization purposes, the microHam and OTRSP events scripts are now renamed :<br />
<tt><br />
microhamFsOn -> onMicrohamFsOn<br />
microhamFsOff -> onMicrohamFsOff<br />
otrspCrOn -> onOtrspCrOn<br />
otrspCrOff -> onOtrspCrOff<br />
otrspCrEvent -> onOtrspCrEvent<br />
</tt><br />
For now, to maintain compatibility, the script legacy names are still executed.<br />
* Lua : New scripts called on log opening (onFileOpen) and on log closing (onFileClose).<br />
* EU HF : The Cabrillo header is updated (EUHFC instead of EU-HF). Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
* CQWW DX : The Youth overlay is added to the Overlay drop-down list.<br />
* CQWW DX : The Explorer category is added to the Category drop-down list (Single-Op Explorer and Multi-Op Explorer).<br />
* In the contest settings dlg, you can now set the default power class to use when creating new logs. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
* New archiving feature : File / Archive... (or ARCHIVE text command). It creates a timestamped zipped file in the log directory of the files related to the current log that are selected. Warning : Archiving audio recordings file that are usually pretty large can take a while... Be patient.<br />
* For standardization purposes, all timestamped files are now timestamped to the nearest second.<br />
* Time Shifting : The selection of the QSO and the stations are now independent. And a backup of the log is automatically performed before proceeding. Tnx EA7X/EF4HQ.<br />
* Marconi Memorial HF : Points per QSO updated.<br />
<br />
==Release information 4.37 (June 29, 2021)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* VHF+ contests : Sorting the Spots list by QSO points (related to distance if it can be computed) wasn't working. <br />
* When copying the Summary wnd as text, the "Generated by Win-Test" line was missing. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
* Summary wnd : When using a language different from English, some column titles were incorrectly truncated.<br />
===New features===<br />
* WAE : Rules 2021 : BY is added to the call area multipliers (so Chinese stations with different digits in their prefix count as different mults). Tnx DL7YS.<br />
* ARRL FD : The "Covid" rule (Home stations can work home stations) is extended to 2021. Tnx VE2FWW.<br />
* KCJ and KCJ Top Band contests rules updated. Tnx JI1RXQ.<br />
* VHF+ contests : Discrepancies between gridsquares in the log for different bands weren't displayed in the Bad Exchanges check report. Tnx F4CWN.<br />
* ARRL 10m : LCR viewer updated to fit to the new LCR format.<br />
* The question mark character is now enabled in all QSO input fields, and the cursor is positioned on it when cycling the fields. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* CW : New option for spaced digits in serials : When enabled, a half-space (^) is inserted between each digits of the serial, making it more readable at high speed.<br />
* F10 Wnd : In DXPed HF or VHF, the date of the QSO is now displayed.<br />
<br />
==Release information 4.36 (May 19, 2021)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* In Phone, when entering a (very) long exchange, the cursor might insert a ghost space character at the end of the field.<br />
* VHF+ contests : Under some circumstances, when the automatic exchange (grid) guessing was set, the Check Partial wnd wasn't updated anymore after the field was automatically filled.<br />
===New features===<br />
* CQ-M : Scoring is now updated and follows the rules 2021.<br />
* IARU HF : In M/S (Mixed only) category, the 10-min status timer now takes into account mode changes. Tnx HA6OI.<br />
* HA DX : The Cabrillo output file now includes the RUN/MULT indicator for the M/S entrants. Tnx HA6OI.<br />
* YOTA (Youngsters On The Air) contest implemented.<br />
* ARI DX / ARI 40-80 : Provinces list and exchange equivalence file (ARIPROV.DAT) updated. Tnx HB9AMO, DL6RAI.<br />
* City, State/Prov, Postal Code and Country separate fields added to the contest settings dialog to improve the compatibility with the Cabrillo v3 header fields. These fields are assembled together to maintain the back compatibility with the Cabrillo v2 format if needed. It is highly recommended to edit your saved profiles (if any) by loading, editing and saving them one by one in the dialog.<br />
* CQMM DX implemented.<br />
* All file dialogs are now resizable.<br />
* YUDX : LCR view added.<br />
* LCR viewer : Column order unified.<br />
* OK/OM Contest SSB : This contest was not listed when the contests of the month checkbox (in April) was selected. Tnx F1HAR.<br />
* OK/OM contest : You can now directly download your LCR in Win-Test from the "rejected" link in the final results and preliminary results page.<br />
<br />
==Release information 4.35 (Apr. 9, 2021)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* OK/OM Contest SSB : When entering as non OK/OM, the points credit was wrong when working an OK/OM stn. Tnx F1HAR.<br />
* When parsing the DX cluster stream, lines were discarded if the callsign of the spotter was longer than 9 characters (ex : 3V/KF5EYY-#, K4VET-1-# or JR1BFZ/2-#) and the freq higher than 9999.9 MHz. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
* RSGB Commonwealth Contest : The off-time value wasn't specified for this contest (60 mins) and the default value (15 mins) was used instead. Tnx M0UNN.<br />
* Tools / Automatic CQ Repeat : The delay between CQ was not saved between sessions. Tnx F4CWN.<br />
* Tools / Search for possible bad exchanges : If there was no log discrepancies and a check against the database was requested, it was not displayed. Tnx F4CWN.<br />
* Lua : wtQso:IsModeCw() was always returning false.<br />
<br />
===New features===<br />
* King Of Spain : The 10 min rule for the multi-op entrants is now removed.<br />
* Radio Wnd : Ctrl+R shortcut added to allow cycle the view tabs without using your mouse.<br />
* Option added in the dialog to replace op in batch, to match any operator already entered. <br />
* LZ DX contest : LCR view added.<br />
* SPDX : The limitation on the number of band/mode changes during a clock hour in all categories is now removed.<br />
* RTTY windows : It's now possible to log the data stream to files created with the .ry1 and .ry2 extensions. Tnx DL6RAI. <br />
* The default off-time when not specified in the rules is now set to 30 minutes instead of 15.<br />
* WAEDC : LCR review added. Tnx DL7YS, DL6RAI.<br />
* DX Cluster Announces (Alt+A) : Exchanges can now be displayed (if it applies). Tnx F4CWN.<br />
* DX Cluster announces (Alt+A) : New dialog to facilitate the choice of bands to be displayed, replacing the sub-menus. Tnx F5HRY.<br />
* Alt+F4 / Alt+F5 : When running in CW, the current CW speed is saved when CQ'ing (or using Alt+F5), and is restored when QSYing back to the saved run frequency.<br />
* UI : All textual child windows that can be resized with the mouse (Check Partials (F12), N + 1 (F8), Skeds (Alt+B), Gab (Alt+I), Stats (Ctrl+F9), Radios, RTTY, DX Cluster monitor (Alt+O) and announces (Alt+A)) are now resized according to the size of the font used. To remove this constraint and resize freely, keep the Shift key down while resizing.<br />
* Cabrillo output : The @ character is now allowed in the operators list. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* ARRL DX : Band changes restrictions set to 10 for the M/S category, according to the new rules. Tnx N1PSE.<br />
* Check Partial (F12) : In some cases, when multiple wildcard characters ('?') were used, no search was performed. It's no longer the case as soon as there are at least 2 characters that are not wildcards in the pattern to search. Tnx F4CWN.<br />
* PACC : Cabrillo v3 output implemented.<br />
* Summary wnd : For the Instagrammers and such, your callsign is now added to the window title. Tnx F6BGC.<br />
* Multi-Distributed category introduced.<br />
* More restrictive checks applied to the exchanges database to dump malformed callsigns or exchanges.<br />
* New Exchanges Database information dialog : Options / Data files / Exchanges database... Text commands : EXCHDB, EXCHDATABASE, EXCHFILE or EXCHFILES. Tnx N6TV, DL5YM.<br />
* LCR : Add instructions if Win-Test can't directly download and/or process LCR for some contests.<br />
* RDXC : MOST indicators (0 and 1 for RUN and MULT) added to the Cabrillo output file. The 6-char grid square is now also required for all entrants. Tnx UA9QCQ.<br />
* The callsign exceptions (callsigns that don't follow the usual rules, like RAEM, 5VDE, 7QAA, etc.) are no more hardcoded and are now grouped in the exceptions.dat file (in the /extras directory) for easy updating.<br />
* CQWW 160m : Cabrillo v3 output implemented. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* ADIF output : QSO with my own callsign are always discarded. Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
==Release information 4.34.1 (Feb. 5, 2021)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* EU-DX Contest : The 10m band was missing in the summary. Tnx F1DUZ.<br />
* EU-DX Contest : CW and SSB columns added for the Mixed category.<br />
* Italian translation DLL updated. <br />
<br />
==Release information 4.34.0 (Jan. 25, 2021)==<br />
<br />
===New features===<br />
* Lua API version string is 1.6.0<br />
* QQSLON / QQSLOFF or QQSL / NOQQSL text commands to enable (or disable) the Quick QSL feature. QUICKQSL still opens the Quick QSL settings dialog. Tnx F6IFY. <br />
* EU-DX Contest added. Requires EU.DAT countries file. Tnx IK6QON.<br />
* Lua : wtRadio*:SetFreq(fFreq) and wtRadio*:SetFreq(fFreq, nVfo) now ignore the freq if it's outside of any band, and return with no error message. Tnx F6IFY.<br />
* Lua : wtQso:IsModeDigital() and wtQso:IsModeCw() added.<br />
* Lua : nQsoNum (optional) added as argument to wtQso:GetData([nQsoNum]) function.<br />
* LCR : IARU HF LCR processing rules updated.<br />
* 5VDE added as an exception callsign.<br />
* LCR : If Win-Test supports LCR review and the contest has been entered in a multi-op category, an Operator column is added in the review dialog. Tnx F5HRY.<br />
* OK/OM contest : LCR processing added. Requires to save the "rejected QSO" page as an html file and to load it in Win-Test. Tnx F8BXI.<br />
* CQWW DX : LCR processing rules updated to fit the new CQWW LCR format.<br />
* ARRL Contests : The ARRL has finally unified the US States and VE provinces and territories lists, and the Prince Edward Island abbreviation is now PE for the ARRL DX, ARRL 10 and ARRL roundup RTTY contests.<br />
* NAQP : The Prince Edward Island abbreviation is now PE. Tnx N6TV and AC0W.<br />
* NA Sprints : The Prince Edward Island abbreviation is now PE.<br />
* NRAU contest : New abbreviations for some Fylke / Lan / Province / Region updated. Tnx ES7GM.<br />
* Script manager : The minus key located in the numpad is now considered different from the key located in the character keys. To be consistent, the same rule applies when redefining keys. Tnx F5HRY.<br />
* JIDX : 160m added to the SSB leg. Tnx N6TV and N6KI.<br />
* Icom IC-705 added. Tnx OH1MA.<br />
* "Ethernet network" reworded as "Local Network" to prevent confusion. Tnx FY5FY.<br />
<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* CQWW 160m : The exchange database file ARRL-USVE.DTB wasn't loaded. Tnx DL4MM.<br />
* UK/EI : If the district field was manually filled before the serial number, that field was emptied when the cursor got back to the callsign. Tnx PA2A. <br />
* RAEM Contest : The polar circle location (giving extra bonus points) was slightly wrong.<br />
* The IC-9100 couldn't work... Because of a stupid typo ! Tnx DL2AKT and N6TV.<br />
* WAE RTTY : When the log was reopened, the next sent QTC group number was wrong. Tnx DL6RAI, DJ9MH and DJ4MZ.<br />
<br />
==Release information 4.33.0 (October 14, 2020)==<br />
===New features===<br />
* ARRL SS, ARRL 160, ARRL FD : PE (Prince Edward Island) section added. Tnx W1NN.<br />
* MicroHAM MKIII interface added. Tnx G0HSA, OM7ZZ.<br />
* When a file error occurs when saving DX-cluster data, the user can now Cancel to abort further writing attempts. Tnx DL5MLO. <br />
* Exchanges Databases (.DTB files) : Defensive coding to attempt to prevent at best against crashes under some circumstances with badly-formatted or corrupted databases files. Tnx OK1DSZ @ OK4C.<br />
<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* AGCW-DTC : 2 points Club stations list updated. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
* WAG : The Exchanges file (WAG_DL.DTB) wasn't correctly loaded for DL entrants. Tnx DL4NAC and DL6RAI.<br />
* All Asian DX contest : Cabrillo CONTEST: line text fixed. Tnx VA2EW.<br />
<br />
==Release information 4.32.0 (September 1, 2020)==<br />
===New Features===<br />
* YO DX HF : Contest rules updated (160m added + points for /MM stations).<br />
* WAE DX side : QTC line numbers displayed for easy retrieval in case of repeat request.<br />
* All reports dialogs can now be vertically resized to display more or less list rows. The window placements are also globally saved.<br />
* File / Update Exch Database : A confirmation dialog is now displayed and a backup of the current DTB file is done, before proceeding.<br />
* New Check Partial search processing for VHF+ logs :<br />
: In VHF+ contests logs, you can now enter a partial callsign (in the callsign field) and/or a partial locator / grid (in the grid square field) to refine searches in the Check Partial wnd (F12).<br />
: The minimum number of chars to start the search for the callsign field is set by the contextual menu (3 by default), and set to 2 characters for the locator.<br />
: Finally, in both fields you can also use wildcards characters '?' to represent a character. Ex: "JN?8EQ" will search for all callsigns with locator JN08EQ, JN18EQ, JN28EQ, ... JN98EQ.<br />
: Inspired by DL2NBU DOS software. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* callsign.pat updated. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
* RDAC : RDA.DAT (district list) updated.<br />
* The audio record button is now disabled when recorded audio is playing.<br />
* IOTA Mixed : Summary columns weren't consistent with the rest of them, and created a bug when used with Unipost (cqcontest.net). Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
* When the same callsign was spotted on both sides of a sub-band limit (so, it was considered spotted in both modes), Ctrl-Up/Down kept grabbing these two callsigns alternately. Tnx F5UTN @ TM0HQ.<br />
* ARI Sezioni : Rules and mult list updated. Tnx IV3IYH. Mult List : http://download.win-test.com/databases/ARISEC.DAT<br />
* EU HF Championship : The content of the EU_HF.DTB database was ignored. Tnx EW2AA.<br />
* MMC HF wasn't showing up in the contests of the month in July. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
* LCR review added for ARRL 160, NA Sprint, ARRL Sweepstakes. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* Elecraft K4 added. Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
==Release information 4.31.0 (June 28, 2020)==<br />
===New Features===<br />
* Lua API version string is 1.5.0<br />
* Lua : wtApp:PostMessage, wtApp:SendMessage and wtApp:GetLastError added. Tnx F6BEE for inspiration. See description and syntax in http://download.win-test.com/v4/lua/LuaApiDoc.txt<br />
* ARRL FD : Covid-19 rule exception : Class D stations may work all other Field Day stations, including other Class D stations, for points. Tnx K6ZB.<br />
* Log Checking Report (LCR) review added in the Tools / Check log menu. For now, only the following LCR are processed :<br />
** CQWW DX<br />
** CQWW WPX<br />
** ARRL DX<br />
** ARRL 10m<br />
** IARU HF<br />
** EU HF<br />
** SAC<br />
** KOS<br />
** REF HF<br />
** VHF+ contests if adjudicated with LX<br />
<br />
: Mainly, because these LCR are public, or because I had one ;-). Any textual (or html) LCR can theorically be implemented, as long as I have access to a sample.<br />
<br />
: For various reasons, sometimes the "Download LCR" may not work. In that case, try to download the LCR with your browser and save it in a convenient location (the log directory is the best choice). You can "attach" it to your log by using the "Save" button in the report dialog. <br />
<br />
* Dx-Cluster window (Alt-T) : Number of Macros increased to 8. Tnx PA2A.<br />
* Dx-Cluster macro editor : Window enlarged, and the edit field now wraps to improve readibility. Tnx PA2A. <br />
* The merge dialog now displays "compact paths".<br />
* NRAU Baltic mults list updated. Tnx LB3RE.<br />
* Review of the exchanges databases files to prevent mixing different exchanges between contests. Also, if a contest uses only a part of a database file, the rest is kept untouched if the database is updated with Win-Test.<br />
* Depending on the contest and, if it applies, whose side you're on (DX side or domestic), the callsigns from the master file (namely MASTER.SCP/DTA or .DTB/SCP) are filtered to display only relevant results in the Check Partial and N+1 windows.<br />
* The master file in use can now be directly updated from the Internet (like the CTY files) by using the Options / Data files / Master file menu, or by using the "Used File list" item in the contextual menu of the Check Partial or N+1 windows. <br />
: Note : The recommended default master file to use is MASTER.SCP, maintained by Stu K6TU (http://http://supercheckpartial.com/). <br />
: Reminder : You can also use contest-specific master files (recommended only for minor national or regional contests) named after the list located at http://download.win-test.com/files/checkPartial/%23_READ_ME_%23.TXT These files do not replace the default master file, but complement it at runtime.<br />
* In the contest settings dialog, contests no longer taking place have been removed from the list.<br />
* New REBOOT (or RESTARTPC) text command added. It closes the current log and restarts the host PC. Tnx F8CRH, F6BEE.<br />
* When the exchanges database is updated, a notification message is displayed at the bottom of log. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
<br />
==Release information 4.30.0 (Jan 16, 2020)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* If the backup volume was unmounted, disabling the next backups was failing. Tnx F6HJO. (Task #388)<br />
* Under some specific circumstances, the Single-Op Assisted category wasn't taken into account when importing such a Cabrillo file. Tnx TO1A.<br />
* With multi monitors systems and under some specific circumstances, choosing colors with mouse was impossible. Tnx KL0R.<br />
* The headers row was always included in the CSV output file, whatever the setting was. Tnx F5LIW.<br />
* The LCD display of the contest recorder wnd wasn't always properly updated when using a language different from English.<br />
===New Features===<br />
* HA DX contest rules updated. Tnx HA6OI, HA1AG, F5LIW and others.<br />
* UFT contest rules updated. Tnx F6CEL.<br />
* Yaesu FTDX101 added. Tnx RA1ANY, RA3AUU.<br />
* Icom IC-9700 added. Tnx F1ULQ.<br />
* WAEDC : Cabrillo output file upgraded to v3 specs.<br />
* WAEDC DX side : Send QTC dialog (Ctrl-L) now displays the maximum available QTC to send (if any). You can modify the number of QTC to send, or only display the already sent QTC, with F9 (or the "QTC / Show sent" button). F8 allows to modify the recipient callsign. <br />
* QSO and distinct callsigns counts added in the distinct callsigns report when sorted by country.<br />
* "Copy" button added to the log check dialogs, allowing to easily paste reports in a spreadsheet.<br />
<br />
==Release information 4.29.0 (July 5, 2019)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* When a exception callsign and a prefix were identical in the CTY file, and under some specific circumstances, the DXCC lookup function could fail. Tnx F5LIW.<br />
* FOC Marathon : Stats are now displayed on 3 days. Tnx F5NZY.<br />
* RSGB AFS : Dupe count on 40m was wrong. Tnx G0HSA.<br />
* REF 160m : The total and final score lines weren't displayed in the summary window.<br />
* RTTY : Messages with embedded scripts were hanging Win-Test. Tnx N6TV.<br />
===New Features===<br />
* YU DX Contest rules updated. Tnx F5IN.<br />
* Spot Warnings : When you're spotted, the spot comment, if any, is now displayed.<br />
* RSGB HF contests : District Code for Norwich has been changed from "NR" to "NK". Tnx F1ICS.<br />
* ADIF export : Output fields reordered and STATION_CALLSIGN field added. Tnx YT9TP.<br />
* IARU HF : Cabrillo v3 output file implemented. Fixes also task #384. Tnx OH6XX, N6TV and others.<br />
<br />
==Release information 4.28.0 (June 15, 2018)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* When no MP3 CODEC were detected, start recording was displaying the MP3 settings dialog in an endless loop. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* ARI Contest : Serial numbers for DX stations have separate numbering per band. Tnx ES5TV.<br />
* Validation controls of the split freq edit field strengthened.<br />
===New Features===<br />
* Single-click actions option added to all windows where it makes sense. Tnx K5WQG, N6TV.<br />
* The callsign "6OX" is accepted despite its exotic syntax.<br />
* CQWW RTTY : DC mult added according to the 2018 rules. Tnx W0YK.<br />
* Internal CW keyer (LPT and serial outputs) : Keying compensation added (0 to 20 ms) in the Interfaces setup dlg. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* Icom IC-7610 added. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* REF contest : Off-time periods dialog removed. Tnx F5LEN.<br />
* CW / RTTY : Work dupes by default. Tnx F6IRA.<br />
<br />
==Release information 4.27.0 (Jan 4, 2018)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* RAC contest : Despite the rules indicate MIXED (CW + SSB) category only entries, the F10 wnd wasn't correctly scaled when using a single-mode category. Tnx SP5KP.<br />
* Statistics Wnd (Ctrl-F9) : Under some specific circumstances, the log data weren't correctly displayed in the targets tab. Tnx F5LIW.<br />
* Auto-repeat mode was broken (silly me !). Tnx VE2FWW, N6TV, W4DD and many others.<br />
===New Features===<br />
* DARC XMAS : Sprint logic exchange now applicable for this contest. Tnx K3LR and N6TV.<br />
<br />
==Release information 4.26.0 (Nov 19, 2017)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* When prefixes or callareas are mults, some special callsigns weren't correctly taken into account. Tnx OF100FI/0.<br />
* Status wnd (Alt-J) : Under some specific circumstances, the stations count displayed in the title bar was wrong.<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
* LZ DX : QSO and DUPES columns were inverted in the summary window in single-mode categories, and CW and SSB culumns were swapped in Mixed category. Tnx W3SE / ZL3TE.<br />
* SAC : Wire-Only overlay category added. Tnx OH1RX.<br />
* CSV and text exports : Serial sent text format is identical to the format used in the log. Tnx F5LIW.<br />
* Gab wnd (Alt-I) : Can be cleared now with a CLEARGAB text command.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.25.0) (June 28, 2017)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
<br />
* VHF+ contest : The ODX was broken under some specific circumstances. Tnx F5HRY/P.<br />
* SPDX Contest : The summary window was broken. Tnx SP5KP, F5LIW and others. (Task #380)<br />
* Asia-Pacific sprint : Win-Test was unabled to write the output Cabrillo file. Tnx UA9YE.<br />
* Some AltGr (Ctrl + Alt) keys were not correctly displayed when defined in the script manager or the DEFINEKEYS command.<br />
* Under some very specific circumstances of networking connection / disconnection and sync enabling / disabling, the log file could be corrupted. Tnx PA2A @ PI4CC.<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
* Helvetia contest : New rules 2017 implemented. Tnx HB9AMO and others.<br />
* ARI DX : Allowed bands and 10-minute rule adapted to the rules 2017. Tnx IZ1LBG. (Task #379)<br />
* RSGB AFS : 40m added. Tnx G3RTE.<br />
* The displayed bands selection for the Check Callsign (F9), Check DXCC (Alt-M), Check Mult (F10) and Check Zone (Alt-Z) windows is now done in a dialog box instead of menu items. Tnx F5LIW. <br />
* NA Sprint SSB : The Multipliers list is updated and is now similar to the mult list of the CW/RTTY legs . Also, the equivalence is now NA_SPRINT.DAT for all legs, and has been updated on the repository. Tnx KA9FOX.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.24.0) (January 20, 2017)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* Under some circumstances, the rotators wnd was flickering.<br />
* NA Sprint CW/RTTY : Multipliers list updated. Tnx N6TV, N6TR. Note : You must update your NA_CW_RTTY_SPRINT.DAT equivalence file if you use it, to get credit for the new mults. <br />
* DXPed HF logs : The country list used is now the DXCC one, not the "CQWW" one.<br />
* FT1000 : VFO-B frequency setting enabled. Tnx DL6RAI. <br />
* FT1000 : When setting a split freq, the filter setting wasn't retained. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
* Typo in a menu item. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
* When a callsign was grabbed, the realtime slot of the partners windows were not updated.<br />
* Cabrillo : The alternate frequency option wasn't working for multi-ops logs.<br />
* Under some OS display settings, the Alt-F dialog was truncated. Tnx HA3LN.<br />
* After editing logged QSO, the Alt-J QSY timers were not always accurate.<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
* New network protocol version 1.30 released. Reminder: If you use WT in a networked environment, you must have the same WT version on all machines!<br />
* Lua API version string is 1.4.0<br />
* To make the 3830scores.com reporting easier, the summary columns of the mixed mode contests are reordered. <br />
* DXPed logs (HF and VHF) : The reports entry fields ignore keys which are not digits. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
* Summary wnd (Alt-S) : Displayed bands can be selected. This selection is in sync with the Check Callsign (F9), the Check DXCC (Alt-M), the Check Mult (F10) and the Check Zone (Alt-Z) windows. Note: It's only a display selection to save space : You can still QSY and enter Q on the hidden bands. And all bands are taken into account in the summary totals.<br />
* 60m band added for the DXPed HF logs. NOTES: <br />
: 1) Considering the various freq allocations depending on the country, a minimal band plan has been implemented in the Default band plan. You can modify it, according to your needs. Your custom band plans (if any) must be updated as well.<br />
: 2) DXPed log files containing 60m QSO can't be read with previous versions of Win-Test.<br />
: Tnx DL6RAI for testing.<br />
* NAQP : Mult list and various other things updated according to the new rules. Tnx KL9A.<br />
* ARRL 10m contest : Following the new rules, the multiplier "DF" is changed to "CMX". Tnx N6TV, N5KO.<br />
* Lua : wtQso:GetData API : Gridsquare added in the table returned. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* If a station type is sticked, its type is checked against the rules of a newly created contest file, and can be forced to the default Run type if needed. Tnx N6KI and N6TV.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.23.0) (October 21, 2016)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* WAG DX side : The NM exchange (Non Member) was considered as a N multiplier.<br />
* Alt-F4 : The the CAT activity has now decreased , and the function was broken for mixed-mode logs. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* Entering any text command in Secondary Radio Window moved it to the wrong band. Tnx N6TV. (Task #370/373)<br />
* WAE : Under some circumstances, the log and QTC backup files were corrupted. Tnx F5LIW.<br />
* VHF+ contests : When a gridsquare of a logged QSO was modified, the points weren't correctly computed on the other networked computers, leading to a score difference between them. Tnx DL8AAU.<br />
* Under some circumstances of simultaneous log openings on different machines in a network, Win-Test could crash. Tnx W9PA @ K3LR.<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
* Split Freq dlg : Now accepts offsets from the current frequency. E.g.: If your freq is 7020 and you enter +1.1, the split freq will be adjusted to 7021.1. Negative values (-1.1 for ex.) also work.<br />
* UK/EI DX contest added. Tnx SQ8N.<br />
* Secondary Radio wnd : Columns headings added. The color can be adjusted with the Colors (contextual) menu. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* Radios : FT891, FTDX1200, FTDX3000 and FTDX5000 added. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* WAE Phone : DX side : The INS and CR keys and buttons are now enabled in the transmit QTC dialog. The CR button tags the current QTC as sent. The INS button does the same, and makes the next QTC as the current one. It clearly makes the QTC transmission much easier to follow. Tnx F1HAR.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.22.0) (August 26, 2016)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* WAEDC : DX side CW / SSB : The potential QTC weren't displayed in the radio wnd (bandmap or list) despite the option was checked.<br />
* WAEDC : The left and right arrows now work correctly in the dialog to chose the number of QTC to send.<br />
* QTC transmit dlg : The active QTC wasn't correctly highlighted when using the Ctrl-Fx buttons.<br />
* The default Check Partial / N + 1 file for VHF contests was HF.DTB instead of VHF.DTB. Tnx DK5KMA.<br />
* When 4.20 and 4.21 were on the same LAN (not recommended), with sync enabled, 4.21 was hanging. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* IARU HF : If an HQ was only 2 characters long, it was ignored.<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
* WAE CW : DX side : The CW speed used when sending the QTC is now preserved between sessions, and the Rate wnd is updated accordingly. No need to juggle with Alt-F9/F10 anymore.<br />
* Callsign Wnd (F9) : Tooltip more readable.<br />
* New behaviour of the $NEXT variable in the QTC transmit messages to make life much easier (and less confusing) for the DX stations in the WAEDC CW contest.<br />
** $NEXT must be the first variable in the Ins message. The default message is now: $NEXT $DONE $TIME $CALLSIGN $SERIAL<br />
** Update your current message if it is not up to date<br />
** When $NEXT is executed, the active QTC jumps to the next one ONLY if the current QTC has been already sent.<br />
** With this new behaviour, the usual QTC transmission sequence is now:<br />
*** Ctrl-L / Enter (or 1 to 9) to chose the number of QTC to send (usually 10).<br />
*** After the QTC dlg shows up, exchange the QRV? and the QTC series number with the recipient.<br />
*** From now, hit Ins for every QTC to send, one after the other.<br />
*** If the recepient requests a full resend of the QTC just sent, use CR. If he requests an individual field, use the appropriate Fx key or button. If the QTC is ack'ed, use Ins to send the next one.<br />
*** When all QTC of the series have been sent (and acknowledged), use Ins one last time (or Plus) to thank and save the QTC series.<br />
** In these conditions, you normally shouldn't need to use the Up/Down arrows anymore unless exceptional circumstances.<br />
* CW and RTTY : New $RAWSERIAL variable. Sends the serial number of the QSO with leading zeros and without any abbreviation. Now used in the default F3 msg (if it applies) to repeat the serial in a more traditional way. It also works in the QTC messages.<br />
* Script manager dialog : Ctrl + Double click on a script brings up the properties dialog.<br />
* IOTA contest<br />
** If the IOTA ref is pre-filled from the callsign field content, the new IOTA warning is now displayed if applicable. Tnx F5LIW.<br />
** EXPERIMENTAL : Separate numbering for Multi-One and Multi-Two categories : The RUN or RUN1 stations use a sequence of odd numbers (starting at 1), and the MULT or RUN2 stations use a sequence of even numbers (starting at 2).<br />
** Multi-Two category added. Tnx G3WVG.<br />
** The WAE entities list is now used to prefill the island reference more accurately (ex GM/s stations). Tnx N6TV.<br />
* The DVK bargraph can now be horizontal (default) or vertical.<br />
* Internal DVK : The first and last 100 ms of the messages are now truncated to prevent the keys and mouse clicks to be heard. Tnx SM5AJV and N6TV.<br />
* RTTY shortcuts buttons are now a bit thicker to accommodate older eyes. Tnx SP5GRM.<br />
* Additional CW and RTTY variables :<br />
** $LOC4 and $GRID4 are equivalent to $GRIDFIELD.<br />
** $LOC6 and $GRID6 are equivalent to $GRIDSQUARE or $LOCATOR.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.21.0) (June 27, 2016)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* The CW "No sound" menu item state wasn't consistent with the CW sound status.<br />
* The check mark on Options / Disable Log Sync wasn't consistent when no log was opened.<br />
* The station name displayed in the network error dlg when several masters were on the same LAN wasn't correct.<br />
* Gridsquares map window (Alt-L) : Mouse wheel actions were broken since version 4.7.0 ! <br />
* Stew Perry contest was using VHF.DTB instead of DEFAULT.SCP. Tnx N6TV. (Task #184). <br />
* Serial communications : Under some circumstances, especially with some USB drivers under Windows 10, the inbound stream was not correctly processed. Tnx Jan @ remoterig.com<br />
* Voice keyer (DVK) : Under some circumstances, some audio output devices may miss in the Interfaces settings dialog.<br />
* French Championship : QSO wih FT entities are now credited with 15 pts instead of 6. Tnx F4SGU.<br />
* Remote dlg : The text command is now limited to 13 chars, to comply with the log entry field. Tnx N6TV. (Task #368)<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
* Lua API version string is 1.3.0<br />
* IARU HF : Duplicate HQ abbreviations are now managed. (Task #350)<br />
* The login / logout protocols can be now disabled as the other ones in the advanced network settings.<br />
* Log Sync : Better overall performance. Tnx DJ7TO, DL5MLO and the DA0HQ team.<br />
* Cabrillo Options : New options similar to the File / Clean file options, but the QSO exclusions (or editions) are *only* temporary for the Cabrillo file output.<br />
* ADIF Options : QSO range added.<br />
* Mult Wnd (Alt-M) : The "hide clean sweeps" and "hide never worked" options are maintained during the text / SYLK copy. Tnx ES5TV.<br />
* Tune dlg : For safety, added a 30-second timeout to automatically stop tuning no matter what.<br />
* Stew Perry Challenge : Added for March, June and October.<br />
* Lua : wtQso:GetData API : stnName and stnFlags added in the table returned. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* CW Auto Send : Updated to allow its use when both radios are in RUN mode. Tnx SM5AJV, N6TV.<br />
* Lua : wtApp:TextCommand updated to add strStation and nNotificationID arguments. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* Standard and additional messages : New import / export features. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* Clean log dlg : New option to remove 0 points QSO from the log. Tnx K3LR, N6TV.<br />
* Radios : IC-7300 added. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* CQ WPX RTTY : M/S entrants are now allowed to 10 band changes. Tnx EC1KR.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.20.0) (January 17, 2016)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* ARRL 10m : Tools / Check Bad Exchanges was broken.<br />
* Under some circumstances, the default contest log names were broken.<br />
* ARRL SS : Correct label for the sections field. <br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
* Radios : IC-7600, IC-7800, IC-7850, IC-7851 : New code for a better management of these radios. It requires the latest firmwares. Tnx N6TV, K3LR, K9LA (Icom America), ICOM France, HRO Sunnyvale (CA), AA6W and K6SSJ.<br />
* Radios : FT-991 added. Tnx N6TV, SP5IOU.<br />
* Radio Wnd : New option to enable / disable the RIT display, when applicable. Tnx F5LIW, K3LR.<br />
* PACC contest : Rules 2016. Dutch provinces (for non-PA) and DXCC and call areas (for PA) now count as mult per band and per mode when taking part in Mixed category. Tnx PA5M.<br />
* French Championship : Rules 2016 applied. Tnx F5LEN.<br />
* Radio Wnd : Ctrl-Up / Ctrl-Down in the list view doesn't lose cursor when a Q is entered. Tnx K5KG. (Task #364).<br />
* LZ DX Contest : New rules 2015 for LZ stations applied. The only limitation is the 10-min rule for the M/S station, which is always applied for band *or mode* change, independently of the status of the station (RUN or MULT). Tnx LZ2CJ.<br />
* ARRL SS : Default CW msgs updated. Tnx W2GD, N6TV.<br />
* ARRL SS : Added new message variable $PREC (precedence) for the ARRL Sweepstakes, automatically determined from entry class and power level. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* Log check reports : QSO with own callsign are now ignored. Tnx FY5KE.<br />
* Status wnd (Alt-J) : X-min rule timers now ignore QSO with own callsign. Tnx FY5KE.<br />
* Check country wnd (F10) : QSO with own callsign are now ignored. Tnx FY5KE.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.19.0) (October 15, 2015)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* SAC contest : This contest wasn't displayed in October if the "This month only" checkbox was enabled despite the SSB leg takes place in October. Tnx F5LIW. <br />
* Rate Wnd (Alt-R). Various QSO rate statistics were wrong. Tnx CT1BOH. <br />
* FT1000 : The TRX was switched to RTTY-USB for high bands instead of RTTY-LSB. Tnx DL6RAI @ P49V.<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
* CAUTION: New network protocol version 1.29 released. Reminder: If you use WT in a networked environment, you must have the same WT version on all machines!<br />
* Status Wnd (Alt-J) : Best effort to display the TX freq of the radios. Radio brand and model dependent. Tnx N6TV. Note : Icom users will need the latest Icom firmware, and the latest OmniRig rig definition files (check the N6TV files) to get chances to see VFO B displayed for Icom radios, especially if they want to use split mode.<br />
* Experimental : VHF+ spots : When the comment is using the "Locator<Prop>Locator" format, the second locator is now considered as the DX locator. Tnx G3ZAY, F5HRY.<br />
* Radio Wnd : Spot mode (according to the used band plan) added in the tooltip text.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.18.0) (September 25, 2015)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* NA Sprint : Tools / Check log / Search for possible bad exchanges was broken. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* Rate Wnd (Alt-R). Various QSO and Mult statistics were wrong. Tnx CT1BOH.<br />
* REG1TEST : The mode code is now output in the QSO records. It can be optionally omitted for contests where the mode is not stated in the rules, in accordance to the REG1TEST format specifications.<br />
* WAEDC : The 10-min violations check was performed on the RUN and MULT stations, while this rule only applies to the RUN stations. Tnx DL1EKC.<br />
* Partial (F12) and NP1 (F8) windows : While modifying an already entered QSO, the callsign of the original QSO wasn't correctly ignored during the searches. Tnx FY5FY.<br />
* WAE : Receiving QTC : If the callsign of the QTC sender was modified, and the receiving dialog was cancelled, the modification remained.<br />
* The Win-Test version number is no more extracted from the language file DLL, but rather from the exe itself, to get the correct string when having mutiple Win-Test versions in the same directory. Tnx F5TTU, F6BGC.<br />
* When used in a network environment, a QSO entered on the secondary radio had a wrong serial number on the other machines of the network. Tnx DL5AOJ.<br />
* Radio wnd : Under some circumstances, when your own callsign was entered in the bandmap (Ctrl-Enter), it was displayed as a new mult. Tnx TM0HQ.<br />
* The action on Options / Disable Log Sync wasn't consistent when no log was opened.<br />
* Toolbar : The tooltip text for the summary icon was missing since the very first version of Win-Test ! ;-)<br />
* Bugfix : Alt-F dlg : Under some circumstances, the QSO op. was not specified.<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
* WAE : Receive QTC dlg : Received serials are now formatted with leading zeroes if needed. Tnx F5LIW.<br />
* WAE : Receive QTC dlg : Received times with 2 numbers (minutes) are now set to the correct hour according to the received time of the previous QTC. Tnx F5LIW.<br />
* Radios : IC-7100 and IC-7200 added. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* Cabrillo output file (v3) : eMail address tag added.<br />
* Cabrillo output file (v3) : New option to indicate if you wish to receive, if eligible, a paper certificate sent via postal mail by the contest sponsor. The contest sponsor may or may not honor this tag, and if so may or may not use opt-in or opt-out as the default.<br />
* Cabrillo output file : New option to output the "alternate" frequency for split QSO. May be useful if the available CAT data for your radio can't be used to determine accurately the TX freq vs the RX freq.<br />
* Several specific installers lacked the installation of the msflxgrd.ocx library. Tnx F5UPO.<br />
* CW : SOUND/NOSOUND and associated menu items : This option is now always disabled when Win-Test runs under an operating system after Vista included. It means that it will not work for those OS, and *may* work on previous OS, depending on the hardware. In all cases, it is very recommanded to rely on the TRX internal sidetone instead.<br />
* WAEDC : The SAVELOG, COPYLOG commands and the automatic backups now include the QTC files. Tnx GW3SQX @ GW7O.<br />
* ARRL DX, ARRL 10m and ARRL 160m contests : The Cabrillo output files are now compliant with the v3 specs. Tnx F5PHW.<br />
* Edit menu : New item : Apply exchange to every QSO with...(Ctrl-F10) When applicable, it allows to update exchanges of every Q whose the callsign is identical to the callsign of the current Q, with the exchange(s) of this Q.<br />
* Gab Wnd (Alt-I) : New contextual menu item to clear the content of the window.<br />
* Cabrillo file : Win-Test now ensures the operators list is correctly space-delimited.<br />
* The protocol version is now displayed in the Advanced Settings dlg of the network.<br />
* Status Wnd (Alt-J) : When using a multi-op network, you can now send a remote command to a specific station by opening the context menu on this station name and use "Send remote command to XXX...".<br />
* COPYLOG command : Notification added. Tnx TM0HQ.<br />
* Ctrl + PageUp / PageDown now browses the log by 12h steps instead of 24h initially. This makes it usable for 24h long contests.<br />
* Status Wnd (Alt-J) : When using a multi-op network, you can now ping a specific station by opening the context menu on this station name and use "Ping XXX". The Win-Test version, the Master, Bridgehead, Sync indicators and the propagation time are returned in the Gab window (Alt-I). Reminder : You can use the INV (stands for Inventory) text command to get a summary of the complete network.<br />
* Enhanced replies to the inventory command (INV) with a log sync enabled indicator (S vs s).<br />
* IARU HF : Mult wnd (F10) : AC, R1, R2 and R3 labels updated.<br />
* Contest settings dialog : To prevent any side effect (especially with the network), the syntax of the station name is checked, and 'exotic' characters are replaced by an underscore if needed. Tnx F1UVN @ TM0HQ. <br />
* Alt-F dlg : The read-only station name field is now disabled.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.17.0) (June 30, 2015)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* The ODX per band were sometimes wrong after band modifications of specific QSO. Tnx F1PKY @ F5KMB.<br />
* IARU 50 MHz (and higher) contests : The PSect field of the output files are now in accordance to the REG1TEST specs. Tnx F2DX, OK2ZI.<br />
* MP3 configuration dialog : Under some circumstances, an error loop could occur. Tnx DL6RAI. (Task #363)<br />
* FT2000 : Under some circumstances, read frequencies were not consistent. Tnx F8DBF, F4DXW.<br />
* For some contests, a QSO entered with your own callsign didn't count 0 points. Tnx N6TV. (Task #362)<br />
* MP3 QSO extract : There was a few seconds offset in the recording.<br />
* SP DX contest : When provinces were displayed with the "all bands" option *and* alphabetically, the "Z" province was missing. Tnx DL6RAI. (Task #360).<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
* CAUTION: New network protocol version 1.28 released. Reminder: If you use WT in a networked environment, you must have the same WT version on all machines!<br />
* Status Wnd (Alt-J) : New column for the current op. added. Cf OPON/OPOFF or LOGIN/LOGOUT commands or use nicknames. Tnx ES5TV.<br />
* Set QSO freq dlg (Alt-F): Swap main / QSX freq button added.<br />
* Rate Wnd (Alt-R) : When entering in a category where modes can be mixed, the elapsed time between band changes now takes account of modes as well.<br />
* CQ-M contest : To be compliant with the new rules 2015, there is no more multiplier station, even in M/S. Tnx RU3DNN. <br />
* ARI contest : A station can now be set as a MULT station. The 10 min timer in the Alt-J wnd considers band and mode changes. Tnx ES5TV.<br />
* OK OM DX : Win-Test is now adapted to comply to the new SSB rules. To make things easier, the CW leg is kept unchanged ! Read carefully the rules before entering. Tnx ON5GQ. <br />
* Contest recorder : QSO extraction to a mp3 file : The QSO extraction parameters are now (1) the time before the QSO was _STARTED_ (0 sec by default - it means the clip starts at the same time when you listen to the QSO with AltGr-Enter) and (2) the time after the QSO was _ENTERED_ (10 sec by default). Tnx ES5TV.<br />
* ARRL DX and ARRL 10 : When exporting logs in ADIF, the DC "state" is replaced by MD. Tnx F8ATS.<br />
* Lua : wtScript:AssignArgument now takes the strings "true" and "false" as boolean arguments. Numeric values do not require double quotes. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* Script manager : Properties dlg : Now accepts a default argument even if no key is defined for the script. But, in any case, a key or a text command must be defined to allow a default argument. Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.16.0) (Mar 17, 2015)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
<br />
* REF HF : FS now does count for a French dept instead of a DXCC entity. The final scores were not affected by this bug. Tnx F4EJL.<br />
* If the default directory at launch time wasn't the app directory, the automatic starts of wtDxTelnet and wtRotators were failing. Tnx F5LIW.<br />
* Ctrl-Del (delete spot from bandmap) was broken. Tnx N6TV. (Task #354)<br />
* Network advanced settings dialog : The last outbound protocol was always enabled, despite its setting. Tnx F1HAR.<br />
* Common prefixes to GM and GM/s were considered as GM even if the WAE list was used. Tnx N6TV. (Task #355)<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
<br />
* Spanish and German translations updated. Tnx EB2RA and DL6RAI.<br />
* LUA : Because of a conflict name with the wtScript class, the wtScript variable (name of the Topmost script) is now replaced with wtRootScript. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* RDXC : R7K - Crimea (RK) and R7R - Sevastopol (SE) added to the mults list. Use the latest CTY_OBL.DAT accordingly. Tnx RU3DNN.<br />
* Lua : wtContest:GetMyCallsign() and wtStatus:GetMyStation() added. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* Registration dialog : The QR codes of the registration URL are enlarged.<br />
* ICOM radios : IC-970, IC-9100 and IC-7850 added. Tnx OK8WW, EA8RM and K3LR.<br />
* ARRL DX (DX side) : To strictly comply with the current rules (section 5.2.2), the PEI multiplier (VY2) is now labelled PE. The STATES.DAT is also accordingly updated on the usual repository http://download.win-test.com/files/equivalence/ .<br />
* NA Sprint : Because of the different multipliers per leg, the equivalence files must now be NA_SSB_SPRINT.DAT and NA_CW_RTTY_SPRINT.DAT. They are available on the usual repository http://download.win-test.com/files/equivalence/ . Tnx KD4D and N6TV.<br />
* NA Sprint : DC and the usual 14 Canadian provinces and territories are now considered as multipliers for the Phone leg (the MAR mult. is no longer used). Tnx KW8N.<br />
* UBA DX : Mult stations are now allowed for Multi-Op (Single TX) entries. Also, the 10-min timer for RUN stations is now displayed in the status window (Alt-J). Tnx RU3DNN.<br />
* NA Sprint : KL stations are now considered as US stations and their state (AK) is now in the states list. KH6 stations are also considered as US stations for the Phone leg, and their state (HI) is now in the states list. During the CW / RTTY legs, KH6 stations are considered as DX stations (not NA). Tnx N6TV.<br />
* ARRL 10m : Mixed mode category forced in the Cabrillo output for the M/S entries.<br />
* Script properties : Tooltip added over the key edit field with the key code and modifiers values. It can help for the wtScript:AssignKeyCode function. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* Scripts manager : Run button added. The selected script is run the same way as if it were run by the assigned key (if any), and with the argument set in the properties dialog (if any). Tnx N6TV.<br />
* Lua : wtScript:AssignFKey and wtScript:AssignKeyCode functions added. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* Script Manager : Error message added when the SciTE or the script editor weren't correctly installed or configured. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
* New CW and RTTY variables introduced : $GRAB1 to $GRAB9 to grab from the partner stack slots, and $GRABRT1 to GRABRT3 to grab from the partner realtime slots.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.15.0) (Nov 22, 2014)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* When a voice message contained several script calls in a row, only one out of two was executed. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* ARRL SS : When a callsign is grabbed, the cursor is now set to the serial field. Tnx AC6T, N6TV. (Task #353)<br />
* When not using advanced SO2R with Shift bound to the secondary radio, Shift-Enter now has no action. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* Partner window: The SUPPORT / NOSUPPORT (or PARTNER / NOPARTNER) commands didn't resize the window properly.<br />
* Partner window context menu: The "Remove" item was enabled for empty slots while it was supposed to be grayed.<br />
* Partner stack: If the same callsign was in two adjacent slots in the Partner stack, only one of them was cleared when the callsign was entered in the log.<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
* CAUTION: New network protocol version 1.27 released. Reminder: If you use WT in a networked environment, you must have the same WT version on all machines!<br />
* Contest recorder : AltGr+E shortcut added as "Extract and Save QSO". Tnx N6TV.<br />
* LZ-DX contest : 10 min. CQWW DX rule applied to the M/S entrants, but currently limited to the band changes (the mode changes are ignored). Tnx RU3DNN.<br />
* Partner : There are now two different colors for data entered as Run or as Support. Useful when there are several partner positions for one run. Tnx F5HRY@TM0HQ.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.14.0) (Oct 19, 2014)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* When several mp3 record files from different stations for a given contest were used, the rewind and forward functions led to a crash. Tnx DL8AAU@DR9A.<br />
* Radio wnd: When using a Windows font size option different from 100%, the VFO displays didn't scale up well. Tnx N6XI, N6TV.<br />
* Lua: An error occurred when calling a script with the double-quote key. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* RDAC: The Tools / Check log / Search for bad exchanges function was not working for the RDAC contest. Tnx SP5KP<br />
* In the Alt-M wnd, when data were ordered by number of worked bands/modes, and never worked mults were hidden, the sweep clean mults were always displayed, despite this option was set or not. Tnx CT1BOH.<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
* CAUTION: New network protocol version 1.26 released Reminder: If you use WT in a networked environment, you must have the same WT version on all machines!<br />
* New notes file format and network protocol to ease log corrections within Win-Test. Check the new last items of the Tools / Check log menu.<br />
* Partner: New properties dialog to set the various options. By default, the realtime keystrokes network transmission is disabled when switched to the S&P mode. It can be enabled by choice in this properties dialog. Tnx TM0HQ & N6TV.<br />
* IARU HF: A '?' indicator is now displayed when the received exchange is not an ITU zone, AC, R1, R2 or R3, or not composed of letters only.<br />
* New option in Tools / Check log / Search for bad exchanges, to detect exchanges discrepancies in the log only.<br />
* Merge report redesigned: All conflicts are ordered by time and also by station name.<br />
* The Date/Time dialog (Alt-F) now indicates the station who entered the QSO. Not editable. Tnx F8CRH@TM0HQ. <br />
* New Goto Callsign edit menu (Shortcut Shift+Ctrl+G) to set the cursor on a QSO with a given callsign. By default, the callsign of the current QSO is searched. If it is empty (i.e. if the cursor is set to the last (empty) line of the log), a dialog is opened. The search is done backwards.<br />
* New CW option to enable/disable the speed bursts (+/-) without modifying the messages. Text commands are BURSTS / NOBURSTS. Useful to defeat CW skimmers on-demand.<br />
* Interfaces setup dialog: The lists for each COM port are now reordered to comply with the most current needs.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.13.0) (Jun 30, 2014)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* REF DDFM 50 MHz contest : Default CW msgs were using $GRIDSQUARE (6-char locator) instead of $GRIDFIELD (4-char locator). Tnx F2DX.<br />
* Gab window (Alt-I) : If the content was scrolled back, a double-click on a line set an incorrect default recipient in the opened Gab/Talk dialog. Tnx F8CRH@F6KRK.<br />
* REF VHF contest : Win-Test was asking for the "departement" in the contest settings dialog (was useless), and the help dialog was inappropriate. Tnx F5HRY.<br />
* CQ-M contest : Contest identifier for the Cabrillo and ADIF output files were misspelled. Tnx RU3RQ. (Task #348). <br />
* WPX : The prefix of VY2MGY/3 now resolved as VY3. Tnx N6TV. (Task #347).<br />
* Bugfix : Lua : wtApp:CallScript(name, arg) was always casting arg to a string. Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
* EF6 added as a valid exception callsign. Tnx F6FDR.<br />
* Radio windows - List view : In the "Sort by Mult Type" view, the non-mults stations are now sorted by QSO points in descending order. Tnx G3WW.<br />
* Radio windows - List view : New sorting option by QSO points in descending order, irrelevant of mults, added. Tnx G3WW.<br />
* WRTC 2014 and IARU HF : Check multiplier wnd (F10) : New label for HQs "entities" to prevent confusion with DXCC entities. Tnx CT1BOH.<br />
* Log : The column header of the serial sent (if any) is now correctly labeled ("No."). Tnx N6TV.<br />
* Options / Log / Align exchanges : New option to line up received exchanges in mixed mode. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* WRTC 2014 : Worked Mults wnd (Alt-M). The "copy as text" menu item is now enabled. Tnx CT1BOH.<br />
* WRTC 2014 : /MM stations are not counting for DXCC entity, and are credited depending on their ITU zone. Tnx KM3T.<br />
* WRTC 2014 : The country list used is DXCC (not WAE). Tnx KM3T.<br />
* WRTC 2014 : In the contest configuration dialog, the zone is set to 8, the Gridsquare is set to FN42fg and can't be modified.<br />
* The very singular 7QNL (and future 7QAA) callsigns are now accepted. Their prefixes are also resolved as 7Q0. Tnx PA3FYM. <br />
* Lookup function for the DXCC entities resolver refactored to allow easier extension for cases like the newly introduced 4Y1A and C7A,when callsigns are assigned to two entities.<br />
* RTTY : Fields assignments updated for the NCCC Sprint. Tnx AA2MF.<br />
* King Of Spain contest : SMR multiplier added. Tnx EA4TX.<br />
* Marconi HF : New points rules applied. Tnx IK6BAK.<br />
* Lua : In CW, when chaining wtKeyer:Play() instructions, the word space between the string arguments will be omitted if they end with a "~". Example :<br />
<br />
wtKeyer:Play(string1)<br />
wtKeyer:Play(string2)<br />
: Will omit the word space between string1 and string2 if string1 ends with a "~". Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.12.0) (February 10, 2014)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* UBA DX : The format of the output cabrillo file didn't stick to the required specs. Tnx ON5GQ. <br />
* DARC 10 : Under some circumstances, the DOK field was cleared while it wasn't necessary. Tnx DJ4MZ.<br />
* Lua : The wtApp:CallScript function was always returning a nil value when used with two parameters. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* The log sync enables / disabled setting was not correctly saved between logs openings. Tnx DK9TN@ED6A.<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
* DARC 10 : The NM exchange (Non Member) is no more considered as a multiplier. Tnx DJ4MZ.<br />
* Radios : IC-7410 added. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
* Script Manager : Various UI enhancements and API bugfixes. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* Clear Log : The station type (RUN, MULT, etc.) setting is now preserved when this function is performed. Tnx DK9TN@TK4W.<br />
* Network : Time distribution : A warning now pops up when time sync frames are received, and the Windows user who started Win-Test hasn't enough privilege to modify the system clock. Tnx P40L, N6TV.<br />
* Lua : wtQso:GetData() returned table updated for the specific ARRL Sweepstakes contest. The QSO# received is in the "rstReceived" index, and the Precedence letter is in the "miscInfo2Received" index. Tnx N6TV. (Task #338).<br />
* Mult Window (Alt-M) : New "Hide never worked" option added. Pretty experimental for now, depending on the contest. Tnx CT1BOH.<br />
* Radio windows : The spot selected by a right click is now highlighted to prevent confusion. The highlight color calculation now also works for dark hues. Tnx AD1C@K0RF.<br />
* Stats window : In CQWW DX, the zones / overall display was clipped to the last hour when a new zone was worked.<br />
* Radio windows : Time / Spotter and Comments display options added in the list view. These settings are common to both views. Tnx CT1BOH.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.11.0) (October 20, 2013)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* CQWW RTTY : The check log tool for the number of allowed QSY per hour in M/S was broken. Tnx DL9YAJ @ DR5N.<br />
* Frequency offsets weren't always correctly processed, especially on the secondary radio. Tnx DL5AOJ.<br />
* Extra Data files : Depending on the newline character(s) and other various parameters, the displayed data could be incorrect. Tnx IK0HBN, N6TV.<br />
* When a log was entirely entered manually, the date of QSO wasn't correctly set when using the "<" or ">" keys to access and fill the time field. Tnx F5LEN.<br />
* Under some circumstances of startup order and various settings, a "20 days older or newer log" false alert might be triggered. Tnx F6BGC @ TM0HQ.<br />
* RDAC Contest : Exchanges for callsigns ending with /x (x = 0 to 9) are now searched in the database and the log. Tnx SP5KP. <br />
* AGCW HNY : The (optional) AGCW membership number entry field was emptied when it was not supposed to be ! Tnx DJ0ZY.<br />
* Displayed ODX inconstancy under some circumstances when a QSO was deleted. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
* RAEM : The coordinates entry field was emptied when it was not supposed to be ! Tnx DJ0ZY.<br />
* When using the GOTO function by entering a QSO number and Ctrl-G, the pattern analyser warning message (if any) is now cleared.<br />
* The modifications entered into the Freq Offsets dialog are now taken into account immediately. No need to reload the current log. Tnx YL2GD.<br />
* When using a K3, changing band by entering its wavelength was sometimes setting the wrong LSB/USB mode. Tnx M0VFC (Task #326)<br />
* Under some circumstances, a random character could be entered in the Info field in a DXPed log, when using the Up/Down arrows in this field.<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
* Networking : Sockets initializations updated to comply with the usage of Win-Test in a Linux / Wine environment. The wtCom.dll must be updated (v2.0.4 or better) as well for this usage if needed. Tnx AA6KJ.<br />
* ADIF <br />
** output : Addition of the CREATED_TIMESTAMP field in the header, and the CONTEST_ID field in every QSO record, when applicable.<br />
** Export : The ADIF country code is now added to the QSO record. Requires using the latest CTY_WT.DAT or CTY_WT_MOD.DAT country files (02 August 2013 or later). Tnx AD1C. <br />
* CQWW DX Contest<br />
** The overlay "Classic" category has been added in the contest configuration dialog. It only adds the appropriate line in the Cabrillo output file.<br />
** The overlay category Xtreme is added in the contest configuration dialog, and in the Cabrillo file output as well. Tnx KL1A.<br />
* WAE Contest<br />
** The special calculation for the creation of the offtime section in the Cabrillo file has been removed, being now obsolete. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
** Offtime threshold is now set to one hour. <br />
* Lua<br />
** wtQso:GetData() function added. Returns a table with fields of the current Qso. The current available keys are "time", "band", "mode", "freq", "callsign", "rstSent", "serialSent", "rstReceived", "exchReceived", "miscInfoReceived", "miscInfo2Received".<br />
** wtApp:GetLogFileName() and wtApp:GetIniFileName() functions added. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* UFT contest : Win-Test is now adapted to the new rules 2013. Tnx F6CEL.<br />
* YU DX contest : Totally rewritten because of the new rules 2013 (see http://yudx.yu1srs.org.rs/2013/rules.html). Tnx YU0W and F5IN.<br />
* SPDX Contest : The "12 band or mode changes per one clock hour" rule is now implemented. A simultaneous change of band *and* mode (Ex: 80m CW -> 40m SSB) counts as 2 changes. Tnx SQ2GXO.<br />
* New Tools / Data entry / Priority / Callsign option to ignore any freq or band changes when entering digits only in the callsign field. Tnx P40L, N6TV.<br />
* RAC Winter and Canada Day Contests : The 10-minute rule for the multi-single entrants is now implemented. Tnx VE3JM and N6TV.<br />
* Russian 160 meter : New rules implemented. http://www.radio.ru/cq/contest/rule-results/index2012.shtml. Tnx RZ3DX.<br />
* QR Code added in the registration dialog to help mobile phones users.<br />
<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.10.0) (October 23, 2012)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* YO DX Contest : The child and log windows are now compliant with the chosen mode category (CW, SSB or MIXED). Previously, the mixed mode only was assumed.<br />
* NAQP : The K8 mark for "zones window" (Alt-Z) was labeled K81 instead. Tnx NX5M.<br />
* Text and CSV files options dialogs : The Del key was acting as "Remove all" instead of "Remove". Reminder : Shift-Del acts now as "Remove all", Del acts as "Remove", Shift-Ins acts as "Add all" and Ins acts as "Add". Tnx TM0HQ.<br />
* In the logfile fixing process, the backuped file had a wrong file extension (it was always .wtb). Tnx TM0HQ.<br />
* Status wnd (Alt-J) : Not always correctly ordered when sorted by freq/name. Tnx TM0HQ. <br />
* CQ VHF and CQ 160 : ARRL Section added in the Cabrillo output file for US/VE entrants (Task #323). Tnx W9ZRX & N6TV.<br />
* FT1000(D) : The IF filter setting is retained per mode when grabbing a spot. Tnx DL6FBL @ DR1A.<br />
* Under some concurrency circumstances in a multi-op environment, Win-Test could crash when deleting or modifying spots in the Alt-A or the radio wnds (Task #318). Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
<br />
* ARRL Sweepstakes, ARRL FD and ARRL 160 meter contests : ARRL/RAC sections list updated to comply with the four new RAC administrative sections (ONN, ONS, ONE, GTA), replacing the split Ontario Section. (Task #321)<br />
<br />
* Auto CQ : New option in the appropriate dialog to halt the auto CQ with the Esc key only. Equivalent text commands are RPTESCONLY and NORPTESCONLY. Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
* ARI Sezioni: Cabrillo output compliant with rules 2012. Tnx I2WIJ.<br />
<br />
* ARI DX : Cabrillo output compliant with rules 2012. Tnx I2WIJ.<br />
<br />
* IOTA : New rules 2012 implemented :<br />
** For multi-op (island) stations, display of Band/Mode changes in the rate window (Alt-R).<br />
** Cabrillo file : QSO lines now include RUN or MULT identifiers.<br />
** The score for World to World QSOs is reduced from 3 points to 2 points.<br />
** Island Stations now receive 5 points for World Station QSOs.<br />
** Island Stations now receive also 5 points when working their own Island.<br />
<br />
* RDXC : Oblasts window (Alt-Z) updated following the new list 2012. Tnx HA1AG, SP5KP, F5IN.<br />
<br />
* Check partial (F12) and NP1 (F8) wnds : The [UNIQUE] word has now its own background and text colors to draw the attention of the operator. Tnx CT1BOH.<br />
<br />
* JIDX : Cabrillo file : QSO lines format updated to comply with the new format specifications for the multi-op category. (See task #317). Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.9.1) (October 27, 2011)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* Fix an issue with missing resources which might make WT to crash.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.9.0) (October 26, 2011)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* Problem in Spanish language file fixed. Tks N6TV.<br />
* The exceptions callsigns of the CTY*.DAT files were wrongly parsed when operated from another DXCC entity (ex. W6HGF/KH0). Tnx JE2UFF.<br />
* During a Cabrillo import, if the format of the QSO line wasn't correct, the error message was off one on the QSO number. Tnx W6IZT.<br />
* IARU HF contest : The mode entry was empty in the output Cabrillo file for multi-op categories. It is now set to mixed. Tnx F1HAR @ TM0HQ.<br />
* The Kenwood radio protocol was broken when sending CAT commands with frequencies above the 3420 MHz band. Tnx W8ZN.<br />
* Task #310 : IARU HF contest : For US/VE stations, the ARRL section is now required, instead of the state or the province. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* Entering your own callsign in the bandmap (Ctrl-Enter) was displaying a "spotted by..." alert. Tnx F5JSD @ TM0HQ. <br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
<br />
* When a new file is created, the usage of a network drive is checked and strongly discouraged to prevent log inconstancy. Tnx VK8DX @ 4W6A<br />
* WAEDC : Time shift can now be applied to the QTC. Tnx DL8RDL.<br />
* NCCC Sprint : New rule 2011 : 15m QSO are now permitted. (See task #312). Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.8.0) (June 26, 2011)==<br />
<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* Task #308 : JIDX : 160m QSO points counted 1 pt instead of 4. Tnx N6KI and N6TV.<br />
<br />
* Under some circumstances, DXped audio recordings were not correctly tagged, the file information dialog was incomplete, and the QSO playbacks failed. Tnx VE3EY @ TO3A.<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
<br />
* ADIF : PROGRAMID and PROGRAMVERSION fields added in the file header.Tnx IZ8MBW.<br />
<br />
* LPT Interface : 50 MHz, 144 MHz and 432 (440) MHz band data outputs added. Tnx W8ZN and N6TV.<br />
<br />
* Callsign check rules : The pathetic 9HOHSJ callsign is now added as an exception (like RAEM, JY1 and TX9). Tnx OH2OT, F5HRY.<br />
<br />
* PACC contest : New rule 2011 : QSO are now allowed in each mode for mixed categories. Tnx PA2A.<br />
<br />
* RSGB 160m contest : Single-mode CW-only restriction removed to comply with the new rules 2011. QSO and bonuses are now allowed for each mode. Tnx G3XSV. <br />
<br />
* NAQP : Cabrillo output : The DXCC prefix is now indicated instead of "DX" for North American stations outside of K/VE. Tnx WA7BNM.<br />
<br />
* DARC XMas contest : New rules 2010 : "NM" is allowed as a exchange from the German stations, but is no more credited as a mult. Tnx DJ3WE.<br />
<br />
* DX Spots window (Alt-A) : New option to enable/disable logging of the incoming spots in the .dxc file. It is enabled by default. Under some circumstances (slow antivirus inspection, slow HDD, etc.), saving every spot (especially when using the RBN) was making Win-Test less responsive. The op-entered spots are always saved to allow their restoration on log startup. Tnx HA1AG @ ED9M.<br />
<br />
* Packet window (Alt-O) : New option to enable/disable logging of the packet stream in the .pkt file. It is enabled by default. Under some circumstances (slow antivirus inspection, slow HDD, etc.), saving the packet data stream (especially when using the RBN) was making Win-Test less responsive. Tnx HA1AG @ ED9M.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.7.0) (December 2, 2010)==<br />
<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* Task #300 : WAEDC RTTY : The sent QTC group number was not taken into acount by the other connected machines, and therefore the QTC numbering was garbled in M/* environment. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
<br />
* Task #266 : WAEDC RTTY : No *New Mult* warning. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
<br />
* WAEDC : Number of QTC to send dialog : Even if some buttons were disabled, their associated "number keys" were still active.<br />
<br />
* WAEDC : Sending QTC dialog (Ctrl-L) : In "show" context, and if messages were sent under some circumstances, Win-Test could crash. Tnx IW1QN.<br />
<br />
* WAEDC : Under some circumstances, sent QTC were not always correctly saved.<br />
<br />
* WAEDC : When the number of QTC to be sent is 0 (no more QTC available), all "number keys" and Enter are now ignored in the appropriate dialog.<br />
<br />
* Task #298 : Spacebar key didn't always work properly in the ARRL Sweepstakes contest. Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
* Task #297 : Double-click on Check Multipliers window (F10) didn't work in ARRL Sweepstakes. Tnx N6TV <br />
<br />
* Under some circumstances, if data entered in the time field didn't follow the HH:MM or HHMM format, it could lead to a crash. Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
* WinKey : Speed bursts were not executed if located just before the $LOGGED variable. Tnx ES5TV.<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
* CW Autosend : Feature temporarily disabled when Alt-Space (grab from the RT partner slot), Alt-1..9 (grab from the partner stack) and Ctrl-1..9 (exchange with the partner stack) are used. Tnx ES5TV, N6TV.<br />
<br />
* ARRL 10m contest : New Mexican multipliers added. The name of the database (which is now different from the other ARRL contests) is now ARRL_10M.DTB. Several XE stations (around 300) have been added in the current file: http://download.win-test.com/databases/ARRL_10M.DTB<br />
<br />
* MouseWheel actions are now compatible with HiRes optical mouses like the Microsoft Wireless LASER Mouse 8000. Tnx W9ZRX, N6TV.<br />
<br />
* Bandmap properties : The minimum spot bandwidth is now 0 Hz (!). Tnx SM2WMV.<br />
<br />
* IC775 : Force narrow IF filters when grabbing callsigns in CW. Tnx YL2GD.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.6.1) (Released only for demo and DxPed versions)==<br />
<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* The default directory name for a "DX expedition (VHF and above)" log was wrong. Tnx DJ4MZ.<br />
<br />
* When a callsign was entered by a dbl-click in the N+1 or the partials wnd, and if this feature was set to automatic, the callsign check status wasn't updated. Tnx ES5TV.<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
* COPYLOGCLEAR text command added. Equivalent to the COPYLOG command immediately followed by a CLEARLOG command. Tnx CT1BOH.<br />
<br />
* QTC receive dlg : New variable $QTCROW introduced indicating the QTC line number where the cursor is located. Mainly used in RTTY for asking a resent of a specific line. The default F8 button message is now "AGN QTC $QTCROW?" in this mode. Tnx DK4WA.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.6.0) (October 24, 2010)==<br />
<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* Task #296 : Check mult window (F10) was not updated properly when using in ESM mode with S&P mode selected. Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
* Under some circumstances, the default filename of a contest log could contain invalid characters. Tnx G0ORH.<br />
<br />
* Second zones window : The labels display option was not restored.<br />
<br />
* When grabbing a callsign in the RTTY window, the realtime partner window field wasn't updated. Tnx ES5TV.<br />
<br />
* Task #290 : On restart, Win-Test didn't remember the last SO2R scenario that was selected. Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
* WAEDC : QTC receive dialog (Alt-L). Using the INSERT key in this dlg was crashing Win-Test.<br />
<br />
* Task #291 : RadioWnd : Ctrl-Up/Down weren't working properly in list mode. Tnx ES5TV.<br />
<br />
* Under some circonstances, Win-Test could crash when started with the CapsLock key engaged.<br />
<br />
* Advanced SO2R CW messages dialog : The Esc and Enter keys now work.<br />
<br />
* WAEDC : Clock wnd : QTC in stock was always displayed for M/S entrants regardless of their location (EU or DX).<br />
<br />
* WAEDC : Clock wnd : QTC in stock value was not immediately updated after a Q was received thru the network.<br />
<br />
* EZMaster, MK/MKII/... and OTRSP setup dialogs : The Esc and Enter keys were not correctly handled.<br />
<br />
* Transmit QTC window (Ctrl-L) : Under some circonstances, the context-oriented background colors were not correctly updated.<br />
<br />
* WAEDC : After receiving QTC, the potential QTC counts in the bandmaps were not always updated. Tnx DF9LJ. <br />
<br />
* WAEDC : Every time a Cabrillo file or a summary file was written, the QTC counts were increased. Tnx DF9LJ, DL6RAI, and several others.<br />
<br />
* KCJ : TG (Tochigi) and NR (Nara) multipliers were missing in the Alt-Z window. Tnx F5IN.<br />
<br />
* NAC 10 : Exchange sent are now 6-positions gridsquares. Tnx SM6FKF.<br />
<br />
* Task #284. Your own call incorrectly counted one HQ if such an exchange was entered. Tnx TM0HQ, N6TV. <br />
<br />
* DX cluster (Alt-A) and radio wnds : If the SP or the LP value of the spot was 0°, heading was not displayed. Tnx SM5AJV/SE5E.<br />
<br />
* Task #282: Under some circonstances the QSO number displayed in the report for possible bad exchanges was wrong. Tnx DF1DX.<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
* CAUTION: New network protocol version 1.25 released. Reminder: If you use WT in a networked environment, you must have the same WT version on all machines!<br />
<br />
* The wtArg (and wtArgument) variables are now local to the called script.<br />
<br />
* For phone contesting, scripts can be called from the Advanced SO2R scenarios with the #SCRIPT or #@SCRIPT notation.<br />
<br />
* Lua scripting: New input API:<br />
<br />
:* wtApp:InputUpperText(Prompt, Title, Default) If Title or Prompt is empty, a default text is used. Typed letters are automatically upper-cased while entering.<br />
<br />
* Lua scripting: New wtGab API introduced:<br />
<br />
:* wtGab:Send(strText[, strToStation]) sends a gab strText to strToStation. If strToStation is omitted, the text is sent to the whole network.<br />
<br />
* NCCC Sprint : New rules implemented. Tnx K9MMS, N6TV.<br />
<br />
* CQWW RTTY : In M/S category, the band changes counts are now displayed for the RUN and the MULT stations in the rate window (Alt-R). Tnx ES5TV.<br />
<br />
* Edition keys : To improve the compatibility with CT, Ctrl-B, Ctrl-D and Ctrl-F keys are now processed in the log fields. Tnx N5KO, N6TV.<br />
<br />
* WAEDC : QTC receive dialog (Alt-L) : New $FIELD variable introduced. This variable takes the value "GROUP", "TIME", "CL" or "NR", depending on the kind of QTC field where the insertion point is located.<br />
<br />
* New CW and RTTY options to work dupes or not. If dupes are worked, the $QSOB4 variable is ignored. The equivalent text commands are WORKDUPE/NOWORKDUPE or WORKDUPEON/WORKDUPEOFF. There is a different setting available per mode (CW or RTTY).<br />
<br />
* Task #205 : The $RxRy variables located in the end of a CW message, if any, are automatically appended to the content of the $QSOB4 message if played. Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
* The $QSOB4 variable can now include scripts calls.<br />
<br />
* The scripts calls in the CW or RTTY messages are now synchronous to the CW or the RTTY streams. To execute them asynchronously, they can be called with the #@ notation. Example :<br />
<br />
-- script.wts<br />
wtApp:AlertBox("Hello World!");<br />
<br />
and the CW/RTTY message content is :<br />
<br />
AAA #SCRIPT BBB<br />
<br />
The keyer sends AAA, then "waits" until the user hits the OK button in the "Hello World!" alert box to send BBB.<br />
<br />
If the CW/RTTY message content is:<br />
<br />
AAA #@SCRIPT BBB<br />
<br />
The keyer sends AAA and starts the script (and the alert box is open), *but* it continues to key the rest of the message ("BBB") without waiting the user intervention. This is the asynchronous mode.<br />
<br />
* Lua scripting : One new wtKeyer API introduced :<br />
<br />
:* wtKeyer:Insert(strMessage) : Works for the CW and RTTY keyers. When used in a synchroneous script, if gives the possibility to "fill-in" data into the CW/RTTY message. It is recommanded to use it only in the synchroneous mode (see above) to ensure data are inserted in the right place. WARNING : strMessage can only contain textual data (no variable or script call). It is *not* interpreted by the CW/RTTY parser (except the +/- speed bursts).<br />
<br />
* Lua scripting : New wtStatus API introduced :<br />
<br />
:* wtStatus:GetList() returns a table with names of the stations in the network.<br />
:* wtStatus:GetStatus(strStation) returns a table with fields of the status of a given station. Returns nil if this station doesn't exist. The table keys are "band" "mode" "currentRadio" "radio1Freq" "radio2Freq" "radio1IsManual" "radio2IsManual" "passFreq" "type" and "qsyStatusId".<br />
:* wtStatus:GetFreq(strBand[, strMode]) returns the "best" pass freq for a given band and mode. To determine this frequency, it uses the same algorithm as the $FREQnn variable.<br />
<br />
* Lua scripting : New wtOtrsp API introduced :<br />
:* wtOtrsp:GetDeviceName() returns the name of the OTRSP attached device.<br />
:* wtOtrsp:GetFirmwareVersion() returns the firmware version of the OTRSP attached device. NOTE : Some devices do not support this API, and return an empty string.<br />
:* wtOtrsp:Send(strCommand) sends a command string to the OTRSP attached device. The trailing <CR> character is optional, and is appended if needed.<br />
<br />
* Scripts manager dialog usability improved. Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
* OTRSP : If the OTRSP device has controls and if they can generate events, dedicated Lua scripts are called when events occur :<br />
:* otrspCrOn.wts and otrspCrOff.wts (not case-sensitive) are called when such a control has values 1 and 0 respectively. wtArg is set to the control number (0 to 9).<br />
:* otrspCrEvent.wts (not case-sensitive) is called for all states of the events. wtArg is set to (256 * cr) + state (cr = control number - 1 to 9, and state = value of the state when the event occured - 0 to 255).<br />
<br />
WARNING : If the PTT events are used, the control 0 is restricted to this usage, and doesn't fire the otrspCrOn/Off/Event.wts scripts. If the PTT events are not used, otrspCrEvent is not called when an event on this control occured. Only the otrspCrOn/Off scripts are executed.<br />
<br />
* microHAM devices : When an attached footswitch is used, two dedicated Lua scripts named microhamFsOn.wts and microhamFsOff.wts (not case-sensitive) are called. wtArg is set the radio number of the footswitch (0 for MK/MKII - 0 or 1 for MK2R/MK2R+/u2R depending<br />
on the footswitch that generated the event).<br />
<br />
* Elecraft K3 : To circumvent erratic loss of control when used with various other devices, CAT stacked commands are now sent in a delayed sequence. Tnx N6TV, N6XI, and others.<br />
<br />
* Lua Scripting : New wtMicroham API introduced :<br />
:* wtMicroham:GetDeviceId() returns the ID of the microHAM attached device. Check the Lua constants for interpretation.<br />
:* wtMicroham:GetFirmwareVersion() returns the firmware version string of the microHAM attached device.<br />
:* wtMicroham:Send(strCommand) sends a command string to the microHAM attached device . The trailing <CR> character is optional, and is appended if needed.<br />
Tnx ES5TV, N6TV, OM7ZZ.<br />
<br />
* Contest settings dialog: The contest combo box is now divided in sections.<br />
<br />
* Status Wnd (Alt-J) : Code rewritten to adapt the window columns to the contest in progress : The band is displayed if the current contest is multi-band. The mode is displayed if the current contest is multi-mode, and the type (R, M, etc.) is only displayed for Multi-Op HF contests. Also, when the CQWW M/S multiplier rule is used, new indicators are displayed in the QSY column.<br />
<br />
* Status Wnd (Alt-J) : Rewording of "QSY Freq" to "Pass Freq". Menu items adapted too.<br />
<br />
* Status Wnd (Alt-J) : When operating in SO1R/Multi-Op technique, the Radio 2 freq is automatically hidden, and the Radio 1 freq is now using the same color as the other items of the line.<br />
<br />
* RDA Contest : All DXCC entities are taken into account for multipliers, even the Russian ones. Tnx UA2FF and RX3RC.<br />
<br />
* COPYLOG text command added : Duplicate the current log file (.wt4) in the current log directory with a timestamp added in its name. Useful to quickly save the current log right after a contest warm-up, just before clearing it (CLEARLOG) and start the contest. Tnx DL6RAI for inspiration.<br />
<br />
* MP3 Contest Player : You can now select which channel(s) - Left, Right or Stereo - to listen to. When Left or Right is selected, this channel is sent to both outputs for a more pleasant listening. Useful to listen to true SO2R stereo recordings. The shortcuts (AltGr+C for Left / AltGr+V for Stereo / AltGr+B for Right) have been chosen for their location on the keyboard.<br />
<br />
* WAEDC : Received QTC window (Alt-L) : The contest recorder keys are now active also in this window.<br />
<br />
* RDA contest : ADIF export : The first two chars of received district (if applicable) are saved as STATE field and the district (reformatted as XX-dd) is saved as CNTY. Tnx UA2FF. <br />
<br />
* RDA contest : For Russian entrants, a QSO with a /P Russian station (assumed to be a C1 or C2 stations) is now credited with 10 pts. Note that using /P for C1 or C2 stations is *not* mandatory (Check the note 5.2 of the English rules). Tnx UA6AA.<br />
<br />
* WAEDC : Received QTC window (Alt-L) : The ESC key only works if no field have been edited (and closes the dialog). If a field has been edited, the ESC has no action (except interrupting CW etc.). Tnx F5VIH/SV3SJ.<br />
<br />
* WAEDC : Transmit and Receive QTC windows (Ctrl-L and Alt-L): Modified wordings for some buttons, and easier usability for users, especially when using Esc and Ctrl-L/Alt-L to close these windows. Tnx DL6RAI, DF9LF, G3TXF.<br />
<br />
* WAEDC : Transmit QTC window (Ctrl-L) : In CW or RTTY, if no QTC is sent, the Ctrl-L and Esc keys close the dialog with no confirmation asked. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
<br />
* WAEDC : Receive QTC window (Alt-L) : If no field is edited, the Alt-L and Esc keys close the dialog with no confirmation asked. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
<br />
* WAEDC : Receive QTC window (Alt-L) : To improve consistency with the log edition keys, a new key set is introduced :<br />
<br />
Alt-Arrows : Moving from one field to another (replace Ctrl-Arrows)<br />
Shift-Backspace: Delete all the characters left of the cursor<br />
Shift-Del: Delete all characters under and right of the cursor <br />
Ctrl-A: Like [Home]<br />
Ctrl-E: Like [End]<br />
Ctrl-W: Clear the current field<br />
Ctrl-K: Like [Shift-Del]<br />
Ctrl-Z: Undo field edition<br />
Ctrl-Left arrow: Like [Home]<br />
Ctrl-Right arrow: Like [End]<br />
<br />
Tnx F5VIH/SV3SJ<br />
<br />
* WAEDC : If the "Show additional information on QTC traffic" option is enabled, the callsign syntax check status messages are no more displayed, to free the message line for the QTC status. Only applies to the WAEDC. Tnx DJ0ZY.<br />
<br />
* LUA scripting : Two new global variables wtScript and wtCurrentScript introduced. wtScript contains the name of the top-most called script, with no extension, and wtCurrentScript contains the script name currently executed (no extension). For example :<br />
<br />
-- foo.wts<br />
wtApp:AlertBox(wtScript .. " / " .. wtCurrentScript);<br />
wtApp:CallScript("bar");<br />
return -1;<br />
--<br />
<br />
-- bar.wts<br />
wtApp:AlertBox(wtScript .. " / " .. wtCurrentScript);<br />
--<br />
<br />
When foo is executed, the first alert box will display "foo / foo" and the next one will display "foo / bar". Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
* Check country wnd (F10) : New option to display (or not) the sun charts. Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
* ESM embedded script : When using the SO2R advanced technique, the scenarios messages are used instead of the standard ones. Tnx SM2WMV, N6TV and F6IFY.<br />
<br />
* Remote commands dialog : Various different options for the notification are now allowed.<br />
<br />
* Script manager : Added the possibility to attach a text command to a script. You can even pass a argument with the SCRIPT/ARGUMENT syntax (ex : SCRIPT/5 will call script.wts and the wtArg value is set to the string "5" - Caution : The argument is *always* passed as a string when the script is called from a text command). If no argument is specified, the default argument defined in the script manager will be used (if any). Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
* IARU HF : Mult wnd (Alt-M) can now be copied as text (and pasted as text or directly in a spreadsheet program). Does not apply for the WRTC version that has a different multiplier rule.<br />
<br />
* IOTA : Even if IOTA.DAT is not installed, IOTA references that are syntaxically valid are now taken into account for points credits and are written in the Cabrillo file. Tnx SM3CER. <br />
<br />
* IOTA : Mult wnd (Alt-M) can now be copied as text (and pasted as text or directly in a spreadsheet program). Tnx G3TXF.<br />
<br />
* The check logs tools reports are now adapted to the mixed contests.<br />
<br />
* Enhanced replies to the inventory command (INV) with bridgehead and time masters indicators (B vs b and T vs t).<br />
<br />
* BRIDGEHEAD/NOBRIDGEHEAD text commands added.<br />
<br />
* IARU HF : "BA" added to the exception list of the cut numbers translation, despite this abbreviation is not listed as the official one of the E7HQ Society. Cf http://www.iaru.org/iaru-soc.html Tnx UA6AA and many others.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.5.2) (July 3, 2010)==<br />
<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
<br />
* Bugfix : Fixed a problem with registration in some versions.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.5.1) (June 27, 2010)==<br />
<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
<br />
* Bugfix : MP3 information files dialog could lead to a crash if no mp3 file were present in the current log directory.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix : ARI Sezioni - RTTY : Only valid 4 digits codes can be now grabbed from the RTTY wnd as an exchange. Tnx IK0CHU.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.5.0) (June 5, 2010)==<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
<br />
CAUTION: New network protocol version 1.24 released<br />
<br />
Reminder: If you use WT in a networked environment, you must have the same WT version on all machines!<br />
<br />
These network modifications only affect the use of Win-Test in a WAN environment, and requires wtTunnel 1.12 (to be released) to be effective.<br />
<br />
* Workaround: YCCC SO2R Box outputs were not working as expected. At this time, AUX1 and AUX3 are assigned to Radio1, and AUX2 and AUX4 to Radio2. This will be customizable in the future.<br />
<br />
* Added a Extraction Feature in Contest Recorder (right-click in the Contest Recorder Window, and chose the "Extract and Save QSO" menu).<br />
<br />
* Text commands : <tt>MP3SETUP</tt> and <tt>SCRIPTS</tt> commands added. Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
* Scripts manager dlg : The delete key now acts like clicking on the Delete button.<br />
<br />
* New microHam device "USB micro2R" supported. Tks OM7ZZ.<br />
<br />
* Radio Wnd and DX Cluster Wnd (Alt-A) : New leading indicator (#) introduced to tag spots coming from a CW Skimmer (aka the spotter callsign ends with "-#").<br />
<br />
* CW cut numbers translation : New option in Tools / Data entry to disable the automatic translation. Note that this translation is performed on a contest and worked station contextual basis. The equivalent text commands are <tt>CUTON</tt> and <tt>CUTOFF</tt>. Do not use <tt>CUT/NOCUT</tt> that are reserved for CW cut numbers generation ! Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
* EXPERIMENTAL : New "Always On Top" option in the Options / Windows menu. Can also be (re)set with text commands. Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* Bugfix : IC-7600 : Split was broken. Tnx N3MX, I2WIJ.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix : In M/* configuration, and under certain circumstances, the mp3 files list associated with a station in the MP3 file information dialog could be wrong.<br />
<br />
* ARRL DX : CW cut numbers are translated for DXCC stations worked from the US/VE side.<br />
<br />
* MP3 setup : Only the CBR codecs are now displayed in the setup dialogs. The usage of the ABR codecs (most of the LAME ACM ones) is too erratic to be trusted in. Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix : REF HF : Cut numbers were translated for TK stations (2A). Tnx F5CQ.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix : Additional CW messages (Alt-C) : When no log is opened, the function keys are now disabled.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix : Recorder wnd : Under certain circumstances, the buttons tooltips were not always displayed.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix : HA DX contest : When working contest from the HA side, cut numbers where always translated, whereas it had to be so for non-HA callsigns only. Tnx HA3LN.<br />
<br />
* Contest Recorder: the "rotate file" option were disabling the AutoStart one. Fixed. Thanks IK2JUB.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.4.0) (January 17, 2010)==<br />
<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* Bugfix (#255): K1EL WinKey USB CW timing becomes very poor (Farnsworth style) when PTT delay is default 50 ms. This was caused by too low hardcoded value (80ms) of the PTT Tail delay. This delay is now configurable in the Winkey Properties Dialog Box. Tks F5JSD, SM5AJV, KL7RA and N6TV.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix (#253): Input Wave Device was not properly selected in the Contest Recorder Module. Tks N6TV, NR5M.<br />
<br />
* MP3 files information dialog : Under certain circumstances, the displayed stop time and duration of the selected file were wrong. Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix (#271) : Packet window (Alt-T) was losing focus when the gab window was automatically closed. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix (#272) : Under certain circumstances, pattern checking flags were not updated if an entered callsign was modified. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
<br />
* DARC 10 : Leading zeros addition for serial received was broken. Tnx DK1AX.<br />
* Bugfix : MP3 files recorded in 2009 couldn't be listened to anymore in Win-Test in 2010 ;-) ! Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix : Stew Perry : Under certain circumstances, an overflow error could happen in distance calculations for Q inside the same GridSquare as the entrant. Tnx VE3TA.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix (Task #270) : ARRL 10 : When running the contest from the DX side, the serial sent was not editable. Tnx CX6VM.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix : RTTY wnds : Left-click to activate (and right-click to open the contextual menu) in the text area were broken. Also, the possibility to Ctrl-Drag these windows has been added.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix : ARI 40/80 contest in RTTY : The provinces can now be grabbed in the RTTY wnd. Also fixed for the ARI International Contest. Tnx IK0CHU.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix : The Inventory and Score broadcast network frames could have bad data. Tnx SV3SJ/F5VIH.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix : After opening a non-empty log, the first PgUp press was not updating the child windows.<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
<br />
* Added some new features of the WK2 (WKUSB) for the PTT Tail. Tks F5JSD, K1EL.<br />
<br />
* OmniRig supported as an alternative to the WT build-in Radio Control. Right-click on the Radio Window then choose "OmniRig Settings" in order to properly configure OmniRig for your Radio.<br />
<br />
* IC-703 rig added.<br />
<br />
* First attempt in OTRSP (Open Two Radio Switching Protocol) protocol support. Tested with the YCCC SO2R Box but not in real conditions. Tks K1XM.<br />
<br />
* Log output : Progress bar implemented. Tnx TF3CW.<br />
<br />
* Edit / Move in my log menu item has now text commands equivalents: <tt>MOVEINMYLOG</tt> (or <tt>SCROLLMYLOG</tt>) and <tt>NOMOVEINMYLOG</tt> (or <tt>NOSCROLLMYLOG</tt>). Tnx 5B4WN.<br />
<br />
* Rate wnd (Alt-R) : Two methods are now available to display the elapsed time since the last band changes. Tnx F1NGP and TK5EP.<br />
<br />
* MRU (Most Recently Used) file list added in the File menu.<br />
<br />
* IC-7600 rig added.<br />
<br />
* ICOM rigs : Radio list rearranged alphabetically in the Interface Setup dialog.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix : RTTY wnds : The invert function was also inverting the character next to the selection.<br />
<br />
* RTTY wnds : Mirror zone enlarged to allow 4-figures serials.<br />
<br />
* RTTY wnds : Callsigns found in the database or in the log are now displayed in bold.<br />
<br />
* RTTY wnds : Colors management added.<br />
<br />
* Grid Squares wnd : It can now be enlarged to the entire world. Tnx F8BBL.<br />
<br />
* Grid Squares wnd : New options in the contextual menu to display fields only, and to center the map on a specific point more easily (it requires the map is NOT centered on the Home QTH in the properties dialog).<br />
<br />
* Grid Squares wnd : The resolution (low or high) chosen in the properties dialog wasn't properly saved.<br />
<br />
* CQWW WPX Contests (Task #269) : Various updates to comply with the new rules introduced in 2010. Tnx K5ZD, W0YK.<br />
<br />
* ARRL Contests : Default Off-time period set to 30 mins. Tnx CX6VM and DL6RAI.<br />
<br />
* New "-n" or "--noautoload" switch allowed in the command line to disable the autoload log feature. Tnx N6TV (The only Win-Test user who runs it from the command line ;-) ).<br />
<br />
* Startup time reduced.<br />
<br />
* CSV and Text exports : HF logs can now export distance and heading. CAUTION : To ensure consistency with the VHF logs exports (and many geographical processing softwares or online apps), the longitude is now positive for East, and negative for West.<br />
<br />
* Tools / Check log / Callsigns syntax check added. Uses the pattern callsigns rules file (callsign.pat).<br />
<br />
* LUA : wtArg can now be used to get the optional argument set in the Script Manager or in a #SCRIPT(argument) call. To ensure compatibility, wtArgument remains usable.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix : Under some circonstances, some key assignments to scripts were not working properly. Tnx DJ0ZY.<br />
<br />
* Script key assignment dialog : If no key is assigned, the argument field is now automatically cleared and disabled.<br />
<br />
* Lua : New API to get the type and the manufactuer of the radios: wtRadio*:GetTypeId() and wtRadio*:GetManufacturerId(). Reminder : wtRadio* applies to wtRadio, wtRadioInactive, wtRadioPrimary, wtRadioSecondary, wtRadio1 or wtRadio2. New Lua WT constants are introduced for this purpose. A new directory on our download repository has been created to gather the API and the constants lists : http://download.win-test.com/v4/lua/<br />
<br />
* REF 160 : As non-domestic stations can send non-numeric exchanges the CW cut numbers translation is now disabled. Tnx F5IN.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.3.0) (November 23, 2009)==<br />
<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* Bugfix: playing back MP3s recorded on different stations was broken. Tks FY5KE.<br />
<br />
* Contest Recorder (#253): USB Voice Codec was not detected due to a trailing space in the Codec Name. Fixed. Tks N6TV.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix (#182): Wrong QSX Frequency in Self-generated Spots. Tks K1GQ.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix (#262): CQ Repeat doesn't stop for Secondary Radio. Tks DJ0ZY.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix (#259): Pressing Alt-1 in Secondary Radio window moves QSO to wrong band. Alt-1/2/3/... are now active only with the Primary radio and when the Partner Wnd is open. Tks N6TV.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix (#251): NA Sprint - LOCATION record not written to Cabrillo file header. Done also for IARU HF, NAQP and NCCC Sprints. Tks N6TV.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix (#243): WPX contest now requires LOCATION in Cabrillo. Done also for CQWW even if it doesn't seem required yet. Tks N6TV.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix : Ukranian DX contest and RDXC : Cut numbers were translated even for Oblasts. Tnx F5IN and RK1AA.<br />
<br />
* UFT HF : Under some circonstances, the received report was not correctly translated with cut numbers. Tnx F5IN.<br />
<br />
* CQWW M/S : The 10-minute mult timer in the status window (Alt-J) was broken. Tnx FY5KE. <br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
<br />
* Italian translation added. Tks IV3IYH!<br />
<br />
* Search for Possible Bad Exchanges against bad formated serial number implemented. Tks N6TV.<br />
<br />
* Added some basic checks for ARRL SS in the "Search for Possible Bad Exchanges" tool. Tks N6TV.<br />
<br />
* The '<' and '>' keys are now interpreted by the Secondary Radio Window as well, as far as the SHIFT key is not used for binding to the Secondary Radio Window (task #216). Tks N6TV.<br />
<br />
* WAE : When using the keyboard mode in the QTC transmitting and receiving dialogs, the Enter key was mis-interpreted. And now, in CW, the "what you type" field is also updated. Tnx DL6RAI and DJ4MZ.<br />
<br />
* Lua : New API to play the additional CW/RTTY messages (Alt-C set)<br />
<br />
wtKeyer:PlayAdditionalMsg(AdditionalMsgIndex)<br />
<br />
AdditionalMsgIndex is the index of the Alt-C messages set (1 to 12). Others are ignored. This API is useful when these messages contains variables. If not, you can still use wtKeyer:Play("$MSGx").<br />
<br />
* Lua: New API introduced to get various interesting directories paths:<br />
<br />
wtApp:GetLogPath() Current log directory path<br />
wtApp:GetAppPath() Win-Test installation directory path<br />
wtApp:GetCfgPath() \cfg directory path<br />
wtApp:GetCtyPath() \countryFiles directory path<br />
wtApp:GetDatabasePath() \databases directory path<br />
wtApp:GetOpPath() \ops directory path<br />
wtApp:GetScriptPath() \scripts directory path<br />
wtApp:GetExtraPath() \extras directory path<br />
<br />
* WAE : Transmit and Receive QTC windows : Scripts are now allowed in the predefined CW/RTTY messages (use the #SCRIPT notation as usual). Tnx DL6RAI. <br />
<br />
* Ukranian DX contest : Rules 2009 now accept single mode entries for DX : Cabrillo file output updated. Tnx F5IN.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.2.0) (October 21, 2009)==<br />
<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* Bugfix: Conversion of binary file containing QTC from v3 to v4. Tks DJ4MZ.<br />
<br />
* Better support of Win7 and Wine/Linux.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix (#258): Failure of swap radio key to switch rx focus for the MK2R+ as long as one not manually changed the rx focus to stereo or transmitted anything in CW. Tks GW3NJW, OH1JT, OM7ZZ, W4TV.<br />
<br />
* Cosmetic: avoid rx focus leds flickering when switching tx focus. Tks OM7ZZ.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix (#187): Ctrl-Shift-Tab doesn't appear to toggle RUN / S&P in Secondary radio window. Tks N6TV, GW3NJW.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix : K3 serial port default setup modified : The number of stop bits was wrong - It is now set to one stop bit, according to the K3 users manual. Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
* ON Winter and Spring contests : Sections list updated. Tnx F5IN and ON5GQ.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix (#257) : CQWW DX RTTY : Cabrillo template modified to match the specs. Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix : CQWW DX RTTY : Allowed band changes modified to 8 in MS and M2 categories (rules 2009). Tnx F5JY.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix (#164): TI5/NP3D is now parsed as TI. Tnx JE2UFF/W2UFF.<br />
<br />
* CTY files : 4U30VIC now considered as 4U1V in an appropriate way. Tnx DL6LAU.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix : After reloading a WAE log, the QTC count in the Summary window was wrong. Tnx DK1AX.<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
<br />
* Scripting: wtQso:GetModeId() and wtKeyer:GrabHighlightedCallsign() function added. Note that wtKeyer:GrabHighlightedCallsign() works only in RTTY, and relies on the INSERT key option set in the RTTY setup dialog.<br />
<br />
* New option in the Clock wnd to "wizz" this window a la MSN at rounded hours, to draw attention of the op (useful in multi-op configurations).<br />
<br />
* New feature in Tools / Scripts manager... : Allows to edit, create, delete or rename scripts. It's also used to assign a key and/or an argument to a script (its value will be available in the wtArgument global variable).<br />
<br />
* Scripts called by an assigned key can return +1 to be called again *after* the WT key processing ooccured. A new API wtApp:IsPostKeyProcess() is introduced to distinguish the "pre"- process from the "post"-process.<br />
<br />
Example:<br />
<br />
RunSPSwitch.wts (assigned to Ctrl-Tab) :<br />
<br />
if (wtApp:IsPostKeyProcess()) then<br />
if (wtQso:IsOperatingModeRun()) then<br />
wtApp:SetWindowColor(-1, 0, 165, 165);<br />
else<br />
wtApp:SetWindowColor(-1, 128,128,128);<br />
end;<br />
else<br />
return 1; -- Triggers a post key process call<br />
end;<br />
<br />
Note : This feature works only for users scripts called with an assigned key (and *not* with embedded overriden scripts).<br />
<br />
* Scripts can now be called from a CW or a RTTY message. You must use the #SCRIPTNAME(ARGUMENT) notation. The argument (and parenthesis) are optional. The script will be called synchroneously, but is executed in the main thread, meaning that it is not blocking the CW/RTTY stream.<br />
<br />
* New feature in Options / Script Editor configuration : Allows to use any external text editor to edit scripts. The default text editor is a custom package of SciTE (Scintilla Text Editor - free and open source) available on our repository<br />
<br />
http://download.win-test.com/utils/SciTE_for_Win-Test.zip<br />
<br />
Unzip the package and move the entire SciTE folder in the Win-Test installation directory.<br />
<br />
* YO DX Contest : Rules 2009 : In mixed mode, a station can be worked in both modes. Tnx N2YO.<br />
<br />
* Tools / Check log for possible bad exchanges : When the contest do not use serial numbers, use the QSO index in the report remarks. Tnx F1HAR @ TM0HQ.<br />
<br />
* Keys redefinitions : The Pause and Scroll-Lock keys can now be used. Be warned that Ctrl-Scroll-Lock and Ctrl-Pause (that are considered as "identical" by the system) are used by Windows to cancel dialogs. Thus, it is advisable to not use them for key redefinition.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.1.0) (August 8, 2009)==<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
<br />
* IOTA contest: "Search for possible bad exchanges" (tools menu) implemented.<br />
<br />
* Rotator Azimuth orders are now based on the locator instead of the DXCC on 50 MHz and above. On 50 MHz and 70 MHz, if the locator field is empty in the log, then the azimuth is computed against the DXCC prefix.<br />
<br />
* New text commands RUNSP/NORUNSP and RUNSPON/RUNSPOFF to enable or not the RUN/S&P switching. Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
* New contest files : You can now customize the file name and sub dir formats. See Options / Log / New contest files properties... Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
* IOTA contest : Default IOTA reference is now guessed, according to the new CTY_IOTA.DAT file (must be in the countryFiles directory). This file is based on DXCC countries, callsign prefixes, call areas and oblasts.<br />
<br />
* IOTA contest : Check mult wnd (F10) : IOTA references are now autocompleted for check during QSO entry.<br />
<br />
* New File menu items to explore more easily several WT-related directories. Tnx F5VIH/SV3SJ and N6TV.<br />
<br />
* DX Window (Alt-A) : Spot can be now passed to the secondary radio or the non-active radio. Tnx DL8WAA.<br />
<br />
* M2/Orion rotators added in wtRotators. Tks IK0HBN.<br />
<br />
* The RRTC Cabrillo files are now following the version 3 specs. And the contest name is modified as "OZCHR". Tnx F5VIH/SV3SJ.<br />
<br />
* CW and RTTY msgs enlarged to 120 characters.<br />
<br />
* Extra information files : Multiple spaces or tabs can now separate the callsign from the data. Tnx G0ORH.<br />
<br />
* New File dialog : Ensures the validity of the entered file name. Tnx DJ7MGQ.<br />
<br />
* ESM : S&P : When the entered callsign is a dupe, WT now blocks call. To override this behaviour, use F4 to call and F2 to send exchange (by default). Tnx GW3NJW.<br />
<br />
* VHF+ contests : Mode is now displayed in the main log wnd if the contest has been set to handle several modes (Mixed or All modes). Tnx DK2ZF and DL5NAH.<br />
<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* The displayed azimuth in the Rotator Window could be wrong in the "Stacks" and "Rotors" tabs.<br />
<br />
* EUHF : Statistics window (Ctrl-F9) limited to one day. Tnx F5VIH/SV3SJ.<br />
<br />
* IOTA contest : When an invalid IOTA was entered, clearing the field afterwards wasn't clearing the '?' flag.<br />
<br />
* Contest Recorder:<br />
** Infinite loop in MP3 file rotations. Tks DD5FZ.<br />
** Memory Leak using LAME encoder.<br />
** MP3 Codec enumeration in the player. WT was not always detecting the appropriate Codec.<br />
** Playback with Windows VISTA. Note that the LAME Codec is an Encoder Codec only.<br />
<br />
* When radios were swapped (*), the ESM QSO status was somewhat messy.<br />
<br />
* For some contests, the letters for cut numbers were inappropriately translated.<br />
<br />
* After a WT v3 file conversion, the main window caption was not updated.<br />
<br />
* MP3 files information : The file date was off by one month. Tnx F5VIH/SV3SJ.<br />
<br />
* Cabrillo Import : The station name for all worked QSO was CABRILLO. Now, it uses the name entered in the Contest Settings dialog. Tnx F5VIH/SV3SJ.<br />
<br />
* Callsign text color wasn't reset after F11 or empty callsign if the callsign check wasn't automatic. Tnx DJ0ZY.<br />
<br />
* Delete QSO : Several structures inconstancies fixed when a Q was deleted in the middle of the log.<br />
<br />
* In REG1TEST exports (European Standard File for V/UHF Contests), QSO logged in mode different than CW or SSB was not well formatted. Tks DL5NAH.<br />
<br />
* Options / Log / Colors... menu was broken. Tnx F5LIW.<br />
<br />
* Check Country wnd (F10) : Sun status bars now display "NO DATA" when SS and SR are not computed (JW, JX etc.). Tnx DJ0ZY.<br />
<br />
* (Task #245) Network advanced settings : The Bridgehead setting was not saved. Tnx KL7RA and N6TV.<br />
<br />
* Opening a .wtb file in the command line, by drag'n'drop or a double-click on it was starting an infinite loop. Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.0.1) (June 30, 2009)==<br />
<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
<br />
* Options / Toolbar setting was ignored on startup. Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
* ESM was broken. Tnx F1HAR.<br />
<br />
* Registration Key was broken.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.0.0) (June 26, 2009)==<br />
<br />
First release of Win-Test version 4<br />
<br />
Minimum requirements : WinXP (2k not tested but may mork - feedbacks<br />
welcome). PIII 500 MHz - 64 MB RAM - 800 x 600 screen res.<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
<br />
Summary of the new features:<br />
<br />
* Rotators Controls<br />
<br />
* Integrated MP3 contest recorder and player: Use the Options / MP3 configuration to set the audo device that will record and play the file, the various sampling and bit rate settings. You can also set a maximum filesize. Over this limit, additional files will be automatically created. To start recording click on the record button of the window (a blinking red square will be displayed in the clock window too). Once the contest is over, click on the record button again to stop recording. Now, you can browse your log with usual arrow keys and to listen to a specific Q but clicking the Play button or use the <code>AltGr-Enter</code> combination (some keyboard do not have an <code>AltGr</code> key, so use <code>Ctrl+Alt</code> instead). You can also go back and forward with the adapted buttons or use AltGr-Left and Right. To pause/play, you can use the <code>AltGr-Space</code> combination.<br />
<br />
* ESM (Enter Sends Message): Enabled/Disabled by the Tools/Data entry/ESM Enabled menu. You can also use the ESM/NOESM or ESMON/ESMOFF text commmands. It relies on the following messages assignation : <br />
F1 : CQ<br />
F2 : Sent report<br />
F4 : Mycall<br />
F5 : Logged callsign ($LOGGED)<br />
F7 : ? (or "Again ?" in phone)<br />
INSERT : Callsign + sent report<br />
PLUS : TU + enter Q<br />
When the ESM is enabled, as the return key *can't* be used anymore to log silently a QSO, the key combination Ctrl+Plus has been introduced and added for this purpose.<br />
<br />
* Variable speed for the integrated voice keyer : An exclusive Win-Test feature! You can play your voice files at a different speed (between -20% and +70%) from the original recording speed. Record your voice files at normal speed, and use Alt-F9/F10 (as in CW mode) to play them at a different speed. The speed in displayed at the bottom of the (Rate) Alt-R window.<br />
<br />
* On the fly callsign pattern check based on the K1TTT callsign.pat file (over 400 rules applied today). Use the Tools / Data entry / Callsign check menu option. You are encouraged to report the author any mistakes or improvements of this file (k1ttt@arrl.net). The file is located in the cfg directory (see below).<br />
<br />
* Improved F10 window with graphical indication of the sun status on both sides of the QSO.<br />
<br />
* Keyboard mode (Alt-K) enhanced. The backspace is not supported yet and replaced by "E E " like you do when you use a regular key.<br />
<br />
* Data (.wt4) and notes (.not) files can be transferred thru the WT network without needing any file or directory sharing. Very convenient to gather all logs in a multi-stations environment once the contest is over. Use the Tools / Download thru the network... menu. <br />
<br />
* Enhanced compatibility with Vista and Seven (Auxiliary and ini files are now stored in directories these OS accept with no additional rights:<br />
<br />
Windows XP : Documents and Settings\All users\Application Data\Win-Test\<br />
Windows Vista : ProgramData\Win-Test\<br />
<br />
Note that these directories may be hidden by Windows Explorer. Check the Folders Options of Windows Explorer.<br />
<br />
Several sub-directories are created and used by Win-Test. Their names are self-explanatory.</div>Dl6raihttps://docs.win-test.com/w/index.php?title=Installation&diff=5046Installation2023-04-11T15:15:09Z<p>Dl6rai: /* Install the software */</p>
<hr />
<div>{{wbox|Attention|For detailed screen shots describing how to purchase, download, install, register, and configure Win-Test, please review the<br />
'''''Win-Test Installation, Registration, and Configuration Guide'''''<br />
by following one of the links on the '''[[FAQ:Problems_Registering_and_Running#How_do_I_install.2C_register_and_configure_Win-Test_on_a_new_computer.3F|FAQ Page]]'''.}}<br />
==Download the software==<br />
<br />
Win-Test is provided as a trial version, free to use for 15 days. You can download it from http://www.win-test.com. <br />
<br />
The trial version randomly quits, between 30 minutes and 2 hours after startup, and exported files (Cabrillo, Reg1test, ADIF) are limited to 50 QSOs.<br />
<br />
If you wish to use Win-Test without these limitations, or if the 15-day trial period has expired, you can [http://www.win-test.com/rubrique.php3?id_rubrique=1840 purchase a licence] and register the software for a fee of 50 EUR. <br />
<br />
One licence entitles you to use Win-Test on an unlimited number of computers. However, registration keys must be provided on each computer which can be requested [http://www.win-test.com/rubrique.php3?id_rubrique=1870 here].<br />
<br />
If you fail to receive an email with your registration details, please check your spam folder. Occasionally, Win-Test emails end up in spam due to the content of the email being written in three different languages. <br />
<br />
Should you have any issues, please use the [[Mailing_List|mailing list]] for further support.<br />
<br />
==Install the software==<br />
Install the software in a directory on your harddisk you like, normally in <br><br />
<p><tt>C:\Program Files (x86)\Win-Test</tt>.</p><br />
You can install new versions over a previous version. If you upgrade to a new major version (like from V3 to V4) your old registration key will become invalid and you'll have to acquire a new one.<br />
<br />
Although a Windows program, some have managed to get Win-Test [[running on Linux]] in a Windows Emulator called wine on Linux.<br />
<br />
==Registering the software==<br />
You can register the software [http://www.win-test.com/rubrique.php3?id_rubrique=1870 here]. <br />
<br />
After you have entered your registration details, you will ''not'' see a "thanks for registering" dialog or such-like; however, you can confirm registration was successful by restarting Win-Test and if all went well, you will no longer have to press the ['''1'''], ['''2'''], or ['''3'''] buttons.</div>Dl6raihttps://docs.win-test.com/w/index.php?title=Release_Notes&diff=5045Release Notes2023-04-10T16:46:48Z<p>Dl6rai: /* Release information 4.47.0 (t.b.d.) */</p>
<hr />
<div>==Release information 4.47.0 (to be released)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* When hovering an hyperlink, the hand cursor was not always displayed.<br />
* HA DX contest : It was not possible to edit the serial sent (for non-HA stns). Tnx DJ8EW, DL6RAI.<br />
===New features===<br />
* Lua API version string is 1.10.0<br />
* Yuri Gagarin International DX Contest disabled because of the new rules where the same exchange can be counted differently (per band, or per band and mode) depending on its nature. The code can't cope with that.<br />
* New text command : LOADMSGS to open the current op. directory and allow loading CW or RTTY messages.<br />
* Lua : wtQso:SetSentSerial(nSerial) : If applicable, set the serial of the current QSO.<br />
* Self-spot allowed for the ARRL DX, ARRL Sweepstakes and Russian DX. Complain to the ARRL and SRR if you want to stop this madness. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* Lua : wtGab:Send now accepts a third optional boolean parameter to *not* log the sent gab. New API syntax : wtGab:Send(strText[, strToStation [, bDontLog]]). Tnx KD4D. Ex : wtGab:Send("Hello world!", "STN45", true) will send "Hello world!" as a gab to STN45, but won't log/display it in the sender Gab window.<br />
* Lua : onBandChange event : If the radio is out of bands, the value of wtArg when onBandChange is called is set to "0/RadioId". Tnx TK5EP.<br />
* Lua : New wtApp:Timeout(nDuration) added. Similar to wtApp:Sleep except Win-Test is not blocked while it is executed. nDuration expressed in ms.<br />
* Lua : New wtApp:TimeoutBox(nDuration, [strText, [bAbortEnabled]]) API added. Displays a modal dialog box with a timeout progress bar, an optional centered text and an (optionally enabled) abort button. The duration is expressed in milliseconds (min 100). Win-Test is not blocked while it is executed.<br />
* File / Explore now only copies the path if the Shift key is held.<br />
* Fix bug : The NA Sprint LCR parser failed under some circumstances. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* All CQ Contests : Restrictions regarding Russia and Belarus are now lifted. Tnx PA2A.<br />
* CQWW RTTY : LCR parser added. Tnx F5UII.<br />
* Option added in the World Map display to the differentiate skimmers spots from the human spots.<br />
<br />
==Release information 4.46.0 (January 17th, 2023)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* ARRL RTTY Roundup : The Check Mult window (F10) was not filled properly. Tnx PA2A.<br />
* When entering your own callsign in the log (to cancel a QSO), your own location was displayed on the spots map (if enabled).<br />
* FT-891 : Code totally rewritten and it now works as expected. Tnx RX3APM for report, and DK5MR for testing.<br />
===New features===<br />
* Lua API version string is 1.9.0<br />
* Lua : wtApp:TextCommand now accepts "*" as strStn to send to all stations of the network.<br />
* Lua : New local variable wtFrom. Set to nil by default. Contains the name of the station that sent the text command thru network to run a local script. Can be useful when two (or more) stations exchange data with scripts.<br />
* Lua : New onBandChange event when there is a band change. wtArg includes the band name and the radio as strings (ex : "10/0" for 10m on radio1). Reminder : The band name can have letters in it (2KM, 10G etc.) onBandChange.wts example : _, _, band, radio = string.find(wtArg, "(%d+[GKM]*)/(%d+)") wtApp:AlertBox("RadioID: " .. radio .. " Band: " .. band). Tnx TK5EP.<br />
* WAG : LCR parser added.<br />
* Cabrillo import : When the Cabrillo contest identifier is unknown, Win-Test now offers the possibility to choose the contest the log is referring to. <br />
* Radio wnd / List view : When possible, set an inactive VFO indicator. Tnx DJ0ZY. <br />
* Carrier / Tune timer : The remaining time is now displayed in the Stop button caption.<br />
* Explore Current op. directory added to the File menu. Two (similar) Lua API added to get this path : - wtApp:GetCurrentOpPath() - wtOp:GetPath()<br />
* Lua : New wtKeyer:Load(strFileName) API to load messages from a .smsgs file. If no path is specified, the current op. directory is used. Tnx F6IFY.<br />
* The default directory to save or load CW/RTTY messages is now set to the current op. directory.<br />
* The QTC transmit and receive dialogs are checked to be always visible even if their positions were saved with a different monitors configuration. Tnx F5UII.<br />
* The WAE messages can now be saved and loaded.<br />
* Partner Wnd : After a Q is entered and the window is cleaned, the remaining content stays in place to not mess up the $GRABn variables. Tnx FY5KE.<br />
* Scripts manager : Refresh button added. Useful if you alter directly the scripts directory.<br />
* Ctrl-X now prompts for a text command to be executed on the current QSO if it applies.<br />
* The log caret / cursor can now be displayed as a solid block (Options / Log). Text commands : BLOCKCARET / NOBLOCKCARET or BLOCKCURSOR / NOBLOCKCURSOR. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
* When archiving, the full path of the generated zip file is copied to the clipboard.<br />
* When using RUN vs S&P, Alt-F4 (return to the last RUN CQ freq) switches automatically to RUN. Tnx F5UII.<br />
* WAE : Following the rules, if the received serial is set to 000, points are credited only if it is a new mult. Tnx F5UII.<br />
* Text commands : "NOTES" added as a text command to open the notes file attached to the current log.<br />
* Partner window : Partial callsigns or callsigns with wildcard character(s) '?' are now removed if they match the callsign entered in the log. Tnx FY5KE.<br />
* Checkmark added to the freq offsets menu item if they're enabled.<br />
* The summary data broadcast is now allowed for single-ops, independently of the Master setting in the contest configuration dialog. Tnx K2RET.<br />
<br />
==Release information 4.45.0 (October 18th, 2022)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* Flex 6000 series added. Fixes the RTTY filter selection bug with the Kenwood interface. Only one slice is displayed, unless the split is selected. Tnx DL6DH, DL8OH, DL6RAI.<br />
* IARU FD R1 : /MM stations do not count as mult. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
* WAEDC : When the Alt-M window was copied, the numerical call areas of the countries that apply weren't used. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
* OK1WC Challenge : When the callsign length was over 8 chars, the mult extraction (last char of the suffix) wasn't working correctly. Tnx DJ0ZY/DD5M.<br />
* IOTA contest : In Multi-1 category, the QSO numbering was wrong. Tnx DL6RAI and others.<br />
<br />
===New features===<br />
* Outbound RadioInfo external UDP messages capability added in the interfaces settings dialog (network advanced settings), to make easier to use additional programs or devices. Already tested with the rf-kit.de RF2K-S SSPA. Tnx F5HRY.<br />
* Freq offsets : New text commands to access the setup : OFFSETSETUP (or OFFSETSSETUP). New text commands to enable/disable the freq offsets: OFFSET/NOOFFSET, OFFSETS/NOOFFSETS, OFFSETON/OFFSETOFF, OFFSETSON/OFFSETSOFF. Tnx F5UII. <br />
* OCDX : /M, /MM and /P do not count as prefix multipliers.<br />
* New setting dialog (Commands / Carrier timer...) to enable or not the carrier/tune (Ctrl-T) timer and set its duration. Tnx F5HRY.<br />
* The /LH callsign extension (LightHouse) doesn't interfere anymore in the DXCC entity resolution. Tnx F5UII.<br />
* DXPed HF : Distance added to the geographical data of the F10 wnd. Tnx F5UII.<br />
* Yaesu Band data code for 60m added on the LPT output. As the default code (identical to 40m) can interfere with other bands, the user can choose to use the 50 MHz (6m) band code or an usused code. Tnx FY5FY.<br />
* Text and CSV export : The format YYMMDD is added to the fields list. Tnx F6AJA.<br />
* IOTA contest : Cabrillo updated to v3.<br />
* IOTA contest : Rules 2022 : The Q with Russian and Belarus stations count 0 point and don't count as multipliers. See https://www.rsgbcc.org/hf/rules/2022/riota.shtml (RSGB IOTA Contest website) for details.<br />
<br />
==Release information 4.44.0 (July 22nd, 2022)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* REG1TEST files : The QSO points and the claimed score were always set to 0 by default. Tnx F1EZG @ TM5R.<br />
===New features===<br />
* When applying exchange(s) to entered QSOs (Ctrl-F10), the numbers of found QSO and updated QSO are notified.<br />
<br />
==Release information 4.43.0 (July 1st, 2022)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* Bugfix : The CW default messages for the REF DDFM 50 MHz were wrong.<br />
* Bugfix : The title of the LPT port properties dialog was incorrect.<br />
* Bugfix : When using markers in the bandmap and if the marker text was totally visible, the first line of the tooltip was empty. Tnx F6BGC.<br />
<br />
===New features===<br />
* All Asian DX : Cabrillo updated to v3.<br />
* Generic VHF+ contests have been extended to accommodate contests where a fixed exchange is sent instead of a serial number. Just enter this exchange in the "Exchange" field of the contest configuration dialog. If this entry field remains empty, the usual serial numbers are used. Tnx DL6RAI, DJ0ZY.<br />
* All VHF+ generic contests are no more limited to 6-char grids (locators) and now accept 4-char grids (locators) exchanges as well.<br />
* New option in the Cabrillo options dialog and the REG1TEST options dialog to set the claimed score to 0 point. Useful if you are using a contest template that is not fully adapted to the scoring method, and you don't want to mess up the claimed scores (if any).<br />
* The names of two microwaves bands over 76 GHz were wrong. They are now correctly labelled 122G and 134G, instead of 119G and 142G. Tnx F4CWN.<br />
* New band data code available on the LPT output, designed for VHF+ bands, from 50 MHz to 122 GHz. Tnx F4CWN.<br />
* Band plans : New option to reject (automatic) spots outside the defined segments for a given mode, acting as filters. Tnx DL3DXX. Reminder : By default, the band plans are used to determine the mode of the (non-automatic) spots. They don't act as freq filters.<br />
* Merge Logs : When sorting logs and if the timestamps of two (or more) QSO are identical (can happen if logs were imported from Cabrillo files), Win-Test now relies on the serial sent (if any) to order these QSO. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* Yaesu FTDX-10 added. Tnx DL4LAM.<br />
<br />
==Release information 4.42.0 (May 20, 2022)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* The display options of the zones window(s) (Alt+Z) were not always correctly retained between sessions. Tnx F5LIW.<br />
* Notes report dlg : After editing a note, the log caret (cursor) wasn't restored.<br />
<br />
===New features===<br />
* When creating your Cabrillo log, you can now also submit it in one click to the Super Check Partial Database. This feature requires wtScpSubmit.dll which is included in the latest Win-Test installers. If needed, this dll is also available at http://download.win-test.com/utils/wtScpSubmit.dll. It must be placed in the Win-Test installation directory. Under some circumstances (especially with oldest OS), you may need MSVCP140.dll and/or others to be installed on your system. The easiest way is to install the latest Microsoft Visual C++ Redistributable packages for Visual Studio X86 available here: https://aka.ms/vs/17/release/vc_redist.x86.exe. Finally, on Win7, to ensure TLS 1.1 and 1.2 are enabled, apply this easy fix https://is.gd/QlQgbg<br />
* CQ-M : 10-minute rule for MOST (M/S) entries removed (rules 2022).<br />
* Add LCR parsers to the CQ-M, RAEM, and Yuri Gagarin DX contests.<br />
* Add the Out Of Band sections to the CQ WW and CQ WPX LCR parsers. Tnx F6KOP.<br />
* OK/OM : Rules 2022 : The Q with Russian and Belarus stations count 0 point and don't count as multipliers. See http://www.okomdx.crk.cz/ (OK-OM DX contest website) for details.<br />
* Interfaces Setup dialog : The keying compensation can now be negative (in the case where the TRX extends the keying). Tnx N6TV.<br />
* CQWPX : Rules 2022 : The Q with Russian and Belarus stations count 0 point and don't count as multipliers. See https://is.gd/HIMOLP (CQWPX blog) for details.<br />
* Lua : It's now possible to attach Lua scripts to text commands that are identical to mode names ("SSB", "CW", "RTTY", etc.). In these cases, the script will be called *after* the command is processed normally by Win-Test. Tnx TK5EP.<br />
* The DX spots window (Alt+A) display options are now interactive.<br />
* World Map : Options : The colors of the paths can now be the same as the markers.<br />
<br />
==Release information 4.41.0 (Feb 15, 2022)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* REG1TEST / EDI : Under some circumstances, the ouput file wasn't created. Tnx OZ1ZAA.<br />
* $MSG10 was actually sending the additional MSG1 instead of MSG10. A 20-year old typo in the code ! Tnx SP5KP.<br />
<br />
===New features===<br />
* Lua API version string is 1.8.0<br />
* Op-entered spots are now protected from spots of the same DX on a freq inside the mode bandwidth window. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
* NA Sprint : LCR parser updated. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* New countdown timer added (Tools menu or TIMER text command), especially for the single-ops. It indicates exactly when they can operate again after a pause. It's based on the time of the last QSO entered in the log, truncated to the minute. You can also use the text command TIMER/nnHmmM or TIMER/nnHmm (meaning nn hours and mm minutes), or TIMER/xxH (nn hours) or TIMER/nnM (nn minutes) to set and start the timer automatically. Tnx F5NZY.<br />
* Shortcuts added to some of the reports buttons.<br />
* QSO times are now by default considered as truncated to the minute for Time ON / Time OFF calculations and the QSY rules. Tnx F5NKX.<br />
* Contest Recorder : AltGr+O, and text commands RECORD/NORECORD (and STARTRECORD/STOPRECORD) added to Start/Stop recording.<br />
* UBA DX : Updated to comply with the rules 2022. Tnx F5LIW.<br />
* World Map : "Copy content as image" menu item added.<br />
* RTTY windows : Esc button added. Tnx PA2A.<br />
* Notes report dialog. It's now possible to edit a note by selecting it and use Alt-N to modify the comment. Tnx F4CWN.<br />
* REF HF : For M/S entrants, the compliance of the 10-min rule can be checked by using the appropriate item in the Tools / Check log menu.<br />
* REF HF : Timer added in the Alt-J wnd for the M/S entrants.<br />
* Lua : New wtRadio* API : wtRadio*:GetBand(), wtRadio*:GetMode() and wtRadio*:GetCqData() added. GetBand() and GetMode() return the current band and mode of the radio. GetCqData() return a Lua table with various data on the last sent CQ (that are stored for Alt-F4) : "freq", "qsx", "band", "mode" and "wpm" (for CW).<br />
* World Map : New options to display short and longs paths for "my spotters" and the NCDXF beacons.<br />
* New "NCDXF" text command to set the active radio on the NCDXF beacons frequency (if it applies).<br />
* New option in the world map display option to show the NCDXF beacon that currently transmits if the radio is on the NCDXF frequency (+/- 100 Hz).<br />
* The world map display options are now interactive. Different styles and a night opacity slider are also added.<br />
* The "copy as image" feature now also copies the image in PNG format, to extend the paste scope (mail, twitter etc.).<br />
* The RBN nodes and frequent spotters databases can be directly updated with the contextual menu of the map wnd (Display options).<br />
<br />
==Release information 4.40.0 (Jan 18, 2022)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* Automatic op-entered spots during QSOs (especially in S&P) were not replaced by DX-cluster / external spots.<br />
* When sending a gab composed of CAPITAL letters, do not shake our own gab window.<br />
===New features===<br />
* Interface dialog : The usable COM ports are now extended up to COM32. The parameters list now also displays the Handshake (HS), Always ON (ON) and Always OFF (OFF) settings, and are ordered by Pin (DTR then RTS). Tnx DL5XJ, DL6RAI.<br />
<br />
* New NCDXF/IBP Beacons window : Displays the transmission schedule of the NCDXF / IBP (International Beacons Project) beacons. A double click on a line gets the radio on the beacon freq. An "i" (stands for "info") in the status column indicates a comment you can read by hovering the mouse over it. Tnx VE3SUN.<br />
* LCR : Croatian CW contest LCR parser added.<br />
* LCR : Parser for CQ WW LCR updated. Works for preview and final reports.<br />
* New feature : You can now grab a spot from the visible spots in the Radio windows or in the DX-cluster window by entering the callsign (or some letters of it) and Ctrl-Space.<br />
* REF HF and REF 160m : LCR process updated. Tnx F4CWN.<br />
* French (and some Begian) users : Button added in the keys redefinitions dialog to load AZERTY redefinitions that allow the AZERTY keyboards users to access the numbers located on the top row without using the Shift or Shift Lock keys. They allow direct access to the ?, . and / keys of the bottom row as well. This button is displayed only when the language is set to French.<br />
<br />
==Release information 4.39.0 (Dec 6, 2021)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* Bugfix : For several contests, the columns headers were overlapping. Tnx F5HRY.<br />
* WinKey : When using +/- in messages, the speed was randomly not reset to its initial value and the next message was sent with an incorrect greater speed. Tnx NN7CW and DL6RAI for their detailed reports and numerous tests to fix this long-standing bug. <br />
* OK/OM CW DX-side : The district information display in the Mult window (F10) was broken.<br />
* When Win-Test was started from the command line with an alternate application data directory (-a switch), the directory name wasn't unquoted. Tnx F1HAR.<br />
===New features===<br />
* DX cluster (Alt-A) and Radio windows : The CT1BOH spot quality tags can now be displayed if they're sent by the skimmer. You can also filter the displayed spots by tag when applicable. Unless it's disabled by the user, in the list tab of the Radio window, the displayed spots are grouped by quality before being sorted. Tnx ES5TV.<br />
* Script Manager : Hyperlink to the Lua API reference web page added.<br />
* Op-entered spots are kept until worked or deleted on purpose, even if other stations are externally spotted on their frequencies. Tnx DL6RAI. <br />
* Radio wnd : List tab : When spots are sorted by points or mult type, the second sorting criteria is now the beam heading rather than the spot frequency. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
* Gab : To draw attention, any gab text containing only CAPITAL letters now shakes the recipients gab window.<br />
* SCP files : Defensive coding to attempt to prevent at best against crashes under some circumstances with badly-formatted or corrupted SCP or MASTER files. Tnx SP5KP.<br />
* RDA Contest : LCR view added.<br />
* OK/OM CW : 10 mins timer enabled for M/S category. RUN stations only.<br />
* Larger log font sizes available for short-sighted ;-) Tnx TA2SE, W1NN.<br />
* DX Spots window (Alt-A) : New option to pin the op-entered spots to the bottom of the window so you can always see them. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
* WAG : The output Cabrillo file is now following the v3 specs. Tnx DL1RTL.<br />
* EU-DX : Multipliers list updated. Tnx IK6QON.<br />
<br />
==Release information 4.38.1 (Oct 25, 2021)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* After importing a Cabrillo file, the resulting wt4 file couldn't be opened by Win-Test 4.38.0. Tnx F5LIW.<br />
<br />
==Release information 4.38.0 (Oct 25, 2021)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* LCR parser fixed for the CQ WPX reports.<br />
* CW : The spaced digits option was not read when starting Win-Test. Despite the ckecked option in the menu item, it was not enabled. <br />
* CQWW VHF : When using the default CW messages, the sent grid was 6-char instead of 4-char. Tnx F5HRY.<br />
* IARU HF : There are cases where different DXCC entities have the same Society (ex OH and OH0) and were counted as different mults.<br />
* The "Dupes included or not in QSO counts and avg calculations" string in the summary text was always in local language even if summary in English was selected.<br />
===New features===<br />
* Lua API version string is 1.7.0<br />
* Defensive coding to check the log file when opening to prevent file corruptions. Tnx DL1DAW.<br />
* Workaround for the USBSER.SYS bug that doesn't update the RTS line until DTR is accessed. Tnx R2AXZ (author of the Blue Pill Serial Monster).<br />
* RDA Contest : Cabrillo updated to v3. <br />
* WAE Transmit and Receive windows : New messages available.<br />
* WAE : New CW variable $RAWTIME to send the QTC time with cut numbers disabled.<br />
* WAE : Transmit QTC window : A QTC line can now be directly sent by using the coresponding numeric key (0 sends the line labelled 10).<br />
* Lua : New wtContest API : wtContest:GetCategoryId(), wtContest:GetModeCategoryId(), wtContest:GetPowerClassId() and wtContest:GetOverlayId() added.<br />
* Lua : For standardization purposes, the microHam and OTRSP events scripts are now renamed :<br />
<tt><br />
microhamFsOn -> onMicrohamFsOn<br />
microhamFsOff -> onMicrohamFsOff<br />
otrspCrOn -> onOtrspCrOn<br />
otrspCrOff -> onOtrspCrOff<br />
otrspCrEvent -> onOtrspCrEvent<br />
</tt><br />
For now, to maintain compatibility, the script legacy names are still executed.<br />
* Lua : New scripts called on log opening (onFileOpen) and on log closing (onFileClose).<br />
* EU HF : The Cabrillo header is updated (EUHFC instead of EU-HF). Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
* CQWW DX : The Youth overlay is added to the Overlay drop-down list.<br />
* CQWW DX : The Explorer category is added to the Category drop-down list (Single-Op Explorer and Multi-Op Explorer).<br />
* In the contest settings dlg, you can now set the default power class to use when creating new logs. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
* New archiving feature : File / Archive... (or ARCHIVE text command). It creates a timestamped zipped file in the log directory of the files related to the current log that are selected. Warning : Archiving audio recordings file that are usually pretty large can take a while... Be patient.<br />
* For standardization purposes, all timestamped files are now timestamped to the nearest second.<br />
* Time Shifting : The selection of the QSO and the stations are now independent. And a backup of the log is automatically performed before proceeding. Tnx EA7X/EF4HQ.<br />
* Marconi Memorial HF : Points per QSO updated.<br />
<br />
==Release information 4.37 (June 29, 2021)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* VHF+ contests : Sorting the Spots list by QSO points (related to distance if it can be computed) wasn't working. <br />
* When copying the Summary wnd as text, the "Generated by Win-Test" line was missing. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
* Summary wnd : When using a language different from English, some column titles were incorrectly truncated.<br />
===New features===<br />
* WAE : Rules 2021 : BY is added to the call area multipliers (so Chinese stations with different digits in their prefix count as different mults). Tnx DL7YS.<br />
* ARRL FD : The "Covid" rule (Home stations can work home stations) is extended to 2021. Tnx VE2FWW.<br />
* KCJ and KCJ Top Band contests rules updated. Tnx JI1RXQ.<br />
* VHF+ contests : Discrepancies between gridsquares in the log for different bands weren't displayed in the Bad Exchanges check report. Tnx F4CWN.<br />
* ARRL 10m : LCR viewer updated to fit to the new LCR format.<br />
* The question mark character is now enabled in all QSO input fields, and the cursor is positioned on it when cycling the fields. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* CW : New option for spaced digits in serials : When enabled, a half-space (^) is inserted between each digits of the serial, making it more readable at high speed.<br />
* F10 Wnd : In DXPed HF or VHF, the date of the QSO is now displayed.<br />
<br />
==Release information 4.36 (May 19, 2021)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* In Phone, when entering a (very) long exchange, the cursor might insert a ghost space character at the end of the field.<br />
* VHF+ contests : Under some circumstances, when the automatic exchange (grid) guessing was set, the Check Partial wnd wasn't updated anymore after the field was automatically filled.<br />
===New features===<br />
* CQ-M : Scoring is now updated and follows the rules 2021.<br />
* IARU HF : In M/S (Mixed only) category, the 10-min status timer now takes into account mode changes. Tnx HA6OI.<br />
* HA DX : The Cabrillo output file now includes the RUN/MULT indicator for the M/S entrants. Tnx HA6OI.<br />
* YOTA (Youngsters On The Air) contest implemented.<br />
* ARI DX / ARI 40-80 : Provinces list and exchange equivalence file (ARIPROV.DAT) updated. Tnx HB9AMO, DL6RAI.<br />
* City, State/Prov, Postal Code and Country separate fields added to the contest settings dialog to improve the compatibility with the Cabrillo v3 header fields. These fields are assembled together to maintain the back compatibility with the Cabrillo v2 format if needed. It is highly recommended to edit your saved profiles (if any) by loading, editing and saving them one by one in the dialog.<br />
* CQMM DX implemented.<br />
* All file dialogs are now resizable.<br />
* YUDX : LCR view added.<br />
* LCR viewer : Column order unified.<br />
* OK/OM Contest SSB : This contest was not listed when the contests of the month checkbox (in April) was selected. Tnx F1HAR.<br />
* OK/OM contest : You can now directly download your LCR in Win-Test from the "rejected" link in the final results and preliminary results page.<br />
<br />
==Release information 4.35 (Apr. 9, 2021)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* OK/OM Contest SSB : When entering as non OK/OM, the points credit was wrong when working an OK/OM stn. Tnx F1HAR.<br />
* When parsing the DX cluster stream, lines were discarded if the callsign of the spotter was longer than 9 characters (ex : 3V/KF5EYY-#, K4VET-1-# or JR1BFZ/2-#) and the freq higher than 9999.9 MHz. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
* RSGB Commonwealth Contest : The off-time value wasn't specified for this contest (60 mins) and the default value (15 mins) was used instead. Tnx M0UNN.<br />
* Tools / Automatic CQ Repeat : The delay between CQ was not saved between sessions. Tnx F4CWN.<br />
* Tools / Search for possible bad exchanges : If there was no log discrepancies and a check against the database was requested, it was not displayed. Tnx F4CWN.<br />
* Lua : wtQso:IsModeCw() was always returning false.<br />
<br />
===New features===<br />
* King Of Spain : The 10 min rule for the multi-op entrants is now removed.<br />
* Radio Wnd : Ctrl+R shortcut added to allow cycle the view tabs without using your mouse.<br />
* Option added in the dialog to replace op in batch, to match any operator already entered. <br />
* LZ DX contest : LCR view added.<br />
* SPDX : The limitation on the number of band/mode changes during a clock hour in all categories is now removed.<br />
* RTTY windows : It's now possible to log the data stream to files created with the .ry1 and .ry2 extensions. Tnx DL6RAI. <br />
* The default off-time when not specified in the rules is now set to 30 minutes instead of 15.<br />
* WAEDC : LCR review added. Tnx DL7YS, DL6RAI.<br />
* DX Cluster Announces (Alt+A) : Exchanges can now be displayed (if it applies). Tnx F4CWN.<br />
* DX Cluster announces (Alt+A) : New dialog to facilitate the choice of bands to be displayed, replacing the sub-menus. Tnx F5HRY.<br />
* Alt+F4 / Alt+F5 : When running in CW, the current CW speed is saved when CQ'ing (or using Alt+F5), and is restored when QSYing back to the saved run frequency.<br />
* UI : All textual child windows that can be resized with the mouse (Check Partials (F12), N + 1 (F8), Skeds (Alt+B), Gab (Alt+I), Stats (Ctrl+F9), Radios, RTTY, DX Cluster monitor (Alt+O) and announces (Alt+A)) are now resized according to the size of the font used. To remove this constraint and resize freely, keep the Shift key down while resizing.<br />
* Cabrillo output : The @ character is now allowed in the operators list. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* ARRL DX : Band changes restrictions set to 10 for the M/S category, according to the new rules. Tnx N1PSE.<br />
* Check Partial (F12) : In some cases, when multiple wildcard characters ('?') were used, no search was performed. It's no longer the case as soon as there are at least 2 characters that are not wildcards in the pattern to search. Tnx F4CWN.<br />
* PACC : Cabrillo v3 output implemented.<br />
* Summary wnd : For the Instagrammers and such, your callsign is now added to the window title. Tnx F6BGC.<br />
* Multi-Distributed category introduced.<br />
* More restrictive checks applied to the exchanges database to dump malformed callsigns or exchanges.<br />
* New Exchanges Database information dialog : Options / Data files / Exchanges database... Text commands : EXCHDB, EXCHDATABASE, EXCHFILE or EXCHFILES. Tnx N6TV, DL5YM.<br />
* LCR : Add instructions if Win-Test can't directly download and/or process LCR for some contests.<br />
* RDXC : MOST indicators (0 and 1 for RUN and MULT) added to the Cabrillo output file. The 6-char grid square is now also required for all entrants. Tnx UA9QCQ.<br />
* The callsign exceptions (callsigns that don't follow the usual rules, like RAEM, 5VDE, 7QAA, etc.) are no more hardcoded and are now grouped in the exceptions.dat file (in the /extras directory) for easy updating.<br />
* CQWW 160m : Cabrillo v3 output implemented. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* ADIF output : QSO with my own callsign are always discarded. Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
==Release information 4.34.1 (Feb. 5, 2021)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* EU-DX Contest : The 10m band was missing in the summary. Tnx F1DUZ.<br />
* EU-DX Contest : CW and SSB columns added for the Mixed category.<br />
* Italian translation DLL updated. <br />
<br />
==Release information 4.34.0 (Jan. 25, 2021)==<br />
<br />
===New features===<br />
* Lua API version string is 1.6.0<br />
* QQSLON / QQSLOFF or QQSL / NOQQSL text commands to enable (or disable) the Quick QSL feature. QUICKQSL still opens the Quick QSL settings dialog. Tnx F6IFY. <br />
* EU-DX Contest added. Requires EU.DAT countries file. Tnx IK6QON.<br />
* Lua : wtRadio*:SetFreq(fFreq) and wtRadio*:SetFreq(fFreq, nVfo) now ignore the freq if it's outside of any band, and return with no error message. Tnx F6IFY.<br />
* Lua : wtQso:IsModeDigital() and wtQso:IsModeCw() added.<br />
* Lua : nQsoNum (optional) added as argument to wtQso:GetData([nQsoNum]) function.<br />
* LCR : IARU HF LCR processing rules updated.<br />
* 5VDE added as an exception callsign.<br />
* LCR : If Win-Test supports LCR review and the contest has been entered in a multi-op category, an Operator column is added in the review dialog. Tnx F5HRY.<br />
* OK/OM contest : LCR processing added. Requires to save the "rejected QSO" page as an html file and to load it in Win-Test. Tnx F8BXI.<br />
* CQWW DX : LCR processing rules updated to fit the new CQWW LCR format.<br />
* ARRL Contests : The ARRL has finally unified the US States and VE provinces and territories lists, and the Prince Edward Island abbreviation is now PE for the ARRL DX, ARRL 10 and ARRL roundup RTTY contests.<br />
* NAQP : The Prince Edward Island abbreviation is now PE. Tnx N6TV and AC0W.<br />
* NA Sprints : The Prince Edward Island abbreviation is now PE.<br />
* NRAU contest : New abbreviations for some Fylke / Lan / Province / Region updated. Tnx ES7GM.<br />
* Script manager : The minus key located in the numpad is now considered different from the key located in the character keys. To be consistent, the same rule applies when redefining keys. Tnx F5HRY.<br />
* JIDX : 160m added to the SSB leg. Tnx N6TV and N6KI.<br />
* Icom IC-705 added. Tnx OH1MA.<br />
* "Ethernet network" reworded as "Local Network" to prevent confusion. Tnx FY5FY.<br />
<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* CQWW 160m : The exchange database file ARRL-USVE.DTB wasn't loaded. Tnx DL4MM.<br />
* UK/EI : If the district field was manually filled before the serial number, that field was emptied when the cursor got back to the callsign. Tnx PA2A. <br />
* RAEM Contest : The polar circle location (giving extra bonus points) was slightly wrong.<br />
* The IC-9100 couldn't work... Because of a stupid typo ! Tnx DL2AKT and N6TV.<br />
* WAE RTTY : When the log was reopened, the next sent QTC group number was wrong. Tnx DL6RAI, DJ9MH and DJ4MZ.<br />
<br />
==Release information 4.33.0 (October 14, 2020)==<br />
===New features===<br />
* ARRL SS, ARRL 160, ARRL FD : PE (Prince Edward Island) section added. Tnx W1NN.<br />
* MicroHAM MKIII interface added. Tnx G0HSA, OM7ZZ.<br />
* When a file error occurs when saving DX-cluster data, the user can now Cancel to abort further writing attempts. Tnx DL5MLO. <br />
* Exchanges Databases (.DTB files) : Defensive coding to attempt to prevent at best against crashes under some circumstances with badly-formatted or corrupted databases files. Tnx OK1DSZ @ OK4C.<br />
<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* AGCW-DTC : 2 points Club stations list updated. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
* WAG : The Exchanges file (WAG_DL.DTB) wasn't correctly loaded for DL entrants. Tnx DL4NAC and DL6RAI.<br />
* All Asian DX contest : Cabrillo CONTEST: line text fixed. Tnx VA2EW.<br />
<br />
==Release information 4.32.0 (September 1, 2020)==<br />
===New Features===<br />
* YO DX HF : Contest rules updated (160m added + points for /MM stations).<br />
* WAE DX side : QTC line numbers displayed for easy retrieval in case of repeat request.<br />
* All reports dialogs can now be vertically resized to display more or less list rows. The window placements are also globally saved.<br />
* File / Update Exch Database : A confirmation dialog is now displayed and a backup of the current DTB file is done, before proceeding.<br />
* New Check Partial search processing for VHF+ logs :<br />
: In VHF+ contests logs, you can now enter a partial callsign (in the callsign field) and/or a partial locator / grid (in the grid square field) to refine searches in the Check Partial wnd (F12).<br />
: The minimum number of chars to start the search for the callsign field is set by the contextual menu (3 by default), and set to 2 characters for the locator.<br />
: Finally, in both fields you can also use wildcards characters '?' to represent a character. Ex: "JN?8EQ" will search for all callsigns with locator JN08EQ, JN18EQ, JN28EQ, ... JN98EQ.<br />
: Inspired by DL2NBU DOS software. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* callsign.pat updated. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
* RDAC : RDA.DAT (district list) updated.<br />
* The audio record button is now disabled when recorded audio is playing.<br />
* IOTA Mixed : Summary columns weren't consistent with the rest of them, and created a bug when used with Unipost (cqcontest.net). Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
* When the same callsign was spotted on both sides of a sub-band limit (so, it was considered spotted in both modes), Ctrl-Up/Down kept grabbing these two callsigns alternately. Tnx F5UTN @ TM0HQ.<br />
* ARI Sezioni : Rules and mult list updated. Tnx IV3IYH. Mult List : http://download.win-test.com/databases/ARISEC.DAT<br />
* EU HF Championship : The content of the EU_HF.DTB database was ignored. Tnx EW2AA.<br />
* MMC HF wasn't showing up in the contests of the month in July. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
* LCR review added for ARRL 160, NA Sprint, ARRL Sweepstakes. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* Elecraft K4 added. Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
==Release information 4.31.0 (June 28, 2020)==<br />
===New Features===<br />
* Lua API version string is 1.5.0<br />
* Lua : wtApp:PostMessage, wtApp:SendMessage and wtApp:GetLastError added. Tnx F6BEE for inspiration. See description and syntax in http://download.win-test.com/v4/lua/LuaApiDoc.txt<br />
* ARRL FD : Covid-19 rule exception : Class D stations may work all other Field Day stations, including other Class D stations, for points. Tnx K6ZB.<br />
* Log Checking Report (LCR) review added in the Tools / Check log menu. For now, only the following LCR are processed :<br />
** CQWW DX<br />
** CQWW WPX<br />
** ARRL DX<br />
** ARRL 10m<br />
** IARU HF<br />
** EU HF<br />
** SAC<br />
** KOS<br />
** REF HF<br />
** VHF+ contests if adjudicated with LX<br />
<br />
: Mainly, because these LCR are public, or because I had one ;-). Any textual (or html) LCR can theorically be implemented, as long as I have access to a sample.<br />
<br />
: For various reasons, sometimes the "Download LCR" may not work. In that case, try to download the LCR with your browser and save it in a convenient location (the log directory is the best choice). You can "attach" it to your log by using the "Save" button in the report dialog. <br />
<br />
* Dx-Cluster window (Alt-T) : Number of Macros increased to 8. Tnx PA2A.<br />
* Dx-Cluster macro editor : Window enlarged, and the edit field now wraps to improve readibility. Tnx PA2A. <br />
* The merge dialog now displays "compact paths".<br />
* NRAU Baltic mults list updated. Tnx LB3RE.<br />
* Review of the exchanges databases files to prevent mixing different exchanges between contests. Also, if a contest uses only a part of a database file, the rest is kept untouched if the database is updated with Win-Test.<br />
* Depending on the contest and, if it applies, whose side you're on (DX side or domestic), the callsigns from the master file (namely MASTER.SCP/DTA or .DTB/SCP) are filtered to display only relevant results in the Check Partial and N+1 windows.<br />
* The master file in use can now be directly updated from the Internet (like the CTY files) by using the Options / Data files / Master file menu, or by using the "Used File list" item in the contextual menu of the Check Partial or N+1 windows. <br />
: Note : The recommended default master file to use is MASTER.SCP, maintained by Stu K6TU (http://http://supercheckpartial.com/). <br />
: Reminder : You can also use contest-specific master files (recommended only for minor national or regional contests) named after the list located at http://download.win-test.com/files/checkPartial/%23_READ_ME_%23.TXT These files do not replace the default master file, but complement it at runtime.<br />
* In the contest settings dialog, contests no longer taking place have been removed from the list.<br />
* New REBOOT (or RESTARTPC) text command added. It closes the current log and restarts the host PC. Tnx F8CRH, F6BEE.<br />
* When the exchanges database is updated, a notification message is displayed at the bottom of log. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
<br />
==Release information 4.30.0 (Jan 16, 2020)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* If the backup volume was unmounted, disabling the next backups was failing. Tnx F6HJO. (Task #388)<br />
* Under some specific circumstances, the Single-Op Assisted category wasn't taken into account when importing such a Cabrillo file. Tnx TO1A.<br />
* With multi monitors systems and under some specific circumstances, choosing colors with mouse was impossible. Tnx KL0R.<br />
* The headers row was always included in the CSV output file, whatever the setting was. Tnx F5LIW.<br />
* The LCD display of the contest recorder wnd wasn't always properly updated when using a language different from English.<br />
===New Features===<br />
* HA DX contest rules updated. Tnx HA6OI, HA1AG, F5LIW and others.<br />
* UFT contest rules updated. Tnx F6CEL.<br />
* Yaesu FTDX101 added. Tnx RA1ANY, RA3AUU.<br />
* Icom IC-9700 added. Tnx F1ULQ.<br />
* WAEDC : Cabrillo output file upgraded to v3 specs.<br />
* WAEDC DX side : Send QTC dialog (Ctrl-L) now displays the maximum available QTC to send (if any). You can modify the number of QTC to send, or only display the already sent QTC, with F9 (or the "QTC / Show sent" button). F8 allows to modify the recipient callsign. <br />
* QSO and distinct callsigns counts added in the distinct callsigns report when sorted by country.<br />
* "Copy" button added to the log check dialogs, allowing to easily paste reports in a spreadsheet.<br />
<br />
==Release information 4.29.0 (July 5, 2019)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* When a exception callsign and a prefix were identical in the CTY file, and under some specific circumstances, the DXCC lookup function could fail. Tnx F5LIW.<br />
* FOC Marathon : Stats are now displayed on 3 days. Tnx F5NZY.<br />
* RSGB AFS : Dupe count on 40m was wrong. Tnx G0HSA.<br />
* REF 160m : The total and final score lines weren't displayed in the summary window.<br />
* RTTY : Messages with embedded scripts were hanging Win-Test. Tnx N6TV.<br />
===New Features===<br />
* YU DX Contest rules updated. Tnx F5IN.<br />
* Spot Warnings : When you're spotted, the spot comment, if any, is now displayed.<br />
* RSGB HF contests : District Code for Norwich has been changed from "NR" to "NK". Tnx F1ICS.<br />
* ADIF export : Output fields reordered and STATION_CALLSIGN field added. Tnx YT9TP.<br />
* IARU HF : Cabrillo v3 output file implemented. Fixes also task #384. Tnx OH6XX, N6TV and others.<br />
<br />
==Release information 4.28.0 (June 15, 2018)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* When no MP3 CODEC were detected, start recording was displaying the MP3 settings dialog in an endless loop. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* ARI Contest : Serial numbers for DX stations have separate numbering per band. Tnx ES5TV.<br />
* Validation controls of the split freq edit field strengthened.<br />
===New Features===<br />
* Single-click actions option added to all windows where it makes sense. Tnx K5WQG, N6TV.<br />
* The callsign "6OX" is accepted despite its exotic syntax.<br />
* CQWW RTTY : DC mult added according to the 2018 rules. Tnx W0YK.<br />
* Internal CW keyer (LPT and serial outputs) : Keying compensation added (0 to 20 ms) in the Interfaces setup dlg. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* Icom IC-7610 added. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* REF contest : Off-time periods dialog removed. Tnx F5LEN.<br />
* CW / RTTY : Work dupes by default. Tnx F6IRA.<br />
<br />
==Release information 4.27.0 (Jan 4, 2018)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* RAC contest : Despite the rules indicate MIXED (CW + SSB) category only entries, the F10 wnd wasn't correctly scaled when using a single-mode category. Tnx SP5KP.<br />
* Statistics Wnd (Ctrl-F9) : Under some specific circumstances, the log data weren't correctly displayed in the targets tab. Tnx F5LIW.<br />
* Auto-repeat mode was broken (silly me !). Tnx VE2FWW, N6TV, W4DD and many others.<br />
===New Features===<br />
* DARC XMAS : Sprint logic exchange now applicable for this contest. Tnx K3LR and N6TV.<br />
<br />
==Release information 4.26.0 (Nov 19, 2017)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* When prefixes or callareas are mults, some special callsigns weren't correctly taken into account. Tnx OF100FI/0.<br />
* Status wnd (Alt-J) : Under some specific circumstances, the stations count displayed in the title bar was wrong.<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
* LZ DX : QSO and DUPES columns were inverted in the summary window in single-mode categories, and CW and SSB culumns were swapped in Mixed category. Tnx W3SE / ZL3TE.<br />
* SAC : Wire-Only overlay category added. Tnx OH1RX.<br />
* CSV and text exports : Serial sent text format is identical to the format used in the log. Tnx F5LIW.<br />
* Gab wnd (Alt-I) : Can be cleared now with a CLEARGAB text command.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.25.0) (June 28, 2017)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
<br />
* VHF+ contest : The ODX was broken under some specific circumstances. Tnx F5HRY/P.<br />
* SPDX Contest : The summary window was broken. Tnx SP5KP, F5LIW and others. (Task #380)<br />
* Asia-Pacific sprint : Win-Test was unabled to write the output Cabrillo file. Tnx UA9YE.<br />
* Some AltGr (Ctrl + Alt) keys were not correctly displayed when defined in the script manager or the DEFINEKEYS command.<br />
* Under some very specific circumstances of networking connection / disconnection and sync enabling / disabling, the log file could be corrupted. Tnx PA2A @ PI4CC.<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
* Helvetia contest : New rules 2017 implemented. Tnx HB9AMO and others.<br />
* ARI DX : Allowed bands and 10-minute rule adapted to the rules 2017. Tnx IZ1LBG. (Task #379)<br />
* RSGB AFS : 40m added. Tnx G3RTE.<br />
* The displayed bands selection for the Check Callsign (F9), Check DXCC (Alt-M), Check Mult (F10) and Check Zone (Alt-Z) windows is now done in a dialog box instead of menu items. Tnx F5LIW. <br />
* NA Sprint SSB : The Multipliers list is updated and is now similar to the mult list of the CW/RTTY legs . Also, the equivalence is now NA_SPRINT.DAT for all legs, and has been updated on the repository. Tnx KA9FOX.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.24.0) (January 20, 2017)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* Under some circumstances, the rotators wnd was flickering.<br />
* NA Sprint CW/RTTY : Multipliers list updated. Tnx N6TV, N6TR. Note : You must update your NA_CW_RTTY_SPRINT.DAT equivalence file if you use it, to get credit for the new mults. <br />
* DXPed HF logs : The country list used is now the DXCC one, not the "CQWW" one.<br />
* FT1000 : VFO-B frequency setting enabled. Tnx DL6RAI. <br />
* FT1000 : When setting a split freq, the filter setting wasn't retained. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
* Typo in a menu item. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
* When a callsign was grabbed, the realtime slot of the partners windows were not updated.<br />
* Cabrillo : The alternate frequency option wasn't working for multi-ops logs.<br />
* Under some OS display settings, the Alt-F dialog was truncated. Tnx HA3LN.<br />
* After editing logged QSO, the Alt-J QSY timers were not always accurate.<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
* New network protocol version 1.30 released. Reminder: If you use WT in a networked environment, you must have the same WT version on all machines!<br />
* Lua API version string is 1.4.0<br />
* To make the 3830scores.com reporting easier, the summary columns of the mixed mode contests are reordered. <br />
* DXPed logs (HF and VHF) : The reports entry fields ignore keys which are not digits. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
* Summary wnd (Alt-S) : Displayed bands can be selected. This selection is in sync with the Check Callsign (F9), the Check DXCC (Alt-M), the Check Mult (F10) and the Check Zone (Alt-Z) windows. Note: It's only a display selection to save space : You can still QSY and enter Q on the hidden bands. And all bands are taken into account in the summary totals.<br />
* 60m band added for the DXPed HF logs. NOTES: <br />
: 1) Considering the various freq allocations depending on the country, a minimal band plan has been implemented in the Default band plan. You can modify it, according to your needs. Your custom band plans (if any) must be updated as well.<br />
: 2) DXPed log files containing 60m QSO can't be read with previous versions of Win-Test.<br />
: Tnx DL6RAI for testing.<br />
* NAQP : Mult list and various other things updated according to the new rules. Tnx KL9A.<br />
* ARRL 10m contest : Following the new rules, the multiplier "DF" is changed to "CMX". Tnx N6TV, N5KO.<br />
* Lua : wtQso:GetData API : Gridsquare added in the table returned. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* If a station type is sticked, its type is checked against the rules of a newly created contest file, and can be forced to the default Run type if needed. Tnx N6KI and N6TV.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.23.0) (October 21, 2016)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* WAG DX side : The NM exchange (Non Member) was considered as a N multiplier.<br />
* Alt-F4 : The the CAT activity has now decreased , and the function was broken for mixed-mode logs. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* Entering any text command in Secondary Radio Window moved it to the wrong band. Tnx N6TV. (Task #370/373)<br />
* WAE : Under some circumstances, the log and QTC backup files were corrupted. Tnx F5LIW.<br />
* VHF+ contests : When a gridsquare of a logged QSO was modified, the points weren't correctly computed on the other networked computers, leading to a score difference between them. Tnx DL8AAU.<br />
* Under some circumstances of simultaneous log openings on different machines in a network, Win-Test could crash. Tnx W9PA @ K3LR.<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
* Split Freq dlg : Now accepts offsets from the current frequency. E.g.: If your freq is 7020 and you enter +1.1, the split freq will be adjusted to 7021.1. Negative values (-1.1 for ex.) also work.<br />
* UK/EI DX contest added. Tnx SQ8N.<br />
* Secondary Radio wnd : Columns headings added. The color can be adjusted with the Colors (contextual) menu. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* Radios : FT891, FTDX1200, FTDX3000 and FTDX5000 added. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* WAE Phone : DX side : The INS and CR keys and buttons are now enabled in the transmit QTC dialog. The CR button tags the current QTC as sent. The INS button does the same, and makes the next QTC as the current one. It clearly makes the QTC transmission much easier to follow. Tnx F1HAR.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.22.0) (August 26, 2016)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* WAEDC : DX side CW / SSB : The potential QTC weren't displayed in the radio wnd (bandmap or list) despite the option was checked.<br />
* WAEDC : The left and right arrows now work correctly in the dialog to chose the number of QTC to send.<br />
* QTC transmit dlg : The active QTC wasn't correctly highlighted when using the Ctrl-Fx buttons.<br />
* The default Check Partial / N + 1 file for VHF contests was HF.DTB instead of VHF.DTB. Tnx DK5KMA.<br />
* When 4.20 and 4.21 were on the same LAN (not recommended), with sync enabled, 4.21 was hanging. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* IARU HF : If an HQ was only 2 characters long, it was ignored.<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
* WAE CW : DX side : The CW speed used when sending the QTC is now preserved between sessions, and the Rate wnd is updated accordingly. No need to juggle with Alt-F9/F10 anymore.<br />
* Callsign Wnd (F9) : Tooltip more readable.<br />
* New behaviour of the $NEXT variable in the QTC transmit messages to make life much easier (and less confusing) for the DX stations in the WAEDC CW contest.<br />
** $NEXT must be the first variable in the Ins message. The default message is now: $NEXT $DONE $TIME $CALLSIGN $SERIAL<br />
** Update your current message if it is not up to date<br />
** When $NEXT is executed, the active QTC jumps to the next one ONLY if the current QTC has been already sent.<br />
** With this new behaviour, the usual QTC transmission sequence is now:<br />
*** Ctrl-L / Enter (or 1 to 9) to chose the number of QTC to send (usually 10).<br />
*** After the QTC dlg shows up, exchange the QRV? and the QTC series number with the recipient.<br />
*** From now, hit Ins for every QTC to send, one after the other.<br />
*** If the recepient requests a full resend of the QTC just sent, use CR. If he requests an individual field, use the appropriate Fx key or button. If the QTC is ack'ed, use Ins to send the next one.<br />
*** When all QTC of the series have been sent (and acknowledged), use Ins one last time (or Plus) to thank and save the QTC series.<br />
** In these conditions, you normally shouldn't need to use the Up/Down arrows anymore unless exceptional circumstances.<br />
* CW and RTTY : New $RAWSERIAL variable. Sends the serial number of the QSO with leading zeros and without any abbreviation. Now used in the default F3 msg (if it applies) to repeat the serial in a more traditional way. It also works in the QTC messages.<br />
* Script manager dialog : Ctrl + Double click on a script brings up the properties dialog.<br />
* IOTA contest<br />
** If the IOTA ref is pre-filled from the callsign field content, the new IOTA warning is now displayed if applicable. Tnx F5LIW.<br />
** EXPERIMENTAL : Separate numbering for Multi-One and Multi-Two categories : The RUN or RUN1 stations use a sequence of odd numbers (starting at 1), and the MULT or RUN2 stations use a sequence of even numbers (starting at 2).<br />
** Multi-Two category added. Tnx G3WVG.<br />
** The WAE entities list is now used to prefill the island reference more accurately (ex GM/s stations). Tnx N6TV.<br />
* The DVK bargraph can now be horizontal (default) or vertical.<br />
* Internal DVK : The first and last 100 ms of the messages are now truncated to prevent the keys and mouse clicks to be heard. Tnx SM5AJV and N6TV.<br />
* RTTY shortcuts buttons are now a bit thicker to accommodate older eyes. Tnx SP5GRM.<br />
* Additional CW and RTTY variables :<br />
** $LOC4 and $GRID4 are equivalent to $GRIDFIELD.<br />
** $LOC6 and $GRID6 are equivalent to $GRIDSQUARE or $LOCATOR.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.21.0) (June 27, 2016)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* The CW "No sound" menu item state wasn't consistent with the CW sound status.<br />
* The check mark on Options / Disable Log Sync wasn't consistent when no log was opened.<br />
* The station name displayed in the network error dlg when several masters were on the same LAN wasn't correct.<br />
* Gridsquares map window (Alt-L) : Mouse wheel actions were broken since version 4.7.0 ! <br />
* Stew Perry contest was using VHF.DTB instead of DEFAULT.SCP. Tnx N6TV. (Task #184). <br />
* Serial communications : Under some circumstances, especially with some USB drivers under Windows 10, the inbound stream was not correctly processed. Tnx Jan @ remoterig.com<br />
* Voice keyer (DVK) : Under some circumstances, some audio output devices may miss in the Interfaces settings dialog.<br />
* French Championship : QSO wih FT entities are now credited with 15 pts instead of 6. Tnx F4SGU.<br />
* Remote dlg : The text command is now limited to 13 chars, to comply with the log entry field. Tnx N6TV. (Task #368)<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
* Lua API version string is 1.3.0<br />
* IARU HF : Duplicate HQ abbreviations are now managed. (Task #350)<br />
* The login / logout protocols can be now disabled as the other ones in the advanced network settings.<br />
* Log Sync : Better overall performance. Tnx DJ7TO, DL5MLO and the DA0HQ team.<br />
* Cabrillo Options : New options similar to the File / Clean file options, but the QSO exclusions (or editions) are *only* temporary for the Cabrillo file output.<br />
* ADIF Options : QSO range added.<br />
* Mult Wnd (Alt-M) : The "hide clean sweeps" and "hide never worked" options are maintained during the text / SYLK copy. Tnx ES5TV.<br />
* Tune dlg : For safety, added a 30-second timeout to automatically stop tuning no matter what.<br />
* Stew Perry Challenge : Added for March, June and October.<br />
* Lua : wtQso:GetData API : stnName and stnFlags added in the table returned. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* CW Auto Send : Updated to allow its use when both radios are in RUN mode. Tnx SM5AJV, N6TV.<br />
* Lua : wtApp:TextCommand updated to add strStation and nNotificationID arguments. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* Standard and additional messages : New import / export features. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* Clean log dlg : New option to remove 0 points QSO from the log. Tnx K3LR, N6TV.<br />
* Radios : IC-7300 added. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* CQ WPX RTTY : M/S entrants are now allowed to 10 band changes. Tnx EC1KR.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.20.0) (January 17, 2016)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* ARRL 10m : Tools / Check Bad Exchanges was broken.<br />
* Under some circumstances, the default contest log names were broken.<br />
* ARRL SS : Correct label for the sections field. <br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
* Radios : IC-7600, IC-7800, IC-7850, IC-7851 : New code for a better management of these radios. It requires the latest firmwares. Tnx N6TV, K3LR, K9LA (Icom America), ICOM France, HRO Sunnyvale (CA), AA6W and K6SSJ.<br />
* Radios : FT-991 added. Tnx N6TV, SP5IOU.<br />
* Radio Wnd : New option to enable / disable the RIT display, when applicable. Tnx F5LIW, K3LR.<br />
* PACC contest : Rules 2016. Dutch provinces (for non-PA) and DXCC and call areas (for PA) now count as mult per band and per mode when taking part in Mixed category. Tnx PA5M.<br />
* French Championship : Rules 2016 applied. Tnx F5LEN.<br />
* Radio Wnd : Ctrl-Up / Ctrl-Down in the list view doesn't lose cursor when a Q is entered. Tnx K5KG. (Task #364).<br />
* LZ DX Contest : New rules 2015 for LZ stations applied. The only limitation is the 10-min rule for the M/S station, which is always applied for band *or mode* change, independently of the status of the station (RUN or MULT). Tnx LZ2CJ.<br />
* ARRL SS : Default CW msgs updated. Tnx W2GD, N6TV.<br />
* ARRL SS : Added new message variable $PREC (precedence) for the ARRL Sweepstakes, automatically determined from entry class and power level. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* Log check reports : QSO with own callsign are now ignored. Tnx FY5KE.<br />
* Status wnd (Alt-J) : X-min rule timers now ignore QSO with own callsign. Tnx FY5KE.<br />
* Check country wnd (F10) : QSO with own callsign are now ignored. Tnx FY5KE.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.19.0) (October 15, 2015)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* SAC contest : This contest wasn't displayed in October if the "This month only" checkbox was enabled despite the SSB leg takes place in October. Tnx F5LIW. <br />
* Rate Wnd (Alt-R). Various QSO rate statistics were wrong. Tnx CT1BOH. <br />
* FT1000 : The TRX was switched to RTTY-USB for high bands instead of RTTY-LSB. Tnx DL6RAI @ P49V.<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
* CAUTION: New network protocol version 1.29 released. Reminder: If you use WT in a networked environment, you must have the same WT version on all machines!<br />
* Status Wnd (Alt-J) : Best effort to display the TX freq of the radios. Radio brand and model dependent. Tnx N6TV. Note : Icom users will need the latest Icom firmware, and the latest OmniRig rig definition files (check the N6TV files) to get chances to see VFO B displayed for Icom radios, especially if they want to use split mode.<br />
* Experimental : VHF+ spots : When the comment is using the "Locator<Prop>Locator" format, the second locator is now considered as the DX locator. Tnx G3ZAY, F5HRY.<br />
* Radio Wnd : Spot mode (according to the used band plan) added in the tooltip text.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.18.0) (September 25, 2015)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* NA Sprint : Tools / Check log / Search for possible bad exchanges was broken. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* Rate Wnd (Alt-R). Various QSO and Mult statistics were wrong. Tnx CT1BOH.<br />
* REG1TEST : The mode code is now output in the QSO records. It can be optionally omitted for contests where the mode is not stated in the rules, in accordance to the REG1TEST format specifications.<br />
* WAEDC : The 10-min violations check was performed on the RUN and MULT stations, while this rule only applies to the RUN stations. Tnx DL1EKC.<br />
* Partial (F12) and NP1 (F8) windows : While modifying an already entered QSO, the callsign of the original QSO wasn't correctly ignored during the searches. Tnx FY5FY.<br />
* WAE : Receiving QTC : If the callsign of the QTC sender was modified, and the receiving dialog was cancelled, the modification remained.<br />
* The Win-Test version number is no more extracted from the language file DLL, but rather from the exe itself, to get the correct string when having mutiple Win-Test versions in the same directory. Tnx F5TTU, F6BGC.<br />
* When used in a network environment, a QSO entered on the secondary radio had a wrong serial number on the other machines of the network. Tnx DL5AOJ.<br />
* Radio wnd : Under some circumstances, when your own callsign was entered in the bandmap (Ctrl-Enter), it was displayed as a new mult. Tnx TM0HQ.<br />
* The action on Options / Disable Log Sync wasn't consistent when no log was opened.<br />
* Toolbar : The tooltip text for the summary icon was missing since the very first version of Win-Test ! ;-)<br />
* Bugfix : Alt-F dlg : Under some circumstances, the QSO op. was not specified.<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
* WAE : Receive QTC dlg : Received serials are now formatted with leading zeroes if needed. Tnx F5LIW.<br />
* WAE : Receive QTC dlg : Received times with 2 numbers (minutes) are now set to the correct hour according to the received time of the previous QTC. Tnx F5LIW.<br />
* Radios : IC-7100 and IC-7200 added. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* Cabrillo output file (v3) : eMail address tag added.<br />
* Cabrillo output file (v3) : New option to indicate if you wish to receive, if eligible, a paper certificate sent via postal mail by the contest sponsor. The contest sponsor may or may not honor this tag, and if so may or may not use opt-in or opt-out as the default.<br />
* Cabrillo output file : New option to output the "alternate" frequency for split QSO. May be useful if the available CAT data for your radio can't be used to determine accurately the TX freq vs the RX freq.<br />
* Several specific installers lacked the installation of the msflxgrd.ocx library. Tnx F5UPO.<br />
* CW : SOUND/NOSOUND and associated menu items : This option is now always disabled when Win-Test runs under an operating system after Vista included. It means that it will not work for those OS, and *may* work on previous OS, depending on the hardware. In all cases, it is very recommanded to rely on the TRX internal sidetone instead.<br />
* WAEDC : The SAVELOG, COPYLOG commands and the automatic backups now include the QTC files. Tnx GW3SQX @ GW7O.<br />
* ARRL DX, ARRL 10m and ARRL 160m contests : The Cabrillo output files are now compliant with the v3 specs. Tnx F5PHW.<br />
* Edit menu : New item : Apply exchange to every QSO with...(Ctrl-F10) When applicable, it allows to update exchanges of every Q whose the callsign is identical to the callsign of the current Q, with the exchange(s) of this Q.<br />
* Gab Wnd (Alt-I) : New contextual menu item to clear the content of the window.<br />
* Cabrillo file : Win-Test now ensures the operators list is correctly space-delimited.<br />
* The protocol version is now displayed in the Advanced Settings dlg of the network.<br />
* Status Wnd (Alt-J) : When using a multi-op network, you can now send a remote command to a specific station by opening the context menu on this station name and use "Send remote command to XXX...".<br />
* COPYLOG command : Notification added. Tnx TM0HQ.<br />
* Ctrl + PageUp / PageDown now browses the log by 12h steps instead of 24h initially. This makes it usable for 24h long contests.<br />
* Status Wnd (Alt-J) : When using a multi-op network, you can now ping a specific station by opening the context menu on this station name and use "Ping XXX". The Win-Test version, the Master, Bridgehead, Sync indicators and the propagation time are returned in the Gab window (Alt-I). Reminder : You can use the INV (stands for Inventory) text command to get a summary of the complete network.<br />
* Enhanced replies to the inventory command (INV) with a log sync enabled indicator (S vs s).<br />
* IARU HF : Mult wnd (F10) : AC, R1, R2 and R3 labels updated.<br />
* Contest settings dialog : To prevent any side effect (especially with the network), the syntax of the station name is checked, and 'exotic' characters are replaced by an underscore if needed. Tnx F1UVN @ TM0HQ. <br />
* Alt-F dlg : The read-only station name field is now disabled.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.17.0) (June 30, 2015)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* The ODX per band were sometimes wrong after band modifications of specific QSO. Tnx F1PKY @ F5KMB.<br />
* IARU 50 MHz (and higher) contests : The PSect field of the output files are now in accordance to the REG1TEST specs. Tnx F2DX, OK2ZI.<br />
* MP3 configuration dialog : Under some circumstances, an error loop could occur. Tnx DL6RAI. (Task #363)<br />
* FT2000 : Under some circumstances, read frequencies were not consistent. Tnx F8DBF, F4DXW.<br />
* For some contests, a QSO entered with your own callsign didn't count 0 points. Tnx N6TV. (Task #362)<br />
* MP3 QSO extract : There was a few seconds offset in the recording.<br />
* SP DX contest : When provinces were displayed with the "all bands" option *and* alphabetically, the "Z" province was missing. Tnx DL6RAI. (Task #360).<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
* CAUTION: New network protocol version 1.28 released. Reminder: If you use WT in a networked environment, you must have the same WT version on all machines!<br />
* Status Wnd (Alt-J) : New column for the current op. added. Cf OPON/OPOFF or LOGIN/LOGOUT commands or use nicknames. Tnx ES5TV.<br />
* Set QSO freq dlg (Alt-F): Swap main / QSX freq button added.<br />
* Rate Wnd (Alt-R) : When entering in a category where modes can be mixed, the elapsed time between band changes now takes account of modes as well.<br />
* CQ-M contest : To be compliant with the new rules 2015, there is no more multiplier station, even in M/S. Tnx RU3DNN. <br />
* ARI contest : A station can now be set as a MULT station. The 10 min timer in the Alt-J wnd considers band and mode changes. Tnx ES5TV.<br />
* OK OM DX : Win-Test is now adapted to comply to the new SSB rules. To make things easier, the CW leg is kept unchanged ! Read carefully the rules before entering. Tnx ON5GQ. <br />
* Contest recorder : QSO extraction to a mp3 file : The QSO extraction parameters are now (1) the time before the QSO was _STARTED_ (0 sec by default - it means the clip starts at the same time when you listen to the QSO with AltGr-Enter) and (2) the time after the QSO was _ENTERED_ (10 sec by default). Tnx ES5TV.<br />
* ARRL DX and ARRL 10 : When exporting logs in ADIF, the DC "state" is replaced by MD. Tnx F8ATS.<br />
* Lua : wtScript:AssignArgument now takes the strings "true" and "false" as boolean arguments. Numeric values do not require double quotes. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* Script manager : Properties dlg : Now accepts a default argument even if no key is defined for the script. But, in any case, a key or a text command must be defined to allow a default argument. Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.16.0) (Mar 17, 2015)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
<br />
* REF HF : FS now does count for a French dept instead of a DXCC entity. The final scores were not affected by this bug. Tnx F4EJL.<br />
* If the default directory at launch time wasn't the app directory, the automatic starts of wtDxTelnet and wtRotators were failing. Tnx F5LIW.<br />
* Ctrl-Del (delete spot from bandmap) was broken. Tnx N6TV. (Task #354)<br />
* Network advanced settings dialog : The last outbound protocol was always enabled, despite its setting. Tnx F1HAR.<br />
* Common prefixes to GM and GM/s were considered as GM even if the WAE list was used. Tnx N6TV. (Task #355)<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
<br />
* Spanish and German translations updated. Tnx EB2RA and DL6RAI.<br />
* LUA : Because of a conflict name with the wtScript class, the wtScript variable (name of the Topmost script) is now replaced with wtRootScript. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* RDXC : R7K - Crimea (RK) and R7R - Sevastopol (SE) added to the mults list. Use the latest CTY_OBL.DAT accordingly. Tnx RU3DNN.<br />
* Lua : wtContest:GetMyCallsign() and wtStatus:GetMyStation() added. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* Registration dialog : The QR codes of the registration URL are enlarged.<br />
* ICOM radios : IC-970, IC-9100 and IC-7850 added. Tnx OK8WW, EA8RM and K3LR.<br />
* ARRL DX (DX side) : To strictly comply with the current rules (section 5.2.2), the PEI multiplier (VY2) is now labelled PE. The STATES.DAT is also accordingly updated on the usual repository http://download.win-test.com/files/equivalence/ .<br />
* NA Sprint : Because of the different multipliers per leg, the equivalence files must now be NA_SSB_SPRINT.DAT and NA_CW_RTTY_SPRINT.DAT. They are available on the usual repository http://download.win-test.com/files/equivalence/ . Tnx KD4D and N6TV.<br />
* NA Sprint : DC and the usual 14 Canadian provinces and territories are now considered as multipliers for the Phone leg (the MAR mult. is no longer used). Tnx KW8N.<br />
* UBA DX : Mult stations are now allowed for Multi-Op (Single TX) entries. Also, the 10-min timer for RUN stations is now displayed in the status window (Alt-J). Tnx RU3DNN.<br />
* NA Sprint : KL stations are now considered as US stations and their state (AK) is now in the states list. KH6 stations are also considered as US stations for the Phone leg, and their state (HI) is now in the states list. During the CW / RTTY legs, KH6 stations are considered as DX stations (not NA). Tnx N6TV.<br />
* ARRL 10m : Mixed mode category forced in the Cabrillo output for the M/S entries.<br />
* Script properties : Tooltip added over the key edit field with the key code and modifiers values. It can help for the wtScript:AssignKeyCode function. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* Scripts manager : Run button added. The selected script is run the same way as if it were run by the assigned key (if any), and with the argument set in the properties dialog (if any). Tnx N6TV.<br />
* Lua : wtScript:AssignFKey and wtScript:AssignKeyCode functions added. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* Script Manager : Error message added when the SciTE or the script editor weren't correctly installed or configured. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
* New CW and RTTY variables introduced : $GRAB1 to $GRAB9 to grab from the partner stack slots, and $GRABRT1 to GRABRT3 to grab from the partner realtime slots.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.15.0) (Nov 22, 2014)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* When a voice message contained several script calls in a row, only one out of two was executed. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* ARRL SS : When a callsign is grabbed, the cursor is now set to the serial field. Tnx AC6T, N6TV. (Task #353)<br />
* When not using advanced SO2R with Shift bound to the secondary radio, Shift-Enter now has no action. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* Partner window: The SUPPORT / NOSUPPORT (or PARTNER / NOPARTNER) commands didn't resize the window properly.<br />
* Partner window context menu: The "Remove" item was enabled for empty slots while it was supposed to be grayed.<br />
* Partner stack: If the same callsign was in two adjacent slots in the Partner stack, only one of them was cleared when the callsign was entered in the log.<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
* CAUTION: New network protocol version 1.27 released. Reminder: If you use WT in a networked environment, you must have the same WT version on all machines!<br />
* Contest recorder : AltGr+E shortcut added as "Extract and Save QSO". Tnx N6TV.<br />
* LZ-DX contest : 10 min. CQWW DX rule applied to the M/S entrants, but currently limited to the band changes (the mode changes are ignored). Tnx RU3DNN.<br />
* Partner : There are now two different colors for data entered as Run or as Support. Useful when there are several partner positions for one run. Tnx F5HRY@TM0HQ.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.14.0) (Oct 19, 2014)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* When several mp3 record files from different stations for a given contest were used, the rewind and forward functions led to a crash. Tnx DL8AAU@DR9A.<br />
* Radio wnd: When using a Windows font size option different from 100%, the VFO displays didn't scale up well. Tnx N6XI, N6TV.<br />
* Lua: An error occurred when calling a script with the double-quote key. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* RDAC: The Tools / Check log / Search for bad exchanges function was not working for the RDAC contest. Tnx SP5KP<br />
* In the Alt-M wnd, when data were ordered by number of worked bands/modes, and never worked mults were hidden, the sweep clean mults were always displayed, despite this option was set or not. Tnx CT1BOH.<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
* CAUTION: New network protocol version 1.26 released Reminder: If you use WT in a networked environment, you must have the same WT version on all machines!<br />
* New notes file format and network protocol to ease log corrections within Win-Test. Check the new last items of the Tools / Check log menu.<br />
* Partner: New properties dialog to set the various options. By default, the realtime keystrokes network transmission is disabled when switched to the S&P mode. It can be enabled by choice in this properties dialog. Tnx TM0HQ & N6TV.<br />
* IARU HF: A '?' indicator is now displayed when the received exchange is not an ITU zone, AC, R1, R2 or R3, or not composed of letters only.<br />
* New option in Tools / Check log / Search for bad exchanges, to detect exchanges discrepancies in the log only.<br />
* Merge report redesigned: All conflicts are ordered by time and also by station name.<br />
* The Date/Time dialog (Alt-F) now indicates the station who entered the QSO. Not editable. Tnx F8CRH@TM0HQ. <br />
* New Goto Callsign edit menu (Shortcut Shift+Ctrl+G) to set the cursor on a QSO with a given callsign. By default, the callsign of the current QSO is searched. If it is empty (i.e. if the cursor is set to the last (empty) line of the log), a dialog is opened. The search is done backwards.<br />
* New CW option to enable/disable the speed bursts (+/-) without modifying the messages. Text commands are BURSTS / NOBURSTS. Useful to defeat CW skimmers on-demand.<br />
* Interfaces setup dialog: The lists for each COM port are now reordered to comply with the most current needs.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.13.0) (Jun 30, 2014)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* REF DDFM 50 MHz contest : Default CW msgs were using $GRIDSQUARE (6-char locator) instead of $GRIDFIELD (4-char locator). Tnx F2DX.<br />
* Gab window (Alt-I) : If the content was scrolled back, a double-click on a line set an incorrect default recipient in the opened Gab/Talk dialog. Tnx F8CRH@F6KRK.<br />
* REF VHF contest : Win-Test was asking for the "departement" in the contest settings dialog (was useless), and the help dialog was inappropriate. Tnx F5HRY.<br />
* CQ-M contest : Contest identifier for the Cabrillo and ADIF output files were misspelled. Tnx RU3RQ. (Task #348). <br />
* WPX : The prefix of VY2MGY/3 now resolved as VY3. Tnx N6TV. (Task #347).<br />
* Bugfix : Lua : wtApp:CallScript(name, arg) was always casting arg to a string. Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
* EF6 added as a valid exception callsign. Tnx F6FDR.<br />
* Radio windows - List view : In the "Sort by Mult Type" view, the non-mults stations are now sorted by QSO points in descending order. Tnx G3WW.<br />
* Radio windows - List view : New sorting option by QSO points in descending order, irrelevant of mults, added. Tnx G3WW.<br />
* WRTC 2014 and IARU HF : Check multiplier wnd (F10) : New label for HQs "entities" to prevent confusion with DXCC entities. Tnx CT1BOH.<br />
* Log : The column header of the serial sent (if any) is now correctly labeled ("No."). Tnx N6TV.<br />
* Options / Log / Align exchanges : New option to line up received exchanges in mixed mode. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* WRTC 2014 : Worked Mults wnd (Alt-M). The "copy as text" menu item is now enabled. Tnx CT1BOH.<br />
* WRTC 2014 : /MM stations are not counting for DXCC entity, and are credited depending on their ITU zone. Tnx KM3T.<br />
* WRTC 2014 : The country list used is DXCC (not WAE). Tnx KM3T.<br />
* WRTC 2014 : In the contest configuration dialog, the zone is set to 8, the Gridsquare is set to FN42fg and can't be modified.<br />
* The very singular 7QNL (and future 7QAA) callsigns are now accepted. Their prefixes are also resolved as 7Q0. Tnx PA3FYM. <br />
* Lookup function for the DXCC entities resolver refactored to allow easier extension for cases like the newly introduced 4Y1A and C7A,when callsigns are assigned to two entities.<br />
* RTTY : Fields assignments updated for the NCCC Sprint. Tnx AA2MF.<br />
* King Of Spain contest : SMR multiplier added. Tnx EA4TX.<br />
* Marconi HF : New points rules applied. Tnx IK6BAK.<br />
* Lua : In CW, when chaining wtKeyer:Play() instructions, the word space between the string arguments will be omitted if they end with a "~". Example :<br />
<br />
wtKeyer:Play(string1)<br />
wtKeyer:Play(string2)<br />
: Will omit the word space between string1 and string2 if string1 ends with a "~". Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.12.0) (February 10, 2014)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* UBA DX : The format of the output cabrillo file didn't stick to the required specs. Tnx ON5GQ. <br />
* DARC 10 : Under some circumstances, the DOK field was cleared while it wasn't necessary. Tnx DJ4MZ.<br />
* Lua : The wtApp:CallScript function was always returning a nil value when used with two parameters. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* The log sync enables / disabled setting was not correctly saved between logs openings. Tnx DK9TN@ED6A.<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
* DARC 10 : The NM exchange (Non Member) is no more considered as a multiplier. Tnx DJ4MZ.<br />
* Radios : IC-7410 added. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
* Script Manager : Various UI enhancements and API bugfixes. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* Clear Log : The station type (RUN, MULT, etc.) setting is now preserved when this function is performed. Tnx DK9TN@TK4W.<br />
* Network : Time distribution : A warning now pops up when time sync frames are received, and the Windows user who started Win-Test hasn't enough privilege to modify the system clock. Tnx P40L, N6TV.<br />
* Lua : wtQso:GetData() returned table updated for the specific ARRL Sweepstakes contest. The QSO# received is in the "rstReceived" index, and the Precedence letter is in the "miscInfo2Received" index. Tnx N6TV. (Task #338).<br />
* Mult Window (Alt-M) : New "Hide never worked" option added. Pretty experimental for now, depending on the contest. Tnx CT1BOH.<br />
* Radio windows : The spot selected by a right click is now highlighted to prevent confusion. The highlight color calculation now also works for dark hues. Tnx AD1C@K0RF.<br />
* Stats window : In CQWW DX, the zones / overall display was clipped to the last hour when a new zone was worked.<br />
* Radio windows : Time / Spotter and Comments display options added in the list view. These settings are common to both views. Tnx CT1BOH.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.11.0) (October 20, 2013)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* CQWW RTTY : The check log tool for the number of allowed QSY per hour in M/S was broken. Tnx DL9YAJ @ DR5N.<br />
* Frequency offsets weren't always correctly processed, especially on the secondary radio. Tnx DL5AOJ.<br />
* Extra Data files : Depending on the newline character(s) and other various parameters, the displayed data could be incorrect. Tnx IK0HBN, N6TV.<br />
* When a log was entirely entered manually, the date of QSO wasn't correctly set when using the "<" or ">" keys to access and fill the time field. Tnx F5LEN.<br />
* Under some circumstances of startup order and various settings, a "20 days older or newer log" false alert might be triggered. Tnx F6BGC @ TM0HQ.<br />
* RDAC Contest : Exchanges for callsigns ending with /x (x = 0 to 9) are now searched in the database and the log. Tnx SP5KP. <br />
* AGCW HNY : The (optional) AGCW membership number entry field was emptied when it was not supposed to be ! Tnx DJ0ZY.<br />
* Displayed ODX inconstancy under some circumstances when a QSO was deleted. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
* RAEM : The coordinates entry field was emptied when it was not supposed to be ! Tnx DJ0ZY.<br />
* When using the GOTO function by entering a QSO number and Ctrl-G, the pattern analyser warning message (if any) is now cleared.<br />
* The modifications entered into the Freq Offsets dialog are now taken into account immediately. No need to reload the current log. Tnx YL2GD.<br />
* When using a K3, changing band by entering its wavelength was sometimes setting the wrong LSB/USB mode. Tnx M0VFC (Task #326)<br />
* Under some circumstances, a random character could be entered in the Info field in a DXPed log, when using the Up/Down arrows in this field.<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
* Networking : Sockets initializations updated to comply with the usage of Win-Test in a Linux / Wine environment. The wtCom.dll must be updated (v2.0.4 or better) as well for this usage if needed. Tnx AA6KJ.<br />
* ADIF <br />
** output : Addition of the CREATED_TIMESTAMP field in the header, and the CONTEST_ID field in every QSO record, when applicable.<br />
** Export : The ADIF country code is now added to the QSO record. Requires using the latest CTY_WT.DAT or CTY_WT_MOD.DAT country files (02 August 2013 or later). Tnx AD1C. <br />
* CQWW DX Contest<br />
** The overlay "Classic" category has been added in the contest configuration dialog. It only adds the appropriate line in the Cabrillo output file.<br />
** The overlay category Xtreme is added in the contest configuration dialog, and in the Cabrillo file output as well. Tnx KL1A.<br />
* WAE Contest<br />
** The special calculation for the creation of the offtime section in the Cabrillo file has been removed, being now obsolete. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
** Offtime threshold is now set to one hour. <br />
* Lua<br />
** wtQso:GetData() function added. Returns a table with fields of the current Qso. The current available keys are "time", "band", "mode", "freq", "callsign", "rstSent", "serialSent", "rstReceived", "exchReceived", "miscInfoReceived", "miscInfo2Received".<br />
** wtApp:GetLogFileName() and wtApp:GetIniFileName() functions added. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* UFT contest : Win-Test is now adapted to the new rules 2013. Tnx F6CEL.<br />
* YU DX contest : Totally rewritten because of the new rules 2013 (see http://yudx.yu1srs.org.rs/2013/rules.html). Tnx YU0W and F5IN.<br />
* SPDX Contest : The "12 band or mode changes per one clock hour" rule is now implemented. A simultaneous change of band *and* mode (Ex: 80m CW -> 40m SSB) counts as 2 changes. Tnx SQ2GXO.<br />
* New Tools / Data entry / Priority / Callsign option to ignore any freq or band changes when entering digits only in the callsign field. Tnx P40L, N6TV.<br />
* RAC Winter and Canada Day Contests : The 10-minute rule for the multi-single entrants is now implemented. Tnx VE3JM and N6TV.<br />
* Russian 160 meter : New rules implemented. http://www.radio.ru/cq/contest/rule-results/index2012.shtml. Tnx RZ3DX.<br />
* QR Code added in the registration dialog to help mobile phones users.<br />
<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.10.0) (October 23, 2012)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* YO DX Contest : The child and log windows are now compliant with the chosen mode category (CW, SSB or MIXED). Previously, the mixed mode only was assumed.<br />
* NAQP : The K8 mark for "zones window" (Alt-Z) was labeled K81 instead. Tnx NX5M.<br />
* Text and CSV files options dialogs : The Del key was acting as "Remove all" instead of "Remove". Reminder : Shift-Del acts now as "Remove all", Del acts as "Remove", Shift-Ins acts as "Add all" and Ins acts as "Add". Tnx TM0HQ.<br />
* In the logfile fixing process, the backuped file had a wrong file extension (it was always .wtb). Tnx TM0HQ.<br />
* Status wnd (Alt-J) : Not always correctly ordered when sorted by freq/name. Tnx TM0HQ. <br />
* CQ VHF and CQ 160 : ARRL Section added in the Cabrillo output file for US/VE entrants (Task #323). Tnx W9ZRX & N6TV.<br />
* FT1000(D) : The IF filter setting is retained per mode when grabbing a spot. Tnx DL6FBL @ DR1A.<br />
* Under some concurrency circumstances in a multi-op environment, Win-Test could crash when deleting or modifying spots in the Alt-A or the radio wnds (Task #318). Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
<br />
* ARRL Sweepstakes, ARRL FD and ARRL 160 meter contests : ARRL/RAC sections list updated to comply with the four new RAC administrative sections (ONN, ONS, ONE, GTA), replacing the split Ontario Section. (Task #321)<br />
<br />
* Auto CQ : New option in the appropriate dialog to halt the auto CQ with the Esc key only. Equivalent text commands are RPTESCONLY and NORPTESCONLY. Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
* ARI Sezioni: Cabrillo output compliant with rules 2012. Tnx I2WIJ.<br />
<br />
* ARI DX : Cabrillo output compliant with rules 2012. Tnx I2WIJ.<br />
<br />
* IOTA : New rules 2012 implemented :<br />
** For multi-op (island) stations, display of Band/Mode changes in the rate window (Alt-R).<br />
** Cabrillo file : QSO lines now include RUN or MULT identifiers.<br />
** The score for World to World QSOs is reduced from 3 points to 2 points.<br />
** Island Stations now receive 5 points for World Station QSOs.<br />
** Island Stations now receive also 5 points when working their own Island.<br />
<br />
* RDXC : Oblasts window (Alt-Z) updated following the new list 2012. Tnx HA1AG, SP5KP, F5IN.<br />
<br />
* Check partial (F12) and NP1 (F8) wnds : The [UNIQUE] word has now its own background and text colors to draw the attention of the operator. Tnx CT1BOH.<br />
<br />
* JIDX : Cabrillo file : QSO lines format updated to comply with the new format specifications for the multi-op category. (See task #317). Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.9.1) (October 27, 2011)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* Fix an issue with missing resources which might make WT to crash.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.9.0) (October 26, 2011)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* Problem in Spanish language file fixed. Tks N6TV.<br />
* The exceptions callsigns of the CTY*.DAT files were wrongly parsed when operated from another DXCC entity (ex. W6HGF/KH0). Tnx JE2UFF.<br />
* During a Cabrillo import, if the format of the QSO line wasn't correct, the error message was off one on the QSO number. Tnx W6IZT.<br />
* IARU HF contest : The mode entry was empty in the output Cabrillo file for multi-op categories. It is now set to mixed. Tnx F1HAR @ TM0HQ.<br />
* The Kenwood radio protocol was broken when sending CAT commands with frequencies above the 3420 MHz band. Tnx W8ZN.<br />
* Task #310 : IARU HF contest : For US/VE stations, the ARRL section is now required, instead of the state or the province. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* Entering your own callsign in the bandmap (Ctrl-Enter) was displaying a "spotted by..." alert. Tnx F5JSD @ TM0HQ. <br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
<br />
* When a new file is created, the usage of a network drive is checked and strongly discouraged to prevent log inconstancy. Tnx VK8DX @ 4W6A<br />
* WAEDC : Time shift can now be applied to the QTC. Tnx DL8RDL.<br />
* NCCC Sprint : New rule 2011 : 15m QSO are now permitted. (See task #312). Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.8.0) (June 26, 2011)==<br />
<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* Task #308 : JIDX : 160m QSO points counted 1 pt instead of 4. Tnx N6KI and N6TV.<br />
<br />
* Under some circumstances, DXped audio recordings were not correctly tagged, the file information dialog was incomplete, and the QSO playbacks failed. Tnx VE3EY @ TO3A.<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
<br />
* ADIF : PROGRAMID and PROGRAMVERSION fields added in the file header.Tnx IZ8MBW.<br />
<br />
* LPT Interface : 50 MHz, 144 MHz and 432 (440) MHz band data outputs added. Tnx W8ZN and N6TV.<br />
<br />
* Callsign check rules : The pathetic 9HOHSJ callsign is now added as an exception (like RAEM, JY1 and TX9). Tnx OH2OT, F5HRY.<br />
<br />
* PACC contest : New rule 2011 : QSO are now allowed in each mode for mixed categories. Tnx PA2A.<br />
<br />
* RSGB 160m contest : Single-mode CW-only restriction removed to comply with the new rules 2011. QSO and bonuses are now allowed for each mode. Tnx G3XSV. <br />
<br />
* NAQP : Cabrillo output : The DXCC prefix is now indicated instead of "DX" for North American stations outside of K/VE. Tnx WA7BNM.<br />
<br />
* DARC XMas contest : New rules 2010 : "NM" is allowed as a exchange from the German stations, but is no more credited as a mult. Tnx DJ3WE.<br />
<br />
* DX Spots window (Alt-A) : New option to enable/disable logging of the incoming spots in the .dxc file. It is enabled by default. Under some circumstances (slow antivirus inspection, slow HDD, etc.), saving every spot (especially when using the RBN) was making Win-Test less responsive. The op-entered spots are always saved to allow their restoration on log startup. Tnx HA1AG @ ED9M.<br />
<br />
* Packet window (Alt-O) : New option to enable/disable logging of the packet stream in the .pkt file. It is enabled by default. Under some circumstances (slow antivirus inspection, slow HDD, etc.), saving the packet data stream (especially when using the RBN) was making Win-Test less responsive. Tnx HA1AG @ ED9M.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.7.0) (December 2, 2010)==<br />
<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* Task #300 : WAEDC RTTY : The sent QTC group number was not taken into acount by the other connected machines, and therefore the QTC numbering was garbled in M/* environment. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
<br />
* Task #266 : WAEDC RTTY : No *New Mult* warning. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
<br />
* WAEDC : Number of QTC to send dialog : Even if some buttons were disabled, their associated "number keys" were still active.<br />
<br />
* WAEDC : Sending QTC dialog (Ctrl-L) : In "show" context, and if messages were sent under some circumstances, Win-Test could crash. Tnx IW1QN.<br />
<br />
* WAEDC : Under some circumstances, sent QTC were not always correctly saved.<br />
<br />
* WAEDC : When the number of QTC to be sent is 0 (no more QTC available), all "number keys" and Enter are now ignored in the appropriate dialog.<br />
<br />
* Task #298 : Spacebar key didn't always work properly in the ARRL Sweepstakes contest. Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
* Task #297 : Double-click on Check Multipliers window (F10) didn't work in ARRL Sweepstakes. Tnx N6TV <br />
<br />
* Under some circumstances, if data entered in the time field didn't follow the HH:MM or HHMM format, it could lead to a crash. Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
* WinKey : Speed bursts were not executed if located just before the $LOGGED variable. Tnx ES5TV.<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
* CW Autosend : Feature temporarily disabled when Alt-Space (grab from the RT partner slot), Alt-1..9 (grab from the partner stack) and Ctrl-1..9 (exchange with the partner stack) are used. Tnx ES5TV, N6TV.<br />
<br />
* ARRL 10m contest : New Mexican multipliers added. The name of the database (which is now different from the other ARRL contests) is now ARRL_10M.DTB. Several XE stations (around 300) have been added in the current file: http://download.win-test.com/databases/ARRL_10M.DTB<br />
<br />
* MouseWheel actions are now compatible with HiRes optical mouses like the Microsoft Wireless LASER Mouse 8000. Tnx W9ZRX, N6TV.<br />
<br />
* Bandmap properties : The minimum spot bandwidth is now 0 Hz (!). Tnx SM2WMV.<br />
<br />
* IC775 : Force narrow IF filters when grabbing callsigns in CW. Tnx YL2GD.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.6.1) (Released only for demo and DxPed versions)==<br />
<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* The default directory name for a "DX expedition (VHF and above)" log was wrong. Tnx DJ4MZ.<br />
<br />
* When a callsign was entered by a dbl-click in the N+1 or the partials wnd, and if this feature was set to automatic, the callsign check status wasn't updated. Tnx ES5TV.<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
* COPYLOGCLEAR text command added. Equivalent to the COPYLOG command immediately followed by a CLEARLOG command. Tnx CT1BOH.<br />
<br />
* QTC receive dlg : New variable $QTCROW introduced indicating the QTC line number where the cursor is located. Mainly used in RTTY for asking a resent of a specific line. The default F8 button message is now "AGN QTC $QTCROW?" in this mode. Tnx DK4WA.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.6.0) (October 24, 2010)==<br />
<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* Task #296 : Check mult window (F10) was not updated properly when using in ESM mode with S&P mode selected. Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
* Under some circumstances, the default filename of a contest log could contain invalid characters. Tnx G0ORH.<br />
<br />
* Second zones window : The labels display option was not restored.<br />
<br />
* When grabbing a callsign in the RTTY window, the realtime partner window field wasn't updated. Tnx ES5TV.<br />
<br />
* Task #290 : On restart, Win-Test didn't remember the last SO2R scenario that was selected. Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
* WAEDC : QTC receive dialog (Alt-L). Using the INSERT key in this dlg was crashing Win-Test.<br />
<br />
* Task #291 : RadioWnd : Ctrl-Up/Down weren't working properly in list mode. Tnx ES5TV.<br />
<br />
* Under some circonstances, Win-Test could crash when started with the CapsLock key engaged.<br />
<br />
* Advanced SO2R CW messages dialog : The Esc and Enter keys now work.<br />
<br />
* WAEDC : Clock wnd : QTC in stock was always displayed for M/S entrants regardless of their location (EU or DX).<br />
<br />
* WAEDC : Clock wnd : QTC in stock value was not immediately updated after a Q was received thru the network.<br />
<br />
* EZMaster, MK/MKII/... and OTRSP setup dialogs : The Esc and Enter keys were not correctly handled.<br />
<br />
* Transmit QTC window (Ctrl-L) : Under some circonstances, the context-oriented background colors were not correctly updated.<br />
<br />
* WAEDC : After receiving QTC, the potential QTC counts in the bandmaps were not always updated. Tnx DF9LJ. <br />
<br />
* WAEDC : Every time a Cabrillo file or a summary file was written, the QTC counts were increased. Tnx DF9LJ, DL6RAI, and several others.<br />
<br />
* KCJ : TG (Tochigi) and NR (Nara) multipliers were missing in the Alt-Z window. Tnx F5IN.<br />
<br />
* NAC 10 : Exchange sent are now 6-positions gridsquares. Tnx SM6FKF.<br />
<br />
* Task #284. Your own call incorrectly counted one HQ if such an exchange was entered. Tnx TM0HQ, N6TV. <br />
<br />
* DX cluster (Alt-A) and radio wnds : If the SP or the LP value of the spot was 0°, heading was not displayed. Tnx SM5AJV/SE5E.<br />
<br />
* Task #282: Under some circonstances the QSO number displayed in the report for possible bad exchanges was wrong. Tnx DF1DX.<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
* CAUTION: New network protocol version 1.25 released. Reminder: If you use WT in a networked environment, you must have the same WT version on all machines!<br />
<br />
* The wtArg (and wtArgument) variables are now local to the called script.<br />
<br />
* For phone contesting, scripts can be called from the Advanced SO2R scenarios with the #SCRIPT or #@SCRIPT notation.<br />
<br />
* Lua scripting: New input API:<br />
<br />
:* wtApp:InputUpperText(Prompt, Title, Default) If Title or Prompt is empty, a default text is used. Typed letters are automatically upper-cased while entering.<br />
<br />
* Lua scripting: New wtGab API introduced:<br />
<br />
:* wtGab:Send(strText[, strToStation]) sends a gab strText to strToStation. If strToStation is omitted, the text is sent to the whole network.<br />
<br />
* NCCC Sprint : New rules implemented. Tnx K9MMS, N6TV.<br />
<br />
* CQWW RTTY : In M/S category, the band changes counts are now displayed for the RUN and the MULT stations in the rate window (Alt-R). Tnx ES5TV.<br />
<br />
* Edition keys : To improve the compatibility with CT, Ctrl-B, Ctrl-D and Ctrl-F keys are now processed in the log fields. Tnx N5KO, N6TV.<br />
<br />
* WAEDC : QTC receive dialog (Alt-L) : New $FIELD variable introduced. This variable takes the value "GROUP", "TIME", "CL" or "NR", depending on the kind of QTC field where the insertion point is located.<br />
<br />
* New CW and RTTY options to work dupes or not. If dupes are worked, the $QSOB4 variable is ignored. The equivalent text commands are WORKDUPE/NOWORKDUPE or WORKDUPEON/WORKDUPEOFF. There is a different setting available per mode (CW or RTTY).<br />
<br />
* Task #205 : The $RxRy variables located in the end of a CW message, if any, are automatically appended to the content of the $QSOB4 message if played. Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
* The $QSOB4 variable can now include scripts calls.<br />
<br />
* The scripts calls in the CW or RTTY messages are now synchronous to the CW or the RTTY streams. To execute them asynchronously, they can be called with the #@ notation. Example :<br />
<br />
-- script.wts<br />
wtApp:AlertBox("Hello World!");<br />
<br />
and the CW/RTTY message content is :<br />
<br />
AAA #SCRIPT BBB<br />
<br />
The keyer sends AAA, then "waits" until the user hits the OK button in the "Hello World!" alert box to send BBB.<br />
<br />
If the CW/RTTY message content is:<br />
<br />
AAA #@SCRIPT BBB<br />
<br />
The keyer sends AAA and starts the script (and the alert box is open), *but* it continues to key the rest of the message ("BBB") without waiting the user intervention. This is the asynchronous mode.<br />
<br />
* Lua scripting : One new wtKeyer API introduced :<br />
<br />
:* wtKeyer:Insert(strMessage) : Works for the CW and RTTY keyers. When used in a synchroneous script, if gives the possibility to "fill-in" data into the CW/RTTY message. It is recommanded to use it only in the synchroneous mode (see above) to ensure data are inserted in the right place. WARNING : strMessage can only contain textual data (no variable or script call). It is *not* interpreted by the CW/RTTY parser (except the +/- speed bursts).<br />
<br />
* Lua scripting : New wtStatus API introduced :<br />
<br />
:* wtStatus:GetList() returns a table with names of the stations in the network.<br />
:* wtStatus:GetStatus(strStation) returns a table with fields of the status of a given station. Returns nil if this station doesn't exist. The table keys are "band" "mode" "currentRadio" "radio1Freq" "radio2Freq" "radio1IsManual" "radio2IsManual" "passFreq" "type" and "qsyStatusId".<br />
:* wtStatus:GetFreq(strBand[, strMode]) returns the "best" pass freq for a given band and mode. To determine this frequency, it uses the same algorithm as the $FREQnn variable.<br />
<br />
* Lua scripting : New wtOtrsp API introduced :<br />
:* wtOtrsp:GetDeviceName() returns the name of the OTRSP attached device.<br />
:* wtOtrsp:GetFirmwareVersion() returns the firmware version of the OTRSP attached device. NOTE : Some devices do not support this API, and return an empty string.<br />
:* wtOtrsp:Send(strCommand) sends a command string to the OTRSP attached device. The trailing <CR> character is optional, and is appended if needed.<br />
<br />
* Scripts manager dialog usability improved. Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
* OTRSP : If the OTRSP device has controls and if they can generate events, dedicated Lua scripts are called when events occur :<br />
:* otrspCrOn.wts and otrspCrOff.wts (not case-sensitive) are called when such a control has values 1 and 0 respectively. wtArg is set to the control number (0 to 9).<br />
:* otrspCrEvent.wts (not case-sensitive) is called for all states of the events. wtArg is set to (256 * cr) + state (cr = control number - 1 to 9, and state = value of the state when the event occured - 0 to 255).<br />
<br />
WARNING : If the PTT events are used, the control 0 is restricted to this usage, and doesn't fire the otrspCrOn/Off/Event.wts scripts. If the PTT events are not used, otrspCrEvent is not called when an event on this control occured. Only the otrspCrOn/Off scripts are executed.<br />
<br />
* microHAM devices : When an attached footswitch is used, two dedicated Lua scripts named microhamFsOn.wts and microhamFsOff.wts (not case-sensitive) are called. wtArg is set the radio number of the footswitch (0 for MK/MKII - 0 or 1 for MK2R/MK2R+/u2R depending<br />
on the footswitch that generated the event).<br />
<br />
* Elecraft K3 : To circumvent erratic loss of control when used with various other devices, CAT stacked commands are now sent in a delayed sequence. Tnx N6TV, N6XI, and others.<br />
<br />
* Lua Scripting : New wtMicroham API introduced :<br />
:* wtMicroham:GetDeviceId() returns the ID of the microHAM attached device. Check the Lua constants for interpretation.<br />
:* wtMicroham:GetFirmwareVersion() returns the firmware version string of the microHAM attached device.<br />
:* wtMicroham:Send(strCommand) sends a command string to the microHAM attached device . The trailing <CR> character is optional, and is appended if needed.<br />
Tnx ES5TV, N6TV, OM7ZZ.<br />
<br />
* Contest settings dialog: The contest combo box is now divided in sections.<br />
<br />
* Status Wnd (Alt-J) : Code rewritten to adapt the window columns to the contest in progress : The band is displayed if the current contest is multi-band. The mode is displayed if the current contest is multi-mode, and the type (R, M, etc.) is only displayed for Multi-Op HF contests. Also, when the CQWW M/S multiplier rule is used, new indicators are displayed in the QSY column.<br />
<br />
* Status Wnd (Alt-J) : Rewording of "QSY Freq" to "Pass Freq". Menu items adapted too.<br />
<br />
* Status Wnd (Alt-J) : When operating in SO1R/Multi-Op technique, the Radio 2 freq is automatically hidden, and the Radio 1 freq is now using the same color as the other items of the line.<br />
<br />
* RDA Contest : All DXCC entities are taken into account for multipliers, even the Russian ones. Tnx UA2FF and RX3RC.<br />
<br />
* COPYLOG text command added : Duplicate the current log file (.wt4) in the current log directory with a timestamp added in its name. Useful to quickly save the current log right after a contest warm-up, just before clearing it (CLEARLOG) and start the contest. Tnx DL6RAI for inspiration.<br />
<br />
* MP3 Contest Player : You can now select which channel(s) - Left, Right or Stereo - to listen to. When Left or Right is selected, this channel is sent to both outputs for a more pleasant listening. Useful to listen to true SO2R stereo recordings. The shortcuts (AltGr+C for Left / AltGr+V for Stereo / AltGr+B for Right) have been chosen for their location on the keyboard.<br />
<br />
* WAEDC : Received QTC window (Alt-L) : The contest recorder keys are now active also in this window.<br />
<br />
* RDA contest : ADIF export : The first two chars of received district (if applicable) are saved as STATE field and the district (reformatted as XX-dd) is saved as CNTY. Tnx UA2FF. <br />
<br />
* RDA contest : For Russian entrants, a QSO with a /P Russian station (assumed to be a C1 or C2 stations) is now credited with 10 pts. Note that using /P for C1 or C2 stations is *not* mandatory (Check the note 5.2 of the English rules). Tnx UA6AA.<br />
<br />
* WAEDC : Received QTC window (Alt-L) : The ESC key only works if no field have been edited (and closes the dialog). If a field has been edited, the ESC has no action (except interrupting CW etc.). Tnx F5VIH/SV3SJ.<br />
<br />
* WAEDC : Transmit and Receive QTC windows (Ctrl-L and Alt-L): Modified wordings for some buttons, and easier usability for users, especially when using Esc and Ctrl-L/Alt-L to close these windows. Tnx DL6RAI, DF9LF, G3TXF.<br />
<br />
* WAEDC : Transmit QTC window (Ctrl-L) : In CW or RTTY, if no QTC is sent, the Ctrl-L and Esc keys close the dialog with no confirmation asked. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
<br />
* WAEDC : Receive QTC window (Alt-L) : If no field is edited, the Alt-L and Esc keys close the dialog with no confirmation asked. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
<br />
* WAEDC : Receive QTC window (Alt-L) : To improve consistency with the log edition keys, a new key set is introduced :<br />
<br />
Alt-Arrows : Moving from one field to another (replace Ctrl-Arrows)<br />
Shift-Backspace: Delete all the characters left of the cursor<br />
Shift-Del: Delete all characters under and right of the cursor <br />
Ctrl-A: Like [Home]<br />
Ctrl-E: Like [End]<br />
Ctrl-W: Clear the current field<br />
Ctrl-K: Like [Shift-Del]<br />
Ctrl-Z: Undo field edition<br />
Ctrl-Left arrow: Like [Home]<br />
Ctrl-Right arrow: Like [End]<br />
<br />
Tnx F5VIH/SV3SJ<br />
<br />
* WAEDC : If the "Show additional information on QTC traffic" option is enabled, the callsign syntax check status messages are no more displayed, to free the message line for the QTC status. Only applies to the WAEDC. Tnx DJ0ZY.<br />
<br />
* LUA scripting : Two new global variables wtScript and wtCurrentScript introduced. wtScript contains the name of the top-most called script, with no extension, and wtCurrentScript contains the script name currently executed (no extension). For example :<br />
<br />
-- foo.wts<br />
wtApp:AlertBox(wtScript .. " / " .. wtCurrentScript);<br />
wtApp:CallScript("bar");<br />
return -1;<br />
--<br />
<br />
-- bar.wts<br />
wtApp:AlertBox(wtScript .. " / " .. wtCurrentScript);<br />
--<br />
<br />
When foo is executed, the first alert box will display "foo / foo" and the next one will display "foo / bar". Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
* Check country wnd (F10) : New option to display (or not) the sun charts. Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
* ESM embedded script : When using the SO2R advanced technique, the scenarios messages are used instead of the standard ones. Tnx SM2WMV, N6TV and F6IFY.<br />
<br />
* Remote commands dialog : Various different options for the notification are now allowed.<br />
<br />
* Script manager : Added the possibility to attach a text command to a script. You can even pass a argument with the SCRIPT/ARGUMENT syntax (ex : SCRIPT/5 will call script.wts and the wtArg value is set to the string "5" - Caution : The argument is *always* passed as a string when the script is called from a text command). If no argument is specified, the default argument defined in the script manager will be used (if any). Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
* IARU HF : Mult wnd (Alt-M) can now be copied as text (and pasted as text or directly in a spreadsheet program). Does not apply for the WRTC version that has a different multiplier rule.<br />
<br />
* IOTA : Even if IOTA.DAT is not installed, IOTA references that are syntaxically valid are now taken into account for points credits and are written in the Cabrillo file. Tnx SM3CER. <br />
<br />
* IOTA : Mult wnd (Alt-M) can now be copied as text (and pasted as text or directly in a spreadsheet program). Tnx G3TXF.<br />
<br />
* The check logs tools reports are now adapted to the mixed contests.<br />
<br />
* Enhanced replies to the inventory command (INV) with bridgehead and time masters indicators (B vs b and T vs t).<br />
<br />
* BRIDGEHEAD/NOBRIDGEHEAD text commands added.<br />
<br />
* IARU HF : "BA" added to the exception list of the cut numbers translation, despite this abbreviation is not listed as the official one of the E7HQ Society. Cf http://www.iaru.org/iaru-soc.html Tnx UA6AA and many others.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.5.2) (July 3, 2010)==<br />
<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
<br />
* Bugfix : Fixed a problem with registration in some versions.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.5.1) (June 27, 2010)==<br />
<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
<br />
* Bugfix : MP3 information files dialog could lead to a crash if no mp3 file were present in the current log directory.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix : ARI Sezioni - RTTY : Only valid 4 digits codes can be now grabbed from the RTTY wnd as an exchange. Tnx IK0CHU.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.5.0) (June 5, 2010)==<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
<br />
CAUTION: New network protocol version 1.24 released<br />
<br />
Reminder: If you use WT in a networked environment, you must have the same WT version on all machines!<br />
<br />
These network modifications only affect the use of Win-Test in a WAN environment, and requires wtTunnel 1.12 (to be released) to be effective.<br />
<br />
* Workaround: YCCC SO2R Box outputs were not working as expected. At this time, AUX1 and AUX3 are assigned to Radio1, and AUX2 and AUX4 to Radio2. This will be customizable in the future.<br />
<br />
* Added a Extraction Feature in Contest Recorder (right-click in the Contest Recorder Window, and chose the "Extract and Save QSO" menu).<br />
<br />
* Text commands : <tt>MP3SETUP</tt> and <tt>SCRIPTS</tt> commands added. Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
* Scripts manager dlg : The delete key now acts like clicking on the Delete button.<br />
<br />
* New microHam device "USB micro2R" supported. Tks OM7ZZ.<br />
<br />
* Radio Wnd and DX Cluster Wnd (Alt-A) : New leading indicator (#) introduced to tag spots coming from a CW Skimmer (aka the spotter callsign ends with "-#").<br />
<br />
* CW cut numbers translation : New option in Tools / Data entry to disable the automatic translation. Note that this translation is performed on a contest and worked station contextual basis. The equivalent text commands are <tt>CUTON</tt> and <tt>CUTOFF</tt>. Do not use <tt>CUT/NOCUT</tt> that are reserved for CW cut numbers generation ! Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
* EXPERIMENTAL : New "Always On Top" option in the Options / Windows menu. Can also be (re)set with text commands. Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* Bugfix : IC-7600 : Split was broken. Tnx N3MX, I2WIJ.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix : In M/* configuration, and under certain circumstances, the mp3 files list associated with a station in the MP3 file information dialog could be wrong.<br />
<br />
* ARRL DX : CW cut numbers are translated for DXCC stations worked from the US/VE side.<br />
<br />
* MP3 setup : Only the CBR codecs are now displayed in the setup dialogs. The usage of the ABR codecs (most of the LAME ACM ones) is too erratic to be trusted in. Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix : REF HF : Cut numbers were translated for TK stations (2A). Tnx F5CQ.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix : Additional CW messages (Alt-C) : When no log is opened, the function keys are now disabled.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix : Recorder wnd : Under certain circumstances, the buttons tooltips were not always displayed.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix : HA DX contest : When working contest from the HA side, cut numbers where always translated, whereas it had to be so for non-HA callsigns only. Tnx HA3LN.<br />
<br />
* Contest Recorder: the "rotate file" option were disabling the AutoStart one. Fixed. Thanks IK2JUB.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.4.0) (January 17, 2010)==<br />
<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* Bugfix (#255): K1EL WinKey USB CW timing becomes very poor (Farnsworth style) when PTT delay is default 50 ms. This was caused by too low hardcoded value (80ms) of the PTT Tail delay. This delay is now configurable in the Winkey Properties Dialog Box. Tks F5JSD, SM5AJV, KL7RA and N6TV.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix (#253): Input Wave Device was not properly selected in the Contest Recorder Module. Tks N6TV, NR5M.<br />
<br />
* MP3 files information dialog : Under certain circumstances, the displayed stop time and duration of the selected file were wrong. Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix (#271) : Packet window (Alt-T) was losing focus when the gab window was automatically closed. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix (#272) : Under certain circumstances, pattern checking flags were not updated if an entered callsign was modified. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
<br />
* DARC 10 : Leading zeros addition for serial received was broken. Tnx DK1AX.<br />
* Bugfix : MP3 files recorded in 2009 couldn't be listened to anymore in Win-Test in 2010 ;-) ! Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix : Stew Perry : Under certain circumstances, an overflow error could happen in distance calculations for Q inside the same GridSquare as the entrant. Tnx VE3TA.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix (Task #270) : ARRL 10 : When running the contest from the DX side, the serial sent was not editable. Tnx CX6VM.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix : RTTY wnds : Left-click to activate (and right-click to open the contextual menu) in the text area were broken. Also, the possibility to Ctrl-Drag these windows has been added.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix : ARI 40/80 contest in RTTY : The provinces can now be grabbed in the RTTY wnd. Also fixed for the ARI International Contest. Tnx IK0CHU.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix : The Inventory and Score broadcast network frames could have bad data. Tnx SV3SJ/F5VIH.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix : After opening a non-empty log, the first PgUp press was not updating the child windows.<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
<br />
* Added some new features of the WK2 (WKUSB) for the PTT Tail. Tks F5JSD, K1EL.<br />
<br />
* OmniRig supported as an alternative to the WT build-in Radio Control. Right-click on the Radio Window then choose "OmniRig Settings" in order to properly configure OmniRig for your Radio.<br />
<br />
* IC-703 rig added.<br />
<br />
* First attempt in OTRSP (Open Two Radio Switching Protocol) protocol support. Tested with the YCCC SO2R Box but not in real conditions. Tks K1XM.<br />
<br />
* Log output : Progress bar implemented. Tnx TF3CW.<br />
<br />
* Edit / Move in my log menu item has now text commands equivalents: <tt>MOVEINMYLOG</tt> (or <tt>SCROLLMYLOG</tt>) and <tt>NOMOVEINMYLOG</tt> (or <tt>NOSCROLLMYLOG</tt>). Tnx 5B4WN.<br />
<br />
* Rate wnd (Alt-R) : Two methods are now available to display the elapsed time since the last band changes. Tnx F1NGP and TK5EP.<br />
<br />
* MRU (Most Recently Used) file list added in the File menu.<br />
<br />
* IC-7600 rig added.<br />
<br />
* ICOM rigs : Radio list rearranged alphabetically in the Interface Setup dialog.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix : RTTY wnds : The invert function was also inverting the character next to the selection.<br />
<br />
* RTTY wnds : Mirror zone enlarged to allow 4-figures serials.<br />
<br />
* RTTY wnds : Callsigns found in the database or in the log are now displayed in bold.<br />
<br />
* RTTY wnds : Colors management added.<br />
<br />
* Grid Squares wnd : It can now be enlarged to the entire world. Tnx F8BBL.<br />
<br />
* Grid Squares wnd : New options in the contextual menu to display fields only, and to center the map on a specific point more easily (it requires the map is NOT centered on the Home QTH in the properties dialog).<br />
<br />
* Grid Squares wnd : The resolution (low or high) chosen in the properties dialog wasn't properly saved.<br />
<br />
* CQWW WPX Contests (Task #269) : Various updates to comply with the new rules introduced in 2010. Tnx K5ZD, W0YK.<br />
<br />
* ARRL Contests : Default Off-time period set to 30 mins. Tnx CX6VM and DL6RAI.<br />
<br />
* New "-n" or "--noautoload" switch allowed in the command line to disable the autoload log feature. Tnx N6TV (The only Win-Test user who runs it from the command line ;-) ).<br />
<br />
* Startup time reduced.<br />
<br />
* CSV and Text exports : HF logs can now export distance and heading. CAUTION : To ensure consistency with the VHF logs exports (and many geographical processing softwares or online apps), the longitude is now positive for East, and negative for West.<br />
<br />
* Tools / Check log / Callsigns syntax check added. Uses the pattern callsigns rules file (callsign.pat).<br />
<br />
* LUA : wtArg can now be used to get the optional argument set in the Script Manager or in a #SCRIPT(argument) call. To ensure compatibility, wtArgument remains usable.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix : Under some circonstances, some key assignments to scripts were not working properly. Tnx DJ0ZY.<br />
<br />
* Script key assignment dialog : If no key is assigned, the argument field is now automatically cleared and disabled.<br />
<br />
* Lua : New API to get the type and the manufactuer of the radios: wtRadio*:GetTypeId() and wtRadio*:GetManufacturerId(). Reminder : wtRadio* applies to wtRadio, wtRadioInactive, wtRadioPrimary, wtRadioSecondary, wtRadio1 or wtRadio2. New Lua WT constants are introduced for this purpose. A new directory on our download repository has been created to gather the API and the constants lists : http://download.win-test.com/v4/lua/<br />
<br />
* REF 160 : As non-domestic stations can send non-numeric exchanges the CW cut numbers translation is now disabled. Tnx F5IN.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.3.0) (November 23, 2009)==<br />
<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* Bugfix: playing back MP3s recorded on different stations was broken. Tks FY5KE.<br />
<br />
* Contest Recorder (#253): USB Voice Codec was not detected due to a trailing space in the Codec Name. Fixed. Tks N6TV.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix (#182): Wrong QSX Frequency in Self-generated Spots. Tks K1GQ.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix (#262): CQ Repeat doesn't stop for Secondary Radio. Tks DJ0ZY.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix (#259): Pressing Alt-1 in Secondary Radio window moves QSO to wrong band. Alt-1/2/3/... are now active only with the Primary radio and when the Partner Wnd is open. Tks N6TV.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix (#251): NA Sprint - LOCATION record not written to Cabrillo file header. Done also for IARU HF, NAQP and NCCC Sprints. Tks N6TV.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix (#243): WPX contest now requires LOCATION in Cabrillo. Done also for CQWW even if it doesn't seem required yet. Tks N6TV.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix : Ukranian DX contest and RDXC : Cut numbers were translated even for Oblasts. Tnx F5IN and RK1AA.<br />
<br />
* UFT HF : Under some circonstances, the received report was not correctly translated with cut numbers. Tnx F5IN.<br />
<br />
* CQWW M/S : The 10-minute mult timer in the status window (Alt-J) was broken. Tnx FY5KE. <br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
<br />
* Italian translation added. Tks IV3IYH!<br />
<br />
* Search for Possible Bad Exchanges against bad formated serial number implemented. Tks N6TV.<br />
<br />
* Added some basic checks for ARRL SS in the "Search for Possible Bad Exchanges" tool. Tks N6TV.<br />
<br />
* The '<' and '>' keys are now interpreted by the Secondary Radio Window as well, as far as the SHIFT key is not used for binding to the Secondary Radio Window (task #216). Tks N6TV.<br />
<br />
* WAE : When using the keyboard mode in the QTC transmitting and receiving dialogs, the Enter key was mis-interpreted. And now, in CW, the "what you type" field is also updated. Tnx DL6RAI and DJ4MZ.<br />
<br />
* Lua : New API to play the additional CW/RTTY messages (Alt-C set)<br />
<br />
wtKeyer:PlayAdditionalMsg(AdditionalMsgIndex)<br />
<br />
AdditionalMsgIndex is the index of the Alt-C messages set (1 to 12). Others are ignored. This API is useful when these messages contains variables. If not, you can still use wtKeyer:Play("$MSGx").<br />
<br />
* Lua: New API introduced to get various interesting directories paths:<br />
<br />
wtApp:GetLogPath() Current log directory path<br />
wtApp:GetAppPath() Win-Test installation directory path<br />
wtApp:GetCfgPath() \cfg directory path<br />
wtApp:GetCtyPath() \countryFiles directory path<br />
wtApp:GetDatabasePath() \databases directory path<br />
wtApp:GetOpPath() \ops directory path<br />
wtApp:GetScriptPath() \scripts directory path<br />
wtApp:GetExtraPath() \extras directory path<br />
<br />
* WAE : Transmit and Receive QTC windows : Scripts are now allowed in the predefined CW/RTTY messages (use the #SCRIPT notation as usual). Tnx DL6RAI. <br />
<br />
* Ukranian DX contest : Rules 2009 now accept single mode entries for DX : Cabrillo file output updated. Tnx F5IN.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.2.0) (October 21, 2009)==<br />
<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* Bugfix: Conversion of binary file containing QTC from v3 to v4. Tks DJ4MZ.<br />
<br />
* Better support of Win7 and Wine/Linux.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix (#258): Failure of swap radio key to switch rx focus for the MK2R+ as long as one not manually changed the rx focus to stereo or transmitted anything in CW. Tks GW3NJW, OH1JT, OM7ZZ, W4TV.<br />
<br />
* Cosmetic: avoid rx focus leds flickering when switching tx focus. Tks OM7ZZ.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix (#187): Ctrl-Shift-Tab doesn't appear to toggle RUN / S&P in Secondary radio window. Tks N6TV, GW3NJW.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix : K3 serial port default setup modified : The number of stop bits was wrong - It is now set to one stop bit, according to the K3 users manual. Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
* ON Winter and Spring contests : Sections list updated. Tnx F5IN and ON5GQ.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix (#257) : CQWW DX RTTY : Cabrillo template modified to match the specs. Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix : CQWW DX RTTY : Allowed band changes modified to 8 in MS and M2 categories (rules 2009). Tnx F5JY.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix (#164): TI5/NP3D is now parsed as TI. Tnx JE2UFF/W2UFF.<br />
<br />
* CTY files : 4U30VIC now considered as 4U1V in an appropriate way. Tnx DL6LAU.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix : After reloading a WAE log, the QTC count in the Summary window was wrong. Tnx DK1AX.<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
<br />
* Scripting: wtQso:GetModeId() and wtKeyer:GrabHighlightedCallsign() function added. Note that wtKeyer:GrabHighlightedCallsign() works only in RTTY, and relies on the INSERT key option set in the RTTY setup dialog.<br />
<br />
* New option in the Clock wnd to "wizz" this window a la MSN at rounded hours, to draw attention of the op (useful in multi-op configurations).<br />
<br />
* New feature in Tools / Scripts manager... : Allows to edit, create, delete or rename scripts. It's also used to assign a key and/or an argument to a script (its value will be available in the wtArgument global variable).<br />
<br />
* Scripts called by an assigned key can return +1 to be called again *after* the WT key processing ooccured. A new API wtApp:IsPostKeyProcess() is introduced to distinguish the "pre"- process from the "post"-process.<br />
<br />
Example:<br />
<br />
RunSPSwitch.wts (assigned to Ctrl-Tab) :<br />
<br />
if (wtApp:IsPostKeyProcess()) then<br />
if (wtQso:IsOperatingModeRun()) then<br />
wtApp:SetWindowColor(-1, 0, 165, 165);<br />
else<br />
wtApp:SetWindowColor(-1, 128,128,128);<br />
end;<br />
else<br />
return 1; -- Triggers a post key process call<br />
end;<br />
<br />
Note : This feature works only for users scripts called with an assigned key (and *not* with embedded overriden scripts).<br />
<br />
* Scripts can now be called from a CW or a RTTY message. You must use the #SCRIPTNAME(ARGUMENT) notation. The argument (and parenthesis) are optional. The script will be called synchroneously, but is executed in the main thread, meaning that it is not blocking the CW/RTTY stream.<br />
<br />
* New feature in Options / Script Editor configuration : Allows to use any external text editor to edit scripts. The default text editor is a custom package of SciTE (Scintilla Text Editor - free and open source) available on our repository<br />
<br />
http://download.win-test.com/utils/SciTE_for_Win-Test.zip<br />
<br />
Unzip the package and move the entire SciTE folder in the Win-Test installation directory.<br />
<br />
* YO DX Contest : Rules 2009 : In mixed mode, a station can be worked in both modes. Tnx N2YO.<br />
<br />
* Tools / Check log for possible bad exchanges : When the contest do not use serial numbers, use the QSO index in the report remarks. Tnx F1HAR @ TM0HQ.<br />
<br />
* Keys redefinitions : The Pause and Scroll-Lock keys can now be used. Be warned that Ctrl-Scroll-Lock and Ctrl-Pause (that are considered as "identical" by the system) are used by Windows to cancel dialogs. Thus, it is advisable to not use them for key redefinition.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.1.0) (August 8, 2009)==<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
<br />
* IOTA contest: "Search for possible bad exchanges" (tools menu) implemented.<br />
<br />
* Rotator Azimuth orders are now based on the locator instead of the DXCC on 50 MHz and above. On 50 MHz and 70 MHz, if the locator field is empty in the log, then the azimuth is computed against the DXCC prefix.<br />
<br />
* New text commands RUNSP/NORUNSP and RUNSPON/RUNSPOFF to enable or not the RUN/S&P switching. Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
* New contest files : You can now customize the file name and sub dir formats. See Options / Log / New contest files properties... Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
* IOTA contest : Default IOTA reference is now guessed, according to the new CTY_IOTA.DAT file (must be in the countryFiles directory). This file is based on DXCC countries, callsign prefixes, call areas and oblasts.<br />
<br />
* IOTA contest : Check mult wnd (F10) : IOTA references are now autocompleted for check during QSO entry.<br />
<br />
* New File menu items to explore more easily several WT-related directories. Tnx F5VIH/SV3SJ and N6TV.<br />
<br />
* DX Window (Alt-A) : Spot can be now passed to the secondary radio or the non-active radio. Tnx DL8WAA.<br />
<br />
* M2/Orion rotators added in wtRotators. Tks IK0HBN.<br />
<br />
* The RRTC Cabrillo files are now following the version 3 specs. And the contest name is modified as "OZCHR". Tnx F5VIH/SV3SJ.<br />
<br />
* CW and RTTY msgs enlarged to 120 characters.<br />
<br />
* Extra information files : Multiple spaces or tabs can now separate the callsign from the data. Tnx G0ORH.<br />
<br />
* New File dialog : Ensures the validity of the entered file name. Tnx DJ7MGQ.<br />
<br />
* ESM : S&P : When the entered callsign is a dupe, WT now blocks call. To override this behaviour, use F4 to call and F2 to send exchange (by default). Tnx GW3NJW.<br />
<br />
* VHF+ contests : Mode is now displayed in the main log wnd if the contest has been set to handle several modes (Mixed or All modes). Tnx DK2ZF and DL5NAH.<br />
<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* The displayed azimuth in the Rotator Window could be wrong in the "Stacks" and "Rotors" tabs.<br />
<br />
* EUHF : Statistics window (Ctrl-F9) limited to one day. Tnx F5VIH/SV3SJ.<br />
<br />
* IOTA contest : When an invalid IOTA was entered, clearing the field afterwards wasn't clearing the '?' flag.<br />
<br />
* Contest Recorder:<br />
** Infinite loop in MP3 file rotations. Tks DD5FZ.<br />
** Memory Leak using LAME encoder.<br />
** MP3 Codec enumeration in the player. WT was not always detecting the appropriate Codec.<br />
** Playback with Windows VISTA. Note that the LAME Codec is an Encoder Codec only.<br />
<br />
* When radios were swapped (*), the ESM QSO status was somewhat messy.<br />
<br />
* For some contests, the letters for cut numbers were inappropriately translated.<br />
<br />
* After a WT v3 file conversion, the main window caption was not updated.<br />
<br />
* MP3 files information : The file date was off by one month. Tnx F5VIH/SV3SJ.<br />
<br />
* Cabrillo Import : The station name for all worked QSO was CABRILLO. Now, it uses the name entered in the Contest Settings dialog. Tnx F5VIH/SV3SJ.<br />
<br />
* Callsign text color wasn't reset after F11 or empty callsign if the callsign check wasn't automatic. Tnx DJ0ZY.<br />
<br />
* Delete QSO : Several structures inconstancies fixed when a Q was deleted in the middle of the log.<br />
<br />
* In REG1TEST exports (European Standard File for V/UHF Contests), QSO logged in mode different than CW or SSB was not well formatted. Tks DL5NAH.<br />
<br />
* Options / Log / Colors... menu was broken. Tnx F5LIW.<br />
<br />
* Check Country wnd (F10) : Sun status bars now display "NO DATA" when SS and SR are not computed (JW, JX etc.). Tnx DJ0ZY.<br />
<br />
* (Task #245) Network advanced settings : The Bridgehead setting was not saved. Tnx KL7RA and N6TV.<br />
<br />
* Opening a .wtb file in the command line, by drag'n'drop or a double-click on it was starting an infinite loop. Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.0.1) (June 30, 2009)==<br />
<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
<br />
* Options / Toolbar setting was ignored on startup. Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
* ESM was broken. Tnx F1HAR.<br />
<br />
* Registration Key was broken.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.0.0) (June 26, 2009)==<br />
<br />
First release of Win-Test version 4<br />
<br />
Minimum requirements : WinXP (2k not tested but may mork - feedbacks<br />
welcome). PIII 500 MHz - 64 MB RAM - 800 x 600 screen res.<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
<br />
Summary of the new features:<br />
<br />
* Rotators Controls<br />
<br />
* Integrated MP3 contest recorder and player: Use the Options / MP3 configuration to set the audo device that will record and play the file, the various sampling and bit rate settings. You can also set a maximum filesize. Over this limit, additional files will be automatically created. To start recording click on the record button of the window (a blinking red square will be displayed in the clock window too). Once the contest is over, click on the record button again to stop recording. Now, you can browse your log with usual arrow keys and to listen to a specific Q but clicking the Play button or use the <code>AltGr-Enter</code> combination (some keyboard do not have an <code>AltGr</code> key, so use <code>Ctrl+Alt</code> instead). You can also go back and forward with the adapted buttons or use AltGr-Left and Right. To pause/play, you can use the <code>AltGr-Space</code> combination.<br />
<br />
* ESM (Enter Sends Message): Enabled/Disabled by the Tools/Data entry/ESM Enabled menu. You can also use the ESM/NOESM or ESMON/ESMOFF text commmands. It relies on the following messages assignation : <br />
F1 : CQ<br />
F2 : Sent report<br />
F4 : Mycall<br />
F5 : Logged callsign ($LOGGED)<br />
F7 : ? (or "Again ?" in phone)<br />
INSERT : Callsign + sent report<br />
PLUS : TU + enter Q<br />
When the ESM is enabled, as the return key *can't* be used anymore to log silently a QSO, the key combination Ctrl+Plus has been introduced and added for this purpose.<br />
<br />
* Variable speed for the integrated voice keyer : An exclusive Win-Test feature! You can play your voice files at a different speed (between -20% and +70%) from the original recording speed. Record your voice files at normal speed, and use Alt-F9/F10 (as in CW mode) to play them at a different speed. The speed in displayed at the bottom of the (Rate) Alt-R window.<br />
<br />
* On the fly callsign pattern check based on the K1TTT callsign.pat file (over 400 rules applied today). Use the Tools / Data entry / Callsign check menu option. You are encouraged to report the author any mistakes or improvements of this file (k1ttt@arrl.net). The file is located in the cfg directory (see below).<br />
<br />
* Improved F10 window with graphical indication of the sun status on both sides of the QSO.<br />
<br />
* Keyboard mode (Alt-K) enhanced. The backspace is not supported yet and replaced by "E E " like you do when you use a regular key.<br />
<br />
* Data (.wt4) and notes (.not) files can be transferred thru the WT network without needing any file or directory sharing. Very convenient to gather all logs in a multi-stations environment once the contest is over. Use the Tools / Download thru the network... menu. <br />
<br />
* Enhanced compatibility with Vista and Seven (Auxiliary and ini files are now stored in directories these OS accept with no additional rights:<br />
<br />
Windows XP : Documents and Settings\All users\Application Data\Win-Test\<br />
Windows Vista : ProgramData\Win-Test\<br />
<br />
Note that these directories may be hidden by Windows Explorer. Check the Folders Options of Windows Explorer.<br />
<br />
Several sub-directories are created and used by Win-Test. Their names are self-explanatory.</div>Dl6raihttps://docs.win-test.com/w/index.php?title=Template:Main_Page_header&diff=5044Template:Main Page header2023-04-10T16:44:00Z<p>Dl6rai: </p>
<hr />
<div><div style="margin-bottom:10px"><br />
<div style="font-size:36px;color:#336699;padding-left:15px;background-color:#eee;border:1px solid #aaa"><br />
'''Win-Test Documentation'''<br />
</div><br />
<div style="background-color:#fff;padding:5px;border:1px solid #aaa;border-top:none;font-size:95%"><br />
* This documentation is current to version 4.47<br />
* This documentation can be [http://docs.win-test.com/pdf/ downloaded in '''PDF format'''].<br />
</div><br />
</div></div>Dl6raihttps://docs.win-test.com/w/index.php?title=Interfaces&diff=5043Interfaces2023-04-10T16:35:47Z<p>Dl6rai: /* Band Data */</p>
<hr />
<div>Configuration of interfaces in Win-Test needs only be done once, rather than on a per-contest basis. This means you do not waste time remembering your interface configuration details prior to each contest!<br />
<br />
== Interface configuration ==<br />
<br />
The [[Menu:Options#Configure_interfaces...|interface configuration window]] can be opened by clicking on <code>Options->Configure Interfaces</code> menu in the main Win-Test window, or via the text command '''<tt>SETUP</tt>'''. <br />
<br />
=== Radio configuration ===<br />
At the bottom of the window there is a "Transceivers" section which includes two drop-down lists where you set your radio type ('''Radio 1''' and '''Radio 2'''). First, choose your rig make and model from the appropriate list. Please note that there is only one "Kenwood" entry in the list because all Kenwood rigs use a common protocol.<br />
<br />
On the left hand side of the window, you will see a list of COM ports (only available COM ports on your system will be selectable, others will be greyed-out). Serial ports COM1...COM32 can be selected (higher ports available by scrolliong down). After you have chosen the manufacturer and/or model of your rig, check the box corresponding to the COM port to which your radio is connected. For example: <br />
<br />
[[Image:Interfaces.png|frame|center|COM port configuration]]<br />
<br />
Upon checking the box, you will notice that the adjacent drop-down box will now be enabled. You ''must'' choose '''Radio 1''' or '''Radio 2''' from this drop-down list. You must also '''ensure that the port (baud rate) settings are correct for your radio'''.<br />
<br />
By default, the settings of 19200 8-N-1 will be configured, which is probably incorrect for your radio. Click on the adjacent '''<tt>[Configure...]</tt>''' button to display the [[Menu:Options#Serial_Ports|COM port properties dialog]]:<br />
<br />
[[Image:com6-properties.png|frame|center|COM port configuration for Radio1 / Radio2]]<br />
<br />
If you are not sure about the baud rate settings for your transceiver, press the '''<code>[default settings]</code>''' button to change all values to the known hardware defaults for the selected radio.<br />
<br />
There is also a list of known working settings for common contest radios located in the [[Supported_rigs|Supported rigs]] chapter.<br />
<br />
== Configuring other interfaces ==<br />
<br />
As you may well have noticed by this stage, a variety of other interfaces can also be enabled from the <code>Configure Interfaces</code> dialog box. It is just a simple case of ticking the relevant COM port and choosing said device from the drop-down list. Examples include TNCs, SO2R switching boxes (e.g. [[SO2R/EZMaster/Setup|EZmaster]], [[SO2R/MK2R/Setup|microHAM MK2R]], WinKey, W5XD Keyer, etc.). For everything not on the list, you can choose <code>Other interface...</code> and configure the port settings yourself - for example, COM port CW interface (see below).<br />
<br />
=== COM-port CW keying ===<br />
<br />
If you have a simple transistor-based COM port CW interface (see below), you can enable this by again choosing the corresponding COM port, and selecting <code>Other interface...</code> from the drop-down list. Clicking on the <code>Configure</code> button will display the [[Menu:Options#Serial_Ports|COM Port Properties dialog]] including a drop-down list of options for DTR (pin 4) and RTS (pin 7) on<br />
a DE9 connector (pins 20 and 4 on a DB25). Connect the emitter of the NPN transistor to signal ground, pin 5 on DE9 (pin 7 on DB25).<br />
<br />
''Be sure to select '''DTR: CW''' and '''RTS: PTT''' in the COM port Properties under Interface Configuration.''<br />
<br />
[[Image:COM_Port_CW_PTT_Circuit.png|center|frame|Simple COM port CW and PTT interface for DE-9 9-pin serial connector or USB-to-Serial adapter]]<br />
<br />
This interface was originally designed for K1EA's CT and cann still in used with Win-Test.<br />
<br />
Note that you may need to delay PTT in order to avoid truncated charcters. Also there is an option to apply time compensation to generate clean CW signals.<br />
<br />
=== LPT-port CW keying ===<br />
<br />
Likewise, if you have an LPT (parallel) port CW interface (see schematics below), you can enable it by checking the box next to 'LPT' in the [[Menu:Options#Configure_interfaces...|Configure interfaces dialog]]. Clicking on the <code>[Configure]</code> button in the Printer Ports section will display the [[Menu:Options#Printer_Ports|Printer Ports dialog]]. At the very bottom, you can enable CW and PTT on pin 17 and 16 respectively. ''Ensure this is checked.''<br />
<br />
{{wbox|WARNING|In order for LPT keying to function correctly under Windows XP, Vista, or 32-bit Windows 7, you will need an additional utility, '''DLPortIO.dll''' installed by Port95NT.exe, obtainable from the Win-Test website. It is a simple process and only needs to be installed/run once. Please [http://download.win-test.com/port95nt.exe click here] to download. For 64-bit Windows 7, use InpOut32.dll as described in [http://lists.f5mzn.org/pipermail/support/2011-May/081094.html this post].}}<br />
<br />
[[Image:Schema_InterfaceCW.gif|center|frame|Simple LPT port CW interface]]<br />
<br />
Note that you may need to delay PTT in order to avoid truncated charcters. Also there is an option to apply time compensation to generate clean CW signals.<br />
<br />
=== Digital Voice Keyer ===<br />
<br />
The DVK-100 voice keyer was the first computer-controlled voice memory in the contesting world in the early 90s. Later, some equipment manufacturers built voice memories into their radios like Kenwood (TS-850, TS-950 with the DRU2 and DRU3 units respectively - probably others). These devices can be controlled by Win-Test using the following LPT interface.<br />
<br />
[[Image:Schema_InterfaceDVK.gif|center|frame|Simple LPT port DVK interface]]<br />
<br />
Usually the device has 3-4 different memories which can be triggered by [<b><tt>F1</tt></b>]...[<b><tt>F4</tt></b>] on the computer keyboard.<br />
<br />
=== Sound Card ===<br />
<br />
Wav files can also be played from an internal sound card by utilizing a small interface like shown below.<br />
Messages are recorded using <b><tt>Shift-F1</tt></b>...<b><tt>Shift-F7</tt></b>.<br />
<br />
[[Image:Schema_Interface_SoundCard.gif|center|frame|Sound Card Interface]]<br />
<br />
The use of an isolation transformer is recommended both on the output side of the sound card. Of course, you can go without one but first think about the trouble you will encounter when the Line Out port of your sound card gets killed by stray RF or when someone tells you you got hum on your audio in the middle of the contest. <br />
<br />
[[Image:SoundcardInterface.gif|center|frame|Sound Card interface kindly provided by W9ZRX. This interface is in use at the K3LR M/M station.]]<br />
<br />
W9ZRX has provided this design that comes without a relay to switch Mic input between radio and sound card. Most sound cards allow routing from Mic input to Line Out so that you can control muting Line Out from within Win-Test. Make sure that the Microphone has been enabled as an Input to the Sound Card Mixer. Different Sound Cards set up slightly differently, but most seem to either show the Microphone Input to the Mixer as '''muted''', or the default Mixer Inputs do not include the Microphone until '''enabled'''.<br />
<br />
There are sound cards that do not support this option. The Writelog download site has a [http://www.writelog.com/Downloads/sbrdchk.zip sound card checker] that will help you to determine if you have this problem if it absolutely doesn't work.<br />
<br />
Another way would be to try using the Win-Test PTT output to drive a relay to allow a direct routing between your Mic and the Mic input of your TRX when the PTT output is off. This requires some additional components but better than an external mic to record the DVK messages.<br />
<br />
=== Band Data ===<br />
<br />
Win-Test supports filter and antenna switching by supplying Yaesu-standard Band data on pins 2, 7, 8 and 9 of the parallel port. Go to <code>Options | Configure interface | LPT configure | Pins mapping...</code><br />
<br />
[[Image:LPT1Properties.png|frame|center|LPT1 Properties]]<br />
<br />
This feature allows you to automatically control other devices in your station, probably by using a band decoder like the one from [http://www.qth.com/topten/bdecoder.htm Top Ten Devices]. Band data code is also available designed for VHF+ bands, from 50 MHz to 122 GHz.<br />
<br />
[[Image:LPTPinsMapping.png|frame|center|LPT Port Pin Mapping to control external devices]]<br />
<br />
=== Radio 1/Radio 2 ===<br />
<br />
LPT pin 14 is used to send Radio1/2 information to an external interface. High = Radio1, Low = Radio2.<br />
<br />
=== Headphones Control ===<br />
The signals ''Headphones Control'' (called ''RX Focus'' in the MK2R microHAM SO2R interface) is available on LPT, pin 4. This signal allows to control which radio you want to listen to in the headphones. Must be enabled in the LPT Configuration Window. Low = Radio 1, High = Radio 2.<br />
<br />
== See Also == <br />
<br />
=== From the Win-Test manual ===<br />
<br />
* [[Menu:Options#Configure_interfaces...|Configure interfaces dialog]]<br />
* [[Networking|Networking configuration for multi-ops]]<br />
* [[SO2R/EZMaster/Setup|EZMaster setup]]<br />
* [[SO2R/MK2R/Setup|microHAM MK2R setup]]<br />
<br />
=== External sources ===<br />
<br />
* [http://www.microham.com/Downloads/micro_KEYER_R_2_0_English.pdf microHAM MicroKeyer Manual]<br />
* [http://www.microham.com/Downloads/USB_Interface_II_R_1_1_English.pdf microHAM USB II Interface Manual]</div>Dl6raihttps://docs.win-test.com/w/index.php?title=File:LPT1Properties.png&diff=5042File:LPT1Properties.png2023-04-10T16:34:37Z<p>Dl6rai: </p>
<hr />
<div></div>Dl6raihttps://docs.win-test.com/w/index.php?title=Interfaces&diff=5041Interfaces2023-04-10T16:33:43Z<p>Dl6rai: /* Band Data */</p>
<hr />
<div>Configuration of interfaces in Win-Test needs only be done once, rather than on a per-contest basis. This means you do not waste time remembering your interface configuration details prior to each contest!<br />
<br />
== Interface configuration ==<br />
<br />
The [[Menu:Options#Configure_interfaces...|interface configuration window]] can be opened by clicking on <code>Options->Configure Interfaces</code> menu in the main Win-Test window, or via the text command '''<tt>SETUP</tt>'''. <br />
<br />
=== Radio configuration ===<br />
At the bottom of the window there is a "Transceivers" section which includes two drop-down lists where you set your radio type ('''Radio 1''' and '''Radio 2'''). First, choose your rig make and model from the appropriate list. Please note that there is only one "Kenwood" entry in the list because all Kenwood rigs use a common protocol.<br />
<br />
On the left hand side of the window, you will see a list of COM ports (only available COM ports on your system will be selectable, others will be greyed-out). Serial ports COM1...COM32 can be selected (higher ports available by scrolliong down). After you have chosen the manufacturer and/or model of your rig, check the box corresponding to the COM port to which your radio is connected. For example: <br />
<br />
[[Image:Interfaces.png|frame|center|COM port configuration]]<br />
<br />
Upon checking the box, you will notice that the adjacent drop-down box will now be enabled. You ''must'' choose '''Radio 1''' or '''Radio 2''' from this drop-down list. You must also '''ensure that the port (baud rate) settings are correct for your radio'''.<br />
<br />
By default, the settings of 19200 8-N-1 will be configured, which is probably incorrect for your radio. Click on the adjacent '''<tt>[Configure...]</tt>''' button to display the [[Menu:Options#Serial_Ports|COM port properties dialog]]:<br />
<br />
[[Image:com6-properties.png|frame|center|COM port configuration for Radio1 / Radio2]]<br />
<br />
If you are not sure about the baud rate settings for your transceiver, press the '''<code>[default settings]</code>''' button to change all values to the known hardware defaults for the selected radio.<br />
<br />
There is also a list of known working settings for common contest radios located in the [[Supported_rigs|Supported rigs]] chapter.<br />
<br />
== Configuring other interfaces ==<br />
<br />
As you may well have noticed by this stage, a variety of other interfaces can also be enabled from the <code>Configure Interfaces</code> dialog box. It is just a simple case of ticking the relevant COM port and choosing said device from the drop-down list. Examples include TNCs, SO2R switching boxes (e.g. [[SO2R/EZMaster/Setup|EZmaster]], [[SO2R/MK2R/Setup|microHAM MK2R]], WinKey, W5XD Keyer, etc.). For everything not on the list, you can choose <code>Other interface...</code> and configure the port settings yourself - for example, COM port CW interface (see below).<br />
<br />
=== COM-port CW keying ===<br />
<br />
If you have a simple transistor-based COM port CW interface (see below), you can enable this by again choosing the corresponding COM port, and selecting <code>Other interface...</code> from the drop-down list. Clicking on the <code>Configure</code> button will display the [[Menu:Options#Serial_Ports|COM Port Properties dialog]] including a drop-down list of options for DTR (pin 4) and RTS (pin 7) on<br />
a DE9 connector (pins 20 and 4 on a DB25). Connect the emitter of the NPN transistor to signal ground, pin 5 on DE9 (pin 7 on DB25).<br />
<br />
''Be sure to select '''DTR: CW''' and '''RTS: PTT''' in the COM port Properties under Interface Configuration.''<br />
<br />
[[Image:COM_Port_CW_PTT_Circuit.png|center|frame|Simple COM port CW and PTT interface for DE-9 9-pin serial connector or USB-to-Serial adapter]]<br />
<br />
This interface was originally designed for K1EA's CT and cann still in used with Win-Test.<br />
<br />
Note that you may need to delay PTT in order to avoid truncated charcters. Also there is an option to apply time compensation to generate clean CW signals.<br />
<br />
=== LPT-port CW keying ===<br />
<br />
Likewise, if you have an LPT (parallel) port CW interface (see schematics below), you can enable it by checking the box next to 'LPT' in the [[Menu:Options#Configure_interfaces...|Configure interfaces dialog]]. Clicking on the <code>[Configure]</code> button in the Printer Ports section will display the [[Menu:Options#Printer_Ports|Printer Ports dialog]]. At the very bottom, you can enable CW and PTT on pin 17 and 16 respectively. ''Ensure this is checked.''<br />
<br />
{{wbox|WARNING|In order for LPT keying to function correctly under Windows XP, Vista, or 32-bit Windows 7, you will need an additional utility, '''DLPortIO.dll''' installed by Port95NT.exe, obtainable from the Win-Test website. It is a simple process and only needs to be installed/run once. Please [http://download.win-test.com/port95nt.exe click here] to download. For 64-bit Windows 7, use InpOut32.dll as described in [http://lists.f5mzn.org/pipermail/support/2011-May/081094.html this post].}}<br />
<br />
[[Image:Schema_InterfaceCW.gif|center|frame|Simple LPT port CW interface]]<br />
<br />
Note that you may need to delay PTT in order to avoid truncated charcters. Also there is an option to apply time compensation to generate clean CW signals.<br />
<br />
=== Digital Voice Keyer ===<br />
<br />
The DVK-100 voice keyer was the first computer-controlled voice memory in the contesting world in the early 90s. Later, some equipment manufacturers built voice memories into their radios like Kenwood (TS-850, TS-950 with the DRU2 and DRU3 units respectively - probably others). These devices can be controlled by Win-Test using the following LPT interface.<br />
<br />
[[Image:Schema_InterfaceDVK.gif|center|frame|Simple LPT port DVK interface]]<br />
<br />
Usually the device has 3-4 different memories which can be triggered by [<b><tt>F1</tt></b>]...[<b><tt>F4</tt></b>] on the computer keyboard.<br />
<br />
=== Sound Card ===<br />
<br />
Wav files can also be played from an internal sound card by utilizing a small interface like shown below.<br />
Messages are recorded using <b><tt>Shift-F1</tt></b>...<b><tt>Shift-F7</tt></b>.<br />
<br />
[[Image:Schema_Interface_SoundCard.gif|center|frame|Sound Card Interface]]<br />
<br />
The use of an isolation transformer is recommended both on the output side of the sound card. Of course, you can go without one but first think about the trouble you will encounter when the Line Out port of your sound card gets killed by stray RF or when someone tells you you got hum on your audio in the middle of the contest. <br />
<br />
[[Image:SoundcardInterface.gif|center|frame|Sound Card interface kindly provided by W9ZRX. This interface is in use at the K3LR M/M station.]]<br />
<br />
W9ZRX has provided this design that comes without a relay to switch Mic input between radio and sound card. Most sound cards allow routing from Mic input to Line Out so that you can control muting Line Out from within Win-Test. Make sure that the Microphone has been enabled as an Input to the Sound Card Mixer. Different Sound Cards set up slightly differently, but most seem to either show the Microphone Input to the Mixer as '''muted''', or the default Mixer Inputs do not include the Microphone until '''enabled'''.<br />
<br />
There are sound cards that do not support this option. The Writelog download site has a [http://www.writelog.com/Downloads/sbrdchk.zip sound card checker] that will help you to determine if you have this problem if it absolutely doesn't work.<br />
<br />
Another way would be to try using the Win-Test PTT output to drive a relay to allow a direct routing between your Mic and the Mic input of your TRX when the PTT output is off. This requires some additional components but better than an external mic to record the DVK messages.<br />
<br />
=== Band Data ===<br />
<br />
Win-Test supports filter and antenna switching by supplying Yaesu-standard Band data on pins 2, 7, 8 and 9 of the parallel port. Go to <code>Options | Configure interface | LPT configure | Pins mapping...</code><br />
<br />
[[Image:LPT1Properties.png|frame|center|LPT1 Properties]]<br />
<br />
These pins are equivalent to lines A, B, C and D. This feature allows you to automatically control other devices in your station, probably by using a band decoder like the one from [http://www.qth.com/topten/bdecoder.htm Top Ten Devices]. Band data code is also available designed for VHF+ bands, from 50 MHz to 122 GHz.<br />
<br />
[[Image:LPTPinsMapping.png|frame|center|LPT Port Pin Mapping to control external devices]]<br />
<br />
=== Radio 1/Radio 2 ===<br />
<br />
LPT pin 14 is used to send Radio1/2 information to an external interface. High = Radio1, Low = Radio2.<br />
<br />
=== Headphones Control ===<br />
The signals ''Headphones Control'' (called ''RX Focus'' in the MK2R microHAM SO2R interface) is available on LPT, pin 4. This signal allows to control which radio you want to listen to in the headphones. Must be enabled in the LPT Configuration Window. Low = Radio 1, High = Radio 2.<br />
<br />
== See Also == <br />
<br />
=== From the Win-Test manual ===<br />
<br />
* [[Menu:Options#Configure_interfaces...|Configure interfaces dialog]]<br />
* [[Networking|Networking configuration for multi-ops]]<br />
* [[SO2R/EZMaster/Setup|EZMaster setup]]<br />
* [[SO2R/MK2R/Setup|microHAM MK2R setup]]<br />
<br />
=== External sources ===<br />
<br />
* [http://www.microham.com/Downloads/micro_KEYER_R_2_0_English.pdf microHAM MicroKeyer Manual]<br />
* [http://www.microham.com/Downloads/USB_Interface_II_R_1_1_English.pdf microHAM USB II Interface Manual]</div>Dl6raihttps://docs.win-test.com/w/index.php?title=Release_Notes&diff=5040Release Notes2023-04-10T07:24:40Z<p>Dl6rai: </p>
<hr />
<div>==Release information 4.47.0 (t.b.d.)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
===New features===<br />
* Lua API version string is 1.10.0<br />
* Yuri Gagarin International DX Contest disabled because of the new rules where the same exchange can be counted differently (per band, or per band and mode) depending on its nature. The code can't cope with that.<br />
* New text command : LOADMSGS to open the current op. directory and allow loading CW or RTTY messages.<br />
* Lua : wtQso:SetSentSerial(nSerial) : If applicable, set the serial of the current QSO.<br />
* Self-spot allowed for the ARRL DX, ARRL Sweepstakes and Russian DX. Complain to the ARRL and SRR if you want to stop this madness. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* Lua : wtGab:Send now accepts a third optional boolean parameter to *not* log the sent gab. New API syntax : wtGab:Send(strText[, strToStation [, bDontLog]]). Tnx KD4D. Ex : wtGab:Send("Hello world!", "STN45", true) will send "Hello world!" as a gab to STN45, but won't log/display it in the sender Gab window.<br />
* Lua : onBandChange event : If the radio is out of bands, the value of wtArg when onBandChange is called is set to "0/RadioId". Tnx TK5EP.<br />
* Lua : New wtApp:Timeout(nDuration) added. Similar to wtApp:Sleep except Win-Test is not blocked while it is executed. nDuration expressed in ms.<br />
* Lua : New wtApp:TimeoutBox(nDuration, [strText, [bAbortEnabled]]) API added. Displays a modal dialog box with a timeout progress bar, an optional centered text and an (optionally enabled) abort button. The duration is expressed in milliseconds (min 100). Win-Test is not blocked while it is executed.<br />
* File / Explore now only copies the path if the Shift key is held.<br />
* Fix bug : The NA Sprint LCR parser failed under some circumstances. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* All CQ Contests : Restrictions regarding Russia and Belarus are now lifted. Tnx PA2A.<br />
* CQWW RTTY : LCR parser added. Tnx F5UII.<br />
* Option added in the World Map display to the differentiate skimmers spots from the human spots. <br />
* Bugfix : When hovering an hyperlink, the hand cursor was not always displayed.<br />
* Bugfix : HA DX contest : It was not possible to edit the serial sent (for non-HA stns). Tnx DJ8EW, DL6RAI.<br />
<br />
==Release information 4.46.0 (January 17th, 2023)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* ARRL RTTY Roundup : The Check Mult window (F10) was not filled properly. Tnx PA2A.<br />
* When entering your own callsign in the log (to cancel a QSO), your own location was displayed on the spots map (if enabled).<br />
* FT-891 : Code totally rewritten and it now works as expected. Tnx RX3APM for report, and DK5MR for testing.<br />
===New features===<br />
* Lua API version string is 1.9.0<br />
* Lua : wtApp:TextCommand now accepts "*" as strStn to send to all stations of the network.<br />
* Lua : New local variable wtFrom. Set to nil by default. Contains the name of the station that sent the text command thru network to run a local script. Can be useful when two (or more) stations exchange data with scripts.<br />
* Lua : New onBandChange event when there is a band change. wtArg includes the band name and the radio as strings (ex : "10/0" for 10m on radio1). Reminder : The band name can have letters in it (2KM, 10G etc.) onBandChange.wts example : _, _, band, radio = string.find(wtArg, "(%d+[GKM]*)/(%d+)") wtApp:AlertBox("RadioID: " .. radio .. " Band: " .. band). Tnx TK5EP.<br />
* WAG : LCR parser added.<br />
* Cabrillo import : When the Cabrillo contest identifier is unknown, Win-Test now offers the possibility to choose the contest the log is referring to. <br />
* Radio wnd / List view : When possible, set an inactive VFO indicator. Tnx DJ0ZY. <br />
* Carrier / Tune timer : The remaining time is now displayed in the Stop button caption.<br />
* Explore Current op. directory added to the File menu. Two (similar) Lua API added to get this path : - wtApp:GetCurrentOpPath() - wtOp:GetPath()<br />
* Lua : New wtKeyer:Load(strFileName) API to load messages from a .smsgs file. If no path is specified, the current op. directory is used. Tnx F6IFY.<br />
* The default directory to save or load CW/RTTY messages is now set to the current op. directory.<br />
* The QTC transmit and receive dialogs are checked to be always visible even if their positions were saved with a different monitors configuration. Tnx F5UII.<br />
* The WAE messages can now be saved and loaded.<br />
* Partner Wnd : After a Q is entered and the window is cleaned, the remaining content stays in place to not mess up the $GRABn variables. Tnx FY5KE.<br />
* Scripts manager : Refresh button added. Useful if you alter directly the scripts directory.<br />
* Ctrl-X now prompts for a text command to be executed on the current QSO if it applies.<br />
* The log caret / cursor can now be displayed as a solid block (Options / Log). Text commands : BLOCKCARET / NOBLOCKCARET or BLOCKCURSOR / NOBLOCKCURSOR. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
* When archiving, the full path of the generated zip file is copied to the clipboard.<br />
* When using RUN vs S&P, Alt-F4 (return to the last RUN CQ freq) switches automatically to RUN. Tnx F5UII.<br />
* WAE : Following the rules, if the received serial is set to 000, points are credited only if it is a new mult. Tnx F5UII.<br />
* Text commands : "NOTES" added as a text command to open the notes file attached to the current log.<br />
* Partner window : Partial callsigns or callsigns with wildcard character(s) '?' are now removed if they match the callsign entered in the log. Tnx FY5KE.<br />
* Checkmark added to the freq offsets menu item if they're enabled.<br />
* The summary data broadcast is now allowed for single-ops, independently of the Master setting in the contest configuration dialog. Tnx K2RET.<br />
<br />
==Release information 4.45.0 (October 18th, 2022)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* Flex 6000 series added. Fixes the RTTY filter selection bug with the Kenwood interface. Only one slice is displayed, unless the split is selected. Tnx DL6DH, DL8OH, DL6RAI.<br />
* IARU FD R1 : /MM stations do not count as mult. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
* WAEDC : When the Alt-M window was copied, the numerical call areas of the countries that apply weren't used. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
* OK1WC Challenge : When the callsign length was over 8 chars, the mult extraction (last char of the suffix) wasn't working correctly. Tnx DJ0ZY/DD5M.<br />
* IOTA contest : In Multi-1 category, the QSO numbering was wrong. Tnx DL6RAI and others.<br />
<br />
===New features===<br />
* Outbound RadioInfo external UDP messages capability added in the interfaces settings dialog (network advanced settings), to make easier to use additional programs or devices. Already tested with the rf-kit.de RF2K-S SSPA. Tnx F5HRY.<br />
* Freq offsets : New text commands to access the setup : OFFSETSETUP (or OFFSETSSETUP). New text commands to enable/disable the freq offsets: OFFSET/NOOFFSET, OFFSETS/NOOFFSETS, OFFSETON/OFFSETOFF, OFFSETSON/OFFSETSOFF. Tnx F5UII. <br />
* OCDX : /M, /MM and /P do not count as prefix multipliers.<br />
* New setting dialog (Commands / Carrier timer...) to enable or not the carrier/tune (Ctrl-T) timer and set its duration. Tnx F5HRY.<br />
* The /LH callsign extension (LightHouse) doesn't interfere anymore in the DXCC entity resolution. Tnx F5UII.<br />
* DXPed HF : Distance added to the geographical data of the F10 wnd. Tnx F5UII.<br />
* Yaesu Band data code for 60m added on the LPT output. As the default code (identical to 40m) can interfere with other bands, the user can choose to use the 50 MHz (6m) band code or an usused code. Tnx FY5FY.<br />
* Text and CSV export : The format YYMMDD is added to the fields list. Tnx F6AJA.<br />
* IOTA contest : Cabrillo updated to v3.<br />
* IOTA contest : Rules 2022 : The Q with Russian and Belarus stations count 0 point and don't count as multipliers. See https://www.rsgbcc.org/hf/rules/2022/riota.shtml (RSGB IOTA Contest website) for details.<br />
<br />
==Release information 4.44.0 (July 22nd, 2022)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* REG1TEST files : The QSO points and the claimed score were always set to 0 by default. Tnx F1EZG @ TM5R.<br />
===New features===<br />
* When applying exchange(s) to entered QSOs (Ctrl-F10), the numbers of found QSO and updated QSO are notified.<br />
<br />
==Release information 4.43.0 (July 1st, 2022)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* Bugfix : The CW default messages for the REF DDFM 50 MHz were wrong.<br />
* Bugfix : The title of the LPT port properties dialog was incorrect.<br />
* Bugfix : When using markers in the bandmap and if the marker text was totally visible, the first line of the tooltip was empty. Tnx F6BGC.<br />
<br />
===New features===<br />
* All Asian DX : Cabrillo updated to v3.<br />
* Generic VHF+ contests have been extended to accommodate contests where a fixed exchange is sent instead of a serial number. Just enter this exchange in the "Exchange" field of the contest configuration dialog. If this entry field remains empty, the usual serial numbers are used. Tnx DL6RAI, DJ0ZY.<br />
* All VHF+ generic contests are no more limited to 6-char grids (locators) and now accept 4-char grids (locators) exchanges as well.<br />
* New option in the Cabrillo options dialog and the REG1TEST options dialog to set the claimed score to 0 point. Useful if you are using a contest template that is not fully adapted to the scoring method, and you don't want to mess up the claimed scores (if any).<br />
* The names of two microwaves bands over 76 GHz were wrong. They are now correctly labelled 122G and 134G, instead of 119G and 142G. Tnx F4CWN.<br />
* New band data code available on the LPT output, designed for VHF+ bands, from 50 MHz to 122 GHz. Tnx F4CWN.<br />
* Band plans : New option to reject (automatic) spots outside the defined segments for a given mode, acting as filters. Tnx DL3DXX. Reminder : By default, the band plans are used to determine the mode of the (non-automatic) spots. They don't act as freq filters.<br />
* Merge Logs : When sorting logs and if the timestamps of two (or more) QSO are identical (can happen if logs were imported from Cabrillo files), Win-Test now relies on the serial sent (if any) to order these QSO. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* Yaesu FTDX-10 added. Tnx DL4LAM.<br />
<br />
==Release information 4.42.0 (May 20, 2022)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* The display options of the zones window(s) (Alt+Z) were not always correctly retained between sessions. Tnx F5LIW.<br />
* Notes report dlg : After editing a note, the log caret (cursor) wasn't restored.<br />
<br />
===New features===<br />
* When creating your Cabrillo log, you can now also submit it in one click to the Super Check Partial Database. This feature requires wtScpSubmit.dll which is included in the latest Win-Test installers. If needed, this dll is also available at http://download.win-test.com/utils/wtScpSubmit.dll. It must be placed in the Win-Test installation directory. Under some circumstances (especially with oldest OS), you may need MSVCP140.dll and/or others to be installed on your system. The easiest way is to install the latest Microsoft Visual C++ Redistributable packages for Visual Studio X86 available here: https://aka.ms/vs/17/release/vc_redist.x86.exe. Finally, on Win7, to ensure TLS 1.1 and 1.2 are enabled, apply this easy fix https://is.gd/QlQgbg<br />
* CQ-M : 10-minute rule for MOST (M/S) entries removed (rules 2022).<br />
* Add LCR parsers to the CQ-M, RAEM, and Yuri Gagarin DX contests.<br />
* Add the Out Of Band sections to the CQ WW and CQ WPX LCR parsers. Tnx F6KOP.<br />
* OK/OM : Rules 2022 : The Q with Russian and Belarus stations count 0 point and don't count as multipliers. See http://www.okomdx.crk.cz/ (OK-OM DX contest website) for details.<br />
* Interfaces Setup dialog : The keying compensation can now be negative (in the case where the TRX extends the keying). Tnx N6TV.<br />
* CQWPX : Rules 2022 : The Q with Russian and Belarus stations count 0 point and don't count as multipliers. See https://is.gd/HIMOLP (CQWPX blog) for details.<br />
* Lua : It's now possible to attach Lua scripts to text commands that are identical to mode names ("SSB", "CW", "RTTY", etc.). In these cases, the script will be called *after* the command is processed normally by Win-Test. Tnx TK5EP.<br />
* The DX spots window (Alt+A) display options are now interactive.<br />
* World Map : Options : The colors of the paths can now be the same as the markers.<br />
<br />
==Release information 4.41.0 (Feb 15, 2022)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* REG1TEST / EDI : Under some circumstances, the ouput file wasn't created. Tnx OZ1ZAA.<br />
* $MSG10 was actually sending the additional MSG1 instead of MSG10. A 20-year old typo in the code ! Tnx SP5KP.<br />
<br />
===New features===<br />
* Lua API version string is 1.8.0<br />
* Op-entered spots are now protected from spots of the same DX on a freq inside the mode bandwidth window. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
* NA Sprint : LCR parser updated. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* New countdown timer added (Tools menu or TIMER text command), especially for the single-ops. It indicates exactly when they can operate again after a pause. It's based on the time of the last QSO entered in the log, truncated to the minute. You can also use the text command TIMER/nnHmmM or TIMER/nnHmm (meaning nn hours and mm minutes), or TIMER/xxH (nn hours) or TIMER/nnM (nn minutes) to set and start the timer automatically. Tnx F5NZY.<br />
* Shortcuts added to some of the reports buttons.<br />
* QSO times are now by default considered as truncated to the minute for Time ON / Time OFF calculations and the QSY rules. Tnx F5NKX.<br />
* Contest Recorder : AltGr+O, and text commands RECORD/NORECORD (and STARTRECORD/STOPRECORD) added to Start/Stop recording.<br />
* UBA DX : Updated to comply with the rules 2022. Tnx F5LIW.<br />
* World Map : "Copy content as image" menu item added.<br />
* RTTY windows : Esc button added. Tnx PA2A.<br />
* Notes report dialog. It's now possible to edit a note by selecting it and use Alt-N to modify the comment. Tnx F4CWN.<br />
* REF HF : For M/S entrants, the compliance of the 10-min rule can be checked by using the appropriate item in the Tools / Check log menu.<br />
* REF HF : Timer added in the Alt-J wnd for the M/S entrants.<br />
* Lua : New wtRadio* API : wtRadio*:GetBand(), wtRadio*:GetMode() and wtRadio*:GetCqData() added. GetBand() and GetMode() return the current band and mode of the radio. GetCqData() return a Lua table with various data on the last sent CQ (that are stored for Alt-F4) : "freq", "qsx", "band", "mode" and "wpm" (for CW).<br />
* World Map : New options to display short and longs paths for "my spotters" and the NCDXF beacons.<br />
* New "NCDXF" text command to set the active radio on the NCDXF beacons frequency (if it applies).<br />
* New option in the world map display option to show the NCDXF beacon that currently transmits if the radio is on the NCDXF frequency (+/- 100 Hz).<br />
* The world map display options are now interactive. Different styles and a night opacity slider are also added.<br />
* The "copy as image" feature now also copies the image in PNG format, to extend the paste scope (mail, twitter etc.).<br />
* The RBN nodes and frequent spotters databases can be directly updated with the contextual menu of the map wnd (Display options).<br />
<br />
==Release information 4.40.0 (Jan 18, 2022)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* Automatic op-entered spots during QSOs (especially in S&P) were not replaced by DX-cluster / external spots.<br />
* When sending a gab composed of CAPITAL letters, do not shake our own gab window.<br />
===New features===<br />
* Interface dialog : The usable COM ports are now extended up to COM32. The parameters list now also displays the Handshake (HS), Always ON (ON) and Always OFF (OFF) settings, and are ordered by Pin (DTR then RTS). Tnx DL5XJ, DL6RAI.<br />
<br />
* New NCDXF/IBP Beacons window : Displays the transmission schedule of the NCDXF / IBP (International Beacons Project) beacons. A double click on a line gets the radio on the beacon freq. An "i" (stands for "info") in the status column indicates a comment you can read by hovering the mouse over it. Tnx VE3SUN.<br />
* LCR : Croatian CW contest LCR parser added.<br />
* LCR : Parser for CQ WW LCR updated. Works for preview and final reports.<br />
* New feature : You can now grab a spot from the visible spots in the Radio windows or in the DX-cluster window by entering the callsign (or some letters of it) and Ctrl-Space.<br />
* REF HF and REF 160m : LCR process updated. Tnx F4CWN.<br />
* French (and some Begian) users : Button added in the keys redefinitions dialog to load AZERTY redefinitions that allow the AZERTY keyboards users to access the numbers located on the top row without using the Shift or Shift Lock keys. They allow direct access to the ?, . and / keys of the bottom row as well. This button is displayed only when the language is set to French.<br />
<br />
==Release information 4.39.0 (Dec 6, 2021)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* Bugfix : For several contests, the columns headers were overlapping. Tnx F5HRY.<br />
* WinKey : When using +/- in messages, the speed was randomly not reset to its initial value and the next message was sent with an incorrect greater speed. Tnx NN7CW and DL6RAI for their detailed reports and numerous tests to fix this long-standing bug. <br />
* OK/OM CW DX-side : The district information display in the Mult window (F10) was broken.<br />
* When Win-Test was started from the command line with an alternate application data directory (-a switch), the directory name wasn't unquoted. Tnx F1HAR.<br />
===New features===<br />
* DX cluster (Alt-A) and Radio windows : The CT1BOH spot quality tags can now be displayed if they're sent by the skimmer. You can also filter the displayed spots by tag when applicable. Unless it's disabled by the user, in the list tab of the Radio window, the displayed spots are grouped by quality before being sorted. Tnx ES5TV.<br />
* Script Manager : Hyperlink to the Lua API reference web page added.<br />
* Op-entered spots are kept until worked or deleted on purpose, even if other stations are externally spotted on their frequencies. Tnx DL6RAI. <br />
* Radio wnd : List tab : When spots are sorted by points or mult type, the second sorting criteria is now the beam heading rather than the spot frequency. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
* Gab : To draw attention, any gab text containing only CAPITAL letters now shakes the recipients gab window.<br />
* SCP files : Defensive coding to attempt to prevent at best against crashes under some circumstances with badly-formatted or corrupted SCP or MASTER files. Tnx SP5KP.<br />
* RDA Contest : LCR view added.<br />
* OK/OM CW : 10 mins timer enabled for M/S category. RUN stations only.<br />
* Larger log font sizes available for short-sighted ;-) Tnx TA2SE, W1NN.<br />
* DX Spots window (Alt-A) : New option to pin the op-entered spots to the bottom of the window so you can always see them. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
* WAG : The output Cabrillo file is now following the v3 specs. Tnx DL1RTL.<br />
* EU-DX : Multipliers list updated. Tnx IK6QON.<br />
<br />
==Release information 4.38.1 (Oct 25, 2021)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* After importing a Cabrillo file, the resulting wt4 file couldn't be opened by Win-Test 4.38.0. Tnx F5LIW.<br />
<br />
==Release information 4.38.0 (Oct 25, 2021)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* LCR parser fixed for the CQ WPX reports.<br />
* CW : The spaced digits option was not read when starting Win-Test. Despite the ckecked option in the menu item, it was not enabled. <br />
* CQWW VHF : When using the default CW messages, the sent grid was 6-char instead of 4-char. Tnx F5HRY.<br />
* IARU HF : There are cases where different DXCC entities have the same Society (ex OH and OH0) and were counted as different mults.<br />
* The "Dupes included or not in QSO counts and avg calculations" string in the summary text was always in local language even if summary in English was selected.<br />
===New features===<br />
* Lua API version string is 1.7.0<br />
* Defensive coding to check the log file when opening to prevent file corruptions. Tnx DL1DAW.<br />
* Workaround for the USBSER.SYS bug that doesn't update the RTS line until DTR is accessed. Tnx R2AXZ (author of the Blue Pill Serial Monster).<br />
* RDA Contest : Cabrillo updated to v3. <br />
* WAE Transmit and Receive windows : New messages available.<br />
* WAE : New CW variable $RAWTIME to send the QTC time with cut numbers disabled.<br />
* WAE : Transmit QTC window : A QTC line can now be directly sent by using the coresponding numeric key (0 sends the line labelled 10).<br />
* Lua : New wtContest API : wtContest:GetCategoryId(), wtContest:GetModeCategoryId(), wtContest:GetPowerClassId() and wtContest:GetOverlayId() added.<br />
* Lua : For standardization purposes, the microHam and OTRSP events scripts are now renamed :<br />
<tt><br />
microhamFsOn -> onMicrohamFsOn<br />
microhamFsOff -> onMicrohamFsOff<br />
otrspCrOn -> onOtrspCrOn<br />
otrspCrOff -> onOtrspCrOff<br />
otrspCrEvent -> onOtrspCrEvent<br />
</tt><br />
For now, to maintain compatibility, the script legacy names are still executed.<br />
* Lua : New scripts called on log opening (onFileOpen) and on log closing (onFileClose).<br />
* EU HF : The Cabrillo header is updated (EUHFC instead of EU-HF). Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
* CQWW DX : The Youth overlay is added to the Overlay drop-down list.<br />
* CQWW DX : The Explorer category is added to the Category drop-down list (Single-Op Explorer and Multi-Op Explorer).<br />
* In the contest settings dlg, you can now set the default power class to use when creating new logs. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
* New archiving feature : File / Archive... (or ARCHIVE text command). It creates a timestamped zipped file in the log directory of the files related to the current log that are selected. Warning : Archiving audio recordings file that are usually pretty large can take a while... Be patient.<br />
* For standardization purposes, all timestamped files are now timestamped to the nearest second.<br />
* Time Shifting : The selection of the QSO and the stations are now independent. And a backup of the log is automatically performed before proceeding. Tnx EA7X/EF4HQ.<br />
* Marconi Memorial HF : Points per QSO updated.<br />
<br />
==Release information 4.37 (June 29, 2021)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* VHF+ contests : Sorting the Spots list by QSO points (related to distance if it can be computed) wasn't working. <br />
* When copying the Summary wnd as text, the "Generated by Win-Test" line was missing. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
* Summary wnd : When using a language different from English, some column titles were incorrectly truncated.<br />
===New features===<br />
* WAE : Rules 2021 : BY is added to the call area multipliers (so Chinese stations with different digits in their prefix count as different mults). Tnx DL7YS.<br />
* ARRL FD : The "Covid" rule (Home stations can work home stations) is extended to 2021. Tnx VE2FWW.<br />
* KCJ and KCJ Top Band contests rules updated. Tnx JI1RXQ.<br />
* VHF+ contests : Discrepancies between gridsquares in the log for different bands weren't displayed in the Bad Exchanges check report. Tnx F4CWN.<br />
* ARRL 10m : LCR viewer updated to fit to the new LCR format.<br />
* The question mark character is now enabled in all QSO input fields, and the cursor is positioned on it when cycling the fields. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* CW : New option for spaced digits in serials : When enabled, a half-space (^) is inserted between each digits of the serial, making it more readable at high speed.<br />
* F10 Wnd : In DXPed HF or VHF, the date of the QSO is now displayed.<br />
<br />
==Release information 4.36 (May 19, 2021)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* In Phone, when entering a (very) long exchange, the cursor might insert a ghost space character at the end of the field.<br />
* VHF+ contests : Under some circumstances, when the automatic exchange (grid) guessing was set, the Check Partial wnd wasn't updated anymore after the field was automatically filled.<br />
===New features===<br />
* CQ-M : Scoring is now updated and follows the rules 2021.<br />
* IARU HF : In M/S (Mixed only) category, the 10-min status timer now takes into account mode changes. Tnx HA6OI.<br />
* HA DX : The Cabrillo output file now includes the RUN/MULT indicator for the M/S entrants. Tnx HA6OI.<br />
* YOTA (Youngsters On The Air) contest implemented.<br />
* ARI DX / ARI 40-80 : Provinces list and exchange equivalence file (ARIPROV.DAT) updated. Tnx HB9AMO, DL6RAI.<br />
* City, State/Prov, Postal Code and Country separate fields added to the contest settings dialog to improve the compatibility with the Cabrillo v3 header fields. These fields are assembled together to maintain the back compatibility with the Cabrillo v2 format if needed. It is highly recommended to edit your saved profiles (if any) by loading, editing and saving them one by one in the dialog.<br />
* CQMM DX implemented.<br />
* All file dialogs are now resizable.<br />
* YUDX : LCR view added.<br />
* LCR viewer : Column order unified.<br />
* OK/OM Contest SSB : This contest was not listed when the contests of the month checkbox (in April) was selected. Tnx F1HAR.<br />
* OK/OM contest : You can now directly download your LCR in Win-Test from the "rejected" link in the final results and preliminary results page.<br />
<br />
==Release information 4.35 (Apr. 9, 2021)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* OK/OM Contest SSB : When entering as non OK/OM, the points credit was wrong when working an OK/OM stn. Tnx F1HAR.<br />
* When parsing the DX cluster stream, lines were discarded if the callsign of the spotter was longer than 9 characters (ex : 3V/KF5EYY-#, K4VET-1-# or JR1BFZ/2-#) and the freq higher than 9999.9 MHz. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
* RSGB Commonwealth Contest : The off-time value wasn't specified for this contest (60 mins) and the default value (15 mins) was used instead. Tnx M0UNN.<br />
* Tools / Automatic CQ Repeat : The delay between CQ was not saved between sessions. Tnx F4CWN.<br />
* Tools / Search for possible bad exchanges : If there was no log discrepancies and a check against the database was requested, it was not displayed. Tnx F4CWN.<br />
* Lua : wtQso:IsModeCw() was always returning false.<br />
<br />
===New features===<br />
* King Of Spain : The 10 min rule for the multi-op entrants is now removed.<br />
* Radio Wnd : Ctrl+R shortcut added to allow cycle the view tabs without using your mouse.<br />
* Option added in the dialog to replace op in batch, to match any operator already entered. <br />
* LZ DX contest : LCR view added.<br />
* SPDX : The limitation on the number of band/mode changes during a clock hour in all categories is now removed.<br />
* RTTY windows : It's now possible to log the data stream to files created with the .ry1 and .ry2 extensions. Tnx DL6RAI. <br />
* The default off-time when not specified in the rules is now set to 30 minutes instead of 15.<br />
* WAEDC : LCR review added. Tnx DL7YS, DL6RAI.<br />
* DX Cluster Announces (Alt+A) : Exchanges can now be displayed (if it applies). Tnx F4CWN.<br />
* DX Cluster announces (Alt+A) : New dialog to facilitate the choice of bands to be displayed, replacing the sub-menus. Tnx F5HRY.<br />
* Alt+F4 / Alt+F5 : When running in CW, the current CW speed is saved when CQ'ing (or using Alt+F5), and is restored when QSYing back to the saved run frequency.<br />
* UI : All textual child windows that can be resized with the mouse (Check Partials (F12), N + 1 (F8), Skeds (Alt+B), Gab (Alt+I), Stats (Ctrl+F9), Radios, RTTY, DX Cluster monitor (Alt+O) and announces (Alt+A)) are now resized according to the size of the font used. To remove this constraint and resize freely, keep the Shift key down while resizing.<br />
* Cabrillo output : The @ character is now allowed in the operators list. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* ARRL DX : Band changes restrictions set to 10 for the M/S category, according to the new rules. Tnx N1PSE.<br />
* Check Partial (F12) : In some cases, when multiple wildcard characters ('?') were used, no search was performed. It's no longer the case as soon as there are at least 2 characters that are not wildcards in the pattern to search. Tnx F4CWN.<br />
* PACC : Cabrillo v3 output implemented.<br />
* Summary wnd : For the Instagrammers and such, your callsign is now added to the window title. Tnx F6BGC.<br />
* Multi-Distributed category introduced.<br />
* More restrictive checks applied to the exchanges database to dump malformed callsigns or exchanges.<br />
* New Exchanges Database information dialog : Options / Data files / Exchanges database... Text commands : EXCHDB, EXCHDATABASE, EXCHFILE or EXCHFILES. Tnx N6TV, DL5YM.<br />
* LCR : Add instructions if Win-Test can't directly download and/or process LCR for some contests.<br />
* RDXC : MOST indicators (0 and 1 for RUN and MULT) added to the Cabrillo output file. The 6-char grid square is now also required for all entrants. Tnx UA9QCQ.<br />
* The callsign exceptions (callsigns that don't follow the usual rules, like RAEM, 5VDE, 7QAA, etc.) are no more hardcoded and are now grouped in the exceptions.dat file (in the /extras directory) for easy updating.<br />
* CQWW 160m : Cabrillo v3 output implemented. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* ADIF output : QSO with my own callsign are always discarded. Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
==Release information 4.34.1 (Feb. 5, 2021)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* EU-DX Contest : The 10m band was missing in the summary. Tnx F1DUZ.<br />
* EU-DX Contest : CW and SSB columns added for the Mixed category.<br />
* Italian translation DLL updated. <br />
<br />
==Release information 4.34.0 (Jan. 25, 2021)==<br />
<br />
===New features===<br />
* Lua API version string is 1.6.0<br />
* QQSLON / QQSLOFF or QQSL / NOQQSL text commands to enable (or disable) the Quick QSL feature. QUICKQSL still opens the Quick QSL settings dialog. Tnx F6IFY. <br />
* EU-DX Contest added. Requires EU.DAT countries file. Tnx IK6QON.<br />
* Lua : wtRadio*:SetFreq(fFreq) and wtRadio*:SetFreq(fFreq, nVfo) now ignore the freq if it's outside of any band, and return with no error message. Tnx F6IFY.<br />
* Lua : wtQso:IsModeDigital() and wtQso:IsModeCw() added.<br />
* Lua : nQsoNum (optional) added as argument to wtQso:GetData([nQsoNum]) function.<br />
* LCR : IARU HF LCR processing rules updated.<br />
* 5VDE added as an exception callsign.<br />
* LCR : If Win-Test supports LCR review and the contest has been entered in a multi-op category, an Operator column is added in the review dialog. Tnx F5HRY.<br />
* OK/OM contest : LCR processing added. Requires to save the "rejected QSO" page as an html file and to load it in Win-Test. Tnx F8BXI.<br />
* CQWW DX : LCR processing rules updated to fit the new CQWW LCR format.<br />
* ARRL Contests : The ARRL has finally unified the US States and VE provinces and territories lists, and the Prince Edward Island abbreviation is now PE for the ARRL DX, ARRL 10 and ARRL roundup RTTY contests.<br />
* NAQP : The Prince Edward Island abbreviation is now PE. Tnx N6TV and AC0W.<br />
* NA Sprints : The Prince Edward Island abbreviation is now PE.<br />
* NRAU contest : New abbreviations for some Fylke / Lan / Province / Region updated. Tnx ES7GM.<br />
* Script manager : The minus key located in the numpad is now considered different from the key located in the character keys. To be consistent, the same rule applies when redefining keys. Tnx F5HRY.<br />
* JIDX : 160m added to the SSB leg. Tnx N6TV and N6KI.<br />
* Icom IC-705 added. Tnx OH1MA.<br />
* "Ethernet network" reworded as "Local Network" to prevent confusion. Tnx FY5FY.<br />
<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* CQWW 160m : The exchange database file ARRL-USVE.DTB wasn't loaded. Tnx DL4MM.<br />
* UK/EI : If the district field was manually filled before the serial number, that field was emptied when the cursor got back to the callsign. Tnx PA2A. <br />
* RAEM Contest : The polar circle location (giving extra bonus points) was slightly wrong.<br />
* The IC-9100 couldn't work... Because of a stupid typo ! Tnx DL2AKT and N6TV.<br />
* WAE RTTY : When the log was reopened, the next sent QTC group number was wrong. Tnx DL6RAI, DJ9MH and DJ4MZ.<br />
<br />
==Release information 4.33.0 (October 14, 2020)==<br />
===New features===<br />
* ARRL SS, ARRL 160, ARRL FD : PE (Prince Edward Island) section added. Tnx W1NN.<br />
* MicroHAM MKIII interface added. Tnx G0HSA, OM7ZZ.<br />
* When a file error occurs when saving DX-cluster data, the user can now Cancel to abort further writing attempts. Tnx DL5MLO. <br />
* Exchanges Databases (.DTB files) : Defensive coding to attempt to prevent at best against crashes under some circumstances with badly-formatted or corrupted databases files. Tnx OK1DSZ @ OK4C.<br />
<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* AGCW-DTC : 2 points Club stations list updated. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
* WAG : The Exchanges file (WAG_DL.DTB) wasn't correctly loaded for DL entrants. Tnx DL4NAC and DL6RAI.<br />
* All Asian DX contest : Cabrillo CONTEST: line text fixed. Tnx VA2EW.<br />
<br />
==Release information 4.32.0 (September 1, 2020)==<br />
===New Features===<br />
* YO DX HF : Contest rules updated (160m added + points for /MM stations).<br />
* WAE DX side : QTC line numbers displayed for easy retrieval in case of repeat request.<br />
* All reports dialogs can now be vertically resized to display more or less list rows. The window placements are also globally saved.<br />
* File / Update Exch Database : A confirmation dialog is now displayed and a backup of the current DTB file is done, before proceeding.<br />
* New Check Partial search processing for VHF+ logs :<br />
: In VHF+ contests logs, you can now enter a partial callsign (in the callsign field) and/or a partial locator / grid (in the grid square field) to refine searches in the Check Partial wnd (F12).<br />
: The minimum number of chars to start the search for the callsign field is set by the contextual menu (3 by default), and set to 2 characters for the locator.<br />
: Finally, in both fields you can also use wildcards characters '?' to represent a character. Ex: "JN?8EQ" will search for all callsigns with locator JN08EQ, JN18EQ, JN28EQ, ... JN98EQ.<br />
: Inspired by DL2NBU DOS software. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* callsign.pat updated. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
* RDAC : RDA.DAT (district list) updated.<br />
* The audio record button is now disabled when recorded audio is playing.<br />
* IOTA Mixed : Summary columns weren't consistent with the rest of them, and created a bug when used with Unipost (cqcontest.net). Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
* When the same callsign was spotted on both sides of a sub-band limit (so, it was considered spotted in both modes), Ctrl-Up/Down kept grabbing these two callsigns alternately. Tnx F5UTN @ TM0HQ.<br />
* ARI Sezioni : Rules and mult list updated. Tnx IV3IYH. Mult List : http://download.win-test.com/databases/ARISEC.DAT<br />
* EU HF Championship : The content of the EU_HF.DTB database was ignored. Tnx EW2AA.<br />
* MMC HF wasn't showing up in the contests of the month in July. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
* LCR review added for ARRL 160, NA Sprint, ARRL Sweepstakes. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* Elecraft K4 added. Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
==Release information 4.31.0 (June 28, 2020)==<br />
===New Features===<br />
* Lua API version string is 1.5.0<br />
* Lua : wtApp:PostMessage, wtApp:SendMessage and wtApp:GetLastError added. Tnx F6BEE for inspiration. See description and syntax in http://download.win-test.com/v4/lua/LuaApiDoc.txt<br />
* ARRL FD : Covid-19 rule exception : Class D stations may work all other Field Day stations, including other Class D stations, for points. Tnx K6ZB.<br />
* Log Checking Report (LCR) review added in the Tools / Check log menu. For now, only the following LCR are processed :<br />
** CQWW DX<br />
** CQWW WPX<br />
** ARRL DX<br />
** ARRL 10m<br />
** IARU HF<br />
** EU HF<br />
** SAC<br />
** KOS<br />
** REF HF<br />
** VHF+ contests if adjudicated with LX<br />
<br />
: Mainly, because these LCR are public, or because I had one ;-). Any textual (or html) LCR can theorically be implemented, as long as I have access to a sample.<br />
<br />
: For various reasons, sometimes the "Download LCR" may not work. In that case, try to download the LCR with your browser and save it in a convenient location (the log directory is the best choice). You can "attach" it to your log by using the "Save" button in the report dialog. <br />
<br />
* Dx-Cluster window (Alt-T) : Number of Macros increased to 8. Tnx PA2A.<br />
* Dx-Cluster macro editor : Window enlarged, and the edit field now wraps to improve readibility. Tnx PA2A. <br />
* The merge dialog now displays "compact paths".<br />
* NRAU Baltic mults list updated. Tnx LB3RE.<br />
* Review of the exchanges databases files to prevent mixing different exchanges between contests. Also, if a contest uses only a part of a database file, the rest is kept untouched if the database is updated with Win-Test.<br />
* Depending on the contest and, if it applies, whose side you're on (DX side or domestic), the callsigns from the master file (namely MASTER.SCP/DTA or .DTB/SCP) are filtered to display only relevant results in the Check Partial and N+1 windows.<br />
* The master file in use can now be directly updated from the Internet (like the CTY files) by using the Options / Data files / Master file menu, or by using the "Used File list" item in the contextual menu of the Check Partial or N+1 windows. <br />
: Note : The recommended default master file to use is MASTER.SCP, maintained by Stu K6TU (http://http://supercheckpartial.com/). <br />
: Reminder : You can also use contest-specific master files (recommended only for minor national or regional contests) named after the list located at http://download.win-test.com/files/checkPartial/%23_READ_ME_%23.TXT These files do not replace the default master file, but complement it at runtime.<br />
* In the contest settings dialog, contests no longer taking place have been removed from the list.<br />
* New REBOOT (or RESTARTPC) text command added. It closes the current log and restarts the host PC. Tnx F8CRH, F6BEE.<br />
* When the exchanges database is updated, a notification message is displayed at the bottom of log. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
<br />
==Release information 4.30.0 (Jan 16, 2020)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* If the backup volume was unmounted, disabling the next backups was failing. Tnx F6HJO. (Task #388)<br />
* Under some specific circumstances, the Single-Op Assisted category wasn't taken into account when importing such a Cabrillo file. Tnx TO1A.<br />
* With multi monitors systems and under some specific circumstances, choosing colors with mouse was impossible. Tnx KL0R.<br />
* The headers row was always included in the CSV output file, whatever the setting was. Tnx F5LIW.<br />
* The LCD display of the contest recorder wnd wasn't always properly updated when using a language different from English.<br />
===New Features===<br />
* HA DX contest rules updated. Tnx HA6OI, HA1AG, F5LIW and others.<br />
* UFT contest rules updated. Tnx F6CEL.<br />
* Yaesu FTDX101 added. Tnx RA1ANY, RA3AUU.<br />
* Icom IC-9700 added. Tnx F1ULQ.<br />
* WAEDC : Cabrillo output file upgraded to v3 specs.<br />
* WAEDC DX side : Send QTC dialog (Ctrl-L) now displays the maximum available QTC to send (if any). You can modify the number of QTC to send, or only display the already sent QTC, with F9 (or the "QTC / Show sent" button). F8 allows to modify the recipient callsign. <br />
* QSO and distinct callsigns counts added in the distinct callsigns report when sorted by country.<br />
* "Copy" button added to the log check dialogs, allowing to easily paste reports in a spreadsheet.<br />
<br />
==Release information 4.29.0 (July 5, 2019)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* When a exception callsign and a prefix were identical in the CTY file, and under some specific circumstances, the DXCC lookup function could fail. Tnx F5LIW.<br />
* FOC Marathon : Stats are now displayed on 3 days. Tnx F5NZY.<br />
* RSGB AFS : Dupe count on 40m was wrong. Tnx G0HSA.<br />
* REF 160m : The total and final score lines weren't displayed in the summary window.<br />
* RTTY : Messages with embedded scripts were hanging Win-Test. Tnx N6TV.<br />
===New Features===<br />
* YU DX Contest rules updated. Tnx F5IN.<br />
* Spot Warnings : When you're spotted, the spot comment, if any, is now displayed.<br />
* RSGB HF contests : District Code for Norwich has been changed from "NR" to "NK". Tnx F1ICS.<br />
* ADIF export : Output fields reordered and STATION_CALLSIGN field added. Tnx YT9TP.<br />
* IARU HF : Cabrillo v3 output file implemented. Fixes also task #384. Tnx OH6XX, N6TV and others.<br />
<br />
==Release information 4.28.0 (June 15, 2018)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* When no MP3 CODEC were detected, start recording was displaying the MP3 settings dialog in an endless loop. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* ARI Contest : Serial numbers for DX stations have separate numbering per band. Tnx ES5TV.<br />
* Validation controls of the split freq edit field strengthened.<br />
===New Features===<br />
* Single-click actions option added to all windows where it makes sense. Tnx K5WQG, N6TV.<br />
* The callsign "6OX" is accepted despite its exotic syntax.<br />
* CQWW RTTY : DC mult added according to the 2018 rules. Tnx W0YK.<br />
* Internal CW keyer (LPT and serial outputs) : Keying compensation added (0 to 20 ms) in the Interfaces setup dlg. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* Icom IC-7610 added. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* REF contest : Off-time periods dialog removed. Tnx F5LEN.<br />
* CW / RTTY : Work dupes by default. Tnx F6IRA.<br />
<br />
==Release information 4.27.0 (Jan 4, 2018)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* RAC contest : Despite the rules indicate MIXED (CW + SSB) category only entries, the F10 wnd wasn't correctly scaled when using a single-mode category. Tnx SP5KP.<br />
* Statistics Wnd (Ctrl-F9) : Under some specific circumstances, the log data weren't correctly displayed in the targets tab. Tnx F5LIW.<br />
* Auto-repeat mode was broken (silly me !). Tnx VE2FWW, N6TV, W4DD and many others.<br />
===New Features===<br />
* DARC XMAS : Sprint logic exchange now applicable for this contest. Tnx K3LR and N6TV.<br />
<br />
==Release information 4.26.0 (Nov 19, 2017)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* When prefixes or callareas are mults, some special callsigns weren't correctly taken into account. Tnx OF100FI/0.<br />
* Status wnd (Alt-J) : Under some specific circumstances, the stations count displayed in the title bar was wrong.<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
* LZ DX : QSO and DUPES columns were inverted in the summary window in single-mode categories, and CW and SSB culumns were swapped in Mixed category. Tnx W3SE / ZL3TE.<br />
* SAC : Wire-Only overlay category added. Tnx OH1RX.<br />
* CSV and text exports : Serial sent text format is identical to the format used in the log. Tnx F5LIW.<br />
* Gab wnd (Alt-I) : Can be cleared now with a CLEARGAB text command.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.25.0) (June 28, 2017)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
<br />
* VHF+ contest : The ODX was broken under some specific circumstances. Tnx F5HRY/P.<br />
* SPDX Contest : The summary window was broken. Tnx SP5KP, F5LIW and others. (Task #380)<br />
* Asia-Pacific sprint : Win-Test was unabled to write the output Cabrillo file. Tnx UA9YE.<br />
* Some AltGr (Ctrl + Alt) keys were not correctly displayed when defined in the script manager or the DEFINEKEYS command.<br />
* Under some very specific circumstances of networking connection / disconnection and sync enabling / disabling, the log file could be corrupted. Tnx PA2A @ PI4CC.<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
* Helvetia contest : New rules 2017 implemented. Tnx HB9AMO and others.<br />
* ARI DX : Allowed bands and 10-minute rule adapted to the rules 2017. Tnx IZ1LBG. (Task #379)<br />
* RSGB AFS : 40m added. Tnx G3RTE.<br />
* The displayed bands selection for the Check Callsign (F9), Check DXCC (Alt-M), Check Mult (F10) and Check Zone (Alt-Z) windows is now done in a dialog box instead of menu items. Tnx F5LIW. <br />
* NA Sprint SSB : The Multipliers list is updated and is now similar to the mult list of the CW/RTTY legs . Also, the equivalence is now NA_SPRINT.DAT for all legs, and has been updated on the repository. Tnx KA9FOX.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.24.0) (January 20, 2017)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* Under some circumstances, the rotators wnd was flickering.<br />
* NA Sprint CW/RTTY : Multipliers list updated. Tnx N6TV, N6TR. Note : You must update your NA_CW_RTTY_SPRINT.DAT equivalence file if you use it, to get credit for the new mults. <br />
* DXPed HF logs : The country list used is now the DXCC one, not the "CQWW" one.<br />
* FT1000 : VFO-B frequency setting enabled. Tnx DL6RAI. <br />
* FT1000 : When setting a split freq, the filter setting wasn't retained. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
* Typo in a menu item. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
* When a callsign was grabbed, the realtime slot of the partners windows were not updated.<br />
* Cabrillo : The alternate frequency option wasn't working for multi-ops logs.<br />
* Under some OS display settings, the Alt-F dialog was truncated. Tnx HA3LN.<br />
* After editing logged QSO, the Alt-J QSY timers were not always accurate.<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
* New network protocol version 1.30 released. Reminder: If you use WT in a networked environment, you must have the same WT version on all machines!<br />
* Lua API version string is 1.4.0<br />
* To make the 3830scores.com reporting easier, the summary columns of the mixed mode contests are reordered. <br />
* DXPed logs (HF and VHF) : The reports entry fields ignore keys which are not digits. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
* Summary wnd (Alt-S) : Displayed bands can be selected. This selection is in sync with the Check Callsign (F9), the Check DXCC (Alt-M), the Check Mult (F10) and the Check Zone (Alt-Z) windows. Note: It's only a display selection to save space : You can still QSY and enter Q on the hidden bands. And all bands are taken into account in the summary totals.<br />
* 60m band added for the DXPed HF logs. NOTES: <br />
: 1) Considering the various freq allocations depending on the country, a minimal band plan has been implemented in the Default band plan. You can modify it, according to your needs. Your custom band plans (if any) must be updated as well.<br />
: 2) DXPed log files containing 60m QSO can't be read with previous versions of Win-Test.<br />
: Tnx DL6RAI for testing.<br />
* NAQP : Mult list and various other things updated according to the new rules. Tnx KL9A.<br />
* ARRL 10m contest : Following the new rules, the multiplier "DF" is changed to "CMX". Tnx N6TV, N5KO.<br />
* Lua : wtQso:GetData API : Gridsquare added in the table returned. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* If a station type is sticked, its type is checked against the rules of a newly created contest file, and can be forced to the default Run type if needed. Tnx N6KI and N6TV.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.23.0) (October 21, 2016)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* WAG DX side : The NM exchange (Non Member) was considered as a N multiplier.<br />
* Alt-F4 : The the CAT activity has now decreased , and the function was broken for mixed-mode logs. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* Entering any text command in Secondary Radio Window moved it to the wrong band. Tnx N6TV. (Task #370/373)<br />
* WAE : Under some circumstances, the log and QTC backup files were corrupted. Tnx F5LIW.<br />
* VHF+ contests : When a gridsquare of a logged QSO was modified, the points weren't correctly computed on the other networked computers, leading to a score difference between them. Tnx DL8AAU.<br />
* Under some circumstances of simultaneous log openings on different machines in a network, Win-Test could crash. Tnx W9PA @ K3LR.<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
* Split Freq dlg : Now accepts offsets from the current frequency. E.g.: If your freq is 7020 and you enter +1.1, the split freq will be adjusted to 7021.1. Negative values (-1.1 for ex.) also work.<br />
* UK/EI DX contest added. Tnx SQ8N.<br />
* Secondary Radio wnd : Columns headings added. The color can be adjusted with the Colors (contextual) menu. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* Radios : FT891, FTDX1200, FTDX3000 and FTDX5000 added. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* WAE Phone : DX side : The INS and CR keys and buttons are now enabled in the transmit QTC dialog. The CR button tags the current QTC as sent. The INS button does the same, and makes the next QTC as the current one. It clearly makes the QTC transmission much easier to follow. Tnx F1HAR.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.22.0) (August 26, 2016)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* WAEDC : DX side CW / SSB : The potential QTC weren't displayed in the radio wnd (bandmap or list) despite the option was checked.<br />
* WAEDC : The left and right arrows now work correctly in the dialog to chose the number of QTC to send.<br />
* QTC transmit dlg : The active QTC wasn't correctly highlighted when using the Ctrl-Fx buttons.<br />
* The default Check Partial / N + 1 file for VHF contests was HF.DTB instead of VHF.DTB. Tnx DK5KMA.<br />
* When 4.20 and 4.21 were on the same LAN (not recommended), with sync enabled, 4.21 was hanging. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* IARU HF : If an HQ was only 2 characters long, it was ignored.<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
* WAE CW : DX side : The CW speed used when sending the QTC is now preserved between sessions, and the Rate wnd is updated accordingly. No need to juggle with Alt-F9/F10 anymore.<br />
* Callsign Wnd (F9) : Tooltip more readable.<br />
* New behaviour of the $NEXT variable in the QTC transmit messages to make life much easier (and less confusing) for the DX stations in the WAEDC CW contest.<br />
** $NEXT must be the first variable in the Ins message. The default message is now: $NEXT $DONE $TIME $CALLSIGN $SERIAL<br />
** Update your current message if it is not up to date<br />
** When $NEXT is executed, the active QTC jumps to the next one ONLY if the current QTC has been already sent.<br />
** With this new behaviour, the usual QTC transmission sequence is now:<br />
*** Ctrl-L / Enter (or 1 to 9) to chose the number of QTC to send (usually 10).<br />
*** After the QTC dlg shows up, exchange the QRV? and the QTC series number with the recipient.<br />
*** From now, hit Ins for every QTC to send, one after the other.<br />
*** If the recepient requests a full resend of the QTC just sent, use CR. If he requests an individual field, use the appropriate Fx key or button. If the QTC is ack'ed, use Ins to send the next one.<br />
*** When all QTC of the series have been sent (and acknowledged), use Ins one last time (or Plus) to thank and save the QTC series.<br />
** In these conditions, you normally shouldn't need to use the Up/Down arrows anymore unless exceptional circumstances.<br />
* CW and RTTY : New $RAWSERIAL variable. Sends the serial number of the QSO with leading zeros and without any abbreviation. Now used in the default F3 msg (if it applies) to repeat the serial in a more traditional way. It also works in the QTC messages.<br />
* Script manager dialog : Ctrl + Double click on a script brings up the properties dialog.<br />
* IOTA contest<br />
** If the IOTA ref is pre-filled from the callsign field content, the new IOTA warning is now displayed if applicable. Tnx F5LIW.<br />
** EXPERIMENTAL : Separate numbering for Multi-One and Multi-Two categories : The RUN or RUN1 stations use a sequence of odd numbers (starting at 1), and the MULT or RUN2 stations use a sequence of even numbers (starting at 2).<br />
** Multi-Two category added. Tnx G3WVG.<br />
** The WAE entities list is now used to prefill the island reference more accurately (ex GM/s stations). Tnx N6TV.<br />
* The DVK bargraph can now be horizontal (default) or vertical.<br />
* Internal DVK : The first and last 100 ms of the messages are now truncated to prevent the keys and mouse clicks to be heard. Tnx SM5AJV and N6TV.<br />
* RTTY shortcuts buttons are now a bit thicker to accommodate older eyes. Tnx SP5GRM.<br />
* Additional CW and RTTY variables :<br />
** $LOC4 and $GRID4 are equivalent to $GRIDFIELD.<br />
** $LOC6 and $GRID6 are equivalent to $GRIDSQUARE or $LOCATOR.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.21.0) (June 27, 2016)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* The CW "No sound" menu item state wasn't consistent with the CW sound status.<br />
* The check mark on Options / Disable Log Sync wasn't consistent when no log was opened.<br />
* The station name displayed in the network error dlg when several masters were on the same LAN wasn't correct.<br />
* Gridsquares map window (Alt-L) : Mouse wheel actions were broken since version 4.7.0 ! <br />
* Stew Perry contest was using VHF.DTB instead of DEFAULT.SCP. Tnx N6TV. (Task #184). <br />
* Serial communications : Under some circumstances, especially with some USB drivers under Windows 10, the inbound stream was not correctly processed. Tnx Jan @ remoterig.com<br />
* Voice keyer (DVK) : Under some circumstances, some audio output devices may miss in the Interfaces settings dialog.<br />
* French Championship : QSO wih FT entities are now credited with 15 pts instead of 6. Tnx F4SGU.<br />
* Remote dlg : The text command is now limited to 13 chars, to comply with the log entry field. Tnx N6TV. (Task #368)<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
* Lua API version string is 1.3.0<br />
* IARU HF : Duplicate HQ abbreviations are now managed. (Task #350)<br />
* The login / logout protocols can be now disabled as the other ones in the advanced network settings.<br />
* Log Sync : Better overall performance. Tnx DJ7TO, DL5MLO and the DA0HQ team.<br />
* Cabrillo Options : New options similar to the File / Clean file options, but the QSO exclusions (or editions) are *only* temporary for the Cabrillo file output.<br />
* ADIF Options : QSO range added.<br />
* Mult Wnd (Alt-M) : The "hide clean sweeps" and "hide never worked" options are maintained during the text / SYLK copy. Tnx ES5TV.<br />
* Tune dlg : For safety, added a 30-second timeout to automatically stop tuning no matter what.<br />
* Stew Perry Challenge : Added for March, June and October.<br />
* Lua : wtQso:GetData API : stnName and stnFlags added in the table returned. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* CW Auto Send : Updated to allow its use when both radios are in RUN mode. Tnx SM5AJV, N6TV.<br />
* Lua : wtApp:TextCommand updated to add strStation and nNotificationID arguments. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* Standard and additional messages : New import / export features. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* Clean log dlg : New option to remove 0 points QSO from the log. Tnx K3LR, N6TV.<br />
* Radios : IC-7300 added. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* CQ WPX RTTY : M/S entrants are now allowed to 10 band changes. Tnx EC1KR.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.20.0) (January 17, 2016)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* ARRL 10m : Tools / Check Bad Exchanges was broken.<br />
* Under some circumstances, the default contest log names were broken.<br />
* ARRL SS : Correct label for the sections field. <br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
* Radios : IC-7600, IC-7800, IC-7850, IC-7851 : New code for a better management of these radios. It requires the latest firmwares. Tnx N6TV, K3LR, K9LA (Icom America), ICOM France, HRO Sunnyvale (CA), AA6W and K6SSJ.<br />
* Radios : FT-991 added. Tnx N6TV, SP5IOU.<br />
* Radio Wnd : New option to enable / disable the RIT display, when applicable. Tnx F5LIW, K3LR.<br />
* PACC contest : Rules 2016. Dutch provinces (for non-PA) and DXCC and call areas (for PA) now count as mult per band and per mode when taking part in Mixed category. Tnx PA5M.<br />
* French Championship : Rules 2016 applied. Tnx F5LEN.<br />
* Radio Wnd : Ctrl-Up / Ctrl-Down in the list view doesn't lose cursor when a Q is entered. Tnx K5KG. (Task #364).<br />
* LZ DX Contest : New rules 2015 for LZ stations applied. The only limitation is the 10-min rule for the M/S station, which is always applied for band *or mode* change, independently of the status of the station (RUN or MULT). Tnx LZ2CJ.<br />
* ARRL SS : Default CW msgs updated. Tnx W2GD, N6TV.<br />
* ARRL SS : Added new message variable $PREC (precedence) for the ARRL Sweepstakes, automatically determined from entry class and power level. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* Log check reports : QSO with own callsign are now ignored. Tnx FY5KE.<br />
* Status wnd (Alt-J) : X-min rule timers now ignore QSO with own callsign. Tnx FY5KE.<br />
* Check country wnd (F10) : QSO with own callsign are now ignored. Tnx FY5KE.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.19.0) (October 15, 2015)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* SAC contest : This contest wasn't displayed in October if the "This month only" checkbox was enabled despite the SSB leg takes place in October. Tnx F5LIW. <br />
* Rate Wnd (Alt-R). Various QSO rate statistics were wrong. Tnx CT1BOH. <br />
* FT1000 : The TRX was switched to RTTY-USB for high bands instead of RTTY-LSB. Tnx DL6RAI @ P49V.<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
* CAUTION: New network protocol version 1.29 released. Reminder: If you use WT in a networked environment, you must have the same WT version on all machines!<br />
* Status Wnd (Alt-J) : Best effort to display the TX freq of the radios. Radio brand and model dependent. Tnx N6TV. Note : Icom users will need the latest Icom firmware, and the latest OmniRig rig definition files (check the N6TV files) to get chances to see VFO B displayed for Icom radios, especially if they want to use split mode.<br />
* Experimental : VHF+ spots : When the comment is using the "Locator<Prop>Locator" format, the second locator is now considered as the DX locator. Tnx G3ZAY, F5HRY.<br />
* Radio Wnd : Spot mode (according to the used band plan) added in the tooltip text.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.18.0) (September 25, 2015)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* NA Sprint : Tools / Check log / Search for possible bad exchanges was broken. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* Rate Wnd (Alt-R). Various QSO and Mult statistics were wrong. Tnx CT1BOH.<br />
* REG1TEST : The mode code is now output in the QSO records. It can be optionally omitted for contests where the mode is not stated in the rules, in accordance to the REG1TEST format specifications.<br />
* WAEDC : The 10-min violations check was performed on the RUN and MULT stations, while this rule only applies to the RUN stations. Tnx DL1EKC.<br />
* Partial (F12) and NP1 (F8) windows : While modifying an already entered QSO, the callsign of the original QSO wasn't correctly ignored during the searches. Tnx FY5FY.<br />
* WAE : Receiving QTC : If the callsign of the QTC sender was modified, and the receiving dialog was cancelled, the modification remained.<br />
* The Win-Test version number is no more extracted from the language file DLL, but rather from the exe itself, to get the correct string when having mutiple Win-Test versions in the same directory. Tnx F5TTU, F6BGC.<br />
* When used in a network environment, a QSO entered on the secondary radio had a wrong serial number on the other machines of the network. Tnx DL5AOJ.<br />
* Radio wnd : Under some circumstances, when your own callsign was entered in the bandmap (Ctrl-Enter), it was displayed as a new mult. Tnx TM0HQ.<br />
* The action on Options / Disable Log Sync wasn't consistent when no log was opened.<br />
* Toolbar : The tooltip text for the summary icon was missing since the very first version of Win-Test ! ;-)<br />
* Bugfix : Alt-F dlg : Under some circumstances, the QSO op. was not specified.<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
* WAE : Receive QTC dlg : Received serials are now formatted with leading zeroes if needed. Tnx F5LIW.<br />
* WAE : Receive QTC dlg : Received times with 2 numbers (minutes) are now set to the correct hour according to the received time of the previous QTC. Tnx F5LIW.<br />
* Radios : IC-7100 and IC-7200 added. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* Cabrillo output file (v3) : eMail address tag added.<br />
* Cabrillo output file (v3) : New option to indicate if you wish to receive, if eligible, a paper certificate sent via postal mail by the contest sponsor. The contest sponsor may or may not honor this tag, and if so may or may not use opt-in or opt-out as the default.<br />
* Cabrillo output file : New option to output the "alternate" frequency for split QSO. May be useful if the available CAT data for your radio can't be used to determine accurately the TX freq vs the RX freq.<br />
* Several specific installers lacked the installation of the msflxgrd.ocx library. Tnx F5UPO.<br />
* CW : SOUND/NOSOUND and associated menu items : This option is now always disabled when Win-Test runs under an operating system after Vista included. It means that it will not work for those OS, and *may* work on previous OS, depending on the hardware. In all cases, it is very recommanded to rely on the TRX internal sidetone instead.<br />
* WAEDC : The SAVELOG, COPYLOG commands and the automatic backups now include the QTC files. Tnx GW3SQX @ GW7O.<br />
* ARRL DX, ARRL 10m and ARRL 160m contests : The Cabrillo output files are now compliant with the v3 specs. Tnx F5PHW.<br />
* Edit menu : New item : Apply exchange to every QSO with...(Ctrl-F10) When applicable, it allows to update exchanges of every Q whose the callsign is identical to the callsign of the current Q, with the exchange(s) of this Q.<br />
* Gab Wnd (Alt-I) : New contextual menu item to clear the content of the window.<br />
* Cabrillo file : Win-Test now ensures the operators list is correctly space-delimited.<br />
* The protocol version is now displayed in the Advanced Settings dlg of the network.<br />
* Status Wnd (Alt-J) : When using a multi-op network, you can now send a remote command to a specific station by opening the context menu on this station name and use "Send remote command to XXX...".<br />
* COPYLOG command : Notification added. Tnx TM0HQ.<br />
* Ctrl + PageUp / PageDown now browses the log by 12h steps instead of 24h initially. This makes it usable for 24h long contests.<br />
* Status Wnd (Alt-J) : When using a multi-op network, you can now ping a specific station by opening the context menu on this station name and use "Ping XXX". The Win-Test version, the Master, Bridgehead, Sync indicators and the propagation time are returned in the Gab window (Alt-I). Reminder : You can use the INV (stands for Inventory) text command to get a summary of the complete network.<br />
* Enhanced replies to the inventory command (INV) with a log sync enabled indicator (S vs s).<br />
* IARU HF : Mult wnd (F10) : AC, R1, R2 and R3 labels updated.<br />
* Contest settings dialog : To prevent any side effect (especially with the network), the syntax of the station name is checked, and 'exotic' characters are replaced by an underscore if needed. Tnx F1UVN @ TM0HQ. <br />
* Alt-F dlg : The read-only station name field is now disabled.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.17.0) (June 30, 2015)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* The ODX per band were sometimes wrong after band modifications of specific QSO. Tnx F1PKY @ F5KMB.<br />
* IARU 50 MHz (and higher) contests : The PSect field of the output files are now in accordance to the REG1TEST specs. Tnx F2DX, OK2ZI.<br />
* MP3 configuration dialog : Under some circumstances, an error loop could occur. Tnx DL6RAI. (Task #363)<br />
* FT2000 : Under some circumstances, read frequencies were not consistent. Tnx F8DBF, F4DXW.<br />
* For some contests, a QSO entered with your own callsign didn't count 0 points. Tnx N6TV. (Task #362)<br />
* MP3 QSO extract : There was a few seconds offset in the recording.<br />
* SP DX contest : When provinces were displayed with the "all bands" option *and* alphabetically, the "Z" province was missing. Tnx DL6RAI. (Task #360).<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
* CAUTION: New network protocol version 1.28 released. Reminder: If you use WT in a networked environment, you must have the same WT version on all machines!<br />
* Status Wnd (Alt-J) : New column for the current op. added. Cf OPON/OPOFF or LOGIN/LOGOUT commands or use nicknames. Tnx ES5TV.<br />
* Set QSO freq dlg (Alt-F): Swap main / QSX freq button added.<br />
* Rate Wnd (Alt-R) : When entering in a category where modes can be mixed, the elapsed time between band changes now takes account of modes as well.<br />
* CQ-M contest : To be compliant with the new rules 2015, there is no more multiplier station, even in M/S. Tnx RU3DNN. <br />
* ARI contest : A station can now be set as a MULT station. The 10 min timer in the Alt-J wnd considers band and mode changes. Tnx ES5TV.<br />
* OK OM DX : Win-Test is now adapted to comply to the new SSB rules. To make things easier, the CW leg is kept unchanged ! Read carefully the rules before entering. Tnx ON5GQ. <br />
* Contest recorder : QSO extraction to a mp3 file : The QSO extraction parameters are now (1) the time before the QSO was _STARTED_ (0 sec by default - it means the clip starts at the same time when you listen to the QSO with AltGr-Enter) and (2) the time after the QSO was _ENTERED_ (10 sec by default). Tnx ES5TV.<br />
* ARRL DX and ARRL 10 : When exporting logs in ADIF, the DC "state" is replaced by MD. Tnx F8ATS.<br />
* Lua : wtScript:AssignArgument now takes the strings "true" and "false" as boolean arguments. Numeric values do not require double quotes. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* Script manager : Properties dlg : Now accepts a default argument even if no key is defined for the script. But, in any case, a key or a text command must be defined to allow a default argument. Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.16.0) (Mar 17, 2015)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
<br />
* REF HF : FS now does count for a French dept instead of a DXCC entity. The final scores were not affected by this bug. Tnx F4EJL.<br />
* If the default directory at launch time wasn't the app directory, the automatic starts of wtDxTelnet and wtRotators were failing. Tnx F5LIW.<br />
* Ctrl-Del (delete spot from bandmap) was broken. Tnx N6TV. (Task #354)<br />
* Network advanced settings dialog : The last outbound protocol was always enabled, despite its setting. Tnx F1HAR.<br />
* Common prefixes to GM and GM/s were considered as GM even if the WAE list was used. Tnx N6TV. (Task #355)<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
<br />
* Spanish and German translations updated. Tnx EB2RA and DL6RAI.<br />
* LUA : Because of a conflict name with the wtScript class, the wtScript variable (name of the Topmost script) is now replaced with wtRootScript. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* RDXC : R7K - Crimea (RK) and R7R - Sevastopol (SE) added to the mults list. Use the latest CTY_OBL.DAT accordingly. Tnx RU3DNN.<br />
* Lua : wtContest:GetMyCallsign() and wtStatus:GetMyStation() added. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* Registration dialog : The QR codes of the registration URL are enlarged.<br />
* ICOM radios : IC-970, IC-9100 and IC-7850 added. Tnx OK8WW, EA8RM and K3LR.<br />
* ARRL DX (DX side) : To strictly comply with the current rules (section 5.2.2), the PEI multiplier (VY2) is now labelled PE. The STATES.DAT is also accordingly updated on the usual repository http://download.win-test.com/files/equivalence/ .<br />
* NA Sprint : Because of the different multipliers per leg, the equivalence files must now be NA_SSB_SPRINT.DAT and NA_CW_RTTY_SPRINT.DAT. They are available on the usual repository http://download.win-test.com/files/equivalence/ . Tnx KD4D and N6TV.<br />
* NA Sprint : DC and the usual 14 Canadian provinces and territories are now considered as multipliers for the Phone leg (the MAR mult. is no longer used). Tnx KW8N.<br />
* UBA DX : Mult stations are now allowed for Multi-Op (Single TX) entries. Also, the 10-min timer for RUN stations is now displayed in the status window (Alt-J). Tnx RU3DNN.<br />
* NA Sprint : KL stations are now considered as US stations and their state (AK) is now in the states list. KH6 stations are also considered as US stations for the Phone leg, and their state (HI) is now in the states list. During the CW / RTTY legs, KH6 stations are considered as DX stations (not NA). Tnx N6TV.<br />
* ARRL 10m : Mixed mode category forced in the Cabrillo output for the M/S entries.<br />
* Script properties : Tooltip added over the key edit field with the key code and modifiers values. It can help for the wtScript:AssignKeyCode function. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* Scripts manager : Run button added. The selected script is run the same way as if it were run by the assigned key (if any), and with the argument set in the properties dialog (if any). Tnx N6TV.<br />
* Lua : wtScript:AssignFKey and wtScript:AssignKeyCode functions added. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* Script Manager : Error message added when the SciTE or the script editor weren't correctly installed or configured. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
* New CW and RTTY variables introduced : $GRAB1 to $GRAB9 to grab from the partner stack slots, and $GRABRT1 to GRABRT3 to grab from the partner realtime slots.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.15.0) (Nov 22, 2014)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* When a voice message contained several script calls in a row, only one out of two was executed. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* ARRL SS : When a callsign is grabbed, the cursor is now set to the serial field. Tnx AC6T, N6TV. (Task #353)<br />
* When not using advanced SO2R with Shift bound to the secondary radio, Shift-Enter now has no action. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* Partner window: The SUPPORT / NOSUPPORT (or PARTNER / NOPARTNER) commands didn't resize the window properly.<br />
* Partner window context menu: The "Remove" item was enabled for empty slots while it was supposed to be grayed.<br />
* Partner stack: If the same callsign was in two adjacent slots in the Partner stack, only one of them was cleared when the callsign was entered in the log.<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
* CAUTION: New network protocol version 1.27 released. Reminder: If you use WT in a networked environment, you must have the same WT version on all machines!<br />
* Contest recorder : AltGr+E shortcut added as "Extract and Save QSO". Tnx N6TV.<br />
* LZ-DX contest : 10 min. CQWW DX rule applied to the M/S entrants, but currently limited to the band changes (the mode changes are ignored). Tnx RU3DNN.<br />
* Partner : There are now two different colors for data entered as Run or as Support. Useful when there are several partner positions for one run. Tnx F5HRY@TM0HQ.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.14.0) (Oct 19, 2014)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* When several mp3 record files from different stations for a given contest were used, the rewind and forward functions led to a crash. Tnx DL8AAU@DR9A.<br />
* Radio wnd: When using a Windows font size option different from 100%, the VFO displays didn't scale up well. Tnx N6XI, N6TV.<br />
* Lua: An error occurred when calling a script with the double-quote key. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* RDAC: The Tools / Check log / Search for bad exchanges function was not working for the RDAC contest. Tnx SP5KP<br />
* In the Alt-M wnd, when data were ordered by number of worked bands/modes, and never worked mults were hidden, the sweep clean mults were always displayed, despite this option was set or not. Tnx CT1BOH.<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
* CAUTION: New network protocol version 1.26 released Reminder: If you use WT in a networked environment, you must have the same WT version on all machines!<br />
* New notes file format and network protocol to ease log corrections within Win-Test. Check the new last items of the Tools / Check log menu.<br />
* Partner: New properties dialog to set the various options. By default, the realtime keystrokes network transmission is disabled when switched to the S&P mode. It can be enabled by choice in this properties dialog. Tnx TM0HQ & N6TV.<br />
* IARU HF: A '?' indicator is now displayed when the received exchange is not an ITU zone, AC, R1, R2 or R3, or not composed of letters only.<br />
* New option in Tools / Check log / Search for bad exchanges, to detect exchanges discrepancies in the log only.<br />
* Merge report redesigned: All conflicts are ordered by time and also by station name.<br />
* The Date/Time dialog (Alt-F) now indicates the station who entered the QSO. Not editable. Tnx F8CRH@TM0HQ. <br />
* New Goto Callsign edit menu (Shortcut Shift+Ctrl+G) to set the cursor on a QSO with a given callsign. By default, the callsign of the current QSO is searched. If it is empty (i.e. if the cursor is set to the last (empty) line of the log), a dialog is opened. The search is done backwards.<br />
* New CW option to enable/disable the speed bursts (+/-) without modifying the messages. Text commands are BURSTS / NOBURSTS. Useful to defeat CW skimmers on-demand.<br />
* Interfaces setup dialog: The lists for each COM port are now reordered to comply with the most current needs.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.13.0) (Jun 30, 2014)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* REF DDFM 50 MHz contest : Default CW msgs were using $GRIDSQUARE (6-char locator) instead of $GRIDFIELD (4-char locator). Tnx F2DX.<br />
* Gab window (Alt-I) : If the content was scrolled back, a double-click on a line set an incorrect default recipient in the opened Gab/Talk dialog. Tnx F8CRH@F6KRK.<br />
* REF VHF contest : Win-Test was asking for the "departement" in the contest settings dialog (was useless), and the help dialog was inappropriate. Tnx F5HRY.<br />
* CQ-M contest : Contest identifier for the Cabrillo and ADIF output files were misspelled. Tnx RU3RQ. (Task #348). <br />
* WPX : The prefix of VY2MGY/3 now resolved as VY3. Tnx N6TV. (Task #347).<br />
* Bugfix : Lua : wtApp:CallScript(name, arg) was always casting arg to a string. Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
* EF6 added as a valid exception callsign. Tnx F6FDR.<br />
* Radio windows - List view : In the "Sort by Mult Type" view, the non-mults stations are now sorted by QSO points in descending order. Tnx G3WW.<br />
* Radio windows - List view : New sorting option by QSO points in descending order, irrelevant of mults, added. Tnx G3WW.<br />
* WRTC 2014 and IARU HF : Check multiplier wnd (F10) : New label for HQs "entities" to prevent confusion with DXCC entities. Tnx CT1BOH.<br />
* Log : The column header of the serial sent (if any) is now correctly labeled ("No."). Tnx N6TV.<br />
* Options / Log / Align exchanges : New option to line up received exchanges in mixed mode. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* WRTC 2014 : Worked Mults wnd (Alt-M). The "copy as text" menu item is now enabled. Tnx CT1BOH.<br />
* WRTC 2014 : /MM stations are not counting for DXCC entity, and are credited depending on their ITU zone. Tnx KM3T.<br />
* WRTC 2014 : The country list used is DXCC (not WAE). Tnx KM3T.<br />
* WRTC 2014 : In the contest configuration dialog, the zone is set to 8, the Gridsquare is set to FN42fg and can't be modified.<br />
* The very singular 7QNL (and future 7QAA) callsigns are now accepted. Their prefixes are also resolved as 7Q0. Tnx PA3FYM. <br />
* Lookup function for the DXCC entities resolver refactored to allow easier extension for cases like the newly introduced 4Y1A and C7A,when callsigns are assigned to two entities.<br />
* RTTY : Fields assignments updated for the NCCC Sprint. Tnx AA2MF.<br />
* King Of Spain contest : SMR multiplier added. Tnx EA4TX.<br />
* Marconi HF : New points rules applied. Tnx IK6BAK.<br />
* Lua : In CW, when chaining wtKeyer:Play() instructions, the word space between the string arguments will be omitted if they end with a "~". Example :<br />
<br />
wtKeyer:Play(string1)<br />
wtKeyer:Play(string2)<br />
: Will omit the word space between string1 and string2 if string1 ends with a "~". Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.12.0) (February 10, 2014)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* UBA DX : The format of the output cabrillo file didn't stick to the required specs. Tnx ON5GQ. <br />
* DARC 10 : Under some circumstances, the DOK field was cleared while it wasn't necessary. Tnx DJ4MZ.<br />
* Lua : The wtApp:CallScript function was always returning a nil value when used with two parameters. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* The log sync enables / disabled setting was not correctly saved between logs openings. Tnx DK9TN@ED6A.<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
* DARC 10 : The NM exchange (Non Member) is no more considered as a multiplier. Tnx DJ4MZ.<br />
* Radios : IC-7410 added. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
* Script Manager : Various UI enhancements and API bugfixes. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* Clear Log : The station type (RUN, MULT, etc.) setting is now preserved when this function is performed. Tnx DK9TN@TK4W.<br />
* Network : Time distribution : A warning now pops up when time sync frames are received, and the Windows user who started Win-Test hasn't enough privilege to modify the system clock. Tnx P40L, N6TV.<br />
* Lua : wtQso:GetData() returned table updated for the specific ARRL Sweepstakes contest. The QSO# received is in the "rstReceived" index, and the Precedence letter is in the "miscInfo2Received" index. Tnx N6TV. (Task #338).<br />
* Mult Window (Alt-M) : New "Hide never worked" option added. Pretty experimental for now, depending on the contest. Tnx CT1BOH.<br />
* Radio windows : The spot selected by a right click is now highlighted to prevent confusion. The highlight color calculation now also works for dark hues. Tnx AD1C@K0RF.<br />
* Stats window : In CQWW DX, the zones / overall display was clipped to the last hour when a new zone was worked.<br />
* Radio windows : Time / Spotter and Comments display options added in the list view. These settings are common to both views. Tnx CT1BOH.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.11.0) (October 20, 2013)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* CQWW RTTY : The check log tool for the number of allowed QSY per hour in M/S was broken. Tnx DL9YAJ @ DR5N.<br />
* Frequency offsets weren't always correctly processed, especially on the secondary radio. Tnx DL5AOJ.<br />
* Extra Data files : Depending on the newline character(s) and other various parameters, the displayed data could be incorrect. Tnx IK0HBN, N6TV.<br />
* When a log was entirely entered manually, the date of QSO wasn't correctly set when using the "<" or ">" keys to access and fill the time field. Tnx F5LEN.<br />
* Under some circumstances of startup order and various settings, a "20 days older or newer log" false alert might be triggered. Tnx F6BGC @ TM0HQ.<br />
* RDAC Contest : Exchanges for callsigns ending with /x (x = 0 to 9) are now searched in the database and the log. Tnx SP5KP. <br />
* AGCW HNY : The (optional) AGCW membership number entry field was emptied when it was not supposed to be ! Tnx DJ0ZY.<br />
* Displayed ODX inconstancy under some circumstances when a QSO was deleted. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
* RAEM : The coordinates entry field was emptied when it was not supposed to be ! Tnx DJ0ZY.<br />
* When using the GOTO function by entering a QSO number and Ctrl-G, the pattern analyser warning message (if any) is now cleared.<br />
* The modifications entered into the Freq Offsets dialog are now taken into account immediately. No need to reload the current log. Tnx YL2GD.<br />
* When using a K3, changing band by entering its wavelength was sometimes setting the wrong LSB/USB mode. Tnx M0VFC (Task #326)<br />
* Under some circumstances, a random character could be entered in the Info field in a DXPed log, when using the Up/Down arrows in this field.<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
* Networking : Sockets initializations updated to comply with the usage of Win-Test in a Linux / Wine environment. The wtCom.dll must be updated (v2.0.4 or better) as well for this usage if needed. Tnx AA6KJ.<br />
* ADIF <br />
** output : Addition of the CREATED_TIMESTAMP field in the header, and the CONTEST_ID field in every QSO record, when applicable.<br />
** Export : The ADIF country code is now added to the QSO record. Requires using the latest CTY_WT.DAT or CTY_WT_MOD.DAT country files (02 August 2013 or later). Tnx AD1C. <br />
* CQWW DX Contest<br />
** The overlay "Classic" category has been added in the contest configuration dialog. It only adds the appropriate line in the Cabrillo output file.<br />
** The overlay category Xtreme is added in the contest configuration dialog, and in the Cabrillo file output as well. Tnx KL1A.<br />
* WAE Contest<br />
** The special calculation for the creation of the offtime section in the Cabrillo file has been removed, being now obsolete. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
** Offtime threshold is now set to one hour. <br />
* Lua<br />
** wtQso:GetData() function added. Returns a table with fields of the current Qso. The current available keys are "time", "band", "mode", "freq", "callsign", "rstSent", "serialSent", "rstReceived", "exchReceived", "miscInfoReceived", "miscInfo2Received".<br />
** wtApp:GetLogFileName() and wtApp:GetIniFileName() functions added. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* UFT contest : Win-Test is now adapted to the new rules 2013. Tnx F6CEL.<br />
* YU DX contest : Totally rewritten because of the new rules 2013 (see http://yudx.yu1srs.org.rs/2013/rules.html). Tnx YU0W and F5IN.<br />
* SPDX Contest : The "12 band or mode changes per one clock hour" rule is now implemented. A simultaneous change of band *and* mode (Ex: 80m CW -> 40m SSB) counts as 2 changes. Tnx SQ2GXO.<br />
* New Tools / Data entry / Priority / Callsign option to ignore any freq or band changes when entering digits only in the callsign field. Tnx P40L, N6TV.<br />
* RAC Winter and Canada Day Contests : The 10-minute rule for the multi-single entrants is now implemented. Tnx VE3JM and N6TV.<br />
* Russian 160 meter : New rules implemented. http://www.radio.ru/cq/contest/rule-results/index2012.shtml. Tnx RZ3DX.<br />
* QR Code added in the registration dialog to help mobile phones users.<br />
<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.10.0) (October 23, 2012)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* YO DX Contest : The child and log windows are now compliant with the chosen mode category (CW, SSB or MIXED). Previously, the mixed mode only was assumed.<br />
* NAQP : The K8 mark for "zones window" (Alt-Z) was labeled K81 instead. Tnx NX5M.<br />
* Text and CSV files options dialogs : The Del key was acting as "Remove all" instead of "Remove". Reminder : Shift-Del acts now as "Remove all", Del acts as "Remove", Shift-Ins acts as "Add all" and Ins acts as "Add". Tnx TM0HQ.<br />
* In the logfile fixing process, the backuped file had a wrong file extension (it was always .wtb). Tnx TM0HQ.<br />
* Status wnd (Alt-J) : Not always correctly ordered when sorted by freq/name. Tnx TM0HQ. <br />
* CQ VHF and CQ 160 : ARRL Section added in the Cabrillo output file for US/VE entrants (Task #323). Tnx W9ZRX & N6TV.<br />
* FT1000(D) : The IF filter setting is retained per mode when grabbing a spot. Tnx DL6FBL @ DR1A.<br />
* Under some concurrency circumstances in a multi-op environment, Win-Test could crash when deleting or modifying spots in the Alt-A or the radio wnds (Task #318). Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
<br />
* ARRL Sweepstakes, ARRL FD and ARRL 160 meter contests : ARRL/RAC sections list updated to comply with the four new RAC administrative sections (ONN, ONS, ONE, GTA), replacing the split Ontario Section. (Task #321)<br />
<br />
* Auto CQ : New option in the appropriate dialog to halt the auto CQ with the Esc key only. Equivalent text commands are RPTESCONLY and NORPTESCONLY. Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
* ARI Sezioni: Cabrillo output compliant with rules 2012. Tnx I2WIJ.<br />
<br />
* ARI DX : Cabrillo output compliant with rules 2012. Tnx I2WIJ.<br />
<br />
* IOTA : New rules 2012 implemented :<br />
** For multi-op (island) stations, display of Band/Mode changes in the rate window (Alt-R).<br />
** Cabrillo file : QSO lines now include RUN or MULT identifiers.<br />
** The score for World to World QSOs is reduced from 3 points to 2 points.<br />
** Island Stations now receive 5 points for World Station QSOs.<br />
** Island Stations now receive also 5 points when working their own Island.<br />
<br />
* RDXC : Oblasts window (Alt-Z) updated following the new list 2012. Tnx HA1AG, SP5KP, F5IN.<br />
<br />
* Check partial (F12) and NP1 (F8) wnds : The [UNIQUE] word has now its own background and text colors to draw the attention of the operator. Tnx CT1BOH.<br />
<br />
* JIDX : Cabrillo file : QSO lines format updated to comply with the new format specifications for the multi-op category. (See task #317). Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.9.1) (October 27, 2011)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* Fix an issue with missing resources which might make WT to crash.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.9.0) (October 26, 2011)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* Problem in Spanish language file fixed. Tks N6TV.<br />
* The exceptions callsigns of the CTY*.DAT files were wrongly parsed when operated from another DXCC entity (ex. W6HGF/KH0). Tnx JE2UFF.<br />
* During a Cabrillo import, if the format of the QSO line wasn't correct, the error message was off one on the QSO number. Tnx W6IZT.<br />
* IARU HF contest : The mode entry was empty in the output Cabrillo file for multi-op categories. It is now set to mixed. Tnx F1HAR @ TM0HQ.<br />
* The Kenwood radio protocol was broken when sending CAT commands with frequencies above the 3420 MHz band. Tnx W8ZN.<br />
* Task #310 : IARU HF contest : For US/VE stations, the ARRL section is now required, instead of the state or the province. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* Entering your own callsign in the bandmap (Ctrl-Enter) was displaying a "spotted by..." alert. Tnx F5JSD @ TM0HQ. <br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
<br />
* When a new file is created, the usage of a network drive is checked and strongly discouraged to prevent log inconstancy. Tnx VK8DX @ 4W6A<br />
* WAEDC : Time shift can now be applied to the QTC. Tnx DL8RDL.<br />
* NCCC Sprint : New rule 2011 : 15m QSO are now permitted. (See task #312). Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.8.0) (June 26, 2011)==<br />
<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* Task #308 : JIDX : 160m QSO points counted 1 pt instead of 4. Tnx N6KI and N6TV.<br />
<br />
* Under some circumstances, DXped audio recordings were not correctly tagged, the file information dialog was incomplete, and the QSO playbacks failed. Tnx VE3EY @ TO3A.<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
<br />
* ADIF : PROGRAMID and PROGRAMVERSION fields added in the file header.Tnx IZ8MBW.<br />
<br />
* LPT Interface : 50 MHz, 144 MHz and 432 (440) MHz band data outputs added. Tnx W8ZN and N6TV.<br />
<br />
* Callsign check rules : The pathetic 9HOHSJ callsign is now added as an exception (like RAEM, JY1 and TX9). Tnx OH2OT, F5HRY.<br />
<br />
* PACC contest : New rule 2011 : QSO are now allowed in each mode for mixed categories. Tnx PA2A.<br />
<br />
* RSGB 160m contest : Single-mode CW-only restriction removed to comply with the new rules 2011. QSO and bonuses are now allowed for each mode. Tnx G3XSV. <br />
<br />
* NAQP : Cabrillo output : The DXCC prefix is now indicated instead of "DX" for North American stations outside of K/VE. Tnx WA7BNM.<br />
<br />
* DARC XMas contest : New rules 2010 : "NM" is allowed as a exchange from the German stations, but is no more credited as a mult. Tnx DJ3WE.<br />
<br />
* DX Spots window (Alt-A) : New option to enable/disable logging of the incoming spots in the .dxc file. It is enabled by default. Under some circumstances (slow antivirus inspection, slow HDD, etc.), saving every spot (especially when using the RBN) was making Win-Test less responsive. The op-entered spots are always saved to allow their restoration on log startup. Tnx HA1AG @ ED9M.<br />
<br />
* Packet window (Alt-O) : New option to enable/disable logging of the packet stream in the .pkt file. It is enabled by default. Under some circumstances (slow antivirus inspection, slow HDD, etc.), saving the packet data stream (especially when using the RBN) was making Win-Test less responsive. Tnx HA1AG @ ED9M.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.7.0) (December 2, 2010)==<br />
<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* Task #300 : WAEDC RTTY : The sent QTC group number was not taken into acount by the other connected machines, and therefore the QTC numbering was garbled in M/* environment. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
<br />
* Task #266 : WAEDC RTTY : No *New Mult* warning. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
<br />
* WAEDC : Number of QTC to send dialog : Even if some buttons were disabled, their associated "number keys" were still active.<br />
<br />
* WAEDC : Sending QTC dialog (Ctrl-L) : In "show" context, and if messages were sent under some circumstances, Win-Test could crash. Tnx IW1QN.<br />
<br />
* WAEDC : Under some circumstances, sent QTC were not always correctly saved.<br />
<br />
* WAEDC : When the number of QTC to be sent is 0 (no more QTC available), all "number keys" and Enter are now ignored in the appropriate dialog.<br />
<br />
* Task #298 : Spacebar key didn't always work properly in the ARRL Sweepstakes contest. Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
* Task #297 : Double-click on Check Multipliers window (F10) didn't work in ARRL Sweepstakes. Tnx N6TV <br />
<br />
* Under some circumstances, if data entered in the time field didn't follow the HH:MM or HHMM format, it could lead to a crash. Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
* WinKey : Speed bursts were not executed if located just before the $LOGGED variable. Tnx ES5TV.<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
* CW Autosend : Feature temporarily disabled when Alt-Space (grab from the RT partner slot), Alt-1..9 (grab from the partner stack) and Ctrl-1..9 (exchange with the partner stack) are used. Tnx ES5TV, N6TV.<br />
<br />
* ARRL 10m contest : New Mexican multipliers added. The name of the database (which is now different from the other ARRL contests) is now ARRL_10M.DTB. Several XE stations (around 300) have been added in the current file: http://download.win-test.com/databases/ARRL_10M.DTB<br />
<br />
* MouseWheel actions are now compatible with HiRes optical mouses like the Microsoft Wireless LASER Mouse 8000. Tnx W9ZRX, N6TV.<br />
<br />
* Bandmap properties : The minimum spot bandwidth is now 0 Hz (!). Tnx SM2WMV.<br />
<br />
* IC775 : Force narrow IF filters when grabbing callsigns in CW. Tnx YL2GD.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.6.1) (Released only for demo and DxPed versions)==<br />
<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* The default directory name for a "DX expedition (VHF and above)" log was wrong. Tnx DJ4MZ.<br />
<br />
* When a callsign was entered by a dbl-click in the N+1 or the partials wnd, and if this feature was set to automatic, the callsign check status wasn't updated. Tnx ES5TV.<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
* COPYLOGCLEAR text command added. Equivalent to the COPYLOG command immediately followed by a CLEARLOG command. Tnx CT1BOH.<br />
<br />
* QTC receive dlg : New variable $QTCROW introduced indicating the QTC line number where the cursor is located. Mainly used in RTTY for asking a resent of a specific line. The default F8 button message is now "AGN QTC $QTCROW?" in this mode. Tnx DK4WA.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.6.0) (October 24, 2010)==<br />
<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* Task #296 : Check mult window (F10) was not updated properly when using in ESM mode with S&P mode selected. Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
* Under some circumstances, the default filename of a contest log could contain invalid characters. Tnx G0ORH.<br />
<br />
* Second zones window : The labels display option was not restored.<br />
<br />
* When grabbing a callsign in the RTTY window, the realtime partner window field wasn't updated. Tnx ES5TV.<br />
<br />
* Task #290 : On restart, Win-Test didn't remember the last SO2R scenario that was selected. Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
* WAEDC : QTC receive dialog (Alt-L). Using the INSERT key in this dlg was crashing Win-Test.<br />
<br />
* Task #291 : RadioWnd : Ctrl-Up/Down weren't working properly in list mode. Tnx ES5TV.<br />
<br />
* Under some circonstances, Win-Test could crash when started with the CapsLock key engaged.<br />
<br />
* Advanced SO2R CW messages dialog : The Esc and Enter keys now work.<br />
<br />
* WAEDC : Clock wnd : QTC in stock was always displayed for M/S entrants regardless of their location (EU or DX).<br />
<br />
* WAEDC : Clock wnd : QTC in stock value was not immediately updated after a Q was received thru the network.<br />
<br />
* EZMaster, MK/MKII/... and OTRSP setup dialogs : The Esc and Enter keys were not correctly handled.<br />
<br />
* Transmit QTC window (Ctrl-L) : Under some circonstances, the context-oriented background colors were not correctly updated.<br />
<br />
* WAEDC : After receiving QTC, the potential QTC counts in the bandmaps were not always updated. Tnx DF9LJ. <br />
<br />
* WAEDC : Every time a Cabrillo file or a summary file was written, the QTC counts were increased. Tnx DF9LJ, DL6RAI, and several others.<br />
<br />
* KCJ : TG (Tochigi) and NR (Nara) multipliers were missing in the Alt-Z window. Tnx F5IN.<br />
<br />
* NAC 10 : Exchange sent are now 6-positions gridsquares. Tnx SM6FKF.<br />
<br />
* Task #284. Your own call incorrectly counted one HQ if such an exchange was entered. Tnx TM0HQ, N6TV. <br />
<br />
* DX cluster (Alt-A) and radio wnds : If the SP or the LP value of the spot was 0°, heading was not displayed. Tnx SM5AJV/SE5E.<br />
<br />
* Task #282: Under some circonstances the QSO number displayed in the report for possible bad exchanges was wrong. Tnx DF1DX.<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
* CAUTION: New network protocol version 1.25 released. Reminder: If you use WT in a networked environment, you must have the same WT version on all machines!<br />
<br />
* The wtArg (and wtArgument) variables are now local to the called script.<br />
<br />
* For phone contesting, scripts can be called from the Advanced SO2R scenarios with the #SCRIPT or #@SCRIPT notation.<br />
<br />
* Lua scripting: New input API:<br />
<br />
:* wtApp:InputUpperText(Prompt, Title, Default) If Title or Prompt is empty, a default text is used. Typed letters are automatically upper-cased while entering.<br />
<br />
* Lua scripting: New wtGab API introduced:<br />
<br />
:* wtGab:Send(strText[, strToStation]) sends a gab strText to strToStation. If strToStation is omitted, the text is sent to the whole network.<br />
<br />
* NCCC Sprint : New rules implemented. Tnx K9MMS, N6TV.<br />
<br />
* CQWW RTTY : In M/S category, the band changes counts are now displayed for the RUN and the MULT stations in the rate window (Alt-R). Tnx ES5TV.<br />
<br />
* Edition keys : To improve the compatibility with CT, Ctrl-B, Ctrl-D and Ctrl-F keys are now processed in the log fields. Tnx N5KO, N6TV.<br />
<br />
* WAEDC : QTC receive dialog (Alt-L) : New $FIELD variable introduced. This variable takes the value "GROUP", "TIME", "CL" or "NR", depending on the kind of QTC field where the insertion point is located.<br />
<br />
* New CW and RTTY options to work dupes or not. If dupes are worked, the $QSOB4 variable is ignored. The equivalent text commands are WORKDUPE/NOWORKDUPE or WORKDUPEON/WORKDUPEOFF. There is a different setting available per mode (CW or RTTY).<br />
<br />
* Task #205 : The $RxRy variables located in the end of a CW message, if any, are automatically appended to the content of the $QSOB4 message if played. Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
* The $QSOB4 variable can now include scripts calls.<br />
<br />
* The scripts calls in the CW or RTTY messages are now synchronous to the CW or the RTTY streams. To execute them asynchronously, they can be called with the #@ notation. Example :<br />
<br />
-- script.wts<br />
wtApp:AlertBox("Hello World!");<br />
<br />
and the CW/RTTY message content is :<br />
<br />
AAA #SCRIPT BBB<br />
<br />
The keyer sends AAA, then "waits" until the user hits the OK button in the "Hello World!" alert box to send BBB.<br />
<br />
If the CW/RTTY message content is:<br />
<br />
AAA #@SCRIPT BBB<br />
<br />
The keyer sends AAA and starts the script (and the alert box is open), *but* it continues to key the rest of the message ("BBB") without waiting the user intervention. This is the asynchronous mode.<br />
<br />
* Lua scripting : One new wtKeyer API introduced :<br />
<br />
:* wtKeyer:Insert(strMessage) : Works for the CW and RTTY keyers. When used in a synchroneous script, if gives the possibility to "fill-in" data into the CW/RTTY message. It is recommanded to use it only in the synchroneous mode (see above) to ensure data are inserted in the right place. WARNING : strMessage can only contain textual data (no variable or script call). It is *not* interpreted by the CW/RTTY parser (except the +/- speed bursts).<br />
<br />
* Lua scripting : New wtStatus API introduced :<br />
<br />
:* wtStatus:GetList() returns a table with names of the stations in the network.<br />
:* wtStatus:GetStatus(strStation) returns a table with fields of the status of a given station. Returns nil if this station doesn't exist. The table keys are "band" "mode" "currentRadio" "radio1Freq" "radio2Freq" "radio1IsManual" "radio2IsManual" "passFreq" "type" and "qsyStatusId".<br />
:* wtStatus:GetFreq(strBand[, strMode]) returns the "best" pass freq for a given band and mode. To determine this frequency, it uses the same algorithm as the $FREQnn variable.<br />
<br />
* Lua scripting : New wtOtrsp API introduced :<br />
:* wtOtrsp:GetDeviceName() returns the name of the OTRSP attached device.<br />
:* wtOtrsp:GetFirmwareVersion() returns the firmware version of the OTRSP attached device. NOTE : Some devices do not support this API, and return an empty string.<br />
:* wtOtrsp:Send(strCommand) sends a command string to the OTRSP attached device. The trailing <CR> character is optional, and is appended if needed.<br />
<br />
* Scripts manager dialog usability improved. Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
* OTRSP : If the OTRSP device has controls and if they can generate events, dedicated Lua scripts are called when events occur :<br />
:* otrspCrOn.wts and otrspCrOff.wts (not case-sensitive) are called when such a control has values 1 and 0 respectively. wtArg is set to the control number (0 to 9).<br />
:* otrspCrEvent.wts (not case-sensitive) is called for all states of the events. wtArg is set to (256 * cr) + state (cr = control number - 1 to 9, and state = value of the state when the event occured - 0 to 255).<br />
<br />
WARNING : If the PTT events are used, the control 0 is restricted to this usage, and doesn't fire the otrspCrOn/Off/Event.wts scripts. If the PTT events are not used, otrspCrEvent is not called when an event on this control occured. Only the otrspCrOn/Off scripts are executed.<br />
<br />
* microHAM devices : When an attached footswitch is used, two dedicated Lua scripts named microhamFsOn.wts and microhamFsOff.wts (not case-sensitive) are called. wtArg is set the radio number of the footswitch (0 for MK/MKII - 0 or 1 for MK2R/MK2R+/u2R depending<br />
on the footswitch that generated the event).<br />
<br />
* Elecraft K3 : To circumvent erratic loss of control when used with various other devices, CAT stacked commands are now sent in a delayed sequence. Tnx N6TV, N6XI, and others.<br />
<br />
* Lua Scripting : New wtMicroham API introduced :<br />
:* wtMicroham:GetDeviceId() returns the ID of the microHAM attached device. Check the Lua constants for interpretation.<br />
:* wtMicroham:GetFirmwareVersion() returns the firmware version string of the microHAM attached device.<br />
:* wtMicroham:Send(strCommand) sends a command string to the microHAM attached device . The trailing <CR> character is optional, and is appended if needed.<br />
Tnx ES5TV, N6TV, OM7ZZ.<br />
<br />
* Contest settings dialog: The contest combo box is now divided in sections.<br />
<br />
* Status Wnd (Alt-J) : Code rewritten to adapt the window columns to the contest in progress : The band is displayed if the current contest is multi-band. The mode is displayed if the current contest is multi-mode, and the type (R, M, etc.) is only displayed for Multi-Op HF contests. Also, when the CQWW M/S multiplier rule is used, new indicators are displayed in the QSY column.<br />
<br />
* Status Wnd (Alt-J) : Rewording of "QSY Freq" to "Pass Freq". Menu items adapted too.<br />
<br />
* Status Wnd (Alt-J) : When operating in SO1R/Multi-Op technique, the Radio 2 freq is automatically hidden, and the Radio 1 freq is now using the same color as the other items of the line.<br />
<br />
* RDA Contest : All DXCC entities are taken into account for multipliers, even the Russian ones. Tnx UA2FF and RX3RC.<br />
<br />
* COPYLOG text command added : Duplicate the current log file (.wt4) in the current log directory with a timestamp added in its name. Useful to quickly save the current log right after a contest warm-up, just before clearing it (CLEARLOG) and start the contest. Tnx DL6RAI for inspiration.<br />
<br />
* MP3 Contest Player : You can now select which channel(s) - Left, Right or Stereo - to listen to. When Left or Right is selected, this channel is sent to both outputs for a more pleasant listening. Useful to listen to true SO2R stereo recordings. The shortcuts (AltGr+C for Left / AltGr+V for Stereo / AltGr+B for Right) have been chosen for their location on the keyboard.<br />
<br />
* WAEDC : Received QTC window (Alt-L) : The contest recorder keys are now active also in this window.<br />
<br />
* RDA contest : ADIF export : The first two chars of received district (if applicable) are saved as STATE field and the district (reformatted as XX-dd) is saved as CNTY. Tnx UA2FF. <br />
<br />
* RDA contest : For Russian entrants, a QSO with a /P Russian station (assumed to be a C1 or C2 stations) is now credited with 10 pts. Note that using /P for C1 or C2 stations is *not* mandatory (Check the note 5.2 of the English rules). Tnx UA6AA.<br />
<br />
* WAEDC : Received QTC window (Alt-L) : The ESC key only works if no field have been edited (and closes the dialog). If a field has been edited, the ESC has no action (except interrupting CW etc.). Tnx F5VIH/SV3SJ.<br />
<br />
* WAEDC : Transmit and Receive QTC windows (Ctrl-L and Alt-L): Modified wordings for some buttons, and easier usability for users, especially when using Esc and Ctrl-L/Alt-L to close these windows. Tnx DL6RAI, DF9LF, G3TXF.<br />
<br />
* WAEDC : Transmit QTC window (Ctrl-L) : In CW or RTTY, if no QTC is sent, the Ctrl-L and Esc keys close the dialog with no confirmation asked. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
<br />
* WAEDC : Receive QTC window (Alt-L) : If no field is edited, the Alt-L and Esc keys close the dialog with no confirmation asked. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
<br />
* WAEDC : Receive QTC window (Alt-L) : To improve consistency with the log edition keys, a new key set is introduced :<br />
<br />
Alt-Arrows : Moving from one field to another (replace Ctrl-Arrows)<br />
Shift-Backspace: Delete all the characters left of the cursor<br />
Shift-Del: Delete all characters under and right of the cursor <br />
Ctrl-A: Like [Home]<br />
Ctrl-E: Like [End]<br />
Ctrl-W: Clear the current field<br />
Ctrl-K: Like [Shift-Del]<br />
Ctrl-Z: Undo field edition<br />
Ctrl-Left arrow: Like [Home]<br />
Ctrl-Right arrow: Like [End]<br />
<br />
Tnx F5VIH/SV3SJ<br />
<br />
* WAEDC : If the "Show additional information on QTC traffic" option is enabled, the callsign syntax check status messages are no more displayed, to free the message line for the QTC status. Only applies to the WAEDC. Tnx DJ0ZY.<br />
<br />
* LUA scripting : Two new global variables wtScript and wtCurrentScript introduced. wtScript contains the name of the top-most called script, with no extension, and wtCurrentScript contains the script name currently executed (no extension). For example :<br />
<br />
-- foo.wts<br />
wtApp:AlertBox(wtScript .. " / " .. wtCurrentScript);<br />
wtApp:CallScript("bar");<br />
return -1;<br />
--<br />
<br />
-- bar.wts<br />
wtApp:AlertBox(wtScript .. " / " .. wtCurrentScript);<br />
--<br />
<br />
When foo is executed, the first alert box will display "foo / foo" and the next one will display "foo / bar". Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
* Check country wnd (F10) : New option to display (or not) the sun charts. Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
* ESM embedded script : When using the SO2R advanced technique, the scenarios messages are used instead of the standard ones. Tnx SM2WMV, N6TV and F6IFY.<br />
<br />
* Remote commands dialog : Various different options for the notification are now allowed.<br />
<br />
* Script manager : Added the possibility to attach a text command to a script. You can even pass a argument with the SCRIPT/ARGUMENT syntax (ex : SCRIPT/5 will call script.wts and the wtArg value is set to the string "5" - Caution : The argument is *always* passed as a string when the script is called from a text command). If no argument is specified, the default argument defined in the script manager will be used (if any). Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
* IARU HF : Mult wnd (Alt-M) can now be copied as text (and pasted as text or directly in a spreadsheet program). Does not apply for the WRTC version that has a different multiplier rule.<br />
<br />
* IOTA : Even if IOTA.DAT is not installed, IOTA references that are syntaxically valid are now taken into account for points credits and are written in the Cabrillo file. Tnx SM3CER. <br />
<br />
* IOTA : Mult wnd (Alt-M) can now be copied as text (and pasted as text or directly in a spreadsheet program). Tnx G3TXF.<br />
<br />
* The check logs tools reports are now adapted to the mixed contests.<br />
<br />
* Enhanced replies to the inventory command (INV) with bridgehead and time masters indicators (B vs b and T vs t).<br />
<br />
* BRIDGEHEAD/NOBRIDGEHEAD text commands added.<br />
<br />
* IARU HF : "BA" added to the exception list of the cut numbers translation, despite this abbreviation is not listed as the official one of the E7HQ Society. Cf http://www.iaru.org/iaru-soc.html Tnx UA6AA and many others.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.5.2) (July 3, 2010)==<br />
<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
<br />
* Bugfix : Fixed a problem with registration in some versions.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.5.1) (June 27, 2010)==<br />
<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
<br />
* Bugfix : MP3 information files dialog could lead to a crash if no mp3 file were present in the current log directory.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix : ARI Sezioni - RTTY : Only valid 4 digits codes can be now grabbed from the RTTY wnd as an exchange. Tnx IK0CHU.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.5.0) (June 5, 2010)==<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
<br />
CAUTION: New network protocol version 1.24 released<br />
<br />
Reminder: If you use WT in a networked environment, you must have the same WT version on all machines!<br />
<br />
These network modifications only affect the use of Win-Test in a WAN environment, and requires wtTunnel 1.12 (to be released) to be effective.<br />
<br />
* Workaround: YCCC SO2R Box outputs were not working as expected. At this time, AUX1 and AUX3 are assigned to Radio1, and AUX2 and AUX4 to Radio2. This will be customizable in the future.<br />
<br />
* Added a Extraction Feature in Contest Recorder (right-click in the Contest Recorder Window, and chose the "Extract and Save QSO" menu).<br />
<br />
* Text commands : <tt>MP3SETUP</tt> and <tt>SCRIPTS</tt> commands added. Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
* Scripts manager dlg : The delete key now acts like clicking on the Delete button.<br />
<br />
* New microHam device "USB micro2R" supported. Tks OM7ZZ.<br />
<br />
* Radio Wnd and DX Cluster Wnd (Alt-A) : New leading indicator (#) introduced to tag spots coming from a CW Skimmer (aka the spotter callsign ends with "-#").<br />
<br />
* CW cut numbers translation : New option in Tools / Data entry to disable the automatic translation. Note that this translation is performed on a contest and worked station contextual basis. The equivalent text commands are <tt>CUTON</tt> and <tt>CUTOFF</tt>. Do not use <tt>CUT/NOCUT</tt> that are reserved for CW cut numbers generation ! Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
* EXPERIMENTAL : New "Always On Top" option in the Options / Windows menu. Can also be (re)set with text commands. Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* Bugfix : IC-7600 : Split was broken. Tnx N3MX, I2WIJ.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix : In M/* configuration, and under certain circumstances, the mp3 files list associated with a station in the MP3 file information dialog could be wrong.<br />
<br />
* ARRL DX : CW cut numbers are translated for DXCC stations worked from the US/VE side.<br />
<br />
* MP3 setup : Only the CBR codecs are now displayed in the setup dialogs. The usage of the ABR codecs (most of the LAME ACM ones) is too erratic to be trusted in. Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix : REF HF : Cut numbers were translated for TK stations (2A). Tnx F5CQ.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix : Additional CW messages (Alt-C) : When no log is opened, the function keys are now disabled.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix : Recorder wnd : Under certain circumstances, the buttons tooltips were not always displayed.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix : HA DX contest : When working contest from the HA side, cut numbers where always translated, whereas it had to be so for non-HA callsigns only. Tnx HA3LN.<br />
<br />
* Contest Recorder: the "rotate file" option were disabling the AutoStart one. Fixed. Thanks IK2JUB.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.4.0) (January 17, 2010)==<br />
<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* Bugfix (#255): K1EL WinKey USB CW timing becomes very poor (Farnsworth style) when PTT delay is default 50 ms. This was caused by too low hardcoded value (80ms) of the PTT Tail delay. This delay is now configurable in the Winkey Properties Dialog Box. Tks F5JSD, SM5AJV, KL7RA and N6TV.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix (#253): Input Wave Device was not properly selected in the Contest Recorder Module. Tks N6TV, NR5M.<br />
<br />
* MP3 files information dialog : Under certain circumstances, the displayed stop time and duration of the selected file were wrong. Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix (#271) : Packet window (Alt-T) was losing focus when the gab window was automatically closed. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix (#272) : Under certain circumstances, pattern checking flags were not updated if an entered callsign was modified. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
<br />
* DARC 10 : Leading zeros addition for serial received was broken. Tnx DK1AX.<br />
* Bugfix : MP3 files recorded in 2009 couldn't be listened to anymore in Win-Test in 2010 ;-) ! Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix : Stew Perry : Under certain circumstances, an overflow error could happen in distance calculations for Q inside the same GridSquare as the entrant. Tnx VE3TA.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix (Task #270) : ARRL 10 : When running the contest from the DX side, the serial sent was not editable. Tnx CX6VM.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix : RTTY wnds : Left-click to activate (and right-click to open the contextual menu) in the text area were broken. Also, the possibility to Ctrl-Drag these windows has been added.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix : ARI 40/80 contest in RTTY : The provinces can now be grabbed in the RTTY wnd. Also fixed for the ARI International Contest. Tnx IK0CHU.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix : The Inventory and Score broadcast network frames could have bad data. Tnx SV3SJ/F5VIH.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix : After opening a non-empty log, the first PgUp press was not updating the child windows.<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
<br />
* Added some new features of the WK2 (WKUSB) for the PTT Tail. Tks F5JSD, K1EL.<br />
<br />
* OmniRig supported as an alternative to the WT build-in Radio Control. Right-click on the Radio Window then choose "OmniRig Settings" in order to properly configure OmniRig for your Radio.<br />
<br />
* IC-703 rig added.<br />
<br />
* First attempt in OTRSP (Open Two Radio Switching Protocol) protocol support. Tested with the YCCC SO2R Box but not in real conditions. Tks K1XM.<br />
<br />
* Log output : Progress bar implemented. Tnx TF3CW.<br />
<br />
* Edit / Move in my log menu item has now text commands equivalents: <tt>MOVEINMYLOG</tt> (or <tt>SCROLLMYLOG</tt>) and <tt>NOMOVEINMYLOG</tt> (or <tt>NOSCROLLMYLOG</tt>). Tnx 5B4WN.<br />
<br />
* Rate wnd (Alt-R) : Two methods are now available to display the elapsed time since the last band changes. Tnx F1NGP and TK5EP.<br />
<br />
* MRU (Most Recently Used) file list added in the File menu.<br />
<br />
* IC-7600 rig added.<br />
<br />
* ICOM rigs : Radio list rearranged alphabetically in the Interface Setup dialog.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix : RTTY wnds : The invert function was also inverting the character next to the selection.<br />
<br />
* RTTY wnds : Mirror zone enlarged to allow 4-figures serials.<br />
<br />
* RTTY wnds : Callsigns found in the database or in the log are now displayed in bold.<br />
<br />
* RTTY wnds : Colors management added.<br />
<br />
* Grid Squares wnd : It can now be enlarged to the entire world. Tnx F8BBL.<br />
<br />
* Grid Squares wnd : New options in the contextual menu to display fields only, and to center the map on a specific point more easily (it requires the map is NOT centered on the Home QTH in the properties dialog).<br />
<br />
* Grid Squares wnd : The resolution (low or high) chosen in the properties dialog wasn't properly saved.<br />
<br />
* CQWW WPX Contests (Task #269) : Various updates to comply with the new rules introduced in 2010. Tnx K5ZD, W0YK.<br />
<br />
* ARRL Contests : Default Off-time period set to 30 mins. Tnx CX6VM and DL6RAI.<br />
<br />
* New "-n" or "--noautoload" switch allowed in the command line to disable the autoload log feature. Tnx N6TV (The only Win-Test user who runs it from the command line ;-) ).<br />
<br />
* Startup time reduced.<br />
<br />
* CSV and Text exports : HF logs can now export distance and heading. CAUTION : To ensure consistency with the VHF logs exports (and many geographical processing softwares or online apps), the longitude is now positive for East, and negative for West.<br />
<br />
* Tools / Check log / Callsigns syntax check added. Uses the pattern callsigns rules file (callsign.pat).<br />
<br />
* LUA : wtArg can now be used to get the optional argument set in the Script Manager or in a #SCRIPT(argument) call. To ensure compatibility, wtArgument remains usable.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix : Under some circonstances, some key assignments to scripts were not working properly. Tnx DJ0ZY.<br />
<br />
* Script key assignment dialog : If no key is assigned, the argument field is now automatically cleared and disabled.<br />
<br />
* Lua : New API to get the type and the manufactuer of the radios: wtRadio*:GetTypeId() and wtRadio*:GetManufacturerId(). Reminder : wtRadio* applies to wtRadio, wtRadioInactive, wtRadioPrimary, wtRadioSecondary, wtRadio1 or wtRadio2. New Lua WT constants are introduced for this purpose. A new directory on our download repository has been created to gather the API and the constants lists : http://download.win-test.com/v4/lua/<br />
<br />
* REF 160 : As non-domestic stations can send non-numeric exchanges the CW cut numbers translation is now disabled. Tnx F5IN.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.3.0) (November 23, 2009)==<br />
<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* Bugfix: playing back MP3s recorded on different stations was broken. Tks FY5KE.<br />
<br />
* Contest Recorder (#253): USB Voice Codec was not detected due to a trailing space in the Codec Name. Fixed. Tks N6TV.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix (#182): Wrong QSX Frequency in Self-generated Spots. Tks K1GQ.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix (#262): CQ Repeat doesn't stop for Secondary Radio. Tks DJ0ZY.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix (#259): Pressing Alt-1 in Secondary Radio window moves QSO to wrong band. Alt-1/2/3/... are now active only with the Primary radio and when the Partner Wnd is open. Tks N6TV.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix (#251): NA Sprint - LOCATION record not written to Cabrillo file header. Done also for IARU HF, NAQP and NCCC Sprints. Tks N6TV.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix (#243): WPX contest now requires LOCATION in Cabrillo. Done also for CQWW even if it doesn't seem required yet. Tks N6TV.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix : Ukranian DX contest and RDXC : Cut numbers were translated even for Oblasts. Tnx F5IN and RK1AA.<br />
<br />
* UFT HF : Under some circonstances, the received report was not correctly translated with cut numbers. Tnx F5IN.<br />
<br />
* CQWW M/S : The 10-minute mult timer in the status window (Alt-J) was broken. Tnx FY5KE. <br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
<br />
* Italian translation added. Tks IV3IYH!<br />
<br />
* Search for Possible Bad Exchanges against bad formated serial number implemented. Tks N6TV.<br />
<br />
* Added some basic checks for ARRL SS in the "Search for Possible Bad Exchanges" tool. Tks N6TV.<br />
<br />
* The '<' and '>' keys are now interpreted by the Secondary Radio Window as well, as far as the SHIFT key is not used for binding to the Secondary Radio Window (task #216). Tks N6TV.<br />
<br />
* WAE : When using the keyboard mode in the QTC transmitting and receiving dialogs, the Enter key was mis-interpreted. And now, in CW, the "what you type" field is also updated. Tnx DL6RAI and DJ4MZ.<br />
<br />
* Lua : New API to play the additional CW/RTTY messages (Alt-C set)<br />
<br />
wtKeyer:PlayAdditionalMsg(AdditionalMsgIndex)<br />
<br />
AdditionalMsgIndex is the index of the Alt-C messages set (1 to 12). Others are ignored. This API is useful when these messages contains variables. If not, you can still use wtKeyer:Play("$MSGx").<br />
<br />
* Lua: New API introduced to get various interesting directories paths:<br />
<br />
wtApp:GetLogPath() Current log directory path<br />
wtApp:GetAppPath() Win-Test installation directory path<br />
wtApp:GetCfgPath() \cfg directory path<br />
wtApp:GetCtyPath() \countryFiles directory path<br />
wtApp:GetDatabasePath() \databases directory path<br />
wtApp:GetOpPath() \ops directory path<br />
wtApp:GetScriptPath() \scripts directory path<br />
wtApp:GetExtraPath() \extras directory path<br />
<br />
* WAE : Transmit and Receive QTC windows : Scripts are now allowed in the predefined CW/RTTY messages (use the #SCRIPT notation as usual). Tnx DL6RAI. <br />
<br />
* Ukranian DX contest : Rules 2009 now accept single mode entries for DX : Cabrillo file output updated. Tnx F5IN.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.2.0) (October 21, 2009)==<br />
<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* Bugfix: Conversion of binary file containing QTC from v3 to v4. Tks DJ4MZ.<br />
<br />
* Better support of Win7 and Wine/Linux.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix (#258): Failure of swap radio key to switch rx focus for the MK2R+ as long as one not manually changed the rx focus to stereo or transmitted anything in CW. Tks GW3NJW, OH1JT, OM7ZZ, W4TV.<br />
<br />
* Cosmetic: avoid rx focus leds flickering when switching tx focus. Tks OM7ZZ.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix (#187): Ctrl-Shift-Tab doesn't appear to toggle RUN / S&P in Secondary radio window. Tks N6TV, GW3NJW.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix : K3 serial port default setup modified : The number of stop bits was wrong - It is now set to one stop bit, according to the K3 users manual. Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
* ON Winter and Spring contests : Sections list updated. Tnx F5IN and ON5GQ.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix (#257) : CQWW DX RTTY : Cabrillo template modified to match the specs. Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix : CQWW DX RTTY : Allowed band changes modified to 8 in MS and M2 categories (rules 2009). Tnx F5JY.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix (#164): TI5/NP3D is now parsed as TI. Tnx JE2UFF/W2UFF.<br />
<br />
* CTY files : 4U30VIC now considered as 4U1V in an appropriate way. Tnx DL6LAU.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix : After reloading a WAE log, the QTC count in the Summary window was wrong. Tnx DK1AX.<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
<br />
* Scripting: wtQso:GetModeId() and wtKeyer:GrabHighlightedCallsign() function added. Note that wtKeyer:GrabHighlightedCallsign() works only in RTTY, and relies on the INSERT key option set in the RTTY setup dialog.<br />
<br />
* New option in the Clock wnd to "wizz" this window a la MSN at rounded hours, to draw attention of the op (useful in multi-op configurations).<br />
<br />
* New feature in Tools / Scripts manager... : Allows to edit, create, delete or rename scripts. It's also used to assign a key and/or an argument to a script (its value will be available in the wtArgument global variable).<br />
<br />
* Scripts called by an assigned key can return +1 to be called again *after* the WT key processing ooccured. A new API wtApp:IsPostKeyProcess() is introduced to distinguish the "pre"- process from the "post"-process.<br />
<br />
Example:<br />
<br />
RunSPSwitch.wts (assigned to Ctrl-Tab) :<br />
<br />
if (wtApp:IsPostKeyProcess()) then<br />
if (wtQso:IsOperatingModeRun()) then<br />
wtApp:SetWindowColor(-1, 0, 165, 165);<br />
else<br />
wtApp:SetWindowColor(-1, 128,128,128);<br />
end;<br />
else<br />
return 1; -- Triggers a post key process call<br />
end;<br />
<br />
Note : This feature works only for users scripts called with an assigned key (and *not* with embedded overriden scripts).<br />
<br />
* Scripts can now be called from a CW or a RTTY message. You must use the #SCRIPTNAME(ARGUMENT) notation. The argument (and parenthesis) are optional. The script will be called synchroneously, but is executed in the main thread, meaning that it is not blocking the CW/RTTY stream.<br />
<br />
* New feature in Options / Script Editor configuration : Allows to use any external text editor to edit scripts. The default text editor is a custom package of SciTE (Scintilla Text Editor - free and open source) available on our repository<br />
<br />
http://download.win-test.com/utils/SciTE_for_Win-Test.zip<br />
<br />
Unzip the package and move the entire SciTE folder in the Win-Test installation directory.<br />
<br />
* YO DX Contest : Rules 2009 : In mixed mode, a station can be worked in both modes. Tnx N2YO.<br />
<br />
* Tools / Check log for possible bad exchanges : When the contest do not use serial numbers, use the QSO index in the report remarks. Tnx F1HAR @ TM0HQ.<br />
<br />
* Keys redefinitions : The Pause and Scroll-Lock keys can now be used. Be warned that Ctrl-Scroll-Lock and Ctrl-Pause (that are considered as "identical" by the system) are used by Windows to cancel dialogs. Thus, it is advisable to not use them for key redefinition.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.1.0) (August 8, 2009)==<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
<br />
* IOTA contest: "Search for possible bad exchanges" (tools menu) implemented.<br />
<br />
* Rotator Azimuth orders are now based on the locator instead of the DXCC on 50 MHz and above. On 50 MHz and 70 MHz, if the locator field is empty in the log, then the azimuth is computed against the DXCC prefix.<br />
<br />
* New text commands RUNSP/NORUNSP and RUNSPON/RUNSPOFF to enable or not the RUN/S&P switching. Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
* New contest files : You can now customize the file name and sub dir formats. See Options / Log / New contest files properties... Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
* IOTA contest : Default IOTA reference is now guessed, according to the new CTY_IOTA.DAT file (must be in the countryFiles directory). This file is based on DXCC countries, callsign prefixes, call areas and oblasts.<br />
<br />
* IOTA contest : Check mult wnd (F10) : IOTA references are now autocompleted for check during QSO entry.<br />
<br />
* New File menu items to explore more easily several WT-related directories. Tnx F5VIH/SV3SJ and N6TV.<br />
<br />
* DX Window (Alt-A) : Spot can be now passed to the secondary radio or the non-active radio. Tnx DL8WAA.<br />
<br />
* M2/Orion rotators added in wtRotators. Tks IK0HBN.<br />
<br />
* The RRTC Cabrillo files are now following the version 3 specs. And the contest name is modified as "OZCHR". Tnx F5VIH/SV3SJ.<br />
<br />
* CW and RTTY msgs enlarged to 120 characters.<br />
<br />
* Extra information files : Multiple spaces or tabs can now separate the callsign from the data. Tnx G0ORH.<br />
<br />
* New File dialog : Ensures the validity of the entered file name. Tnx DJ7MGQ.<br />
<br />
* ESM : S&P : When the entered callsign is a dupe, WT now blocks call. To override this behaviour, use F4 to call and F2 to send exchange (by default). Tnx GW3NJW.<br />
<br />
* VHF+ contests : Mode is now displayed in the main log wnd if the contest has been set to handle several modes (Mixed or All modes). Tnx DK2ZF and DL5NAH.<br />
<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* The displayed azimuth in the Rotator Window could be wrong in the "Stacks" and "Rotors" tabs.<br />
<br />
* EUHF : Statistics window (Ctrl-F9) limited to one day. Tnx F5VIH/SV3SJ.<br />
<br />
* IOTA contest : When an invalid IOTA was entered, clearing the field afterwards wasn't clearing the '?' flag.<br />
<br />
* Contest Recorder:<br />
** Infinite loop in MP3 file rotations. Tks DD5FZ.<br />
** Memory Leak using LAME encoder.<br />
** MP3 Codec enumeration in the player. WT was not always detecting the appropriate Codec.<br />
** Playback with Windows VISTA. Note that the LAME Codec is an Encoder Codec only.<br />
<br />
* When radios were swapped (*), the ESM QSO status was somewhat messy.<br />
<br />
* For some contests, the letters for cut numbers were inappropriately translated.<br />
<br />
* After a WT v3 file conversion, the main window caption was not updated.<br />
<br />
* MP3 files information : The file date was off by one month. Tnx F5VIH/SV3SJ.<br />
<br />
* Cabrillo Import : The station name for all worked QSO was CABRILLO. Now, it uses the name entered in the Contest Settings dialog. Tnx F5VIH/SV3SJ.<br />
<br />
* Callsign text color wasn't reset after F11 or empty callsign if the callsign check wasn't automatic. Tnx DJ0ZY.<br />
<br />
* Delete QSO : Several structures inconstancies fixed when a Q was deleted in the middle of the log.<br />
<br />
* In REG1TEST exports (European Standard File for V/UHF Contests), QSO logged in mode different than CW or SSB was not well formatted. Tks DL5NAH.<br />
<br />
* Options / Log / Colors... menu was broken. Tnx F5LIW.<br />
<br />
* Check Country wnd (F10) : Sun status bars now display "NO DATA" when SS and SR are not computed (JW, JX etc.). Tnx DJ0ZY.<br />
<br />
* (Task #245) Network advanced settings : The Bridgehead setting was not saved. Tnx KL7RA and N6TV.<br />
<br />
* Opening a .wtb file in the command line, by drag'n'drop or a double-click on it was starting an infinite loop. Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.0.1) (June 30, 2009)==<br />
<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
<br />
* Options / Toolbar setting was ignored on startup. Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
* ESM was broken. Tnx F1HAR.<br />
<br />
* Registration Key was broken.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.0.0) (June 26, 2009)==<br />
<br />
First release of Win-Test version 4<br />
<br />
Minimum requirements : WinXP (2k not tested but may mork - feedbacks<br />
welcome). PIII 500 MHz - 64 MB RAM - 800 x 600 screen res.<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
<br />
Summary of the new features:<br />
<br />
* Rotators Controls<br />
<br />
* Integrated MP3 contest recorder and player: Use the Options / MP3 configuration to set the audo device that will record and play the file, the various sampling and bit rate settings. You can also set a maximum filesize. Over this limit, additional files will be automatically created. To start recording click on the record button of the window (a blinking red square will be displayed in the clock window too). Once the contest is over, click on the record button again to stop recording. Now, you can browse your log with usual arrow keys and to listen to a specific Q but clicking the Play button or use the <code>AltGr-Enter</code> combination (some keyboard do not have an <code>AltGr</code> key, so use <code>Ctrl+Alt</code> instead). You can also go back and forward with the adapted buttons or use AltGr-Left and Right. To pause/play, you can use the <code>AltGr-Space</code> combination.<br />
<br />
* ESM (Enter Sends Message): Enabled/Disabled by the Tools/Data entry/ESM Enabled menu. You can also use the ESM/NOESM or ESMON/ESMOFF text commmands. It relies on the following messages assignation : <br />
F1 : CQ<br />
F2 : Sent report<br />
F4 : Mycall<br />
F5 : Logged callsign ($LOGGED)<br />
F7 : ? (or "Again ?" in phone)<br />
INSERT : Callsign + sent report<br />
PLUS : TU + enter Q<br />
When the ESM is enabled, as the return key *can't* be used anymore to log silently a QSO, the key combination Ctrl+Plus has been introduced and added for this purpose.<br />
<br />
* Variable speed for the integrated voice keyer : An exclusive Win-Test feature! You can play your voice files at a different speed (between -20% and +70%) from the original recording speed. Record your voice files at normal speed, and use Alt-F9/F10 (as in CW mode) to play them at a different speed. The speed in displayed at the bottom of the (Rate) Alt-R window.<br />
<br />
* On the fly callsign pattern check based on the K1TTT callsign.pat file (over 400 rules applied today). Use the Tools / Data entry / Callsign check menu option. You are encouraged to report the author any mistakes or improvements of this file (k1ttt@arrl.net). The file is located in the cfg directory (see below).<br />
<br />
* Improved F10 window with graphical indication of the sun status on both sides of the QSO.<br />
<br />
* Keyboard mode (Alt-K) enhanced. The backspace is not supported yet and replaced by "E E " like you do when you use a regular key.<br />
<br />
* Data (.wt4) and notes (.not) files can be transferred thru the WT network without needing any file or directory sharing. Very convenient to gather all logs in a multi-stations environment once the contest is over. Use the Tools / Download thru the network... menu. <br />
<br />
* Enhanced compatibility with Vista and Seven (Auxiliary and ini files are now stored in directories these OS accept with no additional rights:<br />
<br />
Windows XP : Documents and Settings\All users\Application Data\Win-Test\<br />
Windows Vista : ProgramData\Win-Test\<br />
<br />
Note that these directories may be hidden by Windows Explorer. Check the Folders Options of Windows Explorer.<br />
<br />
Several sub-directories are created and used by Win-Test. Their names are self-explanatory.</div>Dl6raihttps://docs.win-test.com/w/index.php?title=Text_commands&diff=5039Text commands2023-04-10T07:21:58Z<p>Dl6rai: /* Other Functions */</p>
<hr />
<div><big><big>Text Commands</big></big><br />
<!-- Adopted to Stylesheet DL6RAI --><br />
<br />
Text commands are a comfortable and fast way to access different functions of the Win-Test software. These commands have to be typed right into the callsign field of the [[Menu:Windows#Log_Entry_.28Main_window.29|Log entry window]]. They will be executed after pressing ['''<tt>Enter</tt>''']. If the command was executed sucessfully, the command text will be deleted from the callsign field.<br />
<br />
==Changing Bands or Jumping to a Frequency==<br />
You can directly enter the band to which you want to QSY (if permitted for the current contest): '''<tt>160</tt>''', '''<tt>80</tt>''', '''<tt>40</tt>''', '''<tt>144</tt>''', '''<tt>432</tt>''', '''<tt>241G</tt>''', etc. <br />
<br />
For frequencies below 30 MHz, enter the wavelength in meters ('''<tt>80</tt>''' for 3.8 MHz, not '''<tt>75</tt>'''). For frequencies above 30 MHz and below 10 GHz, enter the frequency in MHz. Above (and including) 10 GHz, enter '''<tt>10G</tt>''' (or '''<tt>24G</tt>''', etc.). This behaviour may depend on the [[Menu:Tools#Data_Entry|Tools | Data Entry | Priority]] setting.<br />
<br />
You can also directly type a frequency (in kHz): for example '''<tt>14234.4</tt>''', '''<tt>1843</tt>''', '''<tt>144300</tt>''', etc. If a radio is connected to your computer, it will jump to the desired frequency. You can also just enter the kHz part of the frequency of the current band (e.g. while on 20m, entering '''<tt>035.5</tt>''' will tune your radio on 14035.5). Finally, you can also enter the frequency by omitting the decimal point (CT style) (e.g. '''<tt>18404</tt>''' will tune your radio on 1840.4). <br />
<br />
Of course, all the Win-Test windows will be updated according to the new frequency or band.<br />
<br />
To return to your last CQ frequency, press '''<tt>[Alt-F4]</tt>'''.<br />
<br />
==Changing Mode==<br />
You can directly change the operating mode by typing '''<tt>CW</tt>''', '''<tt>SSB</tt>''' etc. <br />
The mode will be switched as soon as you press Enter. <br />
<br />
There are also shortcuts for changing the mode: '''<tt>Ctrl-F1</tt>''' or '''<tt>Ctrl-F2</tt>''' will cycle through all the available modes.<br />
<br />
Of course, the chosen mode will have to be compatible with the rules of the chosen contest, otherwise Win-Test will ignore this command (error detection in the field).<br />
<br />
==List of Text Commands==<br />
These text commands provide fast access to many of the functions listed in the Win-Test menus. Just type the text command in the callsign field, and press '''<tt>[Enter]</tt>'''.<br />
<br />
===CW Functions===<br />
* '''<tt>BURSTS</tt>''': Enable CW speed bursts (controlled with ++/-- in macros), equivalent to <code>Options | CW | Speed Bursts enabled</code><br />
* '''<tt>NOBURSTS</tt>''': Disable CW speed bursts (controlled with ++/(-- in macros), equivalent to <code>Options | CW | Speed Bursts disabled</code><br />
* '''<tt>CORRECT</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Options | CW | Correction | Enabled</code><br />
* '''<tt>NOCORRECT</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Options | CW | Correction | Disabled</code><br />
* '''<tt>CTSPACE</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Options | CW | Shortened spaces (CT spaces) enabled</code><br />
* '''<tt>NOCTSPACE</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Options | CW | Shortened spaces (CT spaces) disabled</code><br />
* '''<tt>CUTON</tt>''': Enable cut numbers translation<br />
* '''<tt>CUTOFF</tt>''': Disable cut numbers translation<br />
* '''<tt>CWAUTO</tt>''': Enable CW Auto Sending Mode<br />
* '''<tt>CWAUTO3</tt>''': Start CW Auto Sending after 3 characters in the callsign field<br />
* '''<tt>CWAUTO4</tt>''': Start CW Auto Sending after 4 characters in the callsign field<br />
* '''<tt>CWAUTOOFF</tt>''' (or '''<tt>NOCWAUTO</tt>'''): Disable CW Auto Sending Mode <br />
* '''<tt>CWFULLABBREV</tt>''' (or '''<tt>FULLABBREV</tt>'''): Equivalent to <code>Options | CW | Serial number | Abbreviated</code><br />
* '''<tt>CWPROABBREV</tt>''' (or '''<tt>PROABBREV</tt>'''): Equivalent to <code>Options | CW | Serial number | Pro</code><br />
* '''<tt>CWSEMIABBREV</tt>''' (or '''<tt>SEMIABBREV</tt>'''): Equivalent to <code>Options | CW | Serial number | Half abbreviated</code><br />
* '''<tt>NOCWABBREV</tt>''' (or '''<tt>NOABBREV</tt>'''): Equivalent to <code>Options | CW | Serial number | Not abbreviated</code><br />
* '''<tt>ESM</tt>''' (or '''<tt>NOESM</tt>'''): Enable/disable Enter Sends Message Mode; equivalent to <code>Tools | Data Entry | Enable ESM [checked]</code><br />
* '''<tt>LEADINGZEROS</tt>''' (or '''<tt>LZ</tt>'''): Equivalent to <code>Options | CW | Serial number | Leading zeros [checked]</code><br />
* '''<tt>LOADMSGS</tt>''': Open the current op. directory and load CW or RTTY messages from there<br />
* '''<tt>NOLEADINGZEROS</tt>''' (or '''<tt>NOLZ</tt>'''): Equivalent to <code>Options | CW | Serial number | Leading zeros [unchecked]</code><br />
* '''<tt>MESSAGES</tt>''' (or '''<tt>MSGS</tt>'''): Equivalent to <code>Options | CW | Modify standard messages...</code><br />
* '''<tt>REPEAT</tt>''' (or '''<tt>RPT</tt>'''): Equivalent to <code>Options | Automatic CQ repeat mode [checked]</code><br />
* '''<tt>RPTDELAY</tt>''': Equivalent to Tools / Automatic CQ repeat, with the focus set to the repeat interval field<br />
* '''<tt>NOREPEAT</tt>''' (or '''<tt>NORPT</tt>'''): Equivalent to <code>Options | Automatic CQ repeat mode [unchecked]</code><br />
* '''<tt>SMARTCORRECT</tt>''' (or '''<tt>SMART</tt>'''): Equivalent to <code>Options | CW | Correction | Smart Correction enabled</code><br />
* '''<tt>NOSMARTCORREC</tt>''' (or '''<tt>NOSMART</tt>'''): Equivalent to <code>Options | CW | Correction | Smart Correction disabled</code><br />
* '''<tt>SOUND</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Options | CW | No sound [unchecked]</code><br />
* '''<tt>NOSOUND</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Options | CW | No sound [checked]</code><br />
* '''<tt>SPEED</tt>''' (or '''<tt>CWSPEED</tt>''') Equivalent to <code>Commands | CW speed</code><br />
* '''<tt>TUNE</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Commands | Carrier</code><br />
* '''<tt>VARIABLES</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Options | CW | Custom variables...</code><br />
* '''<tt>WEIGHT</tt>''' (or '''<tt>CWWEIGHT</tt>'''): Equivalent to <code>Commands | CW weight</code><br />
* '''<tt>WORKDUPE</tt>''' (or '''<tt>WORKDUPEON</tt>'''): Equivalent to <code>Options | CW | Work dupes</code> (checked). The normal exchange will be sent to all dupes; the $QSOB4 message variable will be ignored.<br />
* '''<tt>NOWORKDUPE</tt>''' (or '''<tt>WORKDUPEOFF</tt>'''): Equivalent to <code>Options | CW | Work dupes</code> (unchecked). Causes the '''$QSOB4''' message to be sent to all dupes instead of the exchange, for example, when the [Insert] key is programmed as '''$LOGGEDCALL $QSOB4 $GUESSEXCH $F2'''<br />
<br />
===Voice Keyer Control Functions===<br />
* '''<tt>MIC</tt>''': Enables the mic input when the Voice Keyer (VK) is not playing<br />
* '''<tt>NOMIC</tt>''': Mutes the mic input when the VK is not playing (default)<br />
* '''<tt>MICWHENPLAY</tt>''': Enables the mic input when the VK is playing<br />
* '''<tt>NOMICWHENPLAY</tt>''': Mutes the mic input when the VK is playing (default)<br />
<br />
===Multi Operating===<br />
* '''<tt>BRIDGEHEAD</tt>''': Make the current station a [[Networking#The_Bridgehead_Concept|Bridgehead]] station<br />
* '''<tt>INVENTORY</tt>''' (or '''<tt>INV</tt>'''): Requests all connected Stations to send their version number and status information.<br />
** [[Menu:File_new#Network_Parameters|Time Master]] stations are indicated by a capital '''M''' character (else '''m''')<br />
** [[Networking#The_Bridgehead_Concept|Bridgeheads]] by the capital character '''B''' (else '''b''')<br />
** stations which have enabled [[Menu:Options#Disable_log_synchronization_on_network|log synching]] are marked with a capital '''S''', while '''s''' means log sync is disabled<br />
* '''<tt>MOVEINMYLOG</tt>''': Equivalent to tag <code>Edit | Move in my log only</code><br />
* '''<tt>MULT</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Commands | Station type | Mult</code><br />
* '''<tt>NOBRIDGEHEAD</tt>''': Make the current station a non [[Networking#The_Bridgehead_Concept|Bridgehead]] station<br />
* '''<tt>NOMOVEINMYLOG</tt>''': Equivalent to untag <code>Edit | Move in my log only</code><br />
* '''<tt>NOSCROLLMYLOG</tt>''': Equivalent to untag <code>Edit | Move in my log only</code><br />
* '''<tt>NOSUPPORT</tt>''' (or '''<tt>NOPARTNER</tt>'''): Equivalent to <code>Commands | Station type | Support [unchecked]</code><br />
* '''<tt>OPNAME</tt>''' (or '''<tt>MYNAME</tt>'''): Edit current operator name (used in NAQP M/2 only)<br />
* '''<tt>OPON</tt>''' (or '''<tt>LOGIN</tt>'''): Log in as an operator<br />
* '''<tt>OPOFF</tt>''' (or '''<tt>LOGOUT</tt>'''): Log out as an operator<br />
* '''<tt>RUN1</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Commands | Station type | Run 1</code><br />
* '''<tt>RUN2</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Commands | Station type | Run 2</code><br />
* '''<tt>RUN</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Commands | Station type | Run</code><br />
* '''<tt>SUPPORT</tt>''' (or '''<tt>PARTNER</tt>'''): Equivalent to <code>Commands | Station type | Support [checked]</code><br />
* '''<tt>SCROLLMYLOG</tt>''': Equivalent to tag <code>Edit | Move in my log only</code><br />
<br />
===Open/Close/Database Functions===<br />
* '''<tt>ARCHIVE</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>File | Archive</code><br />
* '''<tt>AUTORELOAD</tt>''' or '''<tt>NOAUTORELOAD</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Options | Load contest at startup | Enabled</code><br />
* '''<tt>BYE</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>File | Quit</code><br />
* '''<tt>CLEARLOG</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Edit | Delete all QSO</code><br />
* '''<tt>CLEARLOGNOW</tt>''': Equivalent to <tt>CLEARLOG</tt>, but doesn't ask for confirmation. '''Use with caution!'''<br />
* '''<tt>CLOSE</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>File | Close</code><br />
* '''<tt>COPYLOG</tt>''': Save a copy of the current log file (.wt4) in the current log directory with a timestamp (to the nearest second) added to its name<br />
* '''<tt>COPYLOGCLEAR</tt>''': Equivalent to the COPYLOG command immediately followed by a CLEARLOG command<br />
* '''<tt>NEW</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>File | New</code><br />
* '''<tt>NOTES</tt>''': Open the notes file attached to the current log<br />
* '''<tt>OPEN</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>File | Open</code><br />
* '''<tt>QUIT</tt>''' (or '''<tt>EXIT</tt>'''): Equivalent to <code>File | Quit</code><br />
* '''<tt>RELOAD</tt>''' (or '''<tt>REOPEN</tt>'''): Reopens the current opened file<br />
* '''<tt>RELOADNOW</tt>''' (or '''<tt>REOPENNOW</tt>'''): Reopens the current opened file, but does not display the contest configuration dialog.<br />
* '''<tt>RESTART</tt>''': Restarts Win-Test<br />
* '''<tt>SAVELOG</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>File | Backup contest</code><br />
* '''<tt>WRITEDB</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>File | Update database</code><br />
* '''<tt>WRITELOG</tt>''' (or '''<tt>MAKELOG</tt>'''): Equivalent to <code>File | Creating log files</code><br />
<br />
===Frequency Control Functions===<br />
* '''<tt>PASSFREQ</tt>''' (or '''<tt>QSYFREQ</tt>'''): Equivalent to <code>Commands | QSY frequency</code><br />
* '''<tt>QSX</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Commands | Split frequency</code><br />
* '''<tt>NCDXF</tt>''': Put Radio on NCDXF frequency of current band<br />
* '''<tt>NOQSX</tt>''' (or '''<tt>SPLITOFF</tt>'''): turns split operation off<br />
* '''<tt>RUNFREQ</tt>''': Moves to last Run frequency, equivalent to '''<tt>Alt-F4</tt>'''<br />
* '''<tt>SPLITFREQ</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Commands | Split frequency</code><br />
* '''<tt>NOSPLIT</tt>''' (or '''<tt>SPLITOFF</tt>'''): turns split operation off<br />
* '''<tt>SWAP</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Commands | Swap the frequency on both radios</code><br />
<br />
===Log synchronisation===<br />
<br />
*'''<tt>SYNC</tt>''' (or '''<tt>SYNLOGS</tt>'''): Equivalent to <code>Options | Disable log synchronization on network</code> (unchecked)<br />
*'''<tt>NOSYNC</tt>''' (or '''<tt>NOSYNLOGS</tt>'''): Equivalent to <code>Options | Disable log synchronization on network</code> (checked)<br />
<br />
===WinKey===<br />
<br />
*'''<tt>WKSETUP</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Options | WinKey configuration...</code><br />
*'''<tt>WKSWAP</tt>''' (or '''<tt>WKREVERSE</tt>'''): Equivalent to <code>Options | WinKey configuration... | Swap paddles</code>. Reverse the paddles attached to your WinKey. This is a toggle; paddles change every time this command is run.<br />
<br />
===Other Functions===<br />
* '''<tt>AUTOCQ</tt>''' or '''<tt>CQAUTO</tt>''': Enable automatic CQ Repeat mode<br />
* '''<tt>AUTOCW</tt>''' or '''<tt>CWAUTO</tt>''': Enable CW Auto Send<br />
* '''<tt>BLOCKCARET</tt>''': Change line cursor to block cursor<br />
* '''<tt>BLOCKCURSOR</tt>''': Change line cursor to block cursor<br />
* '''<tt>CLEARGAB</tt>''': Clear Gab window (Alt-I)<br />
* '''<tt>CLOSEALL</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Windows | Close all</code><br />
* '''<tt>CTYFILES</tt>''' or '''<tt>COUNTRYFILES</tt>''': Eq. to <code>Options | Data files | Country files...</code><br />
* '''<tt>DEFINEKEYS</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Options | Redefine keyboard keys</code><br />
* '''<tt>EZSETUP</tt>''': Equivalent to Options / EZMaster configuration...<br />
* '''<tt>HEADERS</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Options | Log display | Hide headers disabled</code><br />
* '''<tt>NOHEADERS</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Options | Log display | Hide headers enabled</code><br />
* '''<tt>HELP</tt>''': Open reference manual<br />
* '''<tt>KEYB</tt>''': Change keyboard layout, append layout designator with slash, like '''<tt>KEYB/FRA</tt>''','''<tt>KEYB/DEU</tt>''', '''<tt>KEYB/ENU</tt>'''; see [http://www.microsoft.com/globaldev/reference/winxp/langtla.mspx] for details.<br />
* '''<tt>MKSETUP</tt>''': Equivalent to Options / MK/MKII/MK2R configuration...<br />
* '''<tt>MP3SETUP</tt>''': Equivalent to Options / MP3 configuration...<br />
* '''<tt>NOAUTOCQ</tt>''' or '''<tt>NOCQAUTO</tt>''': Disable automatic CQ Repeat mode<br />
* '''<tt>NOAUTOCW</tt>''' or '''<tt>NOCWAUTO</tt>''': Disable CW Auto Send<br />
* '''<tt>NOBLOCKCURSOR</tt>''': Change block cursor to line cursor<br />
* '''<tt>NOBLOCKCARET</tt>''': Change block cursor to line cursor<br />
* '''<tt>NOOFFSET</tt>''' (or '''<tt>NOOFFSETS</tt>''' or '''<tt>OFFSETOFF</tt>''' or '''<tt>OFFSETSOFF</tt>'''): Disable frequency offset<br />
* '''<tt>NORECORD</tt>''': Stop contest recording<br />
* '''<tt>NOQQSL</tt>''' (or '''<tt>QQSLOFF</tt>'''): Disable Quick QSL Feature<br />
* '''<tt>NORPTESCONLY</tt>''': Stop AutoCQ by any keyboard activity<br />
* '''<tt>NORUNSP</tt>''' (or '''<tt>RUNSPOFF</tt>'''): Disable RUN/S&P-Switchting<br />
* '''<tt>NOTEXTCMDTIP</tt>''' (or '''<tt>NOTXTCMDTIP</tt>'''): Don't display tooltips in Menu operations<br />
* '''<tt>OFFSET</tt>''' (or '''<tt>OFFSETS</tt>''' or '''<tt>OFFSETON</tt>''' or '''<tt>OFFSETSON</tt>'''): Enable frequency offset<br />
* '''<tt>OFFSETSETUP</tt>''': To start frequency offset dialogue<br />
* '''<tt>OFFSETSSETUP</tt>''': To start frequency offset dialogue<br />
* '''<tt>QQSL</tt>''' (or '''<tt>QQSLON</tt>'''): Enable Quick QSL Feature<br />
* '''<tt>QUICKQSL</tt>''': Enable intelligent Quick QSL feature, bring up configuration menu<br />
* '''<tt>RECORD</tt>''': Start contest recording<br />
* '''<tt>REMAPKEYS</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Options | Redefine keyboard keys</code><br />
* '''<tt>REMOTE</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Commands | Remote commands...</code>. Opens the [[Menu:Commands#Remote_commands...|Remote Commands Dialog]]<br />
* '''<tt>RPTESCONLY</tt>''': Stop AutoCQ by pressing the Escape key only<br />
* '''<tt>RTTYSETUP</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Options | RTTY Configuration...</code><br />
* '''<tt>RUNSP</tt>''' (or '''<tt>RUNSPON</tt>'''): Enable RUN/S&P-Switchting<br />
* '''<tt>SCRIPTS</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Tools | Scripts Manager</code><br />
* '''<tt>SETUP</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Options | Configure Interfaces</code><br />
* '''<tt>STARTRECORD</tt>''': Start contest recording<br />
* '''<tt>STOPRECORD</tt>''': Stop contest recording<br />
* '''<tt>TEXTCMDTIP</tt>''' (or '''<tt>TXTCMDTIP</tt>'''): Display tooltips in Menu operations<br />
* '''<tt>VERSION</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Help | About</code><br />
* '''<tt>WCY</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Windows | Solar Activity | Displayed data | WCY</code><br />
* '''<tt>WWV</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Windows | Solar Activity | Displayed data | WWV</code></div>Dl6raihttps://docs.win-test.com/w/index.php?title=Text_commands&diff=5038Text commands2023-04-10T07:20:44Z<p>Dl6rai: /* Other Functions */</p>
<hr />
<div><big><big>Text Commands</big></big><br />
<!-- Adopted to Stylesheet DL6RAI --><br />
<br />
Text commands are a comfortable and fast way to access different functions of the Win-Test software. These commands have to be typed right into the callsign field of the [[Menu:Windows#Log_Entry_.28Main_window.29|Log entry window]]. They will be executed after pressing ['''<tt>Enter</tt>''']. If the command was executed sucessfully, the command text will be deleted from the callsign field.<br />
<br />
==Changing Bands or Jumping to a Frequency==<br />
You can directly enter the band to which you want to QSY (if permitted for the current contest): '''<tt>160</tt>''', '''<tt>80</tt>''', '''<tt>40</tt>''', '''<tt>144</tt>''', '''<tt>432</tt>''', '''<tt>241G</tt>''', etc. <br />
<br />
For frequencies below 30 MHz, enter the wavelength in meters ('''<tt>80</tt>''' for 3.8 MHz, not '''<tt>75</tt>'''). For frequencies above 30 MHz and below 10 GHz, enter the frequency in MHz. Above (and including) 10 GHz, enter '''<tt>10G</tt>''' (or '''<tt>24G</tt>''', etc.). This behaviour may depend on the [[Menu:Tools#Data_Entry|Tools | Data Entry | Priority]] setting.<br />
<br />
You can also directly type a frequency (in kHz): for example '''<tt>14234.4</tt>''', '''<tt>1843</tt>''', '''<tt>144300</tt>''', etc. If a radio is connected to your computer, it will jump to the desired frequency. You can also just enter the kHz part of the frequency of the current band (e.g. while on 20m, entering '''<tt>035.5</tt>''' will tune your radio on 14035.5). Finally, you can also enter the frequency by omitting the decimal point (CT style) (e.g. '''<tt>18404</tt>''' will tune your radio on 1840.4). <br />
<br />
Of course, all the Win-Test windows will be updated according to the new frequency or band.<br />
<br />
To return to your last CQ frequency, press '''<tt>[Alt-F4]</tt>'''.<br />
<br />
==Changing Mode==<br />
You can directly change the operating mode by typing '''<tt>CW</tt>''', '''<tt>SSB</tt>''' etc. <br />
The mode will be switched as soon as you press Enter. <br />
<br />
There are also shortcuts for changing the mode: '''<tt>Ctrl-F1</tt>''' or '''<tt>Ctrl-F2</tt>''' will cycle through all the available modes.<br />
<br />
Of course, the chosen mode will have to be compatible with the rules of the chosen contest, otherwise Win-Test will ignore this command (error detection in the field).<br />
<br />
==List of Text Commands==<br />
These text commands provide fast access to many of the functions listed in the Win-Test menus. Just type the text command in the callsign field, and press '''<tt>[Enter]</tt>'''.<br />
<br />
===CW Functions===<br />
* '''<tt>BURSTS</tt>''': Enable CW speed bursts (controlled with ++/-- in macros), equivalent to <code>Options | CW | Speed Bursts enabled</code><br />
* '''<tt>NOBURSTS</tt>''': Disable CW speed bursts (controlled with ++/(-- in macros), equivalent to <code>Options | CW | Speed Bursts disabled</code><br />
* '''<tt>CORRECT</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Options | CW | Correction | Enabled</code><br />
* '''<tt>NOCORRECT</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Options | CW | Correction | Disabled</code><br />
* '''<tt>CTSPACE</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Options | CW | Shortened spaces (CT spaces) enabled</code><br />
* '''<tt>NOCTSPACE</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Options | CW | Shortened spaces (CT spaces) disabled</code><br />
* '''<tt>CUTON</tt>''': Enable cut numbers translation<br />
* '''<tt>CUTOFF</tt>''': Disable cut numbers translation<br />
* '''<tt>CWAUTO</tt>''': Enable CW Auto Sending Mode<br />
* '''<tt>CWAUTO3</tt>''': Start CW Auto Sending after 3 characters in the callsign field<br />
* '''<tt>CWAUTO4</tt>''': Start CW Auto Sending after 4 characters in the callsign field<br />
* '''<tt>CWAUTOOFF</tt>''' (or '''<tt>NOCWAUTO</tt>'''): Disable CW Auto Sending Mode <br />
* '''<tt>CWFULLABBREV</tt>''' (or '''<tt>FULLABBREV</tt>'''): Equivalent to <code>Options | CW | Serial number | Abbreviated</code><br />
* '''<tt>CWPROABBREV</tt>''' (or '''<tt>PROABBREV</tt>'''): Equivalent to <code>Options | CW | Serial number | Pro</code><br />
* '''<tt>CWSEMIABBREV</tt>''' (or '''<tt>SEMIABBREV</tt>'''): Equivalent to <code>Options | CW | Serial number | Half abbreviated</code><br />
* '''<tt>NOCWABBREV</tt>''' (or '''<tt>NOABBREV</tt>'''): Equivalent to <code>Options | CW | Serial number | Not abbreviated</code><br />
* '''<tt>ESM</tt>''' (or '''<tt>NOESM</tt>'''): Enable/disable Enter Sends Message Mode; equivalent to <code>Tools | Data Entry | Enable ESM [checked]</code><br />
* '''<tt>LEADINGZEROS</tt>''' (or '''<tt>LZ</tt>'''): Equivalent to <code>Options | CW | Serial number | Leading zeros [checked]</code><br />
* '''<tt>LOADMSGS</tt>''': Open the current op. directory and load CW or RTTY messages from there<br />
* '''<tt>NOLEADINGZEROS</tt>''' (or '''<tt>NOLZ</tt>'''): Equivalent to <code>Options | CW | Serial number | Leading zeros [unchecked]</code><br />
* '''<tt>MESSAGES</tt>''' (or '''<tt>MSGS</tt>'''): Equivalent to <code>Options | CW | Modify standard messages...</code><br />
* '''<tt>REPEAT</tt>''' (or '''<tt>RPT</tt>'''): Equivalent to <code>Options | Automatic CQ repeat mode [checked]</code><br />
* '''<tt>RPTDELAY</tt>''': Equivalent to Tools / Automatic CQ repeat, with the focus set to the repeat interval field<br />
* '''<tt>NOREPEAT</tt>''' (or '''<tt>NORPT</tt>'''): Equivalent to <code>Options | Automatic CQ repeat mode [unchecked]</code><br />
* '''<tt>SMARTCORRECT</tt>''' (or '''<tt>SMART</tt>'''): Equivalent to <code>Options | CW | Correction | Smart Correction enabled</code><br />
* '''<tt>NOSMARTCORREC</tt>''' (or '''<tt>NOSMART</tt>'''): Equivalent to <code>Options | CW | Correction | Smart Correction disabled</code><br />
* '''<tt>SOUND</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Options | CW | No sound [unchecked]</code><br />
* '''<tt>NOSOUND</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Options | CW | No sound [checked]</code><br />
* '''<tt>SPEED</tt>''' (or '''<tt>CWSPEED</tt>''') Equivalent to <code>Commands | CW speed</code><br />
* '''<tt>TUNE</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Commands | Carrier</code><br />
* '''<tt>VARIABLES</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Options | CW | Custom variables...</code><br />
* '''<tt>WEIGHT</tt>''' (or '''<tt>CWWEIGHT</tt>'''): Equivalent to <code>Commands | CW weight</code><br />
* '''<tt>WORKDUPE</tt>''' (or '''<tt>WORKDUPEON</tt>'''): Equivalent to <code>Options | CW | Work dupes</code> (checked). The normal exchange will be sent to all dupes; the $QSOB4 message variable will be ignored.<br />
* '''<tt>NOWORKDUPE</tt>''' (or '''<tt>WORKDUPEOFF</tt>'''): Equivalent to <code>Options | CW | Work dupes</code> (unchecked). Causes the '''$QSOB4''' message to be sent to all dupes instead of the exchange, for example, when the [Insert] key is programmed as '''$LOGGEDCALL $QSOB4 $GUESSEXCH $F2'''<br />
<br />
===Voice Keyer Control Functions===<br />
* '''<tt>MIC</tt>''': Enables the mic input when the Voice Keyer (VK) is not playing<br />
* '''<tt>NOMIC</tt>''': Mutes the mic input when the VK is not playing (default)<br />
* '''<tt>MICWHENPLAY</tt>''': Enables the mic input when the VK is playing<br />
* '''<tt>NOMICWHENPLAY</tt>''': Mutes the mic input when the VK is playing (default)<br />
<br />
===Multi Operating===<br />
* '''<tt>BRIDGEHEAD</tt>''': Make the current station a [[Networking#The_Bridgehead_Concept|Bridgehead]] station<br />
* '''<tt>INVENTORY</tt>''' (or '''<tt>INV</tt>'''): Requests all connected Stations to send their version number and status information.<br />
** [[Menu:File_new#Network_Parameters|Time Master]] stations are indicated by a capital '''M''' character (else '''m''')<br />
** [[Networking#The_Bridgehead_Concept|Bridgeheads]] by the capital character '''B''' (else '''b''')<br />
** stations which have enabled [[Menu:Options#Disable_log_synchronization_on_network|log synching]] are marked with a capital '''S''', while '''s''' means log sync is disabled<br />
* '''<tt>MOVEINMYLOG</tt>''': Equivalent to tag <code>Edit | Move in my log only</code><br />
* '''<tt>MULT</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Commands | Station type | Mult</code><br />
* '''<tt>NOBRIDGEHEAD</tt>''': Make the current station a non [[Networking#The_Bridgehead_Concept|Bridgehead]] station<br />
* '''<tt>NOMOVEINMYLOG</tt>''': Equivalent to untag <code>Edit | Move in my log only</code><br />
* '''<tt>NOSCROLLMYLOG</tt>''': Equivalent to untag <code>Edit | Move in my log only</code><br />
* '''<tt>NOSUPPORT</tt>''' (or '''<tt>NOPARTNER</tt>'''): Equivalent to <code>Commands | Station type | Support [unchecked]</code><br />
* '''<tt>OPNAME</tt>''' (or '''<tt>MYNAME</tt>'''): Edit current operator name (used in NAQP M/2 only)<br />
* '''<tt>OPON</tt>''' (or '''<tt>LOGIN</tt>'''): Log in as an operator<br />
* '''<tt>OPOFF</tt>''' (or '''<tt>LOGOUT</tt>'''): Log out as an operator<br />
* '''<tt>RUN1</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Commands | Station type | Run 1</code><br />
* '''<tt>RUN2</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Commands | Station type | Run 2</code><br />
* '''<tt>RUN</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Commands | Station type | Run</code><br />
* '''<tt>SUPPORT</tt>''' (or '''<tt>PARTNER</tt>'''): Equivalent to <code>Commands | Station type | Support [checked]</code><br />
* '''<tt>SCROLLMYLOG</tt>''': Equivalent to tag <code>Edit | Move in my log only</code><br />
<br />
===Open/Close/Database Functions===<br />
* '''<tt>ARCHIVE</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>File | Archive</code><br />
* '''<tt>AUTORELOAD</tt>''' or '''<tt>NOAUTORELOAD</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Options | Load contest at startup | Enabled</code><br />
* '''<tt>BYE</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>File | Quit</code><br />
* '''<tt>CLEARLOG</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Edit | Delete all QSO</code><br />
* '''<tt>CLEARLOGNOW</tt>''': Equivalent to <tt>CLEARLOG</tt>, but doesn't ask for confirmation. '''Use with caution!'''<br />
* '''<tt>CLOSE</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>File | Close</code><br />
* '''<tt>COPYLOG</tt>''': Save a copy of the current log file (.wt4) in the current log directory with a timestamp (to the nearest second) added to its name<br />
* '''<tt>COPYLOGCLEAR</tt>''': Equivalent to the COPYLOG command immediately followed by a CLEARLOG command<br />
* '''<tt>NEW</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>File | New</code><br />
* '''<tt>NOTES</tt>''': Open the notes file attached to the current log<br />
* '''<tt>OPEN</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>File | Open</code><br />
* '''<tt>QUIT</tt>''' (or '''<tt>EXIT</tt>'''): Equivalent to <code>File | Quit</code><br />
* '''<tt>RELOAD</tt>''' (or '''<tt>REOPEN</tt>'''): Reopens the current opened file<br />
* '''<tt>RELOADNOW</tt>''' (or '''<tt>REOPENNOW</tt>'''): Reopens the current opened file, but does not display the contest configuration dialog.<br />
* '''<tt>RESTART</tt>''': Restarts Win-Test<br />
* '''<tt>SAVELOG</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>File | Backup contest</code><br />
* '''<tt>WRITEDB</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>File | Update database</code><br />
* '''<tt>WRITELOG</tt>''' (or '''<tt>MAKELOG</tt>'''): Equivalent to <code>File | Creating log files</code><br />
<br />
===Frequency Control Functions===<br />
* '''<tt>PASSFREQ</tt>''' (or '''<tt>QSYFREQ</tt>'''): Equivalent to <code>Commands | QSY frequency</code><br />
* '''<tt>QSX</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Commands | Split frequency</code><br />
* '''<tt>NCDXF</tt>''': Put Radio on NCDXF frequency of current band<br />
* '''<tt>NOQSX</tt>''' (or '''<tt>SPLITOFF</tt>'''): turns split operation off<br />
* '''<tt>RUNFREQ</tt>''': Moves to last Run frequency, equivalent to '''<tt>Alt-F4</tt>'''<br />
* '''<tt>SPLITFREQ</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Commands | Split frequency</code><br />
* '''<tt>NOSPLIT</tt>''' (or '''<tt>SPLITOFF</tt>'''): turns split operation off<br />
* '''<tt>SWAP</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Commands | Swap the frequency on both radios</code><br />
<br />
===Log synchronisation===<br />
<br />
*'''<tt>SYNC</tt>''' (or '''<tt>SYNLOGS</tt>'''): Equivalent to <code>Options | Disable log synchronization on network</code> (unchecked)<br />
*'''<tt>NOSYNC</tt>''' (or '''<tt>NOSYNLOGS</tt>'''): Equivalent to <code>Options | Disable log synchronization on network</code> (checked)<br />
<br />
===WinKey===<br />
<br />
*'''<tt>WKSETUP</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Options | WinKey configuration...</code><br />
*'''<tt>WKSWAP</tt>''' (or '''<tt>WKREVERSE</tt>'''): Equivalent to <code>Options | WinKey configuration... | Swap paddles</code>. Reverse the paddles attached to your WinKey. This is a toggle; paddles change every time this command is run.<br />
<br />
===Other Functions===<br />
* '''<tt>AUTOCQ</tt>''' or '''<tt>CQAUTO</tt>''': Enable automatic CQ Repeat mode<br />
* '''<tt>AUTOCW</tt>''' or '''<tt>CWAUTO</tt>''': Enable CW Auto Send<br />
* '''<tt>BLOCKCARET</tt>''': Change line cursor to block cursor<br />
* '''<tt>BLOCKCURSOR</tt>''': Change line cursor to block cursor<br />
* '''<tt>CLEARGAB</tt>''': Clear Gab window (Alt-I)<br />
* '''<tt>CLOSEALL</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Windows | Close all</code><br />
* '''<tt>CTYFILES</tt>''' or '''<tt>COUNTRYFILES</tt>''': Eq. to <code>Options | Data files | Country files...</code><br />
* '''<tt>DEFINEKEYS</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Options | Redefine keyboard keys</code><br />
* '''<tt>EZSETUP</tt>''': Equivalent to Options / EZMaster configuration...<br />
* '''<tt>HEADERS</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Options | Log display | Hide headers disabled</code><br />
* '''<tt>NOHEADERS</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Options | Log display | Hide headers enabled</code><br />
* '''<tt>HELP</tt>''': Open reference manual<br />
* '''<tt>KEYB</tt>''': Change keyboard layout, append layout designator with slash, like '''<tt>KEYB/FRA</tt>''','''<tt>KEYB/DEU</tt>''', '''<tt>KEYB/ENU</tt>'''; see [http://www.microsoft.com/globaldev/reference/winxp/langtla.mspx] for details.<br />
* '''<tt>MKSETUP</tt>''': Equivalent to Options / MK/MKII/MK2R configuration...<br />
* '''<tt>MP3SETUP</tt>''': Equivalent to Options / MP3 configuration...<br />
* '''<tt>NOAUTOCQ</tt>''' or '''<tt>NOCQAUTO</tt>''': Disable automatic CQ Repeat mode<br />
* '''<tt>NOAUTOCW</tt>''' or '''<tt>NOCWAUTO</tt>''': Disable CW Auto Send<br />
* '''<tt>NOBLOCKCURSOR</tt>''': Change block cursor to line cursor<br />
* '''<tt>NOBLOCKCARET</tt>''': Change block cursor to line cursor<br />
* '''<tt>NOOFFSET</tt>''' (or '''<tt>NOOFFSETS</tt>''' or '''<tt>OFFSETOFF</tt>''' or '''<tt>OFFSETSOFF</tt>'''): Disable frequency offset<br />
* '''<tt>NORECORD</tt>''': Stop contest recording<br />
* '''<tt>NOQQSL</tt>''' (or '''<tt>QQSLOFF</tt>'''): Disable Quick QSL Feature<br />
* '''<tt>NORPTESCONLY</tt>''': Stop AutoCQ by any keyboard activity<br />
* '''<tt>NORUNSP</tt>''': Disable RUN/S&P-Switchting<br />
* '''<tt>NOTEXTCMDTIP</tt>''' (or '''<tt>NOTXTCMDTIP</tt>'''): Don't display tooltips in Menu operations<br />
* '''<tt>OFFSET</tt>''' (or '''<tt>OFFSETS</tt>''' or '''<tt>OFFSETON</tt>''' or '''<tt>OFFSETSON</tt>'''): Enable frequency offset<br />
* '''<tt>OFFSETSETUP</tt>''': To start frequency offset dialogue<br />
* '''<tt>OFFSETSSETUP</tt>''': To start frequency offset dialogue<br />
* '''<tt>QQSL</tt>''' (or '''<tt>QQSLON</tt>'''): Enable Quick QSL Feature<br />
* '''<tt>QUICKQSL</tt>''': Enable intelligent Quick QSL feature, bring up configuration menu<br />
* '''<tt>RECORD</tt>''': Start contest recording<br />
* '''<tt>REMAPKEYS</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Options | Redefine keyboard keys</code><br />
* '''<tt>REMOTE</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Commands | Remote commands...</code>. Opens the [[Menu:Commands#Remote_commands...|Remote Commands Dialog]]<br />
* '''<tt>RPTESCONLY</tt>''': Stop AutoCQ by pressing the Escape key only<br />
* '''<tt>RTTYSETUP</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Options | RTTY Configuration...</code><br />
* '''<tt>RUNSP</tt>''': Enable RUN/S&P-Switchting<br />
* '''<tt>RUNSPON</tt>''': Enable RUN/S&P-Switchting<br />
* '''<tt>RUNSPOFF</tt>''': DISABLE RUN/S&P-Switchting<br />
* '''<tt>SCRIPTS</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Tools | Scripts Manager</code><br />
* '''<tt>SETUP</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Options | Configure Interfaces</code><br />
* '''<tt>STARTRECORD</tt>''': Start contest recording<br />
* '''<tt>STOPRECORD</tt>''': Stop contest recording<br />
* '''<tt>TEXTCMDTIP</tt>''' (or '''<tt>TXTCMDTIP</tt>'''): Display tooltips in Menu operations<br />
* '''<tt>VERSION</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Help | About</code><br />
* '''<tt>WCY</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Windows | Solar Activity | Displayed data | WCY</code><br />
* '''<tt>WWV</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Windows | Solar Activity | Displayed data | WWV</code></div>Dl6raihttps://docs.win-test.com/w/index.php?title=Text_commands&diff=5037Text commands2023-04-10T07:18:59Z<p>Dl6rai: /* Other Functions */</p>
<hr />
<div><big><big>Text Commands</big></big><br />
<!-- Adopted to Stylesheet DL6RAI --><br />
<br />
Text commands are a comfortable and fast way to access different functions of the Win-Test software. These commands have to be typed right into the callsign field of the [[Menu:Windows#Log_Entry_.28Main_window.29|Log entry window]]. They will be executed after pressing ['''<tt>Enter</tt>''']. If the command was executed sucessfully, the command text will be deleted from the callsign field.<br />
<br />
==Changing Bands or Jumping to a Frequency==<br />
You can directly enter the band to which you want to QSY (if permitted for the current contest): '''<tt>160</tt>''', '''<tt>80</tt>''', '''<tt>40</tt>''', '''<tt>144</tt>''', '''<tt>432</tt>''', '''<tt>241G</tt>''', etc. <br />
<br />
For frequencies below 30 MHz, enter the wavelength in meters ('''<tt>80</tt>''' for 3.8 MHz, not '''<tt>75</tt>'''). For frequencies above 30 MHz and below 10 GHz, enter the frequency in MHz. Above (and including) 10 GHz, enter '''<tt>10G</tt>''' (or '''<tt>24G</tt>''', etc.). This behaviour may depend on the [[Menu:Tools#Data_Entry|Tools | Data Entry | Priority]] setting.<br />
<br />
You can also directly type a frequency (in kHz): for example '''<tt>14234.4</tt>''', '''<tt>1843</tt>''', '''<tt>144300</tt>''', etc. If a radio is connected to your computer, it will jump to the desired frequency. You can also just enter the kHz part of the frequency of the current band (e.g. while on 20m, entering '''<tt>035.5</tt>''' will tune your radio on 14035.5). Finally, you can also enter the frequency by omitting the decimal point (CT style) (e.g. '''<tt>18404</tt>''' will tune your radio on 1840.4). <br />
<br />
Of course, all the Win-Test windows will be updated according to the new frequency or band.<br />
<br />
To return to your last CQ frequency, press '''<tt>[Alt-F4]</tt>'''.<br />
<br />
==Changing Mode==<br />
You can directly change the operating mode by typing '''<tt>CW</tt>''', '''<tt>SSB</tt>''' etc. <br />
The mode will be switched as soon as you press Enter. <br />
<br />
There are also shortcuts for changing the mode: '''<tt>Ctrl-F1</tt>''' or '''<tt>Ctrl-F2</tt>''' will cycle through all the available modes.<br />
<br />
Of course, the chosen mode will have to be compatible with the rules of the chosen contest, otherwise Win-Test will ignore this command (error detection in the field).<br />
<br />
==List of Text Commands==<br />
These text commands provide fast access to many of the functions listed in the Win-Test menus. Just type the text command in the callsign field, and press '''<tt>[Enter]</tt>'''.<br />
<br />
===CW Functions===<br />
* '''<tt>BURSTS</tt>''': Enable CW speed bursts (controlled with ++/-- in macros), equivalent to <code>Options | CW | Speed Bursts enabled</code><br />
* '''<tt>NOBURSTS</tt>''': Disable CW speed bursts (controlled with ++/(-- in macros), equivalent to <code>Options | CW | Speed Bursts disabled</code><br />
* '''<tt>CORRECT</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Options | CW | Correction | Enabled</code><br />
* '''<tt>NOCORRECT</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Options | CW | Correction | Disabled</code><br />
* '''<tt>CTSPACE</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Options | CW | Shortened spaces (CT spaces) enabled</code><br />
* '''<tt>NOCTSPACE</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Options | CW | Shortened spaces (CT spaces) disabled</code><br />
* '''<tt>CUTON</tt>''': Enable cut numbers translation<br />
* '''<tt>CUTOFF</tt>''': Disable cut numbers translation<br />
* '''<tt>CWAUTO</tt>''': Enable CW Auto Sending Mode<br />
* '''<tt>CWAUTO3</tt>''': Start CW Auto Sending after 3 characters in the callsign field<br />
* '''<tt>CWAUTO4</tt>''': Start CW Auto Sending after 4 characters in the callsign field<br />
* '''<tt>CWAUTOOFF</tt>''' (or '''<tt>NOCWAUTO</tt>'''): Disable CW Auto Sending Mode <br />
* '''<tt>CWFULLABBREV</tt>''' (or '''<tt>FULLABBREV</tt>'''): Equivalent to <code>Options | CW | Serial number | Abbreviated</code><br />
* '''<tt>CWPROABBREV</tt>''' (or '''<tt>PROABBREV</tt>'''): Equivalent to <code>Options | CW | Serial number | Pro</code><br />
* '''<tt>CWSEMIABBREV</tt>''' (or '''<tt>SEMIABBREV</tt>'''): Equivalent to <code>Options | CW | Serial number | Half abbreviated</code><br />
* '''<tt>NOCWABBREV</tt>''' (or '''<tt>NOABBREV</tt>'''): Equivalent to <code>Options | CW | Serial number | Not abbreviated</code><br />
* '''<tt>ESM</tt>''' (or '''<tt>NOESM</tt>'''): Enable/disable Enter Sends Message Mode; equivalent to <code>Tools | Data Entry | Enable ESM [checked]</code><br />
* '''<tt>LEADINGZEROS</tt>''' (or '''<tt>LZ</tt>'''): Equivalent to <code>Options | CW | Serial number | Leading zeros [checked]</code><br />
* '''<tt>LOADMSGS</tt>''': Open the current op. directory and load CW or RTTY messages from there<br />
* '''<tt>NOLEADINGZEROS</tt>''' (or '''<tt>NOLZ</tt>'''): Equivalent to <code>Options | CW | Serial number | Leading zeros [unchecked]</code><br />
* '''<tt>MESSAGES</tt>''' (or '''<tt>MSGS</tt>'''): Equivalent to <code>Options | CW | Modify standard messages...</code><br />
* '''<tt>REPEAT</tt>''' (or '''<tt>RPT</tt>'''): Equivalent to <code>Options | Automatic CQ repeat mode [checked]</code><br />
* '''<tt>RPTDELAY</tt>''': Equivalent to Tools / Automatic CQ repeat, with the focus set to the repeat interval field<br />
* '''<tt>NOREPEAT</tt>''' (or '''<tt>NORPT</tt>'''): Equivalent to <code>Options | Automatic CQ repeat mode [unchecked]</code><br />
* '''<tt>SMARTCORRECT</tt>''' (or '''<tt>SMART</tt>'''): Equivalent to <code>Options | CW | Correction | Smart Correction enabled</code><br />
* '''<tt>NOSMARTCORREC</tt>''' (or '''<tt>NOSMART</tt>'''): Equivalent to <code>Options | CW | Correction | Smart Correction disabled</code><br />
* '''<tt>SOUND</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Options | CW | No sound [unchecked]</code><br />
* '''<tt>NOSOUND</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Options | CW | No sound [checked]</code><br />
* '''<tt>SPEED</tt>''' (or '''<tt>CWSPEED</tt>''') Equivalent to <code>Commands | CW speed</code><br />
* '''<tt>TUNE</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Commands | Carrier</code><br />
* '''<tt>VARIABLES</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Options | CW | Custom variables...</code><br />
* '''<tt>WEIGHT</tt>''' (or '''<tt>CWWEIGHT</tt>'''): Equivalent to <code>Commands | CW weight</code><br />
* '''<tt>WORKDUPE</tt>''' (or '''<tt>WORKDUPEON</tt>'''): Equivalent to <code>Options | CW | Work dupes</code> (checked). The normal exchange will be sent to all dupes; the $QSOB4 message variable will be ignored.<br />
* '''<tt>NOWORKDUPE</tt>''' (or '''<tt>WORKDUPEOFF</tt>'''): Equivalent to <code>Options | CW | Work dupes</code> (unchecked). Causes the '''$QSOB4''' message to be sent to all dupes instead of the exchange, for example, when the [Insert] key is programmed as '''$LOGGEDCALL $QSOB4 $GUESSEXCH $F2'''<br />
<br />
===Voice Keyer Control Functions===<br />
* '''<tt>MIC</tt>''': Enables the mic input when the Voice Keyer (VK) is not playing<br />
* '''<tt>NOMIC</tt>''': Mutes the mic input when the VK is not playing (default)<br />
* '''<tt>MICWHENPLAY</tt>''': Enables the mic input when the VK is playing<br />
* '''<tt>NOMICWHENPLAY</tt>''': Mutes the mic input when the VK is playing (default)<br />
<br />
===Multi Operating===<br />
* '''<tt>BRIDGEHEAD</tt>''': Make the current station a [[Networking#The_Bridgehead_Concept|Bridgehead]] station<br />
* '''<tt>INVENTORY</tt>''' (or '''<tt>INV</tt>'''): Requests all connected Stations to send their version number and status information.<br />
** [[Menu:File_new#Network_Parameters|Time Master]] stations are indicated by a capital '''M''' character (else '''m''')<br />
** [[Networking#The_Bridgehead_Concept|Bridgeheads]] by the capital character '''B''' (else '''b''')<br />
** stations which have enabled [[Menu:Options#Disable_log_synchronization_on_network|log synching]] are marked with a capital '''S''', while '''s''' means log sync is disabled<br />
* '''<tt>MOVEINMYLOG</tt>''': Equivalent to tag <code>Edit | Move in my log only</code><br />
* '''<tt>MULT</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Commands | Station type | Mult</code><br />
* '''<tt>NOBRIDGEHEAD</tt>''': Make the current station a non [[Networking#The_Bridgehead_Concept|Bridgehead]] station<br />
* '''<tt>NOMOVEINMYLOG</tt>''': Equivalent to untag <code>Edit | Move in my log only</code><br />
* '''<tt>NOSCROLLMYLOG</tt>''': Equivalent to untag <code>Edit | Move in my log only</code><br />
* '''<tt>NOSUPPORT</tt>''' (or '''<tt>NOPARTNER</tt>'''): Equivalent to <code>Commands | Station type | Support [unchecked]</code><br />
* '''<tt>OPNAME</tt>''' (or '''<tt>MYNAME</tt>'''): Edit current operator name (used in NAQP M/2 only)<br />
* '''<tt>OPON</tt>''' (or '''<tt>LOGIN</tt>'''): Log in as an operator<br />
* '''<tt>OPOFF</tt>''' (or '''<tt>LOGOUT</tt>'''): Log out as an operator<br />
* '''<tt>RUN1</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Commands | Station type | Run 1</code><br />
* '''<tt>RUN2</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Commands | Station type | Run 2</code><br />
* '''<tt>RUN</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Commands | Station type | Run</code><br />
* '''<tt>SUPPORT</tt>''' (or '''<tt>PARTNER</tt>'''): Equivalent to <code>Commands | Station type | Support [checked]</code><br />
* '''<tt>SCROLLMYLOG</tt>''': Equivalent to tag <code>Edit | Move in my log only</code><br />
<br />
===Open/Close/Database Functions===<br />
* '''<tt>ARCHIVE</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>File | Archive</code><br />
* '''<tt>AUTORELOAD</tt>''' or '''<tt>NOAUTORELOAD</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Options | Load contest at startup | Enabled</code><br />
* '''<tt>BYE</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>File | Quit</code><br />
* '''<tt>CLEARLOG</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Edit | Delete all QSO</code><br />
* '''<tt>CLEARLOGNOW</tt>''': Equivalent to <tt>CLEARLOG</tt>, but doesn't ask for confirmation. '''Use with caution!'''<br />
* '''<tt>CLOSE</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>File | Close</code><br />
* '''<tt>COPYLOG</tt>''': Save a copy of the current log file (.wt4) in the current log directory with a timestamp (to the nearest second) added to its name<br />
* '''<tt>COPYLOGCLEAR</tt>''': Equivalent to the COPYLOG command immediately followed by a CLEARLOG command<br />
* '''<tt>NEW</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>File | New</code><br />
* '''<tt>NOTES</tt>''': Open the notes file attached to the current log<br />
* '''<tt>OPEN</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>File | Open</code><br />
* '''<tt>QUIT</tt>''' (or '''<tt>EXIT</tt>'''): Equivalent to <code>File | Quit</code><br />
* '''<tt>RELOAD</tt>''' (or '''<tt>REOPEN</tt>'''): Reopens the current opened file<br />
* '''<tt>RELOADNOW</tt>''' (or '''<tt>REOPENNOW</tt>'''): Reopens the current opened file, but does not display the contest configuration dialog.<br />
* '''<tt>RESTART</tt>''': Restarts Win-Test<br />
* '''<tt>SAVELOG</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>File | Backup contest</code><br />
* '''<tt>WRITEDB</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>File | Update database</code><br />
* '''<tt>WRITELOG</tt>''' (or '''<tt>MAKELOG</tt>'''): Equivalent to <code>File | Creating log files</code><br />
<br />
===Frequency Control Functions===<br />
* '''<tt>PASSFREQ</tt>''' (or '''<tt>QSYFREQ</tt>'''): Equivalent to <code>Commands | QSY frequency</code><br />
* '''<tt>QSX</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Commands | Split frequency</code><br />
* '''<tt>NCDXF</tt>''': Put Radio on NCDXF frequency of current band<br />
* '''<tt>NOQSX</tt>''' (or '''<tt>SPLITOFF</tt>'''): turns split operation off<br />
* '''<tt>RUNFREQ</tt>''': Moves to last Run frequency, equivalent to '''<tt>Alt-F4</tt>'''<br />
* '''<tt>SPLITFREQ</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Commands | Split frequency</code><br />
* '''<tt>NOSPLIT</tt>''' (or '''<tt>SPLITOFF</tt>'''): turns split operation off<br />
* '''<tt>SWAP</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Commands | Swap the frequency on both radios</code><br />
<br />
===Log synchronisation===<br />
<br />
*'''<tt>SYNC</tt>''' (or '''<tt>SYNLOGS</tt>'''): Equivalent to <code>Options | Disable log synchronization on network</code> (unchecked)<br />
*'''<tt>NOSYNC</tt>''' (or '''<tt>NOSYNLOGS</tt>'''): Equivalent to <code>Options | Disable log synchronization on network</code> (checked)<br />
<br />
===WinKey===<br />
<br />
*'''<tt>WKSETUP</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Options | WinKey configuration...</code><br />
*'''<tt>WKSWAP</tt>''' (or '''<tt>WKREVERSE</tt>'''): Equivalent to <code>Options | WinKey configuration... | Swap paddles</code>. Reverse the paddles attached to your WinKey. This is a toggle; paddles change every time this command is run.<br />
<br />
===Other Functions===<br />
* '''<tt>AUTOCQ</tt>''' or '''<tt>CQAUTO</tt>''': Enable automatic CQ Repeat mode<br />
* '''<tt>AUTOCW</tt>''' or '''<tt>CWAUTO</tt>''': Enable CW Auto Send<br />
* '''<tt>BLOCKCARET</tt>''': Change line cursor to block cursor<br />
* '''<tt>BLOCKCURSOR</tt>''': Change line cursor to block cursor<br />
* '''<tt>CLEARGAB</tt>''': Clear Gab window (Alt-I)<br />
* '''<tt>CLOSEALL</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Windows | Close all</code><br />
* '''<tt>CTYFILES</tt>''' or '''<tt>COUNTRYFILES</tt>''': Eq. to <code>Options | Data files | Country files...</code><br />
* '''<tt>DEFINEKEYS</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Options | Redefine keyboard keys</code><br />
* '''<tt>EZSETUP</tt>''': Equivalent to Options / EZMaster configuration...<br />
* '''<tt>HEADERS</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Options | Log display | Hide headers disabled</code><br />
* '''<tt>NOHEADERS</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Options | Log display | Hide headers enabled</code><br />
* '''<tt>HELP</tt>''': Open reference manual<br />
* '''<tt>KEYB</tt>''': Change keyboard layout, append layout designator with slash, like '''<tt>KEYB/FRA</tt>''','''<tt>KEYB/DEU</tt>''', '''<tt>KEYB/ENU</tt>'''; see [http://www.microsoft.com/globaldev/reference/winxp/langtla.mspx] for details.<br />
* '''<tt>MKSETUP</tt>''': Equivalent to Options / MK/MKII/MK2R configuration...<br />
* '''<tt>MP3SETUP</tt>''': Equivalent to Options / MP3 configuration...<br />
* '''<tt>NOAUTOCQ</tt>''' or '''<tt>NOCQAUTO</tt>''': Disable automatic CQ Repeat mode<br />
* '''<tt>NOAUTOCW</tt>''' or '''<tt>NOCWAUTO</tt>''': Disable CW Auto Send<br />
* '''<tt>NOBLOCKCURSOR</tt>''': Change block cursor to line cursor<br />
* '''<tt>NOBLOCKCARET</tt>''': Change block cursor to line cursor<br />
* '''<tt>NOOFFSET</tt>''' (or '''<tt>NOOFFSETS</tt>''' or '''<tt>OFFSETOFF</tt>''' or '''<tt>OFFSETSOFF</tt>'''): Disable frequency offset<br />
* '''<tt>NORECORD</tt>''': Stop contest recording<br />
* '''<tt>NOQQSL</tt>''' : Disable Quick QSL Feature<br />
* '''<tt>NORPTESCONLY</tt>''': Stop AutoCQ by any keyboard activity<br />
* '''<tt>NORUNSP</tt>''': Disable RUN/S&P-Switchting<br />
* '''<tt>NOTEXTCMDTIP</tt>''' (or '''<tt>NOTXTCMDTIP</tt>'''): Don't display tooltips in Menu operations<br />
* '''<tt>OFFSET</tt>''' (or '''<tt>OFFSETS</tt>''' or '''<tt>OFFSETON</tt>''' or '''<tt>OFFSETSON</tt>'''): Enable frequency offset<br />
* '''<tt>OFFSETSETUP</tt>''': To start frequency offset dialogue<br />
* '''<tt>OFFSETSSETUP</tt>''': To start frequency offset dialogue<br />
* '''<tt>QQSL</tt>''' : Enable Quick QSL Feature<br />
* '''<tt>QQSLOFF</tt>''' : Disable Quick QSL Feature<br />
* '''<tt>QQSLON</tt>''' : Enable Quick QSL Feature<br />
* '''<tt>QUICKQSL</tt>''': Enable intelligent Quick QSL feature, bring up configuration menu<br />
* '''<tt>RECORD</tt>''': Start contest recording<br />
* '''<tt>REMAPKEYS</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Options | Redefine keyboard keys</code><br />
* '''<tt>REMOTE</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Commands | Remote commands...</code>. Opens the [[Menu:Commands#Remote_commands...|Remote Commands Dialog]]<br />
* '''<tt>RPTESCONLY</tt>''': Stop AutoCQ by pressing the Escape key only<br />
* '''<tt>RTTYSETUP</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Options | RTTY Configuration...</code><br />
* '''<tt>RUNSP</tt>''': Enable RUN/S&P-Switchting<br />
* '''<tt>RUNSPON</tt>''': Enable RUN/S&P-Switchting<br />
* '''<tt>RUNSPOFF</tt>''': DISABLE RUN/S&P-Switchting<br />
* '''<tt>SCRIPTS</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Tools | Scripts Manager</code><br />
* '''<tt>SETUP</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Options | Configure Interfaces</code><br />
* '''<tt>STARTRECORD</tt>''': Start contest recording<br />
* '''<tt>STOPRECORD</tt>''': Stop contest recording<br />
* '''<tt>TEXTCMDTIP</tt>''' (or '''<tt>TXTCMDTIP</tt>'''): Display tooltips in Menu operations<br />
* '''<tt>VERSION</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Help | About</code><br />
* '''<tt>WCY</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Windows | Solar Activity | Displayed data | WCY</code><br />
* '''<tt>WWV</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Windows | Solar Activity | Displayed data | WWV</code></div>Dl6raihttps://docs.win-test.com/w/index.php?title=Text_commands&diff=5036Text commands2023-04-10T07:14:54Z<p>Dl6rai: /* CW Functions */</p>
<hr />
<div><big><big>Text Commands</big></big><br />
<!-- Adopted to Stylesheet DL6RAI --><br />
<br />
Text commands are a comfortable and fast way to access different functions of the Win-Test software. These commands have to be typed right into the callsign field of the [[Menu:Windows#Log_Entry_.28Main_window.29|Log entry window]]. They will be executed after pressing ['''<tt>Enter</tt>''']. If the command was executed sucessfully, the command text will be deleted from the callsign field.<br />
<br />
==Changing Bands or Jumping to a Frequency==<br />
You can directly enter the band to which you want to QSY (if permitted for the current contest): '''<tt>160</tt>''', '''<tt>80</tt>''', '''<tt>40</tt>''', '''<tt>144</tt>''', '''<tt>432</tt>''', '''<tt>241G</tt>''', etc. <br />
<br />
For frequencies below 30 MHz, enter the wavelength in meters ('''<tt>80</tt>''' for 3.8 MHz, not '''<tt>75</tt>'''). For frequencies above 30 MHz and below 10 GHz, enter the frequency in MHz. Above (and including) 10 GHz, enter '''<tt>10G</tt>''' (or '''<tt>24G</tt>''', etc.). This behaviour may depend on the [[Menu:Tools#Data_Entry|Tools | Data Entry | Priority]] setting.<br />
<br />
You can also directly type a frequency (in kHz): for example '''<tt>14234.4</tt>''', '''<tt>1843</tt>''', '''<tt>144300</tt>''', etc. If a radio is connected to your computer, it will jump to the desired frequency. You can also just enter the kHz part of the frequency of the current band (e.g. while on 20m, entering '''<tt>035.5</tt>''' will tune your radio on 14035.5). Finally, you can also enter the frequency by omitting the decimal point (CT style) (e.g. '''<tt>18404</tt>''' will tune your radio on 1840.4). <br />
<br />
Of course, all the Win-Test windows will be updated according to the new frequency or band.<br />
<br />
To return to your last CQ frequency, press '''<tt>[Alt-F4]</tt>'''.<br />
<br />
==Changing Mode==<br />
You can directly change the operating mode by typing '''<tt>CW</tt>''', '''<tt>SSB</tt>''' etc. <br />
The mode will be switched as soon as you press Enter. <br />
<br />
There are also shortcuts for changing the mode: '''<tt>Ctrl-F1</tt>''' or '''<tt>Ctrl-F2</tt>''' will cycle through all the available modes.<br />
<br />
Of course, the chosen mode will have to be compatible with the rules of the chosen contest, otherwise Win-Test will ignore this command (error detection in the field).<br />
<br />
==List of Text Commands==<br />
These text commands provide fast access to many of the functions listed in the Win-Test menus. Just type the text command in the callsign field, and press '''<tt>[Enter]</tt>'''.<br />
<br />
===CW Functions===<br />
* '''<tt>BURSTS</tt>''': Enable CW speed bursts (controlled with ++/-- in macros), equivalent to <code>Options | CW | Speed Bursts enabled</code><br />
* '''<tt>NOBURSTS</tt>''': Disable CW speed bursts (controlled with ++/(-- in macros), equivalent to <code>Options | CW | Speed Bursts disabled</code><br />
* '''<tt>CORRECT</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Options | CW | Correction | Enabled</code><br />
* '''<tt>NOCORRECT</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Options | CW | Correction | Disabled</code><br />
* '''<tt>CTSPACE</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Options | CW | Shortened spaces (CT spaces) enabled</code><br />
* '''<tt>NOCTSPACE</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Options | CW | Shortened spaces (CT spaces) disabled</code><br />
* '''<tt>CUTON</tt>''': Enable cut numbers translation<br />
* '''<tt>CUTOFF</tt>''': Disable cut numbers translation<br />
* '''<tt>CWAUTO</tt>''': Enable CW Auto Sending Mode<br />
* '''<tt>CWAUTO3</tt>''': Start CW Auto Sending after 3 characters in the callsign field<br />
* '''<tt>CWAUTO4</tt>''': Start CW Auto Sending after 4 characters in the callsign field<br />
* '''<tt>CWAUTOOFF</tt>''' (or '''<tt>NOCWAUTO</tt>'''): Disable CW Auto Sending Mode <br />
* '''<tt>CWFULLABBREV</tt>''' (or '''<tt>FULLABBREV</tt>'''): Equivalent to <code>Options | CW | Serial number | Abbreviated</code><br />
* '''<tt>CWPROABBREV</tt>''' (or '''<tt>PROABBREV</tt>'''): Equivalent to <code>Options | CW | Serial number | Pro</code><br />
* '''<tt>CWSEMIABBREV</tt>''' (or '''<tt>SEMIABBREV</tt>'''): Equivalent to <code>Options | CW | Serial number | Half abbreviated</code><br />
* '''<tt>NOCWABBREV</tt>''' (or '''<tt>NOABBREV</tt>'''): Equivalent to <code>Options | CW | Serial number | Not abbreviated</code><br />
* '''<tt>ESM</tt>''' (or '''<tt>NOESM</tt>'''): Enable/disable Enter Sends Message Mode; equivalent to <code>Tools | Data Entry | Enable ESM [checked]</code><br />
* '''<tt>LEADINGZEROS</tt>''' (or '''<tt>LZ</tt>'''): Equivalent to <code>Options | CW | Serial number | Leading zeros [checked]</code><br />
* '''<tt>LOADMSGS</tt>''': Open the current op. directory and load CW or RTTY messages from there<br />
* '''<tt>NOLEADINGZEROS</tt>''' (or '''<tt>NOLZ</tt>'''): Equivalent to <code>Options | CW | Serial number | Leading zeros [unchecked]</code><br />
* '''<tt>MESSAGES</tt>''' (or '''<tt>MSGS</tt>'''): Equivalent to <code>Options | CW | Modify standard messages...</code><br />
* '''<tt>REPEAT</tt>''' (or '''<tt>RPT</tt>'''): Equivalent to <code>Options | Automatic CQ repeat mode [checked]</code><br />
* '''<tt>RPTDELAY</tt>''': Equivalent to Tools / Automatic CQ repeat, with the focus set to the repeat interval field<br />
* '''<tt>NOREPEAT</tt>''' (or '''<tt>NORPT</tt>'''): Equivalent to <code>Options | Automatic CQ repeat mode [unchecked]</code><br />
* '''<tt>SMARTCORRECT</tt>''' (or '''<tt>SMART</tt>'''): Equivalent to <code>Options | CW | Correction | Smart Correction enabled</code><br />
* '''<tt>NOSMARTCORREC</tt>''' (or '''<tt>NOSMART</tt>'''): Equivalent to <code>Options | CW | Correction | Smart Correction disabled</code><br />
* '''<tt>SOUND</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Options | CW | No sound [unchecked]</code><br />
* '''<tt>NOSOUND</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Options | CW | No sound [checked]</code><br />
* '''<tt>SPEED</tt>''' (or '''<tt>CWSPEED</tt>''') Equivalent to <code>Commands | CW speed</code><br />
* '''<tt>TUNE</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Commands | Carrier</code><br />
* '''<tt>VARIABLES</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Options | CW | Custom variables...</code><br />
* '''<tt>WEIGHT</tt>''' (or '''<tt>CWWEIGHT</tt>'''): Equivalent to <code>Commands | CW weight</code><br />
* '''<tt>WORKDUPE</tt>''' (or '''<tt>WORKDUPEON</tt>'''): Equivalent to <code>Options | CW | Work dupes</code> (checked). The normal exchange will be sent to all dupes; the $QSOB4 message variable will be ignored.<br />
* '''<tt>NOWORKDUPE</tt>''' (or '''<tt>WORKDUPEOFF</tt>'''): Equivalent to <code>Options | CW | Work dupes</code> (unchecked). Causes the '''$QSOB4''' message to be sent to all dupes instead of the exchange, for example, when the [Insert] key is programmed as '''$LOGGEDCALL $QSOB4 $GUESSEXCH $F2'''<br />
<br />
===Voice Keyer Control Functions===<br />
* '''<tt>MIC</tt>''': Enables the mic input when the Voice Keyer (VK) is not playing<br />
* '''<tt>NOMIC</tt>''': Mutes the mic input when the VK is not playing (default)<br />
* '''<tt>MICWHENPLAY</tt>''': Enables the mic input when the VK is playing<br />
* '''<tt>NOMICWHENPLAY</tt>''': Mutes the mic input when the VK is playing (default)<br />
<br />
===Multi Operating===<br />
* '''<tt>BRIDGEHEAD</tt>''': Make the current station a [[Networking#The_Bridgehead_Concept|Bridgehead]] station<br />
* '''<tt>INVENTORY</tt>''' (or '''<tt>INV</tt>'''): Requests all connected Stations to send their version number and status information.<br />
** [[Menu:File_new#Network_Parameters|Time Master]] stations are indicated by a capital '''M''' character (else '''m''')<br />
** [[Networking#The_Bridgehead_Concept|Bridgeheads]] by the capital character '''B''' (else '''b''')<br />
** stations which have enabled [[Menu:Options#Disable_log_synchronization_on_network|log synching]] are marked with a capital '''S''', while '''s''' means log sync is disabled<br />
* '''<tt>MOVEINMYLOG</tt>''': Equivalent to tag <code>Edit | Move in my log only</code><br />
* '''<tt>MULT</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Commands | Station type | Mult</code><br />
* '''<tt>NOBRIDGEHEAD</tt>''': Make the current station a non [[Networking#The_Bridgehead_Concept|Bridgehead]] station<br />
* '''<tt>NOMOVEINMYLOG</tt>''': Equivalent to untag <code>Edit | Move in my log only</code><br />
* '''<tt>NOSCROLLMYLOG</tt>''': Equivalent to untag <code>Edit | Move in my log only</code><br />
* '''<tt>NOSUPPORT</tt>''' (or '''<tt>NOPARTNER</tt>'''): Equivalent to <code>Commands | Station type | Support [unchecked]</code><br />
* '''<tt>OPNAME</tt>''' (or '''<tt>MYNAME</tt>'''): Edit current operator name (used in NAQP M/2 only)<br />
* '''<tt>OPON</tt>''' (or '''<tt>LOGIN</tt>'''): Log in as an operator<br />
* '''<tt>OPOFF</tt>''' (or '''<tt>LOGOUT</tt>'''): Log out as an operator<br />
* '''<tt>RUN1</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Commands | Station type | Run 1</code><br />
* '''<tt>RUN2</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Commands | Station type | Run 2</code><br />
* '''<tt>RUN</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Commands | Station type | Run</code><br />
* '''<tt>SUPPORT</tt>''' (or '''<tt>PARTNER</tt>'''): Equivalent to <code>Commands | Station type | Support [checked]</code><br />
* '''<tt>SCROLLMYLOG</tt>''': Equivalent to tag <code>Edit | Move in my log only</code><br />
<br />
===Open/Close/Database Functions===<br />
* '''<tt>ARCHIVE</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>File | Archive</code><br />
* '''<tt>AUTORELOAD</tt>''' or '''<tt>NOAUTORELOAD</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Options | Load contest at startup | Enabled</code><br />
* '''<tt>BYE</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>File | Quit</code><br />
* '''<tt>CLEARLOG</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Edit | Delete all QSO</code><br />
* '''<tt>CLEARLOGNOW</tt>''': Equivalent to <tt>CLEARLOG</tt>, but doesn't ask for confirmation. '''Use with caution!'''<br />
* '''<tt>CLOSE</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>File | Close</code><br />
* '''<tt>COPYLOG</tt>''': Save a copy of the current log file (.wt4) in the current log directory with a timestamp (to the nearest second) added to its name<br />
* '''<tt>COPYLOGCLEAR</tt>''': Equivalent to the COPYLOG command immediately followed by a CLEARLOG command<br />
* '''<tt>NEW</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>File | New</code><br />
* '''<tt>NOTES</tt>''': Open the notes file attached to the current log<br />
* '''<tt>OPEN</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>File | Open</code><br />
* '''<tt>QUIT</tt>''' (or '''<tt>EXIT</tt>'''): Equivalent to <code>File | Quit</code><br />
* '''<tt>RELOAD</tt>''' (or '''<tt>REOPEN</tt>'''): Reopens the current opened file<br />
* '''<tt>RELOADNOW</tt>''' (or '''<tt>REOPENNOW</tt>'''): Reopens the current opened file, but does not display the contest configuration dialog.<br />
* '''<tt>RESTART</tt>''': Restarts Win-Test<br />
* '''<tt>SAVELOG</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>File | Backup contest</code><br />
* '''<tt>WRITEDB</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>File | Update database</code><br />
* '''<tt>WRITELOG</tt>''' (or '''<tt>MAKELOG</tt>'''): Equivalent to <code>File | Creating log files</code><br />
<br />
===Frequency Control Functions===<br />
* '''<tt>PASSFREQ</tt>''' (or '''<tt>QSYFREQ</tt>'''): Equivalent to <code>Commands | QSY frequency</code><br />
* '''<tt>QSX</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Commands | Split frequency</code><br />
* '''<tt>NCDXF</tt>''': Put Radio on NCDXF frequency of current band<br />
* '''<tt>NOQSX</tt>''' (or '''<tt>SPLITOFF</tt>'''): turns split operation off<br />
* '''<tt>RUNFREQ</tt>''': Moves to last Run frequency, equivalent to '''<tt>Alt-F4</tt>'''<br />
* '''<tt>SPLITFREQ</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Commands | Split frequency</code><br />
* '''<tt>NOSPLIT</tt>''' (or '''<tt>SPLITOFF</tt>'''): turns split operation off<br />
* '''<tt>SWAP</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Commands | Swap the frequency on both radios</code><br />
<br />
===Log synchronisation===<br />
<br />
*'''<tt>SYNC</tt>''' (or '''<tt>SYNLOGS</tt>'''): Equivalent to <code>Options | Disable log synchronization on network</code> (unchecked)<br />
*'''<tt>NOSYNC</tt>''' (or '''<tt>NOSYNLOGS</tt>'''): Equivalent to <code>Options | Disable log synchronization on network</code> (checked)<br />
<br />
===WinKey===<br />
<br />
*'''<tt>WKSETUP</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Options | WinKey configuration...</code><br />
*'''<tt>WKSWAP</tt>''' (or '''<tt>WKREVERSE</tt>'''): Equivalent to <code>Options | WinKey configuration... | Swap paddles</code>. Reverse the paddles attached to your WinKey. This is a toggle; paddles change every time this command is run.<br />
<br />
===Other Functions===<br />
* '''<tt>AUTOCQ</tt>''' or '''<tt>CQAUTO</tt>''': Enable automatic CQ Repeat mode<br />
* '''<tt>AUTOCW</tt>''' or '''<tt>CWAUTO</tt>''': Enable CW Auto Send<br />
* '''<tt>BLOCKCARET</tt>''': Change line cursor to block cursor<br />
* '''<tt>BLOCKCURSOR</tt>''': Change line cursor to block cursor<br />
* '''<tt>CLEARGAB</tt>''': Clear Gab window (Alt-I)<br />
* '''<tt>CLOSEALL</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Windows | Close all</code><br />
* '''<tt>CTYFILES</tt>''' or '''<tt>COUNTRYFILES</tt>''': Eq. to <code>Options | Data files | Country files...</code><br />
* '''<tt>DEFINEKEYS</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Options | Redefine keyboard keys</code><br />
* '''<tt>EZSETUP</tt>''': Equivalent to Options / EZMaster configuration...<br />
* '''<tt>HEADERS</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Options | Log display | Hide headers disabled</code><br />
* '''<tt>NOHEADERS</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Options | Log display | Hide headers enabled</code><br />
* '''<tt>HELP</tt>''': Open reference manual<br />
* '''<tt>KEYB</tt>''': Change keyboard layout, append layout designator with slash, like '''<tt>KEYB/FRA</tt>''','''<tt>KEYB/DEU</tt>''', '''<tt>KEYB/ENU</tt>'''; see [http://www.microsoft.com/globaldev/reference/winxp/langtla.mspx] for details.<br />
* '''<tt>MKSETUP</tt>''': Equivalent to Options / MK/MKII/MK2R configuration...<br />
* '''<tt>MP3SETUP</tt>''': Equivalent to Options / MP3 configuration...<br />
* '''<tt>NOAUTOCQ</tt>''' or '''<tt>NOCQAUTO</tt>''': Disable automatic CQ Repeat mode<br />
* '''<tt>NOAUTOCW</tt>''' or '''<tt>NOCWAUTO</tt>''': Disable CW Auto Send<br />
* '''<tt>NOBLOCKCURSOR</tt>''': Change block cursor to line cursor<br />
* '''<tt>NOBLOCKCARET</tt>''': Change block cursor to line cursor<br />
* '''<tt>NOOFFSET</tt>''': Disable frequency offset<br />
* '''<tt>NOOFFSETS</tt>''': Disable frequency offset<br />
* '''<tt>NORECORD</tt>''': Stop contest recording<br />
* '''<tt>NOQQSL</tt>''' : Disable Quick QSL Feature<br />
* '''<tt>NORPTESCONLY</tt>''': Stop AutoCQ by any keyboard activity<br />
* '''<tt>NORUNSP</tt>''': Disable RUN/S&P-Switchting<br />
* '''<tt>NOTEXTCMDTIP</tt>''' (or '''<tt>NOTXTCMDTIP</tt>'''): Don't display tooltips in Menu operations<br />
* '''<tt>OFFSETON</tt>''': Enable frequency offset<br />
* '''<tt>OFFSETOFF</tt>''': Disable frequency offset<br />
* '''<tt>OFFSETSETUP</tt>''': To start frequency offset dialogue<br />
* '''<tt>OFFSETSSETUP</tt>''': To start frequency offset dialogue<br />
* '''<tt>OFFSETSON</tt>''': Enable frequency offset<br />
* '''<tt>OFFSETSOFF</tt>''': Disable frequency offset<br />
* '''<tt>OFFSET</tt>''': Enable frequency offset<br />
* '''<tt>OFFSETS</tt>''': Enable frequency offset<br />
* '''<tt>QQSL</tt>''' : Enable Quick QSL Feature<br />
* '''<tt>QQSLOFF</tt>''' : Disable Quick QSL Feature<br />
* '''<tt>QQSLON</tt>''' : Enable Quick QSL Feature<br />
* '''<tt>QUICKQSL</tt>''': Enable intelligent Quick QSL feature, bring up configuration menu<br />
* '''<tt>RECORD</tt>''': Start contest recording<br />
* '''<tt>REMAPKEYS</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Options | Redefine keyboard keys</code><br />
* '''<tt>REMOTE</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Commands | Remote commands...</code>. Opens the [[Menu:Commands#Remote_commands...|Remote Commands Dialog]]<br />
* '''<tt>RPTESCONLY</tt>''': Stop AutoCQ by pressing the Escape key only<br />
* '''<tt>RTTYSETUP</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Options | RTTY Configuration...</code><br />
* '''<tt>RUNSP</tt>''': Enable RUN/S&P-Switchting<br />
* '''<tt>RUNSPON</tt>''': Enable RUN/S&P-Switchting<br />
* '''<tt>RUNSPOFF</tt>''': DISABLE RUN/S&P-Switchting<br />
* '''<tt>SCRIPTS</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Tools | Scripts Manager</code><br />
* '''<tt>SETUP</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Options | Configure Interfaces</code><br />
* '''<tt>STARTRECORD</tt>''': Start contest recording<br />
* '''<tt>STOPRECORD</tt>''': Stop contest recording<br />
* '''<tt>TEXTCMDTIP</tt>''' (or '''<tt>TXTCMDTIP</tt>'''): Display tooltips in Menu operations<br />
* '''<tt>VERSION</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Help | About</code><br />
* '''<tt>WCY</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Windows | Solar Activity | Displayed data | WCY</code><br />
* '''<tt>WWV</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Windows | Solar Activity | Displayed data | WWV</code></div>Dl6raihttps://docs.win-test.com/w/index.php?title=Text_commands&diff=5035Text commands2023-04-10T07:08:20Z<p>Dl6rai: /* Open/Close/Database Functions */</p>
<hr />
<div><big><big>Text Commands</big></big><br />
<!-- Adopted to Stylesheet DL6RAI --><br />
<br />
Text commands are a comfortable and fast way to access different functions of the Win-Test software. These commands have to be typed right into the callsign field of the [[Menu:Windows#Log_Entry_.28Main_window.29|Log entry window]]. They will be executed after pressing ['''<tt>Enter</tt>''']. If the command was executed sucessfully, the command text will be deleted from the callsign field.<br />
<br />
==Changing Bands or Jumping to a Frequency==<br />
You can directly enter the band to which you want to QSY (if permitted for the current contest): '''<tt>160</tt>''', '''<tt>80</tt>''', '''<tt>40</tt>''', '''<tt>144</tt>''', '''<tt>432</tt>''', '''<tt>241G</tt>''', etc. <br />
<br />
For frequencies below 30 MHz, enter the wavelength in meters ('''<tt>80</tt>''' for 3.8 MHz, not '''<tt>75</tt>'''). For frequencies above 30 MHz and below 10 GHz, enter the frequency in MHz. Above (and including) 10 GHz, enter '''<tt>10G</tt>''' (or '''<tt>24G</tt>''', etc.). This behaviour may depend on the [[Menu:Tools#Data_Entry|Tools | Data Entry | Priority]] setting.<br />
<br />
You can also directly type a frequency (in kHz): for example '''<tt>14234.4</tt>''', '''<tt>1843</tt>''', '''<tt>144300</tt>''', etc. If a radio is connected to your computer, it will jump to the desired frequency. You can also just enter the kHz part of the frequency of the current band (e.g. while on 20m, entering '''<tt>035.5</tt>''' will tune your radio on 14035.5). Finally, you can also enter the frequency by omitting the decimal point (CT style) (e.g. '''<tt>18404</tt>''' will tune your radio on 1840.4). <br />
<br />
Of course, all the Win-Test windows will be updated according to the new frequency or band.<br />
<br />
To return to your last CQ frequency, press '''<tt>[Alt-F4]</tt>'''.<br />
<br />
==Changing Mode==<br />
You can directly change the operating mode by typing '''<tt>CW</tt>''', '''<tt>SSB</tt>''' etc. <br />
The mode will be switched as soon as you press Enter. <br />
<br />
There are also shortcuts for changing the mode: '''<tt>Ctrl-F1</tt>''' or '''<tt>Ctrl-F2</tt>''' will cycle through all the available modes.<br />
<br />
Of course, the chosen mode will have to be compatible with the rules of the chosen contest, otherwise Win-Test will ignore this command (error detection in the field).<br />
<br />
==List of Text Commands==<br />
These text commands provide fast access to many of the functions listed in the Win-Test menus. Just type the text command in the callsign field, and press '''<tt>[Enter]</tt>'''.<br />
<br />
===CW Functions===<br />
* '''<tt>BURSTS</tt>''': Enable CW speed bursts (controlled with ++/-- in macros), equivalent to <code>Options | CW | Speed Bursts enabled</code><br />
* '''<tt>NOBURSTS</tt>''': Disable CW speed bursts (controlled with ++/(-- in macros), equivalent to <code>Options | CW | Speed Bursts disabled</code><br />
* '''<tt>CORRECT</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Options | CW | Correction | Enabled</code><br />
* '''<tt>NOCORRECT</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Options | CW | Correction | Disabled</code><br />
* '''<tt>CTSPACE</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Options | CW | Shortened spaces (CT spaces) enabled</code><br />
* '''<tt>NOCTSPACE</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Options | CW | Shortened spaces (CT spaces) disabled</code><br />
* '''<tt>CUTON</tt>''': Enable cut numbers translation<br />
* '''<tt>CUTOFF</tt>''': Disable cut numbers translation<br />
* '''<tt>CWAUTO</tt>''': Enable CW Auto Sending Mode<br />
* '''<tt>CWAUTO3</tt>''': Start CW Auto Sending after 3 characters in the callsign field<br />
* '''<tt>CWAUTO4</tt>''': Start CW Auto Sending after 4 characters in the callsign field<br />
* '''<tt>CWAUTOOFF</tt>''' (or '''<tt>NOCWAUTO</tt>'''): Disable CW Auto Sending Mode <br />
* '''<tt>CWFULLABBREV</tt>''' (or '''<tt>FULLABBREV</tt>'''): Equivalent to <code>Options | CW | Serial number | Abbreviated</code><br />
* '''<tt>CWPROABBREV</tt>''' (or '''<tt>PROABBREV</tt>'''): Equivalent to <code>Options | CW | Serial number | Pro</code><br />
* '''<tt>CWSEMIABBREV</tt>''' (or '''<tt>SEMIABBREV</tt>'''): Equivalent to <code>Options | CW | Serial number | Half abbreviated</code><br />
* '''<tt>NOCWABBREV</tt>''' (or '''<tt>NOABBREV</tt>'''): Equivalent to <code>Options | CW | Serial number | Not abbreviated</code><br />
* '''<tt>ESM</tt>''' (or '''<tt>NOESM</tt>'''): Enable/disable Enter Sends Message Mode; equivalent to <code>Tools | Data Entry | Enable ESM [checked]</code><br />
* '''<tt>LEADINGZEROS</tt>''' (or '''<tt>LZ</tt>'''): Equivalent to <code>Options | CW | Serial number | Leading zeros [checked]</code><br />
* '''<tt>NOLEADINGZEROS</tt>''' (or '''<tt>NOLZ</tt>'''): Equivalent to <code>Options | CW | Serial number | Leading zeros [unchecked]</code><br />
* '''<tt>MESSAGES</tt>''' (or '''<tt>MSGS</tt>'''): Equivalent to <code>Options | CW | Modify standard messages...</code><br />
* '''<tt>REPEAT</tt>''' (or '''<tt>RPT</tt>'''): Equivalent to <code>Options | Automatic CQ repeat mode [checked]</code><br />
* '''<tt>RPTDELAY</tt>''': Equivalent to Tools / Automatic CQ repeat, with the focus set to the repeat interval field<br />
* '''<tt>NOREPEAT</tt>''' (or '''<tt>NORPT</tt>'''): Equivalent to <code>Options | Automatic CQ repeat mode [unchecked]</code><br />
* '''<tt>SMARTCORRECT</tt>''' (or '''<tt>SMART</tt>'''): Equivalent to <code>Options | CW | Correction | Smart Correction enabled</code><br />
* '''<tt>NOSMARTCORREC</tt>''' (or '''<tt>NOSMART</tt>'''): Equivalent to <code>Options | CW | Correction | Smart Correction disabled</code><br />
* '''<tt>SOUND</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Options | CW | No sound [unchecked]</code><br />
* '''<tt>NOSOUND</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Options | CW | No sound [checked]</code><br />
* '''<tt>SPEED</tt>''' (or '''<tt>CWSPEED</tt>''') Equivalent to <code>Commands | CW speed</code><br />
* '''<tt>TUNE</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Commands | Carrier</code><br />
* '''<tt>VARIABLES</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Options | CW | Custom variables...</code><br />
* '''<tt>WEIGHT</tt>''' (or '''<tt>CWWEIGHT</tt>'''): Equivalent to <code>Commands | CW weight</code><br />
* '''<tt>WORKDUPE</tt>''' (or '''<tt>WORKDUPEON</tt>'''): Equivalent to <code>Options | CW | Work dupes</code> (checked). The normal exchange will be sent to all dupes; the $QSOB4 message variable will be ignored.<br />
* '''<tt>NOWORKDUPE</tt>''' (or '''<tt>WORKDUPEOFF</tt>'''): Equivalent to <code>Options | CW | Work dupes</code> (unchecked). Causes the '''$QSOB4''' message to be sent to all dupes instead of the exchange, for example, when the [Insert] key is programmed as '''$LOGGEDCALL $QSOB4 $GUESSEXCH $F2'''<br />
<br />
===Voice Keyer Control Functions===<br />
* '''<tt>MIC</tt>''': Enables the mic input when the Voice Keyer (VK) is not playing<br />
* '''<tt>NOMIC</tt>''': Mutes the mic input when the VK is not playing (default)<br />
* '''<tt>MICWHENPLAY</tt>''': Enables the mic input when the VK is playing<br />
* '''<tt>NOMICWHENPLAY</tt>''': Mutes the mic input when the VK is playing (default)<br />
<br />
===Multi Operating===<br />
* '''<tt>BRIDGEHEAD</tt>''': Make the current station a [[Networking#The_Bridgehead_Concept|Bridgehead]] station<br />
* '''<tt>INVENTORY</tt>''' (or '''<tt>INV</tt>'''): Requests all connected Stations to send their version number and status information.<br />
** [[Menu:File_new#Network_Parameters|Time Master]] stations are indicated by a capital '''M''' character (else '''m''')<br />
** [[Networking#The_Bridgehead_Concept|Bridgeheads]] by the capital character '''B''' (else '''b''')<br />
** stations which have enabled [[Menu:Options#Disable_log_synchronization_on_network|log synching]] are marked with a capital '''S''', while '''s''' means log sync is disabled<br />
* '''<tt>MOVEINMYLOG</tt>''': Equivalent to tag <code>Edit | Move in my log only</code><br />
* '''<tt>MULT</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Commands | Station type | Mult</code><br />
* '''<tt>NOBRIDGEHEAD</tt>''': Make the current station a non [[Networking#The_Bridgehead_Concept|Bridgehead]] station<br />
* '''<tt>NOMOVEINMYLOG</tt>''': Equivalent to untag <code>Edit | Move in my log only</code><br />
* '''<tt>NOSCROLLMYLOG</tt>''': Equivalent to untag <code>Edit | Move in my log only</code><br />
* '''<tt>NOSUPPORT</tt>''' (or '''<tt>NOPARTNER</tt>'''): Equivalent to <code>Commands | Station type | Support [unchecked]</code><br />
* '''<tt>OPNAME</tt>''' (or '''<tt>MYNAME</tt>'''): Edit current operator name (used in NAQP M/2 only)<br />
* '''<tt>OPON</tt>''' (or '''<tt>LOGIN</tt>'''): Log in as an operator<br />
* '''<tt>OPOFF</tt>''' (or '''<tt>LOGOUT</tt>'''): Log out as an operator<br />
* '''<tt>RUN1</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Commands | Station type | Run 1</code><br />
* '''<tt>RUN2</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Commands | Station type | Run 2</code><br />
* '''<tt>RUN</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Commands | Station type | Run</code><br />
* '''<tt>SUPPORT</tt>''' (or '''<tt>PARTNER</tt>'''): Equivalent to <code>Commands | Station type | Support [checked]</code><br />
* '''<tt>SCROLLMYLOG</tt>''': Equivalent to tag <code>Edit | Move in my log only</code><br />
<br />
===Open/Close/Database Functions===<br />
* '''<tt>ARCHIVE</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>File | Archive</code><br />
* '''<tt>AUTORELOAD</tt>''' or '''<tt>NOAUTORELOAD</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Options | Load contest at startup | Enabled</code><br />
* '''<tt>BYE</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>File | Quit</code><br />
* '''<tt>CLEARLOG</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Edit | Delete all QSO</code><br />
* '''<tt>CLEARLOGNOW</tt>''': Equivalent to <tt>CLEARLOG</tt>, but doesn't ask for confirmation. '''Use with caution!'''<br />
* '''<tt>CLOSE</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>File | Close</code><br />
* '''<tt>COPYLOG</tt>''': Save a copy of the current log file (.wt4) in the current log directory with a timestamp (to the nearest second) added to its name<br />
* '''<tt>COPYLOGCLEAR</tt>''': Equivalent to the COPYLOG command immediately followed by a CLEARLOG command<br />
* '''<tt>NEW</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>File | New</code><br />
* '''<tt>NOTES</tt>''': Open the notes file attached to the current log<br />
* '''<tt>OPEN</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>File | Open</code><br />
* '''<tt>QUIT</tt>''' (or '''<tt>EXIT</tt>'''): Equivalent to <code>File | Quit</code><br />
* '''<tt>RELOAD</tt>''' (or '''<tt>REOPEN</tt>'''): Reopens the current opened file<br />
* '''<tt>RELOADNOW</tt>''' (or '''<tt>REOPENNOW</tt>'''): Reopens the current opened file, but does not display the contest configuration dialog.<br />
* '''<tt>RESTART</tt>''': Restarts Win-Test<br />
* '''<tt>SAVELOG</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>File | Backup contest</code><br />
* '''<tt>WRITEDB</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>File | Update database</code><br />
* '''<tt>WRITELOG</tt>''' (or '''<tt>MAKELOG</tt>'''): Equivalent to <code>File | Creating log files</code><br />
<br />
===Frequency Control Functions===<br />
* '''<tt>PASSFREQ</tt>''' (or '''<tt>QSYFREQ</tt>'''): Equivalent to <code>Commands | QSY frequency</code><br />
* '''<tt>QSX</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Commands | Split frequency</code><br />
* '''<tt>NCDXF</tt>''': Put Radio on NCDXF frequency of current band<br />
* '''<tt>NOQSX</tt>''' (or '''<tt>SPLITOFF</tt>'''): turns split operation off<br />
* '''<tt>RUNFREQ</tt>''': Moves to last Run frequency, equivalent to '''<tt>Alt-F4</tt>'''<br />
* '''<tt>SPLITFREQ</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Commands | Split frequency</code><br />
* '''<tt>NOSPLIT</tt>''' (or '''<tt>SPLITOFF</tt>'''): turns split operation off<br />
* '''<tt>SWAP</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Commands | Swap the frequency on both radios</code><br />
<br />
===Log synchronisation===<br />
<br />
*'''<tt>SYNC</tt>''' (or '''<tt>SYNLOGS</tt>'''): Equivalent to <code>Options | Disable log synchronization on network</code> (unchecked)<br />
*'''<tt>NOSYNC</tt>''' (or '''<tt>NOSYNLOGS</tt>'''): Equivalent to <code>Options | Disable log synchronization on network</code> (checked)<br />
<br />
===WinKey===<br />
<br />
*'''<tt>WKSETUP</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Options | WinKey configuration...</code><br />
*'''<tt>WKSWAP</tt>''' (or '''<tt>WKREVERSE</tt>'''): Equivalent to <code>Options | WinKey configuration... | Swap paddles</code>. Reverse the paddles attached to your WinKey. This is a toggle; paddles change every time this command is run.<br />
<br />
===Other Functions===<br />
* '''<tt>AUTOCQ</tt>''' or '''<tt>CQAUTO</tt>''': Enable automatic CQ Repeat mode<br />
* '''<tt>AUTOCW</tt>''' or '''<tt>CWAUTO</tt>''': Enable CW Auto Send<br />
* '''<tt>BLOCKCARET</tt>''': Change line cursor to block cursor<br />
* '''<tt>BLOCKCURSOR</tt>''': Change line cursor to block cursor<br />
* '''<tt>CLEARGAB</tt>''': Clear Gab window (Alt-I)<br />
* '''<tt>CLOSEALL</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Windows | Close all</code><br />
* '''<tt>CTYFILES</tt>''' or '''<tt>COUNTRYFILES</tt>''': Eq. to <code>Options | Data files | Country files...</code><br />
* '''<tt>DEFINEKEYS</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Options | Redefine keyboard keys</code><br />
* '''<tt>EZSETUP</tt>''': Equivalent to Options / EZMaster configuration...<br />
* '''<tt>HEADERS</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Options | Log display | Hide headers disabled</code><br />
* '''<tt>NOHEADERS</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Options | Log display | Hide headers enabled</code><br />
* '''<tt>HELP</tt>''': Open reference manual<br />
* '''<tt>KEYB</tt>''': Change keyboard layout, append layout designator with slash, like '''<tt>KEYB/FRA</tt>''','''<tt>KEYB/DEU</tt>''', '''<tt>KEYB/ENU</tt>'''; see [http://www.microsoft.com/globaldev/reference/winxp/langtla.mspx] for details.<br />
* '''<tt>MKSETUP</tt>''': Equivalent to Options / MK/MKII/MK2R configuration...<br />
* '''<tt>MP3SETUP</tt>''': Equivalent to Options / MP3 configuration...<br />
* '''<tt>NOAUTOCQ</tt>''' or '''<tt>NOCQAUTO</tt>''': Disable automatic CQ Repeat mode<br />
* '''<tt>NOAUTOCW</tt>''' or '''<tt>NOCWAUTO</tt>''': Disable CW Auto Send<br />
* '''<tt>NOBLOCKCURSOR</tt>''': Change block cursor to line cursor<br />
* '''<tt>NOBLOCKCARET</tt>''': Change block cursor to line cursor<br />
* '''<tt>NOOFFSET</tt>''': Disable frequency offset<br />
* '''<tt>NOOFFSETS</tt>''': Disable frequency offset<br />
* '''<tt>NORECORD</tt>''': Stop contest recording<br />
* '''<tt>NOQQSL</tt>''' : Disable Quick QSL Feature<br />
* '''<tt>NORPTESCONLY</tt>''': Stop AutoCQ by any keyboard activity<br />
* '''<tt>NORUNSP</tt>''': Disable RUN/S&P-Switchting<br />
* '''<tt>NOTEXTCMDTIP</tt>''' (or '''<tt>NOTXTCMDTIP</tt>'''): Don't display tooltips in Menu operations<br />
* '''<tt>OFFSETON</tt>''': Enable frequency offset<br />
* '''<tt>OFFSETOFF</tt>''': Disable frequency offset<br />
* '''<tt>OFFSETSETUP</tt>''': To start frequency offset dialogue<br />
* '''<tt>OFFSETSSETUP</tt>''': To start frequency offset dialogue<br />
* '''<tt>OFFSETSON</tt>''': Enable frequency offset<br />
* '''<tt>OFFSETSOFF</tt>''': Disable frequency offset<br />
* '''<tt>OFFSET</tt>''': Enable frequency offset<br />
* '''<tt>OFFSETS</tt>''': Enable frequency offset<br />
* '''<tt>QQSL</tt>''' : Enable Quick QSL Feature<br />
* '''<tt>QQSLOFF</tt>''' : Disable Quick QSL Feature<br />
* '''<tt>QQSLON</tt>''' : Enable Quick QSL Feature<br />
* '''<tt>QUICKQSL</tt>''': Enable intelligent Quick QSL feature, bring up configuration menu<br />
* '''<tt>RECORD</tt>''': Start contest recording<br />
* '''<tt>REMAPKEYS</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Options | Redefine keyboard keys</code><br />
* '''<tt>REMOTE</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Commands | Remote commands...</code>. Opens the [[Menu:Commands#Remote_commands...|Remote Commands Dialog]]<br />
* '''<tt>RPTESCONLY</tt>''': Stop AutoCQ by pressing the Escape key only<br />
* '''<tt>RTTYSETUP</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Options | RTTY Configuration...</code><br />
* '''<tt>RUNSP</tt>''': Enable RUN/S&P-Switchting<br />
* '''<tt>RUNSPON</tt>''': Enable RUN/S&P-Switchting<br />
* '''<tt>RUNSPOFF</tt>''': DISABLE RUN/S&P-Switchting<br />
* '''<tt>SCRIPTS</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Tools | Scripts Manager</code><br />
* '''<tt>SETUP</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Options | Configure Interfaces</code><br />
* '''<tt>STARTRECORD</tt>''': Start contest recording<br />
* '''<tt>STOPRECORD</tt>''': Stop contest recording<br />
* '''<tt>TEXTCMDTIP</tt>''' (or '''<tt>TXTCMDTIP</tt>'''): Display tooltips in Menu operations<br />
* '''<tt>VERSION</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Help | About</code><br />
* '''<tt>WCY</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Windows | Solar Activity | Displayed data | WCY</code><br />
* '''<tt>WWV</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Windows | Solar Activity | Displayed data | WWV</code></div>Dl6raihttps://docs.win-test.com/w/index.php?title=Menu:Commands&diff=5034Menu:Commands2023-04-10T07:06:32Z<p>Dl6rai: /* QSY to run frequency */</p>
<hr />
<div><big><big>Menu:Commands</big></big><br />
<!-- Adopted to Stylesheet DL6RAI --><br />
<br />
==QSY==<br />
===One band down===<br />
Modify the band of the current QSO (logging field), to the nearest lower band (vs frequency). While on 160m, the nearest "lower band" will be 10m. Shortcut: '''<tt>Alt-F1</tt>'''. You can also directly type the desired band (if the logging field is empty, of course), and even a frequency in kHz (such as 14265).<br />
<br />
===One band up===<br />
Modify the band of the current QSO (logging field), to the nearest upper band (vs frequency). While on 10m, the nearest "upper band" will be 160m. Shortcut: '''<tt>Alt-F2</tt>'''. You can also directly type the desired band (if the callsign field is empty, of course), and even a frequency in kHz (such as 14265).<br />
<br />
<br />
==Keyboard mode==<br />
Allows you to use the keyboard to generate CW or RTTY text. This is needed in unusual situations, for example to say a few words to your old contesting friend before you send him a report or to manage a DX station to QSY to another band. This feature has no meaning on SSB.<br />
<br />
[[Image:keyboardmode.png|frame|center|Keyboard Mode]]<br />
<br />
You have to type blind - you will only hear (or see in the RTTY monitor) what you have typed when it's being transmitted.<br />
<br />
Note that in keyboard mode you have the usual function keys available, so instead of typing your callsign, you may simply press '''<tt>[F4]</tt>'''. If you have remapped other keys such as the backslash '''<tt>[\]</tt>''' to send your callsign, those keys will ''not'' work in keyboard mode ''unless'' you enable the CW Option [[Menu:Options#Remap_keys_in_keyboard_mode|Remap keys in keyboard mode]].<br />
<br />
Keyboard mode can also be started with the shortcut '''<tt>Alt-K</tt>'''.<br />
To exit keyboard mode, click on the Stop button, or press ['''<tt>Return</tt>'''] or<br />
press again '''<tt>Alt-K</tt>'''. Note that on CW ['''<tt>Escape</tt>'''] will also exit the Keyboard mode, but it also aborts the transmission if remaining data are still in the buffer. On RTTY, '''<tt>[Escape]</tt>''' empties the TX buffer, but leaves the PTT ON, so you can continue typing until you close the window (which resets the PTT).<br />
<br />
By the way, you can exit the Keyboard mode with '''<tt>Alt-K</tt>''' when you are done typing - you do not need to wait until the transmission finishes.<br />
<br />
==CW Speed...==<br />
Shortcut: '''<tt>Alt-V</tt>'''.<br />
Opens the CW speed dialog box:<br />
[[Image:cwspeed.png|frame|center|Entering the CW speed]]<br />
<br />
In this dialog you also can use :<br />
<br />
* '''<tt>Up arrow</tt>''': Increases the speed by 1 WPM<br />
* '''<tt>Page up</tt>''': Increases the speed by 2 WPM<br />
* '''<tt>Down arrow</tt>''': Decreases the speed by 1 WPM<br />
* '''<tt>Page down</tt>''': Decreases the speed by 2 WPM<br />
<br />
The CW-Speed can also changed via '''<tt>Alt-F9</tt>''' (decreases by 2 WPM) and '''<tt>Alt-F10</tt>''' (increases by 2 WPM) while operating.<br />
<br />
Finally, you can also directly enter a speed (in WPM) in the callsign field and hit '''<tt>Alt-V</tt>'''.<br />
<br />
{{wbox|Note|The settings used for WinKey are minimum 20/maximum 60 wpm. Setting any other speed min/max values with the WinKey software usually causes unpredictable, unwanted CW speed jumps when using Win-Test.}}<br />
<br />
==CW Weight...==<br />
Open the CW weight dialog box:<br />
[[Image:cwweight.png|frame|center|CW weight dialog box]]<br />
This is the weight (ratio) of dashes to dots - the default value (3.0) should be fine for most people.<br />
<br />
==Carrier==<br />
Sends a carrier to the CW output. You can choose a plain carrier or pulses (in order to take care of the PA while tuning ...). Shortcut '''<tt>Ctrl-T</tt>''', or enter '''<tt>TUNE</tt>''' in the main window. For safety reasons, a 30-second timeout automatically stops the transmission no matter what, in the mean time remaining seconds are displayed.<br />
<br />
[[Image:carrier.png|frame|center|Tuning carrier]]<br />
<br />
To exit this mode, click on the Stop button, press ['''<tt>Return</tt>'''] or ['''<tt>Escape</tt>'''].<br />
<br />
==Split frequency==<br />
Allows to directly adjust the split frequency of the current radio.<br />
[[Image:split.png|frame|center|Split frequency adjustments]]<br />
A direct access to this dialog box is also possible by typing ['''<tt>Minus</tt>'''] from the numeric keypad, as well as the text command '''<tt>SPLITFREQ</tt>''' in the QSO logging field.<br />
<br />
Enter "+1" or "-5" to set the receive frequency 1 kHz up respectively 5 kHz down.<br />
<br />
Note that you can enter only the kHz part of the current band, and that entering an empty field or "0" cancels the split mode if it was engaged (as well as the '''<tt>NOSPLIT</tt>''' text command).<br />
<br />
==QSY frequency==<br />
Allows you to adjust directly the QSY frequency on the current band.<br />
[[Image:qsyfrequency.png|frame|center|QSY Frequency]]<br />
In the dialog box, you can also use and save the current frequency as a the QSY frequency, by clicking the central button.<br />
<br />
You can also have a direct access to this dialog box by using '''<tt>QSYFREQ</tt>''' or '''<tt>PASSFREQ</tt>''' text commands.<br />
<br />
This frequency will then appear in the status window. <br />
<br />
==QSY back to run frequency==<br />
This command will bring you back to the last frequency and mode on which you hit ['''<tt>F1</tt>'''] (=CQ, your last run frequency).<br />
It is accessible with the shortcut '''<tt>Alt-F4</tt>'''. The original CW speed will be restored which you had when you left the CQ frequency.<br />
Also <code>RUN</code> status will be restored, which is handy when you actively use the Run Mode/S&P mode.<br />
<br />
==Swap the frequency on both radios==<br />
Shortcut: '''<tt>Ctrl-S</tt>'''<br />
<br />
After typing '''<tt>SWAP</tt>''' or pressing '''<tt>Ctrl-S</tt>''', the frequency of the primary radio is swapped with the secondary radio frequency, and this radio now becomes the primary radio. Imagine Radio2 is primary radio on 21025 and Radio1 is on 7001 After typing '''<tt>SWAP</tt>''' the primary radio is Radio1 on 21025. Secondary radio is now Radio2 on 7001.<br />
<br />
This is slightly different to pressing the '''<tt>[*]</tt>''' key, where only primary and secondary radios are swapped.<br />
<br />
One of the possibilities that is offered by this command, is to be able to work with a single automatic amplifier (for example ACOM 2000A) with two radios. With Win-Test and EZMaster this is possible.<br />
<br />
The scenario is as follows: <br />
<ul><br />
* Radio1 running, calling CQ (high power) <br />
* Radio2 looking for multipliers (low power) <br />
</ul><br />
<br />
If Radio2 locates a multiplier you try to work him, but if the pile-up is too bad this is the moment to type '''<tt>SWAP</tt>''' and Win-Test and EZMaster will do all the changes of frequencies and antennas. The amplifier automatically tunes to the antenna of Radio2, you work the multiplier (now with high power), while Radio1 continues calling CQ with low power maintaining the frequency (nobody will take it away). Once you have worked the multiplier on Radio2, type '''<tt>SWAP</tt>''' again and Radio1 will continue to CQ with high power and you continue looking for multipliers on Radio2.<br />
<br />
Another application is looking for a clear frequency with the secondary radio on a new band, while keeping the CQ going on the primary radio. Once you find a clear spot, type '''<tt>SWAP</tt>''' and start CQ-ing on the new band without delay.<br />
<br />
==Take a sked==<br />
Shortcut '''<tt>Alt-E</tt>'''.<br />
To take a sked with a station, the following dialog box appears :<br />
[[Image:takesked.png|frame|center|Taking a sked]]<br />
You must write down the callsign of the station you want to take a sked with (the current callsign in the logging field will be taken by default), the time of the sked (possibly specifying if this time must shifted + 24h, see comment below), the frequency, the mode (only in a multi mode contest), and an optional comment. Once recorded, the sked will appear in the skeds window.<br />
<br />
Remark about the time of the sked : checking the "+ 24 h" box does not always mean that the sked will be taken for "tomorrow", but that the time must be shifted by + 24 hours.<br />
<br />
Example 1 : It is Saturday 1000z. You take a sked for Sunday 0600z : do not check the "+ 24 h" box.<br />
<br />
Example 2 : It is Saturday 0400z. You take a sked for Sunday 0600z : you must check the "+ 24 h" box, otherwise the sked will be taken for saturday 0600z ! <br />
<br />
==Pass a station==<br />
Shortcut '''<tt>Alt-D</tt>'''.<br />
To pass a callsign to another operating position (multi operators), the following window appears :<br />
[[Image:passstation.png|frame|center|Pass a station]]<br />
You must write down the callsign of the station you want to pass (default: the callsign in the logging field), the frequency, the mode (only during a multi mode contest), and an optional comment. Once OK is pressed, the infomation will appear in the skeds window.<br />
<br />
To make it easier passing a callsign in a multi operating environment, the lower part of window lets you know, by means of filters (combo box), what station is on the band where you wish the calling station to be, and the frequencies of the radios being on that band.<br />
<br />
==Operator Login...==<br />
This feature was added to provide a basic operator management. The feature is only available to multi operator logs.<br />
<br />
It was mainly added to help DXPeditioners to identify operators for the web log search scripts, and for various DX or contesters challenges (RRDXA etc.). The new text commands '''<tt>OPON</tt>''' or '''<tt>LOGIN</tt>''' allow the operator to identify himself.<br />
The operator change is propagated across the network, meaning that if you login on a station, you will be automatically logged<br />
out of the previous one you were logged on (if any).<br />
<br />
<center><br />
{|<br />
|[[Image:OperatorLogin1.PNG|frame|center|Log in a new Operator using the LOGIN command]]<br />
|[[Image:OperatorLogin2.PNG|frame|center|The current operator's callsign is displayed inside the title bar of Win-Test]]<br />
|}<br />
</center><br />
<br />
When a list of operators was entered in the contest settings dialog when creating the log, it will be parsed to init the combo-box. You can also add ops "on the fly" to this combo box. <br />
<br />
If you add nicknames to operators of this list (JOE, JACK, WILLIAM, AVERELL, JOSETTE or whatever - letters and numbers are accepted,<br />
allowing exotic nicknames like L33T etc.), you can enter them as text commands to quickly change operator, without using the '''<tt>OPON</tt>''' command. However, you cannot enter the operator's callsign; this will log a QSO with the operator.<br />
<br />
To log off, simply change the operator or use the '''<tt>OPOFF</tt>''' or '''<tt>LOGOOUT</tt>''' text command.<br />
<br />
Operators' callsigns are limited to 7 chars, while nicknames are limited to 13 characters in length.<br />
The ADIF file export includes the operator's callsign in the QSO record, if an operator was defined for that QSO.<br />
The text and CSV export files also allow the inclusion the operator's callsign.<br />
<br />
When an operator logs on, Win-Test now automatically tries to run an executable (.exe, .bat or .com) named op_"callsign" which must be located in the Win-Test installation directory. For example, if DL6RAI logs in, WT will try to run op_dl6rai.exe (or .bat or .com), if this file exists. If the callsign includes a "/" character, it will be replaced by an underscore ("_"). This feature may be useful to automate various actions.<br />
<br />
==Copy-paste the previous QSO==<br />
Shortcut '''<tt>Alt-[UP]</tt>'''. <br />
This copies the callsing from previous QSO to the QSO edit field. Useful for passed stations or after QSY.<br />
<br />
==Receive QTC==<br />
Shortcut '''<tt>Alt-L</tt>'''. <br />
<br />
Only for WAEDC contest and for European stations. Opens the QTC RX dialog box <br />
[[Image:qtc-rx.gif|frame|center|QTC RX dialog]]<br />
<br />
See [[WAEDC]] for more information.<br />
<br />
==Transmit QTC==<br />
<br />
Shortcut '''<tt>Ctrl-L</tt>'''.<br />
<br />
Only for WAEDC contest and for DX stations. Opens the QTC TX dialog box where you can select how many QTCs you want to send:<br />
[[Image:qtc-tx-1.gif|frame|center|Selecting the number of QTCs to transmit]]<br />
<br />
After pressing '''ENTER''' or selecting '''10''' You will get something like this:<br />
[[Image:qtc-tx-2.gif|frame|center|Transmitting QTCs]]<br />
<br />
See [[WAEDC]] for more information.<br />
<br />
<br />
==Turn Antenna to Logged Call (Short Path)==<br />
Shortcut '''<tt>Ctrl-F12</tt>'''.<br />
Turns the antenna to the logged call (short path) in case wtRotators.exe is active and properly configured.<br />
<br />
==Turn Antenna to Logged Call (Long Path)==<br />
Shortcut '''<tt>Alt-F12</tt>'''.<br />
Turns the antenna to the logged call (long path) in case wtRotators.exe is active and properly configured.<br />
<br />
==DX-Cluster==<br />
Shortcut '''<tt>Alt-T</tt>'''. <br />
This window allows you to send commands to the DX cluster you are connected to. These commands are then forwarded either to a TNC physically connected on a COM port,<br />
a DX Cluster connection established via the wtDxTelnet application <br />
or a remote TNC in a multi computer network.<br />
<br />
[[Image:DxCluster.gif|frame|center|Sending commands to the DX cluster]]<br />
<br />
The buttons below the entry line of that window are pre-defined commands that can be activated by clicking with your mouse. <br />
<br />
[[Image:DxClusterShortcuts.gif|frame|center|The DX Cluster Shortcuts dialog]]<br />
<br />
The count of DX spots and solar data can be set in the [[Menu:Options#DX_Cluster_window_shortcuts|Options | DX cluster | DX cluster window shortcuts]] menu. This menu also allows you to select which type of DX Cluster you are connecting to, either the DXNet/AK1A/ARcluster type or the DX Spider type, where the command syntax is slightly different.<br />
<br />
Additionally, there are five macro buttons that allow you to store often used commands or sequences. They come in handy for setting up the connection over a flakey or unstable link. Use '''[Shift]''' - Click to edit these macros.<br />
<br />
[[Image:DxClusterMacros.gif|frame|center|The DX Cluster Macros dialog]]<br />
<br />
Since pressing '''[Escape]''' would close the current window, you can use '''Ctrl-E''' to send <br />
an Escape character to the TNC (if it is in WA8DED host mode) to generate commands like<br />
<pre><br />
* I DL6RAI<br />
* S1<br />
* CDB0IGL<br />
</pre><br />
<br />
All entered commands are stored in a 10-slot recall buffer, in which you can navigate with the '''[Up]''' and '''[Down]''' arrow keys.<br />
<br />
==Spot...==<br />
Shortcut '''<tt>Alt-F3</tt>'''.<br />
<br />
Sends a DX spot with the callsign of the current call in the callsign field or the previously logged QSO to the DX cluster you are connected to. The frequency is the active frequency of the current radio or the frequency on which the QSO was logged. This even works correctly when the cursor is positioned on a previous QSO.<br />
<br />
[[Image:spotastation.png|frame|center|Spot a station on a DX cluster]]<br />
You can also modify the command (by adding a comment for example), before sending the spot. To cancel sending a spot, close the dialog box or press '''<tt>[Escape]</tt>'''.<br />
<br />
If you have no computer control for your transceiver, you will have to manually enter the frequency before the spot can be sent.<br />
<br />
The context menu of the Band Map lets you select the policy after which time (if at all) spots entered by the operator are deleted from the band map.<br />
<br />
==Propagation forecast==<br />
Shortcut '''<tt>Ctrl-P</tt>'''. <br />
<br />
This function will be activated only if:<br />
<br />
* [http://www.dxatlas.com/HamCap/ Ham CAP (by VE3NEA)], and its pre-requisite [http://www.greg-hand.com/hfwin32.html VOACAP] [http://www.greg-hand.com/versions/itshfbc_081124.exe v.08.1124W], are installed on your computer <br />
<br />
and<br />
<br />
* a <b>CALLSIGN</b> is typed in the entry field<br />
<br />
This is a sample of a Propagation Prediction Map you can get.<br />
<br />
<br />
[[Image:HamCapMap.png|frame|center|Propagation prediction map.]]<br />
<br />
<br />
Clicking on the <b>Chart</b> Tab this is what will appear:<br />
<br />
<br />
[[Image:HamCapChart.png|frame|center|Point-to-Point Prediction Chart.]]<br />
<br />
<br />
This is a very comprehensive and useful representation.<br />
<br />
The red curve shows the statistical median MUF (50% Maximum Usable Frequency),<br />
while the yellow boxes mark the best hour for each ham frequency.<br />
<br />
For more information refer to:<br />
<br />
* [[HamCAP|HamCap]] Installation and Configuration <br />
* [[Menu:Options#HamCAP|Options | HamCAP]]<br />
<br />
==Insert into BandMap==<br />
Shortcut '''<tt>Ctrl-[Enter]</tt>'''. <br />
Inserts - into the band map of the active radio - the callsign captured in the logging field. This is very useful, especially while hunting for multipliers, to quickly detect a station in the band when you turn the VFO knob.<br />
<br />
==Active Radio==<br />
Switches the active radio. A double-click on one of the VFOs of the corresponding Bandmap will provide the same result. The "*" key also swaps the 2 radios (useful for SO2R operation).<br />
<br />
==Station Type==<br />
Indicates the station type for the current QSO. This command is useful for multi operators set-ups (M/S or M/2), if the contest rules make a difference between these status for the current category. If not, only the RUN (or RUN / SUPPORT) status can be used. At the end of each QSO line (or in the [[Multi-op/Status_window|Status Window]]), you can see:<br />
<br />
* R : RUN (running station in M/S)<br />
* M : MULT (multiplier station in M/S, non-multipliers worked by multiplier station will be clearly indicated)<br />
* R1 : RUN 1 (First M/2 station)<br />
* R2 : RUN 2 (Second M/2 station) <br />
* R+ : SUPPORT (see below)<br />
<br />
The station type can be fixed for a computer so that when you reopen the log, or create a new log, the station type is the same as it was previously. Select the '''Sticky Setting''' checkbox to enable this feature.<br />
<br />
The + indicates that the station is a SUPPORT station.<br />
<br />
A SUPPORT station has the same settings as the MASTER station it refers to. It allows to have a RUN station, which runs the pile-up, and a RUN SUPPORT station (R+) which searches for multipliers on the same band as the RUN station (usually called INBAND station). As well, there can also be several MULTI, RUN1 stations ...<br />
<br />
{{wbox|Note|The station type has no connection with the network station name in a Multi-OP environment setup which you set up when opening a [[New_Log#Step_2:_Setup_your_log|new log]]. For a correct generation of the Cabrillo file of a M-2 entry, make sure your two active stations are type R1 and R2 - no matter what name they have in the network.}}<br />
<br />
==CW/RTTY Messages==<br />
Sends the CW and RTTY messages '''<tt>[F1]</tt>'''...'''<tt>[F7]</tt>''', '''<tt>[Insert]</tt>''' and '''<tt>[+]</tt>'''.<br />
See [[Keys#CW and SSB keyer|Keys]] for more information.<br />
<br />
You can also open and modify the '''additional messages'''-dialog (which may be opened any time with the shortcut '''<tt>Alt-C</tt>''').<br />
<br />
[[Image:cw-additional-messages.png|frame|center|Additional CW/RTTY messages dialog]]<br />
<br />
Please pay attention to the fact that the [http://docs.win-test.com/wiki/Message_variables Message Variables] (beginning with $), like '''<tt>$MYCALL</tt>''', '''<tt>$SERIAL</tt>''', etc. DO NOT work within these additional messages.<br />
<br />
==Remote commands...==<br />
Equivalent to the '''<tt>REMOTE</tt>''' [[Text_commands#Other_Functions|text command]].<br><br />
Allows you to send a single text command to the local PC and to all other stations connected to the network at the same time.<br />
<br />
In the example below, the '''<tt>NOSYNC</tt>''' text command is being used to temporarily disable log synchronization on the local PC and the remote PC named "20m" (see [[Multi-op/Clearing_all_logs_before_the_start|Clearing all logs before the start]] for why you might need to do this).<br />
<br />
[[Image:RemoteCommandDialog.png|frame|center|The '''<tt>REMOTE</tt>''' dialog lets one operator run a command on one or more networked computers]]<br />
<br />
After entering the command, a gab message is generated automatically to confirm execution of the command on the local and remote computers, e.g.<br />
<br />
<code><br />
20m: 40m: The command "NOSYNC" was carried out.<br />
</code><br />
<br />
This menu item is only available if more than one station is available on the network.<br />
<br />
'''Use with great care!'''</div>Dl6raihttps://docs.win-test.com/w/index.php?title=Menu:File_open&diff=5033Menu:File open2023-04-10T07:04:15Z<p>Dl6rai: /* Archive */</p>
<hr />
<div><big><big>Menu:File (with a file opened)</big></big><br />
<!-- Adopted to Stylesheet DL6RAI --><br />
<br />
==New==<br />
This will create a new Win-Test file. Please see [[Menu:File_new#New|elsewhere]] for a detailed description.<br />
<br />
==Open==<br />
This will open an existing Win-Test file. Please see [[Menu:File_new#Open|elsewhere]] for a detailed description.<br />
<br />
==Close==<br />
<br />
Closes the current file, but remains in the Win-Test environment. The way to switch logs without having to restart Win-Test.<br />
<br />
==Create Log Files==<br />
Text command shortcut: '''<tt>WRITELOG</tt>'''<br />
<br />
Creates log files to be sent to the contest organizer for checking (usually Cabrillo), or to import into your personal log book software. Note that not all formats are available for all contests.<br />
<br />
[[Image:FileCreateLogFiles.PNG|frame|center|The "Create Log Files..." dialog box]]<br />
<br />
Select the files to be created, optionally add comments (soapbox), and specify a name to be used for the files. You may also specify a target directory path that is different than the log file directory<br />
<br />
For more details, please see [[Creating]].<br />
<br />
==Backup contest==<br />
Saves a copy of the complete log file in a backup directory, which has to be specified in the '''<tt>Options | Automatic backup</tt>''' dialog. If this directory is embedded in a floppy disk, it has to be present in the drive A: while executing this command. The file will have an additional '''<tt>.bak</tt>''' extension ('''<tt>test.wtb.bak</tt>''' for example). To use this backup file, just rename the file without the .bak extension.<br />
<br />
'''Warning:''' A 1.44" MB floppy disk will accept no more than approximatly 7,000 QSOs!<br />
<br />
==Archive==<br />
Creates a timestamped zipped file in the log directory of the files related to the current log that are selected. Warning: Archiving audio recordings file that are usually pretty large can take a while... be patient!<br />
<br />
When archiving, the full path of the generated zip file is copied to the clipboard.<br />
<br />
==Update database==<br />
Allows to enrich the database of the contest with the datas from your log. If a callsign already exists in the database, the attached datas in your log may replace those in the database. If the callsign does not exist, it will be added, with its attached datas.<br />
<br />
==Explore==<br />
Comfortably open the Windows Explorer in one of Win-Test's directories.<br />
<br />
[[Image:FileExplore.PNG|frame|center|The "File &#124; Explore" dialog box]]<br />
<br />
==Most Recently Used==<br />
The next menu block lists the last four most recently opened files. This will let you switch between files quickly.<br />
<br />
[[Image:FileMRU.PNG|frame|center|Most recently used Files List]]<br />
<br />
==Quit==<br />
This selection will Quit Win-Test and will bring you back to the Windows environment. Before using this command, '''don't forget''' to complete your last QSO! <br />
<br />
[[Menus|Back to Menus]]</div>Dl6raihttps://docs.win-test.com/w/index.php?title=Text_commands&diff=5032Text commands2023-04-10T07:03:13Z<p>Dl6rai: /* Other Functions */</p>
<hr />
<div><big><big>Text Commands</big></big><br />
<!-- Adopted to Stylesheet DL6RAI --><br />
<br />
Text commands are a comfortable and fast way to access different functions of the Win-Test software. These commands have to be typed right into the callsign field of the [[Menu:Windows#Log_Entry_.28Main_window.29|Log entry window]]. They will be executed after pressing ['''<tt>Enter</tt>''']. If the command was executed sucessfully, the command text will be deleted from the callsign field.<br />
<br />
==Changing Bands or Jumping to a Frequency==<br />
You can directly enter the band to which you want to QSY (if permitted for the current contest): '''<tt>160</tt>''', '''<tt>80</tt>''', '''<tt>40</tt>''', '''<tt>144</tt>''', '''<tt>432</tt>''', '''<tt>241G</tt>''', etc. <br />
<br />
For frequencies below 30 MHz, enter the wavelength in meters ('''<tt>80</tt>''' for 3.8 MHz, not '''<tt>75</tt>'''). For frequencies above 30 MHz and below 10 GHz, enter the frequency in MHz. Above (and including) 10 GHz, enter '''<tt>10G</tt>''' (or '''<tt>24G</tt>''', etc.). This behaviour may depend on the [[Menu:Tools#Data_Entry|Tools | Data Entry | Priority]] setting.<br />
<br />
You can also directly type a frequency (in kHz): for example '''<tt>14234.4</tt>''', '''<tt>1843</tt>''', '''<tt>144300</tt>''', etc. If a radio is connected to your computer, it will jump to the desired frequency. You can also just enter the kHz part of the frequency of the current band (e.g. while on 20m, entering '''<tt>035.5</tt>''' will tune your radio on 14035.5). Finally, you can also enter the frequency by omitting the decimal point (CT style) (e.g. '''<tt>18404</tt>''' will tune your radio on 1840.4). <br />
<br />
Of course, all the Win-Test windows will be updated according to the new frequency or band.<br />
<br />
To return to your last CQ frequency, press '''<tt>[Alt-F4]</tt>'''.<br />
<br />
==Changing Mode==<br />
You can directly change the operating mode by typing '''<tt>CW</tt>''', '''<tt>SSB</tt>''' etc. <br />
The mode will be switched as soon as you press Enter. <br />
<br />
There are also shortcuts for changing the mode: '''<tt>Ctrl-F1</tt>''' or '''<tt>Ctrl-F2</tt>''' will cycle through all the available modes.<br />
<br />
Of course, the chosen mode will have to be compatible with the rules of the chosen contest, otherwise Win-Test will ignore this command (error detection in the field).<br />
<br />
==List of Text Commands==<br />
These text commands provide fast access to many of the functions listed in the Win-Test menus. Just type the text command in the callsign field, and press '''<tt>[Enter]</tt>'''.<br />
<br />
===CW Functions===<br />
* '''<tt>BURSTS</tt>''': Enable CW speed bursts (controlled with ++/-- in macros), equivalent to <code>Options | CW | Speed Bursts enabled</code><br />
* '''<tt>NOBURSTS</tt>''': Disable CW speed bursts (controlled with ++/(-- in macros), equivalent to <code>Options | CW | Speed Bursts disabled</code><br />
* '''<tt>CORRECT</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Options | CW | Correction | Enabled</code><br />
* '''<tt>NOCORRECT</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Options | CW | Correction | Disabled</code><br />
* '''<tt>CTSPACE</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Options | CW | Shortened spaces (CT spaces) enabled</code><br />
* '''<tt>NOCTSPACE</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Options | CW | Shortened spaces (CT spaces) disabled</code><br />
* '''<tt>CUTON</tt>''': Enable cut numbers translation<br />
* '''<tt>CUTOFF</tt>''': Disable cut numbers translation<br />
* '''<tt>CWAUTO</tt>''': Enable CW Auto Sending Mode<br />
* '''<tt>CWAUTO3</tt>''': Start CW Auto Sending after 3 characters in the callsign field<br />
* '''<tt>CWAUTO4</tt>''': Start CW Auto Sending after 4 characters in the callsign field<br />
* '''<tt>CWAUTOOFF</tt>''' (or '''<tt>NOCWAUTO</tt>'''): Disable CW Auto Sending Mode <br />
* '''<tt>CWFULLABBREV</tt>''' (or '''<tt>FULLABBREV</tt>'''): Equivalent to <code>Options | CW | Serial number | Abbreviated</code><br />
* '''<tt>CWPROABBREV</tt>''' (or '''<tt>PROABBREV</tt>'''): Equivalent to <code>Options | CW | Serial number | Pro</code><br />
* '''<tt>CWSEMIABBREV</tt>''' (or '''<tt>SEMIABBREV</tt>'''): Equivalent to <code>Options | CW | Serial number | Half abbreviated</code><br />
* '''<tt>NOCWABBREV</tt>''' (or '''<tt>NOABBREV</tt>'''): Equivalent to <code>Options | CW | Serial number | Not abbreviated</code><br />
* '''<tt>ESM</tt>''' (or '''<tt>NOESM</tt>'''): Enable/disable Enter Sends Message Mode; equivalent to <code>Tools | Data Entry | Enable ESM [checked]</code><br />
* '''<tt>LEADINGZEROS</tt>''' (or '''<tt>LZ</tt>'''): Equivalent to <code>Options | CW | Serial number | Leading zeros [checked]</code><br />
* '''<tt>NOLEADINGZEROS</tt>''' (or '''<tt>NOLZ</tt>'''): Equivalent to <code>Options | CW | Serial number | Leading zeros [unchecked]</code><br />
* '''<tt>MESSAGES</tt>''' (or '''<tt>MSGS</tt>'''): Equivalent to <code>Options | CW | Modify standard messages...</code><br />
* '''<tt>REPEAT</tt>''' (or '''<tt>RPT</tt>'''): Equivalent to <code>Options | Automatic CQ repeat mode [checked]</code><br />
* '''<tt>RPTDELAY</tt>''': Equivalent to Tools / Automatic CQ repeat, with the focus set to the repeat interval field<br />
* '''<tt>NOREPEAT</tt>''' (or '''<tt>NORPT</tt>'''): Equivalent to <code>Options | Automatic CQ repeat mode [unchecked]</code><br />
* '''<tt>SMARTCORRECT</tt>''' (or '''<tt>SMART</tt>'''): Equivalent to <code>Options | CW | Correction | Smart Correction enabled</code><br />
* '''<tt>NOSMARTCORREC</tt>''' (or '''<tt>NOSMART</tt>'''): Equivalent to <code>Options | CW | Correction | Smart Correction disabled</code><br />
* '''<tt>SOUND</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Options | CW | No sound [unchecked]</code><br />
* '''<tt>NOSOUND</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Options | CW | No sound [checked]</code><br />
* '''<tt>SPEED</tt>''' (or '''<tt>CWSPEED</tt>''') Equivalent to <code>Commands | CW speed</code><br />
* '''<tt>TUNE</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Commands | Carrier</code><br />
* '''<tt>VARIABLES</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Options | CW | Custom variables...</code><br />
* '''<tt>WEIGHT</tt>''' (or '''<tt>CWWEIGHT</tt>'''): Equivalent to <code>Commands | CW weight</code><br />
* '''<tt>WORKDUPE</tt>''' (or '''<tt>WORKDUPEON</tt>'''): Equivalent to <code>Options | CW | Work dupes</code> (checked). The normal exchange will be sent to all dupes; the $QSOB4 message variable will be ignored.<br />
* '''<tt>NOWORKDUPE</tt>''' (or '''<tt>WORKDUPEOFF</tt>'''): Equivalent to <code>Options | CW | Work dupes</code> (unchecked). Causes the '''$QSOB4''' message to be sent to all dupes instead of the exchange, for example, when the [Insert] key is programmed as '''$LOGGEDCALL $QSOB4 $GUESSEXCH $F2'''<br />
<br />
===Voice Keyer Control Functions===<br />
* '''<tt>MIC</tt>''': Enables the mic input when the Voice Keyer (VK) is not playing<br />
* '''<tt>NOMIC</tt>''': Mutes the mic input when the VK is not playing (default)<br />
* '''<tt>MICWHENPLAY</tt>''': Enables the mic input when the VK is playing<br />
* '''<tt>NOMICWHENPLAY</tt>''': Mutes the mic input when the VK is playing (default)<br />
<br />
===Multi Operating===<br />
* '''<tt>BRIDGEHEAD</tt>''': Make the current station a [[Networking#The_Bridgehead_Concept|Bridgehead]] station<br />
* '''<tt>INVENTORY</tt>''' (or '''<tt>INV</tt>'''): Requests all connected Stations to send their version number and status information.<br />
** [[Menu:File_new#Network_Parameters|Time Master]] stations are indicated by a capital '''M''' character (else '''m''')<br />
** [[Networking#The_Bridgehead_Concept|Bridgeheads]] by the capital character '''B''' (else '''b''')<br />
** stations which have enabled [[Menu:Options#Disable_log_synchronization_on_network|log synching]] are marked with a capital '''S''', while '''s''' means log sync is disabled<br />
* '''<tt>MOVEINMYLOG</tt>''': Equivalent to tag <code>Edit | Move in my log only</code><br />
* '''<tt>MULT</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Commands | Station type | Mult</code><br />
* '''<tt>NOBRIDGEHEAD</tt>''': Make the current station a non [[Networking#The_Bridgehead_Concept|Bridgehead]] station<br />
* '''<tt>NOMOVEINMYLOG</tt>''': Equivalent to untag <code>Edit | Move in my log only</code><br />
* '''<tt>NOSCROLLMYLOG</tt>''': Equivalent to untag <code>Edit | Move in my log only</code><br />
* '''<tt>NOSUPPORT</tt>''' (or '''<tt>NOPARTNER</tt>'''): Equivalent to <code>Commands | Station type | Support [unchecked]</code><br />
* '''<tt>OPNAME</tt>''' (or '''<tt>MYNAME</tt>'''): Edit current operator name (used in NAQP M/2 only)<br />
* '''<tt>OPON</tt>''' (or '''<tt>LOGIN</tt>'''): Log in as an operator<br />
* '''<tt>OPOFF</tt>''' (or '''<tt>LOGOUT</tt>'''): Log out as an operator<br />
* '''<tt>RUN1</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Commands | Station type | Run 1</code><br />
* '''<tt>RUN2</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Commands | Station type | Run 2</code><br />
* '''<tt>RUN</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Commands | Station type | Run</code><br />
* '''<tt>SUPPORT</tt>''' (or '''<tt>PARTNER</tt>'''): Equivalent to <code>Commands | Station type | Support [checked]</code><br />
* '''<tt>SCROLLMYLOG</tt>''': Equivalent to tag <code>Edit | Move in my log only</code><br />
<br />
===Open/Close/Database Functions===<br />
* '''<tt>ARCHIVE</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>File | Archive</code><br />
* '''<tt>AUTORELOAD</tt>''' or '''<tt>NOAUTORELOAD</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Options | Load contest at startup | Enabled</code><br />
* '''<tt>BYE</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>File | Quit</code><br />
* '''<tt>CLEARLOG</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Edit | Delete all QSO</code><br />
* '''<tt>CLEARLOGNOW</tt>''': Equivalent to <tt>CLEARLOG</tt>, but doesn't ask for confirmation. '''Use with caution!'''<br />
* '''<tt>CLOSE</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>File | Close</code><br />
* '''<tt>COPYLOG</tt>''': Save a copy of the current log file (.wt4) in the current log directory with a timestamp (to the nearest second) added to its name<br />
* '''<tt>COPYLOGCLEAR</tt>''': Equivalent to the COPYLOG command immediately followed by a CLEARLOG command<br />
* '''<tt>NEW</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>File | New</code><br />
* '''<tt>OPEN</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>File | Open</code><br />
* '''<tt>QUIT</tt>''' (or '''<tt>EXIT</tt>'''): Equivalent to <code>File | Quit</code><br />
* '''<tt>RELOAD</tt>''' (or '''<tt>REOPEN</tt>'''): Reopens the current opened file<br />
* '''<tt>RELOADNOW</tt>''' (or '''<tt>REOPENNOW</tt>'''): Reopens the current opened file, but does not display the contest configuration dialog.<br />
* '''<tt>RESTART</tt>''': Restarts Win-Test<br />
* '''<tt>SAVELOG</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>File | Backup contest</code><br />
* '''<tt>WRITEDB</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>File | Update database</code><br />
* '''<tt>WRITELOG</tt>''' (or '''<tt>MAKELOG</tt>'''): Equivalent to <code>File | Creating log files</code><br />
<br />
===Frequency Control Functions===<br />
* '''<tt>PASSFREQ</tt>''' (or '''<tt>QSYFREQ</tt>'''): Equivalent to <code>Commands | QSY frequency</code><br />
* '''<tt>QSX</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Commands | Split frequency</code><br />
* '''<tt>NCDXF</tt>''': Put Radio on NCDXF frequency of current band<br />
* '''<tt>NOQSX</tt>''' (or '''<tt>SPLITOFF</tt>'''): turns split operation off<br />
* '''<tt>RUNFREQ</tt>''': Moves to last Run frequency, equivalent to '''<tt>Alt-F4</tt>'''<br />
* '''<tt>SPLITFREQ</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Commands | Split frequency</code><br />
* '''<tt>NOSPLIT</tt>''' (or '''<tt>SPLITOFF</tt>'''): turns split operation off<br />
* '''<tt>SWAP</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Commands | Swap the frequency on both radios</code><br />
<br />
===Log synchronisation===<br />
<br />
*'''<tt>SYNC</tt>''' (or '''<tt>SYNLOGS</tt>'''): Equivalent to <code>Options | Disable log synchronization on network</code> (unchecked)<br />
*'''<tt>NOSYNC</tt>''' (or '''<tt>NOSYNLOGS</tt>'''): Equivalent to <code>Options | Disable log synchronization on network</code> (checked)<br />
<br />
===WinKey===<br />
<br />
*'''<tt>WKSETUP</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Options | WinKey configuration...</code><br />
*'''<tt>WKSWAP</tt>''' (or '''<tt>WKREVERSE</tt>'''): Equivalent to <code>Options | WinKey configuration... | Swap paddles</code>. Reverse the paddles attached to your WinKey. This is a toggle; paddles change every time this command is run.<br />
<br />
===Other Functions===<br />
* '''<tt>AUTOCQ</tt>''' or '''<tt>CQAUTO</tt>''': Enable automatic CQ Repeat mode<br />
* '''<tt>AUTOCW</tt>''' or '''<tt>CWAUTO</tt>''': Enable CW Auto Send<br />
* '''<tt>BLOCKCARET</tt>''': Change line cursor to block cursor<br />
* '''<tt>BLOCKCURSOR</tt>''': Change line cursor to block cursor<br />
* '''<tt>CLEARGAB</tt>''': Clear Gab window (Alt-I)<br />
* '''<tt>CLOSEALL</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Windows | Close all</code><br />
* '''<tt>CTYFILES</tt>''' or '''<tt>COUNTRYFILES</tt>''': Eq. to <code>Options | Data files | Country files...</code><br />
* '''<tt>DEFINEKEYS</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Options | Redefine keyboard keys</code><br />
* '''<tt>EZSETUP</tt>''': Equivalent to Options / EZMaster configuration...<br />
* '''<tt>HEADERS</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Options | Log display | Hide headers disabled</code><br />
* '''<tt>NOHEADERS</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Options | Log display | Hide headers enabled</code><br />
* '''<tt>HELP</tt>''': Open reference manual<br />
* '''<tt>KEYB</tt>''': Change keyboard layout, append layout designator with slash, like '''<tt>KEYB/FRA</tt>''','''<tt>KEYB/DEU</tt>''', '''<tt>KEYB/ENU</tt>'''; see [http://www.microsoft.com/globaldev/reference/winxp/langtla.mspx] for details.<br />
* '''<tt>MKSETUP</tt>''': Equivalent to Options / MK/MKII/MK2R configuration...<br />
* '''<tt>MP3SETUP</tt>''': Equivalent to Options / MP3 configuration...<br />
* '''<tt>NOAUTOCQ</tt>''' or '''<tt>NOCQAUTO</tt>''': Disable automatic CQ Repeat mode<br />
* '''<tt>NOAUTOCW</tt>''' or '''<tt>NOCWAUTO</tt>''': Disable CW Auto Send<br />
* '''<tt>NOBLOCKCURSOR</tt>''': Change block cursor to line cursor<br />
* '''<tt>NOBLOCKCARET</tt>''': Change block cursor to line cursor<br />
* '''<tt>NOOFFSET</tt>''': Disable frequency offset<br />
* '''<tt>NOOFFSETS</tt>''': Disable frequency offset<br />
* '''<tt>NORECORD</tt>''': Stop contest recording<br />
* '''<tt>NOQQSL</tt>''' : Disable Quick QSL Feature<br />
* '''<tt>NORPTESCONLY</tt>''': Stop AutoCQ by any keyboard activity<br />
* '''<tt>NORUNSP</tt>''': Disable RUN/S&P-Switchting<br />
* '''<tt>NOTEXTCMDTIP</tt>''' (or '''<tt>NOTXTCMDTIP</tt>'''): Don't display tooltips in Menu operations<br />
* '''<tt>OFFSETON</tt>''': Enable frequency offset<br />
* '''<tt>OFFSETOFF</tt>''': Disable frequency offset<br />
* '''<tt>OFFSETSETUP</tt>''': To start frequency offset dialogue<br />
* '''<tt>OFFSETSSETUP</tt>''': To start frequency offset dialogue<br />
* '''<tt>OFFSETSON</tt>''': Enable frequency offset<br />
* '''<tt>OFFSETSOFF</tt>''': Disable frequency offset<br />
* '''<tt>OFFSET</tt>''': Enable frequency offset<br />
* '''<tt>OFFSETS</tt>''': Enable frequency offset<br />
* '''<tt>QQSL</tt>''' : Enable Quick QSL Feature<br />
* '''<tt>QQSLOFF</tt>''' : Disable Quick QSL Feature<br />
* '''<tt>QQSLON</tt>''' : Enable Quick QSL Feature<br />
* '''<tt>QUICKQSL</tt>''': Enable intelligent Quick QSL feature, bring up configuration menu<br />
* '''<tt>RECORD</tt>''': Start contest recording<br />
* '''<tt>REMAPKEYS</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Options | Redefine keyboard keys</code><br />
* '''<tt>REMOTE</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Commands | Remote commands...</code>. Opens the [[Menu:Commands#Remote_commands...|Remote Commands Dialog]]<br />
* '''<tt>RPTESCONLY</tt>''': Stop AutoCQ by pressing the Escape key only<br />
* '''<tt>RTTYSETUP</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Options | RTTY Configuration...</code><br />
* '''<tt>RUNSP</tt>''': Enable RUN/S&P-Switchting<br />
* '''<tt>RUNSPON</tt>''': Enable RUN/S&P-Switchting<br />
* '''<tt>RUNSPOFF</tt>''': DISABLE RUN/S&P-Switchting<br />
* '''<tt>SCRIPTS</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Tools | Scripts Manager</code><br />
* '''<tt>SETUP</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Options | Configure Interfaces</code><br />
* '''<tt>STARTRECORD</tt>''': Start contest recording<br />
* '''<tt>STOPRECORD</tt>''': Stop contest recording<br />
* '''<tt>TEXTCMDTIP</tt>''' (or '''<tt>TXTCMDTIP</tt>'''): Display tooltips in Menu operations<br />
* '''<tt>VERSION</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Help | About</code><br />
* '''<tt>WCY</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Windows | Solar Activity | Displayed data | WCY</code><br />
* '''<tt>WWV</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Windows | Solar Activity | Displayed data | WWV</code></div>Dl6raihttps://docs.win-test.com/w/index.php?title=Menu:Options&diff=5031Menu:Options2023-04-10T07:00:16Z<p>Dl6rai: /* Colors... */</p>
<hr />
<div><big><big>Menu:Options</big></big><br />
<!-- Adopted to Stylesheet DL6RAI --><br />
<br />
==Load contest at startup==<br />
<code>Options | Load contest at startup</code><br><br />
Enables or disables the automatic loading of the last contest file in use. <br />
This command is useful to get on line again quickly if - for some reason - Win-Test <br />
crashed or you had to quit the Win-Test in the middle of the contest.<br />
<br />
If you like to switch to another file, close this file using <br />
<code>File | Close</code> and then <code>File | Open</code> menu dialog.<br />
<br />
If Win-Test is started with the '''<tt>[Ctrl]</tt>''' key down, it doesn't automatically load the previous log.<br />
<br />
When starting Win-Test from the command line, use '''<tt>-n</tt>''' or '''<tt>--noautoload</tt>''' option to prevent automactially loading the last file in use.<br />
<br />
==Automatic backup...==<br />
<code>Options | Automatic backup...</code><br><br />
This function enables or disables the automatic backup of the <tt>.wt4</tt> file to another location, e.g. network drive or removable media like an USB stick. <br />
<br />
You can choose an automatic backup interval between 1 and 120 minutes. If a backup fails, you are prompted if you wish to disable the backup.<br />
<br />
The backuped files will be named identical to the original name with the extension <tt>.bak</tt>. Optionally a different (time-stamped) filename will be used for every new backup file (actually a good idea for backing up to a network drive!). <br />
<br />
If the option "Always notify..." is ticked, an informal message will be displayed at the bottom of the screen after a backup run has finished. <br />
<br />
For DXpeditions it may be useful to automatically create a Logsearch File with every backup. In this case, tick the corresponding option.<br />
<br />
{{wbox|Note|Contrary to the .wt4 backup files, the LogSearch exports are not done in a separate background thread. Thus, it is not recommended to enable this option on a running station because WT will be unavailable for logging for a while every time an export is in progress.}}<br />
<br />
Since Win-Test version 4.19, the backup also includes QTC files for WAEDC.<br />
<br />
[[Image:AutomaticBackup.PNG|center|frame|Setting up Automatic Backup]]<br />
<br />
Here is some additional advice:<br />
<br />
* Backups are processed in a separate thread, meaning that you will not even notice that a backup is in progress! No slowdown, no keyboard blocking etc...<br />
<br />
* Of course, it makes sense to backup to a different volume than your "working" drive. This avoids loss of everything if your hard disk fails. Do not smile... It happens, sometimes! (ARRL SSB 2002 FY5KE, IIRC!)<br />
<br />
* Once you entered the last QSO, for safety, generate your Cabrillo log(s) before exiting. A simple "MAKELOG" command opens the appropriate dialog.<br />
<br />
* In all cases, always make a copy of a file when you want to use/test/modify it. Always keep a backup, never use the original! If you have FTP access somewhere, copy the file there as soon as possible! If your computer crashes, you still will have a safe copy.<br />
<br />
Call me paranoid, but believe me, you need to loose some day a '''very''' big chunk of data to understand the importance of backups!<br />
<br />
==Disable log synchronization on network==<br />
<code>Options | Disable log synchronization on network</code>'''<br><br />
<br />
Text command shortcuts: '''<tt>NOSYNC</tt>''' | '''<tt>SYNC</tt>'''<br />
<br />
When selected, this option disables automatic background log synchronization over the network. It is only useful under certain circumstances, such as [[Multi-op/Clearing_all_logs_before_the_start|Clearing all logs before the start]] or [[Menu:Edit#Delete_QSO|deleting individual QSOs from a log]] when single-op, and using only one computer, because QSOs cannot be removed from a log when log synchronization is enabled.<br />
<br />
'''This option does not prevent QSOs logged on other computers from being added to the current log'''; it only stops the background synchronization of any "missing" QSOs, which reduces network traffic when needed, such as when using very slow legacy serial port networking.<br />
<br />
{{wbox|Note|Even when log sync is disabled via '''<tt>NOSYNC</tt>''', whenever a ''new'' QSO is made on another computer in the network, '''that QSO will still be boradcasted and added on all connected computers''' as soon as it is logged. The best way to keep ''all'' QSOs from other computers from appearing in a log is to use the '''Packet sharing only''' button in the [[Menu:Options#Network_Protocol_Advanced_Settings| Network Protocol Advanced Settings]] dialog.}}<br />
<br />
==CW==<br />
<code>Options | CW</code><br><br />
This menu item allows you to control different aspects of CW operation. It is enabled only when the selected operating mode is CW (otherwise it is greyed out).<br />
<br />
<br />
[[Image:CWSerialNumberAbbreviation.PNG|center|frame|CW Options submenus]]<br />
<br />
===No sound===<br />
<code>Options | CW | No sound</code><br><br />
If checked, no CW sound will be played through the internal speaker. This option is also available through the '''<tt>SOUND/NOSOUND</tt>''' text commands.<br />
<br />
This option is disabled by default since Win-Test Version 4.18.0 when Win-Test runs under an operating system after Vista included. It means that it will not work for those newer OS, and *may* work on previous OS, depending on the hardware. In all cases, it is very much recommended to rely on the radio's internal sidetone generator instead.<br />
<br />
====Note for some new Laptops====<br />
<br />
In some new generation Laptops, it is necessary to enable the PC Speaker in the BIOS to have it to work properly.<br />
<br />
Moreover, with some Sound systems, you have also to enable the PC Speaker in the "Volume Control".<br />
Here is how to do it:<br />
<br />
* Double click on the Speaker icon in the system tray<br />
* In the menu, select <code>Options | Properties</code>, and search for the PC Speaker Volume Control and enable it<br />
* Set the Volume slider to the appropriate sound level<br />
<br />
Unfortunately, some newer Laptops do not support the PC Speaker "beep" at all anymore... :(<br />
<br />
===Initial Speed===<br />
<code>Options | CW | Initial Speed</code><br><br />
Sets the initial CW speed for new files.<br />
<br />
===Modify standard messages...===<br />
<code>Options | CW | Modify standard messages...</code><br><br />
For quick access to this dialog, use the [[Text commands|text command]] '''<tt>MESSAGES</tt>''' or '''<tt>MSGS</tt>'''.<br><br />
The place to change the CW messages, both for Run and S&P mode. See [[Menu:Tools#Enable_Run.2FS.26P_switching|Enable Run/S&P Switching]].<br />
<br />
[[Image:CwStandardMessages.png|center|frame|Modifying CW messages; you may also edit the memories one by one using '''<tt>Shift+F1</tt>''', '''<tt>Shift+F2</tt>''' etc. ]]<br />
<br />
Please have a look at the list of [[Message_variables|message variables]] you can use in the CW memories to control different aspects of the operation.<br />
<br />
Since Win-Test version 4.20, messages can be saved and loaded from previous '''<tt>*.wt4</tt>''' or specical '''<tt>*.smsg</tt>''' files.<br />
<br />
The Options tab of this window lets you redefine the $QSOB4 macro. The only variable that can be used in this field is $MYCALL, e.g. "QSO $MYCALL TEST".<br />
<br />
[[Image:CwStandardMessagesOptions.png|center|frame|CW messages options.]]<br />
<br />
Check '''Only use RUN Messages (ignore S&P Messages)''' to force Win-Test to use only one set of CW messages, regardless of operating mode.<br />
====Sprint Exchange Logic====<br />
Use '''Sprint Exchange Logic for the Insert key''' to signal to a listening station that you will take over the frequency after a QSO, by signing your call at the end of the exchange. When checked, pressing '''<tt>[Insert]</tt>''' sends the "Run Message" if the logged serial number field is blank, otherwise it sends the "Search & Pounce Message". This option only applies to the Sprint contests. It is ignored for other contests, so it may be left checked all the time.<br />
<br />
Here is example of how to set up the CW messages for the NA Sprint, with Sprint Exchange Logic enabled. Note the programming of the '''<tt>[Insert]</tt>''' message:<br />
<br />
[[Image:NA_Sprint_Messages.PNG|center|frame|Sample CW messages to be used for the NA Sprint, with Sprint Exchange Logic]]<br />
<br />
===Modify additional messages...===<br />
<code>Options | CW | Modify additional messages...</code><br><br />
The place to create or modify additional CW messages which can be accessed using '''<tt>Alt-C</tt>'''. These memories can be used for transmitting QSL information, special greetings, QSY/sked information. It also defines the macros $MSG1 to $MSG12 that may optionally be used as part of any standard CW message.<br />
<br />
[[Image:cw-additional-messages.png|center|frame|Additional CW messages that may be used occasionally like QSL info etc.]]<br />
<br />
===Modify WAE messages...===<br />
<code>Options | CW | Modify WAE messages...</code><br><br />
This function allows you to define CW message text which is available during transmit/receive of QTC traffic. The QTC<br />
window is specific to the WAE DX Contest and can be opened using '''<tt>ctrl-L</tt>''' (transmit QTCs) or <br />
'''<tt>Alt-L</tt>''' (receive QTCs). For more details of WAEDC, please see [[WAEDC]].<br />
<br />
[[Image:WaeMessagesTx.png|center|frame|Additional messages (transmit) for QTC handling in the Worked All Europe DX Contest.]]<br />
[[Image:WaeMessagesRx.png|center|frame|Additional messages (receive) for QTC handling in the Worked All Europe DX Contest.]]<br />
<br />
===Custom variables...===<br />
<code>Options | CW | Custom variables...</code><br><br />
For quick access to this dialog, use the [[Text commands|text command]] '''<tt>VARIABLES</tt>'''.<br><br />
[[Image:OptionsCWCustomVariables.PNG|center|frame|Custom message variables for DXpeditions or other purposes]]<br />
Mainly useful for DXPeditions, this feature allows you to create custom variables to be used in CW or RTTY messages.<br />
<br />
To define a new variable, double-click on the variable name or the words '''Not defined''', and follow the prompts. All variables can be used in CW or RTTY messages, (one common set of custom variables is used regardless of mode).<br />
<br />
For example, define [Plus] as<br />
'''$CORRECT TU $MYCALL $REGION$UP $CR'''<br />
then change the value of $REGION as required by typing REGION [Enter] in the callsign field of the main logging window and following the prompts.<br />
<br />
To rename a message variable, double-click on its name, and follow the prompts. To delete a message variable, rename it to an empty string.<br />
<br />
{{wbox|WARNING|Don't try to add a variable name that is already used by Win-Test or it won't work.}}<br />
<br />
===Serial number===<br />
<code>Options | CW | Serial number</code><br><br />
Equivalent [[Text_commands#CW_Functions|text commands]] are '''<tt>LZ</tt>, <tt>NOLZ</tt>, <tt>NOABBREV</tt>, <tt>SEMIABBREV</tt>, <tt>FULLABBREV</tt>''' and '''<tt>PROABBREV</tt>'''.<br><br />
<br />
'''Leading zeros''' - If checked, leading zeros for all serial numbers below 100 will be sent by Win-Test ([[Text_commands#CW_Functions|text commands]] '''<tt>LZ</tt>''' and '''<tt>NOLZ</tt>''')<br />
<br />
'''Spaced Digits''' - When enabled, a half-space (^) is inserted between each digit of the serial, making it more readable at high speed.<br />
<br />
There are 5 possible abbreviation levels for the serial numbers:<br />
<br />
* '''Not abbreviated''' - all numbers are sent without any abbreviations or "cut numbers" ('''<tt>NOABBREV</tt>''')<br />
* '''Half abbreviated''' - only leading zeros are shortened to "T" ('''<tt>SEMIABBREV</tt>''')<br />
* '''Abbreviated''' - The 0 and the 9 are shortened to "T" and "N" ('''<tt>FULLABBREV</tt>''')<br />
* '''Pro''' - The 0, 1, 4, 5 and 9 are shortened to "T", "A", "V", "E" and "N" ('''<tt>PROABBREV</tt>''')<br />
* '''Custom''' - use the settings in the custom table. Each number can be shortened to a letter of your own choosing.<br />
<br />
'''Custom table...''' - displays the dialog shown below:<br />
[[Image:CWSerialNumberCustomTable.PNG|center|frame|Customized abbreviations for sending CW serial numbers sent by Win-Test. 0, 1, and 9 are shortened to "T", "A", and "N", but only leading zeros are abbreviated.]]<br />
This option only affects '''''serial numbers''''', not numbers within callsigns.<br />
<br />
===Correction===<br />
<code>Options | CW | Correction</code><br><br />
Equivalent to the [[Text commands#List of Text Commands|text commands]] '''<tt>CORRECT</tt>''' and '''<tt>NOCORRECT</tt>'''.<br> <br />
Controls the value of the '''<tt>$CORRECT</tt>''' [[Message_variables|message variable]]. When enabled, Win-Test automatically sends a call correction if the callsign sent ('''<tt>$LOGGEDCALL</tt>''') by the ['''<tt>Ins</tt>'''] key is changed before you press ['''<tt>+</tt>'''] to log the QSO. This is most useful when the ['''<tt>+</tt>'''] key is programmed with '''<tt>$CORRECT TU $MYCALL $CR</tt>''' or similar. '''<tt>NOCORRECT</tt>''' disables the feature.<br />
<br />
When "Smart correction" is enabled ([[Text_commands#List_of_Text_Commands|text command]]: '''<tt>SMART</tt>'''), Win-Test resends only what needs to be sent (prefix, suffix, or full call). When disabled ('''<tt>NOSMART</tt>'''), Win-Test sends the full callsign for all corrections .<br />
<br />
===Shortened spaces (CT spaces)===<br />
<code>Options | CW | Shortened spaces (CT spaces)</code><br><br />
Equivalent to the [[Text commands#List of Text Commands|text commands]] '''<tt>CTSPACE</tt>''' and '''<tt>NOCTSPACE</tt>'''.<br> <br />
The standard spacing between CW words is 7 dits length, instead of 6 (known as "CT space"). With this option you can set it back to 6 dits if you want, achieving slightly shorter spacing between words.<br />
<br />
===Auto sending...===<br />
<code>Options | CW | Auto sending...</code><br><br />
Equivalent to the [[Text_commands#List_of_Text_Commands|text commands]] '''<tt>CWAUTO</tt>''', '''<tt>NOCWAUTO</tt>'''/'''<tt>CWAUTOOFF</tt>''', '''<tt>CWAUTO3</tt>''', and '''<tt>CWAUTO4</tt>'''<br><br />
This lets Win-Test automatically send the ['''<tt>Insert</tt>'''] message as soon as some number of characters are entered in the callsign field, eliminating the need to press the ['''<tt>Ins</tt>'''] key to send an exchange.<br />
<br />
[[Image:OptionsCwAutoSending.png|frame|center|Configuring Auto sending]]<br />
<br />
When CW Auto Sending is enabled, if the cursor is in the callsign field, hitting '''<tt>[Escape]</tt>''' will disable Auto Sending for the current QSO if no CW is being transmitted. When you hit '''<tt>[Escape]</tt>''' during transmit, or when the cursor is not in the callsign field, it stops the current CW transmission, but does not disable the CW Auto Sending setting.<br />
<br />
Detail: If there is a slash character in the callsign, the triggering starts after the slash.<br />
<br />
===Remap keys in keyboard mode===<br />
<code>Options | CW | Remap keys in keyboard mode</code><br><br />
If you have remapped certain keys using the [[Menu:Tools#Redefine_keyboard_keys|Redefine keyboard keys]] dialog or the '''<tt>DEFINEKEYS</tt>''' text command, these mappings are ignored when in [[Menu:Commands#Keyboard_mode|keyboard mode]] '''<tt>[Alt-K]</tt>'''. So for example, if you have redefined the backslash key '''<tt>[\]</tt>''' to send your callsign, or the semicolon key '''<tt>[;]</tt>''' as an alternative to the plus key '''<tt>[+]</tt>''', those keys will not work the same when you are in keyboard mode. Check this option to have these remapped keys work consistently, whether you are in keyboard mode or not.<br />
<br />
===Work dupes===<br />
<code>Options | CW | Work dupes</code><br><br />
CW and RTTY option to work dupes or not. If dupes are worked, the $QSOB4 variable is ignored. The equivalent text commands are '''<tt>WORKDUPE/NOWORKDUPE</tt>''' or '''<tt>WORKDUPEON/WORKDUPEOFF</tt>'''. There is a different setting available per mode (CW or RTTY).<br />
<br />
===Speed bursts===<br />
<code>Options | CW | Speed bursts</code><br><br />
CW option to enable/disable the speed bursts (+/-) without modifying the messages. Text commands are '''<tt>BURSTS/NOBURSTS</tt>'''. Useful to defeat CW skimmers on-demand.<br />
<br />
==RTTY==<br />
<code>Options | RTTY</code><br><br />
This menu item allows you to setup the standard and additional messages for RTTY operation. It is enabled only when the selected operating mode is RTTY. (otherwise it is greyed out)<br />
<br />
===Modify standard messages...===<br />
<code>Options | RTTY | Modify standard messages...</code><br><br />
The place to change the RTTY messages. <br />
<br />
[[Image:OptionsRttyStandardMessages.PNG|center|frame|Modifying RTTY standard messages; you may also edit them one by one using '''<tt>Shift+F1</tt>''', '''<tt>Shift+F2</tt>''' etc. ]]<br />
<br />
Please have a look at the list of [[Message_variables|Message Variables]] you can use in the RTTY memories to control different aspects of the operation.<br />
<br />
The Options tab of this window lets you redefine the $QSOB4 macro. The only variable that can be used in this field is $MYCALL, e.g. "QSO QRZ $MYCALL".<br />
<br />
[[Image:RttyStandardMessagesOptions.PNG|center|frame|RTTY messages options.]]<br />
<br />
Check '''Only use RUN Messages (ignore S&P Messages)''' to force Win-Test to use only one set of RTTY messages, regardless of operating mode.<br />
<br />
===Modify additional messages...===<br />
<code>Options | RTTY | Modify additional messages...</code><br><br />
The place to create or modify additional RTTY messages which can be accessed using '''<tt>Alt-C</tt>'''. These memories can be used for transmitting QSL information, special greetings, QSY/sked information, ...<br />
<br />
[[Image:OptionsRttyAdditionalMessages.PNG|center|frame|Additional RTTY messages that may be used occasionally like QSL info, greetings, etc.]]<br />
<br />
[[Message_variables|Message Variables]] can also be used within these additional messages.<br />
<br />
===Modify WAE messages...===<br />
<code>Options | RTTY | Modify WAE messages...</code><br><br />
This function allows you to define RTTY message texts which are available during transmit/receive of QTC traffic. The QTC<br />
window is specific to the WAE DX Contest and can be opened using '''<tt>Ctrl-L</tt>''' (transmit QTCs) or <br />
'''<tt>Alt-L</tt>''' (receive QTCs). For more details of WAEDC, please see [[WAEDC]].<br />
<br />
[[Image:WaeMessagesTx.png|center|frame|Additional messages (transmit) for QTC handling in the Worked All Europe DX Contest.]]<br />
[[Image:WaeMessagesRx.png|center|frame|Additional messages (receive) for QTC handling in the Worked All Europe DX Contest.]]<br />
<br />
===Custom variables...===<br />
<code>Options | RTTY | Custom variables...</code><br><br />
For quick access to this dialog, use the [[Text commands|text command]] '''<tt>VARIABLES</tt>'''.<br><br />
<br />
See [[Menu:Options#Custom_variables...|Options | CW | Custom variables...]]<br />
<br />
==Configure interfaces...==<br />
<code>Options | Configure interfaces...</code><br><br />
For quick access to this dialog, use the [[Text commands|text command]] '''<tt>SETUP</tt>'''.<br><br />
All the interfaces you wish to use with Win-Test can be parametered by using this dialog box.<br />
<br />
[[Image:Configure-interfaces.png|frame|center|Interface Configuration]]<br />
<br />
===Serial Ports===<br />
The serial ports can be used for an RS-232 network (rarely used now), for a connection to a packet radio controller (also rarely used), for CW or PTT on/off keying output, for headphone audio control, for SO2R active radio control, or for an RS-232 (serial) radio, amplifier, SO2R box, or Winkey interface.<br />
<br />
If using a radio or amplifier interface, you must first specify what model you are using. Press the '''Default Settings''' button to configure all serial port settings to the standard defaults for the selected radio model or Winkey (highly recommended).<br />
<br />
If using an SO2R box, you can control it via serial commands (device type = microHAM, EZMaster, or OTRSP), or you can set the device type to "Other device" and use on/off activation of the DTR and RTS pins to control the SO2R box via "Classic Auto Control" hardware instead of via software commands.<br />
<br />
Use the serial port configuration dialog to select the appropriate settings:<br />
[[Image:com1-properties.png|frame|center|Serial port configuration]]<br />
The '''DTR''' (pin 4) and '''RTS''' (pin 7) options are:<br />
* Handshake - RS-232 hardware handshake, supported by some radios<br />
* CW - For on/off CW keying of Radio 1, Radio 2, or both, similar to LPT port CW keying. The convention is to use for DTR for CW and RTS (optionally) for PTT.<br />
* PTT - For activating PTT on Radio 1, Radio 2, or both, when a CW or internal DVK message is sent.<br />
* Always ON - Pin is always set "high" (required by some USB-to-Serial adapters and radios)<br />
* Always OFF - Pin is always set "low"<br />
* Active radio - Pin is connected to an SO2R box "Swap TX radio" line.<br />
* Stereo RX Audio - Pin is connected to an SO2R box "Stereo on/off" line.<br />
* Headphone control - Pin is connected to an SO2R box "Swap RX radio" line.<br />
<br />
The '''Active with''' option is only available when PTT or CW is selected for DTR or RTS, otherwise it is grayed out.<br />
* Radio 1 - PTT and CW is only sent when Radio 1 is active<br />
* Radio 2 - PTT and CW is only sent when Radio 2 is active<br />
* Both radios - PTT and CW is sent when either radio is active (external steering via SO2R box required)<br />
<br />
{{wbox|Note|The pin numbering applies to a standard DB9 connector.}}<br />
<br />
===Transceivers===<br />
This region of the interfaces configuration window lets you select the type of transceiver for radio 1 and 2 plus various settings like polling, polling rate (actually, delay before polling the radio again after the previous sequence) and if the ICOM specific CI-V feature is to be used or not. By the way, when you use an ICOM radio with an address different from factory settings, please see [http://docs.win-test.com/wiki/WT.INI WT.INI]<br />
<br />
===Printer Ports===<br />
A parallel port can be used to send CW and other signals from Win-Test via [[Interfaces#LPT-port_CW_keying|legacy keying interfaces]], or the microHAM MK2R/MK2R+ operating in "Classic Auto Control" mode. Press '''<tt>[Configure...]</tt>''' to display the following dialog box:<br />
<br />
[[Image:lpt1-properties.png|frame|center|Parallel port configuration showing pin 14 used for TX Radio, Pin 9 for Stereo On/Off, and Pin 4 for RX Radio, Pin 17 for CW, and Pin 16 for PTT]]<br />
<br />
Specify the address of your printer port in hex. Common values are '''<tt>378</tt>''' and '''<tt>3BC</tt>'''. To determine the address used by your printer port, open the Windows Device Manager (Start, Control Panel, System, Hardware tab, Device Manager; or Start, Run, '''<code>devmgmt.msc</code>'''). Select Ports (COM & LPT), Printer Port (LPT1), Right Click, Properties, and finally, click the Resources Tab. You will see '''<code>I/O range 0378 - 037A</code>''' or similar. Use the first address as your port address. If you do not specify the correct port address, Win-Test will appear to operate normally, but it will not key the radio at all.<br />
<br />
===CW===<br />
<tt>PTT ON Delay</tt> specifies the time delay between first PTT closure and first CW output. When using an amplifier with a slow relay, this setting allows you to close the relay line well before RF is applied, which prevents the first dot or dash sent by Win-Test from being truncated. The delay between the PTT command and the effective CW transmission is adjustable between 0 (for QSK amps) to 1000 ms.<br />
<br />
===Local Network===<br />
The Local Network interface is used to define Win-Test's local area network in a multi-operating environment. If needed, you can change the broadcast address and the port number used. If you ignore the meaning of these terms, note that there should normally be no need to modify the default values given by Win-Test. See [[Networking]] for more information.<br />
<br />
===Network Protocol Advanced Settings===<br />
Under the Network Protocol Advanced Settings dialog you will find a way to restrict network traffic in very specific ways. '''CAUTION''': Modifications to the default settings must be done with extreme care. It is intended for very particular configurations and purposes, mainly used by expert users. You are on your own!<br />
<br />
[[Image:NetworkProtocolAdvancedSettings.png|frame|center|Network Protocol Advanced Settings allows you to fine-tune your network traffic. Network protocol version displayed in the right bottom corner.]]<br />
<br />
Some pre-set typical configurations are available:<br />
<br />
* Silent time master: Can be used if the computer is used ''only'' to distribute an accurate clock. This PC will not appear in the status window of any other networked computer. Note that with this setting, no QSOs will be recorded on (or sent from) any machine with this setting.<br />
<br />
* Silent backup: Can be used if the computer is ''only'' used for backup purposes. This PC will not appear in the status window of any other networked computer. <br />
<br />
* Packet sharing only: Can be used if stations are networked with different callsigns, and do not want a common log, but do want to share a common packet stream. It can be used for several co-located single-op stations on VHF/UHF, for example.<br />
<br />
* Silent log rebuilding: Can be used if you need to rebuild from scratch a complete log from networked stations, without appearing in the status window of any other networked computer.<br />
<br />
Note that in all settings, the station will still be visible in the network via the [[Text_commands#Multi_Operating|'''<tt>INVENTORY</tt>''']] command.<br />
<br />
[x] This station is a WAN bridgehead<br />
<br />
This feature only works with the wtTunnel suite. To respect multi-op ethics, the wtTunnel package is ''only'' available for headquarters stations during the IARU HF contest. Check this box to restrict the synchronization of QSO inventories to the local network to reduce network traffic when stations are at different sites on a wide area network (WAN).<br />
<br />
See [[Networking#The_Bridgehead_Concept|The Bridgehead Concept]] for further details.<br />
<br />
To control external interfaces by UDP, Outbound RadioInfo external UDP messages capability was added, to allow using additional programs or devices. Already tested with the RF2K-S SSPA (see https://www.rf-kit.de).<br />
<br />
===Voice Keyer===<br />
At last, if your computer has an embedded sound card, you can select and use it as a digital voice keyer by checking the appropriate box.<br />
<br />
If you want to use a third-party software to record or modify voice messages, be sure to use the following file format : WAV, PCM, 8000 Hz sampling frequency, 1 channel (mono) and 16 bits per sample.<br />
<br />
==WinKey configuration...==<br />
<code>Options | Winkey configuration...</code><br><br />
For quick access to this dialog, use the [[Text commands|text command]] '''<tt>WKSETUP</tt>'''.<br><br />
<br />
[[Image:WinkeyProperties.png|frame|center|Configuring the WinKey properties]]<br />
<br />
* '''Keying mode''':<br />
** '''Iambic A''' - Curtis A iambic timing<br />
** '''Iambic B''' - Curtis B iambic timing<br />
** '''Ultimatic''' - Non iambic mode<br />
** '''Bug (semi-automatic)''' - WinKey makes the dits and you make the dahs<br />
In either iambic mode, alternating dits and dahs are sent while both paddles are held closed. In mode B, an extra alternate dit or dah is sent after both paddles are released. In Ultimatic mode, when both paddles are pressed, the keyer will send a continuous stream of whichever paddle was last pressed.<br />
<br />
* '''Second Output (pin 5)''' (WinKey only, ignored by WinKey2 chip)<br />
** '''PTT''' - WinKey pin 5 acts as a PTT line<br />
** '''Sidetone frequency''' - WinKey pin 5 acts as a sidetone output<br />
** '''Radio 2''' - WinKey pin 5 keys a second radio<br />
* '''Sidetone Frequency''' - sets WinKey oscillator sidetone on pin 5 (ignored by WinKey2 chip)<br />
* '''Short spaces (CT spaces)''' - WinKey generates a 6-baud word space instead of a 7-baud space (1 baud = length of one dit)<br />
* '''Paddle watchdog''' - disable the key output after 128 consecutive dits or dahs. This is to guard against the paddles being accidentally keyed continuously by your cat.<br />
* '''Autospaces''' - If you pause for more than one dit time between a dit or dah, Winkey will interpret this as a letter-space and will not send the next dit or dah until a full letter-space time (3 dits) has passed<br />
* '''Swap paddles''' - reverse the dit/dah paddles (e.g. for keying with the left hand)<br />
* '''PTT'''<br />
** '''PTT Lead(ms)''' specify PTT lead (switch to transmit before CW begins)<br />
** '''PTT Tail(ms)''' specify PTT tail (keep transmitter up after CW has finished)<br />
** V2 of WinKey provides additional features:<br />
*** PTT tail control (fixed, 1.00 letter space, 1.33, 1.66, 2.00)<br />
* '''CW Message and paddle speeds'''<br />
** '''Independent''' - CW speed sent by the paddle is controlled by the WinKey speed knob, and CW speed set by Win-Test is controlled indpendently by the Win-Test keyboard commands ('''<tt>[Alt-F9]</tt>''', '''<tt>[Alt-F10]</tt>''', and '''<tt>[Alt-V]</tt>'''). In addition, both CW speeds will be displayed at the bottom of the [[Menu:Windows#Rate|Rate Window]].<br />
** '''Synchronized''' - Win-Test will keep the CW speed synchronized, whether sent by paddles or by Win-Test<br />
*** '''Only by WinKey pot''' - Only the WinKey speed knob will control CW speed; Win-Test speed commands sent via the keyboard are ignored.<br />
*** '''Only by the Win-Test commands (Alt-V/F9/F10)''' - The WinKey speed knob is ignored and CW speed changes may only be controlled by the Win-Test keyboard commands ('''<tt>[Alt-F9]</tt>''', '''<tt>[Alt-F10]</tt>''', and '''<tt>[Alt-V]</tt>''').<br />
*** '''By both (not recommended)''' - CW speed may be controlled by either the WinKey speed knob or by Win-Test keyboard commands, but this setting is not recommended as there is no way to automatically turn the WinKey speed knob to match the CW speed set by Win-Test.<br />
<br />
==EZMaster configuration...==<br />
<code>Options | EZMaster configuration...</code><br><br />
For quick access to this dialog, use the [[Text commands|text command]] '''<tt>EZSETUP</tt>'''.<br><br />
<br />
Advanced SO2R mode and setting up scenarios requires external SO2R control equipment of the last generation, communicating with Win-Test via a USB port.<br />
<br />
This menu option enables the user to configure five different option for EZMaster to work with Win-test:<br />
<br />
===CW Keyer===<br />
Internal EZMaster CW Keyer (tick Enable WinKey Box) or Win-Test keyer (do not tick box).<br />
<br />
<br />
===Radio set-up===<br />
In the image below find configuration for FT1000MP<br />
<br />
<br />
===Packet-Radio TNC===<br />
<br />
<br />
===Antenna configuration according to RX/TX===<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
[[Image:Ezmaster.PNG|center|frame|EZMaster configuration window]]<br />
<br />
==MK/MKII/MK2R/u2R configuration...==<br />
<code>Options | MK/MKII/MK2R/u2R configuration...</code><br><br />
For quick access to this dialog, use the [[Text commands|text command]] '''<tt>MKSETUP</tt>'''.<br><br />
This option allows you to configure the microHAM devices microHAM Keyer, microHAM Keyer 2 and MK2R SO2R device.<br />
It lets you select if the microHAM protocol should be used for communication with the device.<br />
Moreover, you can specify, which pins on the ACC connected of the device will be activated, when the radio1 or radio 2 is tuned to a specific band. <br />
<br />
[[Image:MK_MKII_MK2R.PNG|center|frame|microHAM MK, MKII and MK2R configuration window]]<br />
<br />
When an attached footswitch is used, two dedicated Lua scripts named '''<tt>onMicrohamFsOn.wts</tt>''' and '''<tt>onMicrohamFsOff.wts</tt>''' (not case-sensitive) are called. '''<tt>wtArg</tt>''' is set the radio number of the footswitch (0 for MK/MKII - 0 or 1 for MK2R/MK2R+/u2R depending on the footswitch that generated the event).<br />
<br />
==OTRSP configuration...==<br />
<code>Options | OTRSP configuration...</code><br><br />
This option allows you to set up an Open Two Radio Switching Protocol (OTRSP) compatible <br />
device like the YCCC SO2R Box (for more information, visit http://www.k1xm.org/OTRSP).<br />
<br />
[[Image:OTSRP.PNG|center|frame|OTRSP configuration window]]<br />
<br />
If the OTRSP device has controls and if they can generate events, dedicated Lua scripts are called when events occur :<br />
<br />
* '''<tt>onOtrspCrOn.wts</tt>''' and '''<tt>onOtrspCrOff.wts</tt>''' (not case-sensitive) are called when such a control has values 1 and 0 respectively. '''<tt>wtArg</tt>''' is set to the control number (0 to 9).<br />
* '''<tt>onOtrspCrEvent.wts</tt>''' (not case-sensitive) is called for all states of the events. '''<tt>wtArg</tt>''' is set to (256 * cr) + state (cr = control number - 1 to 9, and state = value of the state when the event occured - 0 to 255).<br />
<br />
{{wbox|Note|If the PTT events are used, the control 0 is restricted to this usage, and doesn't fire the onOtrspCrOn/Off/Event.wts scripts. If the PTT events are not used, onOtrspCrEvent is not called when an event on this control occurs. Only the onOtrspCrOn/Off scripts are executed in this case.}}<br />
<br />
==RTTY configuration...==<br />
<code>Options | RTTY configuration...</code><br><br />
For quick access to this dialog, use the [[Text commands|text command]] '''<tt>RTTYSETUP</tt>'''.<br><br />
This menu entry opens the control box for [[RTTY|RTTY configuration]].<br />
<br />
[[Image:OptionsRttyConfiguration.PNG|frame|center|RTTY Configuration Box]]<br />
<br />
Please refer to the [[RTTY|RTTY chapter]] for all the details.<br />
<br />
==Frequency Offsets==<br />
This function is mainly used for a VHF/UHF/SHF setup involving a transverter. An HF radio tuned on 28 MHz is used as the user front-end which drives the transverter for 144 MHz or 432 MHz. Or a 144 MHz transceiver is used to drive a transverter to 5.7 and 10 GHz.<br />
<br />
The point is that Win-Test only sees the frequency of the front-end. For example it would find the radio tuned to 28 MHz and simply ignore its frequency read-out when set up for a VHF/UHF contest. Likewise, the radio would ignore commands to tune to 144.054 from Win-Test because it is a HF transceiver that only knows 1.8-30 MHz. This is where the frequency offset feature comes in handy. It allows you to specify a frequency (in kHz) that will be added to any frequency read from the radio and subtracted from any frequency command that goes to the radio. <br />
<br />
In other words, assume the frequency offset is set at 116000 kHz. The radio is tuned to 28054 kHz. Now Win-Test "sees" the radio at 144054 kHz, because the offset is added. Likewise, when the user clicks on a packet spot on 144088, Win-Test sends the radio to 28088 because the offset is subtracted.<br />
<br />
This way, Win-Test gives you great flexibility to enter one offset per band per radio.<br />
<br />
[[Image:OptionsFrequencyOffsets.png|center|frame|Frequency Offset allows you to use a transverter with Win-Test]]<br />
<br />
Text commands '''<tt>OFFSETSETUP</tt>''' (or '''<tt>OFFSETSSETUP</tt>''') to open the dialog and. '''<tt>OFFSET/NOOFFSET</tt>''', '''<tt>OFFSETS/NOOFFSETS</tt>''', '''<tt>OFFSETON/OFFSETOFF</tt>''', '''<tt>OFFSETSON/OFFSETSOFF</tt>''' to enable/disable the frequency offset.<br />
<br />
==MP3 Configuration==<br />
<code>Options | MP3 Configuration</code><br><br />
For quick access to this dialog, use the [[Text commands|text command]] '''<tt>MP3SETUP</tt>'''.<br><br />
<br />
Allows you to select the sound device used for recording and playback in use with the contest recorder. You must have installed a MP3 ACM Codec (e.g. LAME, Fraunhofer). The encoder is not part of the Win-Test distribution.<br />
<br />
Download LAME from http://www.free-codecs.com/LAME_ACM_Codec_download.htm. The version which worked at the time of this writing was 3.99.5. Follow instructions in the ZIP-File. With WinXP it used to work as described in http://lists.f5mzn.org/pipermail/support/2010-January/079240.html. <br />
<br />
For Windows 7 and Windows 10, the important point is to run the installation a CMD window explicitly executed as Administrator.<br />
<br />
Assumuing, you have downloaded and unpacked the LAME ACM version to the directory C:\LAME, he following command will register the codec in Window's Audio Codec Manager:<br />
<br />
cd %windir%\SysWOW64<br />
rundll32 setupapi.dll,InstallHinfSection DefaultInstall 0 C:\LAME\LameACM.inf<br />
<br />
For Windows 10 use this command:<br />
<br />
C:\Windows\SysWOW64\rundll32.exe setupapi.dll,InstallHinfSection DefaultInstall 0 C:\LAME\LameACM.inf<br />
<br />
There may already be an encoder on your system due to other software previously installed, like the Fraunhofer IIS MPEG Layer-3 Codec. The Fraunhofer codec also works perfectly OK with Win-Test.<br />
<br />
The default settings (Stereo/32000 Hz sample rate, 96 kBit/s bitrate) will produce a file of about 2 GB in size for an 48h contest.<br />
<br />
[[Image:OptionsMP3Configuration.PNG|frame|center|Display options for MP3/Contest Recorder configuration.]]<br />
<br />
To make your MP3 recordings available on the Internet after the contest, see:<br />
http://lists.f5mzn.org/pipermail/support/2009-December/078951.html<br />
<br />
==Script Editor Configuration==<br />
This menu lets you configure the application to start when clicking the Edit button in the [[Menu:Tools#Scripts_Manager|Scripts Manager]]. Basically, every ASCII editor is usable, SciTE is the recommended editor as it provides syntax highlighting.<br />
<br />
[[Image:OptionsScriptEditorConfiguration.PNG|frame|center|Configure the preferred editor to manage Lua scripts from within Win-Test]]<br />
<br />
==Log==<br />
<code>Options | Log</code><br><br />
Allows you to change the display of the log entry area (the last 9 QSOs plus the current QSO entry line), including the Win-Test background color. You may select font size, colors, headings and so on.<br />
<br />
[[Image:OptionsLog.PNG|frame|center|Display options for the log entry area.]]<br />
<br />
===Fonts===<br />
Select the text font for the log entry area<br />
<br />
===Headers===<br />
Controls the display of the column titles in the log entry area. The headers may be hidden, left aligned, or centered<br />
<br />
===Hide QSO numbers===<br />
Hides the first column in the log entry area, to avoid confusion with the serial number sent, especially for multi-op entrants.<br />
<br />
===Align Exchanges===<br />
Option to line up received exchanges in mixed mode.<br />
<br />
===Stay in field when moving up and down in the log===<br />
Select this option to the have the cursor move up and down as it would in a spreadsheet. For example, to stay in the report field when pressing the '''<tt>[Up]</tt>''' or '''<tt>[Down]</tt>''' cursor keys, instead of having the cursor jump to the beginning of the callsign field.<br />
<br />
===Block Cursor===<br />
Allows you to change the red linking line cursor to a block cursor.<br />
<br />
===Colors...===<br />
Use this option to change the background color for the entire screen, the color of the logging text, the header text, or the warning message text. Press the '''<tt>[Factory colors]</tt>''' button to restore these to the Win-Test default colors.<br />
<br />
===New Contest Files Properties===<br />
This window lets you define a directory structure and file name template for newly created contest log files. This is a nice feature to keep contest files including MP3 recordings etc. well organised.<br />
<br />
[[Image:OptionsLogNewContestFileProperties.PNG|center|frame|New Contest File Properties dialog]]<br />
<br />
The following macros may be used to specify the file name.<br />
<br />
%C = Contest name<br />
%I = Log callsign (slash substituted by hyphen)<br />
%L = Log callsign (slash substituted by underscore)<br />
%M = Mode<br />
%m = Month (2 digits)<br />
%N = Month name (long)<br />
%n = Month name (abbrev)<br />
%S = Station name<br />
%Y = Year (4 digits)<br />
%y = Year (2 digits)<br />
<br />
==DXpedition Info Field==<br />
<code>Options | DXpedition Info Field</code><br><br />
This submenu allows you to configure some options regarding the use of Win-Test on a DXpedition. It is only visible if you have selected the contest type DXpedition.<br />
<br />
[[Image:DxPeditionOptions.png|frame|center|Options available for DXpedition operation]]<br />
<br />
An info field is available to store up to 13 characters of information with the QSO, e.g. the operator's name, QTH or other information that you wish to keep visible during the QSO. The info field can be accessed with the space bar, the '''[>]''' and '''[<]''' keys or the '''[Tab]''' key. <br />
<br />
[[Image:DxPeditionInfoField.png|frame|center|The DXpedition Info Field can store up to 13 characters. If you don't use space to switch fields, you can also enter a space character like shown above.]]<br />
<br />
==Spot Warnings==<br />
When this option is enabled, the DX cluster spots are briefly displayed (as soon as they arrive), in the line under below the log entry line. You can choose to display only the spots of the current band and/or the new multipliers, as well as your own callsign (good to know when you're being spotted!). And of course you may want to hide dupes and invalid callsigns. <br />
<br />
==DX Cluster==<br />
<code>Options | DX Cluster</code><br><br />
<br />
===DX Cluster window shortcuts===<br />
[[Image:OptionsDxClusterSyntax.png|center|frame|Selecting the syntax of your DX Cluster]]<br />
This option controls the syntax of the DX-cluster node that you are using (DX Spider vs. AK1A, DXNet, etc.), and the count of spots and solar information requested by using the buttons in the [[Menu:Commands#DX-Cluster|DX cluster window]].<br />
<br />
===Start/stop wtDxTelnet automatically===<br />
When wtDxTelnet is installed in the Win-Test directory, this option allows you to start and stop this application from within Win-Test or start and stop it automatically when Win-Test is launched.<br />
<br />
[[Image:OptionsStartStopWtDxTelnet.gif|center|frame|Starting and stopping wtDxTelnet from Win-test]]<br />
<br />
==HamCAP==<br />
<code>Options | HamCAP</code><br><br />
<br />
With this menu option you can configure the way Win-Test will integrate with [http://www.dxatlas.com/HamCAP/ HamCAP] (by VE3NEA).<br><br />
You can select if you want to see immediately the HamCAP window, as soon as you call for it with the shortcut '''<tt>Ctrl-P</tt>''', or if you want it to calculate in background and you will recall the propagation forecast window later.<br />
<br />
[[Image:OptionsHamCapBackground.png|frame|center|Option In Background]]<br />
<br />
It is just a matter of taste and of how big is your monitor screen: if you have plenty of room, maybe you don't care to leave it in background (<b>In background</b> option <b>checked</b>), but in a visible part of the screen, so you don't loose the keyboard focus from the WT main window; otherwise you will see immediately HamCAP (<b>In background</b> option <b>unchecked</b>), and so you'll need to regain the focus with a mouse click.<br />
<br />
[[Image:HamCapForeground.png|frame|center|HamCAP in foreground]]<br />
<br />
Then you need to setup which HamCAP tab you want to see first.<br />
<br />
[[Image:OptionsHamCapTab.png|frame|center|Option In Background]]<br />
<br />
The most useful are the <b>Charts</b> or the <b>Map</b> tab, which are those that give the propagation information, while the others, namely Params, Settings, and Antennas, are useful in the HamCAP itself setup phase.<br />
<br />
See [[HamCAP]] in this manual for more details on the setup phase.<br />
<br />
Then you have to setup in which way HamCAP has to deal with Solar figures (SSN, SFI, A and K indexes).<br><br />
(See [[Menu:Windows#Solar_Activity | Menu Windows Solar_Activity]] in this manual).<br />
<br />
HamCAP has at least three different modes of operation:<br />
* stand-alone<br />
* in cooperation with [http://www.dxatlas.com/IonoProbe/ IonoProbe] (by VE3NEA)<br />
* feeded by a calling application (Win-Test)<br />
<br />
<br />
[[Image:OptionsHamCapSolar.png|frame|center|Option Solar indexes passing]]<br />
<br />
So, at this time, you should check one of the following options:<br />
* <b>None</b>, if you don't want, or need, Win-Test to pass any data to HamCAP, which will be working in stand-alone mode or in cooperation with IonoProbe;<br />
* <b>WWV only</b>, or <b>WCY only</b>, if you want Win-Test to pass the corresponding Solar figures, if present, to HamCAP;<br />
* <b>All</b>, and then choose <b>Priority</b>, if you want to try to use both figures and Win-Test to pass the prioritized one in case both data are present.<br />
<br><br />
<br />
<br><br />
<br />
==WAEDC==<br />
<code>Options | WAEDC</code><br><br />
Special option for the [http://www.waedc.de/ Worked All Europe DX Contest]. This menu item is only visible when WAEDC Contest is selected.<br />
<br />
For more information about Win-Test and WAEDC see [[WAEDC]].<br />
<br />
==Data files==<br />
<code>Options | Data Files</code><br><br />
<br />
Through this section you will be enabled to select four more different options in the pop-up menu as shown in the following picture.<br />
<br />
[[Image:OptionsDataFiles.png|center|frame|Selecting Options Data files section]]<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
===Country files...===<br />
<code>Options | Data files | Country files...</code><br><br />
Text command shortcut: <code>COUNTRYFILES</code><br />
<br />
This dialog controls which country file to use to identify multipliers. It is also used to calculate and pre-fill ITU and CQ Zones from country prefixes. There are three files to select from.<br />
<br />
[[Image:WindowsSelectCty.png|center|frame|Selecting the appropriate CTY file]]<br />
<br />
Selecting '''CTY_WT_MOD.DAT''' usually gives the most accurate results if you download the latest version. For a description of each file, see [[Other_Files|Other Files]].<br />
<br />
You can start an immediate download from the Win-Test web site by selecting a file and clicking the '''Download''' button. After pressing '''OK''', you will be prompted if you want to reload and re-score the log based on the updated country file.<br />
<br />
Note that the file ends up in the [[Check_Partial_and_Np1_Files#Virtual_Store|user's virtual store]], if you do not run Win-Test as an Administrator. This may create some confusion which file is actually being used.<br />
<br />
===Master file...===<br />
<code>Options | Data files | Master File...</code><br><br />
Text command shortcut: <code>MASTERFILE</code>, <code>EXCHDATABASE</code>, <code>EXCHFILE</code> or <code>EXCHFILES</code>.<br />
<br />
A window, indicating the name of the master file for this contest, what is the file currently used, the total number of records in the file, and release date. A Download button allows you to update directly from the supercheckpartial.com web site.<br />
<br />
[[Image:OptionsDataFileMasterfile.png|center|frame|Master file information and update option]]<br />
<br />
Note that the file ends up in the [[Check_Partial_and_Np1_Files#Virtual_Store|user's virtual store]], if you do not run Win-Test as an Administrator. This may create some confusion which file is actually being used.<br />
<br />
===Exchanges Database...===<br />
<code>Options | Data files | Exchanges database...</code><br><br />
Text command shortcut: <code>EXCHDB</code>, <code>EXCHDATABASE</code>, <code>EXCHFILE</code> or <code>EXCHFILES</code>.<br />
<br />
A window, indicating the name of the exchanges file for this contest, what is the file currently used, the total number of records of this file, and the number of relevant records (if the DTB is used for different contests). A Download button allows you to update directly from the Win-Test web site. <br />
<br />
[[Image:OptionsDataFileExchangeDB.png|center|frame|Exchanges database file information and update option]]<br />
<br />
Note that the file ends up in the [[Check_Partial_and_Np1_Files#Virtual_Store|user's virtual store]], if you do not run Win-Test as an Administrator. This may create some confusion which file is actually being used.<br />
<br />
===Default extra data files...===<br />
<code>Options | Data Files | Default extra data files...</code><br><br />
This option will allow to select which EXTRA files WT will use to show specific information (like operator's name, IOTA references, club member names, etc.) in the Extra Information window (see [[Menu:Windows#Extra_Information | Menu:Windows Extra Information]] for more details).<br />
When selecting this option a window will pop-up where you can check the files you need. You can see an example in the following picture.<br />
<br />
[[Image:DataFilesExtra.png|center|frame|Selecting the Extra data files]]<br />
<br />
===Markers files...===<br />
<code>Options | Data Files | Markers files...</code><br><br />
This option will allow to select which Markers files WT will use to show the relevant information in the BandMap. Please refer to <br />
the description of the band map's [[Menu:Windows#Markers | context menu]] for detailed information on these files.<br />
When selecting this option a window will pop up where you can check the files you wish to display information from. <br />
You can see an example in the following picture.<br />
<br />
[[Image:DataFilesMarkers.png|center|frame|Selecting the Markers files]]<br />
<br />
===Segments files...===<br />
<code>Options | Data Files | Segments files...</code><br><br />
This option will allow to select which segments files WT will use to show the relevant information in the BandMap. Please refer to the description of the band map's [[Menu:Windows#Segments | context menu]] for detailed information on these files.<br />
When selecting this option a window will pop up where you can check the files you wish to activate. You can see an example in the following picture.<br />
<br />
[[Image:DataFilesSegment.png|center|frame|Selecting the Segments files]]<br />
<br />
==Bandplans...==<br />
<code>Options | Bandplans...</code><br><br />
A flexible and powerful band plan management allows you to specify band boundaries on a permanent basis depending on the mode of operation. We all know, that on 40 m CW, the band goes up to 7100; on RTTY, the band goes from well below 7030 to 7100 etc. etc. Since Win-Test tries to filter incoming DX spots by frequency, this is the way to have Win-Test make the correct decision to drop the spot or display it as needed DX.<br />
<br />
[[Image:Bandplans.png|center|frame|The Band Plan Manager window]]<br />
<br />
Different band plans can be saved and re-loaded at a later time. It's smart to create a band plan for SSB, another for CW, yet another one for 160 CW etc.<br />
<br />
==Windows==<br />
<code>Options | Windows</code><br><br />
<br />
[[Image:OptionsWindowsMenu.png|center|frame|Selecting how child windows are displayed]]<br />
<br />
The child windows of the application can either be included in the main Win-Test window, or float anywhere on the screen, thus allowing the Windows desktop or other running software to remain visible. If your video card and operating system support it, you can display Win-Test windows on more than one monitor.<br />
<br />
Win-Test automatically saves the current window layout in the Win-Test binary log file (.wtb) whenever you exit. So, each log file can have a different window layout depending on the contest.<br />
<br />
See [[Positioning_Windows|Positioning Windows]] for more information about how to precisely rearrange the window layout to suit your preferences. <br />
<br />
Once you have a window layout that you like, select <tt>Default layout...</tt> to save it as the default layout that will be used for new Win-Test logs. Win-Test displays the following dialog:<br />
<br />
[[Image:DefaultOpenChildWindows.png|center|frame|Changing the default window layout]]<br />
<br />
Updates to this dialog do ''not'' effect the current log's window layout; they only affect the default window layout to be used for new logs.<br />
<br />
If you press '''<tt>[Use the current layout]</tt>''', Win-Test updates the list box so that it describes the current Window layout. Generally you'll want to press this button first.<br />
<br />
The child windows are listed in the order that they will be ''drawn'', so if two windows overlap, the window listed last will appear "on top" of any windows listed earlier.<br />
<br />
Use the check boxes to indicate which child windows you want displayed by default.<br />
<br />
* '''<tt>[Uppermost]</tt>''' - moves the highlighted child window to the top of the list, so that it will be drawn first, and appear ''beneath'' any windows drawn later.<br />
* '''<tt>[Up]</tt>''' - moves the highlighted child window up one spot in the list<br />
* '''<tt>[Down]</tt>''' - moves the highlighted child window down one spot in the list<br />
* '''<tt>[Downmost]</tt>''' - moves the highlighted child window to the bottom of the list, so that it will be drawn last, and appear ''on top of'' any windows drawn earlier.<br />
* '''<tt>[Factory settings]</tt>''' - restores the default window layout to the Win-Test factory default<br />
* '''<tt>[Use the current layout]</tt>''' - updates the list to describe the child window layout being used by the current log<br />
* '''<tt>[OK]</tt>''' - saves the displayed window list as the new Win-Test default, and closes the dialog. The layout is saved in the [[WT.INI|Win-Test initialization file (wt.ini)]]. Pressing this button has ''no effect'' on the current window layout being used.<br />
* '''<tt>[Cancel]</tt>''' - cancels all changes to the default child window layout and closes the dialog.<br />
<br />
==Toolbar==<br />
<code>Options | Toolbar</code><br><br />
If this option is checked, the Icons toobar is displayed below the menu.<br />
<br />
[[Image:IconsBar.gif|frame|center|Icon toolbar]]<br />
<br />
<br />
Refer to the [[Icon_bar|Icon bar]] chapter for a detailed explanation of all the pictorial symbols.<br />
<br />
==Language==<br />
<code>Options | Language</code><br><br />
It is possible to choose the language of the Win-Test user interface. Currently supported languages are English, French, German, Italian and Spanish. <br />
<br />
[[Image:OptionsLanguageSelection.PNG|frame|center|Selecting the Language]]<br />
<br />
Win-Test has to restart when the language is switched.<br />
<br />
[[Menus|Back to Menus]]</div>Dl6raihttps://docs.win-test.com/w/index.php?title=File:OptionsLog.PNG&diff=5030File:OptionsLog.PNG2023-04-10T06:58:22Z<p>Dl6rai: Dl6rai uploaded a new version of File:OptionsLog.PNG</p>
<hr />
<div>Main logging window options.</div>Dl6raihttps://docs.win-test.com/w/index.php?title=Keys&diff=5029Keys2023-04-10T06:53:55Z<p>Dl6rai: /* Editing and moving around the QSO entry line */</p>
<hr />
<div><!-- Adopted to Stylesheet DL6RAI --><br />
<br />
==Editing and moving around the QSO entry line==<br />
* ['''<tt>Enter</tt>''']: Log a contact<br />
* ['''<tt>Spacebar</tt>''']: Move cursor between callsign entry and report fields<br />
* ['''<tt>Left arrow</tt>''']: Move cursor one character to the left<br />
* ['''<tt>Right arrow</tt>''']: Move cursor one character to the right<br />
* ['''<tt>Home</tt>''']: Move cursor to the beginning of the field<br />
* ['''<tt>End</tt>''']: Moves the cursor to the end of the field<br />
* ['''<tt>Backspace</tt>''']: Delete the character located left of the cursor<br />
* ['''<tt>Tab</tt>'''] : Move cursor between sent RST and received number fields<br />
* ['''<tt>></tt>''']: Move cursor to next field in the main log.<br />
* ['''<tt><</tt>''']: Move cursor to previous field in the main log.<br />
* ['''<tt>Del</tt>''']: Delete the character located under the cursor<br />
* ['''<tt>F11</tt>''']: Clear all the fields of the current QSO, and puts the cursor into the callsign logging field<br />
* '''<tt>Alt-W</tt>''': Clear QSO (like '''<tt>F11</tt>''')<br />
* '''<tt>Alt-F8</tt>''': Clear QSO (like '''<tt>F11</tt>''')<br />
* '''<tt>Alt-F</tt>''': Edit QSO date and time<br />
* '''<tt>Alt-N</tt>''': Write a note regarding this QSO<br />
* '''<tt>Alt-Up arrow</tt>''': Copy the previous QSO in the log<br />
* '''<tt>Ctrl-A</tt>''': Like ['''<tt>Home</tt>''']<br />
* '''<tt>Ctrl-B</tt>''': Like ['''<tt>Left arrow</tt>''']<br />
* '''<tt>Ctrl-D</tt>''': Like ['''<tt>Del</tt>''']<br />
* '''<tt>Ctrl-E</tt>''': Like ['''<tt>End</tt>''']<br />
* '''<tt>Ctrl-F</tt>''': Like ['''<tt>Right arrow</tt>''']<br />
* '''<tt>Ctrl-W</tt>''': Clear the current field; if report field is cleared, initialise RST<br />
* '''<tt>Ctrl-K</tt>''': Like ['''<tt>Shift-Del</tt>''']<br />
* '''<tt>Ctrl-X</tt>''': Execute a text command on the current QSO<br />
* '''<tt>Ctrl-Z</tt>''': Undo - restores edited QSO data to prior value (see [[Menu:Edit#Restore_QSO]])<br />
* '''<tt>Ctrl-Left arrow</tt>''': Like ['''<tt>Home</tt>''']<br />
* '''<tt>Ctrl-Right arrow</tt>''': Like ['''<tt>End</tt>''']<br />
* '''<tt>Ctrl-F10</tt>''': Change fixed report in other QSOs to this QSO's report (to correct zone/age whatever consistenly)<br />
* '''<tt>Shift-Backspace</tt>''': Delete all the characters left of the cursor<br />
* '''<tt>Shift-Del</tt>''': Delete all characters under and right of the cursor<br />
<br />
==Movement in the log==<br />
<br />
Warning: Any movement in the log validates the QSO where the cursor was located before the movement!<br />
<br />
* ['''<tt>Up arrow</tt>''']: Move one QSO up <br />
* ['''<tt>Down arrow</tt>''']: Move one QSO down <br />
* ['''<tt>PgUp</tt>''']: Move 10 QSOs up <br />
* ['''<tt>PgDn</tt>''']: Move 10 QSOs down <br />
* '''<tt>Ctrl-Shift-G</tt>''': Go to callsign (press again for next QSO with this callsign)<br />
* '''<tt>Ctrl-G</tt>''': Go to a specific QSO number<br />
** To skip the dialog box prompt, just enter the QSO number into the callsign field, then Press '''<tt>Ctrl-G</tt>'''. To return to the end of the log, press '''<tt>Ctrl-G</tt>''', ['''<tt>Spacebar</tt>''']<br />
* '''<tt>Ctrl-G</tt>''', ['''<tt>Home</tt>''']: Go to first QSO in log<br />
* '''<tt>Ctrl-G</tt>''', ['''<tt>End</tt>''']: Go to last QSO in log<br />
* '''<tt>Ctrl-Home</tt>''': Go to first QSO in log<br />
* '''<tt>Ctrl-End</tt>''': Go to last QSO in log<br />
* '''<tt>Ctrl-PgDn</tt>''': Go forward 12 hours in the log<br />
* '''<tt>Ctrl-PgUp</tt>''': Go back 12 hours in the log<br />
<br />
==Message keys==<br />
* ['''<tt>F1</tt>''']: Play message #1. Normally, this message is the CQ<br />
* ['''<tt>F2</tt>''']: Play message #2. Normally, this message is the report sent (full)<br />
* ['''<tt>F3</tt>''']: Play message #3. Normally, this message is the serial number sent<br />
* ['''<tt>F4</tt>''']: Play message #4. Normally, this message is your call<br />
* ['''<tt>F5</tt>''']: Play message #5. Normally, this message is the logged callsign<br />
* ['''<tt>F6</tt>''']: Play message #6. Normally, this message sends Call? or NR?<br />
* ['''<tt>F7</tt>''']: Play message #7. Normally, this message sends "?" or "Again?"<br />
* ['''<tt>Insert</tt>''']: Play the message defined for this key - normally, this message is the logged callsign the full sent report. On Phone this key is bound to the F2 message.<br />
* ['''<tt>+</tt>''']: Play the message defined for this key - normally, this message sends a TU, then your callsign and automatically logs the QSO. On Phone this key is bound to the F3 message. See also [[Menu:Tools#Remapping_.5B.2A.5D_and_.5B.2B.5D_when_using_Notebook_or_Mini_keyboard|Remapping [+] when using a Notebook or Mini keyboard]].<br />
* ['''<tt>Esc</tt>''']: Stop the output message being sent<br />
* '''<tt>Alt-K</tt>''': Toggle Keyboard mode<br />
* '''<tt>Alt-C</tt>''': Send or modify additional messages<br />
* '''<tt>Alt-V</tt>''': Change CW speed (opens "CW-Speed" dialog box)<br />
* '''<tt>Alt-F9</tt>''': Decrease CW speed by 2 WPM<br />
* '''<tt>Alt-F10</tt>''': Increase CW speed by 2 WPM<br />
* '''<tt>Shift-F1</tt>'''...'''<tt>Shift-F7</tt>''': Record messages #1 to #7 (unless [[SO2R/Shift_binds_second_radio|Operating | Shift binds to the second radio]] is enabled)<br />
* '''<tt>Shift-Insert</tt>''': Record the message associated to the ['''<tt>Insert</tt>'''] key (unless [[SO2R/Shift_binds_second_radio|Operating | Shift binds to the second radio]] is enabled). CW/RTTY only. For Phone, the F2 message is the Insert message.<br />
* '''<tt>Shift-+</tt>''': Records the message associated to the ['''<tt>+</tt>'''] key (unless [[SO2R/Shift_binds_second_radio|Operating | Shift binds to the second radio]] is enabled). CW/RTTY only. For Phone, the F3 message is the Plus message.<br />
* '''<tt>AltGr-F1</tt>'''...'''<tt>AltGr-F7</tt>''': Record messages #1 to #7<br />
* '''<tt>AltGr-Insert</tt>''': Record the message associated to the ['''<tt>Insert</tt>'''] key<br />
* '''<tt>AltGr-+</tt>''': Records the message associated to the ['''<tt>+</tt>'''] key<br />
* '''<tt>Ctrl-Alt-F1</tt>'''...'''<tt>Ctrl-Alt-F7</tt>''': Record messages #1 to #7<br />
* '''<tt>Ctrl-Alt-Insert</tt>''': Record the message associated to the ['''<tt>Insert</tt>'''] key<br />
* '''<tt>Ctrl-Alt-+</tt>''':Records the message associated to the ['''<tt>+</tt>'''] key<br />
* '''<tt>Ctrl-Tab</tt>''': Toggle between Run and S&P mode and messages (CW/RTTY)<br />
* '''<tt>Ctrl-Shift-Tab</tt>''': Toggle between Run and S&P mode and messages on the secondary radio<br />
<br />
==Open and Close Windows==<br />
* ['''<tt>F8</tt>''']: Open/Close N + 1 Window<br />
* ['''<tt>F9</tt>''']: Open/Close Check call Window<br />
* ['''<tt>F10</tt>''']: Open/Close Check Multipliers Window<br />
* ['''<tt>F12</tt>''']: Open/Close Check Partials Window<br />
* '''<tt>Alt-A</tt>''': Open/Close DX-Cluster Announcements Window<br />
* '''<tt>Alt-B</tt>''': Open/Close Skeds Window<br />
* '''<tt>Alt-E</tt>''': Take a sked<br />
* '''<tt>Alt-I</tt>''': Open/Close Gab Window<br />
* '''<tt>Alt-M</tt>''': Open/Close Mult Window <br />
* '''<tt>Alt-O</tt>''': Open/Close DX-Cluster Monitor Window<br />
* '''<tt>Alt-R</tt>''': Open/Close Rate Window<br />
* '''<tt>Alt-S</tt>''': Open/Close Summary<br />
* '''<tt>Alt-X</tt>''': Open Extra Data Files Window<br />
* '''<tt>Alt-Z</tt>''': Open/Close Worked zones Window<br />
* '''<tt>Ctrl-F9</tt>''': Open/Close Statistics Window<br />
* '''<tt>Shift-F10</tt>''': Reverse Multiplier Check - Opens the [[Menu:Windows#Search_for_Worked_Multipliers_or_Partial_QTH_Locators|Search for Worked Multipliers]] Window<br />
<br />
==Radio Control==<br />
* ['''<tt>-</tt>''']: Split frequency - enter QSX frequency here (e.g. 7239). "+1" will set the RX VFO +1 kHz from TX VFO. "0" turns split frequency mode off.<br />
* ['''<tt>*</tt>''']: Switch active radio. '''This only works with the ['''<tt>*</tt>'''] key on the numeric keypad'''. See also [[Menu:Tools#Remapping_.5B.2A.5D_and_.5B.2B.5D_when_using_Notebook_or_Mini_keyboard|Remapping [*] when using a Notebook or Mini keyboard]].<br />
* '''<tt>Alt-:</tt>''' : Switch active radio<br />
* '''<tt>Alt-F1</tt>''': QSY band down (20 => 40 => ...)<br />
* '''<tt>Alt-F2</tt>''': QSY band up (20 => 15 => ...)<br />
* '''<tt>Alt-F4</tt>''': QSY back to run frequency, resume original CW speed<br />
* '''<tt>Alt-F5</tt>''': Set run frequency<br />
* '''<tt>Ctrl-S</tt>''': Swap the frequency on both radios (SO2R)<br />
* '''<tt>Ctrl-T</tt>''': Tune the transmitter (on CW, max 30 seconds)<br />
* '''<tt>Ctrl-F1</tt>''' and '''<tt>Ctrl-F2</tt>''': Switch mode (when the contest permits and mode=MIXED or ALL)<br />
<br />
==Packet==<br />
* '''<tt>Alt-A</tt>''': Open/Close DX-Cluster Announcements Window<br />
* '''<tt>Alt-O</tt>''': Open/Close DX-Cluster Monitor Window<br />
* '''<tt>Alt-T</tt>''': Talk to DX-Cluster<br />
* '''<tt>Alt-F3</tt>''': Spot<br />
<br />
==Band Map==<br />
* '''<tt>Ctrl-Enter</tt>''': Insert spot into [[Menu:Windows#Radio_1.2C_Radio_2_.28Band_Maps.29|Band Map]] <br />
* '''<tt>Ctrl-Del</tt>''': Delete spot on current frequency in the active Band Map<br />
* '''<tt>Ctrl-J</tt>''': Insert spot into Band Map<br />
* '''<tt>Ctrl-R</tt>''': Toggle band map view/list view<br />
* '''<tt>Ctrl-Up arrow</tt>''': Grab the first upper spot in the active Band Map (in frequency regarding the active radio)<br />
* '''<tt>Ctrl-Shift-Up arrow</tt>''': Grab the first upper spot in the active bandmap (in frequency regarding the active radio), even if it is a 0-pointer<br />
* '''<tt>Ctrl-Down arrow</tt>''': Grab the first lower spot in the active bandmap (in frequency regarding the active radio)<br />
* '''<tt>Ctrl-Shift-Down arrow</tt>''': Grab the first lower spot in the active bandmap (in frequency regarding the active radio), even if it is a 0-point station<br />
* '''<tt>Ctrl-Space</tt>''': Grab the spot on or near the current frequency. Enter some characters and it grabs a call from the visible spots in the Radio or the DX-cluster window.<br />
* '''<tt>Ctrl-DoubleClick</tt>''' on a spot: Delete the spot without the warning window<br />
* '''<tt>Alt-DoubleClick</tt>''' on a spot: Load the sub VFO with a spot frequency (if applicable)<br />
<br />
==DX-Cluster Announcements==<br />
* '''<tt>Ctrl-DoubleClick</tt>''' on a spot: Delete the spot without the warning window<br />
* '''<tt>Alt-DoubleClick</tt>''' on a spot: Load the sub VFO with a spot frequency (if applicable)<br />
<br />
==Networking==<br />
* '''<tt>Alt-D</tt>''': Pass a station<br />
* '''<tt>Alt-G</tt>''': Send a gab<br />
* '''<tt>Alt-I</tt>''': Open/Close Gab Window<br />
* '''<tt>Alt-J</tt>''': Display status of all stations in the network<br />
<br />
==Multi Operator==<br />
* '''<tt>Alt-Y</tt>''': Toggle current QSO's station type from RUN (R1) to MULT (M) in the M/S category, or from RUN1 (R1) to RUN2 (R2) in M/2 category, and vice versa.<p>If the cursor is on the logging line rather than a previously logged QSO when you press this key, the station type is changed for all new QSOs logged on that computer, i.e. it is equivalent to entering the text commands RUN/MULT or RUN1/RUN2. See [[Menu:Commands#Station_Type|Menu: Commands | Station Type]].<br />
* '''<tt>Ctrl-F3</tt>''': Toggle current QSO (same as '''<tt>Alt-Y</tt>''')<br />
<br />
==SO2R==<br />
* <tt>'''AltGr-A'''</tt>, <tt>'''Ctrl-Alt-A'''</tt>: Listen to the primary radio with both ears<br />
* <tt>'''AltGr-T'''</tt>, <tt>'''Ctrl-Alt-T'''</tt>: Listen to the secondary radio with both ears<br />
* <tt>'''AltGr-S'''</tt>, <tt>'''Ctrl-Alt-S'''</tt>: Listen to both radios in stereo (toggle)<br />
* <tt>'''AltGr-L'''</tt>, <tt>'''Ctrl-Alt-L'''</tt>: Listen to the "other" radio with both ears during transmit (headphone "latch")<br />
* <tt>'''AltGr-R'''</tt>, <tt>'''Ctrl-Alt-R'''</tt>: Restore automatic control (advanced scenarios will control headphones, like $RESET)<br />
* <tt>'''AltGr-1'''</tt>...<tt>'''AltGr-8'''</tt>, <tt>'''Ctrl-Alt-1'''</tt>...<tt>'''Ctrl-Alt-8'''</tt>: Select one of the eight SO2R scenarios<br />
<br />
==Partner Mode==<br />
* '''<tt>Alt-Enter</tt>''': Add the call current call to the partner window<br />
* '''<tt>Alt-Space</tt>''': Grab the call in the topmost "real time" line of the partner window<br />
* '''<tt>Alt-Backpace</tt>''': Clear everything in the partner window<br />
* '''<tt>Alt-1</tt>'''...'''<tt>Alt-9</tt>''': Grab the ''n''th call from the partner window<br />
* '''<tt>Ctrl-1</tt>'''...'''<tt>Ctrl-9</tt>''': Swap the ''n''th call in partner window with callsign in the logging window<br />
* '''<tt>DoubleClick</tt>''' on a callsign: Grab the call from the partner window<br />
* '''<tt>Ctrl-DoubleClick</tt>''' on a callsign: Delete the call from the partner window<br />
<br />
==Contest Recorder==<br />
* '''<tt>AltGr-Enter</tt>''': Play QSO<br />
* '''<tt>AltGr-Up</tt>''': Previous QSO<br />
* '''<tt>AltGr-Down</tt>''': Next QSO<br />
* '''<tt>AltGr-Space</tt>''': Play/Pause<br />
* '''<tt>AltGr-PgUp</tt>''': Rewind 30s<br />
* '''<tt>AltGr-PgDn</tt>''': FastForward 30s<br />
* '''<tt>AltGr-Left</tt>''': Rewind 5s<br />
* '''<tt>AltGr-Right</tt>''': FastForward 5s<br />
* '''<tt>AltGr-E</tt>''': Extract QSO<br />
* '''<tt>AltGr-O</tt>''': Start contest recorder<br />
<br />
Some keyboards do not have an <tt>AltGr</tt> key, so use <tt>Ctrl+Alt</tt> instead.<br />
<br />
==Special Keys==<br />
* '''<tt>Alt-L</tt>''': [[WAEDC#Receiving_QTCs|Open QTC RX window]] (to be used by EU stations)<br />
* '''<tt>Ctrl-L</tt>''': [[WAEDC#Transmitting_QTCs|Open QTC TX window]] (to be used by DX stations)</div>Dl6raihttps://docs.win-test.com/w/index.php?title=DVK_CW_RTTY_Messaging&diff=5028DVK CW RTTY Messaging2023-04-10T06:51:11Z<p>Dl6rai: /* Saving/Loading from *.smsg file */</p>
<hr />
<div>Configuring CW, RTTY and Digital Voice Keyer (henceforth DVK) messages in Win-Test can be done at any time 'on the fly'. This document shows you how. We will first cover how to configure CW messages and RTTY macros. For SSB, please look below under DVK.<br />
<br />
== Configuring CW/RTTY messages == <br />
<br />
Editing CW and RTTY messages is a simple case of pressing '''<tt>Shift+Fx</tt>''' where '''<tt>x</tt>''' is a number in the range 1 .. 7. '''<tt>F8</tt>''' and above are reserved as shortcuts for opening/closing various windows within Win-Test. Other keys you can edit are '''<tt>INSERT</tt>''' and the plus ('''<tt>+</tt>''') key (the former of which sends the callsign entered in the callsign entry field + the content of the F2 key, and the plus key sends a TU message and logs the QSO by default). <br />
<br />
With a log open, press and hold '''<tt>Shift+F1</tt>'''. This will let you edit the message that is assigned to the '''<tt>F1</tt>''' key. <br />
<br />
[[Image:Rtty macros.gif|frame|center|Editing CW/RTTY message for F1 key]]<br />
<br />
<br />
By default, this is a CQ message. You'll notice some special variables, prefixed by a dollar symbol - for example, <tt>$MYCALL</tt>, which is simply replaced by your callsign (as you entered in the [[New_Log|contest configuration]] dialog box) when the message is sent. You can also speed up certain text by placing plus and minus symbols around the text which you want speeded up - ''but you must ensure you have the same number of plus symbols (before the text) as minus symbols (after the text) otherwise you may discover some discrepencies in speed''. <br />
<br />
Since the '''<tt>++</tt>''' and '''<tt>--</tt>''' accelerators have sense in CW only, they must not be used in RTTY messages, so they have to be removed.<br />
<br />
Now press '''<tt>Shift+INSERT</tt>'''. You will notice that all this is doing is sending <tt>$LOGGEDCALL</tt>, which, as the name suggests, is replaced by the callsign you have currently entered in the callsign entry field, and the <tt>$F2</tt> variable is replaced by the content of the F2 key (thus you will have to use '''<tt>Shift+F2</tt>''' to edit the content for that key). <br />
<br />
=== Additional CW/RTTY messages === <br />
<br />
We understand that sometimes, '''<tt>F1</tt>''' .. '''<tt>F7</tt>''' is just not adequate during a contest. So, Win-Test has catered for your needs. You can use additional CW/RTTY messages. To edit these CW/RTTY messages, use '''<tt>ALT+C</tt>''' to open the window. Enter the text you wish to have assigned to each key, and then you can simply click the <tt>Transmit</tt> button to send the messages <br />
<br />
{{wbox|Tip|You can also press '''<tt>ALT+C</tt>''' to open the additional CW messages window and then just hit the corresponding F-key for the messages you wish to send.}}<br />
<br />
Since the release 3.8.6 the Message Variables (see below) will work also within these additional CW/RTTY messages.<br />
<br />
Please also note that the additional CW/RTTY messages dialog can also be reached by clicking on the<br> <code>Options | CW | Modify additional messages...</code> or <br> <code>Options | RTTY | Modify additional messages...</code> menu.<br />
<br />
=== Variables for use with CW/RTTY messages ===<br />
<br />
OK, so now you understand ''how'' to edit the messages, but you want to know what all the various variables are/mean, right? Worry no more:<br />
<br />
* <code>$SERIAL</code> - sends the current QSO (serial) number <br />
* <code>$LOGGEDCALL</code> - sends the callsign you currently have entered in the callsign entry field<br />
* <code>$ZONE</code> - sends your zone (as entered in the [[New_Log|contest configuration]] screen)<br />
* <code>$ZONE2</code> - sends your state or province (the second box after zone as entered in the [[New_Log|contest configuration]] screen for the CQ WW RTTY contest for U.S. and Canadian entrants)<br />
* <code>$INSERT</code> and <code>$PLUS</code> - sends the messages contained within the INSERT and PLUS keys respectively<br />
* <code>$MSG1</code> ... <code>$MSG12</code> - sends content of additional CW messages (see above)<br />
* <code>$SPACEBAR</code> - works just like hitting the SPACEBAR - can be useful within the INSERT key 'message' to move exchange fields<br />
* <code>$GUESSEXCH</code> - attempts to guess the exchange but does not move the entry field (see also [[Database_Files#Installing_a_Database_file|Database Files Installing a Database file]])<br />
* <code>$CR</code> - works just like pressing RETURN/ENTER - useful for inclusion in the PLUS key 'message' (to enter the QSO in to the log)<br />
* <code>$MYCALL</code> - replaced with your callsign<br />
* <code>$CORRECT</code> - useful for inclusion within the PLUS key message to send the correct call if you made a change to the other station's callsign since hitting INSERT<br />
* <code>$F1 ... $F6</code> - sends the message corresponding to the F1 ... F6 key<br />
* <code>+</code> and <code>-</code> - each plus symbol speeds up the text contained with these characters by 2 wpm, and minus slows down the text by 2 wpm. Please ensure you have an equal number of pluses and minuses around the text in question otherwise you may notice speed irregularity.<br />
* Only in RTTY: <code>$13</code> sends a carriage return character, all message after this code will start on a new line in the terminal of the station receiving it.<br />
<br />
=== Saving/Loading from *.smsg file === <br />
Two buttons on the left lower corner of the window allow you to save/load your preferred settings from a *.smsg file. This way you can export/import your personal favourite setup. The files are stored to/read from the current op's directory, which is typically <code>%ALLUSERSPOFILE%\win-Test\ops</code>.<br />
Example messages file for a RTTY contest.<br />
<br />
#<br />
# Standard Messages File generated by Win-Test<br />
#<br />
[RUN]<br />
F1 CQ TEST $MYCALL $MYCALL CQ<br />
F2 $SETEXCHSENT $RST-$SERIAL-$SERIAL<br />
F3 $SERIAL<br />
F4 $MYCALL<br />
F5 $LOGGEDCALL<br />
F6 NR?<br />
F7 ?<br />
INSERT $LOGGEDCALL $QSOB4 $F2 $LOGGEDCALL<br />
PLUS $LOGGEDCALL TU $CR $MYCALL CQ<br />
#<br />
[S&P]<br />
F1 $MYCALL $MYCALL<br />
F2 $RST-$SERIAL-$SERIAL<br />
F3 $SERIAL<br />
F4 $MYCALL<br />
F5 $LOGGEDCALL<br />
F6 NR?<br />
F7 ?<br />
INSERT $F1<br />
PLUS $LOGGEDCALL QSL $F2 $MYCALL $CR<br />
#<br />
[MISC]<br />
QSOB4 QSOB4<br />
<br />
=== Advanced SO2R specifics === <br />
<br />
Please note, for some SO2R configurations, you have to use '''<tt>AltGr+Fx</tt>''' to edit the messages. This is because of the '[[SO2R/Shift_binds_second_radio|shift binds second radio]]' functionality whereby the '''<tt>[SHIFT]</tt>''' key is bound to the second radio window (e.g. to enter a callsign on the second rig). <br />
<br />
==== SO2R specific variables ====<br />
<br />
There are also some SO2R specific variables which can be used:<br />
<br />
* <code>$R1R1</code>, <code>$R1R2</code>, <code>$R2R1</code>, <code>$R2R2</code> - for headphone switching. For example, at the end of the F2 message, you could have <tt>$R1R2</tt> which would set the headphones so that the left ear is on radio 1 and the right ear is on radio 2, etc. <br />
* <code>$TR1</code>, <code>$TR2</code> - set the TX to radio 1 or radio 2 <br />
* <code>$RESET</code> - reset any audio/headphone settings<br />
* <code>$ALTERNATECQ</code> (or <code>$ACQ</code>) - swap primary and secondary radios and send CQ on the secondary radio<br />
* <code>$CQ</code> - same as <tt>$ALTERNATECQ</tt> but does not swap radios<br />
<br />
Please see the section regarding SO2R contesting for more information.<br />
<br />
===RTTY Message Tips=== <br />
Here are some tips from W0YK for RTTY contesting.<br />
<br />
RTTY contesting is evolving to be competitively similar to CW contesting. RTTY contests are no longer rallies for RTTY specialists to contact each other and work new countries. Just like the evolution of CW and SSB contesting, RTTY contesting is comprised of a growing number of serious contesters trying to be as efficient as possible with their transmissions. As such, RTTY contest messages should basically be similar to CW contest messages. Accordingly, here are some tips and recommendations for RTTY contest messages:<br />
<br />
* Start most messages with a carriage return ($13) so that the message will stand out from noise and other information on the recipient's screen. Exceptions are your call sign message and his call sign message, where you may want to repeat them or chain with other messages.<br />
* End all messages with a space character to separate it from noise and other information.<br />
* Modularize messages so they can be repeated or combined to best fit the situation at the time. For example, have a message that contains your call sign only once. Depending on conditions, you may tap that function key twice or perhaps three times, with an appropriate amount of delay (space) between taps.<br />
* Omit the "DE" in front of your call sign. It is no more needed in RTTY than it is in CW. (The inclusion of "DE" stems from earlier decoding software that used the "DE" to determine that the following characters were a call sign. Now, Super Check Partial databases more accurately identify call signs.)<br />
* Send exchange element once unless the element is unique such as a serial number. Send unique elements twice. (Traditional RTTY practice was to send serial numbers three or more times with the rationale that if two or more of the instances were the same, then that would be considered the transmitted information. But, copy is good enough today that sending it only twice is sufficient for the receiver. If the two instances are different, then a repeat can be requested, but this happens rarely.)<br />
* Do NOT put hyphens between exchange elements. Use spaces just like CW. The probability of accurate printing is slightly better with spaces, across all permutations of whether the sender or receiver, or both, are using UOS (Unshift On Space).<br />
* Do NOT use cut numbers which actually take longer in RTTY because of the need to shift between the figures and letters character sets, requiring additional time to send control characters.<br />
* Do NOT add the other station's call sign at the end of your exchange message. Depending on the situation, you can always tap your call sign message to chain it to the end of your exchange, but only do this if you feel there is a possibility that your sending of his call sign at the beginning of your exchange message was QRM'd.<br />
* Your TU/QRZ message does not need his call sign at the beginning because you've already sent his call sign in your exchange. It is a waste of time. End the message with CQ rather than QRZ ... it is shorter and simply conveys that you are ready for another QSO. It is irrelevant whether you just ended a prior QSO or are free-CQing.<br />
* Have a message for each of your exchange elements that may need repeating for a fill request. This avoids sending superfluous information.<br />
* Have a message for requesting a fill on each important exchange element.<br />
* If available for your radio, put a #CLEARRIT Lua script call at the end of CQ and TU/QRZ messages. Check N6TV's Lua scripts at [http://bit.ly/wtscripts http://bit.ly/wtscripts].<br />
* In RUN mode, put another '''<tt>CQ</tt>''' at the end of your '''<tt>F1</tt>''' message so that somebody tuning in while you transmit knows what is going on, and can come back immediately. Same in the '''<tt>PLUS</tt>''' message which ends a QSO.<br />
<br />
[[Image:RttyMessagingTypical.PNG|center|frame|Typical RTTY messages for RUN and S/P mode used by W0YK.]]<br />
<br />
You can find some useful information about RTTY Contesting on http://www.rttycontesting.com. Most tutorials are for Writelog, but a lot of the information is about MMTTY or RTTY Contesting in general. The RTTY information is quite helpful for beginners.<br />
<br />
==Configuring the Win-Test DVK messages==<br />
<br />
Using the built-in soundcard digital voice keyer (DVK) in Win-Test is of course much easier than CW messages because you have no variables to worry about! Of course, you must ensure the box labelled 'Enable sound card' is ticked in the <tt>Options|Configure interfaces</tt> dialog box.<br />
<br />
Before you start, it is recommended you have your soundcard audio levels already correctly set. There is an SSB bar meter included in Win-Test which you can open using <tt>Windows | SSB bargraph</tt>. <br><br />
<center><br />
{|<br />
|[[Image:WindowsVuMeter.gif|center|frame|SSB bargraph window]]<br />
|[[Image:RecordStop.png|center|frame|STOP recording]]<br />
|}<br />
</center><br />
<br />
The audio should be in the yellow area for optimal performance. <br><br />
<br />
Like with CW/RTTY messages, use '''<tt>Shift+Fx</tt>''' to edit (actually record) the messages. Please note that, as soon as you press '''<tt>Shift+Fx</tt>''', Win-Test will start recording - so be prepared!<br />
<br />
Upon clicking '''<tt>Shift+Fx</tt>''', a window will appear with a button labelled 'Stop' (see picture). You can simply hit ENTER/RETURN or SPACEBAR to stop recording (no need to locate the mouse and physically click the button).<br />
<br />
For each '''<tt>Shift+Fx</tt>''' key a corresponding '''<tt>msgx.wav</tt>''' file will be created/updated in the main Win-Test directory.<br />
<br />
For '''<tt>Shift+F1</tt>''' a corresponding '''<tt> msg1.wav </tt>''' file will be created, and so forth for '''<tt>Shift+F2</tt>''' with a '''<tt> msg2.wav </tt>''', up to '''<tt>Shift+F7</tt>''' with a corresponding '''<tt> msg7.wav </tt>''' file.<br />
<br />
A useful feature of the Win-Test DVK is that you can vary speed by using '''<tt>Alt+F9</tt>''' and '''<tt>Alt+F10</tt>''' like on CW. Interestingly, this will not change audio characteristics, so your voice will still sound natural.<br />
<br />
=== Text commands related to the DVK functionality ===<br />
<br />
There are some text commands which can be entered to change the functionality of the voice keyer within Win-Test. Please note that these ''must'' be entered in the callsign entry field - there is no corresponding menu option.<br />
<br />
* <code>MIC</code> - enables the mic input when the voice keyer is NOT playing<br />
* <code>NOMIC</code> - mutes the mic input when the voice keyer is NOT playing ''(default)''<br />
* <code>MICWHENPLAY</code> - enables the mic input when the voice keyer is playing <br />
* <code>NOMICWHENPLAY</code> - mutes the mic input when the voice keyer is playing ''(default)''<br />
<br />
=== Recording your messages in a separate application ===<br />
<br />
Please note that if you decide to record your messages in a separate program to Win-Test, it is '''very''' important you get the codec settings correct. Please ensure you use the ADPCM codec (standard WAV), with an 8000Hz sampling frequency (mono), and 16-bits per sample.<br />
<br />
==Using the microHAM DVK==<br />
Alternatively, if you own a microKeyer II or microKeyer III you might want to use the built-in DVK device to store audio snippets. The advantage is that you do not need to install additional audio cables, thus avoiding another source of RF feedback.<br />
<br />
First you will have to configure the microKeyer control port in Win-Test.<br />
<br />
* Assign an unused COM port in the microHAM router to the line named "Control".<br />
* In the microHAM router in the Audio Switching tab, make sure you are using VOICE settings (automatic by frequency or manually by selecting VOICE)<br />
<br><br />
[[Image:VOICESettingsmicroHAM.png|center|frame|make sure, you are using correct settings for voice modes]]<br />
<br><br />
* In Win-Test enter <code>SETUP</code> and configure the COM port assigned to microHAM control to '''MK/MKII/MKIII'''.<br />
* In the same menu, make sure under '''Voice Keyer''' the option '''Enable sound card''' is untagged.<br />
* In Win-Test go to '''Options | MK/MKII/MKIII/MK2R/u2R configuration...''' and tag the option '''Enable the DVK integrated in the microHAM Device'''<br />
<br><br />
[[Image:urouterSetupMKControl.png|center|frame|microHAM router setup to enable DVK]]<br />
<br><br />
[[Image:SetupConfigureMKControl.png|center|frame|DVK setup in Win-Test]]<br />
<br><br />
[[Image:EnableDVKinmicroHAM.png|center|frame|Enable microHAM DVK setup in Win-Test configuration]]<br />
<br><br />
Now you will be able to comfortably record and play voice messages from the microHAM device. Your microphone of course, needs to be connected to the microHAM device, either via the RJ45 connector on the back or via the 3.5mm phone jack on the front of the device so that the audio goes through the device.<br />
<br />
<br />
Press '''<tt>F1</tt>''' to play voice memory 1, '''<tt>Shift+F1</tt>''' to record to memory 1. Four memories can be controlled from your keyboard using '''<tt>F1</tt>''' to '''<tt>F4</tt>'''. Memory 2 is also bound to the '''Insert''' key, memory 3 is bound to the '''Plus''' key and '''Esc''' is bound to message abort.<br />
<br />
What's more, in a multi-op environment, when you switch operators using '''<tt>OPON</tt>''', different voice banks will be selected so that the recording of one operator will not overwrite the recordings of another. Since these messages are stored in the microHAM device, you can even re-use them in the next contest.<br />
<br />
== See Also == <br />
<br />
* Description of various [[Interfaces]] elsewhere in this manual</div>Dl6raihttps://docs.win-test.com/w/index.php?title=DVK_CW_RTTY_Messaging&diff=5027DVK CW RTTY Messaging2023-04-10T06:47:50Z<p>Dl6rai: </p>
<hr />
<div>Configuring CW, RTTY and Digital Voice Keyer (henceforth DVK) messages in Win-Test can be done at any time 'on the fly'. This document shows you how. We will first cover how to configure CW messages and RTTY macros. For SSB, please look below under DVK.<br />
<br />
== Configuring CW/RTTY messages == <br />
<br />
Editing CW and RTTY messages is a simple case of pressing '''<tt>Shift+Fx</tt>''' where '''<tt>x</tt>''' is a number in the range 1 .. 7. '''<tt>F8</tt>''' and above are reserved as shortcuts for opening/closing various windows within Win-Test. Other keys you can edit are '''<tt>INSERT</tt>''' and the plus ('''<tt>+</tt>''') key (the former of which sends the callsign entered in the callsign entry field + the content of the F2 key, and the plus key sends a TU message and logs the QSO by default). <br />
<br />
With a log open, press and hold '''<tt>Shift+F1</tt>'''. This will let you edit the message that is assigned to the '''<tt>F1</tt>''' key. <br />
<br />
[[Image:Rtty macros.gif|frame|center|Editing CW/RTTY message for F1 key]]<br />
<br />
<br />
By default, this is a CQ message. You'll notice some special variables, prefixed by a dollar symbol - for example, <tt>$MYCALL</tt>, which is simply replaced by your callsign (as you entered in the [[New_Log|contest configuration]] dialog box) when the message is sent. You can also speed up certain text by placing plus and minus symbols around the text which you want speeded up - ''but you must ensure you have the same number of plus symbols (before the text) as minus symbols (after the text) otherwise you may discover some discrepencies in speed''. <br />
<br />
Since the '''<tt>++</tt>''' and '''<tt>--</tt>''' accelerators have sense in CW only, they must not be used in RTTY messages, so they have to be removed.<br />
<br />
Now press '''<tt>Shift+INSERT</tt>'''. You will notice that all this is doing is sending <tt>$LOGGEDCALL</tt>, which, as the name suggests, is replaced by the callsign you have currently entered in the callsign entry field, and the <tt>$F2</tt> variable is replaced by the content of the F2 key (thus you will have to use '''<tt>Shift+F2</tt>''' to edit the content for that key). <br />
<br />
=== Additional CW/RTTY messages === <br />
<br />
We understand that sometimes, '''<tt>F1</tt>''' .. '''<tt>F7</tt>''' is just not adequate during a contest. So, Win-Test has catered for your needs. You can use additional CW/RTTY messages. To edit these CW/RTTY messages, use '''<tt>ALT+C</tt>''' to open the window. Enter the text you wish to have assigned to each key, and then you can simply click the <tt>Transmit</tt> button to send the messages <br />
<br />
{{wbox|Tip|You can also press '''<tt>ALT+C</tt>''' to open the additional CW messages window and then just hit the corresponding F-key for the messages you wish to send.}}<br />
<br />
Since the release 3.8.6 the Message Variables (see below) will work also within these additional CW/RTTY messages.<br />
<br />
Please also note that the additional CW/RTTY messages dialog can also be reached by clicking on the<br> <code>Options | CW | Modify additional messages...</code> or <br> <code>Options | RTTY | Modify additional messages...</code> menu.<br />
<br />
=== Variables for use with CW/RTTY messages ===<br />
<br />
OK, so now you understand ''how'' to edit the messages, but you want to know what all the various variables are/mean, right? Worry no more:<br />
<br />
* <code>$SERIAL</code> - sends the current QSO (serial) number <br />
* <code>$LOGGEDCALL</code> - sends the callsign you currently have entered in the callsign entry field<br />
* <code>$ZONE</code> - sends your zone (as entered in the [[New_Log|contest configuration]] screen)<br />
* <code>$ZONE2</code> - sends your state or province (the second box after zone as entered in the [[New_Log|contest configuration]] screen for the CQ WW RTTY contest for U.S. and Canadian entrants)<br />
* <code>$INSERT</code> and <code>$PLUS</code> - sends the messages contained within the INSERT and PLUS keys respectively<br />
* <code>$MSG1</code> ... <code>$MSG12</code> - sends content of additional CW messages (see above)<br />
* <code>$SPACEBAR</code> - works just like hitting the SPACEBAR - can be useful within the INSERT key 'message' to move exchange fields<br />
* <code>$GUESSEXCH</code> - attempts to guess the exchange but does not move the entry field (see also [[Database_Files#Installing_a_Database_file|Database Files Installing a Database file]])<br />
* <code>$CR</code> - works just like pressing RETURN/ENTER - useful for inclusion in the PLUS key 'message' (to enter the QSO in to the log)<br />
* <code>$MYCALL</code> - replaced with your callsign<br />
* <code>$CORRECT</code> - useful for inclusion within the PLUS key message to send the correct call if you made a change to the other station's callsign since hitting INSERT<br />
* <code>$F1 ... $F6</code> - sends the message corresponding to the F1 ... F6 key<br />
* <code>+</code> and <code>-</code> - each plus symbol speeds up the text contained with these characters by 2 wpm, and minus slows down the text by 2 wpm. Please ensure you have an equal number of pluses and minuses around the text in question otherwise you may notice speed irregularity.<br />
* Only in RTTY: <code>$13</code> sends a carriage return character, all message after this code will start on a new line in the terminal of the station receiving it.<br />
<br />
=== Saving/Loading from *.smsg file === <br />
Two buttons on the left lower corner of the window allow you to save/load your preferred settings from a *.smsg file. This way you can export/import your personal favourite setup. The files are stored to/read from the current op's directory, which is typically <code>%ALLUSERSPOFILE%\win-Test\ops</code>.<br />
Example messages file for a RTTY contest.<br />
<br />
<code><br />
#<br />
# Standard Messages File generated by Win-Test<br />
#<br />
[RUN]<br />
F1 CQ TEST $MYCALL $MYCALL CQ<br />
F2 $SETEXCHSENT $RST-$SERIAL-$SERIAL<br />
F3 $SERIAL<br />
F4 $MYCALL<br />
F5 $LOGGEDCALL<br />
F6 NR?<br />
F7 ?<br />
INSERT $LOGGEDCALL $QSOB4 $F2 $LOGGEDCALL<br />
PLUS $LOGGEDCALL TU $CR $MYCALL CQ<br />
#<br />
[S&P]<br />
F1 $MYCALL $MYCALL<br />
F2 $RST-$SERIAL-$SERIAL<br />
F3 $SERIAL<br />
F4 $MYCALL<br />
F5 $LOGGEDCALL<br />
F6 NR?<br />
F7 ?<br />
INSERT $F1<br />
PLUS $LOGGEDCALL QSL $F2 $MYCALL $CR<br />
#<br />
[MISC]<br />
QSOB4 QSOB4<br />
</code><br />
<br />
=== Advanced SO2R specifics === <br />
<br />
Please note, for some SO2R configurations, you have to use '''<tt>AltGr+Fx</tt>''' to edit the messages. This is because of the '[[SO2R/Shift_binds_second_radio|shift binds second radio]]' functionality whereby the '''<tt>[SHIFT]</tt>''' key is bound to the second radio window (e.g. to enter a callsign on the second rig). <br />
<br />
==== SO2R specific variables ====<br />
<br />
There are also some SO2R specific variables which can be used:<br />
<br />
* <code>$R1R1</code>, <code>$R1R2</code>, <code>$R2R1</code>, <code>$R2R2</code> - for headphone switching. For example, at the end of the F2 message, you could have <tt>$R1R2</tt> which would set the headphones so that the left ear is on radio 1 and the right ear is on radio 2, etc. <br />
* <code>$TR1</code>, <code>$TR2</code> - set the TX to radio 1 or radio 2 <br />
* <code>$RESET</code> - reset any audio/headphone settings<br />
* <code>$ALTERNATECQ</code> (or <code>$ACQ</code>) - swap primary and secondary radios and send CQ on the secondary radio<br />
* <code>$CQ</code> - same as <tt>$ALTERNATECQ</tt> but does not swap radios<br />
<br />
Please see the section regarding SO2R contesting for more information.<br />
<br />
===RTTY Message Tips=== <br />
Here are some tips from W0YK for RTTY contesting.<br />
<br />
RTTY contesting is evolving to be competitively similar to CW contesting. RTTY contests are no longer rallies for RTTY specialists to contact each other and work new countries. Just like the evolution of CW and SSB contesting, RTTY contesting is comprised of a growing number of serious contesters trying to be as efficient as possible with their transmissions. As such, RTTY contest messages should basically be similar to CW contest messages. Accordingly, here are some tips and recommendations for RTTY contest messages:<br />
<br />
* Start most messages with a carriage return ($13) so that the message will stand out from noise and other information on the recipient's screen. Exceptions are your call sign message and his call sign message, where you may want to repeat them or chain with other messages.<br />
* End all messages with a space character to separate it from noise and other information.<br />
* Modularize messages so they can be repeated or combined to best fit the situation at the time. For example, have a message that contains your call sign only once. Depending on conditions, you may tap that function key twice or perhaps three times, with an appropriate amount of delay (space) between taps.<br />
* Omit the "DE" in front of your call sign. It is no more needed in RTTY than it is in CW. (The inclusion of "DE" stems from earlier decoding software that used the "DE" to determine that the following characters were a call sign. Now, Super Check Partial databases more accurately identify call signs.)<br />
* Send exchange element once unless the element is unique such as a serial number. Send unique elements twice. (Traditional RTTY practice was to send serial numbers three or more times with the rationale that if two or more of the instances were the same, then that would be considered the transmitted information. But, copy is good enough today that sending it only twice is sufficient for the receiver. If the two instances are different, then a repeat can be requested, but this happens rarely.)<br />
* Do NOT put hyphens between exchange elements. Use spaces just like CW. The probability of accurate printing is slightly better with spaces, across all permutations of whether the sender or receiver, or both, are using UOS (Unshift On Space).<br />
* Do NOT use cut numbers which actually take longer in RTTY because of the need to shift between the figures and letters character sets, requiring additional time to send control characters.<br />
* Do NOT add the other station's call sign at the end of your exchange message. Depending on the situation, you can always tap your call sign message to chain it to the end of your exchange, but only do this if you feel there is a possibility that your sending of his call sign at the beginning of your exchange message was QRM'd.<br />
* Your TU/QRZ message does not need his call sign at the beginning because you've already sent his call sign in your exchange. It is a waste of time. End the message with CQ rather than QRZ ... it is shorter and simply conveys that you are ready for another QSO. It is irrelevant whether you just ended a prior QSO or are free-CQing.<br />
* Have a message for each of your exchange elements that may need repeating for a fill request. This avoids sending superfluous information.<br />
* Have a message for requesting a fill on each important exchange element.<br />
* If available for your radio, put a #CLEARRIT Lua script call at the end of CQ and TU/QRZ messages. Check N6TV's Lua scripts at [http://bit.ly/wtscripts http://bit.ly/wtscripts].<br />
* In RUN mode, put another '''<tt>CQ</tt>''' at the end of your '''<tt>F1</tt>''' message so that somebody tuning in while you transmit knows what is going on, and can come back immediately. Same in the '''<tt>PLUS</tt>''' message which ends a QSO.<br />
<br />
[[Image:RttyMessagingTypical.PNG|center|frame|Typical RTTY messages for RUN and S/P mode used by W0YK.]]<br />
<br />
You can find some useful information about RTTY Contesting on http://www.rttycontesting.com. Most tutorials are for Writelog, but a lot of the information is about MMTTY or RTTY Contesting in general. The RTTY information is quite helpful for beginners.<br />
<br />
==Configuring the Win-Test DVK messages==<br />
<br />
Using the built-in soundcard digital voice keyer (DVK) in Win-Test is of course much easier than CW messages because you have no variables to worry about! Of course, you must ensure the box labelled 'Enable sound card' is ticked in the <tt>Options|Configure interfaces</tt> dialog box.<br />
<br />
Before you start, it is recommended you have your soundcard audio levels already correctly set. There is an SSB bar meter included in Win-Test which you can open using <tt>Windows | SSB bargraph</tt>. <br><br />
<center><br />
{|<br />
|[[Image:WindowsVuMeter.gif|center|frame|SSB bargraph window]]<br />
|[[Image:RecordStop.png|center|frame|STOP recording]]<br />
|}<br />
</center><br />
<br />
The audio should be in the yellow area for optimal performance. <br><br />
<br />
Like with CW/RTTY messages, use '''<tt>Shift+Fx</tt>''' to edit (actually record) the messages. Please note that, as soon as you press '''<tt>Shift+Fx</tt>''', Win-Test will start recording - so be prepared!<br />
<br />
Upon clicking '''<tt>Shift+Fx</tt>''', a window will appear with a button labelled 'Stop' (see picture). You can simply hit ENTER/RETURN or SPACEBAR to stop recording (no need to locate the mouse and physically click the button).<br />
<br />
For each '''<tt>Shift+Fx</tt>''' key a corresponding '''<tt>msgx.wav</tt>''' file will be created/updated in the main Win-Test directory.<br />
<br />
For '''<tt>Shift+F1</tt>''' a corresponding '''<tt> msg1.wav </tt>''' file will be created, and so forth for '''<tt>Shift+F2</tt>''' with a '''<tt> msg2.wav </tt>''', up to '''<tt>Shift+F7</tt>''' with a corresponding '''<tt> msg7.wav </tt>''' file.<br />
<br />
A useful feature of the Win-Test DVK is that you can vary speed by using '''<tt>Alt+F9</tt>''' and '''<tt>Alt+F10</tt>''' like on CW. Interestingly, this will not change audio characteristics, so your voice will still sound natural.<br />
<br />
=== Text commands related to the DVK functionality ===<br />
<br />
There are some text commands which can be entered to change the functionality of the voice keyer within Win-Test. Please note that these ''must'' be entered in the callsign entry field - there is no corresponding menu option.<br />
<br />
* <code>MIC</code> - enables the mic input when the voice keyer is NOT playing<br />
* <code>NOMIC</code> - mutes the mic input when the voice keyer is NOT playing ''(default)''<br />
* <code>MICWHENPLAY</code> - enables the mic input when the voice keyer is playing <br />
* <code>NOMICWHENPLAY</code> - mutes the mic input when the voice keyer is playing ''(default)''<br />
<br />
=== Recording your messages in a separate application ===<br />
<br />
Please note that if you decide to record your messages in a separate program to Win-Test, it is '''very''' important you get the codec settings correct. Please ensure you use the ADPCM codec (standard WAV), with an 8000Hz sampling frequency (mono), and 16-bits per sample.<br />
<br />
==Using the microHAM DVK==<br />
Alternatively, if you own a microKeyer II or microKeyer III you might want to use the built-in DVK device to store audio snippets. The advantage is that you do not need to install additional audio cables, thus avoiding another source of RF feedback.<br />
<br />
First you will have to configure the microKeyer control port in Win-Test.<br />
<br />
* Assign an unused COM port in the microHAM router to the line named "Control".<br />
* In the microHAM router in the Audio Switching tab, make sure you are using VOICE settings (automatic by frequency or manually by selecting VOICE)<br />
<br><br />
[[Image:VOICESettingsmicroHAM.png|center|frame|make sure, you are using correct settings for voice modes]]<br />
<br><br />
* In Win-Test enter <code>SETUP</code> and configure the COM port assigned to microHAM control to '''MK/MKII/MKIII'''.<br />
* In the same menu, make sure under '''Voice Keyer''' the option '''Enable sound card''' is untagged.<br />
* In Win-Test go to '''Options | MK/MKII/MKIII/MK2R/u2R configuration...''' and tag the option '''Enable the DVK integrated in the microHAM Device'''<br />
<br><br />
[[Image:urouterSetupMKControl.png|center|frame|microHAM router setup to enable DVK]]<br />
<br><br />
[[Image:SetupConfigureMKControl.png|center|frame|DVK setup in Win-Test]]<br />
<br><br />
[[Image:EnableDVKinmicroHAM.png|center|frame|Enable microHAM DVK setup in Win-Test configuration]]<br />
<br><br />
Now you will be able to comfortably record and play voice messages from the microHAM device. Your microphone of course, needs to be connected to the microHAM device, either via the RJ45 connector on the back or via the 3.5mm phone jack on the front of the device so that the audio goes through the device.<br />
<br />
<br />
Press '''<tt>F1</tt>''' to play voice memory 1, '''<tt>Shift+F1</tt>''' to record to memory 1. Four memories can be controlled from your keyboard using '''<tt>F1</tt>''' to '''<tt>F4</tt>'''. Memory 2 is also bound to the '''Insert''' key, memory 3 is bound to the '''Plus''' key and '''Esc''' is bound to message abort.<br />
<br />
What's more, in a multi-op environment, when you switch operators using '''<tt>OPON</tt>''', different voice banks will be selected so that the recording of one operator will not overwrite the recordings of another. Since these messages are stored in the microHAM device, you can even re-use them in the next contest.<br />
<br />
== See Also == <br />
<br />
* Description of various [[Interfaces]] elsewhere in this manual</div>Dl6raihttps://docs.win-test.com/w/index.php?title=Menu:Commands&diff=5026Menu:Commands2023-04-10T06:36:29Z<p>Dl6rai: /* Carrier */</p>
<hr />
<div><big><big>Menu:Commands</big></big><br />
<!-- Adopted to Stylesheet DL6RAI --><br />
<br />
==QSY==<br />
===One band down===<br />
Modify the band of the current QSO (logging field), to the nearest lower band (vs frequency). While on 160m, the nearest "lower band" will be 10m. Shortcut: '''<tt>Alt-F1</tt>'''. You can also directly type the desired band (if the logging field is empty, of course), and even a frequency in kHz (such as 14265).<br />
<br />
===One band up===<br />
Modify the band of the current QSO (logging field), to the nearest upper band (vs frequency). While on 10m, the nearest "upper band" will be 160m. Shortcut: '''<tt>Alt-F2</tt>'''. You can also directly type the desired band (if the callsign field is empty, of course), and even a frequency in kHz (such as 14265).<br />
<br />
<br />
==Keyboard mode==<br />
Allows you to use the keyboard to generate CW or RTTY text. This is needed in unusual situations, for example to say a few words to your old contesting friend before you send him a report or to manage a DX station to QSY to another band. This feature has no meaning on SSB.<br />
<br />
[[Image:keyboardmode.png|frame|center|Keyboard Mode]]<br />
<br />
You have to type blind - you will only hear (or see in the RTTY monitor) what you have typed when it's being transmitted.<br />
<br />
Note that in keyboard mode you have the usual function keys available, so instead of typing your callsign, you may simply press '''<tt>[F4]</tt>'''. If you have remapped other keys such as the backslash '''<tt>[\]</tt>''' to send your callsign, those keys will ''not'' work in keyboard mode ''unless'' you enable the CW Option [[Menu:Options#Remap_keys_in_keyboard_mode|Remap keys in keyboard mode]].<br />
<br />
Keyboard mode can also be started with the shortcut '''<tt>Alt-K</tt>'''.<br />
To exit keyboard mode, click on the Stop button, or press ['''<tt>Return</tt>'''] or<br />
press again '''<tt>Alt-K</tt>'''. Note that on CW ['''<tt>Escape</tt>'''] will also exit the Keyboard mode, but it also aborts the transmission if remaining data are still in the buffer. On RTTY, '''<tt>[Escape]</tt>''' empties the TX buffer, but leaves the PTT ON, so you can continue typing until you close the window (which resets the PTT).<br />
<br />
By the way, you can exit the Keyboard mode with '''<tt>Alt-K</tt>''' when you are done typing - you do not need to wait until the transmission finishes.<br />
<br />
==CW Speed...==<br />
Shortcut: '''<tt>Alt-V</tt>'''.<br />
Opens the CW speed dialog box:<br />
[[Image:cwspeed.png|frame|center|Entering the CW speed]]<br />
<br />
In this dialog you also can use :<br />
<br />
* '''<tt>Up arrow</tt>''': Increases the speed by 1 WPM<br />
* '''<tt>Page up</tt>''': Increases the speed by 2 WPM<br />
* '''<tt>Down arrow</tt>''': Decreases the speed by 1 WPM<br />
* '''<tt>Page down</tt>''': Decreases the speed by 2 WPM<br />
<br />
The CW-Speed can also changed via '''<tt>Alt-F9</tt>''' (decreases by 2 WPM) and '''<tt>Alt-F10</tt>''' (increases by 2 WPM) while operating.<br />
<br />
Finally, you can also directly enter a speed (in WPM) in the callsign field and hit '''<tt>Alt-V</tt>'''.<br />
<br />
{{wbox|Note|The settings used for WinKey are minimum 20/maximum 60 wpm. Setting any other speed min/max values with the WinKey software usually causes unpredictable, unwanted CW speed jumps when using Win-Test.}}<br />
<br />
==CW Weight...==<br />
Open the CW weight dialog box:<br />
[[Image:cwweight.png|frame|center|CW weight dialog box]]<br />
This is the weight (ratio) of dashes to dots - the default value (3.0) should be fine for most people.<br />
<br />
==Carrier==<br />
Sends a carrier to the CW output. You can choose a plain carrier or pulses (in order to take care of the PA while tuning ...). Shortcut '''<tt>Ctrl-T</tt>''', or enter '''<tt>TUNE</tt>''' in the main window. For safety reasons, a 30-second timeout automatically stops the transmission no matter what, in the mean time remaining seconds are displayed.<br />
<br />
[[Image:carrier.png|frame|center|Tuning carrier]]<br />
<br />
To exit this mode, click on the Stop button, press ['''<tt>Return</tt>'''] or ['''<tt>Escape</tt>'''].<br />
<br />
==Split frequency==<br />
Allows to directly adjust the split frequency of the current radio.<br />
[[Image:split.png|frame|center|Split frequency adjustments]]<br />
A direct access to this dialog box is also possible by typing ['''<tt>Minus</tt>'''] from the numeric keypad, as well as the text command '''<tt>SPLITFREQ</tt>''' in the QSO logging field.<br />
<br />
Enter "+1" or "-5" to set the receive frequency 1 kHz up respectively 5 kHz down.<br />
<br />
Note that you can enter only the kHz part of the current band, and that entering an empty field or "0" cancels the split mode if it was engaged (as well as the '''<tt>NOSPLIT</tt>''' text command).<br />
<br />
==QSY frequency==<br />
Allows you to adjust directly the QSY frequency on the current band.<br />
[[Image:qsyfrequency.png|frame|center|QSY Frequency]]<br />
In the dialog box, you can also use and save the current frequency as a the QSY frequency, by clicking the central button.<br />
<br />
You can also have a direct access to this dialog box by using '''<tt>QSYFREQ</tt>''' or '''<tt>PASSFREQ</tt>''' text commands.<br />
<br />
This frequency will then appear in the status window. <br />
<br />
==QSY to run frequency==<br />
This command will bring you back to the last frequency and mode on which you hit ['''<tt>F1</tt>'''] (=CQ, your last run frequency).<br />
It is accessible with the shortcut '''<tt>Alt-F4</tt>'''. The original CW speed will be restored which you had when you left the CQ frequency.<br />
<br />
==Swap the frequency on both radios==<br />
Shortcut: '''<tt>Ctrl-S</tt>'''<br />
<br />
After typing '''<tt>SWAP</tt>''' or pressing '''<tt>Ctrl-S</tt>''', the frequency of the primary radio is swapped with the secondary radio frequency, and this radio now becomes the primary radio. Imagine Radio2 is primary radio on 21025 and Radio1 is on 7001 After typing '''<tt>SWAP</tt>''' the primary radio is Radio1 on 21025. Secondary radio is now Radio2 on 7001.<br />
<br />
This is slightly different to pressing the '''<tt>[*]</tt>''' key, where only primary and secondary radios are swapped.<br />
<br />
One of the possibilities that is offered by this command, is to be able to work with a single automatic amplifier (for example ACOM 2000A) with two radios. With Win-Test and EZMaster this is possible.<br />
<br />
The scenario is as follows: <br />
<ul><br />
* Radio1 running, calling CQ (high power) <br />
* Radio2 looking for multipliers (low power) <br />
</ul><br />
<br />
If Radio2 locates a multiplier you try to work him, but if the pile-up is too bad this is the moment to type '''<tt>SWAP</tt>''' and Win-Test and EZMaster will do all the changes of frequencies and antennas. The amplifier automatically tunes to the antenna of Radio2, you work the multiplier (now with high power), while Radio1 continues calling CQ with low power maintaining the frequency (nobody will take it away). Once you have worked the multiplier on Radio2, type '''<tt>SWAP</tt>''' again and Radio1 will continue to CQ with high power and you continue looking for multipliers on Radio2.<br />
<br />
Another application is looking for a clear frequency with the secondary radio on a new band, while keeping the CQ going on the primary radio. Once you find a clear spot, type '''<tt>SWAP</tt>''' and start CQ-ing on the new band without delay.<br />
<br />
==Take a sked==<br />
Shortcut '''<tt>Alt-E</tt>'''.<br />
To take a sked with a station, the following dialog box appears :<br />
[[Image:takesked.png|frame|center|Taking a sked]]<br />
You must write down the callsign of the station you want to take a sked with (the current callsign in the logging field will be taken by default), the time of the sked (possibly specifying if this time must shifted + 24h, see comment below), the frequency, the mode (only in a multi mode contest), and an optional comment. Once recorded, the sked will appear in the skeds window.<br />
<br />
Remark about the time of the sked : checking the "+ 24 h" box does not always mean that the sked will be taken for "tomorrow", but that the time must be shifted by + 24 hours.<br />
<br />
Example 1 : It is Saturday 1000z. You take a sked for Sunday 0600z : do not check the "+ 24 h" box.<br />
<br />
Example 2 : It is Saturday 0400z. You take a sked for Sunday 0600z : you must check the "+ 24 h" box, otherwise the sked will be taken for saturday 0600z ! <br />
<br />
==Pass a station==<br />
Shortcut '''<tt>Alt-D</tt>'''.<br />
To pass a callsign to another operating position (multi operators), the following window appears :<br />
[[Image:passstation.png|frame|center|Pass a station]]<br />
You must write down the callsign of the station you want to pass (default: the callsign in the logging field), the frequency, the mode (only during a multi mode contest), and an optional comment. Once OK is pressed, the infomation will appear in the skeds window.<br />
<br />
To make it easier passing a callsign in a multi operating environment, the lower part of window lets you know, by means of filters (combo box), what station is on the band where you wish the calling station to be, and the frequencies of the radios being on that band.<br />
<br />
==Operator Login...==<br />
This feature was added to provide a basic operator management. The feature is only available to multi operator logs.<br />
<br />
It was mainly added to help DXPeditioners to identify operators for the web log search scripts, and for various DX or contesters challenges (RRDXA etc.). The new text commands '''<tt>OPON</tt>''' or '''<tt>LOGIN</tt>''' allow the operator to identify himself.<br />
The operator change is propagated across the network, meaning that if you login on a station, you will be automatically logged<br />
out of the previous one you were logged on (if any).<br />
<br />
<center><br />
{|<br />
|[[Image:OperatorLogin1.PNG|frame|center|Log in a new Operator using the LOGIN command]]<br />
|[[Image:OperatorLogin2.PNG|frame|center|The current operator's callsign is displayed inside the title bar of Win-Test]]<br />
|}<br />
</center><br />
<br />
When a list of operators was entered in the contest settings dialog when creating the log, it will be parsed to init the combo-box. You can also add ops "on the fly" to this combo box. <br />
<br />
If you add nicknames to operators of this list (JOE, JACK, WILLIAM, AVERELL, JOSETTE or whatever - letters and numbers are accepted,<br />
allowing exotic nicknames like L33T etc.), you can enter them as text commands to quickly change operator, without using the '''<tt>OPON</tt>''' command. However, you cannot enter the operator's callsign; this will log a QSO with the operator.<br />
<br />
To log off, simply change the operator or use the '''<tt>OPOFF</tt>''' or '''<tt>LOGOOUT</tt>''' text command.<br />
<br />
Operators' callsigns are limited to 7 chars, while nicknames are limited to 13 characters in length.<br />
The ADIF file export includes the operator's callsign in the QSO record, if an operator was defined for that QSO.<br />
The text and CSV export files also allow the inclusion the operator's callsign.<br />
<br />
When an operator logs on, Win-Test now automatically tries to run an executable (.exe, .bat or .com) named op_"callsign" which must be located in the Win-Test installation directory. For example, if DL6RAI logs in, WT will try to run op_dl6rai.exe (or .bat or .com), if this file exists. If the callsign includes a "/" character, it will be replaced by an underscore ("_"). This feature may be useful to automate various actions.<br />
<br />
==Copy-paste the previous QSO==<br />
Shortcut '''<tt>Alt-[UP]</tt>'''. <br />
This copies the callsing from previous QSO to the QSO edit field. Useful for passed stations or after QSY.<br />
<br />
==Receive QTC==<br />
Shortcut '''<tt>Alt-L</tt>'''. <br />
<br />
Only for WAEDC contest and for European stations. Opens the QTC RX dialog box <br />
[[Image:qtc-rx.gif|frame|center|QTC RX dialog]]<br />
<br />
See [[WAEDC]] for more information.<br />
<br />
==Transmit QTC==<br />
<br />
Shortcut '''<tt>Ctrl-L</tt>'''.<br />
<br />
Only for WAEDC contest and for DX stations. Opens the QTC TX dialog box where you can select how many QTCs you want to send:<br />
[[Image:qtc-tx-1.gif|frame|center|Selecting the number of QTCs to transmit]]<br />
<br />
After pressing '''ENTER''' or selecting '''10''' You will get something like this:<br />
[[Image:qtc-tx-2.gif|frame|center|Transmitting QTCs]]<br />
<br />
See [[WAEDC]] for more information.<br />
<br />
<br />
==Turn Antenna to Logged Call (Short Path)==<br />
Shortcut '''<tt>Ctrl-F12</tt>'''.<br />
Turns the antenna to the logged call (short path) in case wtRotators.exe is active and properly configured.<br />
<br />
==Turn Antenna to Logged Call (Long Path)==<br />
Shortcut '''<tt>Alt-F12</tt>'''.<br />
Turns the antenna to the logged call (long path) in case wtRotators.exe is active and properly configured.<br />
<br />
==DX-Cluster==<br />
Shortcut '''<tt>Alt-T</tt>'''. <br />
This window allows you to send commands to the DX cluster you are connected to. These commands are then forwarded either to a TNC physically connected on a COM port,<br />
a DX Cluster connection established via the wtDxTelnet application <br />
or a remote TNC in a multi computer network.<br />
<br />
[[Image:DxCluster.gif|frame|center|Sending commands to the DX cluster]]<br />
<br />
The buttons below the entry line of that window are pre-defined commands that can be activated by clicking with your mouse. <br />
<br />
[[Image:DxClusterShortcuts.gif|frame|center|The DX Cluster Shortcuts dialog]]<br />
<br />
The count of DX spots and solar data can be set in the [[Menu:Options#DX_Cluster_window_shortcuts|Options | DX cluster | DX cluster window shortcuts]] menu. This menu also allows you to select which type of DX Cluster you are connecting to, either the DXNet/AK1A/ARcluster type or the DX Spider type, where the command syntax is slightly different.<br />
<br />
Additionally, there are five macro buttons that allow you to store often used commands or sequences. They come in handy for setting up the connection over a flakey or unstable link. Use '''[Shift]''' - Click to edit these macros.<br />
<br />
[[Image:DxClusterMacros.gif|frame|center|The DX Cluster Macros dialog]]<br />
<br />
Since pressing '''[Escape]''' would close the current window, you can use '''Ctrl-E''' to send <br />
an Escape character to the TNC (if it is in WA8DED host mode) to generate commands like<br />
<pre><br />
* I DL6RAI<br />
* S1<br />
* CDB0IGL<br />
</pre><br />
<br />
All entered commands are stored in a 10-slot recall buffer, in which you can navigate with the '''[Up]''' and '''[Down]''' arrow keys.<br />
<br />
==Spot...==<br />
Shortcut '''<tt>Alt-F3</tt>'''.<br />
<br />
Sends a DX spot with the callsign of the current call in the callsign field or the previously logged QSO to the DX cluster you are connected to. The frequency is the active frequency of the current radio or the frequency on which the QSO was logged. This even works correctly when the cursor is positioned on a previous QSO.<br />
<br />
[[Image:spotastation.png|frame|center|Spot a station on a DX cluster]]<br />
You can also modify the command (by adding a comment for example), before sending the spot. To cancel sending a spot, close the dialog box or press '''<tt>[Escape]</tt>'''.<br />
<br />
If you have no computer control for your transceiver, you will have to manually enter the frequency before the spot can be sent.<br />
<br />
The context menu of the Band Map lets you select the policy after which time (if at all) spots entered by the operator are deleted from the band map.<br />
<br />
==Propagation forecast==<br />
Shortcut '''<tt>Ctrl-P</tt>'''. <br />
<br />
This function will be activated only if:<br />
<br />
* [http://www.dxatlas.com/HamCap/ Ham CAP (by VE3NEA)], and its pre-requisite [http://www.greg-hand.com/hfwin32.html VOACAP] [http://www.greg-hand.com/versions/itshfbc_081124.exe v.08.1124W], are installed on your computer <br />
<br />
and<br />
<br />
* a <b>CALLSIGN</b> is typed in the entry field<br />
<br />
This is a sample of a Propagation Prediction Map you can get.<br />
<br />
<br />
[[Image:HamCapMap.png|frame|center|Propagation prediction map.]]<br />
<br />
<br />
Clicking on the <b>Chart</b> Tab this is what will appear:<br />
<br />
<br />
[[Image:HamCapChart.png|frame|center|Point-to-Point Prediction Chart.]]<br />
<br />
<br />
This is a very comprehensive and useful representation.<br />
<br />
The red curve shows the statistical median MUF (50% Maximum Usable Frequency),<br />
while the yellow boxes mark the best hour for each ham frequency.<br />
<br />
For more information refer to:<br />
<br />
* [[HamCAP|HamCap]] Installation and Configuration <br />
* [[Menu:Options#HamCAP|Options | HamCAP]]<br />
<br />
==Insert into BandMap==<br />
Shortcut '''<tt>Ctrl-[Enter]</tt>'''. <br />
Inserts - into the band map of the active radio - the callsign captured in the logging field. This is very useful, especially while hunting for multipliers, to quickly detect a station in the band when you turn the VFO knob.<br />
<br />
==Active Radio==<br />
Switches the active radio. A double-click on one of the VFOs of the corresponding Bandmap will provide the same result. The "*" key also swaps the 2 radios (useful for SO2R operation).<br />
<br />
==Station Type==<br />
Indicates the station type for the current QSO. This command is useful for multi operators set-ups (M/S or M/2), if the contest rules make a difference between these status for the current category. If not, only the RUN (or RUN / SUPPORT) status can be used. At the end of each QSO line (or in the [[Multi-op/Status_window|Status Window]]), you can see:<br />
<br />
* R : RUN (running station in M/S)<br />
* M : MULT (multiplier station in M/S, non-multipliers worked by multiplier station will be clearly indicated)<br />
* R1 : RUN 1 (First M/2 station)<br />
* R2 : RUN 2 (Second M/2 station) <br />
* R+ : SUPPORT (see below)<br />
<br />
The station type can be fixed for a computer so that when you reopen the log, or create a new log, the station type is the same as it was previously. Select the '''Sticky Setting''' checkbox to enable this feature.<br />
<br />
The + indicates that the station is a SUPPORT station.<br />
<br />
A SUPPORT station has the same settings as the MASTER station it refers to. It allows to have a RUN station, which runs the pile-up, and a RUN SUPPORT station (R+) which searches for multipliers on the same band as the RUN station (usually called INBAND station). As well, there can also be several MULTI, RUN1 stations ...<br />
<br />
{{wbox|Note|The station type has no connection with the network station name in a Multi-OP environment setup which you set up when opening a [[New_Log#Step_2:_Setup_your_log|new log]]. For a correct generation of the Cabrillo file of a M-2 entry, make sure your two active stations are type R1 and R2 - no matter what name they have in the network.}}<br />
<br />
==CW/RTTY Messages==<br />
Sends the CW and RTTY messages '''<tt>[F1]</tt>'''...'''<tt>[F7]</tt>''', '''<tt>[Insert]</tt>''' and '''<tt>[+]</tt>'''.<br />
See [[Keys#CW and SSB keyer|Keys]] for more information.<br />
<br />
You can also open and modify the '''additional messages'''-dialog (which may be opened any time with the shortcut '''<tt>Alt-C</tt>''').<br />
<br />
[[Image:cw-additional-messages.png|frame|center|Additional CW/RTTY messages dialog]]<br />
<br />
Please pay attention to the fact that the [http://docs.win-test.com/wiki/Message_variables Message Variables] (beginning with $), like '''<tt>$MYCALL</tt>''', '''<tt>$SERIAL</tt>''', etc. DO NOT work within these additional messages.<br />
<br />
==Remote commands...==<br />
Equivalent to the '''<tt>REMOTE</tt>''' [[Text_commands#Other_Functions|text command]].<br><br />
Allows you to send a single text command to the local PC and to all other stations connected to the network at the same time.<br />
<br />
In the example below, the '''<tt>NOSYNC</tt>''' text command is being used to temporarily disable log synchronization on the local PC and the remote PC named "20m" (see [[Multi-op/Clearing_all_logs_before_the_start|Clearing all logs before the start]] for why you might need to do this).<br />
<br />
[[Image:RemoteCommandDialog.png|frame|center|The '''<tt>REMOTE</tt>''' dialog lets one operator run a command on one or more networked computers]]<br />
<br />
After entering the command, a gab message is generated automatically to confirm execution of the command on the local and remote computers, e.g.<br />
<br />
<code><br />
20m: 40m: The command "NOSYNC" was carried out.<br />
</code><br />
<br />
This menu item is only available if more than one station is available on the network.<br />
<br />
'''Use with great care!'''</div>Dl6raihttps://docs.win-test.com/w/index.php?title=File:carrier.png&diff=5025File:carrier.png2023-04-10T06:35:23Z<p>Dl6rai: Dl6rai uploaded a new version of File:carrier.png</p>
<hr />
<div></div>Dl6raihttps://docs.win-test.com/w/index.php?title=Release_Notes&diff=5024Release Notes2023-04-10T06:32:34Z<p>Dl6rai: /* New features */</p>
<hr />
<div>==Release information 4.46.0 (January 17th, 2023)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* ARRL RTTY Roundup : The Check Mult window (F10) was not filled properly. Tnx PA2A.<br />
* When entering your own callsign in the log (to cancel a QSO), your own location was displayed on the spots map (if enabled).<br />
* FT-891 : Code totally rewritten and it now works as expected. Tnx RX3APM for report, and DK5MR for testing.<br />
===New features===<br />
* Lua API version string is 1.9.0<br />
* Lua : wtApp:TextCommand now accepts "*" as strStn to send to all stations of the network.<br />
* Lua : New local variable wtFrom. Set to nil by default. Contains the name of the station that sent the text command thru network to run a local script. Can be useful when two (or more) stations exchange data with scripts.<br />
* Lua : New onBandChange event when there is a band change. wtArg includes the band name and the radio as strings (ex : "10/0" for 10m on radio1). Reminder : The band name can have letters in it (2KM, 10G etc.) onBandChange.wts example : _, _, band, radio = string.find(wtArg, "(%d+[GKM]*)/(%d+)") wtApp:AlertBox("RadioID: " .. radio .. " Band: " .. band). Tnx TK5EP.<br />
* WAG : LCR parser added.<br />
* Cabrillo import : When the Cabrillo contest identifier is unknown, Win-Test now offers the possibility to choose the contest the log is referring to. <br />
* Radio wnd / List view : When possible, set an inactive VFO indicator. Tnx DJ0ZY. <br />
* Carrier / Tune timer : The remaining time is now displayed in the Stop button caption.<br />
* Explore Current op. directory added to the File menu. Two (similar) Lua API added to get this path : - wtApp:GetCurrentOpPath() - wtOp:GetPath()<br />
* Lua : New wtKeyer:Load(strFileName) API to load messages from a .smsgs file. If no path is specified, the current op. directory is used. Tnx F6IFY.<br />
* The default directory to save or load CW/RTTY messages is now set to the current op. directory.<br />
* The QTC transmit and receive dialogs are checked to be always visible even if their positions were saved with a different monitors configuration. Tnx F5UII.<br />
* The WAE messages can now be saved and loaded.<br />
* Partner Wnd : After a Q is entered and the window is cleaned, the remaining content stays in place to not mess up the $GRABn variables. Tnx FY5KE.<br />
* Scripts manager : Refresh button added. Useful if you alter directly the scripts directory.<br />
* Ctrl-X now prompts for a text command to be executed on the current QSO if it applies.<br />
* The log caret / cursor can now be displayed as a solid block (Options / Log). Text commands : BLOCKCARET / NOBLOCKCARET or BLOCKCURSOR / NOBLOCKCURSOR. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
* When archiving, the full path of the generated zip file is copied to the clipboard.<br />
* When using RUN vs S&P, Alt-F4 (return to the last RUN CQ freq) switches automatically to RUN. Tnx F5UII.<br />
* WAE : Following the rules, if the received serial is set to 000, points are credited only if it is a new mult. Tnx F5UII.<br />
* Text commands : "NOTES" added as a text command to open the notes file attached to the current log.<br />
* Partner window : Partial callsigns or callsigns with wildcard character(s) '?' are now removed if they match the callsign entered in the log. Tnx FY5KE.<br />
* Checkmark added to the freq offsets menu item if they're enabled.<br />
* The summary data broadcast is now allowed for single-ops, independently of the Master setting in the contest configuration dialog. Tnx K2RET.<br />
<br />
==Release information 4.45.0 (October 18th, 2022)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* Flex 6000 series added. Fixes the RTTY filter selection bug with the Kenwood interface. Only one slice is displayed, unless the split is selected. Tnx DL6DH, DL8OH, DL6RAI.<br />
* IARU FD R1 : /MM stations do not count as mult. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
* WAEDC : When the Alt-M window was copied, the numerical call areas of the countries that apply weren't used. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
* OK1WC Challenge : When the callsign length was over 8 chars, the mult extraction (last char of the suffix) wasn't working correctly. Tnx DJ0ZY/DD5M.<br />
* IOTA contest : In Multi-1 category, the QSO numbering was wrong. Tnx DL6RAI and others.<br />
<br />
===New features===<br />
* Outbound RadioInfo external UDP messages capability added in the interfaces settings dialog (network advanced settings), to make easier to use additional programs or devices. Already tested with the rf-kit.de RF2K-S SSPA. Tnx F5HRY.<br />
* Freq offsets : New text commands to access the setup : OFFSETSETUP (or OFFSETSSETUP). New text commands to enable/disable the freq offsets: OFFSET/NOOFFSET, OFFSETS/NOOFFSETS, OFFSETON/OFFSETOFF, OFFSETSON/OFFSETSOFF. Tnx F5UII. <br />
* OCDX : /M, /MM and /P do not count as prefix multipliers.<br />
* New setting dialog (Commands / Carrier timer...) to enable or not the carrier/tune (Ctrl-T) timer and set its duration. Tnx F5HRY.<br />
* The /LH callsign extension (LightHouse) doesn't interfere anymore in the DXCC entity resolution. Tnx F5UII.<br />
* DXPed HF : Distance added to the geographical data of the F10 wnd. Tnx F5UII.<br />
* Yaesu Band data code for 60m added on the LPT output. As the default code (identical to 40m) can interfere with other bands, the user can choose to use the 50 MHz (6m) band code or an usused code. Tnx FY5FY.<br />
* Text and CSV export : The format YYMMDD is added to the fields list. Tnx F6AJA.<br />
* IOTA contest : Cabrillo updated to v3.<br />
* IOTA contest : Rules 2022 : The Q with Russian and Belarus stations count 0 point and don't count as multipliers. See https://www.rsgbcc.org/hf/rules/2022/riota.shtml (RSGB IOTA Contest website) for details.<br />
<br />
==Release information 4.44.0 (July 22nd, 2022)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* REG1TEST files : The QSO points and the claimed score were always set to 0 by default. Tnx F1EZG @ TM5R.<br />
===New features===<br />
* When applying exchange(s) to entered QSOs (Ctrl-F10), the numbers of found QSO and updated QSO are notified.<br />
<br />
==Release information 4.43.0 (July 1st, 2022)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* Bugfix : The CW default messages for the REF DDFM 50 MHz were wrong.<br />
* Bugfix : The title of the LPT port properties dialog was incorrect.<br />
* Bugfix : When using markers in the bandmap and if the marker text was totally visible, the first line of the tooltip was empty. Tnx F6BGC.<br />
<br />
===New features===<br />
* All Asian DX : Cabrillo updated to v3.<br />
* Generic VHF+ contests have been extended to accommodate contests where a fixed exchange is sent instead of a serial number. Just enter this exchange in the "Exchange" field of the contest configuration dialog. If this entry field remains empty, the usual serial numbers are used. Tnx DL6RAI, DJ0ZY.<br />
* All VHF+ generic contests are no more limited to 6-char grids (locators) and now accept 4-char grids (locators) exchanges as well.<br />
* New option in the Cabrillo options dialog and the REG1TEST options dialog to set the claimed score to 0 point. Useful if you are using a contest template that is not fully adapted to the scoring method, and you don't want to mess up the claimed scores (if any).<br />
* The names of two microwaves bands over 76 GHz were wrong. They are now correctly labelled 122G and 134G, instead of 119G and 142G. Tnx F4CWN.<br />
* New band data code available on the LPT output, designed for VHF+ bands, from 50 MHz to 122 GHz. Tnx F4CWN.<br />
* Band plans : New option to reject (automatic) spots outside the defined segments for a given mode, acting as filters. Tnx DL3DXX. Reminder : By default, the band plans are used to determine the mode of the (non-automatic) spots. They don't act as freq filters.<br />
* Merge Logs : When sorting logs and if the timestamps of two (or more) QSO are identical (can happen if logs were imported from Cabrillo files), Win-Test now relies on the serial sent (if any) to order these QSO. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* Yaesu FTDX-10 added. Tnx DL4LAM.<br />
<br />
==Release information 4.42.0 (May 20, 2022)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* The display options of the zones window(s) (Alt+Z) were not always correctly retained between sessions. Tnx F5LIW.<br />
* Notes report dlg : After editing a note, the log caret (cursor) wasn't restored.<br />
<br />
===New features===<br />
* When creating your Cabrillo log, you can now also submit it in one click to the Super Check Partial Database. This feature requires wtScpSubmit.dll which is included in the latest Win-Test installers. If needed, this dll is also available at http://download.win-test.com/utils/wtScpSubmit.dll. It must be placed in the Win-Test installation directory. Under some circumstances (especially with oldest OS), you may need MSVCP140.dll and/or others to be installed on your system. The easiest way is to install the latest Microsoft Visual C++ Redistributable packages for Visual Studio X86 available here: https://aka.ms/vs/17/release/vc_redist.x86.exe. Finally, on Win7, to ensure TLS 1.1 and 1.2 are enabled, apply this easy fix https://is.gd/QlQgbg<br />
* CQ-M : 10-minute rule for MOST (M/S) entries removed (rules 2022).<br />
* Add LCR parsers to the CQ-M, RAEM, and Yuri Gagarin DX contests.<br />
* Add the Out Of Band sections to the CQ WW and CQ WPX LCR parsers. Tnx F6KOP.<br />
* OK/OM : Rules 2022 : The Q with Russian and Belarus stations count 0 point and don't count as multipliers. See http://www.okomdx.crk.cz/ (OK-OM DX contest website) for details.<br />
* Interfaces Setup dialog : The keying compensation can now be negative (in the case where the TRX extends the keying). Tnx N6TV.<br />
* CQWPX : Rules 2022 : The Q with Russian and Belarus stations count 0 point and don't count as multipliers. See https://is.gd/HIMOLP (CQWPX blog) for details.<br />
* Lua : It's now possible to attach Lua scripts to text commands that are identical to mode names ("SSB", "CW", "RTTY", etc.). In these cases, the script will be called *after* the command is processed normally by Win-Test. Tnx TK5EP.<br />
* The DX spots window (Alt+A) display options are now interactive.<br />
* World Map : Options : The colors of the paths can now be the same as the markers.<br />
<br />
==Release information 4.41.0 (Feb 15, 2022)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* REG1TEST / EDI : Under some circumstances, the ouput file wasn't created. Tnx OZ1ZAA.<br />
* $MSG10 was actually sending the additional MSG1 instead of MSG10. A 20-year old typo in the code ! Tnx SP5KP.<br />
<br />
===New features===<br />
* Lua API version string is 1.8.0<br />
* Op-entered spots are now protected from spots of the same DX on a freq inside the mode bandwidth window. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
* NA Sprint : LCR parser updated. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* New countdown timer added (Tools menu or TIMER text command), especially for the single-ops. It indicates exactly when they can operate again after a pause. It's based on the time of the last QSO entered in the log, truncated to the minute. You can also use the text command TIMER/nnHmmM or TIMER/nnHmm (meaning nn hours and mm minutes), or TIMER/xxH (nn hours) or TIMER/nnM (nn minutes) to set and start the timer automatically. Tnx F5NZY.<br />
* Shortcuts added to some of the reports buttons.<br />
* QSO times are now by default considered as truncated to the minute for Time ON / Time OFF calculations and the QSY rules. Tnx F5NKX.<br />
* Contest Recorder : AltGr+O, and text commands RECORD/NORECORD (and STARTRECORD/STOPRECORD) added to Start/Stop recording.<br />
* UBA DX : Updated to comply with the rules 2022. Tnx F5LIW.<br />
* World Map : "Copy content as image" menu item added.<br />
* RTTY windows : Esc button added. Tnx PA2A.<br />
* Notes report dialog. It's now possible to edit a note by selecting it and use Alt-N to modify the comment. Tnx F4CWN.<br />
* REF HF : For M/S entrants, the compliance of the 10-min rule can be checked by using the appropriate item in the Tools / Check log menu.<br />
* REF HF : Timer added in the Alt-J wnd for the M/S entrants.<br />
* Lua : New wtRadio* API : wtRadio*:GetBand(), wtRadio*:GetMode() and wtRadio*:GetCqData() added. GetBand() and GetMode() return the current band and mode of the radio. GetCqData() return a Lua table with various data on the last sent CQ (that are stored for Alt-F4) : "freq", "qsx", "band", "mode" and "wpm" (for CW).<br />
* World Map : New options to display short and longs paths for "my spotters" and the NCDXF beacons.<br />
* New "NCDXF" text command to set the active radio on the NCDXF beacons frequency (if it applies).<br />
* New option in the world map display option to show the NCDXF beacon that currently transmits if the radio is on the NCDXF frequency (+/- 100 Hz).<br />
* The world map display options are now interactive. Different styles and a night opacity slider are also added.<br />
* The "copy as image" feature now also copies the image in PNG format, to extend the paste scope (mail, twitter etc.).<br />
* The RBN nodes and frequent spotters databases can be directly updated with the contextual menu of the map wnd (Display options).<br />
<br />
==Release information 4.40.0 (Jan 18, 2022)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* Automatic op-entered spots during QSOs (especially in S&P) were not replaced by DX-cluster / external spots.<br />
* When sending a gab composed of CAPITAL letters, do not shake our own gab window.<br />
===New features===<br />
* Interface dialog : The usable COM ports are now extended up to COM32. The parameters list now also displays the Handshake (HS), Always ON (ON) and Always OFF (OFF) settings, and are ordered by Pin (DTR then RTS). Tnx DL5XJ, DL6RAI.<br />
<br />
* New NCDXF/IBP Beacons window : Displays the transmission schedule of the NCDXF / IBP (International Beacons Project) beacons. A double click on a line gets the radio on the beacon freq. An "i" (stands for "info") in the status column indicates a comment you can read by hovering the mouse over it. Tnx VE3SUN.<br />
* LCR : Croatian CW contest LCR parser added.<br />
* LCR : Parser for CQ WW LCR updated. Works for preview and final reports.<br />
* New feature : You can now grab a spot from the visible spots in the Radio windows or in the DX-cluster window by entering the callsign (or some letters of it) and Ctrl-Space.<br />
* REF HF and REF 160m : LCR process updated. Tnx F4CWN.<br />
* French (and some Begian) users : Button added in the keys redefinitions dialog to load AZERTY redefinitions that allow the AZERTY keyboards users to access the numbers located on the top row without using the Shift or Shift Lock keys. They allow direct access to the ?, . and / keys of the bottom row as well. This button is displayed only when the language is set to French.<br />
<br />
==Release information 4.39.0 (Dec 6, 2021)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* Bugfix : For several contests, the columns headers were overlapping. Tnx F5HRY.<br />
* WinKey : When using +/- in messages, the speed was randomly not reset to its initial value and the next message was sent with an incorrect greater speed. Tnx NN7CW and DL6RAI for their detailed reports and numerous tests to fix this long-standing bug. <br />
* OK/OM CW DX-side : The district information display in the Mult window (F10) was broken.<br />
* When Win-Test was started from the command line with an alternate application data directory (-a switch), the directory name wasn't unquoted. Tnx F1HAR.<br />
===New features===<br />
* DX cluster (Alt-A) and Radio windows : The CT1BOH spot quality tags can now be displayed if they're sent by the skimmer. You can also filter the displayed spots by tag when applicable. Unless it's disabled by the user, in the list tab of the Radio window, the displayed spots are grouped by quality before being sorted. Tnx ES5TV.<br />
* Script Manager : Hyperlink to the Lua API reference web page added.<br />
* Op-entered spots are kept until worked or deleted on purpose, even if other stations are externally spotted on their frequencies. Tnx DL6RAI. <br />
* Radio wnd : List tab : When spots are sorted by points or mult type, the second sorting criteria is now the beam heading rather than the spot frequency. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
* Gab : To draw attention, any gab text containing only CAPITAL letters now shakes the recipients gab window.<br />
* SCP files : Defensive coding to attempt to prevent at best against crashes under some circumstances with badly-formatted or corrupted SCP or MASTER files. Tnx SP5KP.<br />
* RDA Contest : LCR view added.<br />
* OK/OM CW : 10 mins timer enabled for M/S category. RUN stations only.<br />
* Larger log font sizes available for short-sighted ;-) Tnx TA2SE, W1NN.<br />
* DX Spots window (Alt-A) : New option to pin the op-entered spots to the bottom of the window so you can always see them. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
* WAG : The output Cabrillo file is now following the v3 specs. Tnx DL1RTL.<br />
* EU-DX : Multipliers list updated. Tnx IK6QON.<br />
<br />
==Release information 4.38.1 (Oct 25, 2021)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* After importing a Cabrillo file, the resulting wt4 file couldn't be opened by Win-Test 4.38.0. Tnx F5LIW.<br />
<br />
==Release information 4.38.0 (Oct 25, 2021)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* LCR parser fixed for the CQ WPX reports.<br />
* CW : The spaced digits option was not read when starting Win-Test. Despite the ckecked option in the menu item, it was not enabled. <br />
* CQWW VHF : When using the default CW messages, the sent grid was 6-char instead of 4-char. Tnx F5HRY.<br />
* IARU HF : There are cases where different DXCC entities have the same Society (ex OH and OH0) and were counted as different mults.<br />
* The "Dupes included or not in QSO counts and avg calculations" string in the summary text was always in local language even if summary in English was selected.<br />
===New features===<br />
* Lua API version string is 1.7.0<br />
* Defensive coding to check the log file when opening to prevent file corruptions. Tnx DL1DAW.<br />
* Workaround for the USBSER.SYS bug that doesn't update the RTS line until DTR is accessed. Tnx R2AXZ (author of the Blue Pill Serial Monster).<br />
* RDA Contest : Cabrillo updated to v3. <br />
* WAE Transmit and Receive windows : New messages available.<br />
* WAE : New CW variable $RAWTIME to send the QTC time with cut numbers disabled.<br />
* WAE : Transmit QTC window : A QTC line can now be directly sent by using the coresponding numeric key (0 sends the line labelled 10).<br />
* Lua : New wtContest API : wtContest:GetCategoryId(), wtContest:GetModeCategoryId(), wtContest:GetPowerClassId() and wtContest:GetOverlayId() added.<br />
* Lua : For standardization purposes, the microHam and OTRSP events scripts are now renamed :<br />
<tt><br />
microhamFsOn -> onMicrohamFsOn<br />
microhamFsOff -> onMicrohamFsOff<br />
otrspCrOn -> onOtrspCrOn<br />
otrspCrOff -> onOtrspCrOff<br />
otrspCrEvent -> onOtrspCrEvent<br />
</tt><br />
For now, to maintain compatibility, the script legacy names are still executed.<br />
* Lua : New scripts called on log opening (onFileOpen) and on log closing (onFileClose).<br />
* EU HF : The Cabrillo header is updated (EUHFC instead of EU-HF). Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
* CQWW DX : The Youth overlay is added to the Overlay drop-down list.<br />
* CQWW DX : The Explorer category is added to the Category drop-down list (Single-Op Explorer and Multi-Op Explorer).<br />
* In the contest settings dlg, you can now set the default power class to use when creating new logs. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
* New archiving feature : File / Archive... (or ARCHIVE text command). It creates a timestamped zipped file in the log directory of the files related to the current log that are selected. Warning : Archiving audio recordings file that are usually pretty large can take a while... Be patient.<br />
* For standardization purposes, all timestamped files are now timestamped to the nearest second.<br />
* Time Shifting : The selection of the QSO and the stations are now independent. And a backup of the log is automatically performed before proceeding. Tnx EA7X/EF4HQ.<br />
* Marconi Memorial HF : Points per QSO updated.<br />
<br />
==Release information 4.37 (June 29, 2021)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* VHF+ contests : Sorting the Spots list by QSO points (related to distance if it can be computed) wasn't working. <br />
* When copying the Summary wnd as text, the "Generated by Win-Test" line was missing. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
* Summary wnd : When using a language different from English, some column titles were incorrectly truncated.<br />
===New features===<br />
* WAE : Rules 2021 : BY is added to the call area multipliers (so Chinese stations with different digits in their prefix count as different mults). Tnx DL7YS.<br />
* ARRL FD : The "Covid" rule (Home stations can work home stations) is extended to 2021. Tnx VE2FWW.<br />
* KCJ and KCJ Top Band contests rules updated. Tnx JI1RXQ.<br />
* VHF+ contests : Discrepancies between gridsquares in the log for different bands weren't displayed in the Bad Exchanges check report. Tnx F4CWN.<br />
* ARRL 10m : LCR viewer updated to fit to the new LCR format.<br />
* The question mark character is now enabled in all QSO input fields, and the cursor is positioned on it when cycling the fields. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* CW : New option for spaced digits in serials : When enabled, a half-space (^) is inserted between each digits of the serial, making it more readable at high speed.<br />
* F10 Wnd : In DXPed HF or VHF, the date of the QSO is now displayed.<br />
<br />
==Release information 4.36 (May 19, 2021)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* In Phone, when entering a (very) long exchange, the cursor might insert a ghost space character at the end of the field.<br />
* VHF+ contests : Under some circumstances, when the automatic exchange (grid) guessing was set, the Check Partial wnd wasn't updated anymore after the field was automatically filled.<br />
===New features===<br />
* CQ-M : Scoring is now updated and follows the rules 2021.<br />
* IARU HF : In M/S (Mixed only) category, the 10-min status timer now takes into account mode changes. Tnx HA6OI.<br />
* HA DX : The Cabrillo output file now includes the RUN/MULT indicator for the M/S entrants. Tnx HA6OI.<br />
* YOTA (Youngsters On The Air) contest implemented.<br />
* ARI DX / ARI 40-80 : Provinces list and exchange equivalence file (ARIPROV.DAT) updated. Tnx HB9AMO, DL6RAI.<br />
* City, State/Prov, Postal Code and Country separate fields added to the contest settings dialog to improve the compatibility with the Cabrillo v3 header fields. These fields are assembled together to maintain the back compatibility with the Cabrillo v2 format if needed. It is highly recommended to edit your saved profiles (if any) by loading, editing and saving them one by one in the dialog.<br />
* CQMM DX implemented.<br />
* All file dialogs are now resizable.<br />
* YUDX : LCR view added.<br />
* LCR viewer : Column order unified.<br />
* OK/OM Contest SSB : This contest was not listed when the contests of the month checkbox (in April) was selected. Tnx F1HAR.<br />
* OK/OM contest : You can now directly download your LCR in Win-Test from the "rejected" link in the final results and preliminary results page.<br />
<br />
==Release information 4.35 (Apr. 9, 2021)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* OK/OM Contest SSB : When entering as non OK/OM, the points credit was wrong when working an OK/OM stn. Tnx F1HAR.<br />
* When parsing the DX cluster stream, lines were discarded if the callsign of the spotter was longer than 9 characters (ex : 3V/KF5EYY-#, K4VET-1-# or JR1BFZ/2-#) and the freq higher than 9999.9 MHz. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
* RSGB Commonwealth Contest : The off-time value wasn't specified for this contest (60 mins) and the default value (15 mins) was used instead. Tnx M0UNN.<br />
* Tools / Automatic CQ Repeat : The delay between CQ was not saved between sessions. Tnx F4CWN.<br />
* Tools / Search for possible bad exchanges : If there was no log discrepancies and a check against the database was requested, it was not displayed. Tnx F4CWN.<br />
* Lua : wtQso:IsModeCw() was always returning false.<br />
<br />
===New features===<br />
* King Of Spain : The 10 min rule for the multi-op entrants is now removed.<br />
* Radio Wnd : Ctrl+R shortcut added to allow cycle the view tabs without using your mouse.<br />
* Option added in the dialog to replace op in batch, to match any operator already entered. <br />
* LZ DX contest : LCR view added.<br />
* SPDX : The limitation on the number of band/mode changes during a clock hour in all categories is now removed.<br />
* RTTY windows : It's now possible to log the data stream to files created with the .ry1 and .ry2 extensions. Tnx DL6RAI. <br />
* The default off-time when not specified in the rules is now set to 30 minutes instead of 15.<br />
* WAEDC : LCR review added. Tnx DL7YS, DL6RAI.<br />
* DX Cluster Announces (Alt+A) : Exchanges can now be displayed (if it applies). Tnx F4CWN.<br />
* DX Cluster announces (Alt+A) : New dialog to facilitate the choice of bands to be displayed, replacing the sub-menus. Tnx F5HRY.<br />
* Alt+F4 / Alt+F5 : When running in CW, the current CW speed is saved when CQ'ing (or using Alt+F5), and is restored when QSYing back to the saved run frequency.<br />
* UI : All textual child windows that can be resized with the mouse (Check Partials (F12), N + 1 (F8), Skeds (Alt+B), Gab (Alt+I), Stats (Ctrl+F9), Radios, RTTY, DX Cluster monitor (Alt+O) and announces (Alt+A)) are now resized according to the size of the font used. To remove this constraint and resize freely, keep the Shift key down while resizing.<br />
* Cabrillo output : The @ character is now allowed in the operators list. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* ARRL DX : Band changes restrictions set to 10 for the M/S category, according to the new rules. Tnx N1PSE.<br />
* Check Partial (F12) : In some cases, when multiple wildcard characters ('?') were used, no search was performed. It's no longer the case as soon as there are at least 2 characters that are not wildcards in the pattern to search. Tnx F4CWN.<br />
* PACC : Cabrillo v3 output implemented.<br />
* Summary wnd : For the Instagrammers and such, your callsign is now added to the window title. Tnx F6BGC.<br />
* Multi-Distributed category introduced.<br />
* More restrictive checks applied to the exchanges database to dump malformed callsigns or exchanges.<br />
* New Exchanges Database information dialog : Options / Data files / Exchanges database... Text commands : EXCHDB, EXCHDATABASE, EXCHFILE or EXCHFILES. Tnx N6TV, DL5YM.<br />
* LCR : Add instructions if Win-Test can't directly download and/or process LCR for some contests.<br />
* RDXC : MOST indicators (0 and 1 for RUN and MULT) added to the Cabrillo output file. The 6-char grid square is now also required for all entrants. Tnx UA9QCQ.<br />
* The callsign exceptions (callsigns that don't follow the usual rules, like RAEM, 5VDE, 7QAA, etc.) are no more hardcoded and are now grouped in the exceptions.dat file (in the /extras directory) for easy updating.<br />
* CQWW 160m : Cabrillo v3 output implemented. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* ADIF output : QSO with my own callsign are always discarded. Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
==Release information 4.34.1 (Feb. 5, 2021)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* EU-DX Contest : The 10m band was missing in the summary. Tnx F1DUZ.<br />
* EU-DX Contest : CW and SSB columns added for the Mixed category.<br />
* Italian translation DLL updated. <br />
<br />
==Release information 4.34.0 (Jan. 25, 2021)==<br />
<br />
===New features===<br />
* Lua API version string is 1.6.0<br />
* QQSLON / QQSLOFF or QQSL / NOQQSL text commands to enable (or disable) the Quick QSL feature. QUICKQSL still opens the Quick QSL settings dialog. Tnx F6IFY. <br />
* EU-DX Contest added. Requires EU.DAT countries file. Tnx IK6QON.<br />
* Lua : wtRadio*:SetFreq(fFreq) and wtRadio*:SetFreq(fFreq, nVfo) now ignore the freq if it's outside of any band, and return with no error message. Tnx F6IFY.<br />
* Lua : wtQso:IsModeDigital() and wtQso:IsModeCw() added.<br />
* Lua : nQsoNum (optional) added as argument to wtQso:GetData([nQsoNum]) function.<br />
* LCR : IARU HF LCR processing rules updated.<br />
* 5VDE added as an exception callsign.<br />
* LCR : If Win-Test supports LCR review and the contest has been entered in a multi-op category, an Operator column is added in the review dialog. Tnx F5HRY.<br />
* OK/OM contest : LCR processing added. Requires to save the "rejected QSO" page as an html file and to load it in Win-Test. Tnx F8BXI.<br />
* CQWW DX : LCR processing rules updated to fit the new CQWW LCR format.<br />
* ARRL Contests : The ARRL has finally unified the US States and VE provinces and territories lists, and the Prince Edward Island abbreviation is now PE for the ARRL DX, ARRL 10 and ARRL roundup RTTY contests.<br />
* NAQP : The Prince Edward Island abbreviation is now PE. Tnx N6TV and AC0W.<br />
* NA Sprints : The Prince Edward Island abbreviation is now PE.<br />
* NRAU contest : New abbreviations for some Fylke / Lan / Province / Region updated. Tnx ES7GM.<br />
* Script manager : The minus key located in the numpad is now considered different from the key located in the character keys. To be consistent, the same rule applies when redefining keys. Tnx F5HRY.<br />
* JIDX : 160m added to the SSB leg. Tnx N6TV and N6KI.<br />
* Icom IC-705 added. Tnx OH1MA.<br />
* "Ethernet network" reworded as "Local Network" to prevent confusion. Tnx FY5FY.<br />
<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* CQWW 160m : The exchange database file ARRL-USVE.DTB wasn't loaded. Tnx DL4MM.<br />
* UK/EI : If the district field was manually filled before the serial number, that field was emptied when the cursor got back to the callsign. Tnx PA2A. <br />
* RAEM Contest : The polar circle location (giving extra bonus points) was slightly wrong.<br />
* The IC-9100 couldn't work... Because of a stupid typo ! Tnx DL2AKT and N6TV.<br />
* WAE RTTY : When the log was reopened, the next sent QTC group number was wrong. Tnx DL6RAI, DJ9MH and DJ4MZ.<br />
<br />
==Release information 4.33.0 (October 14, 2020)==<br />
===New features===<br />
* ARRL SS, ARRL 160, ARRL FD : PE (Prince Edward Island) section added. Tnx W1NN.<br />
* MicroHAM MKIII interface added. Tnx G0HSA, OM7ZZ.<br />
* When a file error occurs when saving DX-cluster data, the user can now Cancel to abort further writing attempts. Tnx DL5MLO. <br />
* Exchanges Databases (.DTB files) : Defensive coding to attempt to prevent at best against crashes under some circumstances with badly-formatted or corrupted databases files. Tnx OK1DSZ @ OK4C.<br />
<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* AGCW-DTC : 2 points Club stations list updated. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
* WAG : The Exchanges file (WAG_DL.DTB) wasn't correctly loaded for DL entrants. Tnx DL4NAC and DL6RAI.<br />
* All Asian DX contest : Cabrillo CONTEST: line text fixed. Tnx VA2EW.<br />
<br />
==Release information 4.32.0 (September 1, 2020)==<br />
===New Features===<br />
* YO DX HF : Contest rules updated (160m added + points for /MM stations).<br />
* WAE DX side : QTC line numbers displayed for easy retrieval in case of repeat request.<br />
* All reports dialogs can now be vertically resized to display more or less list rows. The window placements are also globally saved.<br />
* File / Update Exch Database : A confirmation dialog is now displayed and a backup of the current DTB file is done, before proceeding.<br />
* New Check Partial search processing for VHF+ logs :<br />
: In VHF+ contests logs, you can now enter a partial callsign (in the callsign field) and/or a partial locator / grid (in the grid square field) to refine searches in the Check Partial wnd (F12).<br />
: The minimum number of chars to start the search for the callsign field is set by the contextual menu (3 by default), and set to 2 characters for the locator.<br />
: Finally, in both fields you can also use wildcards characters '?' to represent a character. Ex: "JN?8EQ" will search for all callsigns with locator JN08EQ, JN18EQ, JN28EQ, ... JN98EQ.<br />
: Inspired by DL2NBU DOS software. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* callsign.pat updated. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
* RDAC : RDA.DAT (district list) updated.<br />
* The audio record button is now disabled when recorded audio is playing.<br />
* IOTA Mixed : Summary columns weren't consistent with the rest of them, and created a bug when used with Unipost (cqcontest.net). Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
* When the same callsign was spotted on both sides of a sub-band limit (so, it was considered spotted in both modes), Ctrl-Up/Down kept grabbing these two callsigns alternately. Tnx F5UTN @ TM0HQ.<br />
* ARI Sezioni : Rules and mult list updated. Tnx IV3IYH. Mult List : http://download.win-test.com/databases/ARISEC.DAT<br />
* EU HF Championship : The content of the EU_HF.DTB database was ignored. Tnx EW2AA.<br />
* MMC HF wasn't showing up in the contests of the month in July. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
* LCR review added for ARRL 160, NA Sprint, ARRL Sweepstakes. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* Elecraft K4 added. Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
==Release information 4.31.0 (June 28, 2020)==<br />
===New Features===<br />
* Lua API version string is 1.5.0<br />
* Lua : wtApp:PostMessage, wtApp:SendMessage and wtApp:GetLastError added. Tnx F6BEE for inspiration. See description and syntax in http://download.win-test.com/v4/lua/LuaApiDoc.txt<br />
* ARRL FD : Covid-19 rule exception : Class D stations may work all other Field Day stations, including other Class D stations, for points. Tnx K6ZB.<br />
* Log Checking Report (LCR) review added in the Tools / Check log menu. For now, only the following LCR are processed :<br />
** CQWW DX<br />
** CQWW WPX<br />
** ARRL DX<br />
** ARRL 10m<br />
** IARU HF<br />
** EU HF<br />
** SAC<br />
** KOS<br />
** REF HF<br />
** VHF+ contests if adjudicated with LX<br />
<br />
: Mainly, because these LCR are public, or because I had one ;-). Any textual (or html) LCR can theorically be implemented, as long as I have access to a sample.<br />
<br />
: For various reasons, sometimes the "Download LCR" may not work. In that case, try to download the LCR with your browser and save it in a convenient location (the log directory is the best choice). You can "attach" it to your log by using the "Save" button in the report dialog. <br />
<br />
* Dx-Cluster window (Alt-T) : Number of Macros increased to 8. Tnx PA2A.<br />
* Dx-Cluster macro editor : Window enlarged, and the edit field now wraps to improve readibility. Tnx PA2A. <br />
* The merge dialog now displays "compact paths".<br />
* NRAU Baltic mults list updated. Tnx LB3RE.<br />
* Review of the exchanges databases files to prevent mixing different exchanges between contests. Also, if a contest uses only a part of a database file, the rest is kept untouched if the database is updated with Win-Test.<br />
* Depending on the contest and, if it applies, whose side you're on (DX side or domestic), the callsigns from the master file (namely MASTER.SCP/DTA or .DTB/SCP) are filtered to display only relevant results in the Check Partial and N+1 windows.<br />
* The master file in use can now be directly updated from the Internet (like the CTY files) by using the Options / Data files / Master file menu, or by using the "Used File list" item in the contextual menu of the Check Partial or N+1 windows. <br />
: Note : The recommended default master file to use is MASTER.SCP, maintained by Stu K6TU (http://http://supercheckpartial.com/). <br />
: Reminder : You can also use contest-specific master files (recommended only for minor national or regional contests) named after the list located at http://download.win-test.com/files/checkPartial/%23_READ_ME_%23.TXT These files do not replace the default master file, but complement it at runtime.<br />
* In the contest settings dialog, contests no longer taking place have been removed from the list.<br />
* New REBOOT (or RESTARTPC) text command added. It closes the current log and restarts the host PC. Tnx F8CRH, F6BEE.<br />
* When the exchanges database is updated, a notification message is displayed at the bottom of log. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
<br />
==Release information 4.30.0 (Jan 16, 2020)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* If the backup volume was unmounted, disabling the next backups was failing. Tnx F6HJO. (Task #388)<br />
* Under some specific circumstances, the Single-Op Assisted category wasn't taken into account when importing such a Cabrillo file. Tnx TO1A.<br />
* With multi monitors systems and under some specific circumstances, choosing colors with mouse was impossible. Tnx KL0R.<br />
* The headers row was always included in the CSV output file, whatever the setting was. Tnx F5LIW.<br />
* The LCD display of the contest recorder wnd wasn't always properly updated when using a language different from English.<br />
===New Features===<br />
* HA DX contest rules updated. Tnx HA6OI, HA1AG, F5LIW and others.<br />
* UFT contest rules updated. Tnx F6CEL.<br />
* Yaesu FTDX101 added. Tnx RA1ANY, RA3AUU.<br />
* Icom IC-9700 added. Tnx F1ULQ.<br />
* WAEDC : Cabrillo output file upgraded to v3 specs.<br />
* WAEDC DX side : Send QTC dialog (Ctrl-L) now displays the maximum available QTC to send (if any). You can modify the number of QTC to send, or only display the already sent QTC, with F9 (or the "QTC / Show sent" button). F8 allows to modify the recipient callsign. <br />
* QSO and distinct callsigns counts added in the distinct callsigns report when sorted by country.<br />
* "Copy" button added to the log check dialogs, allowing to easily paste reports in a spreadsheet.<br />
<br />
==Release information 4.29.0 (July 5, 2019)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* When a exception callsign and a prefix were identical in the CTY file, and under some specific circumstances, the DXCC lookup function could fail. Tnx F5LIW.<br />
* FOC Marathon : Stats are now displayed on 3 days. Tnx F5NZY.<br />
* RSGB AFS : Dupe count on 40m was wrong. Tnx G0HSA.<br />
* REF 160m : The total and final score lines weren't displayed in the summary window.<br />
* RTTY : Messages with embedded scripts were hanging Win-Test. Tnx N6TV.<br />
===New Features===<br />
* YU DX Contest rules updated. Tnx F5IN.<br />
* Spot Warnings : When you're spotted, the spot comment, if any, is now displayed.<br />
* RSGB HF contests : District Code for Norwich has been changed from "NR" to "NK". Tnx F1ICS.<br />
* ADIF export : Output fields reordered and STATION_CALLSIGN field added. Tnx YT9TP.<br />
* IARU HF : Cabrillo v3 output file implemented. Fixes also task #384. Tnx OH6XX, N6TV and others.<br />
<br />
==Release information 4.28.0 (June 15, 2018)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* When no MP3 CODEC were detected, start recording was displaying the MP3 settings dialog in an endless loop. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* ARI Contest : Serial numbers for DX stations have separate numbering per band. Tnx ES5TV.<br />
* Validation controls of the split freq edit field strengthened.<br />
===New Features===<br />
* Single-click actions option added to all windows where it makes sense. Tnx K5WQG, N6TV.<br />
* The callsign "6OX" is accepted despite its exotic syntax.<br />
* CQWW RTTY : DC mult added according to the 2018 rules. Tnx W0YK.<br />
* Internal CW keyer (LPT and serial outputs) : Keying compensation added (0 to 20 ms) in the Interfaces setup dlg. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* Icom IC-7610 added. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* REF contest : Off-time periods dialog removed. Tnx F5LEN.<br />
* CW / RTTY : Work dupes by default. Tnx F6IRA.<br />
<br />
==Release information 4.27.0 (Jan 4, 2018)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* RAC contest : Despite the rules indicate MIXED (CW + SSB) category only entries, the F10 wnd wasn't correctly scaled when using a single-mode category. Tnx SP5KP.<br />
* Statistics Wnd (Ctrl-F9) : Under some specific circumstances, the log data weren't correctly displayed in the targets tab. Tnx F5LIW.<br />
* Auto-repeat mode was broken (silly me !). Tnx VE2FWW, N6TV, W4DD and many others.<br />
===New Features===<br />
* DARC XMAS : Sprint logic exchange now applicable for this contest. Tnx K3LR and N6TV.<br />
<br />
==Release information 4.26.0 (Nov 19, 2017)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* When prefixes or callareas are mults, some special callsigns weren't correctly taken into account. Tnx OF100FI/0.<br />
* Status wnd (Alt-J) : Under some specific circumstances, the stations count displayed in the title bar was wrong.<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
* LZ DX : QSO and DUPES columns were inverted in the summary window in single-mode categories, and CW and SSB culumns were swapped in Mixed category. Tnx W3SE / ZL3TE.<br />
* SAC : Wire-Only overlay category added. Tnx OH1RX.<br />
* CSV and text exports : Serial sent text format is identical to the format used in the log. Tnx F5LIW.<br />
* Gab wnd (Alt-I) : Can be cleared now with a CLEARGAB text command.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.25.0) (June 28, 2017)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
<br />
* VHF+ contest : The ODX was broken under some specific circumstances. Tnx F5HRY/P.<br />
* SPDX Contest : The summary window was broken. Tnx SP5KP, F5LIW and others. (Task #380)<br />
* Asia-Pacific sprint : Win-Test was unabled to write the output Cabrillo file. Tnx UA9YE.<br />
* Some AltGr (Ctrl + Alt) keys were not correctly displayed when defined in the script manager or the DEFINEKEYS command.<br />
* Under some very specific circumstances of networking connection / disconnection and sync enabling / disabling, the log file could be corrupted. Tnx PA2A @ PI4CC.<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
* Helvetia contest : New rules 2017 implemented. Tnx HB9AMO and others.<br />
* ARI DX : Allowed bands and 10-minute rule adapted to the rules 2017. Tnx IZ1LBG. (Task #379)<br />
* RSGB AFS : 40m added. Tnx G3RTE.<br />
* The displayed bands selection for the Check Callsign (F9), Check DXCC (Alt-M), Check Mult (F10) and Check Zone (Alt-Z) windows is now done in a dialog box instead of menu items. Tnx F5LIW. <br />
* NA Sprint SSB : The Multipliers list is updated and is now similar to the mult list of the CW/RTTY legs . Also, the equivalence is now NA_SPRINT.DAT for all legs, and has been updated on the repository. Tnx KA9FOX.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.24.0) (January 20, 2017)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* Under some circumstances, the rotators wnd was flickering.<br />
* NA Sprint CW/RTTY : Multipliers list updated. Tnx N6TV, N6TR. Note : You must update your NA_CW_RTTY_SPRINT.DAT equivalence file if you use it, to get credit for the new mults. <br />
* DXPed HF logs : The country list used is now the DXCC one, not the "CQWW" one.<br />
* FT1000 : VFO-B frequency setting enabled. Tnx DL6RAI. <br />
* FT1000 : When setting a split freq, the filter setting wasn't retained. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
* Typo in a menu item. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
* When a callsign was grabbed, the realtime slot of the partners windows were not updated.<br />
* Cabrillo : The alternate frequency option wasn't working for multi-ops logs.<br />
* Under some OS display settings, the Alt-F dialog was truncated. Tnx HA3LN.<br />
* After editing logged QSO, the Alt-J QSY timers were not always accurate.<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
* New network protocol version 1.30 released. Reminder: If you use WT in a networked environment, you must have the same WT version on all machines!<br />
* Lua API version string is 1.4.0<br />
* To make the 3830scores.com reporting easier, the summary columns of the mixed mode contests are reordered. <br />
* DXPed logs (HF and VHF) : The reports entry fields ignore keys which are not digits. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
* Summary wnd (Alt-S) : Displayed bands can be selected. This selection is in sync with the Check Callsign (F9), the Check DXCC (Alt-M), the Check Mult (F10) and the Check Zone (Alt-Z) windows. Note: It's only a display selection to save space : You can still QSY and enter Q on the hidden bands. And all bands are taken into account in the summary totals.<br />
* 60m band added for the DXPed HF logs. NOTES: <br />
: 1) Considering the various freq allocations depending on the country, a minimal band plan has been implemented in the Default band plan. You can modify it, according to your needs. Your custom band plans (if any) must be updated as well.<br />
: 2) DXPed log files containing 60m QSO can't be read with previous versions of Win-Test.<br />
: Tnx DL6RAI for testing.<br />
* NAQP : Mult list and various other things updated according to the new rules. Tnx KL9A.<br />
* ARRL 10m contest : Following the new rules, the multiplier "DF" is changed to "CMX". Tnx N6TV, N5KO.<br />
* Lua : wtQso:GetData API : Gridsquare added in the table returned. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* If a station type is sticked, its type is checked against the rules of a newly created contest file, and can be forced to the default Run type if needed. Tnx N6KI and N6TV.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.23.0) (October 21, 2016)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* WAG DX side : The NM exchange (Non Member) was considered as a N multiplier.<br />
* Alt-F4 : The the CAT activity has now decreased , and the function was broken for mixed-mode logs. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* Entering any text command in Secondary Radio Window moved it to the wrong band. Tnx N6TV. (Task #370/373)<br />
* WAE : Under some circumstances, the log and QTC backup files were corrupted. Tnx F5LIW.<br />
* VHF+ contests : When a gridsquare of a logged QSO was modified, the points weren't correctly computed on the other networked computers, leading to a score difference between them. Tnx DL8AAU.<br />
* Under some circumstances of simultaneous log openings on different machines in a network, Win-Test could crash. Tnx W9PA @ K3LR.<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
* Split Freq dlg : Now accepts offsets from the current frequency. E.g.: If your freq is 7020 and you enter +1.1, the split freq will be adjusted to 7021.1. Negative values (-1.1 for ex.) also work.<br />
* UK/EI DX contest added. Tnx SQ8N.<br />
* Secondary Radio wnd : Columns headings added. The color can be adjusted with the Colors (contextual) menu. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* Radios : FT891, FTDX1200, FTDX3000 and FTDX5000 added. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* WAE Phone : DX side : The INS and CR keys and buttons are now enabled in the transmit QTC dialog. The CR button tags the current QTC as sent. The INS button does the same, and makes the next QTC as the current one. It clearly makes the QTC transmission much easier to follow. Tnx F1HAR.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.22.0) (August 26, 2016)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* WAEDC : DX side CW / SSB : The potential QTC weren't displayed in the radio wnd (bandmap or list) despite the option was checked.<br />
* WAEDC : The left and right arrows now work correctly in the dialog to chose the number of QTC to send.<br />
* QTC transmit dlg : The active QTC wasn't correctly highlighted when using the Ctrl-Fx buttons.<br />
* The default Check Partial / N + 1 file for VHF contests was HF.DTB instead of VHF.DTB. Tnx DK5KMA.<br />
* When 4.20 and 4.21 were on the same LAN (not recommended), with sync enabled, 4.21 was hanging. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* IARU HF : If an HQ was only 2 characters long, it was ignored.<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
* WAE CW : DX side : The CW speed used when sending the QTC is now preserved between sessions, and the Rate wnd is updated accordingly. No need to juggle with Alt-F9/F10 anymore.<br />
* Callsign Wnd (F9) : Tooltip more readable.<br />
* New behaviour of the $NEXT variable in the QTC transmit messages to make life much easier (and less confusing) for the DX stations in the WAEDC CW contest.<br />
** $NEXT must be the first variable in the Ins message. The default message is now: $NEXT $DONE $TIME $CALLSIGN $SERIAL<br />
** Update your current message if it is not up to date<br />
** When $NEXT is executed, the active QTC jumps to the next one ONLY if the current QTC has been already sent.<br />
** With this new behaviour, the usual QTC transmission sequence is now:<br />
*** Ctrl-L / Enter (or 1 to 9) to chose the number of QTC to send (usually 10).<br />
*** After the QTC dlg shows up, exchange the QRV? and the QTC series number with the recipient.<br />
*** From now, hit Ins for every QTC to send, one after the other.<br />
*** If the recepient requests a full resend of the QTC just sent, use CR. If he requests an individual field, use the appropriate Fx key or button. If the QTC is ack'ed, use Ins to send the next one.<br />
*** When all QTC of the series have been sent (and acknowledged), use Ins one last time (or Plus) to thank and save the QTC series.<br />
** In these conditions, you normally shouldn't need to use the Up/Down arrows anymore unless exceptional circumstances.<br />
* CW and RTTY : New $RAWSERIAL variable. Sends the serial number of the QSO with leading zeros and without any abbreviation. Now used in the default F3 msg (if it applies) to repeat the serial in a more traditional way. It also works in the QTC messages.<br />
* Script manager dialog : Ctrl + Double click on a script brings up the properties dialog.<br />
* IOTA contest<br />
** If the IOTA ref is pre-filled from the callsign field content, the new IOTA warning is now displayed if applicable. Tnx F5LIW.<br />
** EXPERIMENTAL : Separate numbering for Multi-One and Multi-Two categories : The RUN or RUN1 stations use a sequence of odd numbers (starting at 1), and the MULT or RUN2 stations use a sequence of even numbers (starting at 2).<br />
** Multi-Two category added. Tnx G3WVG.<br />
** The WAE entities list is now used to prefill the island reference more accurately (ex GM/s stations). Tnx N6TV.<br />
* The DVK bargraph can now be horizontal (default) or vertical.<br />
* Internal DVK : The first and last 100 ms of the messages are now truncated to prevent the keys and mouse clicks to be heard. Tnx SM5AJV and N6TV.<br />
* RTTY shortcuts buttons are now a bit thicker to accommodate older eyes. Tnx SP5GRM.<br />
* Additional CW and RTTY variables :<br />
** $LOC4 and $GRID4 are equivalent to $GRIDFIELD.<br />
** $LOC6 and $GRID6 are equivalent to $GRIDSQUARE or $LOCATOR.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.21.0) (June 27, 2016)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* The CW "No sound" menu item state wasn't consistent with the CW sound status.<br />
* The check mark on Options / Disable Log Sync wasn't consistent when no log was opened.<br />
* The station name displayed in the network error dlg when several masters were on the same LAN wasn't correct.<br />
* Gridsquares map window (Alt-L) : Mouse wheel actions were broken since version 4.7.0 ! <br />
* Stew Perry contest was using VHF.DTB instead of DEFAULT.SCP. Tnx N6TV. (Task #184). <br />
* Serial communications : Under some circumstances, especially with some USB drivers under Windows 10, the inbound stream was not correctly processed. Tnx Jan @ remoterig.com<br />
* Voice keyer (DVK) : Under some circumstances, some audio output devices may miss in the Interfaces settings dialog.<br />
* French Championship : QSO wih FT entities are now credited with 15 pts instead of 6. Tnx F4SGU.<br />
* Remote dlg : The text command is now limited to 13 chars, to comply with the log entry field. Tnx N6TV. (Task #368)<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
* Lua API version string is 1.3.0<br />
* IARU HF : Duplicate HQ abbreviations are now managed. (Task #350)<br />
* The login / logout protocols can be now disabled as the other ones in the advanced network settings.<br />
* Log Sync : Better overall performance. Tnx DJ7TO, DL5MLO and the DA0HQ team.<br />
* Cabrillo Options : New options similar to the File / Clean file options, but the QSO exclusions (or editions) are *only* temporary for the Cabrillo file output.<br />
* ADIF Options : QSO range added.<br />
* Mult Wnd (Alt-M) : The "hide clean sweeps" and "hide never worked" options are maintained during the text / SYLK copy. Tnx ES5TV.<br />
* Tune dlg : For safety, added a 30-second timeout to automatically stop tuning no matter what.<br />
* Stew Perry Challenge : Added for March, June and October.<br />
* Lua : wtQso:GetData API : stnName and stnFlags added in the table returned. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* CW Auto Send : Updated to allow its use when both radios are in RUN mode. Tnx SM5AJV, N6TV.<br />
* Lua : wtApp:TextCommand updated to add strStation and nNotificationID arguments. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* Standard and additional messages : New import / export features. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* Clean log dlg : New option to remove 0 points QSO from the log. Tnx K3LR, N6TV.<br />
* Radios : IC-7300 added. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* CQ WPX RTTY : M/S entrants are now allowed to 10 band changes. Tnx EC1KR.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.20.0) (January 17, 2016)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* ARRL 10m : Tools / Check Bad Exchanges was broken.<br />
* Under some circumstances, the default contest log names were broken.<br />
* ARRL SS : Correct label for the sections field. <br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
* Radios : IC-7600, IC-7800, IC-7850, IC-7851 : New code for a better management of these radios. It requires the latest firmwares. Tnx N6TV, K3LR, K9LA (Icom America), ICOM France, HRO Sunnyvale (CA), AA6W and K6SSJ.<br />
* Radios : FT-991 added. Tnx N6TV, SP5IOU.<br />
* Radio Wnd : New option to enable / disable the RIT display, when applicable. Tnx F5LIW, K3LR.<br />
* PACC contest : Rules 2016. Dutch provinces (for non-PA) and DXCC and call areas (for PA) now count as mult per band and per mode when taking part in Mixed category. Tnx PA5M.<br />
* French Championship : Rules 2016 applied. Tnx F5LEN.<br />
* Radio Wnd : Ctrl-Up / Ctrl-Down in the list view doesn't lose cursor when a Q is entered. Tnx K5KG. (Task #364).<br />
* LZ DX Contest : New rules 2015 for LZ stations applied. The only limitation is the 10-min rule for the M/S station, which is always applied for band *or mode* change, independently of the status of the station (RUN or MULT). Tnx LZ2CJ.<br />
* ARRL SS : Default CW msgs updated. Tnx W2GD, N6TV.<br />
* ARRL SS : Added new message variable $PREC (precedence) for the ARRL Sweepstakes, automatically determined from entry class and power level. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* Log check reports : QSO with own callsign are now ignored. Tnx FY5KE.<br />
* Status wnd (Alt-J) : X-min rule timers now ignore QSO with own callsign. Tnx FY5KE.<br />
* Check country wnd (F10) : QSO with own callsign are now ignored. Tnx FY5KE.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.19.0) (October 15, 2015)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* SAC contest : This contest wasn't displayed in October if the "This month only" checkbox was enabled despite the SSB leg takes place in October. Tnx F5LIW. <br />
* Rate Wnd (Alt-R). Various QSO rate statistics were wrong. Tnx CT1BOH. <br />
* FT1000 : The TRX was switched to RTTY-USB for high bands instead of RTTY-LSB. Tnx DL6RAI @ P49V.<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
* CAUTION: New network protocol version 1.29 released. Reminder: If you use WT in a networked environment, you must have the same WT version on all machines!<br />
* Status Wnd (Alt-J) : Best effort to display the TX freq of the radios. Radio brand and model dependent. Tnx N6TV. Note : Icom users will need the latest Icom firmware, and the latest OmniRig rig definition files (check the N6TV files) to get chances to see VFO B displayed for Icom radios, especially if they want to use split mode.<br />
* Experimental : VHF+ spots : When the comment is using the "Locator<Prop>Locator" format, the second locator is now considered as the DX locator. Tnx G3ZAY, F5HRY.<br />
* Radio Wnd : Spot mode (according to the used band plan) added in the tooltip text.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.18.0) (September 25, 2015)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* NA Sprint : Tools / Check log / Search for possible bad exchanges was broken. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* Rate Wnd (Alt-R). Various QSO and Mult statistics were wrong. Tnx CT1BOH.<br />
* REG1TEST : The mode code is now output in the QSO records. It can be optionally omitted for contests where the mode is not stated in the rules, in accordance to the REG1TEST format specifications.<br />
* WAEDC : The 10-min violations check was performed on the RUN and MULT stations, while this rule only applies to the RUN stations. Tnx DL1EKC.<br />
* Partial (F12) and NP1 (F8) windows : While modifying an already entered QSO, the callsign of the original QSO wasn't correctly ignored during the searches. Tnx FY5FY.<br />
* WAE : Receiving QTC : If the callsign of the QTC sender was modified, and the receiving dialog was cancelled, the modification remained.<br />
* The Win-Test version number is no more extracted from the language file DLL, but rather from the exe itself, to get the correct string when having mutiple Win-Test versions in the same directory. Tnx F5TTU, F6BGC.<br />
* When used in a network environment, a QSO entered on the secondary radio had a wrong serial number on the other machines of the network. Tnx DL5AOJ.<br />
* Radio wnd : Under some circumstances, when your own callsign was entered in the bandmap (Ctrl-Enter), it was displayed as a new mult. Tnx TM0HQ.<br />
* The action on Options / Disable Log Sync wasn't consistent when no log was opened.<br />
* Toolbar : The tooltip text for the summary icon was missing since the very first version of Win-Test ! ;-)<br />
* Bugfix : Alt-F dlg : Under some circumstances, the QSO op. was not specified.<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
* WAE : Receive QTC dlg : Received serials are now formatted with leading zeroes if needed. Tnx F5LIW.<br />
* WAE : Receive QTC dlg : Received times with 2 numbers (minutes) are now set to the correct hour according to the received time of the previous QTC. Tnx F5LIW.<br />
* Radios : IC-7100 and IC-7200 added. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* Cabrillo output file (v3) : eMail address tag added.<br />
* Cabrillo output file (v3) : New option to indicate if you wish to receive, if eligible, a paper certificate sent via postal mail by the contest sponsor. The contest sponsor may or may not honor this tag, and if so may or may not use opt-in or opt-out as the default.<br />
* Cabrillo output file : New option to output the "alternate" frequency for split QSO. May be useful if the available CAT data for your radio can't be used to determine accurately the TX freq vs the RX freq.<br />
* Several specific installers lacked the installation of the msflxgrd.ocx library. Tnx F5UPO.<br />
* CW : SOUND/NOSOUND and associated menu items : This option is now always disabled when Win-Test runs under an operating system after Vista included. It means that it will not work for those OS, and *may* work on previous OS, depending on the hardware. In all cases, it is very recommanded to rely on the TRX internal sidetone instead.<br />
* WAEDC : The SAVELOG, COPYLOG commands and the automatic backups now include the QTC files. Tnx GW3SQX @ GW7O.<br />
* ARRL DX, ARRL 10m and ARRL 160m contests : The Cabrillo output files are now compliant with the v3 specs. Tnx F5PHW.<br />
* Edit menu : New item : Apply exchange to every QSO with...(Ctrl-F10) When applicable, it allows to update exchanges of every Q whose the callsign is identical to the callsign of the current Q, with the exchange(s) of this Q.<br />
* Gab Wnd (Alt-I) : New contextual menu item to clear the content of the window.<br />
* Cabrillo file : Win-Test now ensures the operators list is correctly space-delimited.<br />
* The protocol version is now displayed in the Advanced Settings dlg of the network.<br />
* Status Wnd (Alt-J) : When using a multi-op network, you can now send a remote command to a specific station by opening the context menu on this station name and use "Send remote command to XXX...".<br />
* COPYLOG command : Notification added. Tnx TM0HQ.<br />
* Ctrl + PageUp / PageDown now browses the log by 12h steps instead of 24h initially. This makes it usable for 24h long contests.<br />
* Status Wnd (Alt-J) : When using a multi-op network, you can now ping a specific station by opening the context menu on this station name and use "Ping XXX". The Win-Test version, the Master, Bridgehead, Sync indicators and the propagation time are returned in the Gab window (Alt-I). Reminder : You can use the INV (stands for Inventory) text command to get a summary of the complete network.<br />
* Enhanced replies to the inventory command (INV) with a log sync enabled indicator (S vs s).<br />
* IARU HF : Mult wnd (F10) : AC, R1, R2 and R3 labels updated.<br />
* Contest settings dialog : To prevent any side effect (especially with the network), the syntax of the station name is checked, and 'exotic' characters are replaced by an underscore if needed. Tnx F1UVN @ TM0HQ. <br />
* Alt-F dlg : The read-only station name field is now disabled.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.17.0) (June 30, 2015)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* The ODX per band were sometimes wrong after band modifications of specific QSO. Tnx F1PKY @ F5KMB.<br />
* IARU 50 MHz (and higher) contests : The PSect field of the output files are now in accordance to the REG1TEST specs. Tnx F2DX, OK2ZI.<br />
* MP3 configuration dialog : Under some circumstances, an error loop could occur. Tnx DL6RAI. (Task #363)<br />
* FT2000 : Under some circumstances, read frequencies were not consistent. Tnx F8DBF, F4DXW.<br />
* For some contests, a QSO entered with your own callsign didn't count 0 points. Tnx N6TV. (Task #362)<br />
* MP3 QSO extract : There was a few seconds offset in the recording.<br />
* SP DX contest : When provinces were displayed with the "all bands" option *and* alphabetically, the "Z" province was missing. Tnx DL6RAI. (Task #360).<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
* CAUTION: New network protocol version 1.28 released. Reminder: If you use WT in a networked environment, you must have the same WT version on all machines!<br />
* Status Wnd (Alt-J) : New column for the current op. added. Cf OPON/OPOFF or LOGIN/LOGOUT commands or use nicknames. Tnx ES5TV.<br />
* Set QSO freq dlg (Alt-F): Swap main / QSX freq button added.<br />
* Rate Wnd (Alt-R) : When entering in a category where modes can be mixed, the elapsed time between band changes now takes account of modes as well.<br />
* CQ-M contest : To be compliant with the new rules 2015, there is no more multiplier station, even in M/S. Tnx RU3DNN. <br />
* ARI contest : A station can now be set as a MULT station. The 10 min timer in the Alt-J wnd considers band and mode changes. Tnx ES5TV.<br />
* OK OM DX : Win-Test is now adapted to comply to the new SSB rules. To make things easier, the CW leg is kept unchanged ! Read carefully the rules before entering. Tnx ON5GQ. <br />
* Contest recorder : QSO extraction to a mp3 file : The QSO extraction parameters are now (1) the time before the QSO was _STARTED_ (0 sec by default - it means the clip starts at the same time when you listen to the QSO with AltGr-Enter) and (2) the time after the QSO was _ENTERED_ (10 sec by default). Tnx ES5TV.<br />
* ARRL DX and ARRL 10 : When exporting logs in ADIF, the DC "state" is replaced by MD. Tnx F8ATS.<br />
* Lua : wtScript:AssignArgument now takes the strings "true" and "false" as boolean arguments. Numeric values do not require double quotes. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* Script manager : Properties dlg : Now accepts a default argument even if no key is defined for the script. But, in any case, a key or a text command must be defined to allow a default argument. Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.16.0) (Mar 17, 2015)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
<br />
* REF HF : FS now does count for a French dept instead of a DXCC entity. The final scores were not affected by this bug. Tnx F4EJL.<br />
* If the default directory at launch time wasn't the app directory, the automatic starts of wtDxTelnet and wtRotators were failing. Tnx F5LIW.<br />
* Ctrl-Del (delete spot from bandmap) was broken. Tnx N6TV. (Task #354)<br />
* Network advanced settings dialog : The last outbound protocol was always enabled, despite its setting. Tnx F1HAR.<br />
* Common prefixes to GM and GM/s were considered as GM even if the WAE list was used. Tnx N6TV. (Task #355)<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
<br />
* Spanish and German translations updated. Tnx EB2RA and DL6RAI.<br />
* LUA : Because of a conflict name with the wtScript class, the wtScript variable (name of the Topmost script) is now replaced with wtRootScript. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* RDXC : R7K - Crimea (RK) and R7R - Sevastopol (SE) added to the mults list. Use the latest CTY_OBL.DAT accordingly. Tnx RU3DNN.<br />
* Lua : wtContest:GetMyCallsign() and wtStatus:GetMyStation() added. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* Registration dialog : The QR codes of the registration URL are enlarged.<br />
* ICOM radios : IC-970, IC-9100 and IC-7850 added. Tnx OK8WW, EA8RM and K3LR.<br />
* ARRL DX (DX side) : To strictly comply with the current rules (section 5.2.2), the PEI multiplier (VY2) is now labelled PE. The STATES.DAT is also accordingly updated on the usual repository http://download.win-test.com/files/equivalence/ .<br />
* NA Sprint : Because of the different multipliers per leg, the equivalence files must now be NA_SSB_SPRINT.DAT and NA_CW_RTTY_SPRINT.DAT. They are available on the usual repository http://download.win-test.com/files/equivalence/ . Tnx KD4D and N6TV.<br />
* NA Sprint : DC and the usual 14 Canadian provinces and territories are now considered as multipliers for the Phone leg (the MAR mult. is no longer used). Tnx KW8N.<br />
* UBA DX : Mult stations are now allowed for Multi-Op (Single TX) entries. Also, the 10-min timer for RUN stations is now displayed in the status window (Alt-J). Tnx RU3DNN.<br />
* NA Sprint : KL stations are now considered as US stations and their state (AK) is now in the states list. KH6 stations are also considered as US stations for the Phone leg, and their state (HI) is now in the states list. During the CW / RTTY legs, KH6 stations are considered as DX stations (not NA). Tnx N6TV.<br />
* ARRL 10m : Mixed mode category forced in the Cabrillo output for the M/S entries.<br />
* Script properties : Tooltip added over the key edit field with the key code and modifiers values. It can help for the wtScript:AssignKeyCode function. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* Scripts manager : Run button added. The selected script is run the same way as if it were run by the assigned key (if any), and with the argument set in the properties dialog (if any). Tnx N6TV.<br />
* Lua : wtScript:AssignFKey and wtScript:AssignKeyCode functions added. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* Script Manager : Error message added when the SciTE or the script editor weren't correctly installed or configured. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
* New CW and RTTY variables introduced : $GRAB1 to $GRAB9 to grab from the partner stack slots, and $GRABRT1 to GRABRT3 to grab from the partner realtime slots.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.15.0) (Nov 22, 2014)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* When a voice message contained several script calls in a row, only one out of two was executed. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* ARRL SS : When a callsign is grabbed, the cursor is now set to the serial field. Tnx AC6T, N6TV. (Task #353)<br />
* When not using advanced SO2R with Shift bound to the secondary radio, Shift-Enter now has no action. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* Partner window: The SUPPORT / NOSUPPORT (or PARTNER / NOPARTNER) commands didn't resize the window properly.<br />
* Partner window context menu: The "Remove" item was enabled for empty slots while it was supposed to be grayed.<br />
* Partner stack: If the same callsign was in two adjacent slots in the Partner stack, only one of them was cleared when the callsign was entered in the log.<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
* CAUTION: New network protocol version 1.27 released. Reminder: If you use WT in a networked environment, you must have the same WT version on all machines!<br />
* Contest recorder : AltGr+E shortcut added as "Extract and Save QSO". Tnx N6TV.<br />
* LZ-DX contest : 10 min. CQWW DX rule applied to the M/S entrants, but currently limited to the band changes (the mode changes are ignored). Tnx RU3DNN.<br />
* Partner : There are now two different colors for data entered as Run or as Support. Useful when there are several partner positions for one run. Tnx F5HRY@TM0HQ.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.14.0) (Oct 19, 2014)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* When several mp3 record files from different stations for a given contest were used, the rewind and forward functions led to a crash. Tnx DL8AAU@DR9A.<br />
* Radio wnd: When using a Windows font size option different from 100%, the VFO displays didn't scale up well. Tnx N6XI, N6TV.<br />
* Lua: An error occurred when calling a script with the double-quote key. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* RDAC: The Tools / Check log / Search for bad exchanges function was not working for the RDAC contest. Tnx SP5KP<br />
* In the Alt-M wnd, when data were ordered by number of worked bands/modes, and never worked mults were hidden, the sweep clean mults were always displayed, despite this option was set or not. Tnx CT1BOH.<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
* CAUTION: New network protocol version 1.26 released Reminder: If you use WT in a networked environment, you must have the same WT version on all machines!<br />
* New notes file format and network protocol to ease log corrections within Win-Test. Check the new last items of the Tools / Check log menu.<br />
* Partner: New properties dialog to set the various options. By default, the realtime keystrokes network transmission is disabled when switched to the S&P mode. It can be enabled by choice in this properties dialog. Tnx TM0HQ & N6TV.<br />
* IARU HF: A '?' indicator is now displayed when the received exchange is not an ITU zone, AC, R1, R2 or R3, or not composed of letters only.<br />
* New option in Tools / Check log / Search for bad exchanges, to detect exchanges discrepancies in the log only.<br />
* Merge report redesigned: All conflicts are ordered by time and also by station name.<br />
* The Date/Time dialog (Alt-F) now indicates the station who entered the QSO. Not editable. Tnx F8CRH@TM0HQ. <br />
* New Goto Callsign edit menu (Shortcut Shift+Ctrl+G) to set the cursor on a QSO with a given callsign. By default, the callsign of the current QSO is searched. If it is empty (i.e. if the cursor is set to the last (empty) line of the log), a dialog is opened. The search is done backwards.<br />
* New CW option to enable/disable the speed bursts (+/-) without modifying the messages. Text commands are BURSTS / NOBURSTS. Useful to defeat CW skimmers on-demand.<br />
* Interfaces setup dialog: The lists for each COM port are now reordered to comply with the most current needs.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.13.0) (Jun 30, 2014)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* REF DDFM 50 MHz contest : Default CW msgs were using $GRIDSQUARE (6-char locator) instead of $GRIDFIELD (4-char locator). Tnx F2DX.<br />
* Gab window (Alt-I) : If the content was scrolled back, a double-click on a line set an incorrect default recipient in the opened Gab/Talk dialog. Tnx F8CRH@F6KRK.<br />
* REF VHF contest : Win-Test was asking for the "departement" in the contest settings dialog (was useless), and the help dialog was inappropriate. Tnx F5HRY.<br />
* CQ-M contest : Contest identifier for the Cabrillo and ADIF output files were misspelled. Tnx RU3RQ. (Task #348). <br />
* WPX : The prefix of VY2MGY/3 now resolved as VY3. Tnx N6TV. (Task #347).<br />
* Bugfix : Lua : wtApp:CallScript(name, arg) was always casting arg to a string. Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
* EF6 added as a valid exception callsign. Tnx F6FDR.<br />
* Radio windows - List view : In the "Sort by Mult Type" view, the non-mults stations are now sorted by QSO points in descending order. Tnx G3WW.<br />
* Radio windows - List view : New sorting option by QSO points in descending order, irrelevant of mults, added. Tnx G3WW.<br />
* WRTC 2014 and IARU HF : Check multiplier wnd (F10) : New label for HQs "entities" to prevent confusion with DXCC entities. Tnx CT1BOH.<br />
* Log : The column header of the serial sent (if any) is now correctly labeled ("No."). Tnx N6TV.<br />
* Options / Log / Align exchanges : New option to line up received exchanges in mixed mode. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* WRTC 2014 : Worked Mults wnd (Alt-M). The "copy as text" menu item is now enabled. Tnx CT1BOH.<br />
* WRTC 2014 : /MM stations are not counting for DXCC entity, and are credited depending on their ITU zone. Tnx KM3T.<br />
* WRTC 2014 : The country list used is DXCC (not WAE). Tnx KM3T.<br />
* WRTC 2014 : In the contest configuration dialog, the zone is set to 8, the Gridsquare is set to FN42fg and can't be modified.<br />
* The very singular 7QNL (and future 7QAA) callsigns are now accepted. Their prefixes are also resolved as 7Q0. Tnx PA3FYM. <br />
* Lookup function for the DXCC entities resolver refactored to allow easier extension for cases like the newly introduced 4Y1A and C7A,when callsigns are assigned to two entities.<br />
* RTTY : Fields assignments updated for the NCCC Sprint. Tnx AA2MF.<br />
* King Of Spain contest : SMR multiplier added. Tnx EA4TX.<br />
* Marconi HF : New points rules applied. Tnx IK6BAK.<br />
* Lua : In CW, when chaining wtKeyer:Play() instructions, the word space between the string arguments will be omitted if they end with a "~". Example :<br />
<br />
wtKeyer:Play(string1)<br />
wtKeyer:Play(string2)<br />
: Will omit the word space between string1 and string2 if string1 ends with a "~". Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.12.0) (February 10, 2014)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* UBA DX : The format of the output cabrillo file didn't stick to the required specs. Tnx ON5GQ. <br />
* DARC 10 : Under some circumstances, the DOK field was cleared while it wasn't necessary. Tnx DJ4MZ.<br />
* Lua : The wtApp:CallScript function was always returning a nil value when used with two parameters. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* The log sync enables / disabled setting was not correctly saved between logs openings. Tnx DK9TN@ED6A.<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
* DARC 10 : The NM exchange (Non Member) is no more considered as a multiplier. Tnx DJ4MZ.<br />
* Radios : IC-7410 added. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
* Script Manager : Various UI enhancements and API bugfixes. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* Clear Log : The station type (RUN, MULT, etc.) setting is now preserved when this function is performed. Tnx DK9TN@TK4W.<br />
* Network : Time distribution : A warning now pops up when time sync frames are received, and the Windows user who started Win-Test hasn't enough privilege to modify the system clock. Tnx P40L, N6TV.<br />
* Lua : wtQso:GetData() returned table updated for the specific ARRL Sweepstakes contest. The QSO# received is in the "rstReceived" index, and the Precedence letter is in the "miscInfo2Received" index. Tnx N6TV. (Task #338).<br />
* Mult Window (Alt-M) : New "Hide never worked" option added. Pretty experimental for now, depending on the contest. Tnx CT1BOH.<br />
* Radio windows : The spot selected by a right click is now highlighted to prevent confusion. The highlight color calculation now also works for dark hues. Tnx AD1C@K0RF.<br />
* Stats window : In CQWW DX, the zones / overall display was clipped to the last hour when a new zone was worked.<br />
* Radio windows : Time / Spotter and Comments display options added in the list view. These settings are common to both views. Tnx CT1BOH.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.11.0) (October 20, 2013)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* CQWW RTTY : The check log tool for the number of allowed QSY per hour in M/S was broken. Tnx DL9YAJ @ DR5N.<br />
* Frequency offsets weren't always correctly processed, especially on the secondary radio. Tnx DL5AOJ.<br />
* Extra Data files : Depending on the newline character(s) and other various parameters, the displayed data could be incorrect. Tnx IK0HBN, N6TV.<br />
* When a log was entirely entered manually, the date of QSO wasn't correctly set when using the "<" or ">" keys to access and fill the time field. Tnx F5LEN.<br />
* Under some circumstances of startup order and various settings, a "20 days older or newer log" false alert might be triggered. Tnx F6BGC @ TM0HQ.<br />
* RDAC Contest : Exchanges for callsigns ending with /x (x = 0 to 9) are now searched in the database and the log. Tnx SP5KP. <br />
* AGCW HNY : The (optional) AGCW membership number entry field was emptied when it was not supposed to be ! Tnx DJ0ZY.<br />
* Displayed ODX inconstancy under some circumstances when a QSO was deleted. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
* RAEM : The coordinates entry field was emptied when it was not supposed to be ! Tnx DJ0ZY.<br />
* When using the GOTO function by entering a QSO number and Ctrl-G, the pattern analyser warning message (if any) is now cleared.<br />
* The modifications entered into the Freq Offsets dialog are now taken into account immediately. No need to reload the current log. Tnx YL2GD.<br />
* When using a K3, changing band by entering its wavelength was sometimes setting the wrong LSB/USB mode. Tnx M0VFC (Task #326)<br />
* Under some circumstances, a random character could be entered in the Info field in a DXPed log, when using the Up/Down arrows in this field.<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
* Networking : Sockets initializations updated to comply with the usage of Win-Test in a Linux / Wine environment. The wtCom.dll must be updated (v2.0.4 or better) as well for this usage if needed. Tnx AA6KJ.<br />
* ADIF <br />
** output : Addition of the CREATED_TIMESTAMP field in the header, and the CONTEST_ID field in every QSO record, when applicable.<br />
** Export : The ADIF country code is now added to the QSO record. Requires using the latest CTY_WT.DAT or CTY_WT_MOD.DAT country files (02 August 2013 or later). Tnx AD1C. <br />
* CQWW DX Contest<br />
** The overlay "Classic" category has been added in the contest configuration dialog. It only adds the appropriate line in the Cabrillo output file.<br />
** The overlay category Xtreme is added in the contest configuration dialog, and in the Cabrillo file output as well. Tnx KL1A.<br />
* WAE Contest<br />
** The special calculation for the creation of the offtime section in the Cabrillo file has been removed, being now obsolete. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
** Offtime threshold is now set to one hour. <br />
* Lua<br />
** wtQso:GetData() function added. Returns a table with fields of the current Qso. The current available keys are "time", "band", "mode", "freq", "callsign", "rstSent", "serialSent", "rstReceived", "exchReceived", "miscInfoReceived", "miscInfo2Received".<br />
** wtApp:GetLogFileName() and wtApp:GetIniFileName() functions added. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* UFT contest : Win-Test is now adapted to the new rules 2013. Tnx F6CEL.<br />
* YU DX contest : Totally rewritten because of the new rules 2013 (see http://yudx.yu1srs.org.rs/2013/rules.html). Tnx YU0W and F5IN.<br />
* SPDX Contest : The "12 band or mode changes per one clock hour" rule is now implemented. A simultaneous change of band *and* mode (Ex: 80m CW -> 40m SSB) counts as 2 changes. Tnx SQ2GXO.<br />
* New Tools / Data entry / Priority / Callsign option to ignore any freq or band changes when entering digits only in the callsign field. Tnx P40L, N6TV.<br />
* RAC Winter and Canada Day Contests : The 10-minute rule for the multi-single entrants is now implemented. Tnx VE3JM and N6TV.<br />
* Russian 160 meter : New rules implemented. http://www.radio.ru/cq/contest/rule-results/index2012.shtml. Tnx RZ3DX.<br />
* QR Code added in the registration dialog to help mobile phones users.<br />
<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.10.0) (October 23, 2012)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* YO DX Contest : The child and log windows are now compliant with the chosen mode category (CW, SSB or MIXED). Previously, the mixed mode only was assumed.<br />
* NAQP : The K8 mark for "zones window" (Alt-Z) was labeled K81 instead. Tnx NX5M.<br />
* Text and CSV files options dialogs : The Del key was acting as "Remove all" instead of "Remove". Reminder : Shift-Del acts now as "Remove all", Del acts as "Remove", Shift-Ins acts as "Add all" and Ins acts as "Add". Tnx TM0HQ.<br />
* In the logfile fixing process, the backuped file had a wrong file extension (it was always .wtb). Tnx TM0HQ.<br />
* Status wnd (Alt-J) : Not always correctly ordered when sorted by freq/name. Tnx TM0HQ. <br />
* CQ VHF and CQ 160 : ARRL Section added in the Cabrillo output file for US/VE entrants (Task #323). Tnx W9ZRX & N6TV.<br />
* FT1000(D) : The IF filter setting is retained per mode when grabbing a spot. Tnx DL6FBL @ DR1A.<br />
* Under some concurrency circumstances in a multi-op environment, Win-Test could crash when deleting or modifying spots in the Alt-A or the radio wnds (Task #318). Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
<br />
* ARRL Sweepstakes, ARRL FD and ARRL 160 meter contests : ARRL/RAC sections list updated to comply with the four new RAC administrative sections (ONN, ONS, ONE, GTA), replacing the split Ontario Section. (Task #321)<br />
<br />
* Auto CQ : New option in the appropriate dialog to halt the auto CQ with the Esc key only. Equivalent text commands are RPTESCONLY and NORPTESCONLY. Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
* ARI Sezioni: Cabrillo output compliant with rules 2012. Tnx I2WIJ.<br />
<br />
* ARI DX : Cabrillo output compliant with rules 2012. Tnx I2WIJ.<br />
<br />
* IOTA : New rules 2012 implemented :<br />
** For multi-op (island) stations, display of Band/Mode changes in the rate window (Alt-R).<br />
** Cabrillo file : QSO lines now include RUN or MULT identifiers.<br />
** The score for World to World QSOs is reduced from 3 points to 2 points.<br />
** Island Stations now receive 5 points for World Station QSOs.<br />
** Island Stations now receive also 5 points when working their own Island.<br />
<br />
* RDXC : Oblasts window (Alt-Z) updated following the new list 2012. Tnx HA1AG, SP5KP, F5IN.<br />
<br />
* Check partial (F12) and NP1 (F8) wnds : The [UNIQUE] word has now its own background and text colors to draw the attention of the operator. Tnx CT1BOH.<br />
<br />
* JIDX : Cabrillo file : QSO lines format updated to comply with the new format specifications for the multi-op category. (See task #317). Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.9.1) (October 27, 2011)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* Fix an issue with missing resources which might make WT to crash.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.9.0) (October 26, 2011)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* Problem in Spanish language file fixed. Tks N6TV.<br />
* The exceptions callsigns of the CTY*.DAT files were wrongly parsed when operated from another DXCC entity (ex. W6HGF/KH0). Tnx JE2UFF.<br />
* During a Cabrillo import, if the format of the QSO line wasn't correct, the error message was off one on the QSO number. Tnx W6IZT.<br />
* IARU HF contest : The mode entry was empty in the output Cabrillo file for multi-op categories. It is now set to mixed. Tnx F1HAR @ TM0HQ.<br />
* The Kenwood radio protocol was broken when sending CAT commands with frequencies above the 3420 MHz band. Tnx W8ZN.<br />
* Task #310 : IARU HF contest : For US/VE stations, the ARRL section is now required, instead of the state or the province. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* Entering your own callsign in the bandmap (Ctrl-Enter) was displaying a "spotted by..." alert. Tnx F5JSD @ TM0HQ. <br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
<br />
* When a new file is created, the usage of a network drive is checked and strongly discouraged to prevent log inconstancy. Tnx VK8DX @ 4W6A<br />
* WAEDC : Time shift can now be applied to the QTC. Tnx DL8RDL.<br />
* NCCC Sprint : New rule 2011 : 15m QSO are now permitted. (See task #312). Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.8.0) (June 26, 2011)==<br />
<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* Task #308 : JIDX : 160m QSO points counted 1 pt instead of 4. Tnx N6KI and N6TV.<br />
<br />
* Under some circumstances, DXped audio recordings were not correctly tagged, the file information dialog was incomplete, and the QSO playbacks failed. Tnx VE3EY @ TO3A.<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
<br />
* ADIF : PROGRAMID and PROGRAMVERSION fields added in the file header.Tnx IZ8MBW.<br />
<br />
* LPT Interface : 50 MHz, 144 MHz and 432 (440) MHz band data outputs added. Tnx W8ZN and N6TV.<br />
<br />
* Callsign check rules : The pathetic 9HOHSJ callsign is now added as an exception (like RAEM, JY1 and TX9). Tnx OH2OT, F5HRY.<br />
<br />
* PACC contest : New rule 2011 : QSO are now allowed in each mode for mixed categories. Tnx PA2A.<br />
<br />
* RSGB 160m contest : Single-mode CW-only restriction removed to comply with the new rules 2011. QSO and bonuses are now allowed for each mode. Tnx G3XSV. <br />
<br />
* NAQP : Cabrillo output : The DXCC prefix is now indicated instead of "DX" for North American stations outside of K/VE. Tnx WA7BNM.<br />
<br />
* DARC XMas contest : New rules 2010 : "NM" is allowed as a exchange from the German stations, but is no more credited as a mult. Tnx DJ3WE.<br />
<br />
* DX Spots window (Alt-A) : New option to enable/disable logging of the incoming spots in the .dxc file. It is enabled by default. Under some circumstances (slow antivirus inspection, slow HDD, etc.), saving every spot (especially when using the RBN) was making Win-Test less responsive. The op-entered spots are always saved to allow their restoration on log startup. Tnx HA1AG @ ED9M.<br />
<br />
* Packet window (Alt-O) : New option to enable/disable logging of the packet stream in the .pkt file. It is enabled by default. Under some circumstances (slow antivirus inspection, slow HDD, etc.), saving the packet data stream (especially when using the RBN) was making Win-Test less responsive. Tnx HA1AG @ ED9M.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.7.0) (December 2, 2010)==<br />
<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* Task #300 : WAEDC RTTY : The sent QTC group number was not taken into acount by the other connected machines, and therefore the QTC numbering was garbled in M/* environment. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
<br />
* Task #266 : WAEDC RTTY : No *New Mult* warning. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
<br />
* WAEDC : Number of QTC to send dialog : Even if some buttons were disabled, their associated "number keys" were still active.<br />
<br />
* WAEDC : Sending QTC dialog (Ctrl-L) : In "show" context, and if messages were sent under some circumstances, Win-Test could crash. Tnx IW1QN.<br />
<br />
* WAEDC : Under some circumstances, sent QTC were not always correctly saved.<br />
<br />
* WAEDC : When the number of QTC to be sent is 0 (no more QTC available), all "number keys" and Enter are now ignored in the appropriate dialog.<br />
<br />
* Task #298 : Spacebar key didn't always work properly in the ARRL Sweepstakes contest. Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
* Task #297 : Double-click on Check Multipliers window (F10) didn't work in ARRL Sweepstakes. Tnx N6TV <br />
<br />
* Under some circumstances, if data entered in the time field didn't follow the HH:MM or HHMM format, it could lead to a crash. Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
* WinKey : Speed bursts were not executed if located just before the $LOGGED variable. Tnx ES5TV.<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
* CW Autosend : Feature temporarily disabled when Alt-Space (grab from the RT partner slot), Alt-1..9 (grab from the partner stack) and Ctrl-1..9 (exchange with the partner stack) are used. Tnx ES5TV, N6TV.<br />
<br />
* ARRL 10m contest : New Mexican multipliers added. The name of the database (which is now different from the other ARRL contests) is now ARRL_10M.DTB. Several XE stations (around 300) have been added in the current file: http://download.win-test.com/databases/ARRL_10M.DTB<br />
<br />
* MouseWheel actions are now compatible with HiRes optical mouses like the Microsoft Wireless LASER Mouse 8000. Tnx W9ZRX, N6TV.<br />
<br />
* Bandmap properties : The minimum spot bandwidth is now 0 Hz (!). Tnx SM2WMV.<br />
<br />
* IC775 : Force narrow IF filters when grabbing callsigns in CW. Tnx YL2GD.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.6.1) (Released only for demo and DxPed versions)==<br />
<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* The default directory name for a "DX expedition (VHF and above)" log was wrong. Tnx DJ4MZ.<br />
<br />
* When a callsign was entered by a dbl-click in the N+1 or the partials wnd, and if this feature was set to automatic, the callsign check status wasn't updated. Tnx ES5TV.<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
* COPYLOGCLEAR text command added. Equivalent to the COPYLOG command immediately followed by a CLEARLOG command. Tnx CT1BOH.<br />
<br />
* QTC receive dlg : New variable $QTCROW introduced indicating the QTC line number where the cursor is located. Mainly used in RTTY for asking a resent of a specific line. The default F8 button message is now "AGN QTC $QTCROW?" in this mode. Tnx DK4WA.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.6.0) (October 24, 2010)==<br />
<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* Task #296 : Check mult window (F10) was not updated properly when using in ESM mode with S&P mode selected. Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
* Under some circumstances, the default filename of a contest log could contain invalid characters. Tnx G0ORH.<br />
<br />
* Second zones window : The labels display option was not restored.<br />
<br />
* When grabbing a callsign in the RTTY window, the realtime partner window field wasn't updated. Tnx ES5TV.<br />
<br />
* Task #290 : On restart, Win-Test didn't remember the last SO2R scenario that was selected. Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
* WAEDC : QTC receive dialog (Alt-L). Using the INSERT key in this dlg was crashing Win-Test.<br />
<br />
* Task #291 : RadioWnd : Ctrl-Up/Down weren't working properly in list mode. Tnx ES5TV.<br />
<br />
* Under some circonstances, Win-Test could crash when started with the CapsLock key engaged.<br />
<br />
* Advanced SO2R CW messages dialog : The Esc and Enter keys now work.<br />
<br />
* WAEDC : Clock wnd : QTC in stock was always displayed for M/S entrants regardless of their location (EU or DX).<br />
<br />
* WAEDC : Clock wnd : QTC in stock value was not immediately updated after a Q was received thru the network.<br />
<br />
* EZMaster, MK/MKII/... and OTRSP setup dialogs : The Esc and Enter keys were not correctly handled.<br />
<br />
* Transmit QTC window (Ctrl-L) : Under some circonstances, the context-oriented background colors were not correctly updated.<br />
<br />
* WAEDC : After receiving QTC, the potential QTC counts in the bandmaps were not always updated. Tnx DF9LJ. <br />
<br />
* WAEDC : Every time a Cabrillo file or a summary file was written, the QTC counts were increased. Tnx DF9LJ, DL6RAI, and several others.<br />
<br />
* KCJ : TG (Tochigi) and NR (Nara) multipliers were missing in the Alt-Z window. Tnx F5IN.<br />
<br />
* NAC 10 : Exchange sent are now 6-positions gridsquares. Tnx SM6FKF.<br />
<br />
* Task #284. Your own call incorrectly counted one HQ if such an exchange was entered. Tnx TM0HQ, N6TV. <br />
<br />
* DX cluster (Alt-A) and radio wnds : If the SP or the LP value of the spot was 0°, heading was not displayed. Tnx SM5AJV/SE5E.<br />
<br />
* Task #282: Under some circonstances the QSO number displayed in the report for possible bad exchanges was wrong. Tnx DF1DX.<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
* CAUTION: New network protocol version 1.25 released. Reminder: If you use WT in a networked environment, you must have the same WT version on all machines!<br />
<br />
* The wtArg (and wtArgument) variables are now local to the called script.<br />
<br />
* For phone contesting, scripts can be called from the Advanced SO2R scenarios with the #SCRIPT or #@SCRIPT notation.<br />
<br />
* Lua scripting: New input API:<br />
<br />
:* wtApp:InputUpperText(Prompt, Title, Default) If Title or Prompt is empty, a default text is used. Typed letters are automatically upper-cased while entering.<br />
<br />
* Lua scripting: New wtGab API introduced:<br />
<br />
:* wtGab:Send(strText[, strToStation]) sends a gab strText to strToStation. If strToStation is omitted, the text is sent to the whole network.<br />
<br />
* NCCC Sprint : New rules implemented. Tnx K9MMS, N6TV.<br />
<br />
* CQWW RTTY : In M/S category, the band changes counts are now displayed for the RUN and the MULT stations in the rate window (Alt-R). Tnx ES5TV.<br />
<br />
* Edition keys : To improve the compatibility with CT, Ctrl-B, Ctrl-D and Ctrl-F keys are now processed in the log fields. Tnx N5KO, N6TV.<br />
<br />
* WAEDC : QTC receive dialog (Alt-L) : New $FIELD variable introduced. This variable takes the value "GROUP", "TIME", "CL" or "NR", depending on the kind of QTC field where the insertion point is located.<br />
<br />
* New CW and RTTY options to work dupes or not. If dupes are worked, the $QSOB4 variable is ignored. The equivalent text commands are WORKDUPE/NOWORKDUPE or WORKDUPEON/WORKDUPEOFF. There is a different setting available per mode (CW or RTTY).<br />
<br />
* Task #205 : The $RxRy variables located in the end of a CW message, if any, are automatically appended to the content of the $QSOB4 message if played. Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
* The $QSOB4 variable can now include scripts calls.<br />
<br />
* The scripts calls in the CW or RTTY messages are now synchronous to the CW or the RTTY streams. To execute them asynchronously, they can be called with the #@ notation. Example :<br />
<br />
-- script.wts<br />
wtApp:AlertBox("Hello World!");<br />
<br />
and the CW/RTTY message content is :<br />
<br />
AAA #SCRIPT BBB<br />
<br />
The keyer sends AAA, then "waits" until the user hits the OK button in the "Hello World!" alert box to send BBB.<br />
<br />
If the CW/RTTY message content is:<br />
<br />
AAA #@SCRIPT BBB<br />
<br />
The keyer sends AAA and starts the script (and the alert box is open), *but* it continues to key the rest of the message ("BBB") without waiting the user intervention. This is the asynchronous mode.<br />
<br />
* Lua scripting : One new wtKeyer API introduced :<br />
<br />
:* wtKeyer:Insert(strMessage) : Works for the CW and RTTY keyers. When used in a synchroneous script, if gives the possibility to "fill-in" data into the CW/RTTY message. It is recommanded to use it only in the synchroneous mode (see above) to ensure data are inserted in the right place. WARNING : strMessage can only contain textual data (no variable or script call). It is *not* interpreted by the CW/RTTY parser (except the +/- speed bursts).<br />
<br />
* Lua scripting : New wtStatus API introduced :<br />
<br />
:* wtStatus:GetList() returns a table with names of the stations in the network.<br />
:* wtStatus:GetStatus(strStation) returns a table with fields of the status of a given station. Returns nil if this station doesn't exist. The table keys are "band" "mode" "currentRadio" "radio1Freq" "radio2Freq" "radio1IsManual" "radio2IsManual" "passFreq" "type" and "qsyStatusId".<br />
:* wtStatus:GetFreq(strBand[, strMode]) returns the "best" pass freq for a given band and mode. To determine this frequency, it uses the same algorithm as the $FREQnn variable.<br />
<br />
* Lua scripting : New wtOtrsp API introduced :<br />
:* wtOtrsp:GetDeviceName() returns the name of the OTRSP attached device.<br />
:* wtOtrsp:GetFirmwareVersion() returns the firmware version of the OTRSP attached device. NOTE : Some devices do not support this API, and return an empty string.<br />
:* wtOtrsp:Send(strCommand) sends a command string to the OTRSP attached device. The trailing <CR> character is optional, and is appended if needed.<br />
<br />
* Scripts manager dialog usability improved. Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
* OTRSP : If the OTRSP device has controls and if they can generate events, dedicated Lua scripts are called when events occur :<br />
:* otrspCrOn.wts and otrspCrOff.wts (not case-sensitive) are called when such a control has values 1 and 0 respectively. wtArg is set to the control number (0 to 9).<br />
:* otrspCrEvent.wts (not case-sensitive) is called for all states of the events. wtArg is set to (256 * cr) + state (cr = control number - 1 to 9, and state = value of the state when the event occured - 0 to 255).<br />
<br />
WARNING : If the PTT events are used, the control 0 is restricted to this usage, and doesn't fire the otrspCrOn/Off/Event.wts scripts. If the PTT events are not used, otrspCrEvent is not called when an event on this control occured. Only the otrspCrOn/Off scripts are executed.<br />
<br />
* microHAM devices : When an attached footswitch is used, two dedicated Lua scripts named microhamFsOn.wts and microhamFsOff.wts (not case-sensitive) are called. wtArg is set the radio number of the footswitch (0 for MK/MKII - 0 or 1 for MK2R/MK2R+/u2R depending<br />
on the footswitch that generated the event).<br />
<br />
* Elecraft K3 : To circumvent erratic loss of control when used with various other devices, CAT stacked commands are now sent in a delayed sequence. Tnx N6TV, N6XI, and others.<br />
<br />
* Lua Scripting : New wtMicroham API introduced :<br />
:* wtMicroham:GetDeviceId() returns the ID of the microHAM attached device. Check the Lua constants for interpretation.<br />
:* wtMicroham:GetFirmwareVersion() returns the firmware version string of the microHAM attached device.<br />
:* wtMicroham:Send(strCommand) sends a command string to the microHAM attached device . The trailing <CR> character is optional, and is appended if needed.<br />
Tnx ES5TV, N6TV, OM7ZZ.<br />
<br />
* Contest settings dialog: The contest combo box is now divided in sections.<br />
<br />
* Status Wnd (Alt-J) : Code rewritten to adapt the window columns to the contest in progress : The band is displayed if the current contest is multi-band. The mode is displayed if the current contest is multi-mode, and the type (R, M, etc.) is only displayed for Multi-Op HF contests. Also, when the CQWW M/S multiplier rule is used, new indicators are displayed in the QSY column.<br />
<br />
* Status Wnd (Alt-J) : Rewording of "QSY Freq" to "Pass Freq". Menu items adapted too.<br />
<br />
* Status Wnd (Alt-J) : When operating in SO1R/Multi-Op technique, the Radio 2 freq is automatically hidden, and the Radio 1 freq is now using the same color as the other items of the line.<br />
<br />
* RDA Contest : All DXCC entities are taken into account for multipliers, even the Russian ones. Tnx UA2FF and RX3RC.<br />
<br />
* COPYLOG text command added : Duplicate the current log file (.wt4) in the current log directory with a timestamp added in its name. Useful to quickly save the current log right after a contest warm-up, just before clearing it (CLEARLOG) and start the contest. Tnx DL6RAI for inspiration.<br />
<br />
* MP3 Contest Player : You can now select which channel(s) - Left, Right or Stereo - to listen to. When Left or Right is selected, this channel is sent to both outputs for a more pleasant listening. Useful to listen to true SO2R stereo recordings. The shortcuts (AltGr+C for Left / AltGr+V for Stereo / AltGr+B for Right) have been chosen for their location on the keyboard.<br />
<br />
* WAEDC : Received QTC window (Alt-L) : The contest recorder keys are now active also in this window.<br />
<br />
* RDA contest : ADIF export : The first two chars of received district (if applicable) are saved as STATE field and the district (reformatted as XX-dd) is saved as CNTY. Tnx UA2FF. <br />
<br />
* RDA contest : For Russian entrants, a QSO with a /P Russian station (assumed to be a C1 or C2 stations) is now credited with 10 pts. Note that using /P for C1 or C2 stations is *not* mandatory (Check the note 5.2 of the English rules). Tnx UA6AA.<br />
<br />
* WAEDC : Received QTC window (Alt-L) : The ESC key only works if no field have been edited (and closes the dialog). If a field has been edited, the ESC has no action (except interrupting CW etc.). Tnx F5VIH/SV3SJ.<br />
<br />
* WAEDC : Transmit and Receive QTC windows (Ctrl-L and Alt-L): Modified wordings for some buttons, and easier usability for users, especially when using Esc and Ctrl-L/Alt-L to close these windows. Tnx DL6RAI, DF9LF, G3TXF.<br />
<br />
* WAEDC : Transmit QTC window (Ctrl-L) : In CW or RTTY, if no QTC is sent, the Ctrl-L and Esc keys close the dialog with no confirmation asked. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
<br />
* WAEDC : Receive QTC window (Alt-L) : If no field is edited, the Alt-L and Esc keys close the dialog with no confirmation asked. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
<br />
* WAEDC : Receive QTC window (Alt-L) : To improve consistency with the log edition keys, a new key set is introduced :<br />
<br />
Alt-Arrows : Moving from one field to another (replace Ctrl-Arrows)<br />
Shift-Backspace: Delete all the characters left of the cursor<br />
Shift-Del: Delete all characters under and right of the cursor <br />
Ctrl-A: Like [Home]<br />
Ctrl-E: Like [End]<br />
Ctrl-W: Clear the current field<br />
Ctrl-K: Like [Shift-Del]<br />
Ctrl-Z: Undo field edition<br />
Ctrl-Left arrow: Like [Home]<br />
Ctrl-Right arrow: Like [End]<br />
<br />
Tnx F5VIH/SV3SJ<br />
<br />
* WAEDC : If the "Show additional information on QTC traffic" option is enabled, the callsign syntax check status messages are no more displayed, to free the message line for the QTC status. Only applies to the WAEDC. Tnx DJ0ZY.<br />
<br />
* LUA scripting : Two new global variables wtScript and wtCurrentScript introduced. wtScript contains the name of the top-most called script, with no extension, and wtCurrentScript contains the script name currently executed (no extension). For example :<br />
<br />
-- foo.wts<br />
wtApp:AlertBox(wtScript .. " / " .. wtCurrentScript);<br />
wtApp:CallScript("bar");<br />
return -1;<br />
--<br />
<br />
-- bar.wts<br />
wtApp:AlertBox(wtScript .. " / " .. wtCurrentScript);<br />
--<br />
<br />
When foo is executed, the first alert box will display "foo / foo" and the next one will display "foo / bar". Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
* Check country wnd (F10) : New option to display (or not) the sun charts. Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
* ESM embedded script : When using the SO2R advanced technique, the scenarios messages are used instead of the standard ones. Tnx SM2WMV, N6TV and F6IFY.<br />
<br />
* Remote commands dialog : Various different options for the notification are now allowed.<br />
<br />
* Script manager : Added the possibility to attach a text command to a script. You can even pass a argument with the SCRIPT/ARGUMENT syntax (ex : SCRIPT/5 will call script.wts and the wtArg value is set to the string "5" - Caution : The argument is *always* passed as a string when the script is called from a text command). If no argument is specified, the default argument defined in the script manager will be used (if any). Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
* IARU HF : Mult wnd (Alt-M) can now be copied as text (and pasted as text or directly in a spreadsheet program). Does not apply for the WRTC version that has a different multiplier rule.<br />
<br />
* IOTA : Even if IOTA.DAT is not installed, IOTA references that are syntaxically valid are now taken into account for points credits and are written in the Cabrillo file. Tnx SM3CER. <br />
<br />
* IOTA : Mult wnd (Alt-M) can now be copied as text (and pasted as text or directly in a spreadsheet program). Tnx G3TXF.<br />
<br />
* The check logs tools reports are now adapted to the mixed contests.<br />
<br />
* Enhanced replies to the inventory command (INV) with bridgehead and time masters indicators (B vs b and T vs t).<br />
<br />
* BRIDGEHEAD/NOBRIDGEHEAD text commands added.<br />
<br />
* IARU HF : "BA" added to the exception list of the cut numbers translation, despite this abbreviation is not listed as the official one of the E7HQ Society. Cf http://www.iaru.org/iaru-soc.html Tnx UA6AA and many others.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.5.2) (July 3, 2010)==<br />
<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
<br />
* Bugfix : Fixed a problem with registration in some versions.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.5.1) (June 27, 2010)==<br />
<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
<br />
* Bugfix : MP3 information files dialog could lead to a crash if no mp3 file were present in the current log directory.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix : ARI Sezioni - RTTY : Only valid 4 digits codes can be now grabbed from the RTTY wnd as an exchange. Tnx IK0CHU.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.5.0) (June 5, 2010)==<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
<br />
CAUTION: New network protocol version 1.24 released<br />
<br />
Reminder: If you use WT in a networked environment, you must have the same WT version on all machines!<br />
<br />
These network modifications only affect the use of Win-Test in a WAN environment, and requires wtTunnel 1.12 (to be released) to be effective.<br />
<br />
* Workaround: YCCC SO2R Box outputs were not working as expected. At this time, AUX1 and AUX3 are assigned to Radio1, and AUX2 and AUX4 to Radio2. This will be customizable in the future.<br />
<br />
* Added a Extraction Feature in Contest Recorder (right-click in the Contest Recorder Window, and chose the "Extract and Save QSO" menu).<br />
<br />
* Text commands : <tt>MP3SETUP</tt> and <tt>SCRIPTS</tt> commands added. Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
* Scripts manager dlg : The delete key now acts like clicking on the Delete button.<br />
<br />
* New microHam device "USB micro2R" supported. Tks OM7ZZ.<br />
<br />
* Radio Wnd and DX Cluster Wnd (Alt-A) : New leading indicator (#) introduced to tag spots coming from a CW Skimmer (aka the spotter callsign ends with "-#").<br />
<br />
* CW cut numbers translation : New option in Tools / Data entry to disable the automatic translation. Note that this translation is performed on a contest and worked station contextual basis. The equivalent text commands are <tt>CUTON</tt> and <tt>CUTOFF</tt>. Do not use <tt>CUT/NOCUT</tt> that are reserved for CW cut numbers generation ! Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
* EXPERIMENTAL : New "Always On Top" option in the Options / Windows menu. Can also be (re)set with text commands. Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* Bugfix : IC-7600 : Split was broken. Tnx N3MX, I2WIJ.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix : In M/* configuration, and under certain circumstances, the mp3 files list associated with a station in the MP3 file information dialog could be wrong.<br />
<br />
* ARRL DX : CW cut numbers are translated for DXCC stations worked from the US/VE side.<br />
<br />
* MP3 setup : Only the CBR codecs are now displayed in the setup dialogs. The usage of the ABR codecs (most of the LAME ACM ones) is too erratic to be trusted in. Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix : REF HF : Cut numbers were translated for TK stations (2A). Tnx F5CQ.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix : Additional CW messages (Alt-C) : When no log is opened, the function keys are now disabled.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix : Recorder wnd : Under certain circumstances, the buttons tooltips were not always displayed.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix : HA DX contest : When working contest from the HA side, cut numbers where always translated, whereas it had to be so for non-HA callsigns only. Tnx HA3LN.<br />
<br />
* Contest Recorder: the "rotate file" option were disabling the AutoStart one. Fixed. Thanks IK2JUB.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.4.0) (January 17, 2010)==<br />
<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* Bugfix (#255): K1EL WinKey USB CW timing becomes very poor (Farnsworth style) when PTT delay is default 50 ms. This was caused by too low hardcoded value (80ms) of the PTT Tail delay. This delay is now configurable in the Winkey Properties Dialog Box. Tks F5JSD, SM5AJV, KL7RA and N6TV.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix (#253): Input Wave Device was not properly selected in the Contest Recorder Module. Tks N6TV, NR5M.<br />
<br />
* MP3 files information dialog : Under certain circumstances, the displayed stop time and duration of the selected file were wrong. Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix (#271) : Packet window (Alt-T) was losing focus when the gab window was automatically closed. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix (#272) : Under certain circumstances, pattern checking flags were not updated if an entered callsign was modified. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
<br />
* DARC 10 : Leading zeros addition for serial received was broken. Tnx DK1AX.<br />
* Bugfix : MP3 files recorded in 2009 couldn't be listened to anymore in Win-Test in 2010 ;-) ! Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix : Stew Perry : Under certain circumstances, an overflow error could happen in distance calculations for Q inside the same GridSquare as the entrant. Tnx VE3TA.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix (Task #270) : ARRL 10 : When running the contest from the DX side, the serial sent was not editable. Tnx CX6VM.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix : RTTY wnds : Left-click to activate (and right-click to open the contextual menu) in the text area were broken. Also, the possibility to Ctrl-Drag these windows has been added.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix : ARI 40/80 contest in RTTY : The provinces can now be grabbed in the RTTY wnd. Also fixed for the ARI International Contest. Tnx IK0CHU.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix : The Inventory and Score broadcast network frames could have bad data. Tnx SV3SJ/F5VIH.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix : After opening a non-empty log, the first PgUp press was not updating the child windows.<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
<br />
* Added some new features of the WK2 (WKUSB) for the PTT Tail. Tks F5JSD, K1EL.<br />
<br />
* OmniRig supported as an alternative to the WT build-in Radio Control. Right-click on the Radio Window then choose "OmniRig Settings" in order to properly configure OmniRig for your Radio.<br />
<br />
* IC-703 rig added.<br />
<br />
* First attempt in OTRSP (Open Two Radio Switching Protocol) protocol support. Tested with the YCCC SO2R Box but not in real conditions. Tks K1XM.<br />
<br />
* Log output : Progress bar implemented. Tnx TF3CW.<br />
<br />
* Edit / Move in my log menu item has now text commands equivalents: <tt>MOVEINMYLOG</tt> (or <tt>SCROLLMYLOG</tt>) and <tt>NOMOVEINMYLOG</tt> (or <tt>NOSCROLLMYLOG</tt>). Tnx 5B4WN.<br />
<br />
* Rate wnd (Alt-R) : Two methods are now available to display the elapsed time since the last band changes. Tnx F1NGP and TK5EP.<br />
<br />
* MRU (Most Recently Used) file list added in the File menu.<br />
<br />
* IC-7600 rig added.<br />
<br />
* ICOM rigs : Radio list rearranged alphabetically in the Interface Setup dialog.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix : RTTY wnds : The invert function was also inverting the character next to the selection.<br />
<br />
* RTTY wnds : Mirror zone enlarged to allow 4-figures serials.<br />
<br />
* RTTY wnds : Callsigns found in the database or in the log are now displayed in bold.<br />
<br />
* RTTY wnds : Colors management added.<br />
<br />
* Grid Squares wnd : It can now be enlarged to the entire world. Tnx F8BBL.<br />
<br />
* Grid Squares wnd : New options in the contextual menu to display fields only, and to center the map on a specific point more easily (it requires the map is NOT centered on the Home QTH in the properties dialog).<br />
<br />
* Grid Squares wnd : The resolution (low or high) chosen in the properties dialog wasn't properly saved.<br />
<br />
* CQWW WPX Contests (Task #269) : Various updates to comply with the new rules introduced in 2010. Tnx K5ZD, W0YK.<br />
<br />
* ARRL Contests : Default Off-time period set to 30 mins. Tnx CX6VM and DL6RAI.<br />
<br />
* New "-n" or "--noautoload" switch allowed in the command line to disable the autoload log feature. Tnx N6TV (The only Win-Test user who runs it from the command line ;-) ).<br />
<br />
* Startup time reduced.<br />
<br />
* CSV and Text exports : HF logs can now export distance and heading. CAUTION : To ensure consistency with the VHF logs exports (and many geographical processing softwares or online apps), the longitude is now positive for East, and negative for West.<br />
<br />
* Tools / Check log / Callsigns syntax check added. Uses the pattern callsigns rules file (callsign.pat).<br />
<br />
* LUA : wtArg can now be used to get the optional argument set in the Script Manager or in a #SCRIPT(argument) call. To ensure compatibility, wtArgument remains usable.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix : Under some circonstances, some key assignments to scripts were not working properly. Tnx DJ0ZY.<br />
<br />
* Script key assignment dialog : If no key is assigned, the argument field is now automatically cleared and disabled.<br />
<br />
* Lua : New API to get the type and the manufactuer of the radios: wtRadio*:GetTypeId() and wtRadio*:GetManufacturerId(). Reminder : wtRadio* applies to wtRadio, wtRadioInactive, wtRadioPrimary, wtRadioSecondary, wtRadio1 or wtRadio2. New Lua WT constants are introduced for this purpose. A new directory on our download repository has been created to gather the API and the constants lists : http://download.win-test.com/v4/lua/<br />
<br />
* REF 160 : As non-domestic stations can send non-numeric exchanges the CW cut numbers translation is now disabled. Tnx F5IN.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.3.0) (November 23, 2009)==<br />
<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* Bugfix: playing back MP3s recorded on different stations was broken. Tks FY5KE.<br />
<br />
* Contest Recorder (#253): USB Voice Codec was not detected due to a trailing space in the Codec Name. Fixed. Tks N6TV.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix (#182): Wrong QSX Frequency in Self-generated Spots. Tks K1GQ.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix (#262): CQ Repeat doesn't stop for Secondary Radio. Tks DJ0ZY.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix (#259): Pressing Alt-1 in Secondary Radio window moves QSO to wrong band. Alt-1/2/3/... are now active only with the Primary radio and when the Partner Wnd is open. Tks N6TV.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix (#251): NA Sprint - LOCATION record not written to Cabrillo file header. Done also for IARU HF, NAQP and NCCC Sprints. Tks N6TV.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix (#243): WPX contest now requires LOCATION in Cabrillo. Done also for CQWW even if it doesn't seem required yet. Tks N6TV.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix : Ukranian DX contest and RDXC : Cut numbers were translated even for Oblasts. Tnx F5IN and RK1AA.<br />
<br />
* UFT HF : Under some circonstances, the received report was not correctly translated with cut numbers. Tnx F5IN.<br />
<br />
* CQWW M/S : The 10-minute mult timer in the status window (Alt-J) was broken. Tnx FY5KE. <br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
<br />
* Italian translation added. Tks IV3IYH!<br />
<br />
* Search for Possible Bad Exchanges against bad formated serial number implemented. Tks N6TV.<br />
<br />
* Added some basic checks for ARRL SS in the "Search for Possible Bad Exchanges" tool. Tks N6TV.<br />
<br />
* The '<' and '>' keys are now interpreted by the Secondary Radio Window as well, as far as the SHIFT key is not used for binding to the Secondary Radio Window (task #216). Tks N6TV.<br />
<br />
* WAE : When using the keyboard mode in the QTC transmitting and receiving dialogs, the Enter key was mis-interpreted. And now, in CW, the "what you type" field is also updated. Tnx DL6RAI and DJ4MZ.<br />
<br />
* Lua : New API to play the additional CW/RTTY messages (Alt-C set)<br />
<br />
wtKeyer:PlayAdditionalMsg(AdditionalMsgIndex)<br />
<br />
AdditionalMsgIndex is the index of the Alt-C messages set (1 to 12). Others are ignored. This API is useful when these messages contains variables. If not, you can still use wtKeyer:Play("$MSGx").<br />
<br />
* Lua: New API introduced to get various interesting directories paths:<br />
<br />
wtApp:GetLogPath() Current log directory path<br />
wtApp:GetAppPath() Win-Test installation directory path<br />
wtApp:GetCfgPath() \cfg directory path<br />
wtApp:GetCtyPath() \countryFiles directory path<br />
wtApp:GetDatabasePath() \databases directory path<br />
wtApp:GetOpPath() \ops directory path<br />
wtApp:GetScriptPath() \scripts directory path<br />
wtApp:GetExtraPath() \extras directory path<br />
<br />
* WAE : Transmit and Receive QTC windows : Scripts are now allowed in the predefined CW/RTTY messages (use the #SCRIPT notation as usual). Tnx DL6RAI. <br />
<br />
* Ukranian DX contest : Rules 2009 now accept single mode entries for DX : Cabrillo file output updated. Tnx F5IN.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.2.0) (October 21, 2009)==<br />
<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* Bugfix: Conversion of binary file containing QTC from v3 to v4. Tks DJ4MZ.<br />
<br />
* Better support of Win7 and Wine/Linux.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix (#258): Failure of swap radio key to switch rx focus for the MK2R+ as long as one not manually changed the rx focus to stereo or transmitted anything in CW. Tks GW3NJW, OH1JT, OM7ZZ, W4TV.<br />
<br />
* Cosmetic: avoid rx focus leds flickering when switching tx focus. Tks OM7ZZ.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix (#187): Ctrl-Shift-Tab doesn't appear to toggle RUN / S&P in Secondary radio window. Tks N6TV, GW3NJW.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix : K3 serial port default setup modified : The number of stop bits was wrong - It is now set to one stop bit, according to the K3 users manual. Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
* ON Winter and Spring contests : Sections list updated. Tnx F5IN and ON5GQ.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix (#257) : CQWW DX RTTY : Cabrillo template modified to match the specs. Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix : CQWW DX RTTY : Allowed band changes modified to 8 in MS and M2 categories (rules 2009). Tnx F5JY.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix (#164): TI5/NP3D is now parsed as TI. Tnx JE2UFF/W2UFF.<br />
<br />
* CTY files : 4U30VIC now considered as 4U1V in an appropriate way. Tnx DL6LAU.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix : After reloading a WAE log, the QTC count in the Summary window was wrong. Tnx DK1AX.<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
<br />
* Scripting: wtQso:GetModeId() and wtKeyer:GrabHighlightedCallsign() function added. Note that wtKeyer:GrabHighlightedCallsign() works only in RTTY, and relies on the INSERT key option set in the RTTY setup dialog.<br />
<br />
* New option in the Clock wnd to "wizz" this window a la MSN at rounded hours, to draw attention of the op (useful in multi-op configurations).<br />
<br />
* New feature in Tools / Scripts manager... : Allows to edit, create, delete or rename scripts. It's also used to assign a key and/or an argument to a script (its value will be available in the wtArgument global variable).<br />
<br />
* Scripts called by an assigned key can return +1 to be called again *after* the WT key processing ooccured. A new API wtApp:IsPostKeyProcess() is introduced to distinguish the "pre"- process from the "post"-process.<br />
<br />
Example:<br />
<br />
RunSPSwitch.wts (assigned to Ctrl-Tab) :<br />
<br />
if (wtApp:IsPostKeyProcess()) then<br />
if (wtQso:IsOperatingModeRun()) then<br />
wtApp:SetWindowColor(-1, 0, 165, 165);<br />
else<br />
wtApp:SetWindowColor(-1, 128,128,128);<br />
end;<br />
else<br />
return 1; -- Triggers a post key process call<br />
end;<br />
<br />
Note : This feature works only for users scripts called with an assigned key (and *not* with embedded overriden scripts).<br />
<br />
* Scripts can now be called from a CW or a RTTY message. You must use the #SCRIPTNAME(ARGUMENT) notation. The argument (and parenthesis) are optional. The script will be called synchroneously, but is executed in the main thread, meaning that it is not blocking the CW/RTTY stream.<br />
<br />
* New feature in Options / Script Editor configuration : Allows to use any external text editor to edit scripts. The default text editor is a custom package of SciTE (Scintilla Text Editor - free and open source) available on our repository<br />
<br />
http://download.win-test.com/utils/SciTE_for_Win-Test.zip<br />
<br />
Unzip the package and move the entire SciTE folder in the Win-Test installation directory.<br />
<br />
* YO DX Contest : Rules 2009 : In mixed mode, a station can be worked in both modes. Tnx N2YO.<br />
<br />
* Tools / Check log for possible bad exchanges : When the contest do not use serial numbers, use the QSO index in the report remarks. Tnx F1HAR @ TM0HQ.<br />
<br />
* Keys redefinitions : The Pause and Scroll-Lock keys can now be used. Be warned that Ctrl-Scroll-Lock and Ctrl-Pause (that are considered as "identical" by the system) are used by Windows to cancel dialogs. Thus, it is advisable to not use them for key redefinition.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.1.0) (August 8, 2009)==<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
<br />
* IOTA contest: "Search for possible bad exchanges" (tools menu) implemented.<br />
<br />
* Rotator Azimuth orders are now based on the locator instead of the DXCC on 50 MHz and above. On 50 MHz and 70 MHz, if the locator field is empty in the log, then the azimuth is computed against the DXCC prefix.<br />
<br />
* New text commands RUNSP/NORUNSP and RUNSPON/RUNSPOFF to enable or not the RUN/S&P switching. Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
* New contest files : You can now customize the file name and sub dir formats. See Options / Log / New contest files properties... Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
* IOTA contest : Default IOTA reference is now guessed, according to the new CTY_IOTA.DAT file (must be in the countryFiles directory). This file is based on DXCC countries, callsign prefixes, call areas and oblasts.<br />
<br />
* IOTA contest : Check mult wnd (F10) : IOTA references are now autocompleted for check during QSO entry.<br />
<br />
* New File menu items to explore more easily several WT-related directories. Tnx F5VIH/SV3SJ and N6TV.<br />
<br />
* DX Window (Alt-A) : Spot can be now passed to the secondary radio or the non-active radio. Tnx DL8WAA.<br />
<br />
* M2/Orion rotators added in wtRotators. Tks IK0HBN.<br />
<br />
* The RRTC Cabrillo files are now following the version 3 specs. And the contest name is modified as "OZCHR". Tnx F5VIH/SV3SJ.<br />
<br />
* CW and RTTY msgs enlarged to 120 characters.<br />
<br />
* Extra information files : Multiple spaces or tabs can now separate the callsign from the data. Tnx G0ORH.<br />
<br />
* New File dialog : Ensures the validity of the entered file name. Tnx DJ7MGQ.<br />
<br />
* ESM : S&P : When the entered callsign is a dupe, WT now blocks call. To override this behaviour, use F4 to call and F2 to send exchange (by default). Tnx GW3NJW.<br />
<br />
* VHF+ contests : Mode is now displayed in the main log wnd if the contest has been set to handle several modes (Mixed or All modes). Tnx DK2ZF and DL5NAH.<br />
<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* The displayed azimuth in the Rotator Window could be wrong in the "Stacks" and "Rotors" tabs.<br />
<br />
* EUHF : Statistics window (Ctrl-F9) limited to one day. Tnx F5VIH/SV3SJ.<br />
<br />
* IOTA contest : When an invalid IOTA was entered, clearing the field afterwards wasn't clearing the '?' flag.<br />
<br />
* Contest Recorder:<br />
** Infinite loop in MP3 file rotations. Tks DD5FZ.<br />
** Memory Leak using LAME encoder.<br />
** MP3 Codec enumeration in the player. WT was not always detecting the appropriate Codec.<br />
** Playback with Windows VISTA. Note that the LAME Codec is an Encoder Codec only.<br />
<br />
* When radios were swapped (*), the ESM QSO status was somewhat messy.<br />
<br />
* For some contests, the letters for cut numbers were inappropriately translated.<br />
<br />
* After a WT v3 file conversion, the main window caption was not updated.<br />
<br />
* MP3 files information : The file date was off by one month. Tnx F5VIH/SV3SJ.<br />
<br />
* Cabrillo Import : The station name for all worked QSO was CABRILLO. Now, it uses the name entered in the Contest Settings dialog. Tnx F5VIH/SV3SJ.<br />
<br />
* Callsign text color wasn't reset after F11 or empty callsign if the callsign check wasn't automatic. Tnx DJ0ZY.<br />
<br />
* Delete QSO : Several structures inconstancies fixed when a Q was deleted in the middle of the log.<br />
<br />
* In REG1TEST exports (European Standard File for V/UHF Contests), QSO logged in mode different than CW or SSB was not well formatted. Tks DL5NAH.<br />
<br />
* Options / Log / Colors... menu was broken. Tnx F5LIW.<br />
<br />
* Check Country wnd (F10) : Sun status bars now display "NO DATA" when SS and SR are not computed (JW, JX etc.). Tnx DJ0ZY.<br />
<br />
* (Task #245) Network advanced settings : The Bridgehead setting was not saved. Tnx KL7RA and N6TV.<br />
<br />
* Opening a .wtb file in the command line, by drag'n'drop or a double-click on it was starting an infinite loop. Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.0.1) (June 30, 2009)==<br />
<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
<br />
* Options / Toolbar setting was ignored on startup. Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
* ESM was broken. Tnx F1HAR.<br />
<br />
* Registration Key was broken.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.0.0) (June 26, 2009)==<br />
<br />
First release of Win-Test version 4<br />
<br />
Minimum requirements : WinXP (2k not tested but may mork - feedbacks<br />
welcome). PIII 500 MHz - 64 MB RAM - 800 x 600 screen res.<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
<br />
Summary of the new features:<br />
<br />
* Rotators Controls<br />
<br />
* Integrated MP3 contest recorder and player: Use the Options / MP3 configuration to set the audo device that will record and play the file, the various sampling and bit rate settings. You can also set a maximum filesize. Over this limit, additional files will be automatically created. To start recording click on the record button of the window (a blinking red square will be displayed in the clock window too). Once the contest is over, click on the record button again to stop recording. Now, you can browse your log with usual arrow keys and to listen to a specific Q but clicking the Play button or use the <code>AltGr-Enter</code> combination (some keyboard do not have an <code>AltGr</code> key, so use <code>Ctrl+Alt</code> instead). You can also go back and forward with the adapted buttons or use AltGr-Left and Right. To pause/play, you can use the <code>AltGr-Space</code> combination.<br />
<br />
* ESM (Enter Sends Message): Enabled/Disabled by the Tools/Data entry/ESM Enabled menu. You can also use the ESM/NOESM or ESMON/ESMOFF text commmands. It relies on the following messages assignation : <br />
F1 : CQ<br />
F2 : Sent report<br />
F4 : Mycall<br />
F5 : Logged callsign ($LOGGED)<br />
F7 : ? (or "Again ?" in phone)<br />
INSERT : Callsign + sent report<br />
PLUS : TU + enter Q<br />
When the ESM is enabled, as the return key *can't* be used anymore to log silently a QSO, the key combination Ctrl+Plus has been introduced and added for this purpose.<br />
<br />
* Variable speed for the integrated voice keyer : An exclusive Win-Test feature! You can play your voice files at a different speed (between -20% and +70%) from the original recording speed. Record your voice files at normal speed, and use Alt-F9/F10 (as in CW mode) to play them at a different speed. The speed in displayed at the bottom of the (Rate) Alt-R window.<br />
<br />
* On the fly callsign pattern check based on the K1TTT callsign.pat file (over 400 rules applied today). Use the Tools / Data entry / Callsign check menu option. You are encouraged to report the author any mistakes or improvements of this file (k1ttt@arrl.net). The file is located in the cfg directory (see below).<br />
<br />
* Improved F10 window with graphical indication of the sun status on both sides of the QSO.<br />
<br />
* Keyboard mode (Alt-K) enhanced. The backspace is not supported yet and replaced by "E E " like you do when you use a regular key.<br />
<br />
* Data (.wt4) and notes (.not) files can be transferred thru the WT network without needing any file or directory sharing. Very convenient to gather all logs in a multi-stations environment once the contest is over. Use the Tools / Download thru the network... menu. <br />
<br />
* Enhanced compatibility with Vista and Seven (Auxiliary and ini files are now stored in directories these OS accept with no additional rights:<br />
<br />
Windows XP : Documents and Settings\All users\Application Data\Win-Test\<br />
Windows Vista : ProgramData\Win-Test\<br />
<br />
Note that these directories may be hidden by Windows Explorer. Check the Folders Options of Windows Explorer.<br />
<br />
Several sub-directories are created and used by Win-Test. Their names are self-explanatory.</div>Dl6raihttps://docs.win-test.com/w/index.php?title=Release_Notes&diff=5023Release Notes2023-04-10T06:32:02Z<p>Dl6rai: </p>
<hr />
<div>==Release information 4.46.0 (January 17th, 2023)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* ARRL RTTY Roundup : The Check Mult window (F10) was not filled properly. Tnx PA2A.<br />
* When entering your own callsign in the log (to cancel a QSO), your own location was displayed on the spots map (if enabled).<br />
* FT-891 : Code totally rewritten and it now works as expected. Tnx RX3APM for report, and DK5MR for testing.<br />
===New features===<br />
* Lua API version string is 1.9.0<br />
* Lua : wtApp:TextCommand now accepts "*" as strStn to send to all stations of the network.<br />
* Lua : New local variable wtFrom. Set to nil by default. Contains the name of the station that sent the text command thru network to run a local script. Can be useful when two (or more) stations exchange data with scripts.<br />
* Lua : New onBandChange event when there is a band change. wtArg includes the band name and the radio as strings (ex : "10/0" for 10m on radio1). Reminder : The band name can have letters in it (2KM, 10G etc.) onBandChange.wts example : _, _, band, radio = string.find(wtArg, "(%d+[GKM]*)/(%d+)")<br />
wtApp:AlertBox("RadioID: " .. radio .. " Band: " .. band). Tnx TK5EP.<br />
* WAG : LCR parser added.<br />
* Cabrillo import : When the Cabrillo contest identifier is unknown, Win-Test now offers the possibility to choose the contest the log is referring to. <br />
* Radio wnd / List view : When possible, set an inactive VFO indicator. Tnx DJ0ZY. <br />
* Carrier / Tune timer : The remaining time is now displayed in the Stop button caption.<br />
* Explore Current op. directory added to the File menu. Two (similar) Lua API added to get this path : - wtApp:GetCurrentOpPath() - wtOp:GetPath()<br />
* Lua : New wtKeyer:Load(strFileName) API to load messages from a .smsgs file. If no path is specified, the current op. directory is used. Tnx F6IFY.<br />
* The default directory to save or load CW/RTTY messages is now set to the current op. directory.<br />
* The QTC transmit and receive dialogs are checked to be always visible even if their positions were saved with a different monitors configuration. Tnx F5UII.<br />
* The WAE messages can now be saved and loaded.<br />
* Partner Wnd : After a Q is entered and the window is cleaned, the remaining content stays in place to not mess up the $GRABn variables. Tnx FY5KE.<br />
* Scripts manager : Refresh button added. Useful if you alter directly the scripts directory.<br />
* Ctrl-X now prompts for a text command to be executed on the current QSO if it applies.<br />
* The log caret / cursor can now be displayed as a solid block (Options / Log). Text commands : BLOCKCARET / NOBLOCKCARET or BLOCKCURSOR / NOBLOCKCURSOR. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
* When archiving, the full path of the generated zip file is copied to the clipboard.<br />
* When using RUN vs S&P, Alt-F4 (return to the last RUN CQ freq) switches automatically to RUN. Tnx F5UII.<br />
* WAE : Following the rules, if the received serial is set to 000, points are credited only if it is a new mult. Tnx F5UII.<br />
* Text commands : "NOTES" added as a text command to open the notes file attached to the current log.<br />
* Partner window : Partial callsigns or callsigns with wildcard character(s) '?' are now removed if they match the callsign entered in the log. Tnx FY5KE.<br />
* Checkmark added to the freq offsets menu item if they're enabled.<br />
* The summary data broadcast is now allowed for single-ops, independently of the Master setting in the contest configuration dialog. Tnx K2RET.<br />
<br />
==Release information 4.45.0 (October 18th, 2022)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* Flex 6000 series added. Fixes the RTTY filter selection bug with the Kenwood interface. Only one slice is displayed, unless the split is selected. Tnx DL6DH, DL8OH, DL6RAI.<br />
* IARU FD R1 : /MM stations do not count as mult. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
* WAEDC : When the Alt-M window was copied, the numerical call areas of the countries that apply weren't used. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
* OK1WC Challenge : When the callsign length was over 8 chars, the mult extraction (last char of the suffix) wasn't working correctly. Tnx DJ0ZY/DD5M.<br />
* IOTA contest : In Multi-1 category, the QSO numbering was wrong. Tnx DL6RAI and others.<br />
<br />
===New features===<br />
* Outbound RadioInfo external UDP messages capability added in the interfaces settings dialog (network advanced settings), to make easier to use additional programs or devices. Already tested with the rf-kit.de RF2K-S SSPA. Tnx F5HRY.<br />
* Freq offsets : New text commands to access the setup : OFFSETSETUP (or OFFSETSSETUP). New text commands to enable/disable the freq offsets: OFFSET/NOOFFSET, OFFSETS/NOOFFSETS, OFFSETON/OFFSETOFF, OFFSETSON/OFFSETSOFF. Tnx F5UII. <br />
* OCDX : /M, /MM and /P do not count as prefix multipliers.<br />
* New setting dialog (Commands / Carrier timer...) to enable or not the carrier/tune (Ctrl-T) timer and set its duration. Tnx F5HRY.<br />
* The /LH callsign extension (LightHouse) doesn't interfere anymore in the DXCC entity resolution. Tnx F5UII.<br />
* DXPed HF : Distance added to the geographical data of the F10 wnd. Tnx F5UII.<br />
* Yaesu Band data code for 60m added on the LPT output. As the default code (identical to 40m) can interfere with other bands, the user can choose to use the 50 MHz (6m) band code or an usused code. Tnx FY5FY.<br />
* Text and CSV export : The format YYMMDD is added to the fields list. Tnx F6AJA.<br />
* IOTA contest : Cabrillo updated to v3.<br />
* IOTA contest : Rules 2022 : The Q with Russian and Belarus stations count 0 point and don't count as multipliers. See https://www.rsgbcc.org/hf/rules/2022/riota.shtml (RSGB IOTA Contest website) for details.<br />
<br />
==Release information 4.44.0 (July 22nd, 2022)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* REG1TEST files : The QSO points and the claimed score were always set to 0 by default. Tnx F1EZG @ TM5R.<br />
===New features===<br />
* When applying exchange(s) to entered QSOs (Ctrl-F10), the numbers of found QSO and updated QSO are notified.<br />
<br />
==Release information 4.43.0 (July 1st, 2022)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* Bugfix : The CW default messages for the REF DDFM 50 MHz were wrong.<br />
* Bugfix : The title of the LPT port properties dialog was incorrect.<br />
* Bugfix : When using markers in the bandmap and if the marker text was totally visible, the first line of the tooltip was empty. Tnx F6BGC.<br />
<br />
===New features===<br />
* All Asian DX : Cabrillo updated to v3.<br />
* Generic VHF+ contests have been extended to accommodate contests where a fixed exchange is sent instead of a serial number. Just enter this exchange in the "Exchange" field of the contest configuration dialog. If this entry field remains empty, the usual serial numbers are used. Tnx DL6RAI, DJ0ZY.<br />
* All VHF+ generic contests are no more limited to 6-char grids (locators) and now accept 4-char grids (locators) exchanges as well.<br />
* New option in the Cabrillo options dialog and the REG1TEST options dialog to set the claimed score to 0 point. Useful if you are using a contest template that is not fully adapted to the scoring method, and you don't want to mess up the claimed scores (if any).<br />
* The names of two microwaves bands over 76 GHz were wrong. They are now correctly labelled 122G and 134G, instead of 119G and 142G. Tnx F4CWN.<br />
* New band data code available on the LPT output, designed for VHF+ bands, from 50 MHz to 122 GHz. Tnx F4CWN.<br />
* Band plans : New option to reject (automatic) spots outside the defined segments for a given mode, acting as filters. Tnx DL3DXX. Reminder : By default, the band plans are used to determine the mode of the (non-automatic) spots. They don't act as freq filters.<br />
* Merge Logs : When sorting logs and if the timestamps of two (or more) QSO are identical (can happen if logs were imported from Cabrillo files), Win-Test now relies on the serial sent (if any) to order these QSO. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* Yaesu FTDX-10 added. Tnx DL4LAM.<br />
<br />
==Release information 4.42.0 (May 20, 2022)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* The display options of the zones window(s) (Alt+Z) were not always correctly retained between sessions. Tnx F5LIW.<br />
* Notes report dlg : After editing a note, the log caret (cursor) wasn't restored.<br />
<br />
===New features===<br />
* When creating your Cabrillo log, you can now also submit it in one click to the Super Check Partial Database. This feature requires wtScpSubmit.dll which is included in the latest Win-Test installers. If needed, this dll is also available at http://download.win-test.com/utils/wtScpSubmit.dll. It must be placed in the Win-Test installation directory. Under some circumstances (especially with oldest OS), you may need MSVCP140.dll and/or others to be installed on your system. The easiest way is to install the latest Microsoft Visual C++ Redistributable packages for Visual Studio X86 available here: https://aka.ms/vs/17/release/vc_redist.x86.exe. Finally, on Win7, to ensure TLS 1.1 and 1.2 are enabled, apply this easy fix https://is.gd/QlQgbg<br />
* CQ-M : 10-minute rule for MOST (M/S) entries removed (rules 2022).<br />
* Add LCR parsers to the CQ-M, RAEM, and Yuri Gagarin DX contests.<br />
* Add the Out Of Band sections to the CQ WW and CQ WPX LCR parsers. Tnx F6KOP.<br />
* OK/OM : Rules 2022 : The Q with Russian and Belarus stations count 0 point and don't count as multipliers. See http://www.okomdx.crk.cz/ (OK-OM DX contest website) for details.<br />
* Interfaces Setup dialog : The keying compensation can now be negative (in the case where the TRX extends the keying). Tnx N6TV.<br />
* CQWPX : Rules 2022 : The Q with Russian and Belarus stations count 0 point and don't count as multipliers. See https://is.gd/HIMOLP (CQWPX blog) for details.<br />
* Lua : It's now possible to attach Lua scripts to text commands that are identical to mode names ("SSB", "CW", "RTTY", etc.). In these cases, the script will be called *after* the command is processed normally by Win-Test. Tnx TK5EP.<br />
* The DX spots window (Alt+A) display options are now interactive.<br />
* World Map : Options : The colors of the paths can now be the same as the markers.<br />
<br />
==Release information 4.41.0 (Feb 15, 2022)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* REG1TEST / EDI : Under some circumstances, the ouput file wasn't created. Tnx OZ1ZAA.<br />
* $MSG10 was actually sending the additional MSG1 instead of MSG10. A 20-year old typo in the code ! Tnx SP5KP.<br />
<br />
===New features===<br />
* Lua API version string is 1.8.0<br />
* Op-entered spots are now protected from spots of the same DX on a freq inside the mode bandwidth window. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
* NA Sprint : LCR parser updated. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* New countdown timer added (Tools menu or TIMER text command), especially for the single-ops. It indicates exactly when they can operate again after a pause. It's based on the time of the last QSO entered in the log, truncated to the minute. You can also use the text command TIMER/nnHmmM or TIMER/nnHmm (meaning nn hours and mm minutes), or TIMER/xxH (nn hours) or TIMER/nnM (nn minutes) to set and start the timer automatically. Tnx F5NZY.<br />
* Shortcuts added to some of the reports buttons.<br />
* QSO times are now by default considered as truncated to the minute for Time ON / Time OFF calculations and the QSY rules. Tnx F5NKX.<br />
* Contest Recorder : AltGr+O, and text commands RECORD/NORECORD (and STARTRECORD/STOPRECORD) added to Start/Stop recording.<br />
* UBA DX : Updated to comply with the rules 2022. Tnx F5LIW.<br />
* World Map : "Copy content as image" menu item added.<br />
* RTTY windows : Esc button added. Tnx PA2A.<br />
* Notes report dialog. It's now possible to edit a note by selecting it and use Alt-N to modify the comment. Tnx F4CWN.<br />
* REF HF : For M/S entrants, the compliance of the 10-min rule can be checked by using the appropriate item in the Tools / Check log menu.<br />
* REF HF : Timer added in the Alt-J wnd for the M/S entrants.<br />
* Lua : New wtRadio* API : wtRadio*:GetBand(), wtRadio*:GetMode() and wtRadio*:GetCqData() added. GetBand() and GetMode() return the current band and mode of the radio. GetCqData() return a Lua table with various data on the last sent CQ (that are stored for Alt-F4) : "freq", "qsx", "band", "mode" and "wpm" (for CW).<br />
* World Map : New options to display short and longs paths for "my spotters" and the NCDXF beacons.<br />
* New "NCDXF" text command to set the active radio on the NCDXF beacons frequency (if it applies).<br />
* New option in the world map display option to show the NCDXF beacon that currently transmits if the radio is on the NCDXF frequency (+/- 100 Hz).<br />
* The world map display options are now interactive. Different styles and a night opacity slider are also added.<br />
* The "copy as image" feature now also copies the image in PNG format, to extend the paste scope (mail, twitter etc.).<br />
* The RBN nodes and frequent spotters databases can be directly updated with the contextual menu of the map wnd (Display options).<br />
<br />
==Release information 4.40.0 (Jan 18, 2022)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* Automatic op-entered spots during QSOs (especially in S&P) were not replaced by DX-cluster / external spots.<br />
* When sending a gab composed of CAPITAL letters, do not shake our own gab window.<br />
===New features===<br />
* Interface dialog : The usable COM ports are now extended up to COM32. The parameters list now also displays the Handshake (HS), Always ON (ON) and Always OFF (OFF) settings, and are ordered by Pin (DTR then RTS). Tnx DL5XJ, DL6RAI.<br />
<br />
* New NCDXF/IBP Beacons window : Displays the transmission schedule of the NCDXF / IBP (International Beacons Project) beacons. A double click on a line gets the radio on the beacon freq. An "i" (stands for "info") in the status column indicates a comment you can read by hovering the mouse over it. Tnx VE3SUN.<br />
* LCR : Croatian CW contest LCR parser added.<br />
* LCR : Parser for CQ WW LCR updated. Works for preview and final reports.<br />
* New feature : You can now grab a spot from the visible spots in the Radio windows or in the DX-cluster window by entering the callsign (or some letters of it) and Ctrl-Space.<br />
* REF HF and REF 160m : LCR process updated. Tnx F4CWN.<br />
* French (and some Begian) users : Button added in the keys redefinitions dialog to load AZERTY redefinitions that allow the AZERTY keyboards users to access the numbers located on the top row without using the Shift or Shift Lock keys. They allow direct access to the ?, . and / keys of the bottom row as well. This button is displayed only when the language is set to French.<br />
<br />
==Release information 4.39.0 (Dec 6, 2021)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* Bugfix : For several contests, the columns headers were overlapping. Tnx F5HRY.<br />
* WinKey : When using +/- in messages, the speed was randomly not reset to its initial value and the next message was sent with an incorrect greater speed. Tnx NN7CW and DL6RAI for their detailed reports and numerous tests to fix this long-standing bug. <br />
* OK/OM CW DX-side : The district information display in the Mult window (F10) was broken.<br />
* When Win-Test was started from the command line with an alternate application data directory (-a switch), the directory name wasn't unquoted. Tnx F1HAR.<br />
===New features===<br />
* DX cluster (Alt-A) and Radio windows : The CT1BOH spot quality tags can now be displayed if they're sent by the skimmer. You can also filter the displayed spots by tag when applicable. Unless it's disabled by the user, in the list tab of the Radio window, the displayed spots are grouped by quality before being sorted. Tnx ES5TV.<br />
* Script Manager : Hyperlink to the Lua API reference web page added.<br />
* Op-entered spots are kept until worked or deleted on purpose, even if other stations are externally spotted on their frequencies. Tnx DL6RAI. <br />
* Radio wnd : List tab : When spots are sorted by points or mult type, the second sorting criteria is now the beam heading rather than the spot frequency. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
* Gab : To draw attention, any gab text containing only CAPITAL letters now shakes the recipients gab window.<br />
* SCP files : Defensive coding to attempt to prevent at best against crashes under some circumstances with badly-formatted or corrupted SCP or MASTER files. Tnx SP5KP.<br />
* RDA Contest : LCR view added.<br />
* OK/OM CW : 10 mins timer enabled for M/S category. RUN stations only.<br />
* Larger log font sizes available for short-sighted ;-) Tnx TA2SE, W1NN.<br />
* DX Spots window (Alt-A) : New option to pin the op-entered spots to the bottom of the window so you can always see them. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
* WAG : The output Cabrillo file is now following the v3 specs. Tnx DL1RTL.<br />
* EU-DX : Multipliers list updated. Tnx IK6QON.<br />
<br />
==Release information 4.38.1 (Oct 25, 2021)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* After importing a Cabrillo file, the resulting wt4 file couldn't be opened by Win-Test 4.38.0. Tnx F5LIW.<br />
<br />
==Release information 4.38.0 (Oct 25, 2021)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* LCR parser fixed for the CQ WPX reports.<br />
* CW : The spaced digits option was not read when starting Win-Test. Despite the ckecked option in the menu item, it was not enabled. <br />
* CQWW VHF : When using the default CW messages, the sent grid was 6-char instead of 4-char. Tnx F5HRY.<br />
* IARU HF : There are cases where different DXCC entities have the same Society (ex OH and OH0) and were counted as different mults.<br />
* The "Dupes included or not in QSO counts and avg calculations" string in the summary text was always in local language even if summary in English was selected.<br />
===New features===<br />
* Lua API version string is 1.7.0<br />
* Defensive coding to check the log file when opening to prevent file corruptions. Tnx DL1DAW.<br />
* Workaround for the USBSER.SYS bug that doesn't update the RTS line until DTR is accessed. Tnx R2AXZ (author of the Blue Pill Serial Monster).<br />
* RDA Contest : Cabrillo updated to v3. <br />
* WAE Transmit and Receive windows : New messages available.<br />
* WAE : New CW variable $RAWTIME to send the QTC time with cut numbers disabled.<br />
* WAE : Transmit QTC window : A QTC line can now be directly sent by using the coresponding numeric key (0 sends the line labelled 10).<br />
* Lua : New wtContest API : wtContest:GetCategoryId(), wtContest:GetModeCategoryId(), wtContest:GetPowerClassId() and wtContest:GetOverlayId() added.<br />
* Lua : For standardization purposes, the microHam and OTRSP events scripts are now renamed :<br />
<tt><br />
microhamFsOn -> onMicrohamFsOn<br />
microhamFsOff -> onMicrohamFsOff<br />
otrspCrOn -> onOtrspCrOn<br />
otrspCrOff -> onOtrspCrOff<br />
otrspCrEvent -> onOtrspCrEvent<br />
</tt><br />
For now, to maintain compatibility, the script legacy names are still executed.<br />
* Lua : New scripts called on log opening (onFileOpen) and on log closing (onFileClose).<br />
* EU HF : The Cabrillo header is updated (EUHFC instead of EU-HF). Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
* CQWW DX : The Youth overlay is added to the Overlay drop-down list.<br />
* CQWW DX : The Explorer category is added to the Category drop-down list (Single-Op Explorer and Multi-Op Explorer).<br />
* In the contest settings dlg, you can now set the default power class to use when creating new logs. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
* New archiving feature : File / Archive... (or ARCHIVE text command). It creates a timestamped zipped file in the log directory of the files related to the current log that are selected. Warning : Archiving audio recordings file that are usually pretty large can take a while... Be patient.<br />
* For standardization purposes, all timestamped files are now timestamped to the nearest second.<br />
* Time Shifting : The selection of the QSO and the stations are now independent. And a backup of the log is automatically performed before proceeding. Tnx EA7X/EF4HQ.<br />
* Marconi Memorial HF : Points per QSO updated.<br />
<br />
==Release information 4.37 (June 29, 2021)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* VHF+ contests : Sorting the Spots list by QSO points (related to distance if it can be computed) wasn't working. <br />
* When copying the Summary wnd as text, the "Generated by Win-Test" line was missing. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
* Summary wnd : When using a language different from English, some column titles were incorrectly truncated.<br />
===New features===<br />
* WAE : Rules 2021 : BY is added to the call area multipliers (so Chinese stations with different digits in their prefix count as different mults). Tnx DL7YS.<br />
* ARRL FD : The "Covid" rule (Home stations can work home stations) is extended to 2021. Tnx VE2FWW.<br />
* KCJ and KCJ Top Band contests rules updated. Tnx JI1RXQ.<br />
* VHF+ contests : Discrepancies between gridsquares in the log for different bands weren't displayed in the Bad Exchanges check report. Tnx F4CWN.<br />
* ARRL 10m : LCR viewer updated to fit to the new LCR format.<br />
* The question mark character is now enabled in all QSO input fields, and the cursor is positioned on it when cycling the fields. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* CW : New option for spaced digits in serials : When enabled, a half-space (^) is inserted between each digits of the serial, making it more readable at high speed.<br />
* F10 Wnd : In DXPed HF or VHF, the date of the QSO is now displayed.<br />
<br />
==Release information 4.36 (May 19, 2021)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* In Phone, when entering a (very) long exchange, the cursor might insert a ghost space character at the end of the field.<br />
* VHF+ contests : Under some circumstances, when the automatic exchange (grid) guessing was set, the Check Partial wnd wasn't updated anymore after the field was automatically filled.<br />
===New features===<br />
* CQ-M : Scoring is now updated and follows the rules 2021.<br />
* IARU HF : In M/S (Mixed only) category, the 10-min status timer now takes into account mode changes. Tnx HA6OI.<br />
* HA DX : The Cabrillo output file now includes the RUN/MULT indicator for the M/S entrants. Tnx HA6OI.<br />
* YOTA (Youngsters On The Air) contest implemented.<br />
* ARI DX / ARI 40-80 : Provinces list and exchange equivalence file (ARIPROV.DAT) updated. Tnx HB9AMO, DL6RAI.<br />
* City, State/Prov, Postal Code and Country separate fields added to the contest settings dialog to improve the compatibility with the Cabrillo v3 header fields. These fields are assembled together to maintain the back compatibility with the Cabrillo v2 format if needed. It is highly recommended to edit your saved profiles (if any) by loading, editing and saving them one by one in the dialog.<br />
* CQMM DX implemented.<br />
* All file dialogs are now resizable.<br />
* YUDX : LCR view added.<br />
* LCR viewer : Column order unified.<br />
* OK/OM Contest SSB : This contest was not listed when the contests of the month checkbox (in April) was selected. Tnx F1HAR.<br />
* OK/OM contest : You can now directly download your LCR in Win-Test from the "rejected" link in the final results and preliminary results page.<br />
<br />
==Release information 4.35 (Apr. 9, 2021)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* OK/OM Contest SSB : When entering as non OK/OM, the points credit was wrong when working an OK/OM stn. Tnx F1HAR.<br />
* When parsing the DX cluster stream, lines were discarded if the callsign of the spotter was longer than 9 characters (ex : 3V/KF5EYY-#, K4VET-1-# or JR1BFZ/2-#) and the freq higher than 9999.9 MHz. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
* RSGB Commonwealth Contest : The off-time value wasn't specified for this contest (60 mins) and the default value (15 mins) was used instead. Tnx M0UNN.<br />
* Tools / Automatic CQ Repeat : The delay between CQ was not saved between sessions. Tnx F4CWN.<br />
* Tools / Search for possible bad exchanges : If there was no log discrepancies and a check against the database was requested, it was not displayed. Tnx F4CWN.<br />
* Lua : wtQso:IsModeCw() was always returning false.<br />
<br />
===New features===<br />
* King Of Spain : The 10 min rule for the multi-op entrants is now removed.<br />
* Radio Wnd : Ctrl+R shortcut added to allow cycle the view tabs without using your mouse.<br />
* Option added in the dialog to replace op in batch, to match any operator already entered. <br />
* LZ DX contest : LCR view added.<br />
* SPDX : The limitation on the number of band/mode changes during a clock hour in all categories is now removed.<br />
* RTTY windows : It's now possible to log the data stream to files created with the .ry1 and .ry2 extensions. Tnx DL6RAI. <br />
* The default off-time when not specified in the rules is now set to 30 minutes instead of 15.<br />
* WAEDC : LCR review added. Tnx DL7YS, DL6RAI.<br />
* DX Cluster Announces (Alt+A) : Exchanges can now be displayed (if it applies). Tnx F4CWN.<br />
* DX Cluster announces (Alt+A) : New dialog to facilitate the choice of bands to be displayed, replacing the sub-menus. Tnx F5HRY.<br />
* Alt+F4 / Alt+F5 : When running in CW, the current CW speed is saved when CQ'ing (or using Alt+F5), and is restored when QSYing back to the saved run frequency.<br />
* UI : All textual child windows that can be resized with the mouse (Check Partials (F12), N + 1 (F8), Skeds (Alt+B), Gab (Alt+I), Stats (Ctrl+F9), Radios, RTTY, DX Cluster monitor (Alt+O) and announces (Alt+A)) are now resized according to the size of the font used. To remove this constraint and resize freely, keep the Shift key down while resizing.<br />
* Cabrillo output : The @ character is now allowed in the operators list. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* ARRL DX : Band changes restrictions set to 10 for the M/S category, according to the new rules. Tnx N1PSE.<br />
* Check Partial (F12) : In some cases, when multiple wildcard characters ('?') were used, no search was performed. It's no longer the case as soon as there are at least 2 characters that are not wildcards in the pattern to search. Tnx F4CWN.<br />
* PACC : Cabrillo v3 output implemented.<br />
* Summary wnd : For the Instagrammers and such, your callsign is now added to the window title. Tnx F6BGC.<br />
* Multi-Distributed category introduced.<br />
* More restrictive checks applied to the exchanges database to dump malformed callsigns or exchanges.<br />
* New Exchanges Database information dialog : Options / Data files / Exchanges database... Text commands : EXCHDB, EXCHDATABASE, EXCHFILE or EXCHFILES. Tnx N6TV, DL5YM.<br />
* LCR : Add instructions if Win-Test can't directly download and/or process LCR for some contests.<br />
* RDXC : MOST indicators (0 and 1 for RUN and MULT) added to the Cabrillo output file. The 6-char grid square is now also required for all entrants. Tnx UA9QCQ.<br />
* The callsign exceptions (callsigns that don't follow the usual rules, like RAEM, 5VDE, 7QAA, etc.) are no more hardcoded and are now grouped in the exceptions.dat file (in the /extras directory) for easy updating.<br />
* CQWW 160m : Cabrillo v3 output implemented. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* ADIF output : QSO with my own callsign are always discarded. Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
==Release information 4.34.1 (Feb. 5, 2021)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* EU-DX Contest : The 10m band was missing in the summary. Tnx F1DUZ.<br />
* EU-DX Contest : CW and SSB columns added for the Mixed category.<br />
* Italian translation DLL updated. <br />
<br />
==Release information 4.34.0 (Jan. 25, 2021)==<br />
<br />
===New features===<br />
* Lua API version string is 1.6.0<br />
* QQSLON / QQSLOFF or QQSL / NOQQSL text commands to enable (or disable) the Quick QSL feature. QUICKQSL still opens the Quick QSL settings dialog. Tnx F6IFY. <br />
* EU-DX Contest added. Requires EU.DAT countries file. Tnx IK6QON.<br />
* Lua : wtRadio*:SetFreq(fFreq) and wtRadio*:SetFreq(fFreq, nVfo) now ignore the freq if it's outside of any band, and return with no error message. Tnx F6IFY.<br />
* Lua : wtQso:IsModeDigital() and wtQso:IsModeCw() added.<br />
* Lua : nQsoNum (optional) added as argument to wtQso:GetData([nQsoNum]) function.<br />
* LCR : IARU HF LCR processing rules updated.<br />
* 5VDE added as an exception callsign.<br />
* LCR : If Win-Test supports LCR review and the contest has been entered in a multi-op category, an Operator column is added in the review dialog. Tnx F5HRY.<br />
* OK/OM contest : LCR processing added. Requires to save the "rejected QSO" page as an html file and to load it in Win-Test. Tnx F8BXI.<br />
* CQWW DX : LCR processing rules updated to fit the new CQWW LCR format.<br />
* ARRL Contests : The ARRL has finally unified the US States and VE provinces and territories lists, and the Prince Edward Island abbreviation is now PE for the ARRL DX, ARRL 10 and ARRL roundup RTTY contests.<br />
* NAQP : The Prince Edward Island abbreviation is now PE. Tnx N6TV and AC0W.<br />
* NA Sprints : The Prince Edward Island abbreviation is now PE.<br />
* NRAU contest : New abbreviations for some Fylke / Lan / Province / Region updated. Tnx ES7GM.<br />
* Script manager : The minus key located in the numpad is now considered different from the key located in the character keys. To be consistent, the same rule applies when redefining keys. Tnx F5HRY.<br />
* JIDX : 160m added to the SSB leg. Tnx N6TV and N6KI.<br />
* Icom IC-705 added. Tnx OH1MA.<br />
* "Ethernet network" reworded as "Local Network" to prevent confusion. Tnx FY5FY.<br />
<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* CQWW 160m : The exchange database file ARRL-USVE.DTB wasn't loaded. Tnx DL4MM.<br />
* UK/EI : If the district field was manually filled before the serial number, that field was emptied when the cursor got back to the callsign. Tnx PA2A. <br />
* RAEM Contest : The polar circle location (giving extra bonus points) was slightly wrong.<br />
* The IC-9100 couldn't work... Because of a stupid typo ! Tnx DL2AKT and N6TV.<br />
* WAE RTTY : When the log was reopened, the next sent QTC group number was wrong. Tnx DL6RAI, DJ9MH and DJ4MZ.<br />
<br />
==Release information 4.33.0 (October 14, 2020)==<br />
===New features===<br />
* ARRL SS, ARRL 160, ARRL FD : PE (Prince Edward Island) section added. Tnx W1NN.<br />
* MicroHAM MKIII interface added. Tnx G0HSA, OM7ZZ.<br />
* When a file error occurs when saving DX-cluster data, the user can now Cancel to abort further writing attempts. Tnx DL5MLO. <br />
* Exchanges Databases (.DTB files) : Defensive coding to attempt to prevent at best against crashes under some circumstances with badly-formatted or corrupted databases files. Tnx OK1DSZ @ OK4C.<br />
<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* AGCW-DTC : 2 points Club stations list updated. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
* WAG : The Exchanges file (WAG_DL.DTB) wasn't correctly loaded for DL entrants. Tnx DL4NAC and DL6RAI.<br />
* All Asian DX contest : Cabrillo CONTEST: line text fixed. Tnx VA2EW.<br />
<br />
==Release information 4.32.0 (September 1, 2020)==<br />
===New Features===<br />
* YO DX HF : Contest rules updated (160m added + points for /MM stations).<br />
* WAE DX side : QTC line numbers displayed for easy retrieval in case of repeat request.<br />
* All reports dialogs can now be vertically resized to display more or less list rows. The window placements are also globally saved.<br />
* File / Update Exch Database : A confirmation dialog is now displayed and a backup of the current DTB file is done, before proceeding.<br />
* New Check Partial search processing for VHF+ logs :<br />
: In VHF+ contests logs, you can now enter a partial callsign (in the callsign field) and/or a partial locator / grid (in the grid square field) to refine searches in the Check Partial wnd (F12).<br />
: The minimum number of chars to start the search for the callsign field is set by the contextual menu (3 by default), and set to 2 characters for the locator.<br />
: Finally, in both fields you can also use wildcards characters '?' to represent a character. Ex: "JN?8EQ" will search for all callsigns with locator JN08EQ, JN18EQ, JN28EQ, ... JN98EQ.<br />
: Inspired by DL2NBU DOS software. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* callsign.pat updated. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
* RDAC : RDA.DAT (district list) updated.<br />
* The audio record button is now disabled when recorded audio is playing.<br />
* IOTA Mixed : Summary columns weren't consistent with the rest of them, and created a bug when used with Unipost (cqcontest.net). Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
* When the same callsign was spotted on both sides of a sub-band limit (so, it was considered spotted in both modes), Ctrl-Up/Down kept grabbing these two callsigns alternately. Tnx F5UTN @ TM0HQ.<br />
* ARI Sezioni : Rules and mult list updated. Tnx IV3IYH. Mult List : http://download.win-test.com/databases/ARISEC.DAT<br />
* EU HF Championship : The content of the EU_HF.DTB database was ignored. Tnx EW2AA.<br />
* MMC HF wasn't showing up in the contests of the month in July. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
* LCR review added for ARRL 160, NA Sprint, ARRL Sweepstakes. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* Elecraft K4 added. Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
==Release information 4.31.0 (June 28, 2020)==<br />
===New Features===<br />
* Lua API version string is 1.5.0<br />
* Lua : wtApp:PostMessage, wtApp:SendMessage and wtApp:GetLastError added. Tnx F6BEE for inspiration. See description and syntax in http://download.win-test.com/v4/lua/LuaApiDoc.txt<br />
* ARRL FD : Covid-19 rule exception : Class D stations may work all other Field Day stations, including other Class D stations, for points. Tnx K6ZB.<br />
* Log Checking Report (LCR) review added in the Tools / Check log menu. For now, only the following LCR are processed :<br />
** CQWW DX<br />
** CQWW WPX<br />
** ARRL DX<br />
** ARRL 10m<br />
** IARU HF<br />
** EU HF<br />
** SAC<br />
** KOS<br />
** REF HF<br />
** VHF+ contests if adjudicated with LX<br />
<br />
: Mainly, because these LCR are public, or because I had one ;-). Any textual (or html) LCR can theorically be implemented, as long as I have access to a sample.<br />
<br />
: For various reasons, sometimes the "Download LCR" may not work. In that case, try to download the LCR with your browser and save it in a convenient location (the log directory is the best choice). You can "attach" it to your log by using the "Save" button in the report dialog. <br />
<br />
* Dx-Cluster window (Alt-T) : Number of Macros increased to 8. Tnx PA2A.<br />
* Dx-Cluster macro editor : Window enlarged, and the edit field now wraps to improve readibility. Tnx PA2A. <br />
* The merge dialog now displays "compact paths".<br />
* NRAU Baltic mults list updated. Tnx LB3RE.<br />
* Review of the exchanges databases files to prevent mixing different exchanges between contests. Also, if a contest uses only a part of a database file, the rest is kept untouched if the database is updated with Win-Test.<br />
* Depending on the contest and, if it applies, whose side you're on (DX side or domestic), the callsigns from the master file (namely MASTER.SCP/DTA or .DTB/SCP) are filtered to display only relevant results in the Check Partial and N+1 windows.<br />
* The master file in use can now be directly updated from the Internet (like the CTY files) by using the Options / Data files / Master file menu, or by using the "Used File list" item in the contextual menu of the Check Partial or N+1 windows. <br />
: Note : The recommended default master file to use is MASTER.SCP, maintained by Stu K6TU (http://http://supercheckpartial.com/). <br />
: Reminder : You can also use contest-specific master files (recommended only for minor national or regional contests) named after the list located at http://download.win-test.com/files/checkPartial/%23_READ_ME_%23.TXT These files do not replace the default master file, but complement it at runtime.<br />
* In the contest settings dialog, contests no longer taking place have been removed from the list.<br />
* New REBOOT (or RESTARTPC) text command added. It closes the current log and restarts the host PC. Tnx F8CRH, F6BEE.<br />
* When the exchanges database is updated, a notification message is displayed at the bottom of log. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
<br />
==Release information 4.30.0 (Jan 16, 2020)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* If the backup volume was unmounted, disabling the next backups was failing. Tnx F6HJO. (Task #388)<br />
* Under some specific circumstances, the Single-Op Assisted category wasn't taken into account when importing such a Cabrillo file. Tnx TO1A.<br />
* With multi monitors systems and under some specific circumstances, choosing colors with mouse was impossible. Tnx KL0R.<br />
* The headers row was always included in the CSV output file, whatever the setting was. Tnx F5LIW.<br />
* The LCD display of the contest recorder wnd wasn't always properly updated when using a language different from English.<br />
===New Features===<br />
* HA DX contest rules updated. Tnx HA6OI, HA1AG, F5LIW and others.<br />
* UFT contest rules updated. Tnx F6CEL.<br />
* Yaesu FTDX101 added. Tnx RA1ANY, RA3AUU.<br />
* Icom IC-9700 added. Tnx F1ULQ.<br />
* WAEDC : Cabrillo output file upgraded to v3 specs.<br />
* WAEDC DX side : Send QTC dialog (Ctrl-L) now displays the maximum available QTC to send (if any). You can modify the number of QTC to send, or only display the already sent QTC, with F9 (or the "QTC / Show sent" button). F8 allows to modify the recipient callsign. <br />
* QSO and distinct callsigns counts added in the distinct callsigns report when sorted by country.<br />
* "Copy" button added to the log check dialogs, allowing to easily paste reports in a spreadsheet.<br />
<br />
==Release information 4.29.0 (July 5, 2019)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* When a exception callsign and a prefix were identical in the CTY file, and under some specific circumstances, the DXCC lookup function could fail. Tnx F5LIW.<br />
* FOC Marathon : Stats are now displayed on 3 days. Tnx F5NZY.<br />
* RSGB AFS : Dupe count on 40m was wrong. Tnx G0HSA.<br />
* REF 160m : The total and final score lines weren't displayed in the summary window.<br />
* RTTY : Messages with embedded scripts were hanging Win-Test. Tnx N6TV.<br />
===New Features===<br />
* YU DX Contest rules updated. Tnx F5IN.<br />
* Spot Warnings : When you're spotted, the spot comment, if any, is now displayed.<br />
* RSGB HF contests : District Code for Norwich has been changed from "NR" to "NK". Tnx F1ICS.<br />
* ADIF export : Output fields reordered and STATION_CALLSIGN field added. Tnx YT9TP.<br />
* IARU HF : Cabrillo v3 output file implemented. Fixes also task #384. Tnx OH6XX, N6TV and others.<br />
<br />
==Release information 4.28.0 (June 15, 2018)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* When no MP3 CODEC were detected, start recording was displaying the MP3 settings dialog in an endless loop. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* ARI Contest : Serial numbers for DX stations have separate numbering per band. Tnx ES5TV.<br />
* Validation controls of the split freq edit field strengthened.<br />
===New Features===<br />
* Single-click actions option added to all windows where it makes sense. Tnx K5WQG, N6TV.<br />
* The callsign "6OX" is accepted despite its exotic syntax.<br />
* CQWW RTTY : DC mult added according to the 2018 rules. Tnx W0YK.<br />
* Internal CW keyer (LPT and serial outputs) : Keying compensation added (0 to 20 ms) in the Interfaces setup dlg. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* Icom IC-7610 added. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* REF contest : Off-time periods dialog removed. Tnx F5LEN.<br />
* CW / RTTY : Work dupes by default. Tnx F6IRA.<br />
<br />
==Release information 4.27.0 (Jan 4, 2018)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* RAC contest : Despite the rules indicate MIXED (CW + SSB) category only entries, the F10 wnd wasn't correctly scaled when using a single-mode category. Tnx SP5KP.<br />
* Statistics Wnd (Ctrl-F9) : Under some specific circumstances, the log data weren't correctly displayed in the targets tab. Tnx F5LIW.<br />
* Auto-repeat mode was broken (silly me !). Tnx VE2FWW, N6TV, W4DD and many others.<br />
===New Features===<br />
* DARC XMAS : Sprint logic exchange now applicable for this contest. Tnx K3LR and N6TV.<br />
<br />
==Release information 4.26.0 (Nov 19, 2017)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* When prefixes or callareas are mults, some special callsigns weren't correctly taken into account. Tnx OF100FI/0.<br />
* Status wnd (Alt-J) : Under some specific circumstances, the stations count displayed in the title bar was wrong.<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
* LZ DX : QSO and DUPES columns were inverted in the summary window in single-mode categories, and CW and SSB culumns were swapped in Mixed category. Tnx W3SE / ZL3TE.<br />
* SAC : Wire-Only overlay category added. Tnx OH1RX.<br />
* CSV and text exports : Serial sent text format is identical to the format used in the log. Tnx F5LIW.<br />
* Gab wnd (Alt-I) : Can be cleared now with a CLEARGAB text command.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.25.0) (June 28, 2017)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
<br />
* VHF+ contest : The ODX was broken under some specific circumstances. Tnx F5HRY/P.<br />
* SPDX Contest : The summary window was broken. Tnx SP5KP, F5LIW and others. (Task #380)<br />
* Asia-Pacific sprint : Win-Test was unabled to write the output Cabrillo file. Tnx UA9YE.<br />
* Some AltGr (Ctrl + Alt) keys were not correctly displayed when defined in the script manager or the DEFINEKEYS command.<br />
* Under some very specific circumstances of networking connection / disconnection and sync enabling / disabling, the log file could be corrupted. Tnx PA2A @ PI4CC.<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
* Helvetia contest : New rules 2017 implemented. Tnx HB9AMO and others.<br />
* ARI DX : Allowed bands and 10-minute rule adapted to the rules 2017. Tnx IZ1LBG. (Task #379)<br />
* RSGB AFS : 40m added. Tnx G3RTE.<br />
* The displayed bands selection for the Check Callsign (F9), Check DXCC (Alt-M), Check Mult (F10) and Check Zone (Alt-Z) windows is now done in a dialog box instead of menu items. Tnx F5LIW. <br />
* NA Sprint SSB : The Multipliers list is updated and is now similar to the mult list of the CW/RTTY legs . Also, the equivalence is now NA_SPRINT.DAT for all legs, and has been updated on the repository. Tnx KA9FOX.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.24.0) (January 20, 2017)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* Under some circumstances, the rotators wnd was flickering.<br />
* NA Sprint CW/RTTY : Multipliers list updated. Tnx N6TV, N6TR. Note : You must update your NA_CW_RTTY_SPRINT.DAT equivalence file if you use it, to get credit for the new mults. <br />
* DXPed HF logs : The country list used is now the DXCC one, not the "CQWW" one.<br />
* FT1000 : VFO-B frequency setting enabled. Tnx DL6RAI. <br />
* FT1000 : When setting a split freq, the filter setting wasn't retained. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
* Typo in a menu item. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
* When a callsign was grabbed, the realtime slot of the partners windows were not updated.<br />
* Cabrillo : The alternate frequency option wasn't working for multi-ops logs.<br />
* Under some OS display settings, the Alt-F dialog was truncated. Tnx HA3LN.<br />
* After editing logged QSO, the Alt-J QSY timers were not always accurate.<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
* New network protocol version 1.30 released. Reminder: If you use WT in a networked environment, you must have the same WT version on all machines!<br />
* Lua API version string is 1.4.0<br />
* To make the 3830scores.com reporting easier, the summary columns of the mixed mode contests are reordered. <br />
* DXPed logs (HF and VHF) : The reports entry fields ignore keys which are not digits. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
* Summary wnd (Alt-S) : Displayed bands can be selected. This selection is in sync with the Check Callsign (F9), the Check DXCC (Alt-M), the Check Mult (F10) and the Check Zone (Alt-Z) windows. Note: It's only a display selection to save space : You can still QSY and enter Q on the hidden bands. And all bands are taken into account in the summary totals.<br />
* 60m band added for the DXPed HF logs. NOTES: <br />
: 1) Considering the various freq allocations depending on the country, a minimal band plan has been implemented in the Default band plan. You can modify it, according to your needs. Your custom band plans (if any) must be updated as well.<br />
: 2) DXPed log files containing 60m QSO can't be read with previous versions of Win-Test.<br />
: Tnx DL6RAI for testing.<br />
* NAQP : Mult list and various other things updated according to the new rules. Tnx KL9A.<br />
* ARRL 10m contest : Following the new rules, the multiplier "DF" is changed to "CMX". Tnx N6TV, N5KO.<br />
* Lua : wtQso:GetData API : Gridsquare added in the table returned. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* If a station type is sticked, its type is checked against the rules of a newly created contest file, and can be forced to the default Run type if needed. Tnx N6KI and N6TV.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.23.0) (October 21, 2016)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* WAG DX side : The NM exchange (Non Member) was considered as a N multiplier.<br />
* Alt-F4 : The the CAT activity has now decreased , and the function was broken for mixed-mode logs. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* Entering any text command in Secondary Radio Window moved it to the wrong band. Tnx N6TV. (Task #370/373)<br />
* WAE : Under some circumstances, the log and QTC backup files were corrupted. Tnx F5LIW.<br />
* VHF+ contests : When a gridsquare of a logged QSO was modified, the points weren't correctly computed on the other networked computers, leading to a score difference between them. Tnx DL8AAU.<br />
* Under some circumstances of simultaneous log openings on different machines in a network, Win-Test could crash. Tnx W9PA @ K3LR.<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
* Split Freq dlg : Now accepts offsets from the current frequency. E.g.: If your freq is 7020 and you enter +1.1, the split freq will be adjusted to 7021.1. Negative values (-1.1 for ex.) also work.<br />
* UK/EI DX contest added. Tnx SQ8N.<br />
* Secondary Radio wnd : Columns headings added. The color can be adjusted with the Colors (contextual) menu. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* Radios : FT891, FTDX1200, FTDX3000 and FTDX5000 added. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* WAE Phone : DX side : The INS and CR keys and buttons are now enabled in the transmit QTC dialog. The CR button tags the current QTC as sent. The INS button does the same, and makes the next QTC as the current one. It clearly makes the QTC transmission much easier to follow. Tnx F1HAR.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.22.0) (August 26, 2016)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* WAEDC : DX side CW / SSB : The potential QTC weren't displayed in the radio wnd (bandmap or list) despite the option was checked.<br />
* WAEDC : The left and right arrows now work correctly in the dialog to chose the number of QTC to send.<br />
* QTC transmit dlg : The active QTC wasn't correctly highlighted when using the Ctrl-Fx buttons.<br />
* The default Check Partial / N + 1 file for VHF contests was HF.DTB instead of VHF.DTB. Tnx DK5KMA.<br />
* When 4.20 and 4.21 were on the same LAN (not recommended), with sync enabled, 4.21 was hanging. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* IARU HF : If an HQ was only 2 characters long, it was ignored.<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
* WAE CW : DX side : The CW speed used when sending the QTC is now preserved between sessions, and the Rate wnd is updated accordingly. No need to juggle with Alt-F9/F10 anymore.<br />
* Callsign Wnd (F9) : Tooltip more readable.<br />
* New behaviour of the $NEXT variable in the QTC transmit messages to make life much easier (and less confusing) for the DX stations in the WAEDC CW contest.<br />
** $NEXT must be the first variable in the Ins message. The default message is now: $NEXT $DONE $TIME $CALLSIGN $SERIAL<br />
** Update your current message if it is not up to date<br />
** When $NEXT is executed, the active QTC jumps to the next one ONLY if the current QTC has been already sent.<br />
** With this new behaviour, the usual QTC transmission sequence is now:<br />
*** Ctrl-L / Enter (or 1 to 9) to chose the number of QTC to send (usually 10).<br />
*** After the QTC dlg shows up, exchange the QRV? and the QTC series number with the recipient.<br />
*** From now, hit Ins for every QTC to send, one after the other.<br />
*** If the recepient requests a full resend of the QTC just sent, use CR. If he requests an individual field, use the appropriate Fx key or button. If the QTC is ack'ed, use Ins to send the next one.<br />
*** When all QTC of the series have been sent (and acknowledged), use Ins one last time (or Plus) to thank and save the QTC series.<br />
** In these conditions, you normally shouldn't need to use the Up/Down arrows anymore unless exceptional circumstances.<br />
* CW and RTTY : New $RAWSERIAL variable. Sends the serial number of the QSO with leading zeros and without any abbreviation. Now used in the default F3 msg (if it applies) to repeat the serial in a more traditional way. It also works in the QTC messages.<br />
* Script manager dialog : Ctrl + Double click on a script brings up the properties dialog.<br />
* IOTA contest<br />
** If the IOTA ref is pre-filled from the callsign field content, the new IOTA warning is now displayed if applicable. Tnx F5LIW.<br />
** EXPERIMENTAL : Separate numbering for Multi-One and Multi-Two categories : The RUN or RUN1 stations use a sequence of odd numbers (starting at 1), and the MULT or RUN2 stations use a sequence of even numbers (starting at 2).<br />
** Multi-Two category added. Tnx G3WVG.<br />
** The WAE entities list is now used to prefill the island reference more accurately (ex GM/s stations). Tnx N6TV.<br />
* The DVK bargraph can now be horizontal (default) or vertical.<br />
* Internal DVK : The first and last 100 ms of the messages are now truncated to prevent the keys and mouse clicks to be heard. Tnx SM5AJV and N6TV.<br />
* RTTY shortcuts buttons are now a bit thicker to accommodate older eyes. Tnx SP5GRM.<br />
* Additional CW and RTTY variables :<br />
** $LOC4 and $GRID4 are equivalent to $GRIDFIELD.<br />
** $LOC6 and $GRID6 are equivalent to $GRIDSQUARE or $LOCATOR.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.21.0) (June 27, 2016)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* The CW "No sound" menu item state wasn't consistent with the CW sound status.<br />
* The check mark on Options / Disable Log Sync wasn't consistent when no log was opened.<br />
* The station name displayed in the network error dlg when several masters were on the same LAN wasn't correct.<br />
* Gridsquares map window (Alt-L) : Mouse wheel actions were broken since version 4.7.0 ! <br />
* Stew Perry contest was using VHF.DTB instead of DEFAULT.SCP. Tnx N6TV. (Task #184). <br />
* Serial communications : Under some circumstances, especially with some USB drivers under Windows 10, the inbound stream was not correctly processed. Tnx Jan @ remoterig.com<br />
* Voice keyer (DVK) : Under some circumstances, some audio output devices may miss in the Interfaces settings dialog.<br />
* French Championship : QSO wih FT entities are now credited with 15 pts instead of 6. Tnx F4SGU.<br />
* Remote dlg : The text command is now limited to 13 chars, to comply with the log entry field. Tnx N6TV. (Task #368)<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
* Lua API version string is 1.3.0<br />
* IARU HF : Duplicate HQ abbreviations are now managed. (Task #350)<br />
* The login / logout protocols can be now disabled as the other ones in the advanced network settings.<br />
* Log Sync : Better overall performance. Tnx DJ7TO, DL5MLO and the DA0HQ team.<br />
* Cabrillo Options : New options similar to the File / Clean file options, but the QSO exclusions (or editions) are *only* temporary for the Cabrillo file output.<br />
* ADIF Options : QSO range added.<br />
* Mult Wnd (Alt-M) : The "hide clean sweeps" and "hide never worked" options are maintained during the text / SYLK copy. Tnx ES5TV.<br />
* Tune dlg : For safety, added a 30-second timeout to automatically stop tuning no matter what.<br />
* Stew Perry Challenge : Added for March, June and October.<br />
* Lua : wtQso:GetData API : stnName and stnFlags added in the table returned. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* CW Auto Send : Updated to allow its use when both radios are in RUN mode. Tnx SM5AJV, N6TV.<br />
* Lua : wtApp:TextCommand updated to add strStation and nNotificationID arguments. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* Standard and additional messages : New import / export features. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* Clean log dlg : New option to remove 0 points QSO from the log. Tnx K3LR, N6TV.<br />
* Radios : IC-7300 added. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* CQ WPX RTTY : M/S entrants are now allowed to 10 band changes. Tnx EC1KR.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.20.0) (January 17, 2016)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* ARRL 10m : Tools / Check Bad Exchanges was broken.<br />
* Under some circumstances, the default contest log names were broken.<br />
* ARRL SS : Correct label for the sections field. <br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
* Radios : IC-7600, IC-7800, IC-7850, IC-7851 : New code for a better management of these radios. It requires the latest firmwares. Tnx N6TV, K3LR, K9LA (Icom America), ICOM France, HRO Sunnyvale (CA), AA6W and K6SSJ.<br />
* Radios : FT-991 added. Tnx N6TV, SP5IOU.<br />
* Radio Wnd : New option to enable / disable the RIT display, when applicable. Tnx F5LIW, K3LR.<br />
* PACC contest : Rules 2016. Dutch provinces (for non-PA) and DXCC and call areas (for PA) now count as mult per band and per mode when taking part in Mixed category. Tnx PA5M.<br />
* French Championship : Rules 2016 applied. Tnx F5LEN.<br />
* Radio Wnd : Ctrl-Up / Ctrl-Down in the list view doesn't lose cursor when a Q is entered. Tnx K5KG. (Task #364).<br />
* LZ DX Contest : New rules 2015 for LZ stations applied. The only limitation is the 10-min rule for the M/S station, which is always applied for band *or mode* change, independently of the status of the station (RUN or MULT). Tnx LZ2CJ.<br />
* ARRL SS : Default CW msgs updated. Tnx W2GD, N6TV.<br />
* ARRL SS : Added new message variable $PREC (precedence) for the ARRL Sweepstakes, automatically determined from entry class and power level. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* Log check reports : QSO with own callsign are now ignored. Tnx FY5KE.<br />
* Status wnd (Alt-J) : X-min rule timers now ignore QSO with own callsign. Tnx FY5KE.<br />
* Check country wnd (F10) : QSO with own callsign are now ignored. Tnx FY5KE.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.19.0) (October 15, 2015)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* SAC contest : This contest wasn't displayed in October if the "This month only" checkbox was enabled despite the SSB leg takes place in October. Tnx F5LIW. <br />
* Rate Wnd (Alt-R). Various QSO rate statistics were wrong. Tnx CT1BOH. <br />
* FT1000 : The TRX was switched to RTTY-USB for high bands instead of RTTY-LSB. Tnx DL6RAI @ P49V.<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
* CAUTION: New network protocol version 1.29 released. Reminder: If you use WT in a networked environment, you must have the same WT version on all machines!<br />
* Status Wnd (Alt-J) : Best effort to display the TX freq of the radios. Radio brand and model dependent. Tnx N6TV. Note : Icom users will need the latest Icom firmware, and the latest OmniRig rig definition files (check the N6TV files) to get chances to see VFO B displayed for Icom radios, especially if they want to use split mode.<br />
* Experimental : VHF+ spots : When the comment is using the "Locator<Prop>Locator" format, the second locator is now considered as the DX locator. Tnx G3ZAY, F5HRY.<br />
* Radio Wnd : Spot mode (according to the used band plan) added in the tooltip text.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.18.0) (September 25, 2015)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* NA Sprint : Tools / Check log / Search for possible bad exchanges was broken. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* Rate Wnd (Alt-R). Various QSO and Mult statistics were wrong. Tnx CT1BOH.<br />
* REG1TEST : The mode code is now output in the QSO records. It can be optionally omitted for contests where the mode is not stated in the rules, in accordance to the REG1TEST format specifications.<br />
* WAEDC : The 10-min violations check was performed on the RUN and MULT stations, while this rule only applies to the RUN stations. Tnx DL1EKC.<br />
* Partial (F12) and NP1 (F8) windows : While modifying an already entered QSO, the callsign of the original QSO wasn't correctly ignored during the searches. Tnx FY5FY.<br />
* WAE : Receiving QTC : If the callsign of the QTC sender was modified, and the receiving dialog was cancelled, the modification remained.<br />
* The Win-Test version number is no more extracted from the language file DLL, but rather from the exe itself, to get the correct string when having mutiple Win-Test versions in the same directory. Tnx F5TTU, F6BGC.<br />
* When used in a network environment, a QSO entered on the secondary radio had a wrong serial number on the other machines of the network. Tnx DL5AOJ.<br />
* Radio wnd : Under some circumstances, when your own callsign was entered in the bandmap (Ctrl-Enter), it was displayed as a new mult. Tnx TM0HQ.<br />
* The action on Options / Disable Log Sync wasn't consistent when no log was opened.<br />
* Toolbar : The tooltip text for the summary icon was missing since the very first version of Win-Test ! ;-)<br />
* Bugfix : Alt-F dlg : Under some circumstances, the QSO op. was not specified.<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
* WAE : Receive QTC dlg : Received serials are now formatted with leading zeroes if needed. Tnx F5LIW.<br />
* WAE : Receive QTC dlg : Received times with 2 numbers (minutes) are now set to the correct hour according to the received time of the previous QTC. Tnx F5LIW.<br />
* Radios : IC-7100 and IC-7200 added. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* Cabrillo output file (v3) : eMail address tag added.<br />
* Cabrillo output file (v3) : New option to indicate if you wish to receive, if eligible, a paper certificate sent via postal mail by the contest sponsor. The contest sponsor may or may not honor this tag, and if so may or may not use opt-in or opt-out as the default.<br />
* Cabrillo output file : New option to output the "alternate" frequency for split QSO. May be useful if the available CAT data for your radio can't be used to determine accurately the TX freq vs the RX freq.<br />
* Several specific installers lacked the installation of the msflxgrd.ocx library. Tnx F5UPO.<br />
* CW : SOUND/NOSOUND and associated menu items : This option is now always disabled when Win-Test runs under an operating system after Vista included. It means that it will not work for those OS, and *may* work on previous OS, depending on the hardware. In all cases, it is very recommanded to rely on the TRX internal sidetone instead.<br />
* WAEDC : The SAVELOG, COPYLOG commands and the automatic backups now include the QTC files. Tnx GW3SQX @ GW7O.<br />
* ARRL DX, ARRL 10m and ARRL 160m contests : The Cabrillo output files are now compliant with the v3 specs. Tnx F5PHW.<br />
* Edit menu : New item : Apply exchange to every QSO with...(Ctrl-F10) When applicable, it allows to update exchanges of every Q whose the callsign is identical to the callsign of the current Q, with the exchange(s) of this Q.<br />
* Gab Wnd (Alt-I) : New contextual menu item to clear the content of the window.<br />
* Cabrillo file : Win-Test now ensures the operators list is correctly space-delimited.<br />
* The protocol version is now displayed in the Advanced Settings dlg of the network.<br />
* Status Wnd (Alt-J) : When using a multi-op network, you can now send a remote command to a specific station by opening the context menu on this station name and use "Send remote command to XXX...".<br />
* COPYLOG command : Notification added. Tnx TM0HQ.<br />
* Ctrl + PageUp / PageDown now browses the log by 12h steps instead of 24h initially. This makes it usable for 24h long contests.<br />
* Status Wnd (Alt-J) : When using a multi-op network, you can now ping a specific station by opening the context menu on this station name and use "Ping XXX". The Win-Test version, the Master, Bridgehead, Sync indicators and the propagation time are returned in the Gab window (Alt-I). Reminder : You can use the INV (stands for Inventory) text command to get a summary of the complete network.<br />
* Enhanced replies to the inventory command (INV) with a log sync enabled indicator (S vs s).<br />
* IARU HF : Mult wnd (F10) : AC, R1, R2 and R3 labels updated.<br />
* Contest settings dialog : To prevent any side effect (especially with the network), the syntax of the station name is checked, and 'exotic' characters are replaced by an underscore if needed. Tnx F1UVN @ TM0HQ. <br />
* Alt-F dlg : The read-only station name field is now disabled.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.17.0) (June 30, 2015)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* The ODX per band were sometimes wrong after band modifications of specific QSO. Tnx F1PKY @ F5KMB.<br />
* IARU 50 MHz (and higher) contests : The PSect field of the output files are now in accordance to the REG1TEST specs. Tnx F2DX, OK2ZI.<br />
* MP3 configuration dialog : Under some circumstances, an error loop could occur. Tnx DL6RAI. (Task #363)<br />
* FT2000 : Under some circumstances, read frequencies were not consistent. Tnx F8DBF, F4DXW.<br />
* For some contests, a QSO entered with your own callsign didn't count 0 points. Tnx N6TV. (Task #362)<br />
* MP3 QSO extract : There was a few seconds offset in the recording.<br />
* SP DX contest : When provinces were displayed with the "all bands" option *and* alphabetically, the "Z" province was missing. Tnx DL6RAI. (Task #360).<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
* CAUTION: New network protocol version 1.28 released. Reminder: If you use WT in a networked environment, you must have the same WT version on all machines!<br />
* Status Wnd (Alt-J) : New column for the current op. added. Cf OPON/OPOFF or LOGIN/LOGOUT commands or use nicknames. Tnx ES5TV.<br />
* Set QSO freq dlg (Alt-F): Swap main / QSX freq button added.<br />
* Rate Wnd (Alt-R) : When entering in a category where modes can be mixed, the elapsed time between band changes now takes account of modes as well.<br />
* CQ-M contest : To be compliant with the new rules 2015, there is no more multiplier station, even in M/S. Tnx RU3DNN. <br />
* ARI contest : A station can now be set as a MULT station. The 10 min timer in the Alt-J wnd considers band and mode changes. Tnx ES5TV.<br />
* OK OM DX : Win-Test is now adapted to comply to the new SSB rules. To make things easier, the CW leg is kept unchanged ! Read carefully the rules before entering. Tnx ON5GQ. <br />
* Contest recorder : QSO extraction to a mp3 file : The QSO extraction parameters are now (1) the time before the QSO was _STARTED_ (0 sec by default - it means the clip starts at the same time when you listen to the QSO with AltGr-Enter) and (2) the time after the QSO was _ENTERED_ (10 sec by default). Tnx ES5TV.<br />
* ARRL DX and ARRL 10 : When exporting logs in ADIF, the DC "state" is replaced by MD. Tnx F8ATS.<br />
* Lua : wtScript:AssignArgument now takes the strings "true" and "false" as boolean arguments. Numeric values do not require double quotes. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* Script manager : Properties dlg : Now accepts a default argument even if no key is defined for the script. But, in any case, a key or a text command must be defined to allow a default argument. Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.16.0) (Mar 17, 2015)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
<br />
* REF HF : FS now does count for a French dept instead of a DXCC entity. The final scores were not affected by this bug. Tnx F4EJL.<br />
* If the default directory at launch time wasn't the app directory, the automatic starts of wtDxTelnet and wtRotators were failing. Tnx F5LIW.<br />
* Ctrl-Del (delete spot from bandmap) was broken. Tnx N6TV. (Task #354)<br />
* Network advanced settings dialog : The last outbound protocol was always enabled, despite its setting. Tnx F1HAR.<br />
* Common prefixes to GM and GM/s were considered as GM even if the WAE list was used. Tnx N6TV. (Task #355)<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
<br />
* Spanish and German translations updated. Tnx EB2RA and DL6RAI.<br />
* LUA : Because of a conflict name with the wtScript class, the wtScript variable (name of the Topmost script) is now replaced with wtRootScript. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* RDXC : R7K - Crimea (RK) and R7R - Sevastopol (SE) added to the mults list. Use the latest CTY_OBL.DAT accordingly. Tnx RU3DNN.<br />
* Lua : wtContest:GetMyCallsign() and wtStatus:GetMyStation() added. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* Registration dialog : The QR codes of the registration URL are enlarged.<br />
* ICOM radios : IC-970, IC-9100 and IC-7850 added. Tnx OK8WW, EA8RM and K3LR.<br />
* ARRL DX (DX side) : To strictly comply with the current rules (section 5.2.2), the PEI multiplier (VY2) is now labelled PE. The STATES.DAT is also accordingly updated on the usual repository http://download.win-test.com/files/equivalence/ .<br />
* NA Sprint : Because of the different multipliers per leg, the equivalence files must now be NA_SSB_SPRINT.DAT and NA_CW_RTTY_SPRINT.DAT. They are available on the usual repository http://download.win-test.com/files/equivalence/ . Tnx KD4D and N6TV.<br />
* NA Sprint : DC and the usual 14 Canadian provinces and territories are now considered as multipliers for the Phone leg (the MAR mult. is no longer used). Tnx KW8N.<br />
* UBA DX : Mult stations are now allowed for Multi-Op (Single TX) entries. Also, the 10-min timer for RUN stations is now displayed in the status window (Alt-J). Tnx RU3DNN.<br />
* NA Sprint : KL stations are now considered as US stations and their state (AK) is now in the states list. KH6 stations are also considered as US stations for the Phone leg, and their state (HI) is now in the states list. During the CW / RTTY legs, KH6 stations are considered as DX stations (not NA). Tnx N6TV.<br />
* ARRL 10m : Mixed mode category forced in the Cabrillo output for the M/S entries.<br />
* Script properties : Tooltip added over the key edit field with the key code and modifiers values. It can help for the wtScript:AssignKeyCode function. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* Scripts manager : Run button added. The selected script is run the same way as if it were run by the assigned key (if any), and with the argument set in the properties dialog (if any). Tnx N6TV.<br />
* Lua : wtScript:AssignFKey and wtScript:AssignKeyCode functions added. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* Script Manager : Error message added when the SciTE or the script editor weren't correctly installed or configured. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
* New CW and RTTY variables introduced : $GRAB1 to $GRAB9 to grab from the partner stack slots, and $GRABRT1 to GRABRT3 to grab from the partner realtime slots.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.15.0) (Nov 22, 2014)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* When a voice message contained several script calls in a row, only one out of two was executed. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* ARRL SS : When a callsign is grabbed, the cursor is now set to the serial field. Tnx AC6T, N6TV. (Task #353)<br />
* When not using advanced SO2R with Shift bound to the secondary radio, Shift-Enter now has no action. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* Partner window: The SUPPORT / NOSUPPORT (or PARTNER / NOPARTNER) commands didn't resize the window properly.<br />
* Partner window context menu: The "Remove" item was enabled for empty slots while it was supposed to be grayed.<br />
* Partner stack: If the same callsign was in two adjacent slots in the Partner stack, only one of them was cleared when the callsign was entered in the log.<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
* CAUTION: New network protocol version 1.27 released. Reminder: If you use WT in a networked environment, you must have the same WT version on all machines!<br />
* Contest recorder : AltGr+E shortcut added as "Extract and Save QSO". Tnx N6TV.<br />
* LZ-DX contest : 10 min. CQWW DX rule applied to the M/S entrants, but currently limited to the band changes (the mode changes are ignored). Tnx RU3DNN.<br />
* Partner : There are now two different colors for data entered as Run or as Support. Useful when there are several partner positions for one run. Tnx F5HRY@TM0HQ.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.14.0) (Oct 19, 2014)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* When several mp3 record files from different stations for a given contest were used, the rewind and forward functions led to a crash. Tnx DL8AAU@DR9A.<br />
* Radio wnd: When using a Windows font size option different from 100%, the VFO displays didn't scale up well. Tnx N6XI, N6TV.<br />
* Lua: An error occurred when calling a script with the double-quote key. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* RDAC: The Tools / Check log / Search for bad exchanges function was not working for the RDAC contest. Tnx SP5KP<br />
* In the Alt-M wnd, when data were ordered by number of worked bands/modes, and never worked mults were hidden, the sweep clean mults were always displayed, despite this option was set or not. Tnx CT1BOH.<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
* CAUTION: New network protocol version 1.26 released Reminder: If you use WT in a networked environment, you must have the same WT version on all machines!<br />
* New notes file format and network protocol to ease log corrections within Win-Test. Check the new last items of the Tools / Check log menu.<br />
* Partner: New properties dialog to set the various options. By default, the realtime keystrokes network transmission is disabled when switched to the S&P mode. It can be enabled by choice in this properties dialog. Tnx TM0HQ & N6TV.<br />
* IARU HF: A '?' indicator is now displayed when the received exchange is not an ITU zone, AC, R1, R2 or R3, or not composed of letters only.<br />
* New option in Tools / Check log / Search for bad exchanges, to detect exchanges discrepancies in the log only.<br />
* Merge report redesigned: All conflicts are ordered by time and also by station name.<br />
* The Date/Time dialog (Alt-F) now indicates the station who entered the QSO. Not editable. Tnx F8CRH@TM0HQ. <br />
* New Goto Callsign edit menu (Shortcut Shift+Ctrl+G) to set the cursor on a QSO with a given callsign. By default, the callsign of the current QSO is searched. If it is empty (i.e. if the cursor is set to the last (empty) line of the log), a dialog is opened. The search is done backwards.<br />
* New CW option to enable/disable the speed bursts (+/-) without modifying the messages. Text commands are BURSTS / NOBURSTS. Useful to defeat CW skimmers on-demand.<br />
* Interfaces setup dialog: The lists for each COM port are now reordered to comply with the most current needs.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.13.0) (Jun 30, 2014)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* REF DDFM 50 MHz contest : Default CW msgs were using $GRIDSQUARE (6-char locator) instead of $GRIDFIELD (4-char locator). Tnx F2DX.<br />
* Gab window (Alt-I) : If the content was scrolled back, a double-click on a line set an incorrect default recipient in the opened Gab/Talk dialog. Tnx F8CRH@F6KRK.<br />
* REF VHF contest : Win-Test was asking for the "departement" in the contest settings dialog (was useless), and the help dialog was inappropriate. Tnx F5HRY.<br />
* CQ-M contest : Contest identifier for the Cabrillo and ADIF output files were misspelled. Tnx RU3RQ. (Task #348). <br />
* WPX : The prefix of VY2MGY/3 now resolved as VY3. Tnx N6TV. (Task #347).<br />
* Bugfix : Lua : wtApp:CallScript(name, arg) was always casting arg to a string. Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
* EF6 added as a valid exception callsign. Tnx F6FDR.<br />
* Radio windows - List view : In the "Sort by Mult Type" view, the non-mults stations are now sorted by QSO points in descending order. Tnx G3WW.<br />
* Radio windows - List view : New sorting option by QSO points in descending order, irrelevant of mults, added. Tnx G3WW.<br />
* WRTC 2014 and IARU HF : Check multiplier wnd (F10) : New label for HQs "entities" to prevent confusion with DXCC entities. Tnx CT1BOH.<br />
* Log : The column header of the serial sent (if any) is now correctly labeled ("No."). Tnx N6TV.<br />
* Options / Log / Align exchanges : New option to line up received exchanges in mixed mode. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* WRTC 2014 : Worked Mults wnd (Alt-M). The "copy as text" menu item is now enabled. Tnx CT1BOH.<br />
* WRTC 2014 : /MM stations are not counting for DXCC entity, and are credited depending on their ITU zone. Tnx KM3T.<br />
* WRTC 2014 : The country list used is DXCC (not WAE). Tnx KM3T.<br />
* WRTC 2014 : In the contest configuration dialog, the zone is set to 8, the Gridsquare is set to FN42fg and can't be modified.<br />
* The very singular 7QNL (and future 7QAA) callsigns are now accepted. Their prefixes are also resolved as 7Q0. Tnx PA3FYM. <br />
* Lookup function for the DXCC entities resolver refactored to allow easier extension for cases like the newly introduced 4Y1A and C7A,when callsigns are assigned to two entities.<br />
* RTTY : Fields assignments updated for the NCCC Sprint. Tnx AA2MF.<br />
* King Of Spain contest : SMR multiplier added. Tnx EA4TX.<br />
* Marconi HF : New points rules applied. Tnx IK6BAK.<br />
* Lua : In CW, when chaining wtKeyer:Play() instructions, the word space between the string arguments will be omitted if they end with a "~". Example :<br />
<br />
wtKeyer:Play(string1)<br />
wtKeyer:Play(string2)<br />
: Will omit the word space between string1 and string2 if string1 ends with a "~". Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.12.0) (February 10, 2014)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* UBA DX : The format of the output cabrillo file didn't stick to the required specs. Tnx ON5GQ. <br />
* DARC 10 : Under some circumstances, the DOK field was cleared while it wasn't necessary. Tnx DJ4MZ.<br />
* Lua : The wtApp:CallScript function was always returning a nil value when used with two parameters. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* The log sync enables / disabled setting was not correctly saved between logs openings. Tnx DK9TN@ED6A.<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
* DARC 10 : The NM exchange (Non Member) is no more considered as a multiplier. Tnx DJ4MZ.<br />
* Radios : IC-7410 added. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
* Script Manager : Various UI enhancements and API bugfixes. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* Clear Log : The station type (RUN, MULT, etc.) setting is now preserved when this function is performed. Tnx DK9TN@TK4W.<br />
* Network : Time distribution : A warning now pops up when time sync frames are received, and the Windows user who started Win-Test hasn't enough privilege to modify the system clock. Tnx P40L, N6TV.<br />
* Lua : wtQso:GetData() returned table updated for the specific ARRL Sweepstakes contest. The QSO# received is in the "rstReceived" index, and the Precedence letter is in the "miscInfo2Received" index. Tnx N6TV. (Task #338).<br />
* Mult Window (Alt-M) : New "Hide never worked" option added. Pretty experimental for now, depending on the contest. Tnx CT1BOH.<br />
* Radio windows : The spot selected by a right click is now highlighted to prevent confusion. The highlight color calculation now also works for dark hues. Tnx AD1C@K0RF.<br />
* Stats window : In CQWW DX, the zones / overall display was clipped to the last hour when a new zone was worked.<br />
* Radio windows : Time / Spotter and Comments display options added in the list view. These settings are common to both views. Tnx CT1BOH.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.11.0) (October 20, 2013)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* CQWW RTTY : The check log tool for the number of allowed QSY per hour in M/S was broken. Tnx DL9YAJ @ DR5N.<br />
* Frequency offsets weren't always correctly processed, especially on the secondary radio. Tnx DL5AOJ.<br />
* Extra Data files : Depending on the newline character(s) and other various parameters, the displayed data could be incorrect. Tnx IK0HBN, N6TV.<br />
* When a log was entirely entered manually, the date of QSO wasn't correctly set when using the "<" or ">" keys to access and fill the time field. Tnx F5LEN.<br />
* Under some circumstances of startup order and various settings, a "20 days older or newer log" false alert might be triggered. Tnx F6BGC @ TM0HQ.<br />
* RDAC Contest : Exchanges for callsigns ending with /x (x = 0 to 9) are now searched in the database and the log. Tnx SP5KP. <br />
* AGCW HNY : The (optional) AGCW membership number entry field was emptied when it was not supposed to be ! Tnx DJ0ZY.<br />
* Displayed ODX inconstancy under some circumstances when a QSO was deleted. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
* RAEM : The coordinates entry field was emptied when it was not supposed to be ! Tnx DJ0ZY.<br />
* When using the GOTO function by entering a QSO number and Ctrl-G, the pattern analyser warning message (if any) is now cleared.<br />
* The modifications entered into the Freq Offsets dialog are now taken into account immediately. No need to reload the current log. Tnx YL2GD.<br />
* When using a K3, changing band by entering its wavelength was sometimes setting the wrong LSB/USB mode. Tnx M0VFC (Task #326)<br />
* Under some circumstances, a random character could be entered in the Info field in a DXPed log, when using the Up/Down arrows in this field.<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
* Networking : Sockets initializations updated to comply with the usage of Win-Test in a Linux / Wine environment. The wtCom.dll must be updated (v2.0.4 or better) as well for this usage if needed. Tnx AA6KJ.<br />
* ADIF <br />
** output : Addition of the CREATED_TIMESTAMP field in the header, and the CONTEST_ID field in every QSO record, when applicable.<br />
** Export : The ADIF country code is now added to the QSO record. Requires using the latest CTY_WT.DAT or CTY_WT_MOD.DAT country files (02 August 2013 or later). Tnx AD1C. <br />
* CQWW DX Contest<br />
** The overlay "Classic" category has been added in the contest configuration dialog. It only adds the appropriate line in the Cabrillo output file.<br />
** The overlay category Xtreme is added in the contest configuration dialog, and in the Cabrillo file output as well. Tnx KL1A.<br />
* WAE Contest<br />
** The special calculation for the creation of the offtime section in the Cabrillo file has been removed, being now obsolete. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
** Offtime threshold is now set to one hour. <br />
* Lua<br />
** wtQso:GetData() function added. Returns a table with fields of the current Qso. The current available keys are "time", "band", "mode", "freq", "callsign", "rstSent", "serialSent", "rstReceived", "exchReceived", "miscInfoReceived", "miscInfo2Received".<br />
** wtApp:GetLogFileName() and wtApp:GetIniFileName() functions added. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* UFT contest : Win-Test is now adapted to the new rules 2013. Tnx F6CEL.<br />
* YU DX contest : Totally rewritten because of the new rules 2013 (see http://yudx.yu1srs.org.rs/2013/rules.html). Tnx YU0W and F5IN.<br />
* SPDX Contest : The "12 band or mode changes per one clock hour" rule is now implemented. A simultaneous change of band *and* mode (Ex: 80m CW -> 40m SSB) counts as 2 changes. Tnx SQ2GXO.<br />
* New Tools / Data entry / Priority / Callsign option to ignore any freq or band changes when entering digits only in the callsign field. Tnx P40L, N6TV.<br />
* RAC Winter and Canada Day Contests : The 10-minute rule for the multi-single entrants is now implemented. Tnx VE3JM and N6TV.<br />
* Russian 160 meter : New rules implemented. http://www.radio.ru/cq/contest/rule-results/index2012.shtml. Tnx RZ3DX.<br />
* QR Code added in the registration dialog to help mobile phones users.<br />
<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.10.0) (October 23, 2012)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* YO DX Contest : The child and log windows are now compliant with the chosen mode category (CW, SSB or MIXED). Previously, the mixed mode only was assumed.<br />
* NAQP : The K8 mark for "zones window" (Alt-Z) was labeled K81 instead. Tnx NX5M.<br />
* Text and CSV files options dialogs : The Del key was acting as "Remove all" instead of "Remove". Reminder : Shift-Del acts now as "Remove all", Del acts as "Remove", Shift-Ins acts as "Add all" and Ins acts as "Add". Tnx TM0HQ.<br />
* In the logfile fixing process, the backuped file had a wrong file extension (it was always .wtb). Tnx TM0HQ.<br />
* Status wnd (Alt-J) : Not always correctly ordered when sorted by freq/name. Tnx TM0HQ. <br />
* CQ VHF and CQ 160 : ARRL Section added in the Cabrillo output file for US/VE entrants (Task #323). Tnx W9ZRX & N6TV.<br />
* FT1000(D) : The IF filter setting is retained per mode when grabbing a spot. Tnx DL6FBL @ DR1A.<br />
* Under some concurrency circumstances in a multi-op environment, Win-Test could crash when deleting or modifying spots in the Alt-A or the radio wnds (Task #318). Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
<br />
* ARRL Sweepstakes, ARRL FD and ARRL 160 meter contests : ARRL/RAC sections list updated to comply with the four new RAC administrative sections (ONN, ONS, ONE, GTA), replacing the split Ontario Section. (Task #321)<br />
<br />
* Auto CQ : New option in the appropriate dialog to halt the auto CQ with the Esc key only. Equivalent text commands are RPTESCONLY and NORPTESCONLY. Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
* ARI Sezioni: Cabrillo output compliant with rules 2012. Tnx I2WIJ.<br />
<br />
* ARI DX : Cabrillo output compliant with rules 2012. Tnx I2WIJ.<br />
<br />
* IOTA : New rules 2012 implemented :<br />
** For multi-op (island) stations, display of Band/Mode changes in the rate window (Alt-R).<br />
** Cabrillo file : QSO lines now include RUN or MULT identifiers.<br />
** The score for World to World QSOs is reduced from 3 points to 2 points.<br />
** Island Stations now receive 5 points for World Station QSOs.<br />
** Island Stations now receive also 5 points when working their own Island.<br />
<br />
* RDXC : Oblasts window (Alt-Z) updated following the new list 2012. Tnx HA1AG, SP5KP, F5IN.<br />
<br />
* Check partial (F12) and NP1 (F8) wnds : The [UNIQUE] word has now its own background and text colors to draw the attention of the operator. Tnx CT1BOH.<br />
<br />
* JIDX : Cabrillo file : QSO lines format updated to comply with the new format specifications for the multi-op category. (See task #317). Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.9.1) (October 27, 2011)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* Fix an issue with missing resources which might make WT to crash.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.9.0) (October 26, 2011)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* Problem in Spanish language file fixed. Tks N6TV.<br />
* The exceptions callsigns of the CTY*.DAT files were wrongly parsed when operated from another DXCC entity (ex. W6HGF/KH0). Tnx JE2UFF.<br />
* During a Cabrillo import, if the format of the QSO line wasn't correct, the error message was off one on the QSO number. Tnx W6IZT.<br />
* IARU HF contest : The mode entry was empty in the output Cabrillo file for multi-op categories. It is now set to mixed. Tnx F1HAR @ TM0HQ.<br />
* The Kenwood radio protocol was broken when sending CAT commands with frequencies above the 3420 MHz band. Tnx W8ZN.<br />
* Task #310 : IARU HF contest : For US/VE stations, the ARRL section is now required, instead of the state or the province. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* Entering your own callsign in the bandmap (Ctrl-Enter) was displaying a "spotted by..." alert. Tnx F5JSD @ TM0HQ. <br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
<br />
* When a new file is created, the usage of a network drive is checked and strongly discouraged to prevent log inconstancy. Tnx VK8DX @ 4W6A<br />
* WAEDC : Time shift can now be applied to the QTC. Tnx DL8RDL.<br />
* NCCC Sprint : New rule 2011 : 15m QSO are now permitted. (See task #312). Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.8.0) (June 26, 2011)==<br />
<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* Task #308 : JIDX : 160m QSO points counted 1 pt instead of 4. Tnx N6KI and N6TV.<br />
<br />
* Under some circumstances, DXped audio recordings were not correctly tagged, the file information dialog was incomplete, and the QSO playbacks failed. Tnx VE3EY @ TO3A.<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
<br />
* ADIF : PROGRAMID and PROGRAMVERSION fields added in the file header.Tnx IZ8MBW.<br />
<br />
* LPT Interface : 50 MHz, 144 MHz and 432 (440) MHz band data outputs added. Tnx W8ZN and N6TV.<br />
<br />
* Callsign check rules : The pathetic 9HOHSJ callsign is now added as an exception (like RAEM, JY1 and TX9). Tnx OH2OT, F5HRY.<br />
<br />
* PACC contest : New rule 2011 : QSO are now allowed in each mode for mixed categories. Tnx PA2A.<br />
<br />
* RSGB 160m contest : Single-mode CW-only restriction removed to comply with the new rules 2011. QSO and bonuses are now allowed for each mode. Tnx G3XSV. <br />
<br />
* NAQP : Cabrillo output : The DXCC prefix is now indicated instead of "DX" for North American stations outside of K/VE. Tnx WA7BNM.<br />
<br />
* DARC XMas contest : New rules 2010 : "NM" is allowed as a exchange from the German stations, but is no more credited as a mult. Tnx DJ3WE.<br />
<br />
* DX Spots window (Alt-A) : New option to enable/disable logging of the incoming spots in the .dxc file. It is enabled by default. Under some circumstances (slow antivirus inspection, slow HDD, etc.), saving every spot (especially when using the RBN) was making Win-Test less responsive. The op-entered spots are always saved to allow their restoration on log startup. Tnx HA1AG @ ED9M.<br />
<br />
* Packet window (Alt-O) : New option to enable/disable logging of the packet stream in the .pkt file. It is enabled by default. Under some circumstances (slow antivirus inspection, slow HDD, etc.), saving the packet data stream (especially when using the RBN) was making Win-Test less responsive. Tnx HA1AG @ ED9M.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.7.0) (December 2, 2010)==<br />
<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* Task #300 : WAEDC RTTY : The sent QTC group number was not taken into acount by the other connected machines, and therefore the QTC numbering was garbled in M/* environment. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
<br />
* Task #266 : WAEDC RTTY : No *New Mult* warning. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
<br />
* WAEDC : Number of QTC to send dialog : Even if some buttons were disabled, their associated "number keys" were still active.<br />
<br />
* WAEDC : Sending QTC dialog (Ctrl-L) : In "show" context, and if messages were sent under some circumstances, Win-Test could crash. Tnx IW1QN.<br />
<br />
* WAEDC : Under some circumstances, sent QTC were not always correctly saved.<br />
<br />
* WAEDC : When the number of QTC to be sent is 0 (no more QTC available), all "number keys" and Enter are now ignored in the appropriate dialog.<br />
<br />
* Task #298 : Spacebar key didn't always work properly in the ARRL Sweepstakes contest. Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
* Task #297 : Double-click on Check Multipliers window (F10) didn't work in ARRL Sweepstakes. Tnx N6TV <br />
<br />
* Under some circumstances, if data entered in the time field didn't follow the HH:MM or HHMM format, it could lead to a crash. Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
* WinKey : Speed bursts were not executed if located just before the $LOGGED variable. Tnx ES5TV.<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
* CW Autosend : Feature temporarily disabled when Alt-Space (grab from the RT partner slot), Alt-1..9 (grab from the partner stack) and Ctrl-1..9 (exchange with the partner stack) are used. Tnx ES5TV, N6TV.<br />
<br />
* ARRL 10m contest : New Mexican multipliers added. The name of the database (which is now different from the other ARRL contests) is now ARRL_10M.DTB. Several XE stations (around 300) have been added in the current file: http://download.win-test.com/databases/ARRL_10M.DTB<br />
<br />
* MouseWheel actions are now compatible with HiRes optical mouses like the Microsoft Wireless LASER Mouse 8000. Tnx W9ZRX, N6TV.<br />
<br />
* Bandmap properties : The minimum spot bandwidth is now 0 Hz (!). Tnx SM2WMV.<br />
<br />
* IC775 : Force narrow IF filters when grabbing callsigns in CW. Tnx YL2GD.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.6.1) (Released only for demo and DxPed versions)==<br />
<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* The default directory name for a "DX expedition (VHF and above)" log was wrong. Tnx DJ4MZ.<br />
<br />
* When a callsign was entered by a dbl-click in the N+1 or the partials wnd, and if this feature was set to automatic, the callsign check status wasn't updated. Tnx ES5TV.<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
* COPYLOGCLEAR text command added. Equivalent to the COPYLOG command immediately followed by a CLEARLOG command. Tnx CT1BOH.<br />
<br />
* QTC receive dlg : New variable $QTCROW introduced indicating the QTC line number where the cursor is located. Mainly used in RTTY for asking a resent of a specific line. The default F8 button message is now "AGN QTC $QTCROW?" in this mode. Tnx DK4WA.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.6.0) (October 24, 2010)==<br />
<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* Task #296 : Check mult window (F10) was not updated properly when using in ESM mode with S&P mode selected. Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
* Under some circumstances, the default filename of a contest log could contain invalid characters. Tnx G0ORH.<br />
<br />
* Second zones window : The labels display option was not restored.<br />
<br />
* When grabbing a callsign in the RTTY window, the realtime partner window field wasn't updated. Tnx ES5TV.<br />
<br />
* Task #290 : On restart, Win-Test didn't remember the last SO2R scenario that was selected. Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
* WAEDC : QTC receive dialog (Alt-L). Using the INSERT key in this dlg was crashing Win-Test.<br />
<br />
* Task #291 : RadioWnd : Ctrl-Up/Down weren't working properly in list mode. Tnx ES5TV.<br />
<br />
* Under some circonstances, Win-Test could crash when started with the CapsLock key engaged.<br />
<br />
* Advanced SO2R CW messages dialog : The Esc and Enter keys now work.<br />
<br />
* WAEDC : Clock wnd : QTC in stock was always displayed for M/S entrants regardless of their location (EU or DX).<br />
<br />
* WAEDC : Clock wnd : QTC in stock value was not immediately updated after a Q was received thru the network.<br />
<br />
* EZMaster, MK/MKII/... and OTRSP setup dialogs : The Esc and Enter keys were not correctly handled.<br />
<br />
* Transmit QTC window (Ctrl-L) : Under some circonstances, the context-oriented background colors were not correctly updated.<br />
<br />
* WAEDC : After receiving QTC, the potential QTC counts in the bandmaps were not always updated. Tnx DF9LJ. <br />
<br />
* WAEDC : Every time a Cabrillo file or a summary file was written, the QTC counts were increased. Tnx DF9LJ, DL6RAI, and several others.<br />
<br />
* KCJ : TG (Tochigi) and NR (Nara) multipliers were missing in the Alt-Z window. Tnx F5IN.<br />
<br />
* NAC 10 : Exchange sent are now 6-positions gridsquares. Tnx SM6FKF.<br />
<br />
* Task #284. Your own call incorrectly counted one HQ if such an exchange was entered. Tnx TM0HQ, N6TV. <br />
<br />
* DX cluster (Alt-A) and radio wnds : If the SP or the LP value of the spot was 0°, heading was not displayed. Tnx SM5AJV/SE5E.<br />
<br />
* Task #282: Under some circonstances the QSO number displayed in the report for possible bad exchanges was wrong. Tnx DF1DX.<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
* CAUTION: New network protocol version 1.25 released. Reminder: If you use WT in a networked environment, you must have the same WT version on all machines!<br />
<br />
* The wtArg (and wtArgument) variables are now local to the called script.<br />
<br />
* For phone contesting, scripts can be called from the Advanced SO2R scenarios with the #SCRIPT or #@SCRIPT notation.<br />
<br />
* Lua scripting: New input API:<br />
<br />
:* wtApp:InputUpperText(Prompt, Title, Default) If Title or Prompt is empty, a default text is used. Typed letters are automatically upper-cased while entering.<br />
<br />
* Lua scripting: New wtGab API introduced:<br />
<br />
:* wtGab:Send(strText[, strToStation]) sends a gab strText to strToStation. If strToStation is omitted, the text is sent to the whole network.<br />
<br />
* NCCC Sprint : New rules implemented. Tnx K9MMS, N6TV.<br />
<br />
* CQWW RTTY : In M/S category, the band changes counts are now displayed for the RUN and the MULT stations in the rate window (Alt-R). Tnx ES5TV.<br />
<br />
* Edition keys : To improve the compatibility with CT, Ctrl-B, Ctrl-D and Ctrl-F keys are now processed in the log fields. Tnx N5KO, N6TV.<br />
<br />
* WAEDC : QTC receive dialog (Alt-L) : New $FIELD variable introduced. This variable takes the value "GROUP", "TIME", "CL" or "NR", depending on the kind of QTC field where the insertion point is located.<br />
<br />
* New CW and RTTY options to work dupes or not. If dupes are worked, the $QSOB4 variable is ignored. The equivalent text commands are WORKDUPE/NOWORKDUPE or WORKDUPEON/WORKDUPEOFF. There is a different setting available per mode (CW or RTTY).<br />
<br />
* Task #205 : The $RxRy variables located in the end of a CW message, if any, are automatically appended to the content of the $QSOB4 message if played. Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
* The $QSOB4 variable can now include scripts calls.<br />
<br />
* The scripts calls in the CW or RTTY messages are now synchronous to the CW or the RTTY streams. To execute them asynchronously, they can be called with the #@ notation. Example :<br />
<br />
-- script.wts<br />
wtApp:AlertBox("Hello World!");<br />
<br />
and the CW/RTTY message content is :<br />
<br />
AAA #SCRIPT BBB<br />
<br />
The keyer sends AAA, then "waits" until the user hits the OK button in the "Hello World!" alert box to send BBB.<br />
<br />
If the CW/RTTY message content is:<br />
<br />
AAA #@SCRIPT BBB<br />
<br />
The keyer sends AAA and starts the script (and the alert box is open), *but* it continues to key the rest of the message ("BBB") without waiting the user intervention. This is the asynchronous mode.<br />
<br />
* Lua scripting : One new wtKeyer API introduced :<br />
<br />
:* wtKeyer:Insert(strMessage) : Works for the CW and RTTY keyers. When used in a synchroneous script, if gives the possibility to "fill-in" data into the CW/RTTY message. It is recommanded to use it only in the synchroneous mode (see above) to ensure data are inserted in the right place. WARNING : strMessage can only contain textual data (no variable or script call). It is *not* interpreted by the CW/RTTY parser (except the +/- speed bursts).<br />
<br />
* Lua scripting : New wtStatus API introduced :<br />
<br />
:* wtStatus:GetList() returns a table with names of the stations in the network.<br />
:* wtStatus:GetStatus(strStation) returns a table with fields of the status of a given station. Returns nil if this station doesn't exist. The table keys are "band" "mode" "currentRadio" "radio1Freq" "radio2Freq" "radio1IsManual" "radio2IsManual" "passFreq" "type" and "qsyStatusId".<br />
:* wtStatus:GetFreq(strBand[, strMode]) returns the "best" pass freq for a given band and mode. To determine this frequency, it uses the same algorithm as the $FREQnn variable.<br />
<br />
* Lua scripting : New wtOtrsp API introduced :<br />
:* wtOtrsp:GetDeviceName() returns the name of the OTRSP attached device.<br />
:* wtOtrsp:GetFirmwareVersion() returns the firmware version of the OTRSP attached device. NOTE : Some devices do not support this API, and return an empty string.<br />
:* wtOtrsp:Send(strCommand) sends a command string to the OTRSP attached device. The trailing <CR> character is optional, and is appended if needed.<br />
<br />
* Scripts manager dialog usability improved. Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
* OTRSP : If the OTRSP device has controls and if they can generate events, dedicated Lua scripts are called when events occur :<br />
:* otrspCrOn.wts and otrspCrOff.wts (not case-sensitive) are called when such a control has values 1 and 0 respectively. wtArg is set to the control number (0 to 9).<br />
:* otrspCrEvent.wts (not case-sensitive) is called for all states of the events. wtArg is set to (256 * cr) + state (cr = control number - 1 to 9, and state = value of the state when the event occured - 0 to 255).<br />
<br />
WARNING : If the PTT events are used, the control 0 is restricted to this usage, and doesn't fire the otrspCrOn/Off/Event.wts scripts. If the PTT events are not used, otrspCrEvent is not called when an event on this control occured. Only the otrspCrOn/Off scripts are executed.<br />
<br />
* microHAM devices : When an attached footswitch is used, two dedicated Lua scripts named microhamFsOn.wts and microhamFsOff.wts (not case-sensitive) are called. wtArg is set the radio number of the footswitch (0 for MK/MKII - 0 or 1 for MK2R/MK2R+/u2R depending<br />
on the footswitch that generated the event).<br />
<br />
* Elecraft K3 : To circumvent erratic loss of control when used with various other devices, CAT stacked commands are now sent in a delayed sequence. Tnx N6TV, N6XI, and others.<br />
<br />
* Lua Scripting : New wtMicroham API introduced :<br />
:* wtMicroham:GetDeviceId() returns the ID of the microHAM attached device. Check the Lua constants for interpretation.<br />
:* wtMicroham:GetFirmwareVersion() returns the firmware version string of the microHAM attached device.<br />
:* wtMicroham:Send(strCommand) sends a command string to the microHAM attached device . The trailing <CR> character is optional, and is appended if needed.<br />
Tnx ES5TV, N6TV, OM7ZZ.<br />
<br />
* Contest settings dialog: The contest combo box is now divided in sections.<br />
<br />
* Status Wnd (Alt-J) : Code rewritten to adapt the window columns to the contest in progress : The band is displayed if the current contest is multi-band. The mode is displayed if the current contest is multi-mode, and the type (R, M, etc.) is only displayed for Multi-Op HF contests. Also, when the CQWW M/S multiplier rule is used, new indicators are displayed in the QSY column.<br />
<br />
* Status Wnd (Alt-J) : Rewording of "QSY Freq" to "Pass Freq". Menu items adapted too.<br />
<br />
* Status Wnd (Alt-J) : When operating in SO1R/Multi-Op technique, the Radio 2 freq is automatically hidden, and the Radio 1 freq is now using the same color as the other items of the line.<br />
<br />
* RDA Contest : All DXCC entities are taken into account for multipliers, even the Russian ones. Tnx UA2FF and RX3RC.<br />
<br />
* COPYLOG text command added : Duplicate the current log file (.wt4) in the current log directory with a timestamp added in its name. Useful to quickly save the current log right after a contest warm-up, just before clearing it (CLEARLOG) and start the contest. Tnx DL6RAI for inspiration.<br />
<br />
* MP3 Contest Player : You can now select which channel(s) - Left, Right or Stereo - to listen to. When Left or Right is selected, this channel is sent to both outputs for a more pleasant listening. Useful to listen to true SO2R stereo recordings. The shortcuts (AltGr+C for Left / AltGr+V for Stereo / AltGr+B for Right) have been chosen for their location on the keyboard.<br />
<br />
* WAEDC : Received QTC window (Alt-L) : The contest recorder keys are now active also in this window.<br />
<br />
* RDA contest : ADIF export : The first two chars of received district (if applicable) are saved as STATE field and the district (reformatted as XX-dd) is saved as CNTY. Tnx UA2FF. <br />
<br />
* RDA contest : For Russian entrants, a QSO with a /P Russian station (assumed to be a C1 or C2 stations) is now credited with 10 pts. Note that using /P for C1 or C2 stations is *not* mandatory (Check the note 5.2 of the English rules). Tnx UA6AA.<br />
<br />
* WAEDC : Received QTC window (Alt-L) : The ESC key only works if no field have been edited (and closes the dialog). If a field has been edited, the ESC has no action (except interrupting CW etc.). Tnx F5VIH/SV3SJ.<br />
<br />
* WAEDC : Transmit and Receive QTC windows (Ctrl-L and Alt-L): Modified wordings for some buttons, and easier usability for users, especially when using Esc and Ctrl-L/Alt-L to close these windows. Tnx DL6RAI, DF9LF, G3TXF.<br />
<br />
* WAEDC : Transmit QTC window (Ctrl-L) : In CW or RTTY, if no QTC is sent, the Ctrl-L and Esc keys close the dialog with no confirmation asked. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
<br />
* WAEDC : Receive QTC window (Alt-L) : If no field is edited, the Alt-L and Esc keys close the dialog with no confirmation asked. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
<br />
* WAEDC : Receive QTC window (Alt-L) : To improve consistency with the log edition keys, a new key set is introduced :<br />
<br />
Alt-Arrows : Moving from one field to another (replace Ctrl-Arrows)<br />
Shift-Backspace: Delete all the characters left of the cursor<br />
Shift-Del: Delete all characters under and right of the cursor <br />
Ctrl-A: Like [Home]<br />
Ctrl-E: Like [End]<br />
Ctrl-W: Clear the current field<br />
Ctrl-K: Like [Shift-Del]<br />
Ctrl-Z: Undo field edition<br />
Ctrl-Left arrow: Like [Home]<br />
Ctrl-Right arrow: Like [End]<br />
<br />
Tnx F5VIH/SV3SJ<br />
<br />
* WAEDC : If the "Show additional information on QTC traffic" option is enabled, the callsign syntax check status messages are no more displayed, to free the message line for the QTC status. Only applies to the WAEDC. Tnx DJ0ZY.<br />
<br />
* LUA scripting : Two new global variables wtScript and wtCurrentScript introduced. wtScript contains the name of the top-most called script, with no extension, and wtCurrentScript contains the script name currently executed (no extension). For example :<br />
<br />
-- foo.wts<br />
wtApp:AlertBox(wtScript .. " / " .. wtCurrentScript);<br />
wtApp:CallScript("bar");<br />
return -1;<br />
--<br />
<br />
-- bar.wts<br />
wtApp:AlertBox(wtScript .. " / " .. wtCurrentScript);<br />
--<br />
<br />
When foo is executed, the first alert box will display "foo / foo" and the next one will display "foo / bar". Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
* Check country wnd (F10) : New option to display (or not) the sun charts. Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
* ESM embedded script : When using the SO2R advanced technique, the scenarios messages are used instead of the standard ones. Tnx SM2WMV, N6TV and F6IFY.<br />
<br />
* Remote commands dialog : Various different options for the notification are now allowed.<br />
<br />
* Script manager : Added the possibility to attach a text command to a script. You can even pass a argument with the SCRIPT/ARGUMENT syntax (ex : SCRIPT/5 will call script.wts and the wtArg value is set to the string "5" - Caution : The argument is *always* passed as a string when the script is called from a text command). If no argument is specified, the default argument defined in the script manager will be used (if any). Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
* IARU HF : Mult wnd (Alt-M) can now be copied as text (and pasted as text or directly in a spreadsheet program). Does not apply for the WRTC version that has a different multiplier rule.<br />
<br />
* IOTA : Even if IOTA.DAT is not installed, IOTA references that are syntaxically valid are now taken into account for points credits and are written in the Cabrillo file. Tnx SM3CER. <br />
<br />
* IOTA : Mult wnd (Alt-M) can now be copied as text (and pasted as text or directly in a spreadsheet program). Tnx G3TXF.<br />
<br />
* The check logs tools reports are now adapted to the mixed contests.<br />
<br />
* Enhanced replies to the inventory command (INV) with bridgehead and time masters indicators (B vs b and T vs t).<br />
<br />
* BRIDGEHEAD/NOBRIDGEHEAD text commands added.<br />
<br />
* IARU HF : "BA" added to the exception list of the cut numbers translation, despite this abbreviation is not listed as the official one of the E7HQ Society. Cf http://www.iaru.org/iaru-soc.html Tnx UA6AA and many others.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.5.2) (July 3, 2010)==<br />
<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
<br />
* Bugfix : Fixed a problem with registration in some versions.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.5.1) (June 27, 2010)==<br />
<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
<br />
* Bugfix : MP3 information files dialog could lead to a crash if no mp3 file were present in the current log directory.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix : ARI Sezioni - RTTY : Only valid 4 digits codes can be now grabbed from the RTTY wnd as an exchange. Tnx IK0CHU.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.5.0) (June 5, 2010)==<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
<br />
CAUTION: New network protocol version 1.24 released<br />
<br />
Reminder: If you use WT in a networked environment, you must have the same WT version on all machines!<br />
<br />
These network modifications only affect the use of Win-Test in a WAN environment, and requires wtTunnel 1.12 (to be released) to be effective.<br />
<br />
* Workaround: YCCC SO2R Box outputs were not working as expected. At this time, AUX1 and AUX3 are assigned to Radio1, and AUX2 and AUX4 to Radio2. This will be customizable in the future.<br />
<br />
* Added a Extraction Feature in Contest Recorder (right-click in the Contest Recorder Window, and chose the "Extract and Save QSO" menu).<br />
<br />
* Text commands : <tt>MP3SETUP</tt> and <tt>SCRIPTS</tt> commands added. Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
* Scripts manager dlg : The delete key now acts like clicking on the Delete button.<br />
<br />
* New microHam device "USB micro2R" supported. Tks OM7ZZ.<br />
<br />
* Radio Wnd and DX Cluster Wnd (Alt-A) : New leading indicator (#) introduced to tag spots coming from a CW Skimmer (aka the spotter callsign ends with "-#").<br />
<br />
* CW cut numbers translation : New option in Tools / Data entry to disable the automatic translation. Note that this translation is performed on a contest and worked station contextual basis. The equivalent text commands are <tt>CUTON</tt> and <tt>CUTOFF</tt>. Do not use <tt>CUT/NOCUT</tt> that are reserved for CW cut numbers generation ! Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
* EXPERIMENTAL : New "Always On Top" option in the Options / Windows menu. Can also be (re)set with text commands. Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* Bugfix : IC-7600 : Split was broken. Tnx N3MX, I2WIJ.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix : In M/* configuration, and under certain circumstances, the mp3 files list associated with a station in the MP3 file information dialog could be wrong.<br />
<br />
* ARRL DX : CW cut numbers are translated for DXCC stations worked from the US/VE side.<br />
<br />
* MP3 setup : Only the CBR codecs are now displayed in the setup dialogs. The usage of the ABR codecs (most of the LAME ACM ones) is too erratic to be trusted in. Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix : REF HF : Cut numbers were translated for TK stations (2A). Tnx F5CQ.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix : Additional CW messages (Alt-C) : When no log is opened, the function keys are now disabled.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix : Recorder wnd : Under certain circumstances, the buttons tooltips were not always displayed.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix : HA DX contest : When working contest from the HA side, cut numbers where always translated, whereas it had to be so for non-HA callsigns only. Tnx HA3LN.<br />
<br />
* Contest Recorder: the "rotate file" option were disabling the AutoStart one. Fixed. Thanks IK2JUB.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.4.0) (January 17, 2010)==<br />
<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* Bugfix (#255): K1EL WinKey USB CW timing becomes very poor (Farnsworth style) when PTT delay is default 50 ms. This was caused by too low hardcoded value (80ms) of the PTT Tail delay. This delay is now configurable in the Winkey Properties Dialog Box. Tks F5JSD, SM5AJV, KL7RA and N6TV.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix (#253): Input Wave Device was not properly selected in the Contest Recorder Module. Tks N6TV, NR5M.<br />
<br />
* MP3 files information dialog : Under certain circumstances, the displayed stop time and duration of the selected file were wrong. Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix (#271) : Packet window (Alt-T) was losing focus when the gab window was automatically closed. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix (#272) : Under certain circumstances, pattern checking flags were not updated if an entered callsign was modified. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
<br />
* DARC 10 : Leading zeros addition for serial received was broken. Tnx DK1AX.<br />
* Bugfix : MP3 files recorded in 2009 couldn't be listened to anymore in Win-Test in 2010 ;-) ! Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix : Stew Perry : Under certain circumstances, an overflow error could happen in distance calculations for Q inside the same GridSquare as the entrant. Tnx VE3TA.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix (Task #270) : ARRL 10 : When running the contest from the DX side, the serial sent was not editable. Tnx CX6VM.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix : RTTY wnds : Left-click to activate (and right-click to open the contextual menu) in the text area were broken. Also, the possibility to Ctrl-Drag these windows has been added.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix : ARI 40/80 contest in RTTY : The provinces can now be grabbed in the RTTY wnd. Also fixed for the ARI International Contest. Tnx IK0CHU.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix : The Inventory and Score broadcast network frames could have bad data. Tnx SV3SJ/F5VIH.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix : After opening a non-empty log, the first PgUp press was not updating the child windows.<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
<br />
* Added some new features of the WK2 (WKUSB) for the PTT Tail. Tks F5JSD, K1EL.<br />
<br />
* OmniRig supported as an alternative to the WT build-in Radio Control. Right-click on the Radio Window then choose "OmniRig Settings" in order to properly configure OmniRig for your Radio.<br />
<br />
* IC-703 rig added.<br />
<br />
* First attempt in OTRSP (Open Two Radio Switching Protocol) protocol support. Tested with the YCCC SO2R Box but not in real conditions. Tks K1XM.<br />
<br />
* Log output : Progress bar implemented. Tnx TF3CW.<br />
<br />
* Edit / Move in my log menu item has now text commands equivalents: <tt>MOVEINMYLOG</tt> (or <tt>SCROLLMYLOG</tt>) and <tt>NOMOVEINMYLOG</tt> (or <tt>NOSCROLLMYLOG</tt>). Tnx 5B4WN.<br />
<br />
* Rate wnd (Alt-R) : Two methods are now available to display the elapsed time since the last band changes. Tnx F1NGP and TK5EP.<br />
<br />
* MRU (Most Recently Used) file list added in the File menu.<br />
<br />
* IC-7600 rig added.<br />
<br />
* ICOM rigs : Radio list rearranged alphabetically in the Interface Setup dialog.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix : RTTY wnds : The invert function was also inverting the character next to the selection.<br />
<br />
* RTTY wnds : Mirror zone enlarged to allow 4-figures serials.<br />
<br />
* RTTY wnds : Callsigns found in the database or in the log are now displayed in bold.<br />
<br />
* RTTY wnds : Colors management added.<br />
<br />
* Grid Squares wnd : It can now be enlarged to the entire world. Tnx F8BBL.<br />
<br />
* Grid Squares wnd : New options in the contextual menu to display fields only, and to center the map on a specific point more easily (it requires the map is NOT centered on the Home QTH in the properties dialog).<br />
<br />
* Grid Squares wnd : The resolution (low or high) chosen in the properties dialog wasn't properly saved.<br />
<br />
* CQWW WPX Contests (Task #269) : Various updates to comply with the new rules introduced in 2010. Tnx K5ZD, W0YK.<br />
<br />
* ARRL Contests : Default Off-time period set to 30 mins. Tnx CX6VM and DL6RAI.<br />
<br />
* New "-n" or "--noautoload" switch allowed in the command line to disable the autoload log feature. Tnx N6TV (The only Win-Test user who runs it from the command line ;-) ).<br />
<br />
* Startup time reduced.<br />
<br />
* CSV and Text exports : HF logs can now export distance and heading. CAUTION : To ensure consistency with the VHF logs exports (and many geographical processing softwares or online apps), the longitude is now positive for East, and negative for West.<br />
<br />
* Tools / Check log / Callsigns syntax check added. Uses the pattern callsigns rules file (callsign.pat).<br />
<br />
* LUA : wtArg can now be used to get the optional argument set in the Script Manager or in a #SCRIPT(argument) call. To ensure compatibility, wtArgument remains usable.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix : Under some circonstances, some key assignments to scripts were not working properly. Tnx DJ0ZY.<br />
<br />
* Script key assignment dialog : If no key is assigned, the argument field is now automatically cleared and disabled.<br />
<br />
* Lua : New API to get the type and the manufactuer of the radios: wtRadio*:GetTypeId() and wtRadio*:GetManufacturerId(). Reminder : wtRadio* applies to wtRadio, wtRadioInactive, wtRadioPrimary, wtRadioSecondary, wtRadio1 or wtRadio2. New Lua WT constants are introduced for this purpose. A new directory on our download repository has been created to gather the API and the constants lists : http://download.win-test.com/v4/lua/<br />
<br />
* REF 160 : As non-domestic stations can send non-numeric exchanges the CW cut numbers translation is now disabled. Tnx F5IN.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.3.0) (November 23, 2009)==<br />
<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* Bugfix: playing back MP3s recorded on different stations was broken. Tks FY5KE.<br />
<br />
* Contest Recorder (#253): USB Voice Codec was not detected due to a trailing space in the Codec Name. Fixed. Tks N6TV.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix (#182): Wrong QSX Frequency in Self-generated Spots. Tks K1GQ.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix (#262): CQ Repeat doesn't stop for Secondary Radio. Tks DJ0ZY.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix (#259): Pressing Alt-1 in Secondary Radio window moves QSO to wrong band. Alt-1/2/3/... are now active only with the Primary radio and when the Partner Wnd is open. Tks N6TV.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix (#251): NA Sprint - LOCATION record not written to Cabrillo file header. Done also for IARU HF, NAQP and NCCC Sprints. Tks N6TV.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix (#243): WPX contest now requires LOCATION in Cabrillo. Done also for CQWW even if it doesn't seem required yet. Tks N6TV.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix : Ukranian DX contest and RDXC : Cut numbers were translated even for Oblasts. Tnx F5IN and RK1AA.<br />
<br />
* UFT HF : Under some circonstances, the received report was not correctly translated with cut numbers. Tnx F5IN.<br />
<br />
* CQWW M/S : The 10-minute mult timer in the status window (Alt-J) was broken. Tnx FY5KE. <br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
<br />
* Italian translation added. Tks IV3IYH!<br />
<br />
* Search for Possible Bad Exchanges against bad formated serial number implemented. Tks N6TV.<br />
<br />
* Added some basic checks for ARRL SS in the "Search for Possible Bad Exchanges" tool. Tks N6TV.<br />
<br />
* The '<' and '>' keys are now interpreted by the Secondary Radio Window as well, as far as the SHIFT key is not used for binding to the Secondary Radio Window (task #216). Tks N6TV.<br />
<br />
* WAE : When using the keyboard mode in the QTC transmitting and receiving dialogs, the Enter key was mis-interpreted. And now, in CW, the "what you type" field is also updated. Tnx DL6RAI and DJ4MZ.<br />
<br />
* Lua : New API to play the additional CW/RTTY messages (Alt-C set)<br />
<br />
wtKeyer:PlayAdditionalMsg(AdditionalMsgIndex)<br />
<br />
AdditionalMsgIndex is the index of the Alt-C messages set (1 to 12). Others are ignored. This API is useful when these messages contains variables. If not, you can still use wtKeyer:Play("$MSGx").<br />
<br />
* Lua: New API introduced to get various interesting directories paths:<br />
<br />
wtApp:GetLogPath() Current log directory path<br />
wtApp:GetAppPath() Win-Test installation directory path<br />
wtApp:GetCfgPath() \cfg directory path<br />
wtApp:GetCtyPath() \countryFiles directory path<br />
wtApp:GetDatabasePath() \databases directory path<br />
wtApp:GetOpPath() \ops directory path<br />
wtApp:GetScriptPath() \scripts directory path<br />
wtApp:GetExtraPath() \extras directory path<br />
<br />
* WAE : Transmit and Receive QTC windows : Scripts are now allowed in the predefined CW/RTTY messages (use the #SCRIPT notation as usual). Tnx DL6RAI. <br />
<br />
* Ukranian DX contest : Rules 2009 now accept single mode entries for DX : Cabrillo file output updated. Tnx F5IN.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.2.0) (October 21, 2009)==<br />
<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* Bugfix: Conversion of binary file containing QTC from v3 to v4. Tks DJ4MZ.<br />
<br />
* Better support of Win7 and Wine/Linux.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix (#258): Failure of swap radio key to switch rx focus for the MK2R+ as long as one not manually changed the rx focus to stereo or transmitted anything in CW. Tks GW3NJW, OH1JT, OM7ZZ, W4TV.<br />
<br />
* Cosmetic: avoid rx focus leds flickering when switching tx focus. Tks OM7ZZ.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix (#187): Ctrl-Shift-Tab doesn't appear to toggle RUN / S&P in Secondary radio window. Tks N6TV, GW3NJW.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix : K3 serial port default setup modified : The number of stop bits was wrong - It is now set to one stop bit, according to the K3 users manual. Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
* ON Winter and Spring contests : Sections list updated. Tnx F5IN and ON5GQ.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix (#257) : CQWW DX RTTY : Cabrillo template modified to match the specs. Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix : CQWW DX RTTY : Allowed band changes modified to 8 in MS and M2 categories (rules 2009). Tnx F5JY.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix (#164): TI5/NP3D is now parsed as TI. Tnx JE2UFF/W2UFF.<br />
<br />
* CTY files : 4U30VIC now considered as 4U1V in an appropriate way. Tnx DL6LAU.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix : After reloading a WAE log, the QTC count in the Summary window was wrong. Tnx DK1AX.<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
<br />
* Scripting: wtQso:GetModeId() and wtKeyer:GrabHighlightedCallsign() function added. Note that wtKeyer:GrabHighlightedCallsign() works only in RTTY, and relies on the INSERT key option set in the RTTY setup dialog.<br />
<br />
* New option in the Clock wnd to "wizz" this window a la MSN at rounded hours, to draw attention of the op (useful in multi-op configurations).<br />
<br />
* New feature in Tools / Scripts manager... : Allows to edit, create, delete or rename scripts. It's also used to assign a key and/or an argument to a script (its value will be available in the wtArgument global variable).<br />
<br />
* Scripts called by an assigned key can return +1 to be called again *after* the WT key processing ooccured. A new API wtApp:IsPostKeyProcess() is introduced to distinguish the "pre"- process from the "post"-process.<br />
<br />
Example:<br />
<br />
RunSPSwitch.wts (assigned to Ctrl-Tab) :<br />
<br />
if (wtApp:IsPostKeyProcess()) then<br />
if (wtQso:IsOperatingModeRun()) then<br />
wtApp:SetWindowColor(-1, 0, 165, 165);<br />
else<br />
wtApp:SetWindowColor(-1, 128,128,128);<br />
end;<br />
else<br />
return 1; -- Triggers a post key process call<br />
end;<br />
<br />
Note : This feature works only for users scripts called with an assigned key (and *not* with embedded overriden scripts).<br />
<br />
* Scripts can now be called from a CW or a RTTY message. You must use the #SCRIPTNAME(ARGUMENT) notation. The argument (and parenthesis) are optional. The script will be called synchroneously, but is executed in the main thread, meaning that it is not blocking the CW/RTTY stream.<br />
<br />
* New feature in Options / Script Editor configuration : Allows to use any external text editor to edit scripts. The default text editor is a custom package of SciTE (Scintilla Text Editor - free and open source) available on our repository<br />
<br />
http://download.win-test.com/utils/SciTE_for_Win-Test.zip<br />
<br />
Unzip the package and move the entire SciTE folder in the Win-Test installation directory.<br />
<br />
* YO DX Contest : Rules 2009 : In mixed mode, a station can be worked in both modes. Tnx N2YO.<br />
<br />
* Tools / Check log for possible bad exchanges : When the contest do not use serial numbers, use the QSO index in the report remarks. Tnx F1HAR @ TM0HQ.<br />
<br />
* Keys redefinitions : The Pause and Scroll-Lock keys can now be used. Be warned that Ctrl-Scroll-Lock and Ctrl-Pause (that are considered as "identical" by the system) are used by Windows to cancel dialogs. Thus, it is advisable to not use them for key redefinition.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.1.0) (August 8, 2009)==<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
<br />
* IOTA contest: "Search for possible bad exchanges" (tools menu) implemented.<br />
<br />
* Rotator Azimuth orders are now based on the locator instead of the DXCC on 50 MHz and above. On 50 MHz and 70 MHz, if the locator field is empty in the log, then the azimuth is computed against the DXCC prefix.<br />
<br />
* New text commands RUNSP/NORUNSP and RUNSPON/RUNSPOFF to enable or not the RUN/S&P switching. Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
* New contest files : You can now customize the file name and sub dir formats. See Options / Log / New contest files properties... Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
* IOTA contest : Default IOTA reference is now guessed, according to the new CTY_IOTA.DAT file (must be in the countryFiles directory). This file is based on DXCC countries, callsign prefixes, call areas and oblasts.<br />
<br />
* IOTA contest : Check mult wnd (F10) : IOTA references are now autocompleted for check during QSO entry.<br />
<br />
* New File menu items to explore more easily several WT-related directories. Tnx F5VIH/SV3SJ and N6TV.<br />
<br />
* DX Window (Alt-A) : Spot can be now passed to the secondary radio or the non-active radio. Tnx DL8WAA.<br />
<br />
* M2/Orion rotators added in wtRotators. Tks IK0HBN.<br />
<br />
* The RRTC Cabrillo files are now following the version 3 specs. And the contest name is modified as "OZCHR". Tnx F5VIH/SV3SJ.<br />
<br />
* CW and RTTY msgs enlarged to 120 characters.<br />
<br />
* Extra information files : Multiple spaces or tabs can now separate the callsign from the data. Tnx G0ORH.<br />
<br />
* New File dialog : Ensures the validity of the entered file name. Tnx DJ7MGQ.<br />
<br />
* ESM : S&P : When the entered callsign is a dupe, WT now blocks call. To override this behaviour, use F4 to call and F2 to send exchange (by default). Tnx GW3NJW.<br />
<br />
* VHF+ contests : Mode is now displayed in the main log wnd if the contest has been set to handle several modes (Mixed or All modes). Tnx DK2ZF and DL5NAH.<br />
<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* The displayed azimuth in the Rotator Window could be wrong in the "Stacks" and "Rotors" tabs.<br />
<br />
* EUHF : Statistics window (Ctrl-F9) limited to one day. Tnx F5VIH/SV3SJ.<br />
<br />
* IOTA contest : When an invalid IOTA was entered, clearing the field afterwards wasn't clearing the '?' flag.<br />
<br />
* Contest Recorder:<br />
** Infinite loop in MP3 file rotations. Tks DD5FZ.<br />
** Memory Leak using LAME encoder.<br />
** MP3 Codec enumeration in the player. WT was not always detecting the appropriate Codec.<br />
** Playback with Windows VISTA. Note that the LAME Codec is an Encoder Codec only.<br />
<br />
* When radios were swapped (*), the ESM QSO status was somewhat messy.<br />
<br />
* For some contests, the letters for cut numbers were inappropriately translated.<br />
<br />
* After a WT v3 file conversion, the main window caption was not updated.<br />
<br />
* MP3 files information : The file date was off by one month. Tnx F5VIH/SV3SJ.<br />
<br />
* Cabrillo Import : The station name for all worked QSO was CABRILLO. Now, it uses the name entered in the Contest Settings dialog. Tnx F5VIH/SV3SJ.<br />
<br />
* Callsign text color wasn't reset after F11 or empty callsign if the callsign check wasn't automatic. Tnx DJ0ZY.<br />
<br />
* Delete QSO : Several structures inconstancies fixed when a Q was deleted in the middle of the log.<br />
<br />
* In REG1TEST exports (European Standard File for V/UHF Contests), QSO logged in mode different than CW or SSB was not well formatted. Tks DL5NAH.<br />
<br />
* Options / Log / Colors... menu was broken. Tnx F5LIW.<br />
<br />
* Check Country wnd (F10) : Sun status bars now display "NO DATA" when SS and SR are not computed (JW, JX etc.). Tnx DJ0ZY.<br />
<br />
* (Task #245) Network advanced settings : The Bridgehead setting was not saved. Tnx KL7RA and N6TV.<br />
<br />
* Opening a .wtb file in the command line, by drag'n'drop or a double-click on it was starting an infinite loop. Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.0.1) (June 30, 2009)==<br />
<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
<br />
* Options / Toolbar setting was ignored on startup. Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
* ESM was broken. Tnx F1HAR.<br />
<br />
* Registration Key was broken.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.0.0) (June 26, 2009)==<br />
<br />
First release of Win-Test version 4<br />
<br />
Minimum requirements : WinXP (2k not tested but may mork - feedbacks<br />
welcome). PIII 500 MHz - 64 MB RAM - 800 x 600 screen res.<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
<br />
Summary of the new features:<br />
<br />
* Rotators Controls<br />
<br />
* Integrated MP3 contest recorder and player: Use the Options / MP3 configuration to set the audo device that will record and play the file, the various sampling and bit rate settings. You can also set a maximum filesize. Over this limit, additional files will be automatically created. To start recording click on the record button of the window (a blinking red square will be displayed in the clock window too). Once the contest is over, click on the record button again to stop recording. Now, you can browse your log with usual arrow keys and to listen to a specific Q but clicking the Play button or use the <code>AltGr-Enter</code> combination (some keyboard do not have an <code>AltGr</code> key, so use <code>Ctrl+Alt</code> instead). You can also go back and forward with the adapted buttons or use AltGr-Left and Right. To pause/play, you can use the <code>AltGr-Space</code> combination.<br />
<br />
* ESM (Enter Sends Message): Enabled/Disabled by the Tools/Data entry/ESM Enabled menu. You can also use the ESM/NOESM or ESMON/ESMOFF text commmands. It relies on the following messages assignation : <br />
F1 : CQ<br />
F2 : Sent report<br />
F4 : Mycall<br />
F5 : Logged callsign ($LOGGED)<br />
F7 : ? (or "Again ?" in phone)<br />
INSERT : Callsign + sent report<br />
PLUS : TU + enter Q<br />
When the ESM is enabled, as the return key *can't* be used anymore to log silently a QSO, the key combination Ctrl+Plus has been introduced and added for this purpose.<br />
<br />
* Variable speed for the integrated voice keyer : An exclusive Win-Test feature! You can play your voice files at a different speed (between -20% and +70%) from the original recording speed. Record your voice files at normal speed, and use Alt-F9/F10 (as in CW mode) to play them at a different speed. The speed in displayed at the bottom of the (Rate) Alt-R window.<br />
<br />
* On the fly callsign pattern check based on the K1TTT callsign.pat file (over 400 rules applied today). Use the Tools / Data entry / Callsign check menu option. You are encouraged to report the author any mistakes or improvements of this file (k1ttt@arrl.net). The file is located in the cfg directory (see below).<br />
<br />
* Improved F10 window with graphical indication of the sun status on both sides of the QSO.<br />
<br />
* Keyboard mode (Alt-K) enhanced. The backspace is not supported yet and replaced by "E E " like you do when you use a regular key.<br />
<br />
* Data (.wt4) and notes (.not) files can be transferred thru the WT network without needing any file or directory sharing. Very convenient to gather all logs in a multi-stations environment once the contest is over. Use the Tools / Download thru the network... menu. <br />
<br />
* Enhanced compatibility with Vista and Seven (Auxiliary and ini files are now stored in directories these OS accept with no additional rights:<br />
<br />
Windows XP : Documents and Settings\All users\Application Data\Win-Test\<br />
Windows Vista : ProgramData\Win-Test\<br />
<br />
Note that these directories may be hidden by Windows Explorer. Check the Folders Options of Windows Explorer.<br />
<br />
Several sub-directories are created and used by Win-Test. Their names are self-explanatory.</div>Dl6raihttps://docs.win-test.com/w/index.php?title=Supported_rigs&diff=5022Supported rigs2023-04-10T06:25:27Z<p>Dl6rai: /* Others */</p>
<hr />
<div>Win-Test supports most rigs of today's amateur radio market. The radio or radios (if you use two) and their communication parameters are to be configured in the [[Menu:Options#Configure_interfaces...|Options Menu]] of Win-Test. Typically, you don't even have to guess specific baud rates or parity settings as Win-Test knows most of the default settings.<br />
<br />
==Kenwood==<br />
Virtually all Kenwood rigs are supported by Win-Test. They all use the same CAT command subset needed by Win-Test.<br />
<br />
{{wbox|Note|Additional function for modern Kenwood rigs is supported by LUA scripts by N6TV that you may download from https://bit.ly/wtscripts in file '''TS590scripts.zip'''.}}<br />
<br />
Older Kenwood rigs use by default:<br />
<br />
* Speed: 4800 baud<br />
* Data bits: 8<br />
* Parity: None<br />
* Stop bits: 2<br />
* DTR: Always OFF<br />
* RTS: Handshake<br />
<br />
Newer Kenwood rigs use by default:<br />
<br />
* Speed: 9600 baud<br />
* Data bits: 8<br />
* Parity: None<br />
* Stop bits: 1<br />
* DTR: Always OFF<br />
* RTS: Handshake<br />
<br />
Exception: TS-590S uses two stop bits ''only'' for 4800 baud. For all other baud rates, use only 1 stop bit.<br />
<br />
Models successfully tested:<br />
* TS-480SAT<br />
* TS-480HX<br />
* TS-590S, TS-590SG<br><br />
USB connection default is 115200 baud. COM port connection default is 9600 baud. Be sure to set RTS=Handshake. USB requires installation of the [http://www.silabs.com/products/mcu/Pages/USBtoUARTBridgeVCPDrivers.aspx Silicon Labs Virtual COM port (VCP) driver]. For VCP installation instructions, see [http://www.kenwood.com/i/products/info/amateur/vcp_e.html this page] on the Kenwood web site).<br />
* [[BestPractice1|TS-850S]]<br />
* TS-930S PIEXX (Tnx FM5BH)<br />
* TS-940S<br />
* TS-950S<br />
* TS-570DGE<br />
* TS-990S &ndash; Same as TS-590S, see above.<br />
* TS-2000 &ndash; COM port default is 9600 baud, 1 stop bit, RTS=Handshake<br />
* (others are known to work, but not fully tested, e.g. TS-690, TS-450, TS-950SD, etc.)<br />
<br />
==Icom==<br />
<br />
Virtually, all Icom rigs are supported by Win-Test. They all use the same CAT command subset.<br />
<br />
{{wbox|Note|Additional function for modern Icom rigs is supported by LUA scripts by N6TV that you may download from https://bit.ly/wtscripts in file '''IcomScripts.zip'''.}} <br />
<br />
{{wbox|Note|The VFO-B windows with ICOM is almost always grey on older Icom radios [http://lists.f5mzn.org/pipermail/support/2007-February/073046.html].}}<br />
<br />
Best results for Icom radios are usually achieved by checking ''both'' the '''<tt>Don’t poll</tt>''' and the '''<tt>Use CI-V-Transceive</tt>''' options. The band map then moves very smoothly while turning the VFO. Another choice is to ''remove'' the check mark from both of these options.<br />
<br />
* [[BestPractice3|IC-275]]<br>COM port set to 1200 baud, 8 data bits, no parity and 1 stop bit. Tnx MM0GPZ.<br>See also [[BestPractice3#Setting_up_an_Icom_IC-275H_with_the_microHAM_USB_Interface_IC|Setting up an Icom IC-275H with the microHAM USB Interface IC]].<br />
* IC-475<br />
* IC-703<br />
* IC-706<br>COM port set to 9600 baud, 8 data bits, no parity and 1 stop bit. Tnx F6IFY<br />
* IC-706 Mk II<br />
* IC-706 Mk II G<br />
* IC-718<br />
* IC-725<br />
* IC-728<br />
* IC-729<br />
* IC-735<br />
* [[BestPractice2|IC-736]]<br />
* IC-737<br />
* IC-738<br />
* IC-746<br />
* IC-746 Pro<br />
* IC-751<br />
* IC-756<br />
* IC-756 Pro<br />
* IC-756 Pro II<br />
* IC-756 Pro III<br />
* IC-761<br />
* IC-765<br />
* IC-775 (or IC 775 DSP)<br>COM port set to 1200 baud, 8 data bits, no parity and 1 stop bit. Tnx EA3IN. (also succesfully tested up to 9600 baud. I2WIJ)<br />
* IC-781<br />
* IC-910<br />
* IC-970<br />
* IC-1275<br />
* IC-7000<br />
* IC-7100<br />
* IC-7200<br />
* IC-7300<br />
* IC-7400 - not listed, but you may select IC-746 Pro, which uses the same hex address: 66h<br />
* [[BestPractice8|IC-7410]]<br />
* IC-7600<br />
* IC-7610<br />
* IC-7700<br />
* IC-7800<br />
* IC-7850<br />
* IC-7851<br />
* IC-7900<br />
* IC-9100<br />
<br />
===Other Icom radios===<br />
* Icom generic: This setting can be used to connect an Icom rig not listed. You need to set the Icom rig's address (found in the rig manual) in the wt.ini file in the [Interfaces] section. Please see [[WT.INI#Generic_ICOM_radio|WT.INI]] for more details.<br />
* IC-728<br>Use the Icom generic setting with hex address 38h and set COM port to 1200 baud, 8 data bits, no parity, 1 stop bit. Tnx VK6NU<br />
* IC-746 PRO<br>In fact, the IC 7400 (below) is the European version of the IC 746 PRO. It uses the same hex address and should work with the same settings. Tnx F8CRH<br />
* IC-910H<br>Use the Icom generic setting with hex address 60h and set COM port to 4800 baud, 8 data bits, no parity, 1 stop bit. Works on all 3 bands (2m, 70 and 23 cm). Tnx F6BEE<br />
* IC-7400<br>Use the Icom generic setting with hex address 66h and set COM port to 9600 baud (also successfully tested with 1200 and 19200 baud and TRX set accordingly), 8 data bits, no parity, 2 stop bits. Tnx F8CRH<br />
<br />
==Yaesu==<br />
<br />
{{wbox|Note|Additional function for modern Yaesu rigs is supported by LUA scripts by N6TV that you may download from https://bit.ly/wtscripts in file '''YaesuScripts.zip'''.}} <br />
<br />
* FT-100<br />
* FT-450<br />
* FT-757GX II<br />
* FT-817<br />
* FT-847<br />
* FT-857<br />
* FT-891<br />
* FT-897<br />
* FT-900<br />
* FT-920<br />
* FT-950<br />
* FT-990<br>COM port set to 4800 bauds, 8 data bits, no parity, no flow control and 2 stop bits.<br>For DTR and RTS, see FT-1000D below. Tnx F6GOX, NX5M.<br />
* FT-991<br>Use the Yaesu USB driver. See screen shots of recommended menu settings well-documented by HB9AMO at http://www.hb9amo.net/wt-ft991.php <br />
* [[BestPractice6|FT-1000D]]<br>COM port set to 4800 bauds, 8 data bits, no parity, no flow control and 2 stop bits.<br>When using a powered CAT interface such as the Yaesu FIF-232C CAT interface box and CT-62 cable, set DTR and RTS to '''Always OFF'''.<br>When using a "passive" (not powered) interface cable such as the [http://k1nu.home.comcast.net/~k1nu/k1nu/Products/control.html K1NU CAT Control Cable], set DTR to '''Always OFF''', RTS to '''Always ON'''. Tnx F5FLN, NX5M, NQ4I.<br />
* [[BestPractice1|FT-1000MP (including Mark V)]]<br>COM port set to 4800 bauds, 8 data bits, no parity, no flow control and 2 stop bits. Tnx FM5BH and F8CRH.<br />
* FT-2000<br />
* [[BestPractice7|FTdx-101]]<br />
* FTdx-1200<br />
* FTdx-3000<br />
* FTdx-5000<br />
* FTdx-9000<br />
* FTDX-10<br />
<br />
{{wbox|Note|Sub-VFO programming from within the band map is available for the FT-1000MP, FT-2000 and FTdx-9000 only}}.<br />
<br />
==Ten-Tec==<br />
<br />
* Jupiter<br />
* Orion (aka Orion I)<br />
* Orion II<br />
* Omni VI<br>Use the Icom generic setting, with 04h hex address, and set COM port to 9600 baud (can be modified in TRX if needed), 8 data bits, no parity, 1 stop bit. Tnx F6IFY<br />
* Omni VII<br />
<br />
<br />
{{wbox|Note|Sub-VFO programming from within the band map is available for the Orion only.}}<br />
<br />
==Elecraft==<br />
<br />
{{wbox|Note|Additional function for Elecraft rigs is supported by LUA scripts by N6TV that you may download from https://bit.ly/wtscripts in file '''K3scripts.zip''', '''KX3Scripts.zip''', and '''P3scripts.zip'''.}} <br />
<br />
* Elecraft K2<br />
* Elecraft K3<br />
* Elecraft K3S<br />
* Elecraft KX3 (see [[BestPractice9|Setting up the KX3 only with KXUSB cable]])<br />
<br />
==Others==<br />
* FlexRadio SDR-1000<br />
* Flex 6000 series (now has its own driver, apart from Kenwood)<br />
* [http://dxatlas.com/omnirig/ OmniRig] - Setting radio type to OmniRig will allow the radio's COM port to be shared with other applications such as [http://winrad.org/ Winrad] and [http://www.hdsdr.de/ HDSDR].</div>Dl6raihttps://docs.win-test.com/w/index.php?title=Menu:Options&diff=5021Menu:Options2023-04-10T06:23:29Z<p>Dl6rai: /* Network Protocol Advanced Settings */</p>
<hr />
<div><big><big>Menu:Options</big></big><br />
<!-- Adopted to Stylesheet DL6RAI --><br />
<br />
==Load contest at startup==<br />
<code>Options | Load contest at startup</code><br><br />
Enables or disables the automatic loading of the last contest file in use. <br />
This command is useful to get on line again quickly if - for some reason - Win-Test <br />
crashed or you had to quit the Win-Test in the middle of the contest.<br />
<br />
If you like to switch to another file, close this file using <br />
<code>File | Close</code> and then <code>File | Open</code> menu dialog.<br />
<br />
If Win-Test is started with the '''<tt>[Ctrl]</tt>''' key down, it doesn't automatically load the previous log.<br />
<br />
When starting Win-Test from the command line, use '''<tt>-n</tt>''' or '''<tt>--noautoload</tt>''' option to prevent automactially loading the last file in use.<br />
<br />
==Automatic backup...==<br />
<code>Options | Automatic backup...</code><br><br />
This function enables or disables the automatic backup of the <tt>.wt4</tt> file to another location, e.g. network drive or removable media like an USB stick. <br />
<br />
You can choose an automatic backup interval between 1 and 120 minutes. If a backup fails, you are prompted if you wish to disable the backup.<br />
<br />
The backuped files will be named identical to the original name with the extension <tt>.bak</tt>. Optionally a different (time-stamped) filename will be used for every new backup file (actually a good idea for backing up to a network drive!). <br />
<br />
If the option "Always notify..." is ticked, an informal message will be displayed at the bottom of the screen after a backup run has finished. <br />
<br />
For DXpeditions it may be useful to automatically create a Logsearch File with every backup. In this case, tick the corresponding option.<br />
<br />
{{wbox|Note|Contrary to the .wt4 backup files, the LogSearch exports are not done in a separate background thread. Thus, it is not recommended to enable this option on a running station because WT will be unavailable for logging for a while every time an export is in progress.}}<br />
<br />
Since Win-Test version 4.19, the backup also includes QTC files for WAEDC.<br />
<br />
[[Image:AutomaticBackup.PNG|center|frame|Setting up Automatic Backup]]<br />
<br />
Here is some additional advice:<br />
<br />
* Backups are processed in a separate thread, meaning that you will not even notice that a backup is in progress! No slowdown, no keyboard blocking etc...<br />
<br />
* Of course, it makes sense to backup to a different volume than your "working" drive. This avoids loss of everything if your hard disk fails. Do not smile... It happens, sometimes! (ARRL SSB 2002 FY5KE, IIRC!)<br />
<br />
* Once you entered the last QSO, for safety, generate your Cabrillo log(s) before exiting. A simple "MAKELOG" command opens the appropriate dialog.<br />
<br />
* In all cases, always make a copy of a file when you want to use/test/modify it. Always keep a backup, never use the original! If you have FTP access somewhere, copy the file there as soon as possible! If your computer crashes, you still will have a safe copy.<br />
<br />
Call me paranoid, but believe me, you need to loose some day a '''very''' big chunk of data to understand the importance of backups!<br />
<br />
==Disable log synchronization on network==<br />
<code>Options | Disable log synchronization on network</code>'''<br><br />
<br />
Text command shortcuts: '''<tt>NOSYNC</tt>''' | '''<tt>SYNC</tt>'''<br />
<br />
When selected, this option disables automatic background log synchronization over the network. It is only useful under certain circumstances, such as [[Multi-op/Clearing_all_logs_before_the_start|Clearing all logs before the start]] or [[Menu:Edit#Delete_QSO|deleting individual QSOs from a log]] when single-op, and using only one computer, because QSOs cannot be removed from a log when log synchronization is enabled.<br />
<br />
'''This option does not prevent QSOs logged on other computers from being added to the current log'''; it only stops the background synchronization of any "missing" QSOs, which reduces network traffic when needed, such as when using very slow legacy serial port networking.<br />
<br />
{{wbox|Note|Even when log sync is disabled via '''<tt>NOSYNC</tt>''', whenever a ''new'' QSO is made on another computer in the network, '''that QSO will still be boradcasted and added on all connected computers''' as soon as it is logged. The best way to keep ''all'' QSOs from other computers from appearing in a log is to use the '''Packet sharing only''' button in the [[Menu:Options#Network_Protocol_Advanced_Settings| Network Protocol Advanced Settings]] dialog.}}<br />
<br />
==CW==<br />
<code>Options | CW</code><br><br />
This menu item allows you to control different aspects of CW operation. It is enabled only when the selected operating mode is CW (otherwise it is greyed out).<br />
<br />
<br />
[[Image:CWSerialNumberAbbreviation.PNG|center|frame|CW Options submenus]]<br />
<br />
===No sound===<br />
<code>Options | CW | No sound</code><br><br />
If checked, no CW sound will be played through the internal speaker. This option is also available through the '''<tt>SOUND/NOSOUND</tt>''' text commands.<br />
<br />
This option is disabled by default since Win-Test Version 4.18.0 when Win-Test runs under an operating system after Vista included. It means that it will not work for those newer OS, and *may* work on previous OS, depending on the hardware. In all cases, it is very much recommended to rely on the radio's internal sidetone generator instead.<br />
<br />
====Note for some new Laptops====<br />
<br />
In some new generation Laptops, it is necessary to enable the PC Speaker in the BIOS to have it to work properly.<br />
<br />
Moreover, with some Sound systems, you have also to enable the PC Speaker in the "Volume Control".<br />
Here is how to do it:<br />
<br />
* Double click on the Speaker icon in the system tray<br />
* In the menu, select <code>Options | Properties</code>, and search for the PC Speaker Volume Control and enable it<br />
* Set the Volume slider to the appropriate sound level<br />
<br />
Unfortunately, some newer Laptops do not support the PC Speaker "beep" at all anymore... :(<br />
<br />
===Initial Speed===<br />
<code>Options | CW | Initial Speed</code><br><br />
Sets the initial CW speed for new files.<br />
<br />
===Modify standard messages...===<br />
<code>Options | CW | Modify standard messages...</code><br><br />
For quick access to this dialog, use the [[Text commands|text command]] '''<tt>MESSAGES</tt>''' or '''<tt>MSGS</tt>'''.<br><br />
The place to change the CW messages, both for Run and S&P mode. See [[Menu:Tools#Enable_Run.2FS.26P_switching|Enable Run/S&P Switching]].<br />
<br />
[[Image:CwStandardMessages.png|center|frame|Modifying CW messages; you may also edit the memories one by one using '''<tt>Shift+F1</tt>''', '''<tt>Shift+F2</tt>''' etc. ]]<br />
<br />
Please have a look at the list of [[Message_variables|message variables]] you can use in the CW memories to control different aspects of the operation.<br />
<br />
Since Win-Test version 4.20, messages can be saved and loaded from previous '''<tt>*.wt4</tt>''' or specical '''<tt>*.smsg</tt>''' files.<br />
<br />
The Options tab of this window lets you redefine the $QSOB4 macro. The only variable that can be used in this field is $MYCALL, e.g. "QSO $MYCALL TEST".<br />
<br />
[[Image:CwStandardMessagesOptions.png|center|frame|CW messages options.]]<br />
<br />
Check '''Only use RUN Messages (ignore S&P Messages)''' to force Win-Test to use only one set of CW messages, regardless of operating mode.<br />
====Sprint Exchange Logic====<br />
Use '''Sprint Exchange Logic for the Insert key''' to signal to a listening station that you will take over the frequency after a QSO, by signing your call at the end of the exchange. When checked, pressing '''<tt>[Insert]</tt>''' sends the "Run Message" if the logged serial number field is blank, otherwise it sends the "Search & Pounce Message". This option only applies to the Sprint contests. It is ignored for other contests, so it may be left checked all the time.<br />
<br />
Here is example of how to set up the CW messages for the NA Sprint, with Sprint Exchange Logic enabled. Note the programming of the '''<tt>[Insert]</tt>''' message:<br />
<br />
[[Image:NA_Sprint_Messages.PNG|center|frame|Sample CW messages to be used for the NA Sprint, with Sprint Exchange Logic]]<br />
<br />
===Modify additional messages...===<br />
<code>Options | CW | Modify additional messages...</code><br><br />
The place to create or modify additional CW messages which can be accessed using '''<tt>Alt-C</tt>'''. These memories can be used for transmitting QSL information, special greetings, QSY/sked information. It also defines the macros $MSG1 to $MSG12 that may optionally be used as part of any standard CW message.<br />
<br />
[[Image:cw-additional-messages.png|center|frame|Additional CW messages that may be used occasionally like QSL info etc.]]<br />
<br />
===Modify WAE messages...===<br />
<code>Options | CW | Modify WAE messages...</code><br><br />
This function allows you to define CW message text which is available during transmit/receive of QTC traffic. The QTC<br />
window is specific to the WAE DX Contest and can be opened using '''<tt>ctrl-L</tt>''' (transmit QTCs) or <br />
'''<tt>Alt-L</tt>''' (receive QTCs). For more details of WAEDC, please see [[WAEDC]].<br />
<br />
[[Image:WaeMessagesTx.png|center|frame|Additional messages (transmit) for QTC handling in the Worked All Europe DX Contest.]]<br />
[[Image:WaeMessagesRx.png|center|frame|Additional messages (receive) for QTC handling in the Worked All Europe DX Contest.]]<br />
<br />
===Custom variables...===<br />
<code>Options | CW | Custom variables...</code><br><br />
For quick access to this dialog, use the [[Text commands|text command]] '''<tt>VARIABLES</tt>'''.<br><br />
[[Image:OptionsCWCustomVariables.PNG|center|frame|Custom message variables for DXpeditions or other purposes]]<br />
Mainly useful for DXPeditions, this feature allows you to create custom variables to be used in CW or RTTY messages.<br />
<br />
To define a new variable, double-click on the variable name or the words '''Not defined''', and follow the prompts. All variables can be used in CW or RTTY messages, (one common set of custom variables is used regardless of mode).<br />
<br />
For example, define [Plus] as<br />
'''$CORRECT TU $MYCALL $REGION$UP $CR'''<br />
then change the value of $REGION as required by typing REGION [Enter] in the callsign field of the main logging window and following the prompts.<br />
<br />
To rename a message variable, double-click on its name, and follow the prompts. To delete a message variable, rename it to an empty string.<br />
<br />
{{wbox|WARNING|Don't try to add a variable name that is already used by Win-Test or it won't work.}}<br />
<br />
===Serial number===<br />
<code>Options | CW | Serial number</code><br><br />
Equivalent [[Text_commands#CW_Functions|text commands]] are '''<tt>LZ</tt>, <tt>NOLZ</tt>, <tt>NOABBREV</tt>, <tt>SEMIABBREV</tt>, <tt>FULLABBREV</tt>''' and '''<tt>PROABBREV</tt>'''.<br><br />
<br />
'''Leading zeros''' - If checked, leading zeros for all serial numbers below 100 will be sent by Win-Test ([[Text_commands#CW_Functions|text commands]] '''<tt>LZ</tt>''' and '''<tt>NOLZ</tt>''')<br />
<br />
'''Spaced Digits''' - When enabled, a half-space (^) is inserted between each digit of the serial, making it more readable at high speed.<br />
<br />
There are 5 possible abbreviation levels for the serial numbers:<br />
<br />
* '''Not abbreviated''' - all numbers are sent without any abbreviations or "cut numbers" ('''<tt>NOABBREV</tt>''')<br />
* '''Half abbreviated''' - only leading zeros are shortened to "T" ('''<tt>SEMIABBREV</tt>''')<br />
* '''Abbreviated''' - The 0 and the 9 are shortened to "T" and "N" ('''<tt>FULLABBREV</tt>''')<br />
* '''Pro''' - The 0, 1, 4, 5 and 9 are shortened to "T", "A", "V", "E" and "N" ('''<tt>PROABBREV</tt>''')<br />
* '''Custom''' - use the settings in the custom table. Each number can be shortened to a letter of your own choosing.<br />
<br />
'''Custom table...''' - displays the dialog shown below:<br />
[[Image:CWSerialNumberCustomTable.PNG|center|frame|Customized abbreviations for sending CW serial numbers sent by Win-Test. 0, 1, and 9 are shortened to "T", "A", and "N", but only leading zeros are abbreviated.]]<br />
This option only affects '''''serial numbers''''', not numbers within callsigns.<br />
<br />
===Correction===<br />
<code>Options | CW | Correction</code><br><br />
Equivalent to the [[Text commands#List of Text Commands|text commands]] '''<tt>CORRECT</tt>''' and '''<tt>NOCORRECT</tt>'''.<br> <br />
Controls the value of the '''<tt>$CORRECT</tt>''' [[Message_variables|message variable]]. When enabled, Win-Test automatically sends a call correction if the callsign sent ('''<tt>$LOGGEDCALL</tt>''') by the ['''<tt>Ins</tt>'''] key is changed before you press ['''<tt>+</tt>'''] to log the QSO. This is most useful when the ['''<tt>+</tt>'''] key is programmed with '''<tt>$CORRECT TU $MYCALL $CR</tt>''' or similar. '''<tt>NOCORRECT</tt>''' disables the feature.<br />
<br />
When "Smart correction" is enabled ([[Text_commands#List_of_Text_Commands|text command]]: '''<tt>SMART</tt>'''), Win-Test resends only what needs to be sent (prefix, suffix, or full call). When disabled ('''<tt>NOSMART</tt>'''), Win-Test sends the full callsign for all corrections .<br />
<br />
===Shortened spaces (CT spaces)===<br />
<code>Options | CW | Shortened spaces (CT spaces)</code><br><br />
Equivalent to the [[Text commands#List of Text Commands|text commands]] '''<tt>CTSPACE</tt>''' and '''<tt>NOCTSPACE</tt>'''.<br> <br />
The standard spacing between CW words is 7 dits length, instead of 6 (known as "CT space"). With this option you can set it back to 6 dits if you want, achieving slightly shorter spacing between words.<br />
<br />
===Auto sending...===<br />
<code>Options | CW | Auto sending...</code><br><br />
Equivalent to the [[Text_commands#List_of_Text_Commands|text commands]] '''<tt>CWAUTO</tt>''', '''<tt>NOCWAUTO</tt>'''/'''<tt>CWAUTOOFF</tt>''', '''<tt>CWAUTO3</tt>''', and '''<tt>CWAUTO4</tt>'''<br><br />
This lets Win-Test automatically send the ['''<tt>Insert</tt>'''] message as soon as some number of characters are entered in the callsign field, eliminating the need to press the ['''<tt>Ins</tt>'''] key to send an exchange.<br />
<br />
[[Image:OptionsCwAutoSending.png|frame|center|Configuring Auto sending]]<br />
<br />
When CW Auto Sending is enabled, if the cursor is in the callsign field, hitting '''<tt>[Escape]</tt>''' will disable Auto Sending for the current QSO if no CW is being transmitted. When you hit '''<tt>[Escape]</tt>''' during transmit, or when the cursor is not in the callsign field, it stops the current CW transmission, but does not disable the CW Auto Sending setting.<br />
<br />
Detail: If there is a slash character in the callsign, the triggering starts after the slash.<br />
<br />
===Remap keys in keyboard mode===<br />
<code>Options | CW | Remap keys in keyboard mode</code><br><br />
If you have remapped certain keys using the [[Menu:Tools#Redefine_keyboard_keys|Redefine keyboard keys]] dialog or the '''<tt>DEFINEKEYS</tt>''' text command, these mappings are ignored when in [[Menu:Commands#Keyboard_mode|keyboard mode]] '''<tt>[Alt-K]</tt>'''. So for example, if you have redefined the backslash key '''<tt>[\]</tt>''' to send your callsign, or the semicolon key '''<tt>[;]</tt>''' as an alternative to the plus key '''<tt>[+]</tt>''', those keys will not work the same when you are in keyboard mode. Check this option to have these remapped keys work consistently, whether you are in keyboard mode or not.<br />
<br />
===Work dupes===<br />
<code>Options | CW | Work dupes</code><br><br />
CW and RTTY option to work dupes or not. If dupes are worked, the $QSOB4 variable is ignored. The equivalent text commands are '''<tt>WORKDUPE/NOWORKDUPE</tt>''' or '''<tt>WORKDUPEON/WORKDUPEOFF</tt>'''. There is a different setting available per mode (CW or RTTY).<br />
<br />
===Speed bursts===<br />
<code>Options | CW | Speed bursts</code><br><br />
CW option to enable/disable the speed bursts (+/-) without modifying the messages. Text commands are '''<tt>BURSTS/NOBURSTS</tt>'''. Useful to defeat CW skimmers on-demand.<br />
<br />
==RTTY==<br />
<code>Options | RTTY</code><br><br />
This menu item allows you to setup the standard and additional messages for RTTY operation. It is enabled only when the selected operating mode is RTTY. (otherwise it is greyed out)<br />
<br />
===Modify standard messages...===<br />
<code>Options | RTTY | Modify standard messages...</code><br><br />
The place to change the RTTY messages. <br />
<br />
[[Image:OptionsRttyStandardMessages.PNG|center|frame|Modifying RTTY standard messages; you may also edit them one by one using '''<tt>Shift+F1</tt>''', '''<tt>Shift+F2</tt>''' etc. ]]<br />
<br />
Please have a look at the list of [[Message_variables|Message Variables]] you can use in the RTTY memories to control different aspects of the operation.<br />
<br />
The Options tab of this window lets you redefine the $QSOB4 macro. The only variable that can be used in this field is $MYCALL, e.g. "QSO QRZ $MYCALL".<br />
<br />
[[Image:RttyStandardMessagesOptions.PNG|center|frame|RTTY messages options.]]<br />
<br />
Check '''Only use RUN Messages (ignore S&P Messages)''' to force Win-Test to use only one set of RTTY messages, regardless of operating mode.<br />
<br />
===Modify additional messages...===<br />
<code>Options | RTTY | Modify additional messages...</code><br><br />
The place to create or modify additional RTTY messages which can be accessed using '''<tt>Alt-C</tt>'''. These memories can be used for transmitting QSL information, special greetings, QSY/sked information, ...<br />
<br />
[[Image:OptionsRttyAdditionalMessages.PNG|center|frame|Additional RTTY messages that may be used occasionally like QSL info, greetings, etc.]]<br />
<br />
[[Message_variables|Message Variables]] can also be used within these additional messages.<br />
<br />
===Modify WAE messages...===<br />
<code>Options | RTTY | Modify WAE messages...</code><br><br />
This function allows you to define RTTY message texts which are available during transmit/receive of QTC traffic. The QTC<br />
window is specific to the WAE DX Contest and can be opened using '''<tt>Ctrl-L</tt>''' (transmit QTCs) or <br />
'''<tt>Alt-L</tt>''' (receive QTCs). For more details of WAEDC, please see [[WAEDC]].<br />
<br />
[[Image:WaeMessagesTx.png|center|frame|Additional messages (transmit) for QTC handling in the Worked All Europe DX Contest.]]<br />
[[Image:WaeMessagesRx.png|center|frame|Additional messages (receive) for QTC handling in the Worked All Europe DX Contest.]]<br />
<br />
===Custom variables...===<br />
<code>Options | RTTY | Custom variables...</code><br><br />
For quick access to this dialog, use the [[Text commands|text command]] '''<tt>VARIABLES</tt>'''.<br><br />
<br />
See [[Menu:Options#Custom_variables...|Options | CW | Custom variables...]]<br />
<br />
==Configure interfaces...==<br />
<code>Options | Configure interfaces...</code><br><br />
For quick access to this dialog, use the [[Text commands|text command]] '''<tt>SETUP</tt>'''.<br><br />
All the interfaces you wish to use with Win-Test can be parametered by using this dialog box.<br />
<br />
[[Image:Configure-interfaces.png|frame|center|Interface Configuration]]<br />
<br />
===Serial Ports===<br />
The serial ports can be used for an RS-232 network (rarely used now), for a connection to a packet radio controller (also rarely used), for CW or PTT on/off keying output, for headphone audio control, for SO2R active radio control, or for an RS-232 (serial) radio, amplifier, SO2R box, or Winkey interface.<br />
<br />
If using a radio or amplifier interface, you must first specify what model you are using. Press the '''Default Settings''' button to configure all serial port settings to the standard defaults for the selected radio model or Winkey (highly recommended).<br />
<br />
If using an SO2R box, you can control it via serial commands (device type = microHAM, EZMaster, or OTRSP), or you can set the device type to "Other device" and use on/off activation of the DTR and RTS pins to control the SO2R box via "Classic Auto Control" hardware instead of via software commands.<br />
<br />
Use the serial port configuration dialog to select the appropriate settings:<br />
[[Image:com1-properties.png|frame|center|Serial port configuration]]<br />
The '''DTR''' (pin 4) and '''RTS''' (pin 7) options are:<br />
* Handshake - RS-232 hardware handshake, supported by some radios<br />
* CW - For on/off CW keying of Radio 1, Radio 2, or both, similar to LPT port CW keying. The convention is to use for DTR for CW and RTS (optionally) for PTT.<br />
* PTT - For activating PTT on Radio 1, Radio 2, or both, when a CW or internal DVK message is sent.<br />
* Always ON - Pin is always set "high" (required by some USB-to-Serial adapters and radios)<br />
* Always OFF - Pin is always set "low"<br />
* Active radio - Pin is connected to an SO2R box "Swap TX radio" line.<br />
* Stereo RX Audio - Pin is connected to an SO2R box "Stereo on/off" line.<br />
* Headphone control - Pin is connected to an SO2R box "Swap RX radio" line.<br />
<br />
The '''Active with''' option is only available when PTT or CW is selected for DTR or RTS, otherwise it is grayed out.<br />
* Radio 1 - PTT and CW is only sent when Radio 1 is active<br />
* Radio 2 - PTT and CW is only sent when Radio 2 is active<br />
* Both radios - PTT and CW is sent when either radio is active (external steering via SO2R box required)<br />
<br />
{{wbox|Note|The pin numbering applies to a standard DB9 connector.}}<br />
<br />
===Transceivers===<br />
This region of the interfaces configuration window lets you select the type of transceiver for radio 1 and 2 plus various settings like polling, polling rate (actually, delay before polling the radio again after the previous sequence) and if the ICOM specific CI-V feature is to be used or not. By the way, when you use an ICOM radio with an address different from factory settings, please see [http://docs.win-test.com/wiki/WT.INI WT.INI]<br />
<br />
===Printer Ports===<br />
A parallel port can be used to send CW and other signals from Win-Test via [[Interfaces#LPT-port_CW_keying|legacy keying interfaces]], or the microHAM MK2R/MK2R+ operating in "Classic Auto Control" mode. Press '''<tt>[Configure...]</tt>''' to display the following dialog box:<br />
<br />
[[Image:lpt1-properties.png|frame|center|Parallel port configuration showing pin 14 used for TX Radio, Pin 9 for Stereo On/Off, and Pin 4 for RX Radio, Pin 17 for CW, and Pin 16 for PTT]]<br />
<br />
Specify the address of your printer port in hex. Common values are '''<tt>378</tt>''' and '''<tt>3BC</tt>'''. To determine the address used by your printer port, open the Windows Device Manager (Start, Control Panel, System, Hardware tab, Device Manager; or Start, Run, '''<code>devmgmt.msc</code>'''). Select Ports (COM & LPT), Printer Port (LPT1), Right Click, Properties, and finally, click the Resources Tab. You will see '''<code>I/O range 0378 - 037A</code>''' or similar. Use the first address as your port address. If you do not specify the correct port address, Win-Test will appear to operate normally, but it will not key the radio at all.<br />
<br />
===CW===<br />
<tt>PTT ON Delay</tt> specifies the time delay between first PTT closure and first CW output. When using an amplifier with a slow relay, this setting allows you to close the relay line well before RF is applied, which prevents the first dot or dash sent by Win-Test from being truncated. The delay between the PTT command and the effective CW transmission is adjustable between 0 (for QSK amps) to 1000 ms.<br />
<br />
===Local Network===<br />
The Local Network interface is used to define Win-Test's local area network in a multi-operating environment. If needed, you can change the broadcast address and the port number used. If you ignore the meaning of these terms, note that there should normally be no need to modify the default values given by Win-Test. See [[Networking]] for more information.<br />
<br />
===Network Protocol Advanced Settings===<br />
Under the Network Protocol Advanced Settings dialog you will find a way to restrict network traffic in very specific ways. '''CAUTION''': Modifications to the default settings must be done with extreme care. It is intended for very particular configurations and purposes, mainly used by expert users. You are on your own!<br />
<br />
[[Image:NetworkProtocolAdvancedSettings.png|frame|center|Network Protocol Advanced Settings allows you to fine-tune your network traffic. Network protocol version displayed in the right bottom corner.]]<br />
<br />
Some pre-set typical configurations are available:<br />
<br />
* Silent time master: Can be used if the computer is used ''only'' to distribute an accurate clock. This PC will not appear in the status window of any other networked computer. Note that with this setting, no QSOs will be recorded on (or sent from) any machine with this setting.<br />
<br />
* Silent backup: Can be used if the computer is ''only'' used for backup purposes. This PC will not appear in the status window of any other networked computer. <br />
<br />
* Packet sharing only: Can be used if stations are networked with different callsigns, and do not want a common log, but do want to share a common packet stream. It can be used for several co-located single-op stations on VHF/UHF, for example.<br />
<br />
* Silent log rebuilding: Can be used if you need to rebuild from scratch a complete log from networked stations, without appearing in the status window of any other networked computer.<br />
<br />
Note that in all settings, the station will still be visible in the network via the [[Text_commands#Multi_Operating|'''<tt>INVENTORY</tt>''']] command.<br />
<br />
[x] This station is a WAN bridgehead<br />
<br />
This feature only works with the wtTunnel suite. To respect multi-op ethics, the wtTunnel package is ''only'' available for headquarters stations during the IARU HF contest. Check this box to restrict the synchronization of QSO inventories to the local network to reduce network traffic when stations are at different sites on a wide area network (WAN).<br />
<br />
See [[Networking#The_Bridgehead_Concept|The Bridgehead Concept]] for further details.<br />
<br />
To control external interfaces by UDP, Outbound RadioInfo external UDP messages capability was added, to allow using additional programs or devices. Already tested with the RF2K-S SSPA (see https://www.rf-kit.de).<br />
<br />
===Voice Keyer===<br />
At last, if your computer has an embedded sound card, you can select and use it as a digital voice keyer by checking the appropriate box.<br />
<br />
If you want to use a third-party software to record or modify voice messages, be sure to use the following file format : WAV, PCM, 8000 Hz sampling frequency, 1 channel (mono) and 16 bits per sample.<br />
<br />
==WinKey configuration...==<br />
<code>Options | Winkey configuration...</code><br><br />
For quick access to this dialog, use the [[Text commands|text command]] '''<tt>WKSETUP</tt>'''.<br><br />
<br />
[[Image:WinkeyProperties.png|frame|center|Configuring the WinKey properties]]<br />
<br />
* '''Keying mode''':<br />
** '''Iambic A''' - Curtis A iambic timing<br />
** '''Iambic B''' - Curtis B iambic timing<br />
** '''Ultimatic''' - Non iambic mode<br />
** '''Bug (semi-automatic)''' - WinKey makes the dits and you make the dahs<br />
In either iambic mode, alternating dits and dahs are sent while both paddles are held closed. In mode B, an extra alternate dit or dah is sent after both paddles are released. In Ultimatic mode, when both paddles are pressed, the keyer will send a continuous stream of whichever paddle was last pressed.<br />
<br />
* '''Second Output (pin 5)''' (WinKey only, ignored by WinKey2 chip)<br />
** '''PTT''' - WinKey pin 5 acts as a PTT line<br />
** '''Sidetone frequency''' - WinKey pin 5 acts as a sidetone output<br />
** '''Radio 2''' - WinKey pin 5 keys a second radio<br />
* '''Sidetone Frequency''' - sets WinKey oscillator sidetone on pin 5 (ignored by WinKey2 chip)<br />
* '''Short spaces (CT spaces)''' - WinKey generates a 6-baud word space instead of a 7-baud space (1 baud = length of one dit)<br />
* '''Paddle watchdog''' - disable the key output after 128 consecutive dits or dahs. This is to guard against the paddles being accidentally keyed continuously by your cat.<br />
* '''Autospaces''' - If you pause for more than one dit time between a dit or dah, Winkey will interpret this as a letter-space and will not send the next dit or dah until a full letter-space time (3 dits) has passed<br />
* '''Swap paddles''' - reverse the dit/dah paddles (e.g. for keying with the left hand)<br />
* '''PTT'''<br />
** '''PTT Lead(ms)''' specify PTT lead (switch to transmit before CW begins)<br />
** '''PTT Tail(ms)''' specify PTT tail (keep transmitter up after CW has finished)<br />
** V2 of WinKey provides additional features:<br />
*** PTT tail control (fixed, 1.00 letter space, 1.33, 1.66, 2.00)<br />
* '''CW Message and paddle speeds'''<br />
** '''Independent''' - CW speed sent by the paddle is controlled by the WinKey speed knob, and CW speed set by Win-Test is controlled indpendently by the Win-Test keyboard commands ('''<tt>[Alt-F9]</tt>''', '''<tt>[Alt-F10]</tt>''', and '''<tt>[Alt-V]</tt>'''). In addition, both CW speeds will be displayed at the bottom of the [[Menu:Windows#Rate|Rate Window]].<br />
** '''Synchronized''' - Win-Test will keep the CW speed synchronized, whether sent by paddles or by Win-Test<br />
*** '''Only by WinKey pot''' - Only the WinKey speed knob will control CW speed; Win-Test speed commands sent via the keyboard are ignored.<br />
*** '''Only by the Win-Test commands (Alt-V/F9/F10)''' - The WinKey speed knob is ignored and CW speed changes may only be controlled by the Win-Test keyboard commands ('''<tt>[Alt-F9]</tt>''', '''<tt>[Alt-F10]</tt>''', and '''<tt>[Alt-V]</tt>''').<br />
*** '''By both (not recommended)''' - CW speed may be controlled by either the WinKey speed knob or by Win-Test keyboard commands, but this setting is not recommended as there is no way to automatically turn the WinKey speed knob to match the CW speed set by Win-Test.<br />
<br />
==EZMaster configuration...==<br />
<code>Options | EZMaster configuration...</code><br><br />
For quick access to this dialog, use the [[Text commands|text command]] '''<tt>EZSETUP</tt>'''.<br><br />
<br />
Advanced SO2R mode and setting up scenarios requires external SO2R control equipment of the last generation, communicating with Win-Test via a USB port.<br />
<br />
This menu option enables the user to configure five different option for EZMaster to work with Win-test:<br />
<br />
===CW Keyer===<br />
Internal EZMaster CW Keyer (tick Enable WinKey Box) or Win-Test keyer (do not tick box).<br />
<br />
<br />
===Radio set-up===<br />
In the image below find configuration for FT1000MP<br />
<br />
<br />
===Packet-Radio TNC===<br />
<br />
<br />
===Antenna configuration according to RX/TX===<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
[[Image:Ezmaster.PNG|center|frame|EZMaster configuration window]]<br />
<br />
==MK/MKII/MK2R/u2R configuration...==<br />
<code>Options | MK/MKII/MK2R/u2R configuration...</code><br><br />
For quick access to this dialog, use the [[Text commands|text command]] '''<tt>MKSETUP</tt>'''.<br><br />
This option allows you to configure the microHAM devices microHAM Keyer, microHAM Keyer 2 and MK2R SO2R device.<br />
It lets you select if the microHAM protocol should be used for communication with the device.<br />
Moreover, you can specify, which pins on the ACC connected of the device will be activated, when the radio1 or radio 2 is tuned to a specific band. <br />
<br />
[[Image:MK_MKII_MK2R.PNG|center|frame|microHAM MK, MKII and MK2R configuration window]]<br />
<br />
When an attached footswitch is used, two dedicated Lua scripts named '''<tt>onMicrohamFsOn.wts</tt>''' and '''<tt>onMicrohamFsOff.wts</tt>''' (not case-sensitive) are called. '''<tt>wtArg</tt>''' is set the radio number of the footswitch (0 for MK/MKII - 0 or 1 for MK2R/MK2R+/u2R depending on the footswitch that generated the event).<br />
<br />
==OTRSP configuration...==<br />
<code>Options | OTRSP configuration...</code><br><br />
This option allows you to set up an Open Two Radio Switching Protocol (OTRSP) compatible <br />
device like the YCCC SO2R Box (for more information, visit http://www.k1xm.org/OTRSP).<br />
<br />
[[Image:OTSRP.PNG|center|frame|OTRSP configuration window]]<br />
<br />
If the OTRSP device has controls and if they can generate events, dedicated Lua scripts are called when events occur :<br />
<br />
* '''<tt>onOtrspCrOn.wts</tt>''' and '''<tt>onOtrspCrOff.wts</tt>''' (not case-sensitive) are called when such a control has values 1 and 0 respectively. '''<tt>wtArg</tt>''' is set to the control number (0 to 9).<br />
* '''<tt>onOtrspCrEvent.wts</tt>''' (not case-sensitive) is called for all states of the events. '''<tt>wtArg</tt>''' is set to (256 * cr) + state (cr = control number - 1 to 9, and state = value of the state when the event occured - 0 to 255).<br />
<br />
{{wbox|Note|If the PTT events are used, the control 0 is restricted to this usage, and doesn't fire the onOtrspCrOn/Off/Event.wts scripts. If the PTT events are not used, onOtrspCrEvent is not called when an event on this control occurs. Only the onOtrspCrOn/Off scripts are executed in this case.}}<br />
<br />
==RTTY configuration...==<br />
<code>Options | RTTY configuration...</code><br><br />
For quick access to this dialog, use the [[Text commands|text command]] '''<tt>RTTYSETUP</tt>'''.<br><br />
This menu entry opens the control box for [[RTTY|RTTY configuration]].<br />
<br />
[[Image:OptionsRttyConfiguration.PNG|frame|center|RTTY Configuration Box]]<br />
<br />
Please refer to the [[RTTY|RTTY chapter]] for all the details.<br />
<br />
==Frequency Offsets==<br />
This function is mainly used for a VHF/UHF/SHF setup involving a transverter. An HF radio tuned on 28 MHz is used as the user front-end which drives the transverter for 144 MHz or 432 MHz. Or a 144 MHz transceiver is used to drive a transverter to 5.7 and 10 GHz.<br />
<br />
The point is that Win-Test only sees the frequency of the front-end. For example it would find the radio tuned to 28 MHz and simply ignore its frequency read-out when set up for a VHF/UHF contest. Likewise, the radio would ignore commands to tune to 144.054 from Win-Test because it is a HF transceiver that only knows 1.8-30 MHz. This is where the frequency offset feature comes in handy. It allows you to specify a frequency (in kHz) that will be added to any frequency read from the radio and subtracted from any frequency command that goes to the radio. <br />
<br />
In other words, assume the frequency offset is set at 116000 kHz. The radio is tuned to 28054 kHz. Now Win-Test "sees" the radio at 144054 kHz, because the offset is added. Likewise, when the user clicks on a packet spot on 144088, Win-Test sends the radio to 28088 because the offset is subtracted.<br />
<br />
This way, Win-Test gives you great flexibility to enter one offset per band per radio.<br />
<br />
[[Image:OptionsFrequencyOffsets.png|center|frame|Frequency Offset allows you to use a transverter with Win-Test]]<br />
<br />
Text commands '''<tt>OFFSETSETUP</tt>''' (or '''<tt>OFFSETSSETUP</tt>''') to open the dialog and. '''<tt>OFFSET/NOOFFSET</tt>''', '''<tt>OFFSETS/NOOFFSETS</tt>''', '''<tt>OFFSETON/OFFSETOFF</tt>''', '''<tt>OFFSETSON/OFFSETSOFF</tt>''' to enable/disable the frequency offset.<br />
<br />
==MP3 Configuration==<br />
<code>Options | MP3 Configuration</code><br><br />
For quick access to this dialog, use the [[Text commands|text command]] '''<tt>MP3SETUP</tt>'''.<br><br />
<br />
Allows you to select the sound device used for recording and playback in use with the contest recorder. You must have installed a MP3 ACM Codec (e.g. LAME, Fraunhofer). The encoder is not part of the Win-Test distribution.<br />
<br />
Download LAME from http://www.free-codecs.com/LAME_ACM_Codec_download.htm. The version which worked at the time of this writing was 3.99.5. Follow instructions in the ZIP-File. With WinXP it used to work as described in http://lists.f5mzn.org/pipermail/support/2010-January/079240.html. <br />
<br />
For Windows 7 and Windows 10, the important point is to run the installation a CMD window explicitly executed as Administrator.<br />
<br />
Assumuing, you have downloaded and unpacked the LAME ACM version to the directory C:\LAME, he following command will register the codec in Window's Audio Codec Manager:<br />
<br />
cd %windir%\SysWOW64<br />
rundll32 setupapi.dll,InstallHinfSection DefaultInstall 0 C:\LAME\LameACM.inf<br />
<br />
For Windows 10 use this command:<br />
<br />
C:\Windows\SysWOW64\rundll32.exe setupapi.dll,InstallHinfSection DefaultInstall 0 C:\LAME\LameACM.inf<br />
<br />
There may already be an encoder on your system due to other software previously installed, like the Fraunhofer IIS MPEG Layer-3 Codec. The Fraunhofer codec also works perfectly OK with Win-Test.<br />
<br />
The default settings (Stereo/32000 Hz sample rate, 96 kBit/s bitrate) will produce a file of about 2 GB in size for an 48h contest.<br />
<br />
[[Image:OptionsMP3Configuration.PNG|frame|center|Display options for MP3/Contest Recorder configuration.]]<br />
<br />
To make your MP3 recordings available on the Internet after the contest, see:<br />
http://lists.f5mzn.org/pipermail/support/2009-December/078951.html<br />
<br />
==Script Editor Configuration==<br />
This menu lets you configure the application to start when clicking the Edit button in the [[Menu:Tools#Scripts_Manager|Scripts Manager]]. Basically, every ASCII editor is usable, SciTE is the recommended editor as it provides syntax highlighting.<br />
<br />
[[Image:OptionsScriptEditorConfiguration.PNG|frame|center|Configure the preferred editor to manage Lua scripts from within Win-Test]]<br />
<br />
==Log==<br />
<code>Options | Log</code><br><br />
Allows you to change the display of the log entry area (the last 9 QSOs plus the current QSO entry line), including the Win-Test background color. You may select font size, colors, headings and so on.<br />
<br />
[[Image:OptionsLog.PNG|frame|center|Display options for the log entry area.]]<br />
<br />
===Fonts===<br />
Select the text font for the log entry area<br />
<br />
===Headers===<br />
Controls the display of the column titles in the log entry area. The headers may be hidden, left aligned, or centered<br />
<br />
===Hide QSO numbers===<br />
Hides the first column in the log entry area, to avoid confusion with the serial number sent, especially for multi-op entrants.<br />
<br />
===Align Exchanges===<br />
Option to line up received exchanges in mixed mode.<br />
<br />
===Stay in field when moving up and down in the log===<br />
Select this option to the have the cursor move up and down as it would in a spreadsheet. For example, to stay in the report field when pressing the '''<tt>[Up]</tt>''' or '''<tt>[Down]</tt>''' cursor keys, instead of having the cursor jump to the beginning of the callsign field.<br />
<br />
===Colors...===<br />
Use this option to change the background color for the entire screen, the color of the logging text, the header text, or the warning message text. Press the '''<tt>[Factory colors]</tt>''' button to restore these to the Win-Test default colors.<br />
<br />
===New Contest Files Properties===<br />
This window lets you define a directory structure and file name template for newly created contest log files. This is a nice feature to keep contest files including MP3 recordings etc. well organised.<br />
<br />
[[Image:OptionsLogNewContestFileProperties.PNG|center|frame|New Contest File Properties dialog]]<br />
<br />
The following macros may be used to specify the file name.<br />
<br />
%C = Contest name<br />
%I = Log callsign (slash substituted by hyphen)<br />
%L = Log callsign (slash substituted by underscore)<br />
%M = Mode<br />
%m = Month (2 digits)<br />
%N = Month name (long)<br />
%n = Month name (abbrev)<br />
%S = Station name<br />
%Y = Year (4 digits)<br />
%y = Year (2 digits)<br />
<br />
==DXpedition Info Field==<br />
<code>Options | DXpedition Info Field</code><br><br />
This submenu allows you to configure some options regarding the use of Win-Test on a DXpedition. It is only visible if you have selected the contest type DXpedition.<br />
<br />
[[Image:DxPeditionOptions.png|frame|center|Options available for DXpedition operation]]<br />
<br />
An info field is available to store up to 13 characters of information with the QSO, e.g. the operator's name, QTH or other information that you wish to keep visible during the QSO. The info field can be accessed with the space bar, the '''[>]''' and '''[<]''' keys or the '''[Tab]''' key. <br />
<br />
[[Image:DxPeditionInfoField.png|frame|center|The DXpedition Info Field can store up to 13 characters. If you don't use space to switch fields, you can also enter a space character like shown above.]]<br />
<br />
==Spot Warnings==<br />
When this option is enabled, the DX cluster spots are briefly displayed (as soon as they arrive), in the line under below the log entry line. You can choose to display only the spots of the current band and/or the new multipliers, as well as your own callsign (good to know when you're being spotted!). And of course you may want to hide dupes and invalid callsigns. <br />
<br />
==DX Cluster==<br />
<code>Options | DX Cluster</code><br><br />
<br />
===DX Cluster window shortcuts===<br />
[[Image:OptionsDxClusterSyntax.png|center|frame|Selecting the syntax of your DX Cluster]]<br />
This option controls the syntax of the DX-cluster node that you are using (DX Spider vs. AK1A, DXNet, etc.), and the count of spots and solar information requested by using the buttons in the [[Menu:Commands#DX-Cluster|DX cluster window]].<br />
<br />
===Start/stop wtDxTelnet automatically===<br />
When wtDxTelnet is installed in the Win-Test directory, this option allows you to start and stop this application from within Win-Test or start and stop it automatically when Win-Test is launched.<br />
<br />
[[Image:OptionsStartStopWtDxTelnet.gif|center|frame|Starting and stopping wtDxTelnet from Win-test]]<br />
<br />
==HamCAP==<br />
<code>Options | HamCAP</code><br><br />
<br />
With this menu option you can configure the way Win-Test will integrate with [http://www.dxatlas.com/HamCAP/ HamCAP] (by VE3NEA).<br><br />
You can select if you want to see immediately the HamCAP window, as soon as you call for it with the shortcut '''<tt>Ctrl-P</tt>''', or if you want it to calculate in background and you will recall the propagation forecast window later.<br />
<br />
[[Image:OptionsHamCapBackground.png|frame|center|Option In Background]]<br />
<br />
It is just a matter of taste and of how big is your monitor screen: if you have plenty of room, maybe you don't care to leave it in background (<b>In background</b> option <b>checked</b>), but in a visible part of the screen, so you don't loose the keyboard focus from the WT main window; otherwise you will see immediately HamCAP (<b>In background</b> option <b>unchecked</b>), and so you'll need to regain the focus with a mouse click.<br />
<br />
[[Image:HamCapForeground.png|frame|center|HamCAP in foreground]]<br />
<br />
Then you need to setup which HamCAP tab you want to see first.<br />
<br />
[[Image:OptionsHamCapTab.png|frame|center|Option In Background]]<br />
<br />
The most useful are the <b>Charts</b> or the <b>Map</b> tab, which are those that give the propagation information, while the others, namely Params, Settings, and Antennas, are useful in the HamCAP itself setup phase.<br />
<br />
See [[HamCAP]] in this manual for more details on the setup phase.<br />
<br />
Then you have to setup in which way HamCAP has to deal with Solar figures (SSN, SFI, A and K indexes).<br><br />
(See [[Menu:Windows#Solar_Activity | Menu Windows Solar_Activity]] in this manual).<br />
<br />
HamCAP has at least three different modes of operation:<br />
* stand-alone<br />
* in cooperation with [http://www.dxatlas.com/IonoProbe/ IonoProbe] (by VE3NEA)<br />
* feeded by a calling application (Win-Test)<br />
<br />
<br />
[[Image:OptionsHamCapSolar.png|frame|center|Option Solar indexes passing]]<br />
<br />
So, at this time, you should check one of the following options:<br />
* <b>None</b>, if you don't want, or need, Win-Test to pass any data to HamCAP, which will be working in stand-alone mode or in cooperation with IonoProbe;<br />
* <b>WWV only</b>, or <b>WCY only</b>, if you want Win-Test to pass the corresponding Solar figures, if present, to HamCAP;<br />
* <b>All</b>, and then choose <b>Priority</b>, if you want to try to use both figures and Win-Test to pass the prioritized one in case both data are present.<br />
<br><br />
<br />
<br><br />
<br />
==WAEDC==<br />
<code>Options | WAEDC</code><br><br />
Special option for the [http://www.waedc.de/ Worked All Europe DX Contest]. This menu item is only visible when WAEDC Contest is selected.<br />
<br />
For more information about Win-Test and WAEDC see [[WAEDC]].<br />
<br />
==Data files==<br />
<code>Options | Data Files</code><br><br />
<br />
Through this section you will be enabled to select four more different options in the pop-up menu as shown in the following picture.<br />
<br />
[[Image:OptionsDataFiles.png|center|frame|Selecting Options Data files section]]<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
===Country files...===<br />
<code>Options | Data files | Country files...</code><br><br />
Text command shortcut: <code>COUNTRYFILES</code><br />
<br />
This dialog controls which country file to use to identify multipliers. It is also used to calculate and pre-fill ITU and CQ Zones from country prefixes. There are three files to select from.<br />
<br />
[[Image:WindowsSelectCty.png|center|frame|Selecting the appropriate CTY file]]<br />
<br />
Selecting '''CTY_WT_MOD.DAT''' usually gives the most accurate results if you download the latest version. For a description of each file, see [[Other_Files|Other Files]].<br />
<br />
You can start an immediate download from the Win-Test web site by selecting a file and clicking the '''Download''' button. After pressing '''OK''', you will be prompted if you want to reload and re-score the log based on the updated country file.<br />
<br />
Note that the file ends up in the [[Check_Partial_and_Np1_Files#Virtual_Store|user's virtual store]], if you do not run Win-Test as an Administrator. This may create some confusion which file is actually being used.<br />
<br />
===Master file...===<br />
<code>Options | Data files | Master File...</code><br><br />
Text command shortcut: <code>MASTERFILE</code>, <code>EXCHDATABASE</code>, <code>EXCHFILE</code> or <code>EXCHFILES</code>.<br />
<br />
A window, indicating the name of the master file for this contest, what is the file currently used, the total number of records in the file, and release date. A Download button allows you to update directly from the supercheckpartial.com web site.<br />
<br />
[[Image:OptionsDataFileMasterfile.png|center|frame|Master file information and update option]]<br />
<br />
Note that the file ends up in the [[Check_Partial_and_Np1_Files#Virtual_Store|user's virtual store]], if you do not run Win-Test as an Administrator. This may create some confusion which file is actually being used.<br />
<br />
===Exchanges Database...===<br />
<code>Options | Data files | Exchanges database...</code><br><br />
Text command shortcut: <code>EXCHDB</code>, <code>EXCHDATABASE</code>, <code>EXCHFILE</code> or <code>EXCHFILES</code>.<br />
<br />
A window, indicating the name of the exchanges file for this contest, what is the file currently used, the total number of records of this file, and the number of relevant records (if the DTB is used for different contests). A Download button allows you to update directly from the Win-Test web site. <br />
<br />
[[Image:OptionsDataFileExchangeDB.png|center|frame|Exchanges database file information and update option]]<br />
<br />
Note that the file ends up in the [[Check_Partial_and_Np1_Files#Virtual_Store|user's virtual store]], if you do not run Win-Test as an Administrator. This may create some confusion which file is actually being used.<br />
<br />
===Default extra data files...===<br />
<code>Options | Data Files | Default extra data files...</code><br><br />
This option will allow to select which EXTRA files WT will use to show specific information (like operator's name, IOTA references, club member names, etc.) in the Extra Information window (see [[Menu:Windows#Extra_Information | Menu:Windows Extra Information]] for more details).<br />
When selecting this option a window will pop-up where you can check the files you need. You can see an example in the following picture.<br />
<br />
[[Image:DataFilesExtra.png|center|frame|Selecting the Extra data files]]<br />
<br />
===Markers files...===<br />
<code>Options | Data Files | Markers files...</code><br><br />
This option will allow to select which Markers files WT will use to show the relevant information in the BandMap. Please refer to <br />
the description of the band map's [[Menu:Windows#Markers | context menu]] for detailed information on these files.<br />
When selecting this option a window will pop up where you can check the files you wish to display information from. <br />
You can see an example in the following picture.<br />
<br />
[[Image:DataFilesMarkers.png|center|frame|Selecting the Markers files]]<br />
<br />
===Segments files...===<br />
<code>Options | Data Files | Segments files...</code><br><br />
This option will allow to select which segments files WT will use to show the relevant information in the BandMap. Please refer to the description of the band map's [[Menu:Windows#Segments | context menu]] for detailed information on these files.<br />
When selecting this option a window will pop up where you can check the files you wish to activate. You can see an example in the following picture.<br />
<br />
[[Image:DataFilesSegment.png|center|frame|Selecting the Segments files]]<br />
<br />
==Bandplans...==<br />
<code>Options | Bandplans...</code><br><br />
A flexible and powerful band plan management allows you to specify band boundaries on a permanent basis depending on the mode of operation. We all know, that on 40 m CW, the band goes up to 7100; on RTTY, the band goes from well below 7030 to 7100 etc. etc. Since Win-Test tries to filter incoming DX spots by frequency, this is the way to have Win-Test make the correct decision to drop the spot or display it as needed DX.<br />
<br />
[[Image:Bandplans.png|center|frame|The Band Plan Manager window]]<br />
<br />
Different band plans can be saved and re-loaded at a later time. It's smart to create a band plan for SSB, another for CW, yet another one for 160 CW etc.<br />
<br />
==Windows==<br />
<code>Options | Windows</code><br><br />
<br />
[[Image:OptionsWindowsMenu.png|center|frame|Selecting how child windows are displayed]]<br />
<br />
The child windows of the application can either be included in the main Win-Test window, or float anywhere on the screen, thus allowing the Windows desktop or other running software to remain visible. If your video card and operating system support it, you can display Win-Test windows on more than one monitor.<br />
<br />
Win-Test automatically saves the current window layout in the Win-Test binary log file (.wtb) whenever you exit. So, each log file can have a different window layout depending on the contest.<br />
<br />
See [[Positioning_Windows|Positioning Windows]] for more information about how to precisely rearrange the window layout to suit your preferences. <br />
<br />
Once you have a window layout that you like, select <tt>Default layout...</tt> to save it as the default layout that will be used for new Win-Test logs. Win-Test displays the following dialog:<br />
<br />
[[Image:DefaultOpenChildWindows.png|center|frame|Changing the default window layout]]<br />
<br />
Updates to this dialog do ''not'' effect the current log's window layout; they only affect the default window layout to be used for new logs.<br />
<br />
If you press '''<tt>[Use the current layout]</tt>''', Win-Test updates the list box so that it describes the current Window layout. Generally you'll want to press this button first.<br />
<br />
The child windows are listed in the order that they will be ''drawn'', so if two windows overlap, the window listed last will appear "on top" of any windows listed earlier.<br />
<br />
Use the check boxes to indicate which child windows you want displayed by default.<br />
<br />
* '''<tt>[Uppermost]</tt>''' - moves the highlighted child window to the top of the list, so that it will be drawn first, and appear ''beneath'' any windows drawn later.<br />
* '''<tt>[Up]</tt>''' - moves the highlighted child window up one spot in the list<br />
* '''<tt>[Down]</tt>''' - moves the highlighted child window down one spot in the list<br />
* '''<tt>[Downmost]</tt>''' - moves the highlighted child window to the bottom of the list, so that it will be drawn last, and appear ''on top of'' any windows drawn earlier.<br />
* '''<tt>[Factory settings]</tt>''' - restores the default window layout to the Win-Test factory default<br />
* '''<tt>[Use the current layout]</tt>''' - updates the list to describe the child window layout being used by the current log<br />
* '''<tt>[OK]</tt>''' - saves the displayed window list as the new Win-Test default, and closes the dialog. The layout is saved in the [[WT.INI|Win-Test initialization file (wt.ini)]]. Pressing this button has ''no effect'' on the current window layout being used.<br />
* '''<tt>[Cancel]</tt>''' - cancels all changes to the default child window layout and closes the dialog.<br />
<br />
==Toolbar==<br />
<code>Options | Toolbar</code><br><br />
If this option is checked, the Icons toobar is displayed below the menu.<br />
<br />
[[Image:IconsBar.gif|frame|center|Icon toolbar]]<br />
<br />
<br />
Refer to the [[Icon_bar|Icon bar]] chapter for a detailed explanation of all the pictorial symbols.<br />
<br />
==Language==<br />
<code>Options | Language</code><br><br />
It is possible to choose the language of the Win-Test user interface. Currently supported languages are English, French, German, Italian and Spanish. <br />
<br />
[[Image:OptionsLanguageSelection.PNG|frame|center|Selecting the Language]]<br />
<br />
Win-Test has to restart when the language is switched.<br />
<br />
[[Menus|Back to Menus]]</div>Dl6raihttps://docs.win-test.com/w/index.php?title=File:NetworkProtocolAdvancedSettings.png&diff=5020File:NetworkProtocolAdvancedSettings.png2023-04-10T06:20:25Z<p>Dl6rai: Dl6rai uploaded a new version of File:NetworkProtocolAdvancedSettings.png</p>
<hr />
<div></div>Dl6raihttps://docs.win-test.com/w/index.php?title=Text_commands&diff=5019Text commands2023-04-10T06:17:29Z<p>Dl6rai: /* Other Functions */</p>
<hr />
<div><big><big>Text Commands</big></big><br />
<!-- Adopted to Stylesheet DL6RAI --><br />
<br />
Text commands are a comfortable and fast way to access different functions of the Win-Test software. These commands have to be typed right into the callsign field of the [[Menu:Windows#Log_Entry_.28Main_window.29|Log entry window]]. They will be executed after pressing ['''<tt>Enter</tt>''']. If the command was executed sucessfully, the command text will be deleted from the callsign field.<br />
<br />
==Changing Bands or Jumping to a Frequency==<br />
You can directly enter the band to which you want to QSY (if permitted for the current contest): '''<tt>160</tt>''', '''<tt>80</tt>''', '''<tt>40</tt>''', '''<tt>144</tt>''', '''<tt>432</tt>''', '''<tt>241G</tt>''', etc. <br />
<br />
For frequencies below 30 MHz, enter the wavelength in meters ('''<tt>80</tt>''' for 3.8 MHz, not '''<tt>75</tt>'''). For frequencies above 30 MHz and below 10 GHz, enter the frequency in MHz. Above (and including) 10 GHz, enter '''<tt>10G</tt>''' (or '''<tt>24G</tt>''', etc.). This behaviour may depend on the [[Menu:Tools#Data_Entry|Tools | Data Entry | Priority]] setting.<br />
<br />
You can also directly type a frequency (in kHz): for example '''<tt>14234.4</tt>''', '''<tt>1843</tt>''', '''<tt>144300</tt>''', etc. If a radio is connected to your computer, it will jump to the desired frequency. You can also just enter the kHz part of the frequency of the current band (e.g. while on 20m, entering '''<tt>035.5</tt>''' will tune your radio on 14035.5). Finally, you can also enter the frequency by omitting the decimal point (CT style) (e.g. '''<tt>18404</tt>''' will tune your radio on 1840.4). <br />
<br />
Of course, all the Win-Test windows will be updated according to the new frequency or band.<br />
<br />
To return to your last CQ frequency, press '''<tt>[Alt-F4]</tt>'''.<br />
<br />
==Changing Mode==<br />
You can directly change the operating mode by typing '''<tt>CW</tt>''', '''<tt>SSB</tt>''' etc. <br />
The mode will be switched as soon as you press Enter. <br />
<br />
There are also shortcuts for changing the mode: '''<tt>Ctrl-F1</tt>''' or '''<tt>Ctrl-F2</tt>''' will cycle through all the available modes.<br />
<br />
Of course, the chosen mode will have to be compatible with the rules of the chosen contest, otherwise Win-Test will ignore this command (error detection in the field).<br />
<br />
==List of Text Commands==<br />
These text commands provide fast access to many of the functions listed in the Win-Test menus. Just type the text command in the callsign field, and press '''<tt>[Enter]</tt>'''.<br />
<br />
===CW Functions===<br />
* '''<tt>BURSTS</tt>''': Enable CW speed bursts (controlled with ++/-- in macros), equivalent to <code>Options | CW | Speed Bursts enabled</code><br />
* '''<tt>NOBURSTS</tt>''': Disable CW speed bursts (controlled with ++/(-- in macros), equivalent to <code>Options | CW | Speed Bursts disabled</code><br />
* '''<tt>CORRECT</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Options | CW | Correction | Enabled</code><br />
* '''<tt>NOCORRECT</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Options | CW | Correction | Disabled</code><br />
* '''<tt>CTSPACE</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Options | CW | Shortened spaces (CT spaces) enabled</code><br />
* '''<tt>NOCTSPACE</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Options | CW | Shortened spaces (CT spaces) disabled</code><br />
* '''<tt>CUTON</tt>''': Enable cut numbers translation<br />
* '''<tt>CUTOFF</tt>''': Disable cut numbers translation<br />
* '''<tt>CWAUTO</tt>''': Enable CW Auto Sending Mode<br />
* '''<tt>CWAUTO3</tt>''': Start CW Auto Sending after 3 characters in the callsign field<br />
* '''<tt>CWAUTO4</tt>''': Start CW Auto Sending after 4 characters in the callsign field<br />
* '''<tt>CWAUTOOFF</tt>''' (or '''<tt>NOCWAUTO</tt>'''): Disable CW Auto Sending Mode <br />
* '''<tt>CWFULLABBREV</tt>''' (or '''<tt>FULLABBREV</tt>'''): Equivalent to <code>Options | CW | Serial number | Abbreviated</code><br />
* '''<tt>CWPROABBREV</tt>''' (or '''<tt>PROABBREV</tt>'''): Equivalent to <code>Options | CW | Serial number | Pro</code><br />
* '''<tt>CWSEMIABBREV</tt>''' (or '''<tt>SEMIABBREV</tt>'''): Equivalent to <code>Options | CW | Serial number | Half abbreviated</code><br />
* '''<tt>NOCWABBREV</tt>''' (or '''<tt>NOABBREV</tt>'''): Equivalent to <code>Options | CW | Serial number | Not abbreviated</code><br />
* '''<tt>ESM</tt>''' (or '''<tt>NOESM</tt>'''): Enable/disable Enter Sends Message Mode; equivalent to <code>Tools | Data Entry | Enable ESM [checked]</code><br />
* '''<tt>LEADINGZEROS</tt>''' (or '''<tt>LZ</tt>'''): Equivalent to <code>Options | CW | Serial number | Leading zeros [checked]</code><br />
* '''<tt>NOLEADINGZEROS</tt>''' (or '''<tt>NOLZ</tt>'''): Equivalent to <code>Options | CW | Serial number | Leading zeros [unchecked]</code><br />
* '''<tt>MESSAGES</tt>''' (or '''<tt>MSGS</tt>'''): Equivalent to <code>Options | CW | Modify standard messages...</code><br />
* '''<tt>REPEAT</tt>''' (or '''<tt>RPT</tt>'''): Equivalent to <code>Options | Automatic CQ repeat mode [checked]</code><br />
* '''<tt>RPTDELAY</tt>''': Equivalent to Tools / Automatic CQ repeat, with the focus set to the repeat interval field<br />
* '''<tt>NOREPEAT</tt>''' (or '''<tt>NORPT</tt>'''): Equivalent to <code>Options | Automatic CQ repeat mode [unchecked]</code><br />
* '''<tt>SMARTCORRECT</tt>''' (or '''<tt>SMART</tt>'''): Equivalent to <code>Options | CW | Correction | Smart Correction enabled</code><br />
* '''<tt>NOSMARTCORREC</tt>''' (or '''<tt>NOSMART</tt>'''): Equivalent to <code>Options | CW | Correction | Smart Correction disabled</code><br />
* '''<tt>SOUND</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Options | CW | No sound [unchecked]</code><br />
* '''<tt>NOSOUND</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Options | CW | No sound [checked]</code><br />
* '''<tt>SPEED</tt>''' (or '''<tt>CWSPEED</tt>''') Equivalent to <code>Commands | CW speed</code><br />
* '''<tt>TUNE</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Commands | Carrier</code><br />
* '''<tt>VARIABLES</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Options | CW | Custom variables...</code><br />
* '''<tt>WEIGHT</tt>''' (or '''<tt>CWWEIGHT</tt>'''): Equivalent to <code>Commands | CW weight</code><br />
* '''<tt>WORKDUPE</tt>''' (or '''<tt>WORKDUPEON</tt>'''): Equivalent to <code>Options | CW | Work dupes</code> (checked). The normal exchange will be sent to all dupes; the $QSOB4 message variable will be ignored.<br />
* '''<tt>NOWORKDUPE</tt>''' (or '''<tt>WORKDUPEOFF</tt>'''): Equivalent to <code>Options | CW | Work dupes</code> (unchecked). Causes the '''$QSOB4''' message to be sent to all dupes instead of the exchange, for example, when the [Insert] key is programmed as '''$LOGGEDCALL $QSOB4 $GUESSEXCH $F2'''<br />
<br />
===Voice Keyer Control Functions===<br />
* '''<tt>MIC</tt>''': Enables the mic input when the Voice Keyer (VK) is not playing<br />
* '''<tt>NOMIC</tt>''': Mutes the mic input when the VK is not playing (default)<br />
* '''<tt>MICWHENPLAY</tt>''': Enables the mic input when the VK is playing<br />
* '''<tt>NOMICWHENPLAY</tt>''': Mutes the mic input when the VK is playing (default)<br />
<br />
===Multi Operating===<br />
* '''<tt>BRIDGEHEAD</tt>''': Make the current station a [[Networking#The_Bridgehead_Concept|Bridgehead]] station<br />
* '''<tt>INVENTORY</tt>''' (or '''<tt>INV</tt>'''): Requests all connected Stations to send their version number and status information.<br />
** [[Menu:File_new#Network_Parameters|Time Master]] stations are indicated by a capital '''M''' character (else '''m''')<br />
** [[Networking#The_Bridgehead_Concept|Bridgeheads]] by the capital character '''B''' (else '''b''')<br />
** stations which have enabled [[Menu:Options#Disable_log_synchronization_on_network|log synching]] are marked with a capital '''S''', while '''s''' means log sync is disabled<br />
* '''<tt>MOVEINMYLOG</tt>''': Equivalent to tag <code>Edit | Move in my log only</code><br />
* '''<tt>MULT</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Commands | Station type | Mult</code><br />
* '''<tt>NOBRIDGEHEAD</tt>''': Make the current station a non [[Networking#The_Bridgehead_Concept|Bridgehead]] station<br />
* '''<tt>NOMOVEINMYLOG</tt>''': Equivalent to untag <code>Edit | Move in my log only</code><br />
* '''<tt>NOSCROLLMYLOG</tt>''': Equivalent to untag <code>Edit | Move in my log only</code><br />
* '''<tt>NOSUPPORT</tt>''' (or '''<tt>NOPARTNER</tt>'''): Equivalent to <code>Commands | Station type | Support [unchecked]</code><br />
* '''<tt>OPNAME</tt>''' (or '''<tt>MYNAME</tt>'''): Edit current operator name (used in NAQP M/2 only)<br />
* '''<tt>OPON</tt>''' (or '''<tt>LOGIN</tt>'''): Log in as an operator<br />
* '''<tt>OPOFF</tt>''' (or '''<tt>LOGOUT</tt>'''): Log out as an operator<br />
* '''<tt>RUN1</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Commands | Station type | Run 1</code><br />
* '''<tt>RUN2</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Commands | Station type | Run 2</code><br />
* '''<tt>RUN</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Commands | Station type | Run</code><br />
* '''<tt>SUPPORT</tt>''' (or '''<tt>PARTNER</tt>'''): Equivalent to <code>Commands | Station type | Support [checked]</code><br />
* '''<tt>SCROLLMYLOG</tt>''': Equivalent to tag <code>Edit | Move in my log only</code><br />
<br />
===Open/Close/Database Functions===<br />
* '''<tt>ARCHIVE</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>File | Archive</code><br />
* '''<tt>AUTORELOAD</tt>''' or '''<tt>NOAUTORELOAD</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Options | Load contest at startup | Enabled</code><br />
* '''<tt>BYE</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>File | Quit</code><br />
* '''<tt>CLEARLOG</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Edit | Delete all QSO</code><br />
* '''<tt>CLEARLOGNOW</tt>''': Equivalent to <tt>CLEARLOG</tt>, but doesn't ask for confirmation. '''Use with caution!'''<br />
* '''<tt>CLOSE</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>File | Close</code><br />
* '''<tt>COPYLOG</tt>''': Save a copy of the current log file (.wt4) in the current log directory with a timestamp (to the nearest second) added to its name<br />
* '''<tt>COPYLOGCLEAR</tt>''': Equivalent to the COPYLOG command immediately followed by a CLEARLOG command<br />
* '''<tt>NEW</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>File | New</code><br />
* '''<tt>OPEN</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>File | Open</code><br />
* '''<tt>QUIT</tt>''' (or '''<tt>EXIT</tt>'''): Equivalent to <code>File | Quit</code><br />
* '''<tt>RELOAD</tt>''' (or '''<tt>REOPEN</tt>'''): Reopens the current opened file<br />
* '''<tt>RELOADNOW</tt>''' (or '''<tt>REOPENNOW</tt>'''): Reopens the current opened file, but does not display the contest configuration dialog.<br />
* '''<tt>RESTART</tt>''': Restarts Win-Test<br />
* '''<tt>SAVELOG</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>File | Backup contest</code><br />
* '''<tt>WRITEDB</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>File | Update database</code><br />
* '''<tt>WRITELOG</tt>''' (or '''<tt>MAKELOG</tt>'''): Equivalent to <code>File | Creating log files</code><br />
<br />
===Frequency Control Functions===<br />
* '''<tt>PASSFREQ</tt>''' (or '''<tt>QSYFREQ</tt>'''): Equivalent to <code>Commands | QSY frequency</code><br />
* '''<tt>QSX</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Commands | Split frequency</code><br />
* '''<tt>NCDXF</tt>''': Put Radio on NCDXF frequency of current band<br />
* '''<tt>NOQSX</tt>''' (or '''<tt>SPLITOFF</tt>'''): turns split operation off<br />
* '''<tt>RUNFREQ</tt>''': Moves to last Run frequency, equivalent to '''<tt>Alt-F4</tt>'''<br />
* '''<tt>SPLITFREQ</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Commands | Split frequency</code><br />
* '''<tt>NOSPLIT</tt>''' (or '''<tt>SPLITOFF</tt>'''): turns split operation off<br />
* '''<tt>SWAP</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Commands | Swap the frequency on both radios</code><br />
<br />
===Log synchronisation===<br />
<br />
*'''<tt>SYNC</tt>''' (or '''<tt>SYNLOGS</tt>'''): Equivalent to <code>Options | Disable log synchronization on network</code> (unchecked)<br />
*'''<tt>NOSYNC</tt>''' (or '''<tt>NOSYNLOGS</tt>'''): Equivalent to <code>Options | Disable log synchronization on network</code> (checked)<br />
<br />
===WinKey===<br />
<br />
*'''<tt>WKSETUP</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Options | WinKey configuration...</code><br />
*'''<tt>WKSWAP</tt>''' (or '''<tt>WKREVERSE</tt>'''): Equivalent to <code>Options | WinKey configuration... | Swap paddles</code>. Reverse the paddles attached to your WinKey. This is a toggle; paddles change every time this command is run.<br />
<br />
===Other Functions===<br />
* '''<tt>AUTOCQ</tt>''' or '''<tt>CQAUTO</tt>''': Enable automatic CQ Repeat mode<br />
* '''<tt>AUTOCW</tt>''' or '''<tt>CWAUTO</tt>''': Enable CW Auto Send<br />
* '''<tt>CLEARGAB</tt>''': Clear Gab window (Alt-I)<br />
* '''<tt>CLOSEALL</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Windows | Close all</code><br />
* '''<tt>CTYFILES</tt>''' or '''<tt>COUNTRYFILES</tt>''': Eq. to <code>Options | Data files | Country files...</code><br />
* '''<tt>DEFINEKEYS</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Options | Redefine keyboard keys</code><br />
* '''<tt>EZSETUP</tt>''': Equivalent to Options / EZMaster configuration...<br />
* '''<tt>HEADERS</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Options | Log display | Hide headers disabled</code><br />
* '''<tt>NOHEADERS</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Options | Log display | Hide headers enabled</code><br />
* '''<tt>HELP</tt>''': Open reference manual<br />
* '''<tt>KEYB</tt>''': Change keyboard layout, append layout designator with slash, like '''<tt>KEYB/FRA</tt>''','''<tt>KEYB/DEU</tt>''', '''<tt>KEYB/ENU</tt>'''; see [http://www.microsoft.com/globaldev/reference/winxp/langtla.mspx] for details.<br />
* '''<tt>MKSETUP</tt>''': Equivalent to Options / MK/MKII/MK2R configuration...<br />
* '''<tt>MP3SETUP</tt>''': Equivalent to Options / MP3 configuration...<br />
* '''<tt>NOAUTOCQ</tt>''' or '''<tt>NOCQAUTO</tt>''': Disable automatic CQ Repeat mode<br />
* '''<tt>NOAUTOCW</tt>''' or '''<tt>NOCWAUTO</tt>''': Disable CW Auto Send<br />
* '''<tt>NOOFFSET</tt>''': Disable frequency offset<br />
* '''<tt>NOOFFSETS</tt>''': Disable frequency offset<br />
* '''<tt>NORECORD</tt>''': Stop contest recording<br />
* '''<tt>NOQQSL</tt>''' : Disable Quick QSL Feature<br />
* '''<tt>NORPTESCONLY</tt>''': Stop AutoCQ by any keyboard activity<br />
* '''<tt>NORUNSP</tt>''': Disable RUN/S&P-Switchting<br />
* '''<tt>NOTEXTCMDTIP</tt>''' (or '''<tt>NOTXTCMDTIP</tt>'''): Don't display tooltips in Menu operations<br />
* '''<tt>OFFSETON</tt>''': Enable frequency offset<br />
* '''<tt>OFFSETOFF</tt>''': Disable frequency offset<br />
* '''<tt>OFFSETSETUP</tt>''': To start frequency offset dialogue<br />
* '''<tt>OFFSETSSETUP</tt>''': To start frequency offset dialogue<br />
* '''<tt>OFFSETSON</tt>''': Enable frequency offset<br />
* '''<tt>OFFSETSOFF</tt>''': Disable frequency offset<br />
* '''<tt>OFFSET</tt>''': Enable frequency offset<br />
* '''<tt>OFFSETS</tt>''': Enable frequency offset<br />
* '''<tt>QQSL</tt>''' : Enable Quick QSL Feature<br />
* '''<tt>QQSLOFF</tt>''' : Disable Quick QSL Feature<br />
* '''<tt>QQSLON</tt>''' : Enable Quick QSL Feature<br />
* '''<tt>QUICKQSL</tt>''': Enable intelligent Quick QSL feature, bring up configuration menu<br />
* '''<tt>RECORD</tt>''': Start contest recording<br />
* '''<tt>REMAPKEYS</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Options | Redefine keyboard keys</code><br />
* '''<tt>REMOTE</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Commands | Remote commands...</code>. Opens the [[Menu:Commands#Remote_commands...|Remote Commands Dialog]]<br />
* '''<tt>RPTESCONLY</tt>''': Stop AutoCQ by pressing the Escape key only<br />
* '''<tt>RTTYSETUP</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Options | RTTY Configuration...</code><br />
* '''<tt>RUNSP</tt>''': Enable RUN/S&P-Switchting<br />
* '''<tt>RUNSPON</tt>''': Enable RUN/S&P-Switchting<br />
* '''<tt>RUNSPOFF</tt>''': DISABLE RUN/S&P-Switchting<br />
* '''<tt>SCRIPTS</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Tools | Scripts Manager</code><br />
* '''<tt>SETUP</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Options | Configure Interfaces</code><br />
* '''<tt>STARTRECORD</tt>''': Start contest recording<br />
* '''<tt>STOPRECORD</tt>''': Stop contest recording<br />
* '''<tt>TEXTCMDTIP</tt>''' (or '''<tt>TXTCMDTIP</tt>'''): Display tooltips in Menu operations<br />
* '''<tt>VERSION</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Help | About</code><br />
* '''<tt>WCY</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Windows | Solar Activity | Displayed data | WCY</code><br />
* '''<tt>WWV</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Windows | Solar Activity | Displayed data | WWV</code></div>Dl6raihttps://docs.win-test.com/w/index.php?title=Menu:Options&diff=5018Menu:Options2023-04-10T06:08:06Z<p>Dl6rai: /* Frequency Offsets */</p>
<hr />
<div><big><big>Menu:Options</big></big><br />
<!-- Adopted to Stylesheet DL6RAI --><br />
<br />
==Load contest at startup==<br />
<code>Options | Load contest at startup</code><br><br />
Enables or disables the automatic loading of the last contest file in use. <br />
This command is useful to get on line again quickly if - for some reason - Win-Test <br />
crashed or you had to quit the Win-Test in the middle of the contest.<br />
<br />
If you like to switch to another file, close this file using <br />
<code>File | Close</code> and then <code>File | Open</code> menu dialog.<br />
<br />
If Win-Test is started with the '''<tt>[Ctrl]</tt>''' key down, it doesn't automatically load the previous log.<br />
<br />
When starting Win-Test from the command line, use '''<tt>-n</tt>''' or '''<tt>--noautoload</tt>''' option to prevent automactially loading the last file in use.<br />
<br />
==Automatic backup...==<br />
<code>Options | Automatic backup...</code><br><br />
This function enables or disables the automatic backup of the <tt>.wt4</tt> file to another location, e.g. network drive or removable media like an USB stick. <br />
<br />
You can choose an automatic backup interval between 1 and 120 minutes. If a backup fails, you are prompted if you wish to disable the backup.<br />
<br />
The backuped files will be named identical to the original name with the extension <tt>.bak</tt>. Optionally a different (time-stamped) filename will be used for every new backup file (actually a good idea for backing up to a network drive!). <br />
<br />
If the option "Always notify..." is ticked, an informal message will be displayed at the bottom of the screen after a backup run has finished. <br />
<br />
For DXpeditions it may be useful to automatically create a Logsearch File with every backup. In this case, tick the corresponding option.<br />
<br />
{{wbox|Note|Contrary to the .wt4 backup files, the LogSearch exports are not done in a separate background thread. Thus, it is not recommended to enable this option on a running station because WT will be unavailable for logging for a while every time an export is in progress.}}<br />
<br />
Since Win-Test version 4.19, the backup also includes QTC files for WAEDC.<br />
<br />
[[Image:AutomaticBackup.PNG|center|frame|Setting up Automatic Backup]]<br />
<br />
Here is some additional advice:<br />
<br />
* Backups are processed in a separate thread, meaning that you will not even notice that a backup is in progress! No slowdown, no keyboard blocking etc...<br />
<br />
* Of course, it makes sense to backup to a different volume than your "working" drive. This avoids loss of everything if your hard disk fails. Do not smile... It happens, sometimes! (ARRL SSB 2002 FY5KE, IIRC!)<br />
<br />
* Once you entered the last QSO, for safety, generate your Cabrillo log(s) before exiting. A simple "MAKELOG" command opens the appropriate dialog.<br />
<br />
* In all cases, always make a copy of a file when you want to use/test/modify it. Always keep a backup, never use the original! If you have FTP access somewhere, copy the file there as soon as possible! If your computer crashes, you still will have a safe copy.<br />
<br />
Call me paranoid, but believe me, you need to loose some day a '''very''' big chunk of data to understand the importance of backups!<br />
<br />
==Disable log synchronization on network==<br />
<code>Options | Disable log synchronization on network</code>'''<br><br />
<br />
Text command shortcuts: '''<tt>NOSYNC</tt>''' | '''<tt>SYNC</tt>'''<br />
<br />
When selected, this option disables automatic background log synchronization over the network. It is only useful under certain circumstances, such as [[Multi-op/Clearing_all_logs_before_the_start|Clearing all logs before the start]] or [[Menu:Edit#Delete_QSO|deleting individual QSOs from a log]] when single-op, and using only one computer, because QSOs cannot be removed from a log when log synchronization is enabled.<br />
<br />
'''This option does not prevent QSOs logged on other computers from being added to the current log'''; it only stops the background synchronization of any "missing" QSOs, which reduces network traffic when needed, such as when using very slow legacy serial port networking.<br />
<br />
{{wbox|Note|Even when log sync is disabled via '''<tt>NOSYNC</tt>''', whenever a ''new'' QSO is made on another computer in the network, '''that QSO will still be boradcasted and added on all connected computers''' as soon as it is logged. The best way to keep ''all'' QSOs from other computers from appearing in a log is to use the '''Packet sharing only''' button in the [[Menu:Options#Network_Protocol_Advanced_Settings| Network Protocol Advanced Settings]] dialog.}}<br />
<br />
==CW==<br />
<code>Options | CW</code><br><br />
This menu item allows you to control different aspects of CW operation. It is enabled only when the selected operating mode is CW (otherwise it is greyed out).<br />
<br />
<br />
[[Image:CWSerialNumberAbbreviation.PNG|center|frame|CW Options submenus]]<br />
<br />
===No sound===<br />
<code>Options | CW | No sound</code><br><br />
If checked, no CW sound will be played through the internal speaker. This option is also available through the '''<tt>SOUND/NOSOUND</tt>''' text commands.<br />
<br />
This option is disabled by default since Win-Test Version 4.18.0 when Win-Test runs under an operating system after Vista included. It means that it will not work for those newer OS, and *may* work on previous OS, depending on the hardware. In all cases, it is very much recommended to rely on the radio's internal sidetone generator instead.<br />
<br />
====Note for some new Laptops====<br />
<br />
In some new generation Laptops, it is necessary to enable the PC Speaker in the BIOS to have it to work properly.<br />
<br />
Moreover, with some Sound systems, you have also to enable the PC Speaker in the "Volume Control".<br />
Here is how to do it:<br />
<br />
* Double click on the Speaker icon in the system tray<br />
* In the menu, select <code>Options | Properties</code>, and search for the PC Speaker Volume Control and enable it<br />
* Set the Volume slider to the appropriate sound level<br />
<br />
Unfortunately, some newer Laptops do not support the PC Speaker "beep" at all anymore... :(<br />
<br />
===Initial Speed===<br />
<code>Options | CW | Initial Speed</code><br><br />
Sets the initial CW speed for new files.<br />
<br />
===Modify standard messages...===<br />
<code>Options | CW | Modify standard messages...</code><br><br />
For quick access to this dialog, use the [[Text commands|text command]] '''<tt>MESSAGES</tt>''' or '''<tt>MSGS</tt>'''.<br><br />
The place to change the CW messages, both for Run and S&P mode. See [[Menu:Tools#Enable_Run.2FS.26P_switching|Enable Run/S&P Switching]].<br />
<br />
[[Image:CwStandardMessages.png|center|frame|Modifying CW messages; you may also edit the memories one by one using '''<tt>Shift+F1</tt>''', '''<tt>Shift+F2</tt>''' etc. ]]<br />
<br />
Please have a look at the list of [[Message_variables|message variables]] you can use in the CW memories to control different aspects of the operation.<br />
<br />
Since Win-Test version 4.20, messages can be saved and loaded from previous '''<tt>*.wt4</tt>''' or specical '''<tt>*.smsg</tt>''' files.<br />
<br />
The Options tab of this window lets you redefine the $QSOB4 macro. The only variable that can be used in this field is $MYCALL, e.g. "QSO $MYCALL TEST".<br />
<br />
[[Image:CwStandardMessagesOptions.png|center|frame|CW messages options.]]<br />
<br />
Check '''Only use RUN Messages (ignore S&P Messages)''' to force Win-Test to use only one set of CW messages, regardless of operating mode.<br />
====Sprint Exchange Logic====<br />
Use '''Sprint Exchange Logic for the Insert key''' to signal to a listening station that you will take over the frequency after a QSO, by signing your call at the end of the exchange. When checked, pressing '''<tt>[Insert]</tt>''' sends the "Run Message" if the logged serial number field is blank, otherwise it sends the "Search & Pounce Message". This option only applies to the Sprint contests. It is ignored for other contests, so it may be left checked all the time.<br />
<br />
Here is example of how to set up the CW messages for the NA Sprint, with Sprint Exchange Logic enabled. Note the programming of the '''<tt>[Insert]</tt>''' message:<br />
<br />
[[Image:NA_Sprint_Messages.PNG|center|frame|Sample CW messages to be used for the NA Sprint, with Sprint Exchange Logic]]<br />
<br />
===Modify additional messages...===<br />
<code>Options | CW | Modify additional messages...</code><br><br />
The place to create or modify additional CW messages which can be accessed using '''<tt>Alt-C</tt>'''. These memories can be used for transmitting QSL information, special greetings, QSY/sked information. It also defines the macros $MSG1 to $MSG12 that may optionally be used as part of any standard CW message.<br />
<br />
[[Image:cw-additional-messages.png|center|frame|Additional CW messages that may be used occasionally like QSL info etc.]]<br />
<br />
===Modify WAE messages...===<br />
<code>Options | CW | Modify WAE messages...</code><br><br />
This function allows you to define CW message text which is available during transmit/receive of QTC traffic. The QTC<br />
window is specific to the WAE DX Contest and can be opened using '''<tt>ctrl-L</tt>''' (transmit QTCs) or <br />
'''<tt>Alt-L</tt>''' (receive QTCs). For more details of WAEDC, please see [[WAEDC]].<br />
<br />
[[Image:WaeMessagesTx.png|center|frame|Additional messages (transmit) for QTC handling in the Worked All Europe DX Contest.]]<br />
[[Image:WaeMessagesRx.png|center|frame|Additional messages (receive) for QTC handling in the Worked All Europe DX Contest.]]<br />
<br />
===Custom variables...===<br />
<code>Options | CW | Custom variables...</code><br><br />
For quick access to this dialog, use the [[Text commands|text command]] '''<tt>VARIABLES</tt>'''.<br><br />
[[Image:OptionsCWCustomVariables.PNG|center|frame|Custom message variables for DXpeditions or other purposes]]<br />
Mainly useful for DXPeditions, this feature allows you to create custom variables to be used in CW or RTTY messages.<br />
<br />
To define a new variable, double-click on the variable name or the words '''Not defined''', and follow the prompts. All variables can be used in CW or RTTY messages, (one common set of custom variables is used regardless of mode).<br />
<br />
For example, define [Plus] as<br />
'''$CORRECT TU $MYCALL $REGION$UP $CR'''<br />
then change the value of $REGION as required by typing REGION [Enter] in the callsign field of the main logging window and following the prompts.<br />
<br />
To rename a message variable, double-click on its name, and follow the prompts. To delete a message variable, rename it to an empty string.<br />
<br />
{{wbox|WARNING|Don't try to add a variable name that is already used by Win-Test or it won't work.}}<br />
<br />
===Serial number===<br />
<code>Options | CW | Serial number</code><br><br />
Equivalent [[Text_commands#CW_Functions|text commands]] are '''<tt>LZ</tt>, <tt>NOLZ</tt>, <tt>NOABBREV</tt>, <tt>SEMIABBREV</tt>, <tt>FULLABBREV</tt>''' and '''<tt>PROABBREV</tt>'''.<br><br />
<br />
'''Leading zeros''' - If checked, leading zeros for all serial numbers below 100 will be sent by Win-Test ([[Text_commands#CW_Functions|text commands]] '''<tt>LZ</tt>''' and '''<tt>NOLZ</tt>''')<br />
<br />
'''Spaced Digits''' - When enabled, a half-space (^) is inserted between each digit of the serial, making it more readable at high speed.<br />
<br />
There are 5 possible abbreviation levels for the serial numbers:<br />
<br />
* '''Not abbreviated''' - all numbers are sent without any abbreviations or "cut numbers" ('''<tt>NOABBREV</tt>''')<br />
* '''Half abbreviated''' - only leading zeros are shortened to "T" ('''<tt>SEMIABBREV</tt>''')<br />
* '''Abbreviated''' - The 0 and the 9 are shortened to "T" and "N" ('''<tt>FULLABBREV</tt>''')<br />
* '''Pro''' - The 0, 1, 4, 5 and 9 are shortened to "T", "A", "V", "E" and "N" ('''<tt>PROABBREV</tt>''')<br />
* '''Custom''' - use the settings in the custom table. Each number can be shortened to a letter of your own choosing.<br />
<br />
'''Custom table...''' - displays the dialog shown below:<br />
[[Image:CWSerialNumberCustomTable.PNG|center|frame|Customized abbreviations for sending CW serial numbers sent by Win-Test. 0, 1, and 9 are shortened to "T", "A", and "N", but only leading zeros are abbreviated.]]<br />
This option only affects '''''serial numbers''''', not numbers within callsigns.<br />
<br />
===Correction===<br />
<code>Options | CW | Correction</code><br><br />
Equivalent to the [[Text commands#List of Text Commands|text commands]] '''<tt>CORRECT</tt>''' and '''<tt>NOCORRECT</tt>'''.<br> <br />
Controls the value of the '''<tt>$CORRECT</tt>''' [[Message_variables|message variable]]. When enabled, Win-Test automatically sends a call correction if the callsign sent ('''<tt>$LOGGEDCALL</tt>''') by the ['''<tt>Ins</tt>'''] key is changed before you press ['''<tt>+</tt>'''] to log the QSO. This is most useful when the ['''<tt>+</tt>'''] key is programmed with '''<tt>$CORRECT TU $MYCALL $CR</tt>''' or similar. '''<tt>NOCORRECT</tt>''' disables the feature.<br />
<br />
When "Smart correction" is enabled ([[Text_commands#List_of_Text_Commands|text command]]: '''<tt>SMART</tt>'''), Win-Test resends only what needs to be sent (prefix, suffix, or full call). When disabled ('''<tt>NOSMART</tt>'''), Win-Test sends the full callsign for all corrections .<br />
<br />
===Shortened spaces (CT spaces)===<br />
<code>Options | CW | Shortened spaces (CT spaces)</code><br><br />
Equivalent to the [[Text commands#List of Text Commands|text commands]] '''<tt>CTSPACE</tt>''' and '''<tt>NOCTSPACE</tt>'''.<br> <br />
The standard spacing between CW words is 7 dits length, instead of 6 (known as "CT space"). With this option you can set it back to 6 dits if you want, achieving slightly shorter spacing between words.<br />
<br />
===Auto sending...===<br />
<code>Options | CW | Auto sending...</code><br><br />
Equivalent to the [[Text_commands#List_of_Text_Commands|text commands]] '''<tt>CWAUTO</tt>''', '''<tt>NOCWAUTO</tt>'''/'''<tt>CWAUTOOFF</tt>''', '''<tt>CWAUTO3</tt>''', and '''<tt>CWAUTO4</tt>'''<br><br />
This lets Win-Test automatically send the ['''<tt>Insert</tt>'''] message as soon as some number of characters are entered in the callsign field, eliminating the need to press the ['''<tt>Ins</tt>'''] key to send an exchange.<br />
<br />
[[Image:OptionsCwAutoSending.png|frame|center|Configuring Auto sending]]<br />
<br />
When CW Auto Sending is enabled, if the cursor is in the callsign field, hitting '''<tt>[Escape]</tt>''' will disable Auto Sending for the current QSO if no CW is being transmitted. When you hit '''<tt>[Escape]</tt>''' during transmit, or when the cursor is not in the callsign field, it stops the current CW transmission, but does not disable the CW Auto Sending setting.<br />
<br />
Detail: If there is a slash character in the callsign, the triggering starts after the slash.<br />
<br />
===Remap keys in keyboard mode===<br />
<code>Options | CW | Remap keys in keyboard mode</code><br><br />
If you have remapped certain keys using the [[Menu:Tools#Redefine_keyboard_keys|Redefine keyboard keys]] dialog or the '''<tt>DEFINEKEYS</tt>''' text command, these mappings are ignored when in [[Menu:Commands#Keyboard_mode|keyboard mode]] '''<tt>[Alt-K]</tt>'''. So for example, if you have redefined the backslash key '''<tt>[\]</tt>''' to send your callsign, or the semicolon key '''<tt>[;]</tt>''' as an alternative to the plus key '''<tt>[+]</tt>''', those keys will not work the same when you are in keyboard mode. Check this option to have these remapped keys work consistently, whether you are in keyboard mode or not.<br />
<br />
===Work dupes===<br />
<code>Options | CW | Work dupes</code><br><br />
CW and RTTY option to work dupes or not. If dupes are worked, the $QSOB4 variable is ignored. The equivalent text commands are '''<tt>WORKDUPE/NOWORKDUPE</tt>''' or '''<tt>WORKDUPEON/WORKDUPEOFF</tt>'''. There is a different setting available per mode (CW or RTTY).<br />
<br />
===Speed bursts===<br />
<code>Options | CW | Speed bursts</code><br><br />
CW option to enable/disable the speed bursts (+/-) without modifying the messages. Text commands are '''<tt>BURSTS/NOBURSTS</tt>'''. Useful to defeat CW skimmers on-demand.<br />
<br />
==RTTY==<br />
<code>Options | RTTY</code><br><br />
This menu item allows you to setup the standard and additional messages for RTTY operation. It is enabled only when the selected operating mode is RTTY. (otherwise it is greyed out)<br />
<br />
===Modify standard messages...===<br />
<code>Options | RTTY | Modify standard messages...</code><br><br />
The place to change the RTTY messages. <br />
<br />
[[Image:OptionsRttyStandardMessages.PNG|center|frame|Modifying RTTY standard messages; you may also edit them one by one using '''<tt>Shift+F1</tt>''', '''<tt>Shift+F2</tt>''' etc. ]]<br />
<br />
Please have a look at the list of [[Message_variables|Message Variables]] you can use in the RTTY memories to control different aspects of the operation.<br />
<br />
The Options tab of this window lets you redefine the $QSOB4 macro. The only variable that can be used in this field is $MYCALL, e.g. "QSO QRZ $MYCALL".<br />
<br />
[[Image:RttyStandardMessagesOptions.PNG|center|frame|RTTY messages options.]]<br />
<br />
Check '''Only use RUN Messages (ignore S&P Messages)''' to force Win-Test to use only one set of RTTY messages, regardless of operating mode.<br />
<br />
===Modify additional messages...===<br />
<code>Options | RTTY | Modify additional messages...</code><br><br />
The place to create or modify additional RTTY messages which can be accessed using '''<tt>Alt-C</tt>'''. These memories can be used for transmitting QSL information, special greetings, QSY/sked information, ...<br />
<br />
[[Image:OptionsRttyAdditionalMessages.PNG|center|frame|Additional RTTY messages that may be used occasionally like QSL info, greetings, etc.]]<br />
<br />
[[Message_variables|Message Variables]] can also be used within these additional messages.<br />
<br />
===Modify WAE messages...===<br />
<code>Options | RTTY | Modify WAE messages...</code><br><br />
This function allows you to define RTTY message texts which are available during transmit/receive of QTC traffic. The QTC<br />
window is specific to the WAE DX Contest and can be opened using '''<tt>Ctrl-L</tt>''' (transmit QTCs) or <br />
'''<tt>Alt-L</tt>''' (receive QTCs). For more details of WAEDC, please see [[WAEDC]].<br />
<br />
[[Image:WaeMessagesTx.png|center|frame|Additional messages (transmit) for QTC handling in the Worked All Europe DX Contest.]]<br />
[[Image:WaeMessagesRx.png|center|frame|Additional messages (receive) for QTC handling in the Worked All Europe DX Contest.]]<br />
<br />
===Custom variables...===<br />
<code>Options | RTTY | Custom variables...</code><br><br />
For quick access to this dialog, use the [[Text commands|text command]] '''<tt>VARIABLES</tt>'''.<br><br />
<br />
See [[Menu:Options#Custom_variables...|Options | CW | Custom variables...]]<br />
<br />
==Configure interfaces...==<br />
<code>Options | Configure interfaces...</code><br><br />
For quick access to this dialog, use the [[Text commands|text command]] '''<tt>SETUP</tt>'''.<br><br />
All the interfaces you wish to use with Win-Test can be parametered by using this dialog box.<br />
<br />
[[Image:Configure-interfaces.png|frame|center|Interface Configuration]]<br />
<br />
===Serial Ports===<br />
The serial ports can be used for an RS-232 network (rarely used now), for a connection to a packet radio controller (also rarely used), for CW or PTT on/off keying output, for headphone audio control, for SO2R active radio control, or for an RS-232 (serial) radio, amplifier, SO2R box, or Winkey interface.<br />
<br />
If using a radio or amplifier interface, you must first specify what model you are using. Press the '''Default Settings''' button to configure all serial port settings to the standard defaults for the selected radio model or Winkey (highly recommended).<br />
<br />
If using an SO2R box, you can control it via serial commands (device type = microHAM, EZMaster, or OTRSP), or you can set the device type to "Other device" and use on/off activation of the DTR and RTS pins to control the SO2R box via "Classic Auto Control" hardware instead of via software commands.<br />
<br />
Use the serial port configuration dialog to select the appropriate settings:<br />
[[Image:com1-properties.png|frame|center|Serial port configuration]]<br />
The '''DTR''' (pin 4) and '''RTS''' (pin 7) options are:<br />
* Handshake - RS-232 hardware handshake, supported by some radios<br />
* CW - For on/off CW keying of Radio 1, Radio 2, or both, similar to LPT port CW keying. The convention is to use for DTR for CW and RTS (optionally) for PTT.<br />
* PTT - For activating PTT on Radio 1, Radio 2, or both, when a CW or internal DVK message is sent.<br />
* Always ON - Pin is always set "high" (required by some USB-to-Serial adapters and radios)<br />
* Always OFF - Pin is always set "low"<br />
* Active radio - Pin is connected to an SO2R box "Swap TX radio" line.<br />
* Stereo RX Audio - Pin is connected to an SO2R box "Stereo on/off" line.<br />
* Headphone control - Pin is connected to an SO2R box "Swap RX radio" line.<br />
<br />
The '''Active with''' option is only available when PTT or CW is selected for DTR or RTS, otherwise it is grayed out.<br />
* Radio 1 - PTT and CW is only sent when Radio 1 is active<br />
* Radio 2 - PTT and CW is only sent when Radio 2 is active<br />
* Both radios - PTT and CW is sent when either radio is active (external steering via SO2R box required)<br />
<br />
{{wbox|Note|The pin numbering applies to a standard DB9 connector.}}<br />
<br />
===Transceivers===<br />
This region of the interfaces configuration window lets you select the type of transceiver for radio 1 and 2 plus various settings like polling, polling rate (actually, delay before polling the radio again after the previous sequence) and if the ICOM specific CI-V feature is to be used or not. By the way, when you use an ICOM radio with an address different from factory settings, please see [http://docs.win-test.com/wiki/WT.INI WT.INI]<br />
<br />
===Printer Ports===<br />
A parallel port can be used to send CW and other signals from Win-Test via [[Interfaces#LPT-port_CW_keying|legacy keying interfaces]], or the microHAM MK2R/MK2R+ operating in "Classic Auto Control" mode. Press '''<tt>[Configure...]</tt>''' to display the following dialog box:<br />
<br />
[[Image:lpt1-properties.png|frame|center|Parallel port configuration showing pin 14 used for TX Radio, Pin 9 for Stereo On/Off, and Pin 4 for RX Radio, Pin 17 for CW, and Pin 16 for PTT]]<br />
<br />
Specify the address of your printer port in hex. Common values are '''<tt>378</tt>''' and '''<tt>3BC</tt>'''. To determine the address used by your printer port, open the Windows Device Manager (Start, Control Panel, System, Hardware tab, Device Manager; or Start, Run, '''<code>devmgmt.msc</code>'''). Select Ports (COM & LPT), Printer Port (LPT1), Right Click, Properties, and finally, click the Resources Tab. You will see '''<code>I/O range 0378 - 037A</code>''' or similar. Use the first address as your port address. If you do not specify the correct port address, Win-Test will appear to operate normally, but it will not key the radio at all.<br />
<br />
===CW===<br />
<tt>PTT ON Delay</tt> specifies the time delay between first PTT closure and first CW output. When using an amplifier with a slow relay, this setting allows you to close the relay line well before RF is applied, which prevents the first dot or dash sent by Win-Test from being truncated. The delay between the PTT command and the effective CW transmission is adjustable between 0 (for QSK amps) to 1000 ms.<br />
<br />
===Local Network===<br />
The Local Network interface is used to define Win-Test's local area network in a multi-operating environment. If needed, you can change the broadcast address and the port number used. If you ignore the meaning of these terms, note that there should normally be no need to modify the default values given by Win-Test. See [[Networking]] for more information.<br />
<br />
===Network Protocol Advanced Settings===<br />
Under the Network Protocol Advanced Settings dialog you will find a way to restrict network traffic in very specific ways. '''CAUTION''': Modifications to the default settings must be done with extreme care. It is intended for very particular configurations and purposes, mainly used by expert users. You are on your own!<br />
<br />
[[Image:NetworkProtocolAdvancedSettings.png|frame|center|Network Protocol Advanced Settings allows you to fine-tune your network traffic. Network protocol version displayed in the right bottom corner.]]<br />
<br />
Some pre-set typical configurations are available:<br />
<br />
* Silent time master: Can be used if the computer is used ''only'' to distribute an accurate clock. This PC will not appear in the status window of any other networked computer. Note that with this setting, no QSOs will be recorded on (or sent from) any machine with this setting.<br />
<br />
* Silent backup: Can be used if the computer is ''only'' used for backup purposes. This PC will not appear in the status window of any other networked computer. <br />
<br />
* Packet sharing only: Can be used if stations are networked with different callsigns, and do not want a common log, but do want to share a common packet stream. It can be used for several co-located single-op stations on VHF/UHF, for example.<br />
<br />
* Silent log rebuilding: Can be used if you need to rebuild from scratch a complete log from networked stations, without appearing in the status window of any other networked computer.<br />
<br />
Note that in all settings, the station will still be visible in the network via the [[Text_commands#Multi_Operating|'''<tt>INVENTORY</tt>''']] command.<br />
<br />
[x] This station is a WAN bridgehead<br />
<br />
This feature only works with the wtTunnel suite. To respect multi-op ethics, the wtTunnel package is ''only'' available for headquarters stations during the IARU HF contest. Check this box to restrict the synchronization of QSO inventories to the local network to reduce network traffic when stations are at different sites on a wide area network (WAN).<br />
<br />
See [[Networking#The_Bridgehead_Concept|The Bridgehead Concept]] for further details.<br />
<br />
===Voice Keyer===<br />
At last, if your computer has an embedded sound card, you can select and use it as a digital voice keyer by checking the appropriate box.<br />
<br />
If you want to use a third-party software to record or modify voice messages, be sure to use the following file format : WAV, PCM, 8000 Hz sampling frequency, 1 channel (mono) and 16 bits per sample.<br />
<br />
==WinKey configuration...==<br />
<code>Options | Winkey configuration...</code><br><br />
For quick access to this dialog, use the [[Text commands|text command]] '''<tt>WKSETUP</tt>'''.<br><br />
<br />
[[Image:WinkeyProperties.png|frame|center|Configuring the WinKey properties]]<br />
<br />
* '''Keying mode''':<br />
** '''Iambic A''' - Curtis A iambic timing<br />
** '''Iambic B''' - Curtis B iambic timing<br />
** '''Ultimatic''' - Non iambic mode<br />
** '''Bug (semi-automatic)''' - WinKey makes the dits and you make the dahs<br />
In either iambic mode, alternating dits and dahs are sent while both paddles are held closed. In mode B, an extra alternate dit or dah is sent after both paddles are released. In Ultimatic mode, when both paddles are pressed, the keyer will send a continuous stream of whichever paddle was last pressed.<br />
<br />
* '''Second Output (pin 5)''' (WinKey only, ignored by WinKey2 chip)<br />
** '''PTT''' - WinKey pin 5 acts as a PTT line<br />
** '''Sidetone frequency''' - WinKey pin 5 acts as a sidetone output<br />
** '''Radio 2''' - WinKey pin 5 keys a second radio<br />
* '''Sidetone Frequency''' - sets WinKey oscillator sidetone on pin 5 (ignored by WinKey2 chip)<br />
* '''Short spaces (CT spaces)''' - WinKey generates a 6-baud word space instead of a 7-baud space (1 baud = length of one dit)<br />
* '''Paddle watchdog''' - disable the key output after 128 consecutive dits or dahs. This is to guard against the paddles being accidentally keyed continuously by your cat.<br />
* '''Autospaces''' - If you pause for more than one dit time between a dit or dah, Winkey will interpret this as a letter-space and will not send the next dit or dah until a full letter-space time (3 dits) has passed<br />
* '''Swap paddles''' - reverse the dit/dah paddles (e.g. for keying with the left hand)<br />
* '''PTT'''<br />
** '''PTT Lead(ms)''' specify PTT lead (switch to transmit before CW begins)<br />
** '''PTT Tail(ms)''' specify PTT tail (keep transmitter up after CW has finished)<br />
** V2 of WinKey provides additional features:<br />
*** PTT tail control (fixed, 1.00 letter space, 1.33, 1.66, 2.00)<br />
* '''CW Message and paddle speeds'''<br />
** '''Independent''' - CW speed sent by the paddle is controlled by the WinKey speed knob, and CW speed set by Win-Test is controlled indpendently by the Win-Test keyboard commands ('''<tt>[Alt-F9]</tt>''', '''<tt>[Alt-F10]</tt>''', and '''<tt>[Alt-V]</tt>'''). In addition, both CW speeds will be displayed at the bottom of the [[Menu:Windows#Rate|Rate Window]].<br />
** '''Synchronized''' - Win-Test will keep the CW speed synchronized, whether sent by paddles or by Win-Test<br />
*** '''Only by WinKey pot''' - Only the WinKey speed knob will control CW speed; Win-Test speed commands sent via the keyboard are ignored.<br />
*** '''Only by the Win-Test commands (Alt-V/F9/F10)''' - The WinKey speed knob is ignored and CW speed changes may only be controlled by the Win-Test keyboard commands ('''<tt>[Alt-F9]</tt>''', '''<tt>[Alt-F10]</tt>''', and '''<tt>[Alt-V]</tt>''').<br />
*** '''By both (not recommended)''' - CW speed may be controlled by either the WinKey speed knob or by Win-Test keyboard commands, but this setting is not recommended as there is no way to automatically turn the WinKey speed knob to match the CW speed set by Win-Test.<br />
<br />
==EZMaster configuration...==<br />
<code>Options | EZMaster configuration...</code><br><br />
For quick access to this dialog, use the [[Text commands|text command]] '''<tt>EZSETUP</tt>'''.<br><br />
<br />
Advanced SO2R mode and setting up scenarios requires external SO2R control equipment of the last generation, communicating with Win-Test via a USB port.<br />
<br />
This menu option enables the user to configure five different option for EZMaster to work with Win-test:<br />
<br />
===CW Keyer===<br />
Internal EZMaster CW Keyer (tick Enable WinKey Box) or Win-Test keyer (do not tick box).<br />
<br />
<br />
===Radio set-up===<br />
In the image below find configuration for FT1000MP<br />
<br />
<br />
===Packet-Radio TNC===<br />
<br />
<br />
===Antenna configuration according to RX/TX===<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
[[Image:Ezmaster.PNG|center|frame|EZMaster configuration window]]<br />
<br />
==MK/MKII/MK2R/u2R configuration...==<br />
<code>Options | MK/MKII/MK2R/u2R configuration...</code><br><br />
For quick access to this dialog, use the [[Text commands|text command]] '''<tt>MKSETUP</tt>'''.<br><br />
This option allows you to configure the microHAM devices microHAM Keyer, microHAM Keyer 2 and MK2R SO2R device.<br />
It lets you select if the microHAM protocol should be used for communication with the device.<br />
Moreover, you can specify, which pins on the ACC connected of the device will be activated, when the radio1 or radio 2 is tuned to a specific band. <br />
<br />
[[Image:MK_MKII_MK2R.PNG|center|frame|microHAM MK, MKII and MK2R configuration window]]<br />
<br />
When an attached footswitch is used, two dedicated Lua scripts named '''<tt>onMicrohamFsOn.wts</tt>''' and '''<tt>onMicrohamFsOff.wts</tt>''' (not case-sensitive) are called. '''<tt>wtArg</tt>''' is set the radio number of the footswitch (0 for MK/MKII - 0 or 1 for MK2R/MK2R+/u2R depending on the footswitch that generated the event).<br />
<br />
==OTRSP configuration...==<br />
<code>Options | OTRSP configuration...</code><br><br />
This option allows you to set up an Open Two Radio Switching Protocol (OTRSP) compatible <br />
device like the YCCC SO2R Box (for more information, visit http://www.k1xm.org/OTRSP).<br />
<br />
[[Image:OTSRP.PNG|center|frame|OTRSP configuration window]]<br />
<br />
If the OTRSP device has controls and if they can generate events, dedicated Lua scripts are called when events occur :<br />
<br />
* '''<tt>onOtrspCrOn.wts</tt>''' and '''<tt>onOtrspCrOff.wts</tt>''' (not case-sensitive) are called when such a control has values 1 and 0 respectively. '''<tt>wtArg</tt>''' is set to the control number (0 to 9).<br />
* '''<tt>onOtrspCrEvent.wts</tt>''' (not case-sensitive) is called for all states of the events. '''<tt>wtArg</tt>''' is set to (256 * cr) + state (cr = control number - 1 to 9, and state = value of the state when the event occured - 0 to 255).<br />
<br />
{{wbox|Note|If the PTT events are used, the control 0 is restricted to this usage, and doesn't fire the onOtrspCrOn/Off/Event.wts scripts. If the PTT events are not used, onOtrspCrEvent is not called when an event on this control occurs. Only the onOtrspCrOn/Off scripts are executed in this case.}}<br />
<br />
==RTTY configuration...==<br />
<code>Options | RTTY configuration...</code><br><br />
For quick access to this dialog, use the [[Text commands|text command]] '''<tt>RTTYSETUP</tt>'''.<br><br />
This menu entry opens the control box for [[RTTY|RTTY configuration]].<br />
<br />
[[Image:OptionsRttyConfiguration.PNG|frame|center|RTTY Configuration Box]]<br />
<br />
Please refer to the [[RTTY|RTTY chapter]] for all the details.<br />
<br />
==Frequency Offsets==<br />
This function is mainly used for a VHF/UHF/SHF setup involving a transverter. An HF radio tuned on 28 MHz is used as the user front-end which drives the transverter for 144 MHz or 432 MHz. Or a 144 MHz transceiver is used to drive a transverter to 5.7 and 10 GHz.<br />
<br />
The point is that Win-Test only sees the frequency of the front-end. For example it would find the radio tuned to 28 MHz and simply ignore its frequency read-out when set up for a VHF/UHF contest. Likewise, the radio would ignore commands to tune to 144.054 from Win-Test because it is a HF transceiver that only knows 1.8-30 MHz. This is where the frequency offset feature comes in handy. It allows you to specify a frequency (in kHz) that will be added to any frequency read from the radio and subtracted from any frequency command that goes to the radio. <br />
<br />
In other words, assume the frequency offset is set at 116000 kHz. The radio is tuned to 28054 kHz. Now Win-Test "sees" the radio at 144054 kHz, because the offset is added. Likewise, when the user clicks on a packet spot on 144088, Win-Test sends the radio to 28088 because the offset is subtracted.<br />
<br />
This way, Win-Test gives you great flexibility to enter one offset per band per radio.<br />
<br />
[[Image:OptionsFrequencyOffsets.png|center|frame|Frequency Offset allows you to use a transverter with Win-Test]]<br />
<br />
Text commands '''<tt>OFFSETSETUP</tt>''' (or '''<tt>OFFSETSSETUP</tt>''') to open the dialog and. '''<tt>OFFSET/NOOFFSET</tt>''', '''<tt>OFFSETS/NOOFFSETS</tt>''', '''<tt>OFFSETON/OFFSETOFF</tt>''', '''<tt>OFFSETSON/OFFSETSOFF</tt>''' to enable/disable the frequency offset.<br />
<br />
==MP3 Configuration==<br />
<code>Options | MP3 Configuration</code><br><br />
For quick access to this dialog, use the [[Text commands|text command]] '''<tt>MP3SETUP</tt>'''.<br><br />
<br />
Allows you to select the sound device used for recording and playback in use with the contest recorder. You must have installed a MP3 ACM Codec (e.g. LAME, Fraunhofer). The encoder is not part of the Win-Test distribution.<br />
<br />
Download LAME from http://www.free-codecs.com/LAME_ACM_Codec_download.htm. The version which worked at the time of this writing was 3.99.5. Follow instructions in the ZIP-File. With WinXP it used to work as described in http://lists.f5mzn.org/pipermail/support/2010-January/079240.html. <br />
<br />
For Windows 7 and Windows 10, the important point is to run the installation a CMD window explicitly executed as Administrator.<br />
<br />
Assumuing, you have downloaded and unpacked the LAME ACM version to the directory C:\LAME, he following command will register the codec in Window's Audio Codec Manager:<br />
<br />
cd %windir%\SysWOW64<br />
rundll32 setupapi.dll,InstallHinfSection DefaultInstall 0 C:\LAME\LameACM.inf<br />
<br />
For Windows 10 use this command:<br />
<br />
C:\Windows\SysWOW64\rundll32.exe setupapi.dll,InstallHinfSection DefaultInstall 0 C:\LAME\LameACM.inf<br />
<br />
There may already be an encoder on your system due to other software previously installed, like the Fraunhofer IIS MPEG Layer-3 Codec. The Fraunhofer codec also works perfectly OK with Win-Test.<br />
<br />
The default settings (Stereo/32000 Hz sample rate, 96 kBit/s bitrate) will produce a file of about 2 GB in size for an 48h contest.<br />
<br />
[[Image:OptionsMP3Configuration.PNG|frame|center|Display options for MP3/Contest Recorder configuration.]]<br />
<br />
To make your MP3 recordings available on the Internet after the contest, see:<br />
http://lists.f5mzn.org/pipermail/support/2009-December/078951.html<br />
<br />
==Script Editor Configuration==<br />
This menu lets you configure the application to start when clicking the Edit button in the [[Menu:Tools#Scripts_Manager|Scripts Manager]]. Basically, every ASCII editor is usable, SciTE is the recommended editor as it provides syntax highlighting.<br />
<br />
[[Image:OptionsScriptEditorConfiguration.PNG|frame|center|Configure the preferred editor to manage Lua scripts from within Win-Test]]<br />
<br />
==Log==<br />
<code>Options | Log</code><br><br />
Allows you to change the display of the log entry area (the last 9 QSOs plus the current QSO entry line), including the Win-Test background color. You may select font size, colors, headings and so on.<br />
<br />
[[Image:OptionsLog.PNG|frame|center|Display options for the log entry area.]]<br />
<br />
===Fonts===<br />
Select the text font for the log entry area<br />
<br />
===Headers===<br />
Controls the display of the column titles in the log entry area. The headers may be hidden, left aligned, or centered<br />
<br />
===Hide QSO numbers===<br />
Hides the first column in the log entry area, to avoid confusion with the serial number sent, especially for multi-op entrants.<br />
<br />
===Align Exchanges===<br />
Option to line up received exchanges in mixed mode.<br />
<br />
===Stay in field when moving up and down in the log===<br />
Select this option to the have the cursor move up and down as it would in a spreadsheet. For example, to stay in the report field when pressing the '''<tt>[Up]</tt>''' or '''<tt>[Down]</tt>''' cursor keys, instead of having the cursor jump to the beginning of the callsign field.<br />
<br />
===Colors...===<br />
Use this option to change the background color for the entire screen, the color of the logging text, the header text, or the warning message text. Press the '''<tt>[Factory colors]</tt>''' button to restore these to the Win-Test default colors.<br />
<br />
===New Contest Files Properties===<br />
This window lets you define a directory structure and file name template for newly created contest log files. This is a nice feature to keep contest files including MP3 recordings etc. well organised.<br />
<br />
[[Image:OptionsLogNewContestFileProperties.PNG|center|frame|New Contest File Properties dialog]]<br />
<br />
The following macros may be used to specify the file name.<br />
<br />
%C = Contest name<br />
%I = Log callsign (slash substituted by hyphen)<br />
%L = Log callsign (slash substituted by underscore)<br />
%M = Mode<br />
%m = Month (2 digits)<br />
%N = Month name (long)<br />
%n = Month name (abbrev)<br />
%S = Station name<br />
%Y = Year (4 digits)<br />
%y = Year (2 digits)<br />
<br />
==DXpedition Info Field==<br />
<code>Options | DXpedition Info Field</code><br><br />
This submenu allows you to configure some options regarding the use of Win-Test on a DXpedition. It is only visible if you have selected the contest type DXpedition.<br />
<br />
[[Image:DxPeditionOptions.png|frame|center|Options available for DXpedition operation]]<br />
<br />
An info field is available to store up to 13 characters of information with the QSO, e.g. the operator's name, QTH or other information that you wish to keep visible during the QSO. The info field can be accessed with the space bar, the '''[>]''' and '''[<]''' keys or the '''[Tab]''' key. <br />
<br />
[[Image:DxPeditionInfoField.png|frame|center|The DXpedition Info Field can store up to 13 characters. If you don't use space to switch fields, you can also enter a space character like shown above.]]<br />
<br />
==Spot Warnings==<br />
When this option is enabled, the DX cluster spots are briefly displayed (as soon as they arrive), in the line under below the log entry line. You can choose to display only the spots of the current band and/or the new multipliers, as well as your own callsign (good to know when you're being spotted!). And of course you may want to hide dupes and invalid callsigns. <br />
<br />
==DX Cluster==<br />
<code>Options | DX Cluster</code><br><br />
<br />
===DX Cluster window shortcuts===<br />
[[Image:OptionsDxClusterSyntax.png|center|frame|Selecting the syntax of your DX Cluster]]<br />
This option controls the syntax of the DX-cluster node that you are using (DX Spider vs. AK1A, DXNet, etc.), and the count of spots and solar information requested by using the buttons in the [[Menu:Commands#DX-Cluster|DX cluster window]].<br />
<br />
===Start/stop wtDxTelnet automatically===<br />
When wtDxTelnet is installed in the Win-Test directory, this option allows you to start and stop this application from within Win-Test or start and stop it automatically when Win-Test is launched.<br />
<br />
[[Image:OptionsStartStopWtDxTelnet.gif|center|frame|Starting and stopping wtDxTelnet from Win-test]]<br />
<br />
==HamCAP==<br />
<code>Options | HamCAP</code><br><br />
<br />
With this menu option you can configure the way Win-Test will integrate with [http://www.dxatlas.com/HamCAP/ HamCAP] (by VE3NEA).<br><br />
You can select if you want to see immediately the HamCAP window, as soon as you call for it with the shortcut '''<tt>Ctrl-P</tt>''', or if you want it to calculate in background and you will recall the propagation forecast window later.<br />
<br />
[[Image:OptionsHamCapBackground.png|frame|center|Option In Background]]<br />
<br />
It is just a matter of taste and of how big is your monitor screen: if you have plenty of room, maybe you don't care to leave it in background (<b>In background</b> option <b>checked</b>), but in a visible part of the screen, so you don't loose the keyboard focus from the WT main window; otherwise you will see immediately HamCAP (<b>In background</b> option <b>unchecked</b>), and so you'll need to regain the focus with a mouse click.<br />
<br />
[[Image:HamCapForeground.png|frame|center|HamCAP in foreground]]<br />
<br />
Then you need to setup which HamCAP tab you want to see first.<br />
<br />
[[Image:OptionsHamCapTab.png|frame|center|Option In Background]]<br />
<br />
The most useful are the <b>Charts</b> or the <b>Map</b> tab, which are those that give the propagation information, while the others, namely Params, Settings, and Antennas, are useful in the HamCAP itself setup phase.<br />
<br />
See [[HamCAP]] in this manual for more details on the setup phase.<br />
<br />
Then you have to setup in which way HamCAP has to deal with Solar figures (SSN, SFI, A and K indexes).<br><br />
(See [[Menu:Windows#Solar_Activity | Menu Windows Solar_Activity]] in this manual).<br />
<br />
HamCAP has at least three different modes of operation:<br />
* stand-alone<br />
* in cooperation with [http://www.dxatlas.com/IonoProbe/ IonoProbe] (by VE3NEA)<br />
* feeded by a calling application (Win-Test)<br />
<br />
<br />
[[Image:OptionsHamCapSolar.png|frame|center|Option Solar indexes passing]]<br />
<br />
So, at this time, you should check one of the following options:<br />
* <b>None</b>, if you don't want, or need, Win-Test to pass any data to HamCAP, which will be working in stand-alone mode or in cooperation with IonoProbe;<br />
* <b>WWV only</b>, or <b>WCY only</b>, if you want Win-Test to pass the corresponding Solar figures, if present, to HamCAP;<br />
* <b>All</b>, and then choose <b>Priority</b>, if you want to try to use both figures and Win-Test to pass the prioritized one in case both data are present.<br />
<br><br />
<br />
<br><br />
<br />
==WAEDC==<br />
<code>Options | WAEDC</code><br><br />
Special option for the [http://www.waedc.de/ Worked All Europe DX Contest]. This menu item is only visible when WAEDC Contest is selected.<br />
<br />
For more information about Win-Test and WAEDC see [[WAEDC]].<br />
<br />
==Data files==<br />
<code>Options | Data Files</code><br><br />
<br />
Through this section you will be enabled to select four more different options in the pop-up menu as shown in the following picture.<br />
<br />
[[Image:OptionsDataFiles.png|center|frame|Selecting Options Data files section]]<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
===Country files...===<br />
<code>Options | Data files | Country files...</code><br><br />
Text command shortcut: <code>COUNTRYFILES</code><br />
<br />
This dialog controls which country file to use to identify multipliers. It is also used to calculate and pre-fill ITU and CQ Zones from country prefixes. There are three files to select from.<br />
<br />
[[Image:WindowsSelectCty.png|center|frame|Selecting the appropriate CTY file]]<br />
<br />
Selecting '''CTY_WT_MOD.DAT''' usually gives the most accurate results if you download the latest version. For a description of each file, see [[Other_Files|Other Files]].<br />
<br />
You can start an immediate download from the Win-Test web site by selecting a file and clicking the '''Download''' button. After pressing '''OK''', you will be prompted if you want to reload and re-score the log based on the updated country file.<br />
<br />
Note that the file ends up in the [[Check_Partial_and_Np1_Files#Virtual_Store|user's virtual store]], if you do not run Win-Test as an Administrator. This may create some confusion which file is actually being used.<br />
<br />
===Master file...===<br />
<code>Options | Data files | Master File...</code><br><br />
Text command shortcut: <code>MASTERFILE</code>, <code>EXCHDATABASE</code>, <code>EXCHFILE</code> or <code>EXCHFILES</code>.<br />
<br />
A window, indicating the name of the master file for this contest, what is the file currently used, the total number of records in the file, and release date. A Download button allows you to update directly from the supercheckpartial.com web site.<br />
<br />
[[Image:OptionsDataFileMasterfile.png|center|frame|Master file information and update option]]<br />
<br />
Note that the file ends up in the [[Check_Partial_and_Np1_Files#Virtual_Store|user's virtual store]], if you do not run Win-Test as an Administrator. This may create some confusion which file is actually being used.<br />
<br />
===Exchanges Database...===<br />
<code>Options | Data files | Exchanges database...</code><br><br />
Text command shortcut: <code>EXCHDB</code>, <code>EXCHDATABASE</code>, <code>EXCHFILE</code> or <code>EXCHFILES</code>.<br />
<br />
A window, indicating the name of the exchanges file for this contest, what is the file currently used, the total number of records of this file, and the number of relevant records (if the DTB is used for different contests). A Download button allows you to update directly from the Win-Test web site. <br />
<br />
[[Image:OptionsDataFileExchangeDB.png|center|frame|Exchanges database file information and update option]]<br />
<br />
Note that the file ends up in the [[Check_Partial_and_Np1_Files#Virtual_Store|user's virtual store]], if you do not run Win-Test as an Administrator. This may create some confusion which file is actually being used.<br />
<br />
===Default extra data files...===<br />
<code>Options | Data Files | Default extra data files...</code><br><br />
This option will allow to select which EXTRA files WT will use to show specific information (like operator's name, IOTA references, club member names, etc.) in the Extra Information window (see [[Menu:Windows#Extra_Information | Menu:Windows Extra Information]] for more details).<br />
When selecting this option a window will pop-up where you can check the files you need. You can see an example in the following picture.<br />
<br />
[[Image:DataFilesExtra.png|center|frame|Selecting the Extra data files]]<br />
<br />
===Markers files...===<br />
<code>Options | Data Files | Markers files...</code><br><br />
This option will allow to select which Markers files WT will use to show the relevant information in the BandMap. Please refer to <br />
the description of the band map's [[Menu:Windows#Markers | context menu]] for detailed information on these files.<br />
When selecting this option a window will pop up where you can check the files you wish to display information from. <br />
You can see an example in the following picture.<br />
<br />
[[Image:DataFilesMarkers.png|center|frame|Selecting the Markers files]]<br />
<br />
===Segments files...===<br />
<code>Options | Data Files | Segments files...</code><br><br />
This option will allow to select which segments files WT will use to show the relevant information in the BandMap. Please refer to the description of the band map's [[Menu:Windows#Segments | context menu]] for detailed information on these files.<br />
When selecting this option a window will pop up where you can check the files you wish to activate. You can see an example in the following picture.<br />
<br />
[[Image:DataFilesSegment.png|center|frame|Selecting the Segments files]]<br />
<br />
==Bandplans...==<br />
<code>Options | Bandplans...</code><br><br />
A flexible and powerful band plan management allows you to specify band boundaries on a permanent basis depending on the mode of operation. We all know, that on 40 m CW, the band goes up to 7100; on RTTY, the band goes from well below 7030 to 7100 etc. etc. Since Win-Test tries to filter incoming DX spots by frequency, this is the way to have Win-Test make the correct decision to drop the spot or display it as needed DX.<br />
<br />
[[Image:Bandplans.png|center|frame|The Band Plan Manager window]]<br />
<br />
Different band plans can be saved and re-loaded at a later time. It's smart to create a band plan for SSB, another for CW, yet another one for 160 CW etc.<br />
<br />
==Windows==<br />
<code>Options | Windows</code><br><br />
<br />
[[Image:OptionsWindowsMenu.png|center|frame|Selecting how child windows are displayed]]<br />
<br />
The child windows of the application can either be included in the main Win-Test window, or float anywhere on the screen, thus allowing the Windows desktop or other running software to remain visible. If your video card and operating system support it, you can display Win-Test windows on more than one monitor.<br />
<br />
Win-Test automatically saves the current window layout in the Win-Test binary log file (.wtb) whenever you exit. So, each log file can have a different window layout depending on the contest.<br />
<br />
See [[Positioning_Windows|Positioning Windows]] for more information about how to precisely rearrange the window layout to suit your preferences. <br />
<br />
Once you have a window layout that you like, select <tt>Default layout...</tt> to save it as the default layout that will be used for new Win-Test logs. Win-Test displays the following dialog:<br />
<br />
[[Image:DefaultOpenChildWindows.png|center|frame|Changing the default window layout]]<br />
<br />
Updates to this dialog do ''not'' effect the current log's window layout; they only affect the default window layout to be used for new logs.<br />
<br />
If you press '''<tt>[Use the current layout]</tt>''', Win-Test updates the list box so that it describes the current Window layout. Generally you'll want to press this button first.<br />
<br />
The child windows are listed in the order that they will be ''drawn'', so if two windows overlap, the window listed last will appear "on top" of any windows listed earlier.<br />
<br />
Use the check boxes to indicate which child windows you want displayed by default.<br />
<br />
* '''<tt>[Uppermost]</tt>''' - moves the highlighted child window to the top of the list, so that it will be drawn first, and appear ''beneath'' any windows drawn later.<br />
* '''<tt>[Up]</tt>''' - moves the highlighted child window up one spot in the list<br />
* '''<tt>[Down]</tt>''' - moves the highlighted child window down one spot in the list<br />
* '''<tt>[Downmost]</tt>''' - moves the highlighted child window to the bottom of the list, so that it will be drawn last, and appear ''on top of'' any windows drawn earlier.<br />
* '''<tt>[Factory settings]</tt>''' - restores the default window layout to the Win-Test factory default<br />
* '''<tt>[Use the current layout]</tt>''' - updates the list to describe the child window layout being used by the current log<br />
* '''<tt>[OK]</tt>''' - saves the displayed window list as the new Win-Test default, and closes the dialog. The layout is saved in the [[WT.INI|Win-Test initialization file (wt.ini)]]. Pressing this button has ''no effect'' on the current window layout being used.<br />
* '''<tt>[Cancel]</tt>''' - cancels all changes to the default child window layout and closes the dialog.<br />
<br />
==Toolbar==<br />
<code>Options | Toolbar</code><br><br />
If this option is checked, the Icons toobar is displayed below the menu.<br />
<br />
[[Image:IconsBar.gif|frame|center|Icon toolbar]]<br />
<br />
<br />
Refer to the [[Icon_bar|Icon bar]] chapter for a detailed explanation of all the pictorial symbols.<br />
<br />
==Language==<br />
<code>Options | Language</code><br><br />
It is possible to choose the language of the Win-Test user interface. Currently supported languages are English, French, German, Italian and Spanish. <br />
<br />
[[Image:OptionsLanguageSelection.PNG|frame|center|Selecting the Language]]<br />
<br />
Win-Test has to restart when the language is switched.<br />
<br />
[[Menus|Back to Menus]]</div>Dl6raihttps://docs.win-test.com/w/index.php?title=Release_Notes&diff=5017Release Notes2023-04-10T06:04:15Z<p>Dl6rai: </p>
<hr />
<div>==Release information 4.45.0 (October 18th, 2022)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* Flex 6000 series added. Fixes the RTTY filter selection bug with the Kenwood interface. Only one slice is displayed, unless the split is selected. Tnx DL6DH, DL8OH, DL6RAI.<br />
* IARU FD R1 : /MM stations do not count as mult. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
* WAEDC : When the Alt-M window was copied, the numerical call areas of the countries that apply weren't used. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
* OK1WC Challenge : When the callsign length was over 8 chars, the mult extraction (last char of the suffix) wasn't working correctly. Tnx DJ0ZY/DD5M.<br />
* IOTA contest : In Multi-1 category, the QSO numbering was wrong. Tnx DL6RAI and others.<br />
<br />
===New features===<br />
* Outbound RadioInfo external UDP messages capability added in the interfaces settings dialog (network advanced settings), to make easier to use additional programs or devices. Already tested with the rf-kit.de RF2K-S SSPA. Tnx F5HRY.<br />
* Freq offsets : New text commands to access the setup : OFFSETSETUP (or OFFSETSSETUP). New text commands to enable/disable the freq offsets: OFFSET/NOOFFSET, OFFSETS/NOOFFSETS, OFFSETON/OFFSETOFF, OFFSETSON/OFFSETSOFF. Tnx F5UII. <br />
* OCDX : /M, /MM and /P do not count as prefix multipliers.<br />
* New setting dialog (Commands / Carrier timer...) to enable or not the carrier/tune (Ctrl-T) timer and set its duration. Tnx F5HRY.<br />
* The /LH callsign extension (LightHouse) doesn't interfere anymore in the DXCC entity resolution. Tnx F5UII.<br />
* DXPed HF : Distance added to the geographical data of the F10 wnd. Tnx F5UII.<br />
* Yaesu Band data code for 60m added on the LPT output. As the default code (identical to 40m) can interfere with other bands, the user can choose to use the 50 MHz (6m) band code or an usused code. Tnx FY5FY.<br />
* Text and CSV export : The format YYMMDD is added to the fields list. Tnx F6AJA.<br />
* IOTA contest : Cabrillo updated to v3.<br />
* IOTA contest : Rules 2022 : The Q with Russian and Belarus stations count 0 point and don't count as multipliers. See https://www.rsgbcc.org/hf/rules/2022/riota.shtml (RSGB IOTA Contest website) for details.<br />
<br />
==Release information 4.44.0 (July 22nd, 2022)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* REG1TEST files : The QSO points and the claimed score were always set to 0 by default. Tnx F1EZG @ TM5R.<br />
===New features===<br />
* When applying exchange(s) to entered QSOs (Ctrl-F10), the numbers of found QSO and updated QSO are notified.<br />
<br />
==Release information 4.43.0 (July 1st, 2022)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* Bugfix : The CW default messages for the REF DDFM 50 MHz were wrong.<br />
* Bugfix : The title of the LPT port properties dialog was incorrect.<br />
* Bugfix : When using markers in the bandmap and if the marker text was totally visible, the first line of the tooltip was empty. Tnx F6BGC.<br />
<br />
===New features===<br />
* All Asian DX : Cabrillo updated to v3.<br />
* Generic VHF+ contests have been extended to accommodate contests where a fixed exchange is sent instead of a serial number. Just enter this exchange in the "Exchange" field of the contest configuration dialog. If this entry field remains empty, the usual serial numbers are used. Tnx DL6RAI, DJ0ZY.<br />
* All VHF+ generic contests are no more limited to 6-char grids (locators) and now accept 4-char grids (locators) exchanges as well.<br />
* New option in the Cabrillo options dialog and the REG1TEST options dialog to set the claimed score to 0 point. Useful if you are using a contest template that is not fully adapted to the scoring method, and you don't want to mess up the claimed scores (if any).<br />
* The names of two microwaves bands over 76 GHz were wrong. They are now correctly labelled 122G and 134G, instead of 119G and 142G. Tnx F4CWN.<br />
* New band data code available on the LPT output, designed for VHF+ bands, from 50 MHz to 122 GHz. Tnx F4CWN.<br />
* Band plans : New option to reject (automatic) spots outside the defined segments for a given mode, acting as filters. Tnx DL3DXX. Reminder : By default, the band plans are used to determine the mode of the (non-automatic) spots. They don't act as freq filters.<br />
* Merge Logs : When sorting logs and if the timestamps of two (or more) QSO are identical (can happen if logs were imported from Cabrillo files), Win-Test now relies on the serial sent (if any) to order these QSO. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* Yaesu FTDX-10 added. Tnx DL4LAM.<br />
<br />
==Release information 4.42.0 (May 20, 2022)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* The display options of the zones window(s) (Alt+Z) were not always correctly retained between sessions. Tnx F5LIW.<br />
* Notes report dlg : After editing a note, the log caret (cursor) wasn't restored.<br />
<br />
===New features===<br />
* When creating your Cabrillo log, you can now also submit it in one click to the Super Check Partial Database. This feature requires wtScpSubmit.dll which is included in the latest Win-Test installers. If needed, this dll is also available at http://download.win-test.com/utils/wtScpSubmit.dll. It must be placed in the Win-Test installation directory. Under some circumstances (especially with oldest OS), you may need MSVCP140.dll and/or others to be installed on your system. The easiest way is to install the latest Microsoft Visual C++ Redistributable packages for Visual Studio X86 available here: https://aka.ms/vs/17/release/vc_redist.x86.exe. Finally, on Win7, to ensure TLS 1.1 and 1.2 are enabled, apply this easy fix https://is.gd/QlQgbg<br />
* CQ-M : 10-minute rule for MOST (M/S) entries removed (rules 2022).<br />
* Add LCR parsers to the CQ-M, RAEM, and Yuri Gagarin DX contests.<br />
* Add the Out Of Band sections to the CQ WW and CQ WPX LCR parsers. Tnx F6KOP.<br />
* OK/OM : Rules 2022 : The Q with Russian and Belarus stations count 0 point and don't count as multipliers. See http://www.okomdx.crk.cz/ (OK-OM DX contest website) for details.<br />
* Interfaces Setup dialog : The keying compensation can now be negative (in the case where the TRX extends the keying). Tnx N6TV.<br />
* CQWPX : Rules 2022 : The Q with Russian and Belarus stations count 0 point and don't count as multipliers. See https://is.gd/HIMOLP (CQWPX blog) for details.<br />
* Lua : It's now possible to attach Lua scripts to text commands that are identical to mode names ("SSB", "CW", "RTTY", etc.). In these cases, the script will be called *after* the command is processed normally by Win-Test. Tnx TK5EP.<br />
* The DX spots window (Alt+A) display options are now interactive.<br />
* World Map : Options : The colors of the paths can now be the same as the markers.<br />
<br />
==Release information 4.41.0 (Feb 15, 2022)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* REG1TEST / EDI : Under some circumstances, the ouput file wasn't created. Tnx OZ1ZAA.<br />
* $MSG10 was actually sending the additional MSG1 instead of MSG10. A 20-year old typo in the code ! Tnx SP5KP.<br />
<br />
===New features===<br />
* Lua API version string is 1.8.0<br />
* Op-entered spots are now protected from spots of the same DX on a freq inside the mode bandwidth window. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
* NA Sprint : LCR parser updated. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* New countdown timer added (Tools menu or TIMER text command), especially for the single-ops. It indicates exactly when they can operate again after a pause. It's based on the time of the last QSO entered in the log, truncated to the minute. You can also use the text command TIMER/nnHmmM or TIMER/nnHmm (meaning nn hours and mm minutes), or TIMER/xxH (nn hours) or TIMER/nnM (nn minutes) to set and start the timer automatically. Tnx F5NZY.<br />
* Shortcuts added to some of the reports buttons.<br />
* QSO times are now by default considered as truncated to the minute for Time ON / Time OFF calculations and the QSY rules. Tnx F5NKX.<br />
* Contest Recorder : AltGr+O, and text commands RECORD/NORECORD (and STARTRECORD/STOPRECORD) added to Start/Stop recording.<br />
* UBA DX : Updated to comply with the rules 2022. Tnx F5LIW.<br />
* World Map : "Copy content as image" menu item added.<br />
* RTTY windows : Esc button added. Tnx PA2A.<br />
* Notes report dialog. It's now possible to edit a note by selecting it and use Alt-N to modify the comment. Tnx F4CWN.<br />
* REF HF : For M/S entrants, the compliance of the 10-min rule can be checked by using the appropriate item in the Tools / Check log menu.<br />
* REF HF : Timer added in the Alt-J wnd for the M/S entrants.<br />
* Lua : New wtRadio* API : wtRadio*:GetBand(), wtRadio*:GetMode() and wtRadio*:GetCqData() added. GetBand() and GetMode() return the current band and mode of the radio. GetCqData() return a Lua table with various data on the last sent CQ (that are stored for Alt-F4) : "freq", "qsx", "band", "mode" and "wpm" (for CW).<br />
* World Map : New options to display short and longs paths for "my spotters" and the NCDXF beacons.<br />
* New "NCDXF" text command to set the active radio on the NCDXF beacons frequency (if it applies).<br />
* New option in the world map display option to show the NCDXF beacon that currently transmits if the radio is on the NCDXF frequency (+/- 100 Hz).<br />
* The world map display options are now interactive. Different styles and a night opacity slider are also added.<br />
* The "copy as image" feature now also copies the image in PNG format, to extend the paste scope (mail, twitter etc.).<br />
* The RBN nodes and frequent spotters databases can be directly updated with the contextual menu of the map wnd (Display options).<br />
<br />
==Release information 4.40.0 (Jan 18, 2022)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* Automatic op-entered spots during QSOs (especially in S&P) were not replaced by DX-cluster / external spots.<br />
* When sending a gab composed of CAPITAL letters, do not shake our own gab window.<br />
===New features===<br />
* Interface dialog : The usable COM ports are now extended up to COM32. The parameters list now also displays the Handshake (HS), Always ON (ON) and Always OFF (OFF) settings, and are ordered by Pin (DTR then RTS). Tnx DL5XJ, DL6RAI.<br />
<br />
* New NCDXF/IBP Beacons window : Displays the transmission schedule of the NCDXF / IBP (International Beacons Project) beacons. A double click on a line gets the radio on the beacon freq. An "i" (stands for "info") in the status column indicates a comment you can read by hovering the mouse over it. Tnx VE3SUN.<br />
* LCR : Croatian CW contest LCR parser added.<br />
* LCR : Parser for CQ WW LCR updated. Works for preview and final reports.<br />
* New feature : You can now grab a spot from the visible spots in the Radio windows or in the DX-cluster window by entering the callsign (or some letters of it) and Ctrl-Space.<br />
* REF HF and REF 160m : LCR process updated. Tnx F4CWN.<br />
* French (and some Begian) users : Button added in the keys redefinitions dialog to load AZERTY redefinitions that allow the AZERTY keyboards users to access the numbers located on the top row without using the Shift or Shift Lock keys. They allow direct access to the ?, . and / keys of the bottom row as well. This button is displayed only when the language is set to French.<br />
<br />
==Release information 4.39.0 (Dec 6, 2021)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* Bugfix : For several contests, the columns headers were overlapping. Tnx F5HRY.<br />
* WinKey : When using +/- in messages, the speed was randomly not reset to its initial value and the next message was sent with an incorrect greater speed. Tnx NN7CW and DL6RAI for their detailed reports and numerous tests to fix this long-standing bug. <br />
* OK/OM CW DX-side : The district information display in the Mult window (F10) was broken.<br />
* When Win-Test was started from the command line with an alternate application data directory (-a switch), the directory name wasn't unquoted. Tnx F1HAR.<br />
===New features===<br />
* DX cluster (Alt-A) and Radio windows : The CT1BOH spot quality tags can now be displayed if they're sent by the skimmer. You can also filter the displayed spots by tag when applicable. Unless it's disabled by the user, in the list tab of the Radio window, the displayed spots are grouped by quality before being sorted. Tnx ES5TV.<br />
* Script Manager : Hyperlink to the Lua API reference web page added.<br />
* Op-entered spots are kept until worked or deleted on purpose, even if other stations are externally spotted on their frequencies. Tnx DL6RAI. <br />
* Radio wnd : List tab : When spots are sorted by points or mult type, the second sorting criteria is now the beam heading rather than the spot frequency. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
* Gab : To draw attention, any gab text containing only CAPITAL letters now shakes the recipients gab window.<br />
* SCP files : Defensive coding to attempt to prevent at best against crashes under some circumstances with badly-formatted or corrupted SCP or MASTER files. Tnx SP5KP.<br />
* RDA Contest : LCR view added.<br />
* OK/OM CW : 10 mins timer enabled for M/S category. RUN stations only.<br />
* Larger log font sizes available for short-sighted ;-) Tnx TA2SE, W1NN.<br />
* DX Spots window (Alt-A) : New option to pin the op-entered spots to the bottom of the window so you can always see them. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
* WAG : The output Cabrillo file is now following the v3 specs. Tnx DL1RTL.<br />
* EU-DX : Multipliers list updated. Tnx IK6QON.<br />
<br />
==Release information 4.38.1 (Oct 25, 2021)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* After importing a Cabrillo file, the resulting wt4 file couldn't be opened by Win-Test 4.38.0. Tnx F5LIW.<br />
<br />
==Release information 4.38.0 (Oct 25, 2021)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* LCR parser fixed for the CQ WPX reports.<br />
* CW : The spaced digits option was not read when starting Win-Test. Despite the ckecked option in the menu item, it was not enabled. <br />
* CQWW VHF : When using the default CW messages, the sent grid was 6-char instead of 4-char. Tnx F5HRY.<br />
* IARU HF : There are cases where different DXCC entities have the same Society (ex OH and OH0) and were counted as different mults.<br />
* The "Dupes included or not in QSO counts and avg calculations" string in the summary text was always in local language even if summary in English was selected.<br />
===New features===<br />
* Lua API version string is 1.7.0<br />
* Defensive coding to check the log file when opening to prevent file corruptions. Tnx DL1DAW.<br />
* Workaround for the USBSER.SYS bug that doesn't update the RTS line until DTR is accessed. Tnx R2AXZ (author of the Blue Pill Serial Monster).<br />
* RDA Contest : Cabrillo updated to v3. <br />
* WAE Transmit and Receive windows : New messages available.<br />
* WAE : New CW variable $RAWTIME to send the QTC time with cut numbers disabled.<br />
* WAE : Transmit QTC window : A QTC line can now be directly sent by using the coresponding numeric key (0 sends the line labelled 10).<br />
* Lua : New wtContest API : wtContest:GetCategoryId(), wtContest:GetModeCategoryId(), wtContest:GetPowerClassId() and wtContest:GetOverlayId() added.<br />
* Lua : For standardization purposes, the microHam and OTRSP events scripts are now renamed :<br />
<tt><br />
microhamFsOn -> onMicrohamFsOn<br />
microhamFsOff -> onMicrohamFsOff<br />
otrspCrOn -> onOtrspCrOn<br />
otrspCrOff -> onOtrspCrOff<br />
otrspCrEvent -> onOtrspCrEvent<br />
</tt><br />
For now, to maintain compatibility, the script legacy names are still executed.<br />
* Lua : New scripts called on log opening (onFileOpen) and on log closing (onFileClose).<br />
* EU HF : The Cabrillo header is updated (EUHFC instead of EU-HF). Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
* CQWW DX : The Youth overlay is added to the Overlay drop-down list.<br />
* CQWW DX : The Explorer category is added to the Category drop-down list (Single-Op Explorer and Multi-Op Explorer).<br />
* In the contest settings dlg, you can now set the default power class to use when creating new logs. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
* New archiving feature : File / Archive... (or ARCHIVE text command). It creates a timestamped zipped file in the log directory of the files related to the current log that are selected. Warning : Archiving audio recordings file that are usually pretty large can take a while... Be patient.<br />
* For standardization purposes, all timestamped files are now timestamped to the nearest second.<br />
* Time Shifting : The selection of the QSO and the stations are now independent. And a backup of the log is automatically performed before proceeding. Tnx EA7X/EF4HQ.<br />
* Marconi Memorial HF : Points per QSO updated.<br />
<br />
==Release information 4.37 (June 29, 2021)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* VHF+ contests : Sorting the Spots list by QSO points (related to distance if it can be computed) wasn't working. <br />
* When copying the Summary wnd as text, the "Generated by Win-Test" line was missing. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
* Summary wnd : When using a language different from English, some column titles were incorrectly truncated.<br />
===New features===<br />
* WAE : Rules 2021 : BY is added to the call area multipliers (so Chinese stations with different digits in their prefix count as different mults). Tnx DL7YS.<br />
* ARRL FD : The "Covid" rule (Home stations can work home stations) is extended to 2021. Tnx VE2FWW.<br />
* KCJ and KCJ Top Band contests rules updated. Tnx JI1RXQ.<br />
* VHF+ contests : Discrepancies between gridsquares in the log for different bands weren't displayed in the Bad Exchanges check report. Tnx F4CWN.<br />
* ARRL 10m : LCR viewer updated to fit to the new LCR format.<br />
* The question mark character is now enabled in all QSO input fields, and the cursor is positioned on it when cycling the fields. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* CW : New option for spaced digits in serials : When enabled, a half-space (^) is inserted between each digits of the serial, making it more readable at high speed.<br />
* F10 Wnd : In DXPed HF or VHF, the date of the QSO is now displayed.<br />
<br />
==Release information 4.36 (May 19, 2021)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* In Phone, when entering a (very) long exchange, the cursor might insert a ghost space character at the end of the field.<br />
* VHF+ contests : Under some circumstances, when the automatic exchange (grid) guessing was set, the Check Partial wnd wasn't updated anymore after the field was automatically filled.<br />
===New features===<br />
* CQ-M : Scoring is now updated and follows the rules 2021.<br />
* IARU HF : In M/S (Mixed only) category, the 10-min status timer now takes into account mode changes. Tnx HA6OI.<br />
* HA DX : The Cabrillo output file now includes the RUN/MULT indicator for the M/S entrants. Tnx HA6OI.<br />
* YOTA (Youngsters On The Air) contest implemented.<br />
* ARI DX / ARI 40-80 : Provinces list and exchange equivalence file (ARIPROV.DAT) updated. Tnx HB9AMO, DL6RAI.<br />
* City, State/Prov, Postal Code and Country separate fields added to the contest settings dialog to improve the compatibility with the Cabrillo v3 header fields. These fields are assembled together to maintain the back compatibility with the Cabrillo v2 format if needed. It is highly recommended to edit your saved profiles (if any) by loading, editing and saving them one by one in the dialog.<br />
* CQMM DX implemented.<br />
* All file dialogs are now resizable.<br />
* YUDX : LCR view added.<br />
* LCR viewer : Column order unified.<br />
* OK/OM Contest SSB : This contest was not listed when the contests of the month checkbox (in April) was selected. Tnx F1HAR.<br />
* OK/OM contest : You can now directly download your LCR in Win-Test from the "rejected" link in the final results and preliminary results page.<br />
<br />
==Release information 4.35 (Apr. 9, 2021)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* OK/OM Contest SSB : When entering as non OK/OM, the points credit was wrong when working an OK/OM stn. Tnx F1HAR.<br />
* When parsing the DX cluster stream, lines were discarded if the callsign of the spotter was longer than 9 characters (ex : 3V/KF5EYY-#, K4VET-1-# or JR1BFZ/2-#) and the freq higher than 9999.9 MHz. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
* RSGB Commonwealth Contest : The off-time value wasn't specified for this contest (60 mins) and the default value (15 mins) was used instead. Tnx M0UNN.<br />
* Tools / Automatic CQ Repeat : The delay between CQ was not saved between sessions. Tnx F4CWN.<br />
* Tools / Search for possible bad exchanges : If there was no log discrepancies and a check against the database was requested, it was not displayed. Tnx F4CWN.<br />
* Lua : wtQso:IsModeCw() was always returning false.<br />
<br />
===New features===<br />
* King Of Spain : The 10 min rule for the multi-op entrants is now removed.<br />
* Radio Wnd : Ctrl+R shortcut added to allow cycle the view tabs without using your mouse.<br />
* Option added in the dialog to replace op in batch, to match any operator already entered. <br />
* LZ DX contest : LCR view added.<br />
* SPDX : The limitation on the number of band/mode changes during a clock hour in all categories is now removed.<br />
* RTTY windows : It's now possible to log the data stream to files created with the .ry1 and .ry2 extensions. Tnx DL6RAI. <br />
* The default off-time when not specified in the rules is now set to 30 minutes instead of 15.<br />
* WAEDC : LCR review added. Tnx DL7YS, DL6RAI.<br />
* DX Cluster Announces (Alt+A) : Exchanges can now be displayed (if it applies). Tnx F4CWN.<br />
* DX Cluster announces (Alt+A) : New dialog to facilitate the choice of bands to be displayed, replacing the sub-menus. Tnx F5HRY.<br />
* Alt+F4 / Alt+F5 : When running in CW, the current CW speed is saved when CQ'ing (or using Alt+F5), and is restored when QSYing back to the saved run frequency.<br />
* UI : All textual child windows that can be resized with the mouse (Check Partials (F12), N + 1 (F8), Skeds (Alt+B), Gab (Alt+I), Stats (Ctrl+F9), Radios, RTTY, DX Cluster monitor (Alt+O) and announces (Alt+A)) are now resized according to the size of the font used. To remove this constraint and resize freely, keep the Shift key down while resizing.<br />
* Cabrillo output : The @ character is now allowed in the operators list. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* ARRL DX : Band changes restrictions set to 10 for the M/S category, according to the new rules. Tnx N1PSE.<br />
* Check Partial (F12) : In some cases, when multiple wildcard characters ('?') were used, no search was performed. It's no longer the case as soon as there are at least 2 characters that are not wildcards in the pattern to search. Tnx F4CWN.<br />
* PACC : Cabrillo v3 output implemented.<br />
* Summary wnd : For the Instagrammers and such, your callsign is now added to the window title. Tnx F6BGC.<br />
* Multi-Distributed category introduced.<br />
* More restrictive checks applied to the exchanges database to dump malformed callsigns or exchanges.<br />
* New Exchanges Database information dialog : Options / Data files / Exchanges database... Text commands : EXCHDB, EXCHDATABASE, EXCHFILE or EXCHFILES. Tnx N6TV, DL5YM.<br />
* LCR : Add instructions if Win-Test can't directly download and/or process LCR for some contests.<br />
* RDXC : MOST indicators (0 and 1 for RUN and MULT) added to the Cabrillo output file. The 6-char grid square is now also required for all entrants. Tnx UA9QCQ.<br />
* The callsign exceptions (callsigns that don't follow the usual rules, like RAEM, 5VDE, 7QAA, etc.) are no more hardcoded and are now grouped in the exceptions.dat file (in the /extras directory) for easy updating.<br />
* CQWW 160m : Cabrillo v3 output implemented. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* ADIF output : QSO with my own callsign are always discarded. Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
==Release information 4.34.1 (Feb. 5, 2021)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* EU-DX Contest : The 10m band was missing in the summary. Tnx F1DUZ.<br />
* EU-DX Contest : CW and SSB columns added for the Mixed category.<br />
* Italian translation DLL updated. <br />
<br />
==Release information 4.34.0 (Jan. 25, 2021)==<br />
<br />
===New features===<br />
* Lua API version string is 1.6.0<br />
* QQSLON / QQSLOFF or QQSL / NOQQSL text commands to enable (or disable) the Quick QSL feature. QUICKQSL still opens the Quick QSL settings dialog. Tnx F6IFY. <br />
* EU-DX Contest added. Requires EU.DAT countries file. Tnx IK6QON.<br />
* Lua : wtRadio*:SetFreq(fFreq) and wtRadio*:SetFreq(fFreq, nVfo) now ignore the freq if it's outside of any band, and return with no error message. Tnx F6IFY.<br />
* Lua : wtQso:IsModeDigital() and wtQso:IsModeCw() added.<br />
* Lua : nQsoNum (optional) added as argument to wtQso:GetData([nQsoNum]) function.<br />
* LCR : IARU HF LCR processing rules updated.<br />
* 5VDE added as an exception callsign.<br />
* LCR : If Win-Test supports LCR review and the contest has been entered in a multi-op category, an Operator column is added in the review dialog. Tnx F5HRY.<br />
* OK/OM contest : LCR processing added. Requires to save the "rejected QSO" page as an html file and to load it in Win-Test. Tnx F8BXI.<br />
* CQWW DX : LCR processing rules updated to fit the new CQWW LCR format.<br />
* ARRL Contests : The ARRL has finally unified the US States and VE provinces and territories lists, and the Prince Edward Island abbreviation is now PE for the ARRL DX, ARRL 10 and ARRL roundup RTTY contests.<br />
* NAQP : The Prince Edward Island abbreviation is now PE. Tnx N6TV and AC0W.<br />
* NA Sprints : The Prince Edward Island abbreviation is now PE.<br />
* NRAU contest : New abbreviations for some Fylke / Lan / Province / Region updated. Tnx ES7GM.<br />
* Script manager : The minus key located in the numpad is now considered different from the key located in the character keys. To be consistent, the same rule applies when redefining keys. Tnx F5HRY.<br />
* JIDX : 160m added to the SSB leg. Tnx N6TV and N6KI.<br />
* Icom IC-705 added. Tnx OH1MA.<br />
* "Ethernet network" reworded as "Local Network" to prevent confusion. Tnx FY5FY.<br />
<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* CQWW 160m : The exchange database file ARRL-USVE.DTB wasn't loaded. Tnx DL4MM.<br />
* UK/EI : If the district field was manually filled before the serial number, that field was emptied when the cursor got back to the callsign. Tnx PA2A. <br />
* RAEM Contest : The polar circle location (giving extra bonus points) was slightly wrong.<br />
* The IC-9100 couldn't work... Because of a stupid typo ! Tnx DL2AKT and N6TV.<br />
* WAE RTTY : When the log was reopened, the next sent QTC group number was wrong. Tnx DL6RAI, DJ9MH and DJ4MZ.<br />
<br />
==Release information 4.33.0 (October 14, 2020)==<br />
===New features===<br />
* ARRL SS, ARRL 160, ARRL FD : PE (Prince Edward Island) section added. Tnx W1NN.<br />
* MicroHAM MKIII interface added. Tnx G0HSA, OM7ZZ.<br />
* When a file error occurs when saving DX-cluster data, the user can now Cancel to abort further writing attempts. Tnx DL5MLO. <br />
* Exchanges Databases (.DTB files) : Defensive coding to attempt to prevent at best against crashes under some circumstances with badly-formatted or corrupted databases files. Tnx OK1DSZ @ OK4C.<br />
<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* AGCW-DTC : 2 points Club stations list updated. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
* WAG : The Exchanges file (WAG_DL.DTB) wasn't correctly loaded for DL entrants. Tnx DL4NAC and DL6RAI.<br />
* All Asian DX contest : Cabrillo CONTEST: line text fixed. Tnx VA2EW.<br />
<br />
==Release information 4.32.0 (September 1, 2020)==<br />
===New Features===<br />
* YO DX HF : Contest rules updated (160m added + points for /MM stations).<br />
* WAE DX side : QTC line numbers displayed for easy retrieval in case of repeat request.<br />
* All reports dialogs can now be vertically resized to display more or less list rows. The window placements are also globally saved.<br />
* File / Update Exch Database : A confirmation dialog is now displayed and a backup of the current DTB file is done, before proceeding.<br />
* New Check Partial search processing for VHF+ logs :<br />
: In VHF+ contests logs, you can now enter a partial callsign (in the callsign field) and/or a partial locator / grid (in the grid square field) to refine searches in the Check Partial wnd (F12).<br />
: The minimum number of chars to start the search for the callsign field is set by the contextual menu (3 by default), and set to 2 characters for the locator.<br />
: Finally, in both fields you can also use wildcards characters '?' to represent a character. Ex: "JN?8EQ" will search for all callsigns with locator JN08EQ, JN18EQ, JN28EQ, ... JN98EQ.<br />
: Inspired by DL2NBU DOS software. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* callsign.pat updated. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
* RDAC : RDA.DAT (district list) updated.<br />
* The audio record button is now disabled when recorded audio is playing.<br />
* IOTA Mixed : Summary columns weren't consistent with the rest of them, and created a bug when used with Unipost (cqcontest.net). Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
* When the same callsign was spotted on both sides of a sub-band limit (so, it was considered spotted in both modes), Ctrl-Up/Down kept grabbing these two callsigns alternately. Tnx F5UTN @ TM0HQ.<br />
* ARI Sezioni : Rules and mult list updated. Tnx IV3IYH. Mult List : http://download.win-test.com/databases/ARISEC.DAT<br />
* EU HF Championship : The content of the EU_HF.DTB database was ignored. Tnx EW2AA.<br />
* MMC HF wasn't showing up in the contests of the month in July. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
* LCR review added for ARRL 160, NA Sprint, ARRL Sweepstakes. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* Elecraft K4 added. Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
==Release information 4.31.0 (June 28, 2020)==<br />
===New Features===<br />
* Lua API version string is 1.5.0<br />
* Lua : wtApp:PostMessage, wtApp:SendMessage and wtApp:GetLastError added. Tnx F6BEE for inspiration. See description and syntax in http://download.win-test.com/v4/lua/LuaApiDoc.txt<br />
* ARRL FD : Covid-19 rule exception : Class D stations may work all other Field Day stations, including other Class D stations, for points. Tnx K6ZB.<br />
* Log Checking Report (LCR) review added in the Tools / Check log menu. For now, only the following LCR are processed :<br />
** CQWW DX<br />
** CQWW WPX<br />
** ARRL DX<br />
** ARRL 10m<br />
** IARU HF<br />
** EU HF<br />
** SAC<br />
** KOS<br />
** REF HF<br />
** VHF+ contests if adjudicated with LX<br />
<br />
: Mainly, because these LCR are public, or because I had one ;-). Any textual (or html) LCR can theorically be implemented, as long as I have access to a sample.<br />
<br />
: For various reasons, sometimes the "Download LCR" may not work. In that case, try to download the LCR with your browser and save it in a convenient location (the log directory is the best choice). You can "attach" it to your log by using the "Save" button in the report dialog. <br />
<br />
* Dx-Cluster window (Alt-T) : Number of Macros increased to 8. Tnx PA2A.<br />
* Dx-Cluster macro editor : Window enlarged, and the edit field now wraps to improve readibility. Tnx PA2A. <br />
* The merge dialog now displays "compact paths".<br />
* NRAU Baltic mults list updated. Tnx LB3RE.<br />
* Review of the exchanges databases files to prevent mixing different exchanges between contests. Also, if a contest uses only a part of a database file, the rest is kept untouched if the database is updated with Win-Test.<br />
* Depending on the contest and, if it applies, whose side you're on (DX side or domestic), the callsigns from the master file (namely MASTER.SCP/DTA or .DTB/SCP) are filtered to display only relevant results in the Check Partial and N+1 windows.<br />
* The master file in use can now be directly updated from the Internet (like the CTY files) by using the Options / Data files / Master file menu, or by using the "Used File list" item in the contextual menu of the Check Partial or N+1 windows. <br />
: Note : The recommended default master file to use is MASTER.SCP, maintained by Stu K6TU (http://http://supercheckpartial.com/). <br />
: Reminder : You can also use contest-specific master files (recommended only for minor national or regional contests) named after the list located at http://download.win-test.com/files/checkPartial/%23_READ_ME_%23.TXT These files do not replace the default master file, but complement it at runtime.<br />
* In the contest settings dialog, contests no longer taking place have been removed from the list.<br />
* New REBOOT (or RESTARTPC) text command added. It closes the current log and restarts the host PC. Tnx F8CRH, F6BEE.<br />
* When the exchanges database is updated, a notification message is displayed at the bottom of log. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
<br />
==Release information 4.30.0 (Jan 16, 2020)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* If the backup volume was unmounted, disabling the next backups was failing. Tnx F6HJO. (Task #388)<br />
* Under some specific circumstances, the Single-Op Assisted category wasn't taken into account when importing such a Cabrillo file. Tnx TO1A.<br />
* With multi monitors systems and under some specific circumstances, choosing colors with mouse was impossible. Tnx KL0R.<br />
* The headers row was always included in the CSV output file, whatever the setting was. Tnx F5LIW.<br />
* The LCD display of the contest recorder wnd wasn't always properly updated when using a language different from English.<br />
===New Features===<br />
* HA DX contest rules updated. Tnx HA6OI, HA1AG, F5LIW and others.<br />
* UFT contest rules updated. Tnx F6CEL.<br />
* Yaesu FTDX101 added. Tnx RA1ANY, RA3AUU.<br />
* Icom IC-9700 added. Tnx F1ULQ.<br />
* WAEDC : Cabrillo output file upgraded to v3 specs.<br />
* WAEDC DX side : Send QTC dialog (Ctrl-L) now displays the maximum available QTC to send (if any). You can modify the number of QTC to send, or only display the already sent QTC, with F9 (or the "QTC / Show sent" button). F8 allows to modify the recipient callsign. <br />
* QSO and distinct callsigns counts added in the distinct callsigns report when sorted by country.<br />
* "Copy" button added to the log check dialogs, allowing to easily paste reports in a spreadsheet.<br />
<br />
==Release information 4.29.0 (July 5, 2019)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* When a exception callsign and a prefix were identical in the CTY file, and under some specific circumstances, the DXCC lookup function could fail. Tnx F5LIW.<br />
* FOC Marathon : Stats are now displayed on 3 days. Tnx F5NZY.<br />
* RSGB AFS : Dupe count on 40m was wrong. Tnx G0HSA.<br />
* REF 160m : The total and final score lines weren't displayed in the summary window.<br />
* RTTY : Messages with embedded scripts were hanging Win-Test. Tnx N6TV.<br />
===New Features===<br />
* YU DX Contest rules updated. Tnx F5IN.<br />
* Spot Warnings : When you're spotted, the spot comment, if any, is now displayed.<br />
* RSGB HF contests : District Code for Norwich has been changed from "NR" to "NK". Tnx F1ICS.<br />
* ADIF export : Output fields reordered and STATION_CALLSIGN field added. Tnx YT9TP.<br />
* IARU HF : Cabrillo v3 output file implemented. Fixes also task #384. Tnx OH6XX, N6TV and others.<br />
<br />
==Release information 4.28.0 (June 15, 2018)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* When no MP3 CODEC were detected, start recording was displaying the MP3 settings dialog in an endless loop. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* ARI Contest : Serial numbers for DX stations have separate numbering per band. Tnx ES5TV.<br />
* Validation controls of the split freq edit field strengthened.<br />
===New Features===<br />
* Single-click actions option added to all windows where it makes sense. Tnx K5WQG, N6TV.<br />
* The callsign "6OX" is accepted despite its exotic syntax.<br />
* CQWW RTTY : DC mult added according to the 2018 rules. Tnx W0YK.<br />
* Internal CW keyer (LPT and serial outputs) : Keying compensation added (0 to 20 ms) in the Interfaces setup dlg. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* Icom IC-7610 added. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* REF contest : Off-time periods dialog removed. Tnx F5LEN.<br />
* CW / RTTY : Work dupes by default. Tnx F6IRA.<br />
<br />
==Release information 4.27.0 (Jan 4, 2018)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* RAC contest : Despite the rules indicate MIXED (CW + SSB) category only entries, the F10 wnd wasn't correctly scaled when using a single-mode category. Tnx SP5KP.<br />
* Statistics Wnd (Ctrl-F9) : Under some specific circumstances, the log data weren't correctly displayed in the targets tab. Tnx F5LIW.<br />
* Auto-repeat mode was broken (silly me !). Tnx VE2FWW, N6TV, W4DD and many others.<br />
===New Features===<br />
* DARC XMAS : Sprint logic exchange now applicable for this contest. Tnx K3LR and N6TV.<br />
<br />
==Release information 4.26.0 (Nov 19, 2017)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* When prefixes or callareas are mults, some special callsigns weren't correctly taken into account. Tnx OF100FI/0.<br />
* Status wnd (Alt-J) : Under some specific circumstances, the stations count displayed in the title bar was wrong.<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
* LZ DX : QSO and DUPES columns were inverted in the summary window in single-mode categories, and CW and SSB culumns were swapped in Mixed category. Tnx W3SE / ZL3TE.<br />
* SAC : Wire-Only overlay category added. Tnx OH1RX.<br />
* CSV and text exports : Serial sent text format is identical to the format used in the log. Tnx F5LIW.<br />
* Gab wnd (Alt-I) : Can be cleared now with a CLEARGAB text command.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.25.0) (June 28, 2017)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
<br />
* VHF+ contest : The ODX was broken under some specific circumstances. Tnx F5HRY/P.<br />
* SPDX Contest : The summary window was broken. Tnx SP5KP, F5LIW and others. (Task #380)<br />
* Asia-Pacific sprint : Win-Test was unabled to write the output Cabrillo file. Tnx UA9YE.<br />
* Some AltGr (Ctrl + Alt) keys were not correctly displayed when defined in the script manager or the DEFINEKEYS command.<br />
* Under some very specific circumstances of networking connection / disconnection and sync enabling / disabling, the log file could be corrupted. Tnx PA2A @ PI4CC.<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
* Helvetia contest : New rules 2017 implemented. Tnx HB9AMO and others.<br />
* ARI DX : Allowed bands and 10-minute rule adapted to the rules 2017. Tnx IZ1LBG. (Task #379)<br />
* RSGB AFS : 40m added. Tnx G3RTE.<br />
* The displayed bands selection for the Check Callsign (F9), Check DXCC (Alt-M), Check Mult (F10) and Check Zone (Alt-Z) windows is now done in a dialog box instead of menu items. Tnx F5LIW. <br />
* NA Sprint SSB : The Multipliers list is updated and is now similar to the mult list of the CW/RTTY legs . Also, the equivalence is now NA_SPRINT.DAT for all legs, and has been updated on the repository. Tnx KA9FOX.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.24.0) (January 20, 2017)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* Under some circumstances, the rotators wnd was flickering.<br />
* NA Sprint CW/RTTY : Multipliers list updated. Tnx N6TV, N6TR. Note : You must update your NA_CW_RTTY_SPRINT.DAT equivalence file if you use it, to get credit for the new mults. <br />
* DXPed HF logs : The country list used is now the DXCC one, not the "CQWW" one.<br />
* FT1000 : VFO-B frequency setting enabled. Tnx DL6RAI. <br />
* FT1000 : When setting a split freq, the filter setting wasn't retained. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
* Typo in a menu item. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
* When a callsign was grabbed, the realtime slot of the partners windows were not updated.<br />
* Cabrillo : The alternate frequency option wasn't working for multi-ops logs.<br />
* Under some OS display settings, the Alt-F dialog was truncated. Tnx HA3LN.<br />
* After editing logged QSO, the Alt-J QSY timers were not always accurate.<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
* New network protocol version 1.30 released. Reminder: If you use WT in a networked environment, you must have the same WT version on all machines!<br />
* Lua API version string is 1.4.0<br />
* To make the 3830scores.com reporting easier, the summary columns of the mixed mode contests are reordered. <br />
* DXPed logs (HF and VHF) : The reports entry fields ignore keys which are not digits. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
* Summary wnd (Alt-S) : Displayed bands can be selected. This selection is in sync with the Check Callsign (F9), the Check DXCC (Alt-M), the Check Mult (F10) and the Check Zone (Alt-Z) windows. Note: It's only a display selection to save space : You can still QSY and enter Q on the hidden bands. And all bands are taken into account in the summary totals.<br />
* 60m band added for the DXPed HF logs. NOTES: <br />
: 1) Considering the various freq allocations depending on the country, a minimal band plan has been implemented in the Default band plan. You can modify it, according to your needs. Your custom band plans (if any) must be updated as well.<br />
: 2) DXPed log files containing 60m QSO can't be read with previous versions of Win-Test.<br />
: Tnx DL6RAI for testing.<br />
* NAQP : Mult list and various other things updated according to the new rules. Tnx KL9A.<br />
* ARRL 10m contest : Following the new rules, the multiplier "DF" is changed to "CMX". Tnx N6TV, N5KO.<br />
* Lua : wtQso:GetData API : Gridsquare added in the table returned. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* If a station type is sticked, its type is checked against the rules of a newly created contest file, and can be forced to the default Run type if needed. Tnx N6KI and N6TV.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.23.0) (October 21, 2016)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* WAG DX side : The NM exchange (Non Member) was considered as a N multiplier.<br />
* Alt-F4 : The the CAT activity has now decreased , and the function was broken for mixed-mode logs. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* Entering any text command in Secondary Radio Window moved it to the wrong band. Tnx N6TV. (Task #370/373)<br />
* WAE : Under some circumstances, the log and QTC backup files were corrupted. Tnx F5LIW.<br />
* VHF+ contests : When a gridsquare of a logged QSO was modified, the points weren't correctly computed on the other networked computers, leading to a score difference between them. Tnx DL8AAU.<br />
* Under some circumstances of simultaneous log openings on different machines in a network, Win-Test could crash. Tnx W9PA @ K3LR.<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
* Split Freq dlg : Now accepts offsets from the current frequency. E.g.: If your freq is 7020 and you enter +1.1, the split freq will be adjusted to 7021.1. Negative values (-1.1 for ex.) also work.<br />
* UK/EI DX contest added. Tnx SQ8N.<br />
* Secondary Radio wnd : Columns headings added. The color can be adjusted with the Colors (contextual) menu. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* Radios : FT891, FTDX1200, FTDX3000 and FTDX5000 added. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* WAE Phone : DX side : The INS and CR keys and buttons are now enabled in the transmit QTC dialog. The CR button tags the current QTC as sent. The INS button does the same, and makes the next QTC as the current one. It clearly makes the QTC transmission much easier to follow. Tnx F1HAR.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.22.0) (August 26, 2016)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* WAEDC : DX side CW / SSB : The potential QTC weren't displayed in the radio wnd (bandmap or list) despite the option was checked.<br />
* WAEDC : The left and right arrows now work correctly in the dialog to chose the number of QTC to send.<br />
* QTC transmit dlg : The active QTC wasn't correctly highlighted when using the Ctrl-Fx buttons.<br />
* The default Check Partial / N + 1 file for VHF contests was HF.DTB instead of VHF.DTB. Tnx DK5KMA.<br />
* When 4.20 and 4.21 were on the same LAN (not recommended), with sync enabled, 4.21 was hanging. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* IARU HF : If an HQ was only 2 characters long, it was ignored.<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
* WAE CW : DX side : The CW speed used when sending the QTC is now preserved between sessions, and the Rate wnd is updated accordingly. No need to juggle with Alt-F9/F10 anymore.<br />
* Callsign Wnd (F9) : Tooltip more readable.<br />
* New behaviour of the $NEXT variable in the QTC transmit messages to make life much easier (and less confusing) for the DX stations in the WAEDC CW contest.<br />
** $NEXT must be the first variable in the Ins message. The default message is now: $NEXT $DONE $TIME $CALLSIGN $SERIAL<br />
** Update your current message if it is not up to date<br />
** When $NEXT is executed, the active QTC jumps to the next one ONLY if the current QTC has been already sent.<br />
** With this new behaviour, the usual QTC transmission sequence is now:<br />
*** Ctrl-L / Enter (or 1 to 9) to chose the number of QTC to send (usually 10).<br />
*** After the QTC dlg shows up, exchange the QRV? and the QTC series number with the recipient.<br />
*** From now, hit Ins for every QTC to send, one after the other.<br />
*** If the recepient requests a full resend of the QTC just sent, use CR. If he requests an individual field, use the appropriate Fx key or button. If the QTC is ack'ed, use Ins to send the next one.<br />
*** When all QTC of the series have been sent (and acknowledged), use Ins one last time (or Plus) to thank and save the QTC series.<br />
** In these conditions, you normally shouldn't need to use the Up/Down arrows anymore unless exceptional circumstances.<br />
* CW and RTTY : New $RAWSERIAL variable. Sends the serial number of the QSO with leading zeros and without any abbreviation. Now used in the default F3 msg (if it applies) to repeat the serial in a more traditional way. It also works in the QTC messages.<br />
* Script manager dialog : Ctrl + Double click on a script brings up the properties dialog.<br />
* IOTA contest<br />
** If the IOTA ref is pre-filled from the callsign field content, the new IOTA warning is now displayed if applicable. Tnx F5LIW.<br />
** EXPERIMENTAL : Separate numbering for Multi-One and Multi-Two categories : The RUN or RUN1 stations use a sequence of odd numbers (starting at 1), and the MULT or RUN2 stations use a sequence of even numbers (starting at 2).<br />
** Multi-Two category added. Tnx G3WVG.<br />
** The WAE entities list is now used to prefill the island reference more accurately (ex GM/s stations). Tnx N6TV.<br />
* The DVK bargraph can now be horizontal (default) or vertical.<br />
* Internal DVK : The first and last 100 ms of the messages are now truncated to prevent the keys and mouse clicks to be heard. Tnx SM5AJV and N6TV.<br />
* RTTY shortcuts buttons are now a bit thicker to accommodate older eyes. Tnx SP5GRM.<br />
* Additional CW and RTTY variables :<br />
** $LOC4 and $GRID4 are equivalent to $GRIDFIELD.<br />
** $LOC6 and $GRID6 are equivalent to $GRIDSQUARE or $LOCATOR.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.21.0) (June 27, 2016)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* The CW "No sound" menu item state wasn't consistent with the CW sound status.<br />
* The check mark on Options / Disable Log Sync wasn't consistent when no log was opened.<br />
* The station name displayed in the network error dlg when several masters were on the same LAN wasn't correct.<br />
* Gridsquares map window (Alt-L) : Mouse wheel actions were broken since version 4.7.0 ! <br />
* Stew Perry contest was using VHF.DTB instead of DEFAULT.SCP. Tnx N6TV. (Task #184). <br />
* Serial communications : Under some circumstances, especially with some USB drivers under Windows 10, the inbound stream was not correctly processed. Tnx Jan @ remoterig.com<br />
* Voice keyer (DVK) : Under some circumstances, some audio output devices may miss in the Interfaces settings dialog.<br />
* French Championship : QSO wih FT entities are now credited with 15 pts instead of 6. Tnx F4SGU.<br />
* Remote dlg : The text command is now limited to 13 chars, to comply with the log entry field. Tnx N6TV. (Task #368)<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
* Lua API version string is 1.3.0<br />
* IARU HF : Duplicate HQ abbreviations are now managed. (Task #350)<br />
* The login / logout protocols can be now disabled as the other ones in the advanced network settings.<br />
* Log Sync : Better overall performance. Tnx DJ7TO, DL5MLO and the DA0HQ team.<br />
* Cabrillo Options : New options similar to the File / Clean file options, but the QSO exclusions (or editions) are *only* temporary for the Cabrillo file output.<br />
* ADIF Options : QSO range added.<br />
* Mult Wnd (Alt-M) : The "hide clean sweeps" and "hide never worked" options are maintained during the text / SYLK copy. Tnx ES5TV.<br />
* Tune dlg : For safety, added a 30-second timeout to automatically stop tuning no matter what.<br />
* Stew Perry Challenge : Added for March, June and October.<br />
* Lua : wtQso:GetData API : stnName and stnFlags added in the table returned. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* CW Auto Send : Updated to allow its use when both radios are in RUN mode. Tnx SM5AJV, N6TV.<br />
* Lua : wtApp:TextCommand updated to add strStation and nNotificationID arguments. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* Standard and additional messages : New import / export features. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* Clean log dlg : New option to remove 0 points QSO from the log. Tnx K3LR, N6TV.<br />
* Radios : IC-7300 added. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* CQ WPX RTTY : M/S entrants are now allowed to 10 band changes. Tnx EC1KR.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.20.0) (January 17, 2016)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* ARRL 10m : Tools / Check Bad Exchanges was broken.<br />
* Under some circumstances, the default contest log names were broken.<br />
* ARRL SS : Correct label for the sections field. <br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
* Radios : IC-7600, IC-7800, IC-7850, IC-7851 : New code for a better management of these radios. It requires the latest firmwares. Tnx N6TV, K3LR, K9LA (Icom America), ICOM France, HRO Sunnyvale (CA), AA6W and K6SSJ.<br />
* Radios : FT-991 added. Tnx N6TV, SP5IOU.<br />
* Radio Wnd : New option to enable / disable the RIT display, when applicable. Tnx F5LIW, K3LR.<br />
* PACC contest : Rules 2016. Dutch provinces (for non-PA) and DXCC and call areas (for PA) now count as mult per band and per mode when taking part in Mixed category. Tnx PA5M.<br />
* French Championship : Rules 2016 applied. Tnx F5LEN.<br />
* Radio Wnd : Ctrl-Up / Ctrl-Down in the list view doesn't lose cursor when a Q is entered. Tnx K5KG. (Task #364).<br />
* LZ DX Contest : New rules 2015 for LZ stations applied. The only limitation is the 10-min rule for the M/S station, which is always applied for band *or mode* change, independently of the status of the station (RUN or MULT). Tnx LZ2CJ.<br />
* ARRL SS : Default CW msgs updated. Tnx W2GD, N6TV.<br />
* ARRL SS : Added new message variable $PREC (precedence) for the ARRL Sweepstakes, automatically determined from entry class and power level. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* Log check reports : QSO with own callsign are now ignored. Tnx FY5KE.<br />
* Status wnd (Alt-J) : X-min rule timers now ignore QSO with own callsign. Tnx FY5KE.<br />
* Check country wnd (F10) : QSO with own callsign are now ignored. Tnx FY5KE.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.19.0) (October 15, 2015)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* SAC contest : This contest wasn't displayed in October if the "This month only" checkbox was enabled despite the SSB leg takes place in October. Tnx F5LIW. <br />
* Rate Wnd (Alt-R). Various QSO rate statistics were wrong. Tnx CT1BOH. <br />
* FT1000 : The TRX was switched to RTTY-USB for high bands instead of RTTY-LSB. Tnx DL6RAI @ P49V.<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
* CAUTION: New network protocol version 1.29 released. Reminder: If you use WT in a networked environment, you must have the same WT version on all machines!<br />
* Status Wnd (Alt-J) : Best effort to display the TX freq of the radios. Radio brand and model dependent. Tnx N6TV. Note : Icom users will need the latest Icom firmware, and the latest OmniRig rig definition files (check the N6TV files) to get chances to see VFO B displayed for Icom radios, especially if they want to use split mode.<br />
* Experimental : VHF+ spots : When the comment is using the "Locator<Prop>Locator" format, the second locator is now considered as the DX locator. Tnx G3ZAY, F5HRY.<br />
* Radio Wnd : Spot mode (according to the used band plan) added in the tooltip text.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.18.0) (September 25, 2015)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* NA Sprint : Tools / Check log / Search for possible bad exchanges was broken. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* Rate Wnd (Alt-R). Various QSO and Mult statistics were wrong. Tnx CT1BOH.<br />
* REG1TEST : The mode code is now output in the QSO records. It can be optionally omitted for contests where the mode is not stated in the rules, in accordance to the REG1TEST format specifications.<br />
* WAEDC : The 10-min violations check was performed on the RUN and MULT stations, while this rule only applies to the RUN stations. Tnx DL1EKC.<br />
* Partial (F12) and NP1 (F8) windows : While modifying an already entered QSO, the callsign of the original QSO wasn't correctly ignored during the searches. Tnx FY5FY.<br />
* WAE : Receiving QTC : If the callsign of the QTC sender was modified, and the receiving dialog was cancelled, the modification remained.<br />
* The Win-Test version number is no more extracted from the language file DLL, but rather from the exe itself, to get the correct string when having mutiple Win-Test versions in the same directory. Tnx F5TTU, F6BGC.<br />
* When used in a network environment, a QSO entered on the secondary radio had a wrong serial number on the other machines of the network. Tnx DL5AOJ.<br />
* Radio wnd : Under some circumstances, when your own callsign was entered in the bandmap (Ctrl-Enter), it was displayed as a new mult. Tnx TM0HQ.<br />
* The action on Options / Disable Log Sync wasn't consistent when no log was opened.<br />
* Toolbar : The tooltip text for the summary icon was missing since the very first version of Win-Test ! ;-)<br />
* Bugfix : Alt-F dlg : Under some circumstances, the QSO op. was not specified.<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
* WAE : Receive QTC dlg : Received serials are now formatted with leading zeroes if needed. Tnx F5LIW.<br />
* WAE : Receive QTC dlg : Received times with 2 numbers (minutes) are now set to the correct hour according to the received time of the previous QTC. Tnx F5LIW.<br />
* Radios : IC-7100 and IC-7200 added. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* Cabrillo output file (v3) : eMail address tag added.<br />
* Cabrillo output file (v3) : New option to indicate if you wish to receive, if eligible, a paper certificate sent via postal mail by the contest sponsor. The contest sponsor may or may not honor this tag, and if so may or may not use opt-in or opt-out as the default.<br />
* Cabrillo output file : New option to output the "alternate" frequency for split QSO. May be useful if the available CAT data for your radio can't be used to determine accurately the TX freq vs the RX freq.<br />
* Several specific installers lacked the installation of the msflxgrd.ocx library. Tnx F5UPO.<br />
* CW : SOUND/NOSOUND and associated menu items : This option is now always disabled when Win-Test runs under an operating system after Vista included. It means that it will not work for those OS, and *may* work on previous OS, depending on the hardware. In all cases, it is very recommanded to rely on the TRX internal sidetone instead.<br />
* WAEDC : The SAVELOG, COPYLOG commands and the automatic backups now include the QTC files. Tnx GW3SQX @ GW7O.<br />
* ARRL DX, ARRL 10m and ARRL 160m contests : The Cabrillo output files are now compliant with the v3 specs. Tnx F5PHW.<br />
* Edit menu : New item : Apply exchange to every QSO with...(Ctrl-F10) When applicable, it allows to update exchanges of every Q whose the callsign is identical to the callsign of the current Q, with the exchange(s) of this Q.<br />
* Gab Wnd (Alt-I) : New contextual menu item to clear the content of the window.<br />
* Cabrillo file : Win-Test now ensures the operators list is correctly space-delimited.<br />
* The protocol version is now displayed in the Advanced Settings dlg of the network.<br />
* Status Wnd (Alt-J) : When using a multi-op network, you can now send a remote command to a specific station by opening the context menu on this station name and use "Send remote command to XXX...".<br />
* COPYLOG command : Notification added. Tnx TM0HQ.<br />
* Ctrl + PageUp / PageDown now browses the log by 12h steps instead of 24h initially. This makes it usable for 24h long contests.<br />
* Status Wnd (Alt-J) : When using a multi-op network, you can now ping a specific station by opening the context menu on this station name and use "Ping XXX". The Win-Test version, the Master, Bridgehead, Sync indicators and the propagation time are returned in the Gab window (Alt-I). Reminder : You can use the INV (stands for Inventory) text command to get a summary of the complete network.<br />
* Enhanced replies to the inventory command (INV) with a log sync enabled indicator (S vs s).<br />
* IARU HF : Mult wnd (F10) : AC, R1, R2 and R3 labels updated.<br />
* Contest settings dialog : To prevent any side effect (especially with the network), the syntax of the station name is checked, and 'exotic' characters are replaced by an underscore if needed. Tnx F1UVN @ TM0HQ. <br />
* Alt-F dlg : The read-only station name field is now disabled.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.17.0) (June 30, 2015)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* The ODX per band were sometimes wrong after band modifications of specific QSO. Tnx F1PKY @ F5KMB.<br />
* IARU 50 MHz (and higher) contests : The PSect field of the output files are now in accordance to the REG1TEST specs. Tnx F2DX, OK2ZI.<br />
* MP3 configuration dialog : Under some circumstances, an error loop could occur. Tnx DL6RAI. (Task #363)<br />
* FT2000 : Under some circumstances, read frequencies were not consistent. Tnx F8DBF, F4DXW.<br />
* For some contests, a QSO entered with your own callsign didn't count 0 points. Tnx N6TV. (Task #362)<br />
* MP3 QSO extract : There was a few seconds offset in the recording.<br />
* SP DX contest : When provinces were displayed with the "all bands" option *and* alphabetically, the "Z" province was missing. Tnx DL6RAI. (Task #360).<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
* CAUTION: New network protocol version 1.28 released. Reminder: If you use WT in a networked environment, you must have the same WT version on all machines!<br />
* Status Wnd (Alt-J) : New column for the current op. added. Cf OPON/OPOFF or LOGIN/LOGOUT commands or use nicknames. Tnx ES5TV.<br />
* Set QSO freq dlg (Alt-F): Swap main / QSX freq button added.<br />
* Rate Wnd (Alt-R) : When entering in a category where modes can be mixed, the elapsed time between band changes now takes account of modes as well.<br />
* CQ-M contest : To be compliant with the new rules 2015, there is no more multiplier station, even in M/S. Tnx RU3DNN. <br />
* ARI contest : A station can now be set as a MULT station. The 10 min timer in the Alt-J wnd considers band and mode changes. Tnx ES5TV.<br />
* OK OM DX : Win-Test is now adapted to comply to the new SSB rules. To make things easier, the CW leg is kept unchanged ! Read carefully the rules before entering. Tnx ON5GQ. <br />
* Contest recorder : QSO extraction to a mp3 file : The QSO extraction parameters are now (1) the time before the QSO was _STARTED_ (0 sec by default - it means the clip starts at the same time when you listen to the QSO with AltGr-Enter) and (2) the time after the QSO was _ENTERED_ (10 sec by default). Tnx ES5TV.<br />
* ARRL DX and ARRL 10 : When exporting logs in ADIF, the DC "state" is replaced by MD. Tnx F8ATS.<br />
* Lua : wtScript:AssignArgument now takes the strings "true" and "false" as boolean arguments. Numeric values do not require double quotes. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* Script manager : Properties dlg : Now accepts a default argument even if no key is defined for the script. But, in any case, a key or a text command must be defined to allow a default argument. Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.16.0) (Mar 17, 2015)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
<br />
* REF HF : FS now does count for a French dept instead of a DXCC entity. The final scores were not affected by this bug. Tnx F4EJL.<br />
* If the default directory at launch time wasn't the app directory, the automatic starts of wtDxTelnet and wtRotators were failing. Tnx F5LIW.<br />
* Ctrl-Del (delete spot from bandmap) was broken. Tnx N6TV. (Task #354)<br />
* Network advanced settings dialog : The last outbound protocol was always enabled, despite its setting. Tnx F1HAR.<br />
* Common prefixes to GM and GM/s were considered as GM even if the WAE list was used. Tnx N6TV. (Task #355)<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
<br />
* Spanish and German translations updated. Tnx EB2RA and DL6RAI.<br />
* LUA : Because of a conflict name with the wtScript class, the wtScript variable (name of the Topmost script) is now replaced with wtRootScript. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* RDXC : R7K - Crimea (RK) and R7R - Sevastopol (SE) added to the mults list. Use the latest CTY_OBL.DAT accordingly. Tnx RU3DNN.<br />
* Lua : wtContest:GetMyCallsign() and wtStatus:GetMyStation() added. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* Registration dialog : The QR codes of the registration URL are enlarged.<br />
* ICOM radios : IC-970, IC-9100 and IC-7850 added. Tnx OK8WW, EA8RM and K3LR.<br />
* ARRL DX (DX side) : To strictly comply with the current rules (section 5.2.2), the PEI multiplier (VY2) is now labelled PE. The STATES.DAT is also accordingly updated on the usual repository http://download.win-test.com/files/equivalence/ .<br />
* NA Sprint : Because of the different multipliers per leg, the equivalence files must now be NA_SSB_SPRINT.DAT and NA_CW_RTTY_SPRINT.DAT. They are available on the usual repository http://download.win-test.com/files/equivalence/ . Tnx KD4D and N6TV.<br />
* NA Sprint : DC and the usual 14 Canadian provinces and territories are now considered as multipliers for the Phone leg (the MAR mult. is no longer used). Tnx KW8N.<br />
* UBA DX : Mult stations are now allowed for Multi-Op (Single TX) entries. Also, the 10-min timer for RUN stations is now displayed in the status window (Alt-J). Tnx RU3DNN.<br />
* NA Sprint : KL stations are now considered as US stations and their state (AK) is now in the states list. KH6 stations are also considered as US stations for the Phone leg, and their state (HI) is now in the states list. During the CW / RTTY legs, KH6 stations are considered as DX stations (not NA). Tnx N6TV.<br />
* ARRL 10m : Mixed mode category forced in the Cabrillo output for the M/S entries.<br />
* Script properties : Tooltip added over the key edit field with the key code and modifiers values. It can help for the wtScript:AssignKeyCode function. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* Scripts manager : Run button added. The selected script is run the same way as if it were run by the assigned key (if any), and with the argument set in the properties dialog (if any). Tnx N6TV.<br />
* Lua : wtScript:AssignFKey and wtScript:AssignKeyCode functions added. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* Script Manager : Error message added when the SciTE or the script editor weren't correctly installed or configured. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
* New CW and RTTY variables introduced : $GRAB1 to $GRAB9 to grab from the partner stack slots, and $GRABRT1 to GRABRT3 to grab from the partner realtime slots.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.15.0) (Nov 22, 2014)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* When a voice message contained several script calls in a row, only one out of two was executed. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* ARRL SS : When a callsign is grabbed, the cursor is now set to the serial field. Tnx AC6T, N6TV. (Task #353)<br />
* When not using advanced SO2R with Shift bound to the secondary radio, Shift-Enter now has no action. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* Partner window: The SUPPORT / NOSUPPORT (or PARTNER / NOPARTNER) commands didn't resize the window properly.<br />
* Partner window context menu: The "Remove" item was enabled for empty slots while it was supposed to be grayed.<br />
* Partner stack: If the same callsign was in two adjacent slots in the Partner stack, only one of them was cleared when the callsign was entered in the log.<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
* CAUTION: New network protocol version 1.27 released. Reminder: If you use WT in a networked environment, you must have the same WT version on all machines!<br />
* Contest recorder : AltGr+E shortcut added as "Extract and Save QSO". Tnx N6TV.<br />
* LZ-DX contest : 10 min. CQWW DX rule applied to the M/S entrants, but currently limited to the band changes (the mode changes are ignored). Tnx RU3DNN.<br />
* Partner : There are now two different colors for data entered as Run or as Support. Useful when there are several partner positions for one run. Tnx F5HRY@TM0HQ.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.14.0) (Oct 19, 2014)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* When several mp3 record files from different stations for a given contest were used, the rewind and forward functions led to a crash. Tnx DL8AAU@DR9A.<br />
* Radio wnd: When using a Windows font size option different from 100%, the VFO displays didn't scale up well. Tnx N6XI, N6TV.<br />
* Lua: An error occurred when calling a script with the double-quote key. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* RDAC: The Tools / Check log / Search for bad exchanges function was not working for the RDAC contest. Tnx SP5KP<br />
* In the Alt-M wnd, when data were ordered by number of worked bands/modes, and never worked mults were hidden, the sweep clean mults were always displayed, despite this option was set or not. Tnx CT1BOH.<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
* CAUTION: New network protocol version 1.26 released Reminder: If you use WT in a networked environment, you must have the same WT version on all machines!<br />
* New notes file format and network protocol to ease log corrections within Win-Test. Check the new last items of the Tools / Check log menu.<br />
* Partner: New properties dialog to set the various options. By default, the realtime keystrokes network transmission is disabled when switched to the S&P mode. It can be enabled by choice in this properties dialog. Tnx TM0HQ & N6TV.<br />
* IARU HF: A '?' indicator is now displayed when the received exchange is not an ITU zone, AC, R1, R2 or R3, or not composed of letters only.<br />
* New option in Tools / Check log / Search for bad exchanges, to detect exchanges discrepancies in the log only.<br />
* Merge report redesigned: All conflicts are ordered by time and also by station name.<br />
* The Date/Time dialog (Alt-F) now indicates the station who entered the QSO. Not editable. Tnx F8CRH@TM0HQ. <br />
* New Goto Callsign edit menu (Shortcut Shift+Ctrl+G) to set the cursor on a QSO with a given callsign. By default, the callsign of the current QSO is searched. If it is empty (i.e. if the cursor is set to the last (empty) line of the log), a dialog is opened. The search is done backwards.<br />
* New CW option to enable/disable the speed bursts (+/-) without modifying the messages. Text commands are BURSTS / NOBURSTS. Useful to defeat CW skimmers on-demand.<br />
* Interfaces setup dialog: The lists for each COM port are now reordered to comply with the most current needs.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.13.0) (Jun 30, 2014)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* REF DDFM 50 MHz contest : Default CW msgs were using $GRIDSQUARE (6-char locator) instead of $GRIDFIELD (4-char locator). Tnx F2DX.<br />
* Gab window (Alt-I) : If the content was scrolled back, a double-click on a line set an incorrect default recipient in the opened Gab/Talk dialog. Tnx F8CRH@F6KRK.<br />
* REF VHF contest : Win-Test was asking for the "departement" in the contest settings dialog (was useless), and the help dialog was inappropriate. Tnx F5HRY.<br />
* CQ-M contest : Contest identifier for the Cabrillo and ADIF output files were misspelled. Tnx RU3RQ. (Task #348). <br />
* WPX : The prefix of VY2MGY/3 now resolved as VY3. Tnx N6TV. (Task #347).<br />
* Bugfix : Lua : wtApp:CallScript(name, arg) was always casting arg to a string. Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
* EF6 added as a valid exception callsign. Tnx F6FDR.<br />
* Radio windows - List view : In the "Sort by Mult Type" view, the non-mults stations are now sorted by QSO points in descending order. Tnx G3WW.<br />
* Radio windows - List view : New sorting option by QSO points in descending order, irrelevant of mults, added. Tnx G3WW.<br />
* WRTC 2014 and IARU HF : Check multiplier wnd (F10) : New label for HQs "entities" to prevent confusion with DXCC entities. Tnx CT1BOH.<br />
* Log : The column header of the serial sent (if any) is now correctly labeled ("No."). Tnx N6TV.<br />
* Options / Log / Align exchanges : New option to line up received exchanges in mixed mode. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* WRTC 2014 : Worked Mults wnd (Alt-M). The "copy as text" menu item is now enabled. Tnx CT1BOH.<br />
* WRTC 2014 : /MM stations are not counting for DXCC entity, and are credited depending on their ITU zone. Tnx KM3T.<br />
* WRTC 2014 : The country list used is DXCC (not WAE). Tnx KM3T.<br />
* WRTC 2014 : In the contest configuration dialog, the zone is set to 8, the Gridsquare is set to FN42fg and can't be modified.<br />
* The very singular 7QNL (and future 7QAA) callsigns are now accepted. Their prefixes are also resolved as 7Q0. Tnx PA3FYM. <br />
* Lookup function for the DXCC entities resolver refactored to allow easier extension for cases like the newly introduced 4Y1A and C7A,when callsigns are assigned to two entities.<br />
* RTTY : Fields assignments updated for the NCCC Sprint. Tnx AA2MF.<br />
* King Of Spain contest : SMR multiplier added. Tnx EA4TX.<br />
* Marconi HF : New points rules applied. Tnx IK6BAK.<br />
* Lua : In CW, when chaining wtKeyer:Play() instructions, the word space between the string arguments will be omitted if they end with a "~". Example :<br />
<br />
wtKeyer:Play(string1)<br />
wtKeyer:Play(string2)<br />
: Will omit the word space between string1 and string2 if string1 ends with a "~". Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.12.0) (February 10, 2014)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* UBA DX : The format of the output cabrillo file didn't stick to the required specs. Tnx ON5GQ. <br />
* DARC 10 : Under some circumstances, the DOK field was cleared while it wasn't necessary. Tnx DJ4MZ.<br />
* Lua : The wtApp:CallScript function was always returning a nil value when used with two parameters. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* The log sync enables / disabled setting was not correctly saved between logs openings. Tnx DK9TN@ED6A.<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
* DARC 10 : The NM exchange (Non Member) is no more considered as a multiplier. Tnx DJ4MZ.<br />
* Radios : IC-7410 added. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
* Script Manager : Various UI enhancements and API bugfixes. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* Clear Log : The station type (RUN, MULT, etc.) setting is now preserved when this function is performed. Tnx DK9TN@TK4W.<br />
* Network : Time distribution : A warning now pops up when time sync frames are received, and the Windows user who started Win-Test hasn't enough privilege to modify the system clock. Tnx P40L, N6TV.<br />
* Lua : wtQso:GetData() returned table updated for the specific ARRL Sweepstakes contest. The QSO# received is in the "rstReceived" index, and the Precedence letter is in the "miscInfo2Received" index. Tnx N6TV. (Task #338).<br />
* Mult Window (Alt-M) : New "Hide never worked" option added. Pretty experimental for now, depending on the contest. Tnx CT1BOH.<br />
* Radio windows : The spot selected by a right click is now highlighted to prevent confusion. The highlight color calculation now also works for dark hues. Tnx AD1C@K0RF.<br />
* Stats window : In CQWW DX, the zones / overall display was clipped to the last hour when a new zone was worked.<br />
* Radio windows : Time / Spotter and Comments display options added in the list view. These settings are common to both views. Tnx CT1BOH.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.11.0) (October 20, 2013)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* CQWW RTTY : The check log tool for the number of allowed QSY per hour in M/S was broken. Tnx DL9YAJ @ DR5N.<br />
* Frequency offsets weren't always correctly processed, especially on the secondary radio. Tnx DL5AOJ.<br />
* Extra Data files : Depending on the newline character(s) and other various parameters, the displayed data could be incorrect. Tnx IK0HBN, N6TV.<br />
* When a log was entirely entered manually, the date of QSO wasn't correctly set when using the "<" or ">" keys to access and fill the time field. Tnx F5LEN.<br />
* Under some circumstances of startup order and various settings, a "20 days older or newer log" false alert might be triggered. Tnx F6BGC @ TM0HQ.<br />
* RDAC Contest : Exchanges for callsigns ending with /x (x = 0 to 9) are now searched in the database and the log. Tnx SP5KP. <br />
* AGCW HNY : The (optional) AGCW membership number entry field was emptied when it was not supposed to be ! Tnx DJ0ZY.<br />
* Displayed ODX inconstancy under some circumstances when a QSO was deleted. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
* RAEM : The coordinates entry field was emptied when it was not supposed to be ! Tnx DJ0ZY.<br />
* When using the GOTO function by entering a QSO number and Ctrl-G, the pattern analyser warning message (if any) is now cleared.<br />
* The modifications entered into the Freq Offsets dialog are now taken into account immediately. No need to reload the current log. Tnx YL2GD.<br />
* When using a K3, changing band by entering its wavelength was sometimes setting the wrong LSB/USB mode. Tnx M0VFC (Task #326)<br />
* Under some circumstances, a random character could be entered in the Info field in a DXPed log, when using the Up/Down arrows in this field.<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
* Networking : Sockets initializations updated to comply with the usage of Win-Test in a Linux / Wine environment. The wtCom.dll must be updated (v2.0.4 or better) as well for this usage if needed. Tnx AA6KJ.<br />
* ADIF <br />
** output : Addition of the CREATED_TIMESTAMP field in the header, and the CONTEST_ID field in every QSO record, when applicable.<br />
** Export : The ADIF country code is now added to the QSO record. Requires using the latest CTY_WT.DAT or CTY_WT_MOD.DAT country files (02 August 2013 or later). Tnx AD1C. <br />
* CQWW DX Contest<br />
** The overlay "Classic" category has been added in the contest configuration dialog. It only adds the appropriate line in the Cabrillo output file.<br />
** The overlay category Xtreme is added in the contest configuration dialog, and in the Cabrillo file output as well. Tnx KL1A.<br />
* WAE Contest<br />
** The special calculation for the creation of the offtime section in the Cabrillo file has been removed, being now obsolete. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
** Offtime threshold is now set to one hour. <br />
* Lua<br />
** wtQso:GetData() function added. Returns a table with fields of the current Qso. The current available keys are "time", "band", "mode", "freq", "callsign", "rstSent", "serialSent", "rstReceived", "exchReceived", "miscInfoReceived", "miscInfo2Received".<br />
** wtApp:GetLogFileName() and wtApp:GetIniFileName() functions added. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* UFT contest : Win-Test is now adapted to the new rules 2013. Tnx F6CEL.<br />
* YU DX contest : Totally rewritten because of the new rules 2013 (see http://yudx.yu1srs.org.rs/2013/rules.html). Tnx YU0W and F5IN.<br />
* SPDX Contest : The "12 band or mode changes per one clock hour" rule is now implemented. A simultaneous change of band *and* mode (Ex: 80m CW -> 40m SSB) counts as 2 changes. Tnx SQ2GXO.<br />
* New Tools / Data entry / Priority / Callsign option to ignore any freq or band changes when entering digits only in the callsign field. Tnx P40L, N6TV.<br />
* RAC Winter and Canada Day Contests : The 10-minute rule for the multi-single entrants is now implemented. Tnx VE3JM and N6TV.<br />
* Russian 160 meter : New rules implemented. http://www.radio.ru/cq/contest/rule-results/index2012.shtml. Tnx RZ3DX.<br />
* QR Code added in the registration dialog to help mobile phones users.<br />
<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.10.0) (October 23, 2012)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* YO DX Contest : The child and log windows are now compliant with the chosen mode category (CW, SSB or MIXED). Previously, the mixed mode only was assumed.<br />
* NAQP : The K8 mark for "zones window" (Alt-Z) was labeled K81 instead. Tnx NX5M.<br />
* Text and CSV files options dialogs : The Del key was acting as "Remove all" instead of "Remove". Reminder : Shift-Del acts now as "Remove all", Del acts as "Remove", Shift-Ins acts as "Add all" and Ins acts as "Add". Tnx TM0HQ.<br />
* In the logfile fixing process, the backuped file had a wrong file extension (it was always .wtb). Tnx TM0HQ.<br />
* Status wnd (Alt-J) : Not always correctly ordered when sorted by freq/name. Tnx TM0HQ. <br />
* CQ VHF and CQ 160 : ARRL Section added in the Cabrillo output file for US/VE entrants (Task #323). Tnx W9ZRX & N6TV.<br />
* FT1000(D) : The IF filter setting is retained per mode when grabbing a spot. Tnx DL6FBL @ DR1A.<br />
* Under some concurrency circumstances in a multi-op environment, Win-Test could crash when deleting or modifying spots in the Alt-A or the radio wnds (Task #318). Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
<br />
* ARRL Sweepstakes, ARRL FD and ARRL 160 meter contests : ARRL/RAC sections list updated to comply with the four new RAC administrative sections (ONN, ONS, ONE, GTA), replacing the split Ontario Section. (Task #321)<br />
<br />
* Auto CQ : New option in the appropriate dialog to halt the auto CQ with the Esc key only. Equivalent text commands are RPTESCONLY and NORPTESCONLY. Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
* ARI Sezioni: Cabrillo output compliant with rules 2012. Tnx I2WIJ.<br />
<br />
* ARI DX : Cabrillo output compliant with rules 2012. Tnx I2WIJ.<br />
<br />
* IOTA : New rules 2012 implemented :<br />
** For multi-op (island) stations, display of Band/Mode changes in the rate window (Alt-R).<br />
** Cabrillo file : QSO lines now include RUN or MULT identifiers.<br />
** The score for World to World QSOs is reduced from 3 points to 2 points.<br />
** Island Stations now receive 5 points for World Station QSOs.<br />
** Island Stations now receive also 5 points when working their own Island.<br />
<br />
* RDXC : Oblasts window (Alt-Z) updated following the new list 2012. Tnx HA1AG, SP5KP, F5IN.<br />
<br />
* Check partial (F12) and NP1 (F8) wnds : The [UNIQUE] word has now its own background and text colors to draw the attention of the operator. Tnx CT1BOH.<br />
<br />
* JIDX : Cabrillo file : QSO lines format updated to comply with the new format specifications for the multi-op category. (See task #317). Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.9.1) (October 27, 2011)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* Fix an issue with missing resources which might make WT to crash.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.9.0) (October 26, 2011)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* Problem in Spanish language file fixed. Tks N6TV.<br />
* The exceptions callsigns of the CTY*.DAT files were wrongly parsed when operated from another DXCC entity (ex. W6HGF/KH0). Tnx JE2UFF.<br />
* During a Cabrillo import, if the format of the QSO line wasn't correct, the error message was off one on the QSO number. Tnx W6IZT.<br />
* IARU HF contest : The mode entry was empty in the output Cabrillo file for multi-op categories. It is now set to mixed. Tnx F1HAR @ TM0HQ.<br />
* The Kenwood radio protocol was broken when sending CAT commands with frequencies above the 3420 MHz band. Tnx W8ZN.<br />
* Task #310 : IARU HF contest : For US/VE stations, the ARRL section is now required, instead of the state or the province. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* Entering your own callsign in the bandmap (Ctrl-Enter) was displaying a "spotted by..." alert. Tnx F5JSD @ TM0HQ. <br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
<br />
* When a new file is created, the usage of a network drive is checked and strongly discouraged to prevent log inconstancy. Tnx VK8DX @ 4W6A<br />
* WAEDC : Time shift can now be applied to the QTC. Tnx DL8RDL.<br />
* NCCC Sprint : New rule 2011 : 15m QSO are now permitted. (See task #312). Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.8.0) (June 26, 2011)==<br />
<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* Task #308 : JIDX : 160m QSO points counted 1 pt instead of 4. Tnx N6KI and N6TV.<br />
<br />
* Under some circumstances, DXped audio recordings were not correctly tagged, the file information dialog was incomplete, and the QSO playbacks failed. Tnx VE3EY @ TO3A.<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
<br />
* ADIF : PROGRAMID and PROGRAMVERSION fields added in the file header.Tnx IZ8MBW.<br />
<br />
* LPT Interface : 50 MHz, 144 MHz and 432 (440) MHz band data outputs added. Tnx W8ZN and N6TV.<br />
<br />
* Callsign check rules : The pathetic 9HOHSJ callsign is now added as an exception (like RAEM, JY1 and TX9). Tnx OH2OT, F5HRY.<br />
<br />
* PACC contest : New rule 2011 : QSO are now allowed in each mode for mixed categories. Tnx PA2A.<br />
<br />
* RSGB 160m contest : Single-mode CW-only restriction removed to comply with the new rules 2011. QSO and bonuses are now allowed for each mode. Tnx G3XSV. <br />
<br />
* NAQP : Cabrillo output : The DXCC prefix is now indicated instead of "DX" for North American stations outside of K/VE. Tnx WA7BNM.<br />
<br />
* DARC XMas contest : New rules 2010 : "NM" is allowed as a exchange from the German stations, but is no more credited as a mult. Tnx DJ3WE.<br />
<br />
* DX Spots window (Alt-A) : New option to enable/disable logging of the incoming spots in the .dxc file. It is enabled by default. Under some circumstances (slow antivirus inspection, slow HDD, etc.), saving every spot (especially when using the RBN) was making Win-Test less responsive. The op-entered spots are always saved to allow their restoration on log startup. Tnx HA1AG @ ED9M.<br />
<br />
* Packet window (Alt-O) : New option to enable/disable logging of the packet stream in the .pkt file. It is enabled by default. Under some circumstances (slow antivirus inspection, slow HDD, etc.), saving the packet data stream (especially when using the RBN) was making Win-Test less responsive. Tnx HA1AG @ ED9M.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.7.0) (December 2, 2010)==<br />
<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* Task #300 : WAEDC RTTY : The sent QTC group number was not taken into acount by the other connected machines, and therefore the QTC numbering was garbled in M/* environment. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
<br />
* Task #266 : WAEDC RTTY : No *New Mult* warning. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
<br />
* WAEDC : Number of QTC to send dialog : Even if some buttons were disabled, their associated "number keys" were still active.<br />
<br />
* WAEDC : Sending QTC dialog (Ctrl-L) : In "show" context, and if messages were sent under some circumstances, Win-Test could crash. Tnx IW1QN.<br />
<br />
* WAEDC : Under some circumstances, sent QTC were not always correctly saved.<br />
<br />
* WAEDC : When the number of QTC to be sent is 0 (no more QTC available), all "number keys" and Enter are now ignored in the appropriate dialog.<br />
<br />
* Task #298 : Spacebar key didn't always work properly in the ARRL Sweepstakes contest. Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
* Task #297 : Double-click on Check Multipliers window (F10) didn't work in ARRL Sweepstakes. Tnx N6TV <br />
<br />
* Under some circumstances, if data entered in the time field didn't follow the HH:MM or HHMM format, it could lead to a crash. Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
* WinKey : Speed bursts were not executed if located just before the $LOGGED variable. Tnx ES5TV.<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
* CW Autosend : Feature temporarily disabled when Alt-Space (grab from the RT partner slot), Alt-1..9 (grab from the partner stack) and Ctrl-1..9 (exchange with the partner stack) are used. Tnx ES5TV, N6TV.<br />
<br />
* ARRL 10m contest : New Mexican multipliers added. The name of the database (which is now different from the other ARRL contests) is now ARRL_10M.DTB. Several XE stations (around 300) have been added in the current file: http://download.win-test.com/databases/ARRL_10M.DTB<br />
<br />
* MouseWheel actions are now compatible with HiRes optical mouses like the Microsoft Wireless LASER Mouse 8000. Tnx W9ZRX, N6TV.<br />
<br />
* Bandmap properties : The minimum spot bandwidth is now 0 Hz (!). Tnx SM2WMV.<br />
<br />
* IC775 : Force narrow IF filters when grabbing callsigns in CW. Tnx YL2GD.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.6.1) (Released only for demo and DxPed versions)==<br />
<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* The default directory name for a "DX expedition (VHF and above)" log was wrong. Tnx DJ4MZ.<br />
<br />
* When a callsign was entered by a dbl-click in the N+1 or the partials wnd, and if this feature was set to automatic, the callsign check status wasn't updated. Tnx ES5TV.<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
* COPYLOGCLEAR text command added. Equivalent to the COPYLOG command immediately followed by a CLEARLOG command. Tnx CT1BOH.<br />
<br />
* QTC receive dlg : New variable $QTCROW introduced indicating the QTC line number where the cursor is located. Mainly used in RTTY for asking a resent of a specific line. The default F8 button message is now "AGN QTC $QTCROW?" in this mode. Tnx DK4WA.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.6.0) (October 24, 2010)==<br />
<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* Task #296 : Check mult window (F10) was not updated properly when using in ESM mode with S&P mode selected. Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
* Under some circumstances, the default filename of a contest log could contain invalid characters. Tnx G0ORH.<br />
<br />
* Second zones window : The labels display option was not restored.<br />
<br />
* When grabbing a callsign in the RTTY window, the realtime partner window field wasn't updated. Tnx ES5TV.<br />
<br />
* Task #290 : On restart, Win-Test didn't remember the last SO2R scenario that was selected. Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
* WAEDC : QTC receive dialog (Alt-L). Using the INSERT key in this dlg was crashing Win-Test.<br />
<br />
* Task #291 : RadioWnd : Ctrl-Up/Down weren't working properly in list mode. Tnx ES5TV.<br />
<br />
* Under some circonstances, Win-Test could crash when started with the CapsLock key engaged.<br />
<br />
* Advanced SO2R CW messages dialog : The Esc and Enter keys now work.<br />
<br />
* WAEDC : Clock wnd : QTC in stock was always displayed for M/S entrants regardless of their location (EU or DX).<br />
<br />
* WAEDC : Clock wnd : QTC in stock value was not immediately updated after a Q was received thru the network.<br />
<br />
* EZMaster, MK/MKII/... and OTRSP setup dialogs : The Esc and Enter keys were not correctly handled.<br />
<br />
* Transmit QTC window (Ctrl-L) : Under some circonstances, the context-oriented background colors were not correctly updated.<br />
<br />
* WAEDC : After receiving QTC, the potential QTC counts in the bandmaps were not always updated. Tnx DF9LJ. <br />
<br />
* WAEDC : Every time a Cabrillo file or a summary file was written, the QTC counts were increased. Tnx DF9LJ, DL6RAI, and several others.<br />
<br />
* KCJ : TG (Tochigi) and NR (Nara) multipliers were missing in the Alt-Z window. Tnx F5IN.<br />
<br />
* NAC 10 : Exchange sent are now 6-positions gridsquares. Tnx SM6FKF.<br />
<br />
* Task #284. Your own call incorrectly counted one HQ if such an exchange was entered. Tnx TM0HQ, N6TV. <br />
<br />
* DX cluster (Alt-A) and radio wnds : If the SP or the LP value of the spot was 0°, heading was not displayed. Tnx SM5AJV/SE5E.<br />
<br />
* Task #282: Under some circonstances the QSO number displayed in the report for possible bad exchanges was wrong. Tnx DF1DX.<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
* CAUTION: New network protocol version 1.25 released. Reminder: If you use WT in a networked environment, you must have the same WT version on all machines!<br />
<br />
* The wtArg (and wtArgument) variables are now local to the called script.<br />
<br />
* For phone contesting, scripts can be called from the Advanced SO2R scenarios with the #SCRIPT or #@SCRIPT notation.<br />
<br />
* Lua scripting: New input API:<br />
<br />
:* wtApp:InputUpperText(Prompt, Title, Default) If Title or Prompt is empty, a default text is used. Typed letters are automatically upper-cased while entering.<br />
<br />
* Lua scripting: New wtGab API introduced:<br />
<br />
:* wtGab:Send(strText[, strToStation]) sends a gab strText to strToStation. If strToStation is omitted, the text is sent to the whole network.<br />
<br />
* NCCC Sprint : New rules implemented. Tnx K9MMS, N6TV.<br />
<br />
* CQWW RTTY : In M/S category, the band changes counts are now displayed for the RUN and the MULT stations in the rate window (Alt-R). Tnx ES5TV.<br />
<br />
* Edition keys : To improve the compatibility with CT, Ctrl-B, Ctrl-D and Ctrl-F keys are now processed in the log fields. Tnx N5KO, N6TV.<br />
<br />
* WAEDC : QTC receive dialog (Alt-L) : New $FIELD variable introduced. This variable takes the value "GROUP", "TIME", "CL" or "NR", depending on the kind of QTC field where the insertion point is located.<br />
<br />
* New CW and RTTY options to work dupes or not. If dupes are worked, the $QSOB4 variable is ignored. The equivalent text commands are WORKDUPE/NOWORKDUPE or WORKDUPEON/WORKDUPEOFF. There is a different setting available per mode (CW or RTTY).<br />
<br />
* Task #205 : The $RxRy variables located in the end of a CW message, if any, are automatically appended to the content of the $QSOB4 message if played. Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
* The $QSOB4 variable can now include scripts calls.<br />
<br />
* The scripts calls in the CW or RTTY messages are now synchronous to the CW or the RTTY streams. To execute them asynchronously, they can be called with the #@ notation. Example :<br />
<br />
-- script.wts<br />
wtApp:AlertBox("Hello World!");<br />
<br />
and the CW/RTTY message content is :<br />
<br />
AAA #SCRIPT BBB<br />
<br />
The keyer sends AAA, then "waits" until the user hits the OK button in the "Hello World!" alert box to send BBB.<br />
<br />
If the CW/RTTY message content is:<br />
<br />
AAA #@SCRIPT BBB<br />
<br />
The keyer sends AAA and starts the script (and the alert box is open), *but* it continues to key the rest of the message ("BBB") without waiting the user intervention. This is the asynchronous mode.<br />
<br />
* Lua scripting : One new wtKeyer API introduced :<br />
<br />
:* wtKeyer:Insert(strMessage) : Works for the CW and RTTY keyers. When used in a synchroneous script, if gives the possibility to "fill-in" data into the CW/RTTY message. It is recommanded to use it only in the synchroneous mode (see above) to ensure data are inserted in the right place. WARNING : strMessage can only contain textual data (no variable or script call). It is *not* interpreted by the CW/RTTY parser (except the +/- speed bursts).<br />
<br />
* Lua scripting : New wtStatus API introduced :<br />
<br />
:* wtStatus:GetList() returns a table with names of the stations in the network.<br />
:* wtStatus:GetStatus(strStation) returns a table with fields of the status of a given station. Returns nil if this station doesn't exist. The table keys are "band" "mode" "currentRadio" "radio1Freq" "radio2Freq" "radio1IsManual" "radio2IsManual" "passFreq" "type" and "qsyStatusId".<br />
:* wtStatus:GetFreq(strBand[, strMode]) returns the "best" pass freq for a given band and mode. To determine this frequency, it uses the same algorithm as the $FREQnn variable.<br />
<br />
* Lua scripting : New wtOtrsp API introduced :<br />
:* wtOtrsp:GetDeviceName() returns the name of the OTRSP attached device.<br />
:* wtOtrsp:GetFirmwareVersion() returns the firmware version of the OTRSP attached device. NOTE : Some devices do not support this API, and return an empty string.<br />
:* wtOtrsp:Send(strCommand) sends a command string to the OTRSP attached device. The trailing <CR> character is optional, and is appended if needed.<br />
<br />
* Scripts manager dialog usability improved. Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
* OTRSP : If the OTRSP device has controls and if they can generate events, dedicated Lua scripts are called when events occur :<br />
:* otrspCrOn.wts and otrspCrOff.wts (not case-sensitive) are called when such a control has values 1 and 0 respectively. wtArg is set to the control number (0 to 9).<br />
:* otrspCrEvent.wts (not case-sensitive) is called for all states of the events. wtArg is set to (256 * cr) + state (cr = control number - 1 to 9, and state = value of the state when the event occured - 0 to 255).<br />
<br />
WARNING : If the PTT events are used, the control 0 is restricted to this usage, and doesn't fire the otrspCrOn/Off/Event.wts scripts. If the PTT events are not used, otrspCrEvent is not called when an event on this control occured. Only the otrspCrOn/Off scripts are executed.<br />
<br />
* microHAM devices : When an attached footswitch is used, two dedicated Lua scripts named microhamFsOn.wts and microhamFsOff.wts (not case-sensitive) are called. wtArg is set the radio number of the footswitch (0 for MK/MKII - 0 or 1 for MK2R/MK2R+/u2R depending<br />
on the footswitch that generated the event).<br />
<br />
* Elecraft K3 : To circumvent erratic loss of control when used with various other devices, CAT stacked commands are now sent in a delayed sequence. Tnx N6TV, N6XI, and others.<br />
<br />
* Lua Scripting : New wtMicroham API introduced :<br />
:* wtMicroham:GetDeviceId() returns the ID of the microHAM attached device. Check the Lua constants for interpretation.<br />
:* wtMicroham:GetFirmwareVersion() returns the firmware version string of the microHAM attached device.<br />
:* wtMicroham:Send(strCommand) sends a command string to the microHAM attached device . The trailing <CR> character is optional, and is appended if needed.<br />
Tnx ES5TV, N6TV, OM7ZZ.<br />
<br />
* Contest settings dialog: The contest combo box is now divided in sections.<br />
<br />
* Status Wnd (Alt-J) : Code rewritten to adapt the window columns to the contest in progress : The band is displayed if the current contest is multi-band. The mode is displayed if the current contest is multi-mode, and the type (R, M, etc.) is only displayed for Multi-Op HF contests. Also, when the CQWW M/S multiplier rule is used, new indicators are displayed in the QSY column.<br />
<br />
* Status Wnd (Alt-J) : Rewording of "QSY Freq" to "Pass Freq". Menu items adapted too.<br />
<br />
* Status Wnd (Alt-J) : When operating in SO1R/Multi-Op technique, the Radio 2 freq is automatically hidden, and the Radio 1 freq is now using the same color as the other items of the line.<br />
<br />
* RDA Contest : All DXCC entities are taken into account for multipliers, even the Russian ones. Tnx UA2FF and RX3RC.<br />
<br />
* COPYLOG text command added : Duplicate the current log file (.wt4) in the current log directory with a timestamp added in its name. Useful to quickly save the current log right after a contest warm-up, just before clearing it (CLEARLOG) and start the contest. Tnx DL6RAI for inspiration.<br />
<br />
* MP3 Contest Player : You can now select which channel(s) - Left, Right or Stereo - to listen to. When Left or Right is selected, this channel is sent to both outputs for a more pleasant listening. Useful to listen to true SO2R stereo recordings. The shortcuts (AltGr+C for Left / AltGr+V for Stereo / AltGr+B for Right) have been chosen for their location on the keyboard.<br />
<br />
* WAEDC : Received QTC window (Alt-L) : The contest recorder keys are now active also in this window.<br />
<br />
* RDA contest : ADIF export : The first two chars of received district (if applicable) are saved as STATE field and the district (reformatted as XX-dd) is saved as CNTY. Tnx UA2FF. <br />
<br />
* RDA contest : For Russian entrants, a QSO with a /P Russian station (assumed to be a C1 or C2 stations) is now credited with 10 pts. Note that using /P for C1 or C2 stations is *not* mandatory (Check the note 5.2 of the English rules). Tnx UA6AA.<br />
<br />
* WAEDC : Received QTC window (Alt-L) : The ESC key only works if no field have been edited (and closes the dialog). If a field has been edited, the ESC has no action (except interrupting CW etc.). Tnx F5VIH/SV3SJ.<br />
<br />
* WAEDC : Transmit and Receive QTC windows (Ctrl-L and Alt-L): Modified wordings for some buttons, and easier usability for users, especially when using Esc and Ctrl-L/Alt-L to close these windows. Tnx DL6RAI, DF9LF, G3TXF.<br />
<br />
* WAEDC : Transmit QTC window (Ctrl-L) : In CW or RTTY, if no QTC is sent, the Ctrl-L and Esc keys close the dialog with no confirmation asked. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
<br />
* WAEDC : Receive QTC window (Alt-L) : If no field is edited, the Alt-L and Esc keys close the dialog with no confirmation asked. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
<br />
* WAEDC : Receive QTC window (Alt-L) : To improve consistency with the log edition keys, a new key set is introduced :<br />
<br />
Alt-Arrows : Moving from one field to another (replace Ctrl-Arrows)<br />
Shift-Backspace: Delete all the characters left of the cursor<br />
Shift-Del: Delete all characters under and right of the cursor <br />
Ctrl-A: Like [Home]<br />
Ctrl-E: Like [End]<br />
Ctrl-W: Clear the current field<br />
Ctrl-K: Like [Shift-Del]<br />
Ctrl-Z: Undo field edition<br />
Ctrl-Left arrow: Like [Home]<br />
Ctrl-Right arrow: Like [End]<br />
<br />
Tnx F5VIH/SV3SJ<br />
<br />
* WAEDC : If the "Show additional information on QTC traffic" option is enabled, the callsign syntax check status messages are no more displayed, to free the message line for the QTC status. Only applies to the WAEDC. Tnx DJ0ZY.<br />
<br />
* LUA scripting : Two new global variables wtScript and wtCurrentScript introduced. wtScript contains the name of the top-most called script, with no extension, and wtCurrentScript contains the script name currently executed (no extension). For example :<br />
<br />
-- foo.wts<br />
wtApp:AlertBox(wtScript .. " / " .. wtCurrentScript);<br />
wtApp:CallScript("bar");<br />
return -1;<br />
--<br />
<br />
-- bar.wts<br />
wtApp:AlertBox(wtScript .. " / " .. wtCurrentScript);<br />
--<br />
<br />
When foo is executed, the first alert box will display "foo / foo" and the next one will display "foo / bar". Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
* Check country wnd (F10) : New option to display (or not) the sun charts. Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
* ESM embedded script : When using the SO2R advanced technique, the scenarios messages are used instead of the standard ones. Tnx SM2WMV, N6TV and F6IFY.<br />
<br />
* Remote commands dialog : Various different options for the notification are now allowed.<br />
<br />
* Script manager : Added the possibility to attach a text command to a script. You can even pass a argument with the SCRIPT/ARGUMENT syntax (ex : SCRIPT/5 will call script.wts and the wtArg value is set to the string "5" - Caution : The argument is *always* passed as a string when the script is called from a text command). If no argument is specified, the default argument defined in the script manager will be used (if any). Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
* IARU HF : Mult wnd (Alt-M) can now be copied as text (and pasted as text or directly in a spreadsheet program). Does not apply for the WRTC version that has a different multiplier rule.<br />
<br />
* IOTA : Even if IOTA.DAT is not installed, IOTA references that are syntaxically valid are now taken into account for points credits and are written in the Cabrillo file. Tnx SM3CER. <br />
<br />
* IOTA : Mult wnd (Alt-M) can now be copied as text (and pasted as text or directly in a spreadsheet program). Tnx G3TXF.<br />
<br />
* The check logs tools reports are now adapted to the mixed contests.<br />
<br />
* Enhanced replies to the inventory command (INV) with bridgehead and time masters indicators (B vs b and T vs t).<br />
<br />
* BRIDGEHEAD/NOBRIDGEHEAD text commands added.<br />
<br />
* IARU HF : "BA" added to the exception list of the cut numbers translation, despite this abbreviation is not listed as the official one of the E7HQ Society. Cf http://www.iaru.org/iaru-soc.html Tnx UA6AA and many others.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.5.2) (July 3, 2010)==<br />
<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
<br />
* Bugfix : Fixed a problem with registration in some versions.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.5.1) (June 27, 2010)==<br />
<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
<br />
* Bugfix : MP3 information files dialog could lead to a crash if no mp3 file were present in the current log directory.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix : ARI Sezioni - RTTY : Only valid 4 digits codes can be now grabbed from the RTTY wnd as an exchange. Tnx IK0CHU.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.5.0) (June 5, 2010)==<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
<br />
CAUTION: New network protocol version 1.24 released<br />
<br />
Reminder: If you use WT in a networked environment, you must have the same WT version on all machines!<br />
<br />
These network modifications only affect the use of Win-Test in a WAN environment, and requires wtTunnel 1.12 (to be released) to be effective.<br />
<br />
* Workaround: YCCC SO2R Box outputs were not working as expected. At this time, AUX1 and AUX3 are assigned to Radio1, and AUX2 and AUX4 to Radio2. This will be customizable in the future.<br />
<br />
* Added a Extraction Feature in Contest Recorder (right-click in the Contest Recorder Window, and chose the "Extract and Save QSO" menu).<br />
<br />
* Text commands : <tt>MP3SETUP</tt> and <tt>SCRIPTS</tt> commands added. Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
* Scripts manager dlg : The delete key now acts like clicking on the Delete button.<br />
<br />
* New microHam device "USB micro2R" supported. Tks OM7ZZ.<br />
<br />
* Radio Wnd and DX Cluster Wnd (Alt-A) : New leading indicator (#) introduced to tag spots coming from a CW Skimmer (aka the spotter callsign ends with "-#").<br />
<br />
* CW cut numbers translation : New option in Tools / Data entry to disable the automatic translation. Note that this translation is performed on a contest and worked station contextual basis. The equivalent text commands are <tt>CUTON</tt> and <tt>CUTOFF</tt>. Do not use <tt>CUT/NOCUT</tt> that are reserved for CW cut numbers generation ! Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
* EXPERIMENTAL : New "Always On Top" option in the Options / Windows menu. Can also be (re)set with text commands. Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* Bugfix : IC-7600 : Split was broken. Tnx N3MX, I2WIJ.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix : In M/* configuration, and under certain circumstances, the mp3 files list associated with a station in the MP3 file information dialog could be wrong.<br />
<br />
* ARRL DX : CW cut numbers are translated for DXCC stations worked from the US/VE side.<br />
<br />
* MP3 setup : Only the CBR codecs are now displayed in the setup dialogs. The usage of the ABR codecs (most of the LAME ACM ones) is too erratic to be trusted in. Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix : REF HF : Cut numbers were translated for TK stations (2A). Tnx F5CQ.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix : Additional CW messages (Alt-C) : When no log is opened, the function keys are now disabled.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix : Recorder wnd : Under certain circumstances, the buttons tooltips were not always displayed.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix : HA DX contest : When working contest from the HA side, cut numbers where always translated, whereas it had to be so for non-HA callsigns only. Tnx HA3LN.<br />
<br />
* Contest Recorder: the "rotate file" option were disabling the AutoStart one. Fixed. Thanks IK2JUB.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.4.0) (January 17, 2010)==<br />
<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* Bugfix (#255): K1EL WinKey USB CW timing becomes very poor (Farnsworth style) when PTT delay is default 50 ms. This was caused by too low hardcoded value (80ms) of the PTT Tail delay. This delay is now configurable in the Winkey Properties Dialog Box. Tks F5JSD, SM5AJV, KL7RA and N6TV.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix (#253): Input Wave Device was not properly selected in the Contest Recorder Module. Tks N6TV, NR5M.<br />
<br />
* MP3 files information dialog : Under certain circumstances, the displayed stop time and duration of the selected file were wrong. Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix (#271) : Packet window (Alt-T) was losing focus when the gab window was automatically closed. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix (#272) : Under certain circumstances, pattern checking flags were not updated if an entered callsign was modified. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
<br />
* DARC 10 : Leading zeros addition for serial received was broken. Tnx DK1AX.<br />
* Bugfix : MP3 files recorded in 2009 couldn't be listened to anymore in Win-Test in 2010 ;-) ! Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix : Stew Perry : Under certain circumstances, an overflow error could happen in distance calculations for Q inside the same GridSquare as the entrant. Tnx VE3TA.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix (Task #270) : ARRL 10 : When running the contest from the DX side, the serial sent was not editable. Tnx CX6VM.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix : RTTY wnds : Left-click to activate (and right-click to open the contextual menu) in the text area were broken. Also, the possibility to Ctrl-Drag these windows has been added.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix : ARI 40/80 contest in RTTY : The provinces can now be grabbed in the RTTY wnd. Also fixed for the ARI International Contest. Tnx IK0CHU.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix : The Inventory and Score broadcast network frames could have bad data. Tnx SV3SJ/F5VIH.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix : After opening a non-empty log, the first PgUp press was not updating the child windows.<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
<br />
* Added some new features of the WK2 (WKUSB) for the PTT Tail. Tks F5JSD, K1EL.<br />
<br />
* OmniRig supported as an alternative to the WT build-in Radio Control. Right-click on the Radio Window then choose "OmniRig Settings" in order to properly configure OmniRig for your Radio.<br />
<br />
* IC-703 rig added.<br />
<br />
* First attempt in OTRSP (Open Two Radio Switching Protocol) protocol support. Tested with the YCCC SO2R Box but not in real conditions. Tks K1XM.<br />
<br />
* Log output : Progress bar implemented. Tnx TF3CW.<br />
<br />
* Edit / Move in my log menu item has now text commands equivalents: <tt>MOVEINMYLOG</tt> (or <tt>SCROLLMYLOG</tt>) and <tt>NOMOVEINMYLOG</tt> (or <tt>NOSCROLLMYLOG</tt>). Tnx 5B4WN.<br />
<br />
* Rate wnd (Alt-R) : Two methods are now available to display the elapsed time since the last band changes. Tnx F1NGP and TK5EP.<br />
<br />
* MRU (Most Recently Used) file list added in the File menu.<br />
<br />
* IC-7600 rig added.<br />
<br />
* ICOM rigs : Radio list rearranged alphabetically in the Interface Setup dialog.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix : RTTY wnds : The invert function was also inverting the character next to the selection.<br />
<br />
* RTTY wnds : Mirror zone enlarged to allow 4-figures serials.<br />
<br />
* RTTY wnds : Callsigns found in the database or in the log are now displayed in bold.<br />
<br />
* RTTY wnds : Colors management added.<br />
<br />
* Grid Squares wnd : It can now be enlarged to the entire world. Tnx F8BBL.<br />
<br />
* Grid Squares wnd : New options in the contextual menu to display fields only, and to center the map on a specific point more easily (it requires the map is NOT centered on the Home QTH in the properties dialog).<br />
<br />
* Grid Squares wnd : The resolution (low or high) chosen in the properties dialog wasn't properly saved.<br />
<br />
* CQWW WPX Contests (Task #269) : Various updates to comply with the new rules introduced in 2010. Tnx K5ZD, W0YK.<br />
<br />
* ARRL Contests : Default Off-time period set to 30 mins. Tnx CX6VM and DL6RAI.<br />
<br />
* New "-n" or "--noautoload" switch allowed in the command line to disable the autoload log feature. Tnx N6TV (The only Win-Test user who runs it from the command line ;-) ).<br />
<br />
* Startup time reduced.<br />
<br />
* CSV and Text exports : HF logs can now export distance and heading. CAUTION : To ensure consistency with the VHF logs exports (and many geographical processing softwares or online apps), the longitude is now positive for East, and negative for West.<br />
<br />
* Tools / Check log / Callsigns syntax check added. Uses the pattern callsigns rules file (callsign.pat).<br />
<br />
* LUA : wtArg can now be used to get the optional argument set in the Script Manager or in a #SCRIPT(argument) call. To ensure compatibility, wtArgument remains usable.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix : Under some circonstances, some key assignments to scripts were not working properly. Tnx DJ0ZY.<br />
<br />
* Script key assignment dialog : If no key is assigned, the argument field is now automatically cleared and disabled.<br />
<br />
* Lua : New API to get the type and the manufactuer of the radios: wtRadio*:GetTypeId() and wtRadio*:GetManufacturerId(). Reminder : wtRadio* applies to wtRadio, wtRadioInactive, wtRadioPrimary, wtRadioSecondary, wtRadio1 or wtRadio2. New Lua WT constants are introduced for this purpose. A new directory on our download repository has been created to gather the API and the constants lists : http://download.win-test.com/v4/lua/<br />
<br />
* REF 160 : As non-domestic stations can send non-numeric exchanges the CW cut numbers translation is now disabled. Tnx F5IN.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.3.0) (November 23, 2009)==<br />
<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* Bugfix: playing back MP3s recorded on different stations was broken. Tks FY5KE.<br />
<br />
* Contest Recorder (#253): USB Voice Codec was not detected due to a trailing space in the Codec Name. Fixed. Tks N6TV.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix (#182): Wrong QSX Frequency in Self-generated Spots. Tks K1GQ.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix (#262): CQ Repeat doesn't stop for Secondary Radio. Tks DJ0ZY.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix (#259): Pressing Alt-1 in Secondary Radio window moves QSO to wrong band. Alt-1/2/3/... are now active only with the Primary radio and when the Partner Wnd is open. Tks N6TV.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix (#251): NA Sprint - LOCATION record not written to Cabrillo file header. Done also for IARU HF, NAQP and NCCC Sprints. Tks N6TV.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix (#243): WPX contest now requires LOCATION in Cabrillo. Done also for CQWW even if it doesn't seem required yet. Tks N6TV.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix : Ukranian DX contest and RDXC : Cut numbers were translated even for Oblasts. Tnx F5IN and RK1AA.<br />
<br />
* UFT HF : Under some circonstances, the received report was not correctly translated with cut numbers. Tnx F5IN.<br />
<br />
* CQWW M/S : The 10-minute mult timer in the status window (Alt-J) was broken. Tnx FY5KE. <br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
<br />
* Italian translation added. Tks IV3IYH!<br />
<br />
* Search for Possible Bad Exchanges against bad formated serial number implemented. Tks N6TV.<br />
<br />
* Added some basic checks for ARRL SS in the "Search for Possible Bad Exchanges" tool. Tks N6TV.<br />
<br />
* The '<' and '>' keys are now interpreted by the Secondary Radio Window as well, as far as the SHIFT key is not used for binding to the Secondary Radio Window (task #216). Tks N6TV.<br />
<br />
* WAE : When using the keyboard mode in the QTC transmitting and receiving dialogs, the Enter key was mis-interpreted. And now, in CW, the "what you type" field is also updated. Tnx DL6RAI and DJ4MZ.<br />
<br />
* Lua : New API to play the additional CW/RTTY messages (Alt-C set)<br />
<br />
wtKeyer:PlayAdditionalMsg(AdditionalMsgIndex)<br />
<br />
AdditionalMsgIndex is the index of the Alt-C messages set (1 to 12). Others are ignored. This API is useful when these messages contains variables. If not, you can still use wtKeyer:Play("$MSGx").<br />
<br />
* Lua: New API introduced to get various interesting directories paths:<br />
<br />
wtApp:GetLogPath() Current log directory path<br />
wtApp:GetAppPath() Win-Test installation directory path<br />
wtApp:GetCfgPath() \cfg directory path<br />
wtApp:GetCtyPath() \countryFiles directory path<br />
wtApp:GetDatabasePath() \databases directory path<br />
wtApp:GetOpPath() \ops directory path<br />
wtApp:GetScriptPath() \scripts directory path<br />
wtApp:GetExtraPath() \extras directory path<br />
<br />
* WAE : Transmit and Receive QTC windows : Scripts are now allowed in the predefined CW/RTTY messages (use the #SCRIPT notation as usual). Tnx DL6RAI. <br />
<br />
* Ukranian DX contest : Rules 2009 now accept single mode entries for DX : Cabrillo file output updated. Tnx F5IN.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.2.0) (October 21, 2009)==<br />
<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* Bugfix: Conversion of binary file containing QTC from v3 to v4. Tks DJ4MZ.<br />
<br />
* Better support of Win7 and Wine/Linux.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix (#258): Failure of swap radio key to switch rx focus for the MK2R+ as long as one not manually changed the rx focus to stereo or transmitted anything in CW. Tks GW3NJW, OH1JT, OM7ZZ, W4TV.<br />
<br />
* Cosmetic: avoid rx focus leds flickering when switching tx focus. Tks OM7ZZ.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix (#187): Ctrl-Shift-Tab doesn't appear to toggle RUN / S&P in Secondary radio window. Tks N6TV, GW3NJW.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix : K3 serial port default setup modified : The number of stop bits was wrong - It is now set to one stop bit, according to the K3 users manual. Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
* ON Winter and Spring contests : Sections list updated. Tnx F5IN and ON5GQ.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix (#257) : CQWW DX RTTY : Cabrillo template modified to match the specs. Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix : CQWW DX RTTY : Allowed band changes modified to 8 in MS and M2 categories (rules 2009). Tnx F5JY.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix (#164): TI5/NP3D is now parsed as TI. Tnx JE2UFF/W2UFF.<br />
<br />
* CTY files : 4U30VIC now considered as 4U1V in an appropriate way. Tnx DL6LAU.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix : After reloading a WAE log, the QTC count in the Summary window was wrong. Tnx DK1AX.<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
<br />
* Scripting: wtQso:GetModeId() and wtKeyer:GrabHighlightedCallsign() function added. Note that wtKeyer:GrabHighlightedCallsign() works only in RTTY, and relies on the INSERT key option set in the RTTY setup dialog.<br />
<br />
* New option in the Clock wnd to "wizz" this window a la MSN at rounded hours, to draw attention of the op (useful in multi-op configurations).<br />
<br />
* New feature in Tools / Scripts manager... : Allows to edit, create, delete or rename scripts. It's also used to assign a key and/or an argument to a script (its value will be available in the wtArgument global variable).<br />
<br />
* Scripts called by an assigned key can return +1 to be called again *after* the WT key processing ooccured. A new API wtApp:IsPostKeyProcess() is introduced to distinguish the "pre"- process from the "post"-process.<br />
<br />
Example:<br />
<br />
RunSPSwitch.wts (assigned to Ctrl-Tab) :<br />
<br />
if (wtApp:IsPostKeyProcess()) then<br />
if (wtQso:IsOperatingModeRun()) then<br />
wtApp:SetWindowColor(-1, 0, 165, 165);<br />
else<br />
wtApp:SetWindowColor(-1, 128,128,128);<br />
end;<br />
else<br />
return 1; -- Triggers a post key process call<br />
end;<br />
<br />
Note : This feature works only for users scripts called with an assigned key (and *not* with embedded overriden scripts).<br />
<br />
* Scripts can now be called from a CW or a RTTY message. You must use the #SCRIPTNAME(ARGUMENT) notation. The argument (and parenthesis) are optional. The script will be called synchroneously, but is executed in the main thread, meaning that it is not blocking the CW/RTTY stream.<br />
<br />
* New feature in Options / Script Editor configuration : Allows to use any external text editor to edit scripts. The default text editor is a custom package of SciTE (Scintilla Text Editor - free and open source) available on our repository<br />
<br />
http://download.win-test.com/utils/SciTE_for_Win-Test.zip<br />
<br />
Unzip the package and move the entire SciTE folder in the Win-Test installation directory.<br />
<br />
* YO DX Contest : Rules 2009 : In mixed mode, a station can be worked in both modes. Tnx N2YO.<br />
<br />
* Tools / Check log for possible bad exchanges : When the contest do not use serial numbers, use the QSO index in the report remarks. Tnx F1HAR @ TM0HQ.<br />
<br />
* Keys redefinitions : The Pause and Scroll-Lock keys can now be used. Be warned that Ctrl-Scroll-Lock and Ctrl-Pause (that are considered as "identical" by the system) are used by Windows to cancel dialogs. Thus, it is advisable to not use them for key redefinition.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.1.0) (August 8, 2009)==<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
<br />
* IOTA contest: "Search for possible bad exchanges" (tools menu) implemented.<br />
<br />
* Rotator Azimuth orders are now based on the locator instead of the DXCC on 50 MHz and above. On 50 MHz and 70 MHz, if the locator field is empty in the log, then the azimuth is computed against the DXCC prefix.<br />
<br />
* New text commands RUNSP/NORUNSP and RUNSPON/RUNSPOFF to enable or not the RUN/S&P switching. Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
* New contest files : You can now customize the file name and sub dir formats. See Options / Log / New contest files properties... Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
* IOTA contest : Default IOTA reference is now guessed, according to the new CTY_IOTA.DAT file (must be in the countryFiles directory). This file is based on DXCC countries, callsign prefixes, call areas and oblasts.<br />
<br />
* IOTA contest : Check mult wnd (F10) : IOTA references are now autocompleted for check during QSO entry.<br />
<br />
* New File menu items to explore more easily several WT-related directories. Tnx F5VIH/SV3SJ and N6TV.<br />
<br />
* DX Window (Alt-A) : Spot can be now passed to the secondary radio or the non-active radio. Tnx DL8WAA.<br />
<br />
* M2/Orion rotators added in wtRotators. Tks IK0HBN.<br />
<br />
* The RRTC Cabrillo files are now following the version 3 specs. And the contest name is modified as "OZCHR". Tnx F5VIH/SV3SJ.<br />
<br />
* CW and RTTY msgs enlarged to 120 characters.<br />
<br />
* Extra information files : Multiple spaces or tabs can now separate the callsign from the data. Tnx G0ORH.<br />
<br />
* New File dialog : Ensures the validity of the entered file name. Tnx DJ7MGQ.<br />
<br />
* ESM : S&P : When the entered callsign is a dupe, WT now blocks call. To override this behaviour, use F4 to call and F2 to send exchange (by default). Tnx GW3NJW.<br />
<br />
* VHF+ contests : Mode is now displayed in the main log wnd if the contest has been set to handle several modes (Mixed or All modes). Tnx DK2ZF and DL5NAH.<br />
<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* The displayed azimuth in the Rotator Window could be wrong in the "Stacks" and "Rotors" tabs.<br />
<br />
* EUHF : Statistics window (Ctrl-F9) limited to one day. Tnx F5VIH/SV3SJ.<br />
<br />
* IOTA contest : When an invalid IOTA was entered, clearing the field afterwards wasn't clearing the '?' flag.<br />
<br />
* Contest Recorder:<br />
** Infinite loop in MP3 file rotations. Tks DD5FZ.<br />
** Memory Leak using LAME encoder.<br />
** MP3 Codec enumeration in the player. WT was not always detecting the appropriate Codec.<br />
** Playback with Windows VISTA. Note that the LAME Codec is an Encoder Codec only.<br />
<br />
* When radios were swapped (*), the ESM QSO status was somewhat messy.<br />
<br />
* For some contests, the letters for cut numbers were inappropriately translated.<br />
<br />
* After a WT v3 file conversion, the main window caption was not updated.<br />
<br />
* MP3 files information : The file date was off by one month. Tnx F5VIH/SV3SJ.<br />
<br />
* Cabrillo Import : The station name for all worked QSO was CABRILLO. Now, it uses the name entered in the Contest Settings dialog. Tnx F5VIH/SV3SJ.<br />
<br />
* Callsign text color wasn't reset after F11 or empty callsign if the callsign check wasn't automatic. Tnx DJ0ZY.<br />
<br />
* Delete QSO : Several structures inconstancies fixed when a Q was deleted in the middle of the log.<br />
<br />
* In REG1TEST exports (European Standard File for V/UHF Contests), QSO logged in mode different than CW or SSB was not well formatted. Tks DL5NAH.<br />
<br />
* Options / Log / Colors... menu was broken. Tnx F5LIW.<br />
<br />
* Check Country wnd (F10) : Sun status bars now display "NO DATA" when SS and SR are not computed (JW, JX etc.). Tnx DJ0ZY.<br />
<br />
* (Task #245) Network advanced settings : The Bridgehead setting was not saved. Tnx KL7RA and N6TV.<br />
<br />
* Opening a .wtb file in the command line, by drag'n'drop or a double-click on it was starting an infinite loop. Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.0.1) (June 30, 2009)==<br />
<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
<br />
* Options / Toolbar setting was ignored on startup. Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
* ESM was broken. Tnx F1HAR.<br />
<br />
* Registration Key was broken.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.0.0) (June 26, 2009)==<br />
<br />
First release of Win-Test version 4<br />
<br />
Minimum requirements : WinXP (2k not tested but may mork - feedbacks<br />
welcome). PIII 500 MHz - 64 MB RAM - 800 x 600 screen res.<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
<br />
Summary of the new features:<br />
<br />
* Rotators Controls<br />
<br />
* Integrated MP3 contest recorder and player: Use the Options / MP3 configuration to set the audo device that will record and play the file, the various sampling and bit rate settings. You can also set a maximum filesize. Over this limit, additional files will be automatically created. To start recording click on the record button of the window (a blinking red square will be displayed in the clock window too). Once the contest is over, click on the record button again to stop recording. Now, you can browse your log with usual arrow keys and to listen to a specific Q but clicking the Play button or use the <code>AltGr-Enter</code> combination (some keyboard do not have an <code>AltGr</code> key, so use <code>Ctrl+Alt</code> instead). You can also go back and forward with the adapted buttons or use AltGr-Left and Right. To pause/play, you can use the <code>AltGr-Space</code> combination.<br />
<br />
* ESM (Enter Sends Message): Enabled/Disabled by the Tools/Data entry/ESM Enabled menu. You can also use the ESM/NOESM or ESMON/ESMOFF text commmands. It relies on the following messages assignation : <br />
F1 : CQ<br />
F2 : Sent report<br />
F4 : Mycall<br />
F5 : Logged callsign ($LOGGED)<br />
F7 : ? (or "Again ?" in phone)<br />
INSERT : Callsign + sent report<br />
PLUS : TU + enter Q<br />
When the ESM is enabled, as the return key *can't* be used anymore to log silently a QSO, the key combination Ctrl+Plus has been introduced and added for this purpose.<br />
<br />
* Variable speed for the integrated voice keyer : An exclusive Win-Test feature! You can play your voice files at a different speed (between -20% and +70%) from the original recording speed. Record your voice files at normal speed, and use Alt-F9/F10 (as in CW mode) to play them at a different speed. The speed in displayed at the bottom of the (Rate) Alt-R window.<br />
<br />
* On the fly callsign pattern check based on the K1TTT callsign.pat file (over 400 rules applied today). Use the Tools / Data entry / Callsign check menu option. You are encouraged to report the author any mistakes or improvements of this file (k1ttt@arrl.net). The file is located in the cfg directory (see below).<br />
<br />
* Improved F10 window with graphical indication of the sun status on both sides of the QSO.<br />
<br />
* Keyboard mode (Alt-K) enhanced. The backspace is not supported yet and replaced by "E E " like you do when you use a regular key.<br />
<br />
* Data (.wt4) and notes (.not) files can be transferred thru the WT network without needing any file or directory sharing. Very convenient to gather all logs in a multi-stations environment once the contest is over. Use the Tools / Download thru the network... menu. <br />
<br />
* Enhanced compatibility with Vista and Seven (Auxiliary and ini files are now stored in directories these OS accept with no additional rights:<br />
<br />
Windows XP : Documents and Settings\All users\Application Data\Win-Test\<br />
Windows Vista : ProgramData\Win-Test\<br />
<br />
Note that these directories may be hidden by Windows Explorer. Check the Folders Options of Windows Explorer.<br />
<br />
Several sub-directories are created and used by Win-Test. Their names are self-explanatory.</div>Dl6raihttps://docs.win-test.com/w/index.php?title=Release_Notes&diff=5016Release Notes2023-04-10T05:56:01Z<p>Dl6rai: </p>
<hr />
<div>==Release information 4.43.0 (July 1st, 2022)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* Bugfix : The CW default messages for the REF DDFM 50 MHz were wrong.<br />
* Bugfix : The title of the LPT port properties dialog was incorrect.<br />
* Bugfix : When using markers in the bandmap and if the marker text was totally visible, the first line of the tooltip was empty. Tnx F6BGC.<br />
<br />
===New features===<br />
* All Asian DX : Cabrillo updated to v3.<br />
* Generic VHF+ contests have been extended to accommodate contests where a fixed exchange is sent instead of a serial number. Just enter this exchange in the "Exchange" field of the contest configuration dialog. If this entry field remains empty, the usual serial numbers are used. Tnx DL6RAI, DJ0ZY.<br />
* All VHF+ generic contests are no more limited to 6-char grids (locators) and now accept 4-char grids (locators) exchanges as well.<br />
* New option in the Cabrillo options dialog and the REG1TEST options dialog to set the claimed score to 0 point. Useful if you are using a contest template that is not fully adapted to the scoring method, and you don't want to mess up the claimed scores (if any).<br />
* The names of two microwaves bands over 76 GHz were wrong. They are now correctly labelled 122G and 134G, instead of 119G and 142G. Tnx F4CWN.<br />
* New band data code available on the LPT output, designed for VHF+ bands, from 50 MHz to 122 GHz. Tnx F4CWN.<br />
* Band plans : New option to reject (automatic) spots outside the defined segments for a given mode, acting as filters. Tnx DL3DXX. Reminder : By default, the band plans are used to determine the mode of the (non-automatic) spots. They don't act as freq filters.<br />
* Merge Logs : When sorting logs and if the timestamps of two (or more) QSO are identical (can happen if logs were imported from Cabrillo files), Win-Test now relies on the serial sent (if any) to order these QSO. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* Yaesu FTDX-10 added. Tnx DL4LAM.<br />
<br />
==Release information 4.42.0 (May 20, 2022)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* The display options of the zones window(s) (Alt+Z) were not always correctly retained between sessions. Tnx F5LIW.<br />
* Notes report dlg : After editing a note, the log caret (cursor) wasn't restored.<br />
<br />
===New features===<br />
* When creating your Cabrillo log, you can now also submit it in one click to the Super Check Partial Database. This feature requires wtScpSubmit.dll which is included in the latest Win-Test installers. If needed, this dll is also available at http://download.win-test.com/utils/wtScpSubmit.dll. It must be placed in the Win-Test installation directory. Under some circumstances (especially with oldest OS), you may need MSVCP140.dll and/or others to be installed on your system. The easiest way is to install the latest Microsoft Visual C++ Redistributable packages for Visual Studio X86 available here: https://aka.ms/vs/17/release/vc_redist.x86.exe. Finally, on Win7, to ensure TLS 1.1 and 1.2 are enabled, apply this easy fix https://is.gd/QlQgbg<br />
* CQ-M : 10-minute rule for MOST (M/S) entries removed (rules 2022).<br />
* Add LCR parsers to the CQ-M, RAEM, and Yuri Gagarin DX contests.<br />
* Add the Out Of Band sections to the CQ WW and CQ WPX LCR parsers. Tnx F6KOP.<br />
* OK/OM : Rules 2022 : The Q with Russian and Belarus stations count 0 point and don't count as multipliers. See http://www.okomdx.crk.cz/ (OK-OM DX contest website) for details.<br />
* Interfaces Setup dialog : The keying compensation can now be negative (in the case where the TRX extends the keying). Tnx N6TV.<br />
* CQWPX : Rules 2022 : The Q with Russian and Belarus stations count 0 point and don't count as multipliers. See https://is.gd/HIMOLP (CQWPX blog) for details.<br />
* Lua : It's now possible to attach Lua scripts to text commands that are identical to mode names ("SSB", "CW", "RTTY", etc.). In these cases, the script will be called *after* the command is processed normally by Win-Test. Tnx TK5EP.<br />
* The DX spots window (Alt+A) display options are now interactive.<br />
* World Map : Options : The colors of the paths can now be the same as the markers.<br />
<br />
==Release information 4.41.0 (Feb 15, 2022)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* REG1TEST / EDI : Under some circumstances, the ouput file wasn't created. Tnx OZ1ZAA.<br />
* $MSG10 was actually sending the additional MSG1 instead of MSG10. A 20-year old typo in the code ! Tnx SP5KP.<br />
<br />
===New features===<br />
* Lua API version string is 1.8.0<br />
* Op-entered spots are now protected from spots of the same DX on a freq inside the mode bandwidth window. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
* NA Sprint : LCR parser updated. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* New countdown timer added (Tools menu or TIMER text command), especially for the single-ops. It indicates exactly when they can operate again after a pause. It's based on the time of the last QSO entered in the log, truncated to the minute. You can also use the text command TIMER/nnHmmM or TIMER/nnHmm (meaning nn hours and mm minutes), or TIMER/xxH (nn hours) or TIMER/nnM (nn minutes) to set and start the timer automatically. Tnx F5NZY.<br />
* Shortcuts added to some of the reports buttons.<br />
* QSO times are now by default considered as truncated to the minute for Time ON / Time OFF calculations and the QSY rules. Tnx F5NKX.<br />
* Contest Recorder : AltGr+O, and text commands RECORD/NORECORD (and STARTRECORD/STOPRECORD) added to Start/Stop recording.<br />
* UBA DX : Updated to comply with the rules 2022. Tnx F5LIW.<br />
* World Map : "Copy content as image" menu item added.<br />
* RTTY windows : Esc button added. Tnx PA2A.<br />
* Notes report dialog. It's now possible to edit a note by selecting it and use Alt-N to modify the comment. Tnx F4CWN.<br />
* REF HF : For M/S entrants, the compliance of the 10-min rule can be checked by using the appropriate item in the Tools / Check log menu.<br />
* REF HF : Timer added in the Alt-J wnd for the M/S entrants.<br />
* Lua : New wtRadio* API : wtRadio*:GetBand(), wtRadio*:GetMode() and wtRadio*:GetCqData() added. GetBand() and GetMode() return the current band and mode of the radio. GetCqData() return a Lua table with various data on the last sent CQ (that are stored for Alt-F4) : "freq", "qsx", "band", "mode" and "wpm" (for CW).<br />
* World Map : New options to display short and longs paths for "my spotters" and the NCDXF beacons.<br />
* New "NCDXF" text command to set the active radio on the NCDXF beacons frequency (if it applies).<br />
* New option in the world map display option to show the NCDXF beacon that currently transmits if the radio is on the NCDXF frequency (+/- 100 Hz).<br />
* The world map display options are now interactive. Different styles and a night opacity slider are also added.<br />
* The "copy as image" feature now also copies the image in PNG format, to extend the paste scope (mail, twitter etc.).<br />
* The RBN nodes and frequent spotters databases can be directly updated with the contextual menu of the map wnd (Display options).<br />
<br />
==Release information 4.40.0 (Jan 18, 2022)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* Automatic op-entered spots during QSOs (especially in S&P) were not replaced by DX-cluster / external spots.<br />
* When sending a gab composed of CAPITAL letters, do not shake our own gab window.<br />
===New features===<br />
* Interface dialog : The usable COM ports are now extended up to COM32. The parameters list now also displays the Handshake (HS), Always ON (ON) and Always OFF (OFF) settings, and are ordered by Pin (DTR then RTS). Tnx DL5XJ, DL6RAI.<br />
<br />
* New NCDXF/IBP Beacons window : Displays the transmission schedule of the NCDXF / IBP (International Beacons Project) beacons. A double click on a line gets the radio on the beacon freq. An "i" (stands for "info") in the status column indicates a comment you can read by hovering the mouse over it. Tnx VE3SUN.<br />
* LCR : Croatian CW contest LCR parser added.<br />
* LCR : Parser for CQ WW LCR updated. Works for preview and final reports.<br />
* New feature : You can now grab a spot from the visible spots in the Radio windows or in the DX-cluster window by entering the callsign (or some letters of it) and Ctrl-Space.<br />
* REF HF and REF 160m : LCR process updated. Tnx F4CWN.<br />
* French (and some Begian) users : Button added in the keys redefinitions dialog to load AZERTY redefinitions that allow the AZERTY keyboards users to access the numbers located on the top row without using the Shift or Shift Lock keys. They allow direct access to the ?, . and / keys of the bottom row as well. This button is displayed only when the language is set to French.<br />
<br />
==Release information 4.39.0 (Dec 6, 2021)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* Bugfix : For several contests, the columns headers were overlapping. Tnx F5HRY.<br />
* WinKey : When using +/- in messages, the speed was randomly not reset to its initial value and the next message was sent with an incorrect greater speed. Tnx NN7CW and DL6RAI for their detailed reports and numerous tests to fix this long-standing bug. <br />
* OK/OM CW DX-side : The district information display in the Mult window (F10) was broken.<br />
* When Win-Test was started from the command line with an alternate application data directory (-a switch), the directory name wasn't unquoted. Tnx F1HAR.<br />
===New features===<br />
* DX cluster (Alt-A) and Radio windows : The CT1BOH spot quality tags can now be displayed if they're sent by the skimmer. You can also filter the displayed spots by tag when applicable. Unless it's disabled by the user, in the list tab of the Radio window, the displayed spots are grouped by quality before being sorted. Tnx ES5TV.<br />
* Script Manager : Hyperlink to the Lua API reference web page added.<br />
* Op-entered spots are kept until worked or deleted on purpose, even if other stations are externally spotted on their frequencies. Tnx DL6RAI. <br />
* Radio wnd : List tab : When spots are sorted by points or mult type, the second sorting criteria is now the beam heading rather than the spot frequency. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
* Gab : To draw attention, any gab text containing only CAPITAL letters now shakes the recipients gab window.<br />
* SCP files : Defensive coding to attempt to prevent at best against crashes under some circumstances with badly-formatted or corrupted SCP or MASTER files. Tnx SP5KP.<br />
* RDA Contest : LCR view added.<br />
* OK/OM CW : 10 mins timer enabled for M/S category. RUN stations only.<br />
* Larger log font sizes available for short-sighted ;-) Tnx TA2SE, W1NN.<br />
* DX Spots window (Alt-A) : New option to pin the op-entered spots to the bottom of the window so you can always see them. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
* WAG : The output Cabrillo file is now following the v3 specs. Tnx DL1RTL.<br />
* EU-DX : Multipliers list updated. Tnx IK6QON.<br />
<br />
==Release information 4.38.1 (Oct 25, 2021)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* After importing a Cabrillo file, the resulting wt4 file couldn't be opened by Win-Test 4.38.0. Tnx F5LIW.<br />
<br />
==Release information 4.38.0 (Oct 25, 2021)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* LCR parser fixed for the CQ WPX reports.<br />
* CW : The spaced digits option was not read when starting Win-Test. Despite the ckecked option in the menu item, it was not enabled. <br />
* CQWW VHF : When using the default CW messages, the sent grid was 6-char instead of 4-char. Tnx F5HRY.<br />
* IARU HF : There are cases where different DXCC entities have the same Society (ex OH and OH0) and were counted as different mults.<br />
* The "Dupes included or not in QSO counts and avg calculations" string in the summary text was always in local language even if summary in English was selected.<br />
===New features===<br />
* Lua API version string is 1.7.0<br />
* Defensive coding to check the log file when opening to prevent file corruptions. Tnx DL1DAW.<br />
* Workaround for the USBSER.SYS bug that doesn't update the RTS line until DTR is accessed. Tnx R2AXZ (author of the Blue Pill Serial Monster).<br />
* RDA Contest : Cabrillo updated to v3. <br />
* WAE Transmit and Receive windows : New messages available.<br />
* WAE : New CW variable $RAWTIME to send the QTC time with cut numbers disabled.<br />
* WAE : Transmit QTC window : A QTC line can now be directly sent by using the coresponding numeric key (0 sends the line labelled 10).<br />
* Lua : New wtContest API : wtContest:GetCategoryId(), wtContest:GetModeCategoryId(), wtContest:GetPowerClassId() and wtContest:GetOverlayId() added.<br />
* Lua : For standardization purposes, the microHam and OTRSP events scripts are now renamed :<br />
<tt><br />
microhamFsOn -> onMicrohamFsOn<br />
microhamFsOff -> onMicrohamFsOff<br />
otrspCrOn -> onOtrspCrOn<br />
otrspCrOff -> onOtrspCrOff<br />
otrspCrEvent -> onOtrspCrEvent<br />
</tt><br />
For now, to maintain compatibility, the script legacy names are still executed.<br />
* Lua : New scripts called on log opening (onFileOpen) and on log closing (onFileClose).<br />
* EU HF : The Cabrillo header is updated (EUHFC instead of EU-HF). Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
* CQWW DX : The Youth overlay is added to the Overlay drop-down list.<br />
* CQWW DX : The Explorer category is added to the Category drop-down list (Single-Op Explorer and Multi-Op Explorer).<br />
* In the contest settings dlg, you can now set the default power class to use when creating new logs. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
* New archiving feature : File / Archive... (or ARCHIVE text command). It creates a timestamped zipped file in the log directory of the files related to the current log that are selected. Warning : Archiving audio recordings file that are usually pretty large can take a while... Be patient.<br />
* For standardization purposes, all timestamped files are now timestamped to the nearest second.<br />
* Time Shifting : The selection of the QSO and the stations are now independent. And a backup of the log is automatically performed before proceeding. Tnx EA7X/EF4HQ.<br />
* Marconi Memorial HF : Points per QSO updated.<br />
<br />
==Release information 4.37 (June 29, 2021)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* VHF+ contests : Sorting the Spots list by QSO points (related to distance if it can be computed) wasn't working. <br />
* When copying the Summary wnd as text, the "Generated by Win-Test" line was missing. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
* Summary wnd : When using a language different from English, some column titles were incorrectly truncated.<br />
===New features===<br />
* WAE : Rules 2021 : BY is added to the call area multipliers (so Chinese stations with different digits in their prefix count as different mults). Tnx DL7YS.<br />
* ARRL FD : The "Covid" rule (Home stations can work home stations) is extended to 2021. Tnx VE2FWW.<br />
* KCJ and KCJ Top Band contests rules updated. Tnx JI1RXQ.<br />
* VHF+ contests : Discrepancies between gridsquares in the log for different bands weren't displayed in the Bad Exchanges check report. Tnx F4CWN.<br />
* ARRL 10m : LCR viewer updated to fit to the new LCR format.<br />
* The question mark character is now enabled in all QSO input fields, and the cursor is positioned on it when cycling the fields. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* CW : New option for spaced digits in serials : When enabled, a half-space (^) is inserted between each digits of the serial, making it more readable at high speed.<br />
* F10 Wnd : In DXPed HF or VHF, the date of the QSO is now displayed.<br />
<br />
==Release information 4.36 (May 19, 2021)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* In Phone, when entering a (very) long exchange, the cursor might insert a ghost space character at the end of the field.<br />
* VHF+ contests : Under some circumstances, when the automatic exchange (grid) guessing was set, the Check Partial wnd wasn't updated anymore after the field was automatically filled.<br />
===New features===<br />
* CQ-M : Scoring is now updated and follows the rules 2021.<br />
* IARU HF : In M/S (Mixed only) category, the 10-min status timer now takes into account mode changes. Tnx HA6OI.<br />
* HA DX : The Cabrillo output file now includes the RUN/MULT indicator for the M/S entrants. Tnx HA6OI.<br />
* YOTA (Youngsters On The Air) contest implemented.<br />
* ARI DX / ARI 40-80 : Provinces list and exchange equivalence file (ARIPROV.DAT) updated. Tnx HB9AMO, DL6RAI.<br />
* City, State/Prov, Postal Code and Country separate fields added to the contest settings dialog to improve the compatibility with the Cabrillo v3 header fields. These fields are assembled together to maintain the back compatibility with the Cabrillo v2 format if needed. It is highly recommended to edit your saved profiles (if any) by loading, editing and saving them one by one in the dialog.<br />
* CQMM DX implemented.<br />
* All file dialogs are now resizable.<br />
* YUDX : LCR view added.<br />
* LCR viewer : Column order unified.<br />
* OK/OM Contest SSB : This contest was not listed when the contests of the month checkbox (in April) was selected. Tnx F1HAR.<br />
* OK/OM contest : You can now directly download your LCR in Win-Test from the "rejected" link in the final results and preliminary results page.<br />
<br />
==Release information 4.35 (Apr. 9, 2021)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* OK/OM Contest SSB : When entering as non OK/OM, the points credit was wrong when working an OK/OM stn. Tnx F1HAR.<br />
* When parsing the DX cluster stream, lines were discarded if the callsign of the spotter was longer than 9 characters (ex : 3V/KF5EYY-#, K4VET-1-# or JR1BFZ/2-#) and the freq higher than 9999.9 MHz. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
* RSGB Commonwealth Contest : The off-time value wasn't specified for this contest (60 mins) and the default value (15 mins) was used instead. Tnx M0UNN.<br />
* Tools / Automatic CQ Repeat : The delay between CQ was not saved between sessions. Tnx F4CWN.<br />
* Tools / Search for possible bad exchanges : If there was no log discrepancies and a check against the database was requested, it was not displayed. Tnx F4CWN.<br />
* Lua : wtQso:IsModeCw() was always returning false.<br />
<br />
===New features===<br />
* King Of Spain : The 10 min rule for the multi-op entrants is now removed.<br />
* Radio Wnd : Ctrl+R shortcut added to allow cycle the view tabs without using your mouse.<br />
* Option added in the dialog to replace op in batch, to match any operator already entered. <br />
* LZ DX contest : LCR view added.<br />
* SPDX : The limitation on the number of band/mode changes during a clock hour in all categories is now removed.<br />
* RTTY windows : It's now possible to log the data stream to files created with the .ry1 and .ry2 extensions. Tnx DL6RAI. <br />
* The default off-time when not specified in the rules is now set to 30 minutes instead of 15.<br />
* WAEDC : LCR review added. Tnx DL7YS, DL6RAI.<br />
* DX Cluster Announces (Alt+A) : Exchanges can now be displayed (if it applies). Tnx F4CWN.<br />
* DX Cluster announces (Alt+A) : New dialog to facilitate the choice of bands to be displayed, replacing the sub-menus. Tnx F5HRY.<br />
* Alt+F4 / Alt+F5 : When running in CW, the current CW speed is saved when CQ'ing (or using Alt+F5), and is restored when QSYing back to the saved run frequency.<br />
* UI : All textual child windows that can be resized with the mouse (Check Partials (F12), N + 1 (F8), Skeds (Alt+B), Gab (Alt+I), Stats (Ctrl+F9), Radios, RTTY, DX Cluster monitor (Alt+O) and announces (Alt+A)) are now resized according to the size of the font used. To remove this constraint and resize freely, keep the Shift key down while resizing.<br />
* Cabrillo output : The @ character is now allowed in the operators list. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* ARRL DX : Band changes restrictions set to 10 for the M/S category, according to the new rules. Tnx N1PSE.<br />
* Check Partial (F12) : In some cases, when multiple wildcard characters ('?') were used, no search was performed. It's no longer the case as soon as there are at least 2 characters that are not wildcards in the pattern to search. Tnx F4CWN.<br />
* PACC : Cabrillo v3 output implemented.<br />
* Summary wnd : For the Instagrammers and such, your callsign is now added to the window title. Tnx F6BGC.<br />
* Multi-Distributed category introduced.<br />
* More restrictive checks applied to the exchanges database to dump malformed callsigns or exchanges.<br />
* New Exchanges Database information dialog : Options / Data files / Exchanges database... Text commands : EXCHDB, EXCHDATABASE, EXCHFILE or EXCHFILES. Tnx N6TV, DL5YM.<br />
* LCR : Add instructions if Win-Test can't directly download and/or process LCR for some contests.<br />
* RDXC : MOST indicators (0 and 1 for RUN and MULT) added to the Cabrillo output file. The 6-char grid square is now also required for all entrants. Tnx UA9QCQ.<br />
* The callsign exceptions (callsigns that don't follow the usual rules, like RAEM, 5VDE, 7QAA, etc.) are no more hardcoded and are now grouped in the exceptions.dat file (in the /extras directory) for easy updating.<br />
* CQWW 160m : Cabrillo v3 output implemented. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* ADIF output : QSO with my own callsign are always discarded. Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
==Release information 4.34.1 (Feb. 5, 2021)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* EU-DX Contest : The 10m band was missing in the summary. Tnx F1DUZ.<br />
* EU-DX Contest : CW and SSB columns added for the Mixed category.<br />
* Italian translation DLL updated. <br />
<br />
==Release information 4.34.0 (Jan. 25, 2021)==<br />
<br />
===New features===<br />
* Lua API version string is 1.6.0<br />
* QQSLON / QQSLOFF or QQSL / NOQQSL text commands to enable (or disable) the Quick QSL feature. QUICKQSL still opens the Quick QSL settings dialog. Tnx F6IFY. <br />
* EU-DX Contest added. Requires EU.DAT countries file. Tnx IK6QON.<br />
* Lua : wtRadio*:SetFreq(fFreq) and wtRadio*:SetFreq(fFreq, nVfo) now ignore the freq if it's outside of any band, and return with no error message. Tnx F6IFY.<br />
* Lua : wtQso:IsModeDigital() and wtQso:IsModeCw() added.<br />
* Lua : nQsoNum (optional) added as argument to wtQso:GetData([nQsoNum]) function.<br />
* LCR : IARU HF LCR processing rules updated.<br />
* 5VDE added as an exception callsign.<br />
* LCR : If Win-Test supports LCR review and the contest has been entered in a multi-op category, an Operator column is added in the review dialog. Tnx F5HRY.<br />
* OK/OM contest : LCR processing added. Requires to save the "rejected QSO" page as an html file and to load it in Win-Test. Tnx F8BXI.<br />
* CQWW DX : LCR processing rules updated to fit the new CQWW LCR format.<br />
* ARRL Contests : The ARRL has finally unified the US States and VE provinces and territories lists, and the Prince Edward Island abbreviation is now PE for the ARRL DX, ARRL 10 and ARRL roundup RTTY contests.<br />
* NAQP : The Prince Edward Island abbreviation is now PE. Tnx N6TV and AC0W.<br />
* NA Sprints : The Prince Edward Island abbreviation is now PE.<br />
* NRAU contest : New abbreviations for some Fylke / Lan / Province / Region updated. Tnx ES7GM.<br />
* Script manager : The minus key located in the numpad is now considered different from the key located in the character keys. To be consistent, the same rule applies when redefining keys. Tnx F5HRY.<br />
* JIDX : 160m added to the SSB leg. Tnx N6TV and N6KI.<br />
* Icom IC-705 added. Tnx OH1MA.<br />
* "Ethernet network" reworded as "Local Network" to prevent confusion. Tnx FY5FY.<br />
<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* CQWW 160m : The exchange database file ARRL-USVE.DTB wasn't loaded. Tnx DL4MM.<br />
* UK/EI : If the district field was manually filled before the serial number, that field was emptied when the cursor got back to the callsign. Tnx PA2A. <br />
* RAEM Contest : The polar circle location (giving extra bonus points) was slightly wrong.<br />
* The IC-9100 couldn't work... Because of a stupid typo ! Tnx DL2AKT and N6TV.<br />
* WAE RTTY : When the log was reopened, the next sent QTC group number was wrong. Tnx DL6RAI, DJ9MH and DJ4MZ.<br />
<br />
==Release information 4.33.0 (October 14, 2020)==<br />
===New features===<br />
* ARRL SS, ARRL 160, ARRL FD : PE (Prince Edward Island) section added. Tnx W1NN.<br />
* MicroHAM MKIII interface added. Tnx G0HSA, OM7ZZ.<br />
* When a file error occurs when saving DX-cluster data, the user can now Cancel to abort further writing attempts. Tnx DL5MLO. <br />
* Exchanges Databases (.DTB files) : Defensive coding to attempt to prevent at best against crashes under some circumstances with badly-formatted or corrupted databases files. Tnx OK1DSZ @ OK4C.<br />
<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* AGCW-DTC : 2 points Club stations list updated. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
* WAG : The Exchanges file (WAG_DL.DTB) wasn't correctly loaded for DL entrants. Tnx DL4NAC and DL6RAI.<br />
* All Asian DX contest : Cabrillo CONTEST: line text fixed. Tnx VA2EW.<br />
<br />
==Release information 4.32.0 (September 1, 2020)==<br />
===New Features===<br />
* YO DX HF : Contest rules updated (160m added + points for /MM stations).<br />
* WAE DX side : QTC line numbers displayed for easy retrieval in case of repeat request.<br />
* All reports dialogs can now be vertically resized to display more or less list rows. The window placements are also globally saved.<br />
* File / Update Exch Database : A confirmation dialog is now displayed and a backup of the current DTB file is done, before proceeding.<br />
* New Check Partial search processing for VHF+ logs :<br />
: In VHF+ contests logs, you can now enter a partial callsign (in the callsign field) and/or a partial locator / grid (in the grid square field) to refine searches in the Check Partial wnd (F12).<br />
: The minimum number of chars to start the search for the callsign field is set by the contextual menu (3 by default), and set to 2 characters for the locator.<br />
: Finally, in both fields you can also use wildcards characters '?' to represent a character. Ex: "JN?8EQ" will search for all callsigns with locator JN08EQ, JN18EQ, JN28EQ, ... JN98EQ.<br />
: Inspired by DL2NBU DOS software. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* callsign.pat updated. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
* RDAC : RDA.DAT (district list) updated.<br />
* The audio record button is now disabled when recorded audio is playing.<br />
* IOTA Mixed : Summary columns weren't consistent with the rest of them, and created a bug when used with Unipost (cqcontest.net). Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
* When the same callsign was spotted on both sides of a sub-band limit (so, it was considered spotted in both modes), Ctrl-Up/Down kept grabbing these two callsigns alternately. Tnx F5UTN @ TM0HQ.<br />
* ARI Sezioni : Rules and mult list updated. Tnx IV3IYH. Mult List : http://download.win-test.com/databases/ARISEC.DAT<br />
* EU HF Championship : The content of the EU_HF.DTB database was ignored. Tnx EW2AA.<br />
* MMC HF wasn't showing up in the contests of the month in July. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
* LCR review added for ARRL 160, NA Sprint, ARRL Sweepstakes. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* Elecraft K4 added. Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
==Release information 4.31.0 (June 28, 2020)==<br />
===New Features===<br />
* Lua API version string is 1.5.0<br />
* Lua : wtApp:PostMessage, wtApp:SendMessage and wtApp:GetLastError added. Tnx F6BEE for inspiration. See description and syntax in http://download.win-test.com/v4/lua/LuaApiDoc.txt<br />
* ARRL FD : Covid-19 rule exception : Class D stations may work all other Field Day stations, including other Class D stations, for points. Tnx K6ZB.<br />
* Log Checking Report (LCR) review added in the Tools / Check log menu. For now, only the following LCR are processed :<br />
** CQWW DX<br />
** CQWW WPX<br />
** ARRL DX<br />
** ARRL 10m<br />
** IARU HF<br />
** EU HF<br />
** SAC<br />
** KOS<br />
** REF HF<br />
** VHF+ contests if adjudicated with LX<br />
<br />
: Mainly, because these LCR are public, or because I had one ;-). Any textual (or html) LCR can theorically be implemented, as long as I have access to a sample.<br />
<br />
: For various reasons, sometimes the "Download LCR" may not work. In that case, try to download the LCR with your browser and save it in a convenient location (the log directory is the best choice). You can "attach" it to your log by using the "Save" button in the report dialog. <br />
<br />
* Dx-Cluster window (Alt-T) : Number of Macros increased to 8. Tnx PA2A.<br />
* Dx-Cluster macro editor : Window enlarged, and the edit field now wraps to improve readibility. Tnx PA2A. <br />
* The merge dialog now displays "compact paths".<br />
* NRAU Baltic mults list updated. Tnx LB3RE.<br />
* Review of the exchanges databases files to prevent mixing different exchanges between contests. Also, if a contest uses only a part of a database file, the rest is kept untouched if the database is updated with Win-Test.<br />
* Depending on the contest and, if it applies, whose side you're on (DX side or domestic), the callsigns from the master file (namely MASTER.SCP/DTA or .DTB/SCP) are filtered to display only relevant results in the Check Partial and N+1 windows.<br />
* The master file in use can now be directly updated from the Internet (like the CTY files) by using the Options / Data files / Master file menu, or by using the "Used File list" item in the contextual menu of the Check Partial or N+1 windows. <br />
: Note : The recommended default master file to use is MASTER.SCP, maintained by Stu K6TU (http://http://supercheckpartial.com/). <br />
: Reminder : You can also use contest-specific master files (recommended only for minor national or regional contests) named after the list located at http://download.win-test.com/files/checkPartial/%23_READ_ME_%23.TXT These files do not replace the default master file, but complement it at runtime.<br />
* In the contest settings dialog, contests no longer taking place have been removed from the list.<br />
* New REBOOT (or RESTARTPC) text command added. It closes the current log and restarts the host PC. Tnx F8CRH, F6BEE.<br />
* When the exchanges database is updated, a notification message is displayed at the bottom of log. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
<br />
==Release information 4.30.0 (Jan 16, 2020)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* If the backup volume was unmounted, disabling the next backups was failing. Tnx F6HJO. (Task #388)<br />
* Under some specific circumstances, the Single-Op Assisted category wasn't taken into account when importing such a Cabrillo file. Tnx TO1A.<br />
* With multi monitors systems and under some specific circumstances, choosing colors with mouse was impossible. Tnx KL0R.<br />
* The headers row was always included in the CSV output file, whatever the setting was. Tnx F5LIW.<br />
* The LCD display of the contest recorder wnd wasn't always properly updated when using a language different from English.<br />
===New Features===<br />
* HA DX contest rules updated. Tnx HA6OI, HA1AG, F5LIW and others.<br />
* UFT contest rules updated. Tnx F6CEL.<br />
* Yaesu FTDX101 added. Tnx RA1ANY, RA3AUU.<br />
* Icom IC-9700 added. Tnx F1ULQ.<br />
* WAEDC : Cabrillo output file upgraded to v3 specs.<br />
* WAEDC DX side : Send QTC dialog (Ctrl-L) now displays the maximum available QTC to send (if any). You can modify the number of QTC to send, or only display the already sent QTC, with F9 (or the "QTC / Show sent" button). F8 allows to modify the recipient callsign. <br />
* QSO and distinct callsigns counts added in the distinct callsigns report when sorted by country.<br />
* "Copy" button added to the log check dialogs, allowing to easily paste reports in a spreadsheet.<br />
<br />
==Release information 4.29.0 (July 5, 2019)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* When a exception callsign and a prefix were identical in the CTY file, and under some specific circumstances, the DXCC lookup function could fail. Tnx F5LIW.<br />
* FOC Marathon : Stats are now displayed on 3 days. Tnx F5NZY.<br />
* RSGB AFS : Dupe count on 40m was wrong. Tnx G0HSA.<br />
* REF 160m : The total and final score lines weren't displayed in the summary window.<br />
* RTTY : Messages with embedded scripts were hanging Win-Test. Tnx N6TV.<br />
===New Features===<br />
* YU DX Contest rules updated. Tnx F5IN.<br />
* Spot Warnings : When you're spotted, the spot comment, if any, is now displayed.<br />
* RSGB HF contests : District Code for Norwich has been changed from "NR" to "NK". Tnx F1ICS.<br />
* ADIF export : Output fields reordered and STATION_CALLSIGN field added. Tnx YT9TP.<br />
* IARU HF : Cabrillo v3 output file implemented. Fixes also task #384. Tnx OH6XX, N6TV and others.<br />
<br />
==Release information 4.28.0 (June 15, 2018)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* When no MP3 CODEC were detected, start recording was displaying the MP3 settings dialog in an endless loop. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* ARI Contest : Serial numbers for DX stations have separate numbering per band. Tnx ES5TV.<br />
* Validation controls of the split freq edit field strengthened.<br />
===New Features===<br />
* Single-click actions option added to all windows where it makes sense. Tnx K5WQG, N6TV.<br />
* The callsign "6OX" is accepted despite its exotic syntax.<br />
* CQWW RTTY : DC mult added according to the 2018 rules. Tnx W0YK.<br />
* Internal CW keyer (LPT and serial outputs) : Keying compensation added (0 to 20 ms) in the Interfaces setup dlg. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* Icom IC-7610 added. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* REF contest : Off-time periods dialog removed. Tnx F5LEN.<br />
* CW / RTTY : Work dupes by default. Tnx F6IRA.<br />
<br />
==Release information 4.27.0 (Jan 4, 2018)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* RAC contest : Despite the rules indicate MIXED (CW + SSB) category only entries, the F10 wnd wasn't correctly scaled when using a single-mode category. Tnx SP5KP.<br />
* Statistics Wnd (Ctrl-F9) : Under some specific circumstances, the log data weren't correctly displayed in the targets tab. Tnx F5LIW.<br />
* Auto-repeat mode was broken (silly me !). Tnx VE2FWW, N6TV, W4DD and many others.<br />
===New Features===<br />
* DARC XMAS : Sprint logic exchange now applicable for this contest. Tnx K3LR and N6TV.<br />
<br />
==Release information 4.26.0 (Nov 19, 2017)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* When prefixes or callareas are mults, some special callsigns weren't correctly taken into account. Tnx OF100FI/0.<br />
* Status wnd (Alt-J) : Under some specific circumstances, the stations count displayed in the title bar was wrong.<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
* LZ DX : QSO and DUPES columns were inverted in the summary window in single-mode categories, and CW and SSB culumns were swapped in Mixed category. Tnx W3SE / ZL3TE.<br />
* SAC : Wire-Only overlay category added. Tnx OH1RX.<br />
* CSV and text exports : Serial sent text format is identical to the format used in the log. Tnx F5LIW.<br />
* Gab wnd (Alt-I) : Can be cleared now with a CLEARGAB text command.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.25.0) (June 28, 2017)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
<br />
* VHF+ contest : The ODX was broken under some specific circumstances. Tnx F5HRY/P.<br />
* SPDX Contest : The summary window was broken. Tnx SP5KP, F5LIW and others. (Task #380)<br />
* Asia-Pacific sprint : Win-Test was unabled to write the output Cabrillo file. Tnx UA9YE.<br />
* Some AltGr (Ctrl + Alt) keys were not correctly displayed when defined in the script manager or the DEFINEKEYS command.<br />
* Under some very specific circumstances of networking connection / disconnection and sync enabling / disabling, the log file could be corrupted. Tnx PA2A @ PI4CC.<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
* Helvetia contest : New rules 2017 implemented. Tnx HB9AMO and others.<br />
* ARI DX : Allowed bands and 10-minute rule adapted to the rules 2017. Tnx IZ1LBG. (Task #379)<br />
* RSGB AFS : 40m added. Tnx G3RTE.<br />
* The displayed bands selection for the Check Callsign (F9), Check DXCC (Alt-M), Check Mult (F10) and Check Zone (Alt-Z) windows is now done in a dialog box instead of menu items. Tnx F5LIW. <br />
* NA Sprint SSB : The Multipliers list is updated and is now similar to the mult list of the CW/RTTY legs . Also, the equivalence is now NA_SPRINT.DAT for all legs, and has been updated on the repository. Tnx KA9FOX.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.24.0) (January 20, 2017)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* Under some circumstances, the rotators wnd was flickering.<br />
* NA Sprint CW/RTTY : Multipliers list updated. Tnx N6TV, N6TR. Note : You must update your NA_CW_RTTY_SPRINT.DAT equivalence file if you use it, to get credit for the new mults. <br />
* DXPed HF logs : The country list used is now the DXCC one, not the "CQWW" one.<br />
* FT1000 : VFO-B frequency setting enabled. Tnx DL6RAI. <br />
* FT1000 : When setting a split freq, the filter setting wasn't retained. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
* Typo in a menu item. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
* When a callsign was grabbed, the realtime slot of the partners windows were not updated.<br />
* Cabrillo : The alternate frequency option wasn't working for multi-ops logs.<br />
* Under some OS display settings, the Alt-F dialog was truncated. Tnx HA3LN.<br />
* After editing logged QSO, the Alt-J QSY timers were not always accurate.<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
* New network protocol version 1.30 released. Reminder: If you use WT in a networked environment, you must have the same WT version on all machines!<br />
* Lua API version string is 1.4.0<br />
* To make the 3830scores.com reporting easier, the summary columns of the mixed mode contests are reordered. <br />
* DXPed logs (HF and VHF) : The reports entry fields ignore keys which are not digits. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
* Summary wnd (Alt-S) : Displayed bands can be selected. This selection is in sync with the Check Callsign (F9), the Check DXCC (Alt-M), the Check Mult (F10) and the Check Zone (Alt-Z) windows. Note: It's only a display selection to save space : You can still QSY and enter Q on the hidden bands. And all bands are taken into account in the summary totals.<br />
* 60m band added for the DXPed HF logs. NOTES: <br />
: 1) Considering the various freq allocations depending on the country, a minimal band plan has been implemented in the Default band plan. You can modify it, according to your needs. Your custom band plans (if any) must be updated as well.<br />
: 2) DXPed log files containing 60m QSO can't be read with previous versions of Win-Test.<br />
: Tnx DL6RAI for testing.<br />
* NAQP : Mult list and various other things updated according to the new rules. Tnx KL9A.<br />
* ARRL 10m contest : Following the new rules, the multiplier "DF" is changed to "CMX". Tnx N6TV, N5KO.<br />
* Lua : wtQso:GetData API : Gridsquare added in the table returned. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* If a station type is sticked, its type is checked against the rules of a newly created contest file, and can be forced to the default Run type if needed. Tnx N6KI and N6TV.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.23.0) (October 21, 2016)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* WAG DX side : The NM exchange (Non Member) was considered as a N multiplier.<br />
* Alt-F4 : The the CAT activity has now decreased , and the function was broken for mixed-mode logs. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* Entering any text command in Secondary Radio Window moved it to the wrong band. Tnx N6TV. (Task #370/373)<br />
* WAE : Under some circumstances, the log and QTC backup files were corrupted. Tnx F5LIW.<br />
* VHF+ contests : When a gridsquare of a logged QSO was modified, the points weren't correctly computed on the other networked computers, leading to a score difference between them. Tnx DL8AAU.<br />
* Under some circumstances of simultaneous log openings on different machines in a network, Win-Test could crash. Tnx W9PA @ K3LR.<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
* Split Freq dlg : Now accepts offsets from the current frequency. E.g.: If your freq is 7020 and you enter +1.1, the split freq will be adjusted to 7021.1. Negative values (-1.1 for ex.) also work.<br />
* UK/EI DX contest added. Tnx SQ8N.<br />
* Secondary Radio wnd : Columns headings added. The color can be adjusted with the Colors (contextual) menu. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* Radios : FT891, FTDX1200, FTDX3000 and FTDX5000 added. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* WAE Phone : DX side : The INS and CR keys and buttons are now enabled in the transmit QTC dialog. The CR button tags the current QTC as sent. The INS button does the same, and makes the next QTC as the current one. It clearly makes the QTC transmission much easier to follow. Tnx F1HAR.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.22.0) (August 26, 2016)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* WAEDC : DX side CW / SSB : The potential QTC weren't displayed in the radio wnd (bandmap or list) despite the option was checked.<br />
* WAEDC : The left and right arrows now work correctly in the dialog to chose the number of QTC to send.<br />
* QTC transmit dlg : The active QTC wasn't correctly highlighted when using the Ctrl-Fx buttons.<br />
* The default Check Partial / N + 1 file for VHF contests was HF.DTB instead of VHF.DTB. Tnx DK5KMA.<br />
* When 4.20 and 4.21 were on the same LAN (not recommended), with sync enabled, 4.21 was hanging. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* IARU HF : If an HQ was only 2 characters long, it was ignored.<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
* WAE CW : DX side : The CW speed used when sending the QTC is now preserved between sessions, and the Rate wnd is updated accordingly. No need to juggle with Alt-F9/F10 anymore.<br />
* Callsign Wnd (F9) : Tooltip more readable.<br />
* New behaviour of the $NEXT variable in the QTC transmit messages to make life much easier (and less confusing) for the DX stations in the WAEDC CW contest.<br />
** $NEXT must be the first variable in the Ins message. The default message is now: $NEXT $DONE $TIME $CALLSIGN $SERIAL<br />
** Update your current message if it is not up to date<br />
** When $NEXT is executed, the active QTC jumps to the next one ONLY if the current QTC has been already sent.<br />
** With this new behaviour, the usual QTC transmission sequence is now:<br />
*** Ctrl-L / Enter (or 1 to 9) to chose the number of QTC to send (usually 10).<br />
*** After the QTC dlg shows up, exchange the QRV? and the QTC series number with the recipient.<br />
*** From now, hit Ins for every QTC to send, one after the other.<br />
*** If the recepient requests a full resend of the QTC just sent, use CR. If he requests an individual field, use the appropriate Fx key or button. If the QTC is ack'ed, use Ins to send the next one.<br />
*** When all QTC of the series have been sent (and acknowledged), use Ins one last time (or Plus) to thank and save the QTC series.<br />
** In these conditions, you normally shouldn't need to use the Up/Down arrows anymore unless exceptional circumstances.<br />
* CW and RTTY : New $RAWSERIAL variable. Sends the serial number of the QSO with leading zeros and without any abbreviation. Now used in the default F3 msg (if it applies) to repeat the serial in a more traditional way. It also works in the QTC messages.<br />
* Script manager dialog : Ctrl + Double click on a script brings up the properties dialog.<br />
* IOTA contest<br />
** If the IOTA ref is pre-filled from the callsign field content, the new IOTA warning is now displayed if applicable. Tnx F5LIW.<br />
** EXPERIMENTAL : Separate numbering for Multi-One and Multi-Two categories : The RUN or RUN1 stations use a sequence of odd numbers (starting at 1), and the MULT or RUN2 stations use a sequence of even numbers (starting at 2).<br />
** Multi-Two category added. Tnx G3WVG.<br />
** The WAE entities list is now used to prefill the island reference more accurately (ex GM/s stations). Tnx N6TV.<br />
* The DVK bargraph can now be horizontal (default) or vertical.<br />
* Internal DVK : The first and last 100 ms of the messages are now truncated to prevent the keys and mouse clicks to be heard. Tnx SM5AJV and N6TV.<br />
* RTTY shortcuts buttons are now a bit thicker to accommodate older eyes. Tnx SP5GRM.<br />
* Additional CW and RTTY variables :<br />
** $LOC4 and $GRID4 are equivalent to $GRIDFIELD.<br />
** $LOC6 and $GRID6 are equivalent to $GRIDSQUARE or $LOCATOR.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.21.0) (June 27, 2016)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* The CW "No sound" menu item state wasn't consistent with the CW sound status.<br />
* The check mark on Options / Disable Log Sync wasn't consistent when no log was opened.<br />
* The station name displayed in the network error dlg when several masters were on the same LAN wasn't correct.<br />
* Gridsquares map window (Alt-L) : Mouse wheel actions were broken since version 4.7.0 ! <br />
* Stew Perry contest was using VHF.DTB instead of DEFAULT.SCP. Tnx N6TV. (Task #184). <br />
* Serial communications : Under some circumstances, especially with some USB drivers under Windows 10, the inbound stream was not correctly processed. Tnx Jan @ remoterig.com<br />
* Voice keyer (DVK) : Under some circumstances, some audio output devices may miss in the Interfaces settings dialog.<br />
* French Championship : QSO wih FT entities are now credited with 15 pts instead of 6. Tnx F4SGU.<br />
* Remote dlg : The text command is now limited to 13 chars, to comply with the log entry field. Tnx N6TV. (Task #368)<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
* Lua API version string is 1.3.0<br />
* IARU HF : Duplicate HQ abbreviations are now managed. (Task #350)<br />
* The login / logout protocols can be now disabled as the other ones in the advanced network settings.<br />
* Log Sync : Better overall performance. Tnx DJ7TO, DL5MLO and the DA0HQ team.<br />
* Cabrillo Options : New options similar to the File / Clean file options, but the QSO exclusions (or editions) are *only* temporary for the Cabrillo file output.<br />
* ADIF Options : QSO range added.<br />
* Mult Wnd (Alt-M) : The "hide clean sweeps" and "hide never worked" options are maintained during the text / SYLK copy. Tnx ES5TV.<br />
* Tune dlg : For safety, added a 30-second timeout to automatically stop tuning no matter what.<br />
* Stew Perry Challenge : Added for March, June and October.<br />
* Lua : wtQso:GetData API : stnName and stnFlags added in the table returned. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* CW Auto Send : Updated to allow its use when both radios are in RUN mode. Tnx SM5AJV, N6TV.<br />
* Lua : wtApp:TextCommand updated to add strStation and nNotificationID arguments. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* Standard and additional messages : New import / export features. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* Clean log dlg : New option to remove 0 points QSO from the log. Tnx K3LR, N6TV.<br />
* Radios : IC-7300 added. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* CQ WPX RTTY : M/S entrants are now allowed to 10 band changes. Tnx EC1KR.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.20.0) (January 17, 2016)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* ARRL 10m : Tools / Check Bad Exchanges was broken.<br />
* Under some circumstances, the default contest log names were broken.<br />
* ARRL SS : Correct label for the sections field. <br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
* Radios : IC-7600, IC-7800, IC-7850, IC-7851 : New code for a better management of these radios. It requires the latest firmwares. Tnx N6TV, K3LR, K9LA (Icom America), ICOM France, HRO Sunnyvale (CA), AA6W and K6SSJ.<br />
* Radios : FT-991 added. Tnx N6TV, SP5IOU.<br />
* Radio Wnd : New option to enable / disable the RIT display, when applicable. Tnx F5LIW, K3LR.<br />
* PACC contest : Rules 2016. Dutch provinces (for non-PA) and DXCC and call areas (for PA) now count as mult per band and per mode when taking part in Mixed category. Tnx PA5M.<br />
* French Championship : Rules 2016 applied. Tnx F5LEN.<br />
* Radio Wnd : Ctrl-Up / Ctrl-Down in the list view doesn't lose cursor when a Q is entered. Tnx K5KG. (Task #364).<br />
* LZ DX Contest : New rules 2015 for LZ stations applied. The only limitation is the 10-min rule for the M/S station, which is always applied for band *or mode* change, independently of the status of the station (RUN or MULT). Tnx LZ2CJ.<br />
* ARRL SS : Default CW msgs updated. Tnx W2GD, N6TV.<br />
* ARRL SS : Added new message variable $PREC (precedence) for the ARRL Sweepstakes, automatically determined from entry class and power level. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* Log check reports : QSO with own callsign are now ignored. Tnx FY5KE.<br />
* Status wnd (Alt-J) : X-min rule timers now ignore QSO with own callsign. Tnx FY5KE.<br />
* Check country wnd (F10) : QSO with own callsign are now ignored. Tnx FY5KE.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.19.0) (October 15, 2015)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* SAC contest : This contest wasn't displayed in October if the "This month only" checkbox was enabled despite the SSB leg takes place in October. Tnx F5LIW. <br />
* Rate Wnd (Alt-R). Various QSO rate statistics were wrong. Tnx CT1BOH. <br />
* FT1000 : The TRX was switched to RTTY-USB for high bands instead of RTTY-LSB. Tnx DL6RAI @ P49V.<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
* CAUTION: New network protocol version 1.29 released. Reminder: If you use WT in a networked environment, you must have the same WT version on all machines!<br />
* Status Wnd (Alt-J) : Best effort to display the TX freq of the radios. Radio brand and model dependent. Tnx N6TV. Note : Icom users will need the latest Icom firmware, and the latest OmniRig rig definition files (check the N6TV files) to get chances to see VFO B displayed for Icom radios, especially if they want to use split mode.<br />
* Experimental : VHF+ spots : When the comment is using the "Locator<Prop>Locator" format, the second locator is now considered as the DX locator. Tnx G3ZAY, F5HRY.<br />
* Radio Wnd : Spot mode (according to the used band plan) added in the tooltip text.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.18.0) (September 25, 2015)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* NA Sprint : Tools / Check log / Search for possible bad exchanges was broken. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* Rate Wnd (Alt-R). Various QSO and Mult statistics were wrong. Tnx CT1BOH.<br />
* REG1TEST : The mode code is now output in the QSO records. It can be optionally omitted for contests where the mode is not stated in the rules, in accordance to the REG1TEST format specifications.<br />
* WAEDC : The 10-min violations check was performed on the RUN and MULT stations, while this rule only applies to the RUN stations. Tnx DL1EKC.<br />
* Partial (F12) and NP1 (F8) windows : While modifying an already entered QSO, the callsign of the original QSO wasn't correctly ignored during the searches. Tnx FY5FY.<br />
* WAE : Receiving QTC : If the callsign of the QTC sender was modified, and the receiving dialog was cancelled, the modification remained.<br />
* The Win-Test version number is no more extracted from the language file DLL, but rather from the exe itself, to get the correct string when having mutiple Win-Test versions in the same directory. Tnx F5TTU, F6BGC.<br />
* When used in a network environment, a QSO entered on the secondary radio had a wrong serial number on the other machines of the network. Tnx DL5AOJ.<br />
* Radio wnd : Under some circumstances, when your own callsign was entered in the bandmap (Ctrl-Enter), it was displayed as a new mult. Tnx TM0HQ.<br />
* The action on Options / Disable Log Sync wasn't consistent when no log was opened.<br />
* Toolbar : The tooltip text for the summary icon was missing since the very first version of Win-Test ! ;-)<br />
* Bugfix : Alt-F dlg : Under some circumstances, the QSO op. was not specified.<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
* WAE : Receive QTC dlg : Received serials are now formatted with leading zeroes if needed. Tnx F5LIW.<br />
* WAE : Receive QTC dlg : Received times with 2 numbers (minutes) are now set to the correct hour according to the received time of the previous QTC. Tnx F5LIW.<br />
* Radios : IC-7100 and IC-7200 added. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* Cabrillo output file (v3) : eMail address tag added.<br />
* Cabrillo output file (v3) : New option to indicate if you wish to receive, if eligible, a paper certificate sent via postal mail by the contest sponsor. The contest sponsor may or may not honor this tag, and if so may or may not use opt-in or opt-out as the default.<br />
* Cabrillo output file : New option to output the "alternate" frequency for split QSO. May be useful if the available CAT data for your radio can't be used to determine accurately the TX freq vs the RX freq.<br />
* Several specific installers lacked the installation of the msflxgrd.ocx library. Tnx F5UPO.<br />
* CW : SOUND/NOSOUND and associated menu items : This option is now always disabled when Win-Test runs under an operating system after Vista included. It means that it will not work for those OS, and *may* work on previous OS, depending on the hardware. In all cases, it is very recommanded to rely on the TRX internal sidetone instead.<br />
* WAEDC : The SAVELOG, COPYLOG commands and the automatic backups now include the QTC files. Tnx GW3SQX @ GW7O.<br />
* ARRL DX, ARRL 10m and ARRL 160m contests : The Cabrillo output files are now compliant with the v3 specs. Tnx F5PHW.<br />
* Edit menu : New item : Apply exchange to every QSO with...(Ctrl-F10) When applicable, it allows to update exchanges of every Q whose the callsign is identical to the callsign of the current Q, with the exchange(s) of this Q.<br />
* Gab Wnd (Alt-I) : New contextual menu item to clear the content of the window.<br />
* Cabrillo file : Win-Test now ensures the operators list is correctly space-delimited.<br />
* The protocol version is now displayed in the Advanced Settings dlg of the network.<br />
* Status Wnd (Alt-J) : When using a multi-op network, you can now send a remote command to a specific station by opening the context menu on this station name and use "Send remote command to XXX...".<br />
* COPYLOG command : Notification added. Tnx TM0HQ.<br />
* Ctrl + PageUp / PageDown now browses the log by 12h steps instead of 24h initially. This makes it usable for 24h long contests.<br />
* Status Wnd (Alt-J) : When using a multi-op network, you can now ping a specific station by opening the context menu on this station name and use "Ping XXX". The Win-Test version, the Master, Bridgehead, Sync indicators and the propagation time are returned in the Gab window (Alt-I). Reminder : You can use the INV (stands for Inventory) text command to get a summary of the complete network.<br />
* Enhanced replies to the inventory command (INV) with a log sync enabled indicator (S vs s).<br />
* IARU HF : Mult wnd (F10) : AC, R1, R2 and R3 labels updated.<br />
* Contest settings dialog : To prevent any side effect (especially with the network), the syntax of the station name is checked, and 'exotic' characters are replaced by an underscore if needed. Tnx F1UVN @ TM0HQ. <br />
* Alt-F dlg : The read-only station name field is now disabled.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.17.0) (June 30, 2015)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* The ODX per band were sometimes wrong after band modifications of specific QSO. Tnx F1PKY @ F5KMB.<br />
* IARU 50 MHz (and higher) contests : The PSect field of the output files are now in accordance to the REG1TEST specs. Tnx F2DX, OK2ZI.<br />
* MP3 configuration dialog : Under some circumstances, an error loop could occur. Tnx DL6RAI. (Task #363)<br />
* FT2000 : Under some circumstances, read frequencies were not consistent. Tnx F8DBF, F4DXW.<br />
* For some contests, a QSO entered with your own callsign didn't count 0 points. Tnx N6TV. (Task #362)<br />
* MP3 QSO extract : There was a few seconds offset in the recording.<br />
* SP DX contest : When provinces were displayed with the "all bands" option *and* alphabetically, the "Z" province was missing. Tnx DL6RAI. (Task #360).<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
* CAUTION: New network protocol version 1.28 released. Reminder: If you use WT in a networked environment, you must have the same WT version on all machines!<br />
* Status Wnd (Alt-J) : New column for the current op. added. Cf OPON/OPOFF or LOGIN/LOGOUT commands or use nicknames. Tnx ES5TV.<br />
* Set QSO freq dlg (Alt-F): Swap main / QSX freq button added.<br />
* Rate Wnd (Alt-R) : When entering in a category where modes can be mixed, the elapsed time between band changes now takes account of modes as well.<br />
* CQ-M contest : To be compliant with the new rules 2015, there is no more multiplier station, even in M/S. Tnx RU3DNN. <br />
* ARI contest : A station can now be set as a MULT station. The 10 min timer in the Alt-J wnd considers band and mode changes. Tnx ES5TV.<br />
* OK OM DX : Win-Test is now adapted to comply to the new SSB rules. To make things easier, the CW leg is kept unchanged ! Read carefully the rules before entering. Tnx ON5GQ. <br />
* Contest recorder : QSO extraction to a mp3 file : The QSO extraction parameters are now (1) the time before the QSO was _STARTED_ (0 sec by default - it means the clip starts at the same time when you listen to the QSO with AltGr-Enter) and (2) the time after the QSO was _ENTERED_ (10 sec by default). Tnx ES5TV.<br />
* ARRL DX and ARRL 10 : When exporting logs in ADIF, the DC "state" is replaced by MD. Tnx F8ATS.<br />
* Lua : wtScript:AssignArgument now takes the strings "true" and "false" as boolean arguments. Numeric values do not require double quotes. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* Script manager : Properties dlg : Now accepts a default argument even if no key is defined for the script. But, in any case, a key or a text command must be defined to allow a default argument. Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.16.0) (Mar 17, 2015)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
<br />
* REF HF : FS now does count for a French dept instead of a DXCC entity. The final scores were not affected by this bug. Tnx F4EJL.<br />
* If the default directory at launch time wasn't the app directory, the automatic starts of wtDxTelnet and wtRotators were failing. Tnx F5LIW.<br />
* Ctrl-Del (delete spot from bandmap) was broken. Tnx N6TV. (Task #354)<br />
* Network advanced settings dialog : The last outbound protocol was always enabled, despite its setting. Tnx F1HAR.<br />
* Common prefixes to GM and GM/s were considered as GM even if the WAE list was used. Tnx N6TV. (Task #355)<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
<br />
* Spanish and German translations updated. Tnx EB2RA and DL6RAI.<br />
* LUA : Because of a conflict name with the wtScript class, the wtScript variable (name of the Topmost script) is now replaced with wtRootScript. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* RDXC : R7K - Crimea (RK) and R7R - Sevastopol (SE) added to the mults list. Use the latest CTY_OBL.DAT accordingly. Tnx RU3DNN.<br />
* Lua : wtContest:GetMyCallsign() and wtStatus:GetMyStation() added. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* Registration dialog : The QR codes of the registration URL are enlarged.<br />
* ICOM radios : IC-970, IC-9100 and IC-7850 added. Tnx OK8WW, EA8RM and K3LR.<br />
* ARRL DX (DX side) : To strictly comply with the current rules (section 5.2.2), the PEI multiplier (VY2) is now labelled PE. The STATES.DAT is also accordingly updated on the usual repository http://download.win-test.com/files/equivalence/ .<br />
* NA Sprint : Because of the different multipliers per leg, the equivalence files must now be NA_SSB_SPRINT.DAT and NA_CW_RTTY_SPRINT.DAT. They are available on the usual repository http://download.win-test.com/files/equivalence/ . Tnx KD4D and N6TV.<br />
* NA Sprint : DC and the usual 14 Canadian provinces and territories are now considered as multipliers for the Phone leg (the MAR mult. is no longer used). Tnx KW8N.<br />
* UBA DX : Mult stations are now allowed for Multi-Op (Single TX) entries. Also, the 10-min timer for RUN stations is now displayed in the status window (Alt-J). Tnx RU3DNN.<br />
* NA Sprint : KL stations are now considered as US stations and their state (AK) is now in the states list. KH6 stations are also considered as US stations for the Phone leg, and their state (HI) is now in the states list. During the CW / RTTY legs, KH6 stations are considered as DX stations (not NA). Tnx N6TV.<br />
* ARRL 10m : Mixed mode category forced in the Cabrillo output for the M/S entries.<br />
* Script properties : Tooltip added over the key edit field with the key code and modifiers values. It can help for the wtScript:AssignKeyCode function. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* Scripts manager : Run button added. The selected script is run the same way as if it were run by the assigned key (if any), and with the argument set in the properties dialog (if any). Tnx N6TV.<br />
* Lua : wtScript:AssignFKey and wtScript:AssignKeyCode functions added. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* Script Manager : Error message added when the SciTE or the script editor weren't correctly installed or configured. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
* New CW and RTTY variables introduced : $GRAB1 to $GRAB9 to grab from the partner stack slots, and $GRABRT1 to GRABRT3 to grab from the partner realtime slots.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.15.0) (Nov 22, 2014)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* When a voice message contained several script calls in a row, only one out of two was executed. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* ARRL SS : When a callsign is grabbed, the cursor is now set to the serial field. Tnx AC6T, N6TV. (Task #353)<br />
* When not using advanced SO2R with Shift bound to the secondary radio, Shift-Enter now has no action. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* Partner window: The SUPPORT / NOSUPPORT (or PARTNER / NOPARTNER) commands didn't resize the window properly.<br />
* Partner window context menu: The "Remove" item was enabled for empty slots while it was supposed to be grayed.<br />
* Partner stack: If the same callsign was in two adjacent slots in the Partner stack, only one of them was cleared when the callsign was entered in the log.<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
* CAUTION: New network protocol version 1.27 released. Reminder: If you use WT in a networked environment, you must have the same WT version on all machines!<br />
* Contest recorder : AltGr+E shortcut added as "Extract and Save QSO". Tnx N6TV.<br />
* LZ-DX contest : 10 min. CQWW DX rule applied to the M/S entrants, but currently limited to the band changes (the mode changes are ignored). Tnx RU3DNN.<br />
* Partner : There are now two different colors for data entered as Run or as Support. Useful when there are several partner positions for one run. Tnx F5HRY@TM0HQ.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.14.0) (Oct 19, 2014)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* When several mp3 record files from different stations for a given contest were used, the rewind and forward functions led to a crash. Tnx DL8AAU@DR9A.<br />
* Radio wnd: When using a Windows font size option different from 100%, the VFO displays didn't scale up well. Tnx N6XI, N6TV.<br />
* Lua: An error occurred when calling a script with the double-quote key. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* RDAC: The Tools / Check log / Search for bad exchanges function was not working for the RDAC contest. Tnx SP5KP<br />
* In the Alt-M wnd, when data were ordered by number of worked bands/modes, and never worked mults were hidden, the sweep clean mults were always displayed, despite this option was set or not. Tnx CT1BOH.<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
* CAUTION: New network protocol version 1.26 released Reminder: If you use WT in a networked environment, you must have the same WT version on all machines!<br />
* New notes file format and network protocol to ease log corrections within Win-Test. Check the new last items of the Tools / Check log menu.<br />
* Partner: New properties dialog to set the various options. By default, the realtime keystrokes network transmission is disabled when switched to the S&P mode. It can be enabled by choice in this properties dialog. Tnx TM0HQ & N6TV.<br />
* IARU HF: A '?' indicator is now displayed when the received exchange is not an ITU zone, AC, R1, R2 or R3, or not composed of letters only.<br />
* New option in Tools / Check log / Search for bad exchanges, to detect exchanges discrepancies in the log only.<br />
* Merge report redesigned: All conflicts are ordered by time and also by station name.<br />
* The Date/Time dialog (Alt-F) now indicates the station who entered the QSO. Not editable. Tnx F8CRH@TM0HQ. <br />
* New Goto Callsign edit menu (Shortcut Shift+Ctrl+G) to set the cursor on a QSO with a given callsign. By default, the callsign of the current QSO is searched. If it is empty (i.e. if the cursor is set to the last (empty) line of the log), a dialog is opened. The search is done backwards.<br />
* New CW option to enable/disable the speed bursts (+/-) without modifying the messages. Text commands are BURSTS / NOBURSTS. Useful to defeat CW skimmers on-demand.<br />
* Interfaces setup dialog: The lists for each COM port are now reordered to comply with the most current needs.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.13.0) (Jun 30, 2014)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* REF DDFM 50 MHz contest : Default CW msgs were using $GRIDSQUARE (6-char locator) instead of $GRIDFIELD (4-char locator). Tnx F2DX.<br />
* Gab window (Alt-I) : If the content was scrolled back, a double-click on a line set an incorrect default recipient in the opened Gab/Talk dialog. Tnx F8CRH@F6KRK.<br />
* REF VHF contest : Win-Test was asking for the "departement" in the contest settings dialog (was useless), and the help dialog was inappropriate. Tnx F5HRY.<br />
* CQ-M contest : Contest identifier for the Cabrillo and ADIF output files were misspelled. Tnx RU3RQ. (Task #348). <br />
* WPX : The prefix of VY2MGY/3 now resolved as VY3. Tnx N6TV. (Task #347).<br />
* Bugfix : Lua : wtApp:CallScript(name, arg) was always casting arg to a string. Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
* EF6 added as a valid exception callsign. Tnx F6FDR.<br />
* Radio windows - List view : In the "Sort by Mult Type" view, the non-mults stations are now sorted by QSO points in descending order. Tnx G3WW.<br />
* Radio windows - List view : New sorting option by QSO points in descending order, irrelevant of mults, added. Tnx G3WW.<br />
* WRTC 2014 and IARU HF : Check multiplier wnd (F10) : New label for HQs "entities" to prevent confusion with DXCC entities. Tnx CT1BOH.<br />
* Log : The column header of the serial sent (if any) is now correctly labeled ("No."). Tnx N6TV.<br />
* Options / Log / Align exchanges : New option to line up received exchanges in mixed mode. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* WRTC 2014 : Worked Mults wnd (Alt-M). The "copy as text" menu item is now enabled. Tnx CT1BOH.<br />
* WRTC 2014 : /MM stations are not counting for DXCC entity, and are credited depending on their ITU zone. Tnx KM3T.<br />
* WRTC 2014 : The country list used is DXCC (not WAE). Tnx KM3T.<br />
* WRTC 2014 : In the contest configuration dialog, the zone is set to 8, the Gridsquare is set to FN42fg and can't be modified.<br />
* The very singular 7QNL (and future 7QAA) callsigns are now accepted. Their prefixes are also resolved as 7Q0. Tnx PA3FYM. <br />
* Lookup function for the DXCC entities resolver refactored to allow easier extension for cases like the newly introduced 4Y1A and C7A,when callsigns are assigned to two entities.<br />
* RTTY : Fields assignments updated for the NCCC Sprint. Tnx AA2MF.<br />
* King Of Spain contest : SMR multiplier added. Tnx EA4TX.<br />
* Marconi HF : New points rules applied. Tnx IK6BAK.<br />
* Lua : In CW, when chaining wtKeyer:Play() instructions, the word space between the string arguments will be omitted if they end with a "~". Example :<br />
<br />
wtKeyer:Play(string1)<br />
wtKeyer:Play(string2)<br />
: Will omit the word space between string1 and string2 if string1 ends with a "~". Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.12.0) (February 10, 2014)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* UBA DX : The format of the output cabrillo file didn't stick to the required specs. Tnx ON5GQ. <br />
* DARC 10 : Under some circumstances, the DOK field was cleared while it wasn't necessary. Tnx DJ4MZ.<br />
* Lua : The wtApp:CallScript function was always returning a nil value when used with two parameters. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* The log sync enables / disabled setting was not correctly saved between logs openings. Tnx DK9TN@ED6A.<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
* DARC 10 : The NM exchange (Non Member) is no more considered as a multiplier. Tnx DJ4MZ.<br />
* Radios : IC-7410 added. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
* Script Manager : Various UI enhancements and API bugfixes. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* Clear Log : The station type (RUN, MULT, etc.) setting is now preserved when this function is performed. Tnx DK9TN@TK4W.<br />
* Network : Time distribution : A warning now pops up when time sync frames are received, and the Windows user who started Win-Test hasn't enough privilege to modify the system clock. Tnx P40L, N6TV.<br />
* Lua : wtQso:GetData() returned table updated for the specific ARRL Sweepstakes contest. The QSO# received is in the "rstReceived" index, and the Precedence letter is in the "miscInfo2Received" index. Tnx N6TV. (Task #338).<br />
* Mult Window (Alt-M) : New "Hide never worked" option added. Pretty experimental for now, depending on the contest. Tnx CT1BOH.<br />
* Radio windows : The spot selected by a right click is now highlighted to prevent confusion. The highlight color calculation now also works for dark hues. Tnx AD1C@K0RF.<br />
* Stats window : In CQWW DX, the zones / overall display was clipped to the last hour when a new zone was worked.<br />
* Radio windows : Time / Spotter and Comments display options added in the list view. These settings are common to both views. Tnx CT1BOH.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.11.0) (October 20, 2013)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* CQWW RTTY : The check log tool for the number of allowed QSY per hour in M/S was broken. Tnx DL9YAJ @ DR5N.<br />
* Frequency offsets weren't always correctly processed, especially on the secondary radio. Tnx DL5AOJ.<br />
* Extra Data files : Depending on the newline character(s) and other various parameters, the displayed data could be incorrect. Tnx IK0HBN, N6TV.<br />
* When a log was entirely entered manually, the date of QSO wasn't correctly set when using the "<" or ">" keys to access and fill the time field. Tnx F5LEN.<br />
* Under some circumstances of startup order and various settings, a "20 days older or newer log" false alert might be triggered. Tnx F6BGC @ TM0HQ.<br />
* RDAC Contest : Exchanges for callsigns ending with /x (x = 0 to 9) are now searched in the database and the log. Tnx SP5KP. <br />
* AGCW HNY : The (optional) AGCW membership number entry field was emptied when it was not supposed to be ! Tnx DJ0ZY.<br />
* Displayed ODX inconstancy under some circumstances when a QSO was deleted. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
* RAEM : The coordinates entry field was emptied when it was not supposed to be ! Tnx DJ0ZY.<br />
* When using the GOTO function by entering a QSO number and Ctrl-G, the pattern analyser warning message (if any) is now cleared.<br />
* The modifications entered into the Freq Offsets dialog are now taken into account immediately. No need to reload the current log. Tnx YL2GD.<br />
* When using a K3, changing band by entering its wavelength was sometimes setting the wrong LSB/USB mode. Tnx M0VFC (Task #326)<br />
* Under some circumstances, a random character could be entered in the Info field in a DXPed log, when using the Up/Down arrows in this field.<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
* Networking : Sockets initializations updated to comply with the usage of Win-Test in a Linux / Wine environment. The wtCom.dll must be updated (v2.0.4 or better) as well for this usage if needed. Tnx AA6KJ.<br />
* ADIF <br />
** output : Addition of the CREATED_TIMESTAMP field in the header, and the CONTEST_ID field in every QSO record, when applicable.<br />
** Export : The ADIF country code is now added to the QSO record. Requires using the latest CTY_WT.DAT or CTY_WT_MOD.DAT country files (02 August 2013 or later). Tnx AD1C. <br />
* CQWW DX Contest<br />
** The overlay "Classic" category has been added in the contest configuration dialog. It only adds the appropriate line in the Cabrillo output file.<br />
** The overlay category Xtreme is added in the contest configuration dialog, and in the Cabrillo file output as well. Tnx KL1A.<br />
* WAE Contest<br />
** The special calculation for the creation of the offtime section in the Cabrillo file has been removed, being now obsolete. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
** Offtime threshold is now set to one hour. <br />
* Lua<br />
** wtQso:GetData() function added. Returns a table with fields of the current Qso. The current available keys are "time", "band", "mode", "freq", "callsign", "rstSent", "serialSent", "rstReceived", "exchReceived", "miscInfoReceived", "miscInfo2Received".<br />
** wtApp:GetLogFileName() and wtApp:GetIniFileName() functions added. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* UFT contest : Win-Test is now adapted to the new rules 2013. Tnx F6CEL.<br />
* YU DX contest : Totally rewritten because of the new rules 2013 (see http://yudx.yu1srs.org.rs/2013/rules.html). Tnx YU0W and F5IN.<br />
* SPDX Contest : The "12 band or mode changes per one clock hour" rule is now implemented. A simultaneous change of band *and* mode (Ex: 80m CW -> 40m SSB) counts as 2 changes. Tnx SQ2GXO.<br />
* New Tools / Data entry / Priority / Callsign option to ignore any freq or band changes when entering digits only in the callsign field. Tnx P40L, N6TV.<br />
* RAC Winter and Canada Day Contests : The 10-minute rule for the multi-single entrants is now implemented. Tnx VE3JM and N6TV.<br />
* Russian 160 meter : New rules implemented. http://www.radio.ru/cq/contest/rule-results/index2012.shtml. Tnx RZ3DX.<br />
* QR Code added in the registration dialog to help mobile phones users.<br />
<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.10.0) (October 23, 2012)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* YO DX Contest : The child and log windows are now compliant with the chosen mode category (CW, SSB or MIXED). Previously, the mixed mode only was assumed.<br />
* NAQP : The K8 mark for "zones window" (Alt-Z) was labeled K81 instead. Tnx NX5M.<br />
* Text and CSV files options dialogs : The Del key was acting as "Remove all" instead of "Remove". Reminder : Shift-Del acts now as "Remove all", Del acts as "Remove", Shift-Ins acts as "Add all" and Ins acts as "Add". Tnx TM0HQ.<br />
* In the logfile fixing process, the backuped file had a wrong file extension (it was always .wtb). Tnx TM0HQ.<br />
* Status wnd (Alt-J) : Not always correctly ordered when sorted by freq/name. Tnx TM0HQ. <br />
* CQ VHF and CQ 160 : ARRL Section added in the Cabrillo output file for US/VE entrants (Task #323). Tnx W9ZRX & N6TV.<br />
* FT1000(D) : The IF filter setting is retained per mode when grabbing a spot. Tnx DL6FBL @ DR1A.<br />
* Under some concurrency circumstances in a multi-op environment, Win-Test could crash when deleting or modifying spots in the Alt-A or the radio wnds (Task #318). Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
<br />
* ARRL Sweepstakes, ARRL FD and ARRL 160 meter contests : ARRL/RAC sections list updated to comply with the four new RAC administrative sections (ONN, ONS, ONE, GTA), replacing the split Ontario Section. (Task #321)<br />
<br />
* Auto CQ : New option in the appropriate dialog to halt the auto CQ with the Esc key only. Equivalent text commands are RPTESCONLY and NORPTESCONLY. Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
* ARI Sezioni: Cabrillo output compliant with rules 2012. Tnx I2WIJ.<br />
<br />
* ARI DX : Cabrillo output compliant with rules 2012. Tnx I2WIJ.<br />
<br />
* IOTA : New rules 2012 implemented :<br />
** For multi-op (island) stations, display of Band/Mode changes in the rate window (Alt-R).<br />
** Cabrillo file : QSO lines now include RUN or MULT identifiers.<br />
** The score for World to World QSOs is reduced from 3 points to 2 points.<br />
** Island Stations now receive 5 points for World Station QSOs.<br />
** Island Stations now receive also 5 points when working their own Island.<br />
<br />
* RDXC : Oblasts window (Alt-Z) updated following the new list 2012. Tnx HA1AG, SP5KP, F5IN.<br />
<br />
* Check partial (F12) and NP1 (F8) wnds : The [UNIQUE] word has now its own background and text colors to draw the attention of the operator. Tnx CT1BOH.<br />
<br />
* JIDX : Cabrillo file : QSO lines format updated to comply with the new format specifications for the multi-op category. (See task #317). Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.9.1) (October 27, 2011)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* Fix an issue with missing resources which might make WT to crash.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.9.0) (October 26, 2011)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* Problem in Spanish language file fixed. Tks N6TV.<br />
* The exceptions callsigns of the CTY*.DAT files were wrongly parsed when operated from another DXCC entity (ex. W6HGF/KH0). Tnx JE2UFF.<br />
* During a Cabrillo import, if the format of the QSO line wasn't correct, the error message was off one on the QSO number. Tnx W6IZT.<br />
* IARU HF contest : The mode entry was empty in the output Cabrillo file for multi-op categories. It is now set to mixed. Tnx F1HAR @ TM0HQ.<br />
* The Kenwood radio protocol was broken when sending CAT commands with frequencies above the 3420 MHz band. Tnx W8ZN.<br />
* Task #310 : IARU HF contest : For US/VE stations, the ARRL section is now required, instead of the state or the province. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* Entering your own callsign in the bandmap (Ctrl-Enter) was displaying a "spotted by..." alert. Tnx F5JSD @ TM0HQ. <br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
<br />
* When a new file is created, the usage of a network drive is checked and strongly discouraged to prevent log inconstancy. Tnx VK8DX @ 4W6A<br />
* WAEDC : Time shift can now be applied to the QTC. Tnx DL8RDL.<br />
* NCCC Sprint : New rule 2011 : 15m QSO are now permitted. (See task #312). Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.8.0) (June 26, 2011)==<br />
<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* Task #308 : JIDX : 160m QSO points counted 1 pt instead of 4. Tnx N6KI and N6TV.<br />
<br />
* Under some circumstances, DXped audio recordings were not correctly tagged, the file information dialog was incomplete, and the QSO playbacks failed. Tnx VE3EY @ TO3A.<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
<br />
* ADIF : PROGRAMID and PROGRAMVERSION fields added in the file header.Tnx IZ8MBW.<br />
<br />
* LPT Interface : 50 MHz, 144 MHz and 432 (440) MHz band data outputs added. Tnx W8ZN and N6TV.<br />
<br />
* Callsign check rules : The pathetic 9HOHSJ callsign is now added as an exception (like RAEM, JY1 and TX9). Tnx OH2OT, F5HRY.<br />
<br />
* PACC contest : New rule 2011 : QSO are now allowed in each mode for mixed categories. Tnx PA2A.<br />
<br />
* RSGB 160m contest : Single-mode CW-only restriction removed to comply with the new rules 2011. QSO and bonuses are now allowed for each mode. Tnx G3XSV. <br />
<br />
* NAQP : Cabrillo output : The DXCC prefix is now indicated instead of "DX" for North American stations outside of K/VE. Tnx WA7BNM.<br />
<br />
* DARC XMas contest : New rules 2010 : "NM" is allowed as a exchange from the German stations, but is no more credited as a mult. Tnx DJ3WE.<br />
<br />
* DX Spots window (Alt-A) : New option to enable/disable logging of the incoming spots in the .dxc file. It is enabled by default. Under some circumstances (slow antivirus inspection, slow HDD, etc.), saving every spot (especially when using the RBN) was making Win-Test less responsive. The op-entered spots are always saved to allow their restoration on log startup. Tnx HA1AG @ ED9M.<br />
<br />
* Packet window (Alt-O) : New option to enable/disable logging of the packet stream in the .pkt file. It is enabled by default. Under some circumstances (slow antivirus inspection, slow HDD, etc.), saving the packet data stream (especially when using the RBN) was making Win-Test less responsive. Tnx HA1AG @ ED9M.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.7.0) (December 2, 2010)==<br />
<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* Task #300 : WAEDC RTTY : The sent QTC group number was not taken into acount by the other connected machines, and therefore the QTC numbering was garbled in M/* environment. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
<br />
* Task #266 : WAEDC RTTY : No *New Mult* warning. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
<br />
* WAEDC : Number of QTC to send dialog : Even if some buttons were disabled, their associated "number keys" were still active.<br />
<br />
* WAEDC : Sending QTC dialog (Ctrl-L) : In "show" context, and if messages were sent under some circumstances, Win-Test could crash. Tnx IW1QN.<br />
<br />
* WAEDC : Under some circumstances, sent QTC were not always correctly saved.<br />
<br />
* WAEDC : When the number of QTC to be sent is 0 (no more QTC available), all "number keys" and Enter are now ignored in the appropriate dialog.<br />
<br />
* Task #298 : Spacebar key didn't always work properly in the ARRL Sweepstakes contest. Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
* Task #297 : Double-click on Check Multipliers window (F10) didn't work in ARRL Sweepstakes. Tnx N6TV <br />
<br />
* Under some circumstances, if data entered in the time field didn't follow the HH:MM or HHMM format, it could lead to a crash. Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
* WinKey : Speed bursts were not executed if located just before the $LOGGED variable. Tnx ES5TV.<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
* CW Autosend : Feature temporarily disabled when Alt-Space (grab from the RT partner slot), Alt-1..9 (grab from the partner stack) and Ctrl-1..9 (exchange with the partner stack) are used. Tnx ES5TV, N6TV.<br />
<br />
* ARRL 10m contest : New Mexican multipliers added. The name of the database (which is now different from the other ARRL contests) is now ARRL_10M.DTB. Several XE stations (around 300) have been added in the current file: http://download.win-test.com/databases/ARRL_10M.DTB<br />
<br />
* MouseWheel actions are now compatible with HiRes optical mouses like the Microsoft Wireless LASER Mouse 8000. Tnx W9ZRX, N6TV.<br />
<br />
* Bandmap properties : The minimum spot bandwidth is now 0 Hz (!). Tnx SM2WMV.<br />
<br />
* IC775 : Force narrow IF filters when grabbing callsigns in CW. Tnx YL2GD.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.6.1) (Released only for demo and DxPed versions)==<br />
<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* The default directory name for a "DX expedition (VHF and above)" log was wrong. Tnx DJ4MZ.<br />
<br />
* When a callsign was entered by a dbl-click in the N+1 or the partials wnd, and if this feature was set to automatic, the callsign check status wasn't updated. Tnx ES5TV.<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
* COPYLOGCLEAR text command added. Equivalent to the COPYLOG command immediately followed by a CLEARLOG command. Tnx CT1BOH.<br />
<br />
* QTC receive dlg : New variable $QTCROW introduced indicating the QTC line number where the cursor is located. Mainly used in RTTY for asking a resent of a specific line. The default F8 button message is now "AGN QTC $QTCROW?" in this mode. Tnx DK4WA.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.6.0) (October 24, 2010)==<br />
<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* Task #296 : Check mult window (F10) was not updated properly when using in ESM mode with S&P mode selected. Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
* Under some circumstances, the default filename of a contest log could contain invalid characters. Tnx G0ORH.<br />
<br />
* Second zones window : The labels display option was not restored.<br />
<br />
* When grabbing a callsign in the RTTY window, the realtime partner window field wasn't updated. Tnx ES5TV.<br />
<br />
* Task #290 : On restart, Win-Test didn't remember the last SO2R scenario that was selected. Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
* WAEDC : QTC receive dialog (Alt-L). Using the INSERT key in this dlg was crashing Win-Test.<br />
<br />
* Task #291 : RadioWnd : Ctrl-Up/Down weren't working properly in list mode. Tnx ES5TV.<br />
<br />
* Under some circonstances, Win-Test could crash when started with the CapsLock key engaged.<br />
<br />
* Advanced SO2R CW messages dialog : The Esc and Enter keys now work.<br />
<br />
* WAEDC : Clock wnd : QTC in stock was always displayed for M/S entrants regardless of their location (EU or DX).<br />
<br />
* WAEDC : Clock wnd : QTC in stock value was not immediately updated after a Q was received thru the network.<br />
<br />
* EZMaster, MK/MKII/... and OTRSP setup dialogs : The Esc and Enter keys were not correctly handled.<br />
<br />
* Transmit QTC window (Ctrl-L) : Under some circonstances, the context-oriented background colors were not correctly updated.<br />
<br />
* WAEDC : After receiving QTC, the potential QTC counts in the bandmaps were not always updated. Tnx DF9LJ. <br />
<br />
* WAEDC : Every time a Cabrillo file or a summary file was written, the QTC counts were increased. Tnx DF9LJ, DL6RAI, and several others.<br />
<br />
* KCJ : TG (Tochigi) and NR (Nara) multipliers were missing in the Alt-Z window. Tnx F5IN.<br />
<br />
* NAC 10 : Exchange sent are now 6-positions gridsquares. Tnx SM6FKF.<br />
<br />
* Task #284. Your own call incorrectly counted one HQ if such an exchange was entered. Tnx TM0HQ, N6TV. <br />
<br />
* DX cluster (Alt-A) and radio wnds : If the SP or the LP value of the spot was 0°, heading was not displayed. Tnx SM5AJV/SE5E.<br />
<br />
* Task #282: Under some circonstances the QSO number displayed in the report for possible bad exchanges was wrong. Tnx DF1DX.<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
* CAUTION: New network protocol version 1.25 released. Reminder: If you use WT in a networked environment, you must have the same WT version on all machines!<br />
<br />
* The wtArg (and wtArgument) variables are now local to the called script.<br />
<br />
* For phone contesting, scripts can be called from the Advanced SO2R scenarios with the #SCRIPT or #@SCRIPT notation.<br />
<br />
* Lua scripting: New input API:<br />
<br />
:* wtApp:InputUpperText(Prompt, Title, Default) If Title or Prompt is empty, a default text is used. Typed letters are automatically upper-cased while entering.<br />
<br />
* Lua scripting: New wtGab API introduced:<br />
<br />
:* wtGab:Send(strText[, strToStation]) sends a gab strText to strToStation. If strToStation is omitted, the text is sent to the whole network.<br />
<br />
* NCCC Sprint : New rules implemented. Tnx K9MMS, N6TV.<br />
<br />
* CQWW RTTY : In M/S category, the band changes counts are now displayed for the RUN and the MULT stations in the rate window (Alt-R). Tnx ES5TV.<br />
<br />
* Edition keys : To improve the compatibility with CT, Ctrl-B, Ctrl-D and Ctrl-F keys are now processed in the log fields. Tnx N5KO, N6TV.<br />
<br />
* WAEDC : QTC receive dialog (Alt-L) : New $FIELD variable introduced. This variable takes the value "GROUP", "TIME", "CL" or "NR", depending on the kind of QTC field where the insertion point is located.<br />
<br />
* New CW and RTTY options to work dupes or not. If dupes are worked, the $QSOB4 variable is ignored. The equivalent text commands are WORKDUPE/NOWORKDUPE or WORKDUPEON/WORKDUPEOFF. There is a different setting available per mode (CW or RTTY).<br />
<br />
* Task #205 : The $RxRy variables located in the end of a CW message, if any, are automatically appended to the content of the $QSOB4 message if played. Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
* The $QSOB4 variable can now include scripts calls.<br />
<br />
* The scripts calls in the CW or RTTY messages are now synchronous to the CW or the RTTY streams. To execute them asynchronously, they can be called with the #@ notation. Example :<br />
<br />
-- script.wts<br />
wtApp:AlertBox("Hello World!");<br />
<br />
and the CW/RTTY message content is :<br />
<br />
AAA #SCRIPT BBB<br />
<br />
The keyer sends AAA, then "waits" until the user hits the OK button in the "Hello World!" alert box to send BBB.<br />
<br />
If the CW/RTTY message content is:<br />
<br />
AAA #@SCRIPT BBB<br />
<br />
The keyer sends AAA and starts the script (and the alert box is open), *but* it continues to key the rest of the message ("BBB") without waiting the user intervention. This is the asynchronous mode.<br />
<br />
* Lua scripting : One new wtKeyer API introduced :<br />
<br />
:* wtKeyer:Insert(strMessage) : Works for the CW and RTTY keyers. When used in a synchroneous script, if gives the possibility to "fill-in" data into the CW/RTTY message. It is recommanded to use it only in the synchroneous mode (see above) to ensure data are inserted in the right place. WARNING : strMessage can only contain textual data (no variable or script call). It is *not* interpreted by the CW/RTTY parser (except the +/- speed bursts).<br />
<br />
* Lua scripting : New wtStatus API introduced :<br />
<br />
:* wtStatus:GetList() returns a table with names of the stations in the network.<br />
:* wtStatus:GetStatus(strStation) returns a table with fields of the status of a given station. Returns nil if this station doesn't exist. The table keys are "band" "mode" "currentRadio" "radio1Freq" "radio2Freq" "radio1IsManual" "radio2IsManual" "passFreq" "type" and "qsyStatusId".<br />
:* wtStatus:GetFreq(strBand[, strMode]) returns the "best" pass freq for a given band and mode. To determine this frequency, it uses the same algorithm as the $FREQnn variable.<br />
<br />
* Lua scripting : New wtOtrsp API introduced :<br />
:* wtOtrsp:GetDeviceName() returns the name of the OTRSP attached device.<br />
:* wtOtrsp:GetFirmwareVersion() returns the firmware version of the OTRSP attached device. NOTE : Some devices do not support this API, and return an empty string.<br />
:* wtOtrsp:Send(strCommand) sends a command string to the OTRSP attached device. The trailing <CR> character is optional, and is appended if needed.<br />
<br />
* Scripts manager dialog usability improved. Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
* OTRSP : If the OTRSP device has controls and if they can generate events, dedicated Lua scripts are called when events occur :<br />
:* otrspCrOn.wts and otrspCrOff.wts (not case-sensitive) are called when such a control has values 1 and 0 respectively. wtArg is set to the control number (0 to 9).<br />
:* otrspCrEvent.wts (not case-sensitive) is called for all states of the events. wtArg is set to (256 * cr) + state (cr = control number - 1 to 9, and state = value of the state when the event occured - 0 to 255).<br />
<br />
WARNING : If the PTT events are used, the control 0 is restricted to this usage, and doesn't fire the otrspCrOn/Off/Event.wts scripts. If the PTT events are not used, otrspCrEvent is not called when an event on this control occured. Only the otrspCrOn/Off scripts are executed.<br />
<br />
* microHAM devices : When an attached footswitch is used, two dedicated Lua scripts named microhamFsOn.wts and microhamFsOff.wts (not case-sensitive) are called. wtArg is set the radio number of the footswitch (0 for MK/MKII - 0 or 1 for MK2R/MK2R+/u2R depending<br />
on the footswitch that generated the event).<br />
<br />
* Elecraft K3 : To circumvent erratic loss of control when used with various other devices, CAT stacked commands are now sent in a delayed sequence. Tnx N6TV, N6XI, and others.<br />
<br />
* Lua Scripting : New wtMicroham API introduced :<br />
:* wtMicroham:GetDeviceId() returns the ID of the microHAM attached device. Check the Lua constants for interpretation.<br />
:* wtMicroham:GetFirmwareVersion() returns the firmware version string of the microHAM attached device.<br />
:* wtMicroham:Send(strCommand) sends a command string to the microHAM attached device . The trailing <CR> character is optional, and is appended if needed.<br />
Tnx ES5TV, N6TV, OM7ZZ.<br />
<br />
* Contest settings dialog: The contest combo box is now divided in sections.<br />
<br />
* Status Wnd (Alt-J) : Code rewritten to adapt the window columns to the contest in progress : The band is displayed if the current contest is multi-band. The mode is displayed if the current contest is multi-mode, and the type (R, M, etc.) is only displayed for Multi-Op HF contests. Also, when the CQWW M/S multiplier rule is used, new indicators are displayed in the QSY column.<br />
<br />
* Status Wnd (Alt-J) : Rewording of "QSY Freq" to "Pass Freq". Menu items adapted too.<br />
<br />
* Status Wnd (Alt-J) : When operating in SO1R/Multi-Op technique, the Radio 2 freq is automatically hidden, and the Radio 1 freq is now using the same color as the other items of the line.<br />
<br />
* RDA Contest : All DXCC entities are taken into account for multipliers, even the Russian ones. Tnx UA2FF and RX3RC.<br />
<br />
* COPYLOG text command added : Duplicate the current log file (.wt4) in the current log directory with a timestamp added in its name. Useful to quickly save the current log right after a contest warm-up, just before clearing it (CLEARLOG) and start the contest. Tnx DL6RAI for inspiration.<br />
<br />
* MP3 Contest Player : You can now select which channel(s) - Left, Right or Stereo - to listen to. When Left or Right is selected, this channel is sent to both outputs for a more pleasant listening. Useful to listen to true SO2R stereo recordings. The shortcuts (AltGr+C for Left / AltGr+V for Stereo / AltGr+B for Right) have been chosen for their location on the keyboard.<br />
<br />
* WAEDC : Received QTC window (Alt-L) : The contest recorder keys are now active also in this window.<br />
<br />
* RDA contest : ADIF export : The first two chars of received district (if applicable) are saved as STATE field and the district (reformatted as XX-dd) is saved as CNTY. Tnx UA2FF. <br />
<br />
* RDA contest : For Russian entrants, a QSO with a /P Russian station (assumed to be a C1 or C2 stations) is now credited with 10 pts. Note that using /P for C1 or C2 stations is *not* mandatory (Check the note 5.2 of the English rules). Tnx UA6AA.<br />
<br />
* WAEDC : Received QTC window (Alt-L) : The ESC key only works if no field have been edited (and closes the dialog). If a field has been edited, the ESC has no action (except interrupting CW etc.). Tnx F5VIH/SV3SJ.<br />
<br />
* WAEDC : Transmit and Receive QTC windows (Ctrl-L and Alt-L): Modified wordings for some buttons, and easier usability for users, especially when using Esc and Ctrl-L/Alt-L to close these windows. Tnx DL6RAI, DF9LF, G3TXF.<br />
<br />
* WAEDC : Transmit QTC window (Ctrl-L) : In CW or RTTY, if no QTC is sent, the Ctrl-L and Esc keys close the dialog with no confirmation asked. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
<br />
* WAEDC : Receive QTC window (Alt-L) : If no field is edited, the Alt-L and Esc keys close the dialog with no confirmation asked. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
<br />
* WAEDC : Receive QTC window (Alt-L) : To improve consistency with the log edition keys, a new key set is introduced :<br />
<br />
Alt-Arrows : Moving from one field to another (replace Ctrl-Arrows)<br />
Shift-Backspace: Delete all the characters left of the cursor<br />
Shift-Del: Delete all characters under and right of the cursor <br />
Ctrl-A: Like [Home]<br />
Ctrl-E: Like [End]<br />
Ctrl-W: Clear the current field<br />
Ctrl-K: Like [Shift-Del]<br />
Ctrl-Z: Undo field edition<br />
Ctrl-Left arrow: Like [Home]<br />
Ctrl-Right arrow: Like [End]<br />
<br />
Tnx F5VIH/SV3SJ<br />
<br />
* WAEDC : If the "Show additional information on QTC traffic" option is enabled, the callsign syntax check status messages are no more displayed, to free the message line for the QTC status. Only applies to the WAEDC. Tnx DJ0ZY.<br />
<br />
* LUA scripting : Two new global variables wtScript and wtCurrentScript introduced. wtScript contains the name of the top-most called script, with no extension, and wtCurrentScript contains the script name currently executed (no extension). For example :<br />
<br />
-- foo.wts<br />
wtApp:AlertBox(wtScript .. " / " .. wtCurrentScript);<br />
wtApp:CallScript("bar");<br />
return -1;<br />
--<br />
<br />
-- bar.wts<br />
wtApp:AlertBox(wtScript .. " / " .. wtCurrentScript);<br />
--<br />
<br />
When foo is executed, the first alert box will display "foo / foo" and the next one will display "foo / bar". Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
* Check country wnd (F10) : New option to display (or not) the sun charts. Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
* ESM embedded script : When using the SO2R advanced technique, the scenarios messages are used instead of the standard ones. Tnx SM2WMV, N6TV and F6IFY.<br />
<br />
* Remote commands dialog : Various different options for the notification are now allowed.<br />
<br />
* Script manager : Added the possibility to attach a text command to a script. You can even pass a argument with the SCRIPT/ARGUMENT syntax (ex : SCRIPT/5 will call script.wts and the wtArg value is set to the string "5" - Caution : The argument is *always* passed as a string when the script is called from a text command). If no argument is specified, the default argument defined in the script manager will be used (if any). Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
* IARU HF : Mult wnd (Alt-M) can now be copied as text (and pasted as text or directly in a spreadsheet program). Does not apply for the WRTC version that has a different multiplier rule.<br />
<br />
* IOTA : Even if IOTA.DAT is not installed, IOTA references that are syntaxically valid are now taken into account for points credits and are written in the Cabrillo file. Tnx SM3CER. <br />
<br />
* IOTA : Mult wnd (Alt-M) can now be copied as text (and pasted as text or directly in a spreadsheet program). Tnx G3TXF.<br />
<br />
* The check logs tools reports are now adapted to the mixed contests.<br />
<br />
* Enhanced replies to the inventory command (INV) with bridgehead and time masters indicators (B vs b and T vs t).<br />
<br />
* BRIDGEHEAD/NOBRIDGEHEAD text commands added.<br />
<br />
* IARU HF : "BA" added to the exception list of the cut numbers translation, despite this abbreviation is not listed as the official one of the E7HQ Society. Cf http://www.iaru.org/iaru-soc.html Tnx UA6AA and many others.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.5.2) (July 3, 2010)==<br />
<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
<br />
* Bugfix : Fixed a problem with registration in some versions.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.5.1) (June 27, 2010)==<br />
<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
<br />
* Bugfix : MP3 information files dialog could lead to a crash if no mp3 file were present in the current log directory.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix : ARI Sezioni - RTTY : Only valid 4 digits codes can be now grabbed from the RTTY wnd as an exchange. Tnx IK0CHU.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.5.0) (June 5, 2010)==<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
<br />
CAUTION: New network protocol version 1.24 released<br />
<br />
Reminder: If you use WT in a networked environment, you must have the same WT version on all machines!<br />
<br />
These network modifications only affect the use of Win-Test in a WAN environment, and requires wtTunnel 1.12 (to be released) to be effective.<br />
<br />
* Workaround: YCCC SO2R Box outputs were not working as expected. At this time, AUX1 and AUX3 are assigned to Radio1, and AUX2 and AUX4 to Radio2. This will be customizable in the future.<br />
<br />
* Added a Extraction Feature in Contest Recorder (right-click in the Contest Recorder Window, and chose the "Extract and Save QSO" menu).<br />
<br />
* Text commands : <tt>MP3SETUP</tt> and <tt>SCRIPTS</tt> commands added. Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
* Scripts manager dlg : The delete key now acts like clicking on the Delete button.<br />
<br />
* New microHam device "USB micro2R" supported. Tks OM7ZZ.<br />
<br />
* Radio Wnd and DX Cluster Wnd (Alt-A) : New leading indicator (#) introduced to tag spots coming from a CW Skimmer (aka the spotter callsign ends with "-#").<br />
<br />
* CW cut numbers translation : New option in Tools / Data entry to disable the automatic translation. Note that this translation is performed on a contest and worked station contextual basis. The equivalent text commands are <tt>CUTON</tt> and <tt>CUTOFF</tt>. Do not use <tt>CUT/NOCUT</tt> that are reserved for CW cut numbers generation ! Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
* EXPERIMENTAL : New "Always On Top" option in the Options / Windows menu. Can also be (re)set with text commands. Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* Bugfix : IC-7600 : Split was broken. Tnx N3MX, I2WIJ.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix : In M/* configuration, and under certain circumstances, the mp3 files list associated with a station in the MP3 file information dialog could be wrong.<br />
<br />
* ARRL DX : CW cut numbers are translated for DXCC stations worked from the US/VE side.<br />
<br />
* MP3 setup : Only the CBR codecs are now displayed in the setup dialogs. The usage of the ABR codecs (most of the LAME ACM ones) is too erratic to be trusted in. Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix : REF HF : Cut numbers were translated for TK stations (2A). Tnx F5CQ.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix : Additional CW messages (Alt-C) : When no log is opened, the function keys are now disabled.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix : Recorder wnd : Under certain circumstances, the buttons tooltips were not always displayed.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix : HA DX contest : When working contest from the HA side, cut numbers where always translated, whereas it had to be so for non-HA callsigns only. Tnx HA3LN.<br />
<br />
* Contest Recorder: the "rotate file" option were disabling the AutoStart one. Fixed. Thanks IK2JUB.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.4.0) (January 17, 2010)==<br />
<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* Bugfix (#255): K1EL WinKey USB CW timing becomes very poor (Farnsworth style) when PTT delay is default 50 ms. This was caused by too low hardcoded value (80ms) of the PTT Tail delay. This delay is now configurable in the Winkey Properties Dialog Box. Tks F5JSD, SM5AJV, KL7RA and N6TV.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix (#253): Input Wave Device was not properly selected in the Contest Recorder Module. Tks N6TV, NR5M.<br />
<br />
* MP3 files information dialog : Under certain circumstances, the displayed stop time and duration of the selected file were wrong. Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix (#271) : Packet window (Alt-T) was losing focus when the gab window was automatically closed. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix (#272) : Under certain circumstances, pattern checking flags were not updated if an entered callsign was modified. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
<br />
* DARC 10 : Leading zeros addition for serial received was broken. Tnx DK1AX.<br />
* Bugfix : MP3 files recorded in 2009 couldn't be listened to anymore in Win-Test in 2010 ;-) ! Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix : Stew Perry : Under certain circumstances, an overflow error could happen in distance calculations for Q inside the same GridSquare as the entrant. Tnx VE3TA.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix (Task #270) : ARRL 10 : When running the contest from the DX side, the serial sent was not editable. Tnx CX6VM.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix : RTTY wnds : Left-click to activate (and right-click to open the contextual menu) in the text area were broken. Also, the possibility to Ctrl-Drag these windows has been added.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix : ARI 40/80 contest in RTTY : The provinces can now be grabbed in the RTTY wnd. Also fixed for the ARI International Contest. Tnx IK0CHU.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix : The Inventory and Score broadcast network frames could have bad data. Tnx SV3SJ/F5VIH.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix : After opening a non-empty log, the first PgUp press was not updating the child windows.<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
<br />
* Added some new features of the WK2 (WKUSB) for the PTT Tail. Tks F5JSD, K1EL.<br />
<br />
* OmniRig supported as an alternative to the WT build-in Radio Control. Right-click on the Radio Window then choose "OmniRig Settings" in order to properly configure OmniRig for your Radio.<br />
<br />
* IC-703 rig added.<br />
<br />
* First attempt in OTRSP (Open Two Radio Switching Protocol) protocol support. Tested with the YCCC SO2R Box but not in real conditions. Tks K1XM.<br />
<br />
* Log output : Progress bar implemented. Tnx TF3CW.<br />
<br />
* Edit / Move in my log menu item has now text commands equivalents: <tt>MOVEINMYLOG</tt> (or <tt>SCROLLMYLOG</tt>) and <tt>NOMOVEINMYLOG</tt> (or <tt>NOSCROLLMYLOG</tt>). Tnx 5B4WN.<br />
<br />
* Rate wnd (Alt-R) : Two methods are now available to display the elapsed time since the last band changes. Tnx F1NGP and TK5EP.<br />
<br />
* MRU (Most Recently Used) file list added in the File menu.<br />
<br />
* IC-7600 rig added.<br />
<br />
* ICOM rigs : Radio list rearranged alphabetically in the Interface Setup dialog.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix : RTTY wnds : The invert function was also inverting the character next to the selection.<br />
<br />
* RTTY wnds : Mirror zone enlarged to allow 4-figures serials.<br />
<br />
* RTTY wnds : Callsigns found in the database or in the log are now displayed in bold.<br />
<br />
* RTTY wnds : Colors management added.<br />
<br />
* Grid Squares wnd : It can now be enlarged to the entire world. Tnx F8BBL.<br />
<br />
* Grid Squares wnd : New options in the contextual menu to display fields only, and to center the map on a specific point more easily (it requires the map is NOT centered on the Home QTH in the properties dialog).<br />
<br />
* Grid Squares wnd : The resolution (low or high) chosen in the properties dialog wasn't properly saved.<br />
<br />
* CQWW WPX Contests (Task #269) : Various updates to comply with the new rules introduced in 2010. Tnx K5ZD, W0YK.<br />
<br />
* ARRL Contests : Default Off-time period set to 30 mins. Tnx CX6VM and DL6RAI.<br />
<br />
* New "-n" or "--noautoload" switch allowed in the command line to disable the autoload log feature. Tnx N6TV (The only Win-Test user who runs it from the command line ;-) ).<br />
<br />
* Startup time reduced.<br />
<br />
* CSV and Text exports : HF logs can now export distance and heading. CAUTION : To ensure consistency with the VHF logs exports (and many geographical processing softwares or online apps), the longitude is now positive for East, and negative for West.<br />
<br />
* Tools / Check log / Callsigns syntax check added. Uses the pattern callsigns rules file (callsign.pat).<br />
<br />
* LUA : wtArg can now be used to get the optional argument set in the Script Manager or in a #SCRIPT(argument) call. To ensure compatibility, wtArgument remains usable.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix : Under some circonstances, some key assignments to scripts were not working properly. Tnx DJ0ZY.<br />
<br />
* Script key assignment dialog : If no key is assigned, the argument field is now automatically cleared and disabled.<br />
<br />
* Lua : New API to get the type and the manufactuer of the radios: wtRadio*:GetTypeId() and wtRadio*:GetManufacturerId(). Reminder : wtRadio* applies to wtRadio, wtRadioInactive, wtRadioPrimary, wtRadioSecondary, wtRadio1 or wtRadio2. New Lua WT constants are introduced for this purpose. A new directory on our download repository has been created to gather the API and the constants lists : http://download.win-test.com/v4/lua/<br />
<br />
* REF 160 : As non-domestic stations can send non-numeric exchanges the CW cut numbers translation is now disabled. Tnx F5IN.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.3.0) (November 23, 2009)==<br />
<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* Bugfix: playing back MP3s recorded on different stations was broken. Tks FY5KE.<br />
<br />
* Contest Recorder (#253): USB Voice Codec was not detected due to a trailing space in the Codec Name. Fixed. Tks N6TV.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix (#182): Wrong QSX Frequency in Self-generated Spots. Tks K1GQ.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix (#262): CQ Repeat doesn't stop for Secondary Radio. Tks DJ0ZY.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix (#259): Pressing Alt-1 in Secondary Radio window moves QSO to wrong band. Alt-1/2/3/... are now active only with the Primary radio and when the Partner Wnd is open. Tks N6TV.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix (#251): NA Sprint - LOCATION record not written to Cabrillo file header. Done also for IARU HF, NAQP and NCCC Sprints. Tks N6TV.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix (#243): WPX contest now requires LOCATION in Cabrillo. Done also for CQWW even if it doesn't seem required yet. Tks N6TV.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix : Ukranian DX contest and RDXC : Cut numbers were translated even for Oblasts. Tnx F5IN and RK1AA.<br />
<br />
* UFT HF : Under some circonstances, the received report was not correctly translated with cut numbers. Tnx F5IN.<br />
<br />
* CQWW M/S : The 10-minute mult timer in the status window (Alt-J) was broken. Tnx FY5KE. <br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
<br />
* Italian translation added. Tks IV3IYH!<br />
<br />
* Search for Possible Bad Exchanges against bad formated serial number implemented. Tks N6TV.<br />
<br />
* Added some basic checks for ARRL SS in the "Search for Possible Bad Exchanges" tool. Tks N6TV.<br />
<br />
* The '<' and '>' keys are now interpreted by the Secondary Radio Window as well, as far as the SHIFT key is not used for binding to the Secondary Radio Window (task #216). Tks N6TV.<br />
<br />
* WAE : When using the keyboard mode in the QTC transmitting and receiving dialogs, the Enter key was mis-interpreted. And now, in CW, the "what you type" field is also updated. Tnx DL6RAI and DJ4MZ.<br />
<br />
* Lua : New API to play the additional CW/RTTY messages (Alt-C set)<br />
<br />
wtKeyer:PlayAdditionalMsg(AdditionalMsgIndex)<br />
<br />
AdditionalMsgIndex is the index of the Alt-C messages set (1 to 12). Others are ignored. This API is useful when these messages contains variables. If not, you can still use wtKeyer:Play("$MSGx").<br />
<br />
* Lua: New API introduced to get various interesting directories paths:<br />
<br />
wtApp:GetLogPath() Current log directory path<br />
wtApp:GetAppPath() Win-Test installation directory path<br />
wtApp:GetCfgPath() \cfg directory path<br />
wtApp:GetCtyPath() \countryFiles directory path<br />
wtApp:GetDatabasePath() \databases directory path<br />
wtApp:GetOpPath() \ops directory path<br />
wtApp:GetScriptPath() \scripts directory path<br />
wtApp:GetExtraPath() \extras directory path<br />
<br />
* WAE : Transmit and Receive QTC windows : Scripts are now allowed in the predefined CW/RTTY messages (use the #SCRIPT notation as usual). Tnx DL6RAI. <br />
<br />
* Ukranian DX contest : Rules 2009 now accept single mode entries for DX : Cabrillo file output updated. Tnx F5IN.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.2.0) (October 21, 2009)==<br />
<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* Bugfix: Conversion of binary file containing QTC from v3 to v4. Tks DJ4MZ.<br />
<br />
* Better support of Win7 and Wine/Linux.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix (#258): Failure of swap radio key to switch rx focus for the MK2R+ as long as one not manually changed the rx focus to stereo or transmitted anything in CW. Tks GW3NJW, OH1JT, OM7ZZ, W4TV.<br />
<br />
* Cosmetic: avoid rx focus leds flickering when switching tx focus. Tks OM7ZZ.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix (#187): Ctrl-Shift-Tab doesn't appear to toggle RUN / S&P in Secondary radio window. Tks N6TV, GW3NJW.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix : K3 serial port default setup modified : The number of stop bits was wrong - It is now set to one stop bit, according to the K3 users manual. Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
* ON Winter and Spring contests : Sections list updated. Tnx F5IN and ON5GQ.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix (#257) : CQWW DX RTTY : Cabrillo template modified to match the specs. Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix : CQWW DX RTTY : Allowed band changes modified to 8 in MS and M2 categories (rules 2009). Tnx F5JY.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix (#164): TI5/NP3D is now parsed as TI. Tnx JE2UFF/W2UFF.<br />
<br />
* CTY files : 4U30VIC now considered as 4U1V in an appropriate way. Tnx DL6LAU.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix : After reloading a WAE log, the QTC count in the Summary window was wrong. Tnx DK1AX.<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
<br />
* Scripting: wtQso:GetModeId() and wtKeyer:GrabHighlightedCallsign() function added. Note that wtKeyer:GrabHighlightedCallsign() works only in RTTY, and relies on the INSERT key option set in the RTTY setup dialog.<br />
<br />
* New option in the Clock wnd to "wizz" this window a la MSN at rounded hours, to draw attention of the op (useful in multi-op configurations).<br />
<br />
* New feature in Tools / Scripts manager... : Allows to edit, create, delete or rename scripts. It's also used to assign a key and/or an argument to a script (its value will be available in the wtArgument global variable).<br />
<br />
* Scripts called by an assigned key can return +1 to be called again *after* the WT key processing ooccured. A new API wtApp:IsPostKeyProcess() is introduced to distinguish the "pre"- process from the "post"-process.<br />
<br />
Example:<br />
<br />
RunSPSwitch.wts (assigned to Ctrl-Tab) :<br />
<br />
if (wtApp:IsPostKeyProcess()) then<br />
if (wtQso:IsOperatingModeRun()) then<br />
wtApp:SetWindowColor(-1, 0, 165, 165);<br />
else<br />
wtApp:SetWindowColor(-1, 128,128,128);<br />
end;<br />
else<br />
return 1; -- Triggers a post key process call<br />
end;<br />
<br />
Note : This feature works only for users scripts called with an assigned key (and *not* with embedded overriden scripts).<br />
<br />
* Scripts can now be called from a CW or a RTTY message. You must use the #SCRIPTNAME(ARGUMENT) notation. The argument (and parenthesis) are optional. The script will be called synchroneously, but is executed in the main thread, meaning that it is not blocking the CW/RTTY stream.<br />
<br />
* New feature in Options / Script Editor configuration : Allows to use any external text editor to edit scripts. The default text editor is a custom package of SciTE (Scintilla Text Editor - free and open source) available on our repository<br />
<br />
http://download.win-test.com/utils/SciTE_for_Win-Test.zip<br />
<br />
Unzip the package and move the entire SciTE folder in the Win-Test installation directory.<br />
<br />
* YO DX Contest : Rules 2009 : In mixed mode, a station can be worked in both modes. Tnx N2YO.<br />
<br />
* Tools / Check log for possible bad exchanges : When the contest do not use serial numbers, use the QSO index in the report remarks. Tnx F1HAR @ TM0HQ.<br />
<br />
* Keys redefinitions : The Pause and Scroll-Lock keys can now be used. Be warned that Ctrl-Scroll-Lock and Ctrl-Pause (that are considered as "identical" by the system) are used by Windows to cancel dialogs. Thus, it is advisable to not use them for key redefinition.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.1.0) (August 8, 2009)==<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
<br />
* IOTA contest: "Search for possible bad exchanges" (tools menu) implemented.<br />
<br />
* Rotator Azimuth orders are now based on the locator instead of the DXCC on 50 MHz and above. On 50 MHz and 70 MHz, if the locator field is empty in the log, then the azimuth is computed against the DXCC prefix.<br />
<br />
* New text commands RUNSP/NORUNSP and RUNSPON/RUNSPOFF to enable or not the RUN/S&P switching. Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
* New contest files : You can now customize the file name and sub dir formats. See Options / Log / New contest files properties... Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
* IOTA contest : Default IOTA reference is now guessed, according to the new CTY_IOTA.DAT file (must be in the countryFiles directory). This file is based on DXCC countries, callsign prefixes, call areas and oblasts.<br />
<br />
* IOTA contest : Check mult wnd (F10) : IOTA references are now autocompleted for check during QSO entry.<br />
<br />
* New File menu items to explore more easily several WT-related directories. Tnx F5VIH/SV3SJ and N6TV.<br />
<br />
* DX Window (Alt-A) : Spot can be now passed to the secondary radio or the non-active radio. Tnx DL8WAA.<br />
<br />
* M2/Orion rotators added in wtRotators. Tks IK0HBN.<br />
<br />
* The RRTC Cabrillo files are now following the version 3 specs. And the contest name is modified as "OZCHR". Tnx F5VIH/SV3SJ.<br />
<br />
* CW and RTTY msgs enlarged to 120 characters.<br />
<br />
* Extra information files : Multiple spaces or tabs can now separate the callsign from the data. Tnx G0ORH.<br />
<br />
* New File dialog : Ensures the validity of the entered file name. Tnx DJ7MGQ.<br />
<br />
* ESM : S&P : When the entered callsign is a dupe, WT now blocks call. To override this behaviour, use F4 to call and F2 to send exchange (by default). Tnx GW3NJW.<br />
<br />
* VHF+ contests : Mode is now displayed in the main log wnd if the contest has been set to handle several modes (Mixed or All modes). Tnx DK2ZF and DL5NAH.<br />
<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* The displayed azimuth in the Rotator Window could be wrong in the "Stacks" and "Rotors" tabs.<br />
<br />
* EUHF : Statistics window (Ctrl-F9) limited to one day. Tnx F5VIH/SV3SJ.<br />
<br />
* IOTA contest : When an invalid IOTA was entered, clearing the field afterwards wasn't clearing the '?' flag.<br />
<br />
* Contest Recorder:<br />
** Infinite loop in MP3 file rotations. Tks DD5FZ.<br />
** Memory Leak using LAME encoder.<br />
** MP3 Codec enumeration in the player. WT was not always detecting the appropriate Codec.<br />
** Playback with Windows VISTA. Note that the LAME Codec is an Encoder Codec only.<br />
<br />
* When radios were swapped (*), the ESM QSO status was somewhat messy.<br />
<br />
* For some contests, the letters for cut numbers were inappropriately translated.<br />
<br />
* After a WT v3 file conversion, the main window caption was not updated.<br />
<br />
* MP3 files information : The file date was off by one month. Tnx F5VIH/SV3SJ.<br />
<br />
* Cabrillo Import : The station name for all worked QSO was CABRILLO. Now, it uses the name entered in the Contest Settings dialog. Tnx F5VIH/SV3SJ.<br />
<br />
* Callsign text color wasn't reset after F11 or empty callsign if the callsign check wasn't automatic. Tnx DJ0ZY.<br />
<br />
* Delete QSO : Several structures inconstancies fixed when a Q was deleted in the middle of the log.<br />
<br />
* In REG1TEST exports (European Standard File for V/UHF Contests), QSO logged in mode different than CW or SSB was not well formatted. Tks DL5NAH.<br />
<br />
* Options / Log / Colors... menu was broken. Tnx F5LIW.<br />
<br />
* Check Country wnd (F10) : Sun status bars now display "NO DATA" when SS and SR are not computed (JW, JX etc.). Tnx DJ0ZY.<br />
<br />
* (Task #245) Network advanced settings : The Bridgehead setting was not saved. Tnx KL7RA and N6TV.<br />
<br />
* Opening a .wtb file in the command line, by drag'n'drop or a double-click on it was starting an infinite loop. Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.0.1) (June 30, 2009)==<br />
<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
<br />
* Options / Toolbar setting was ignored on startup. Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
* ESM was broken. Tnx F1HAR.<br />
<br />
* Registration Key was broken.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.0.0) (June 26, 2009)==<br />
<br />
First release of Win-Test version 4<br />
<br />
Minimum requirements : WinXP (2k not tested but may mork - feedbacks<br />
welcome). PIII 500 MHz - 64 MB RAM - 800 x 600 screen res.<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
<br />
Summary of the new features:<br />
<br />
* Rotators Controls<br />
<br />
* Integrated MP3 contest recorder and player: Use the Options / MP3 configuration to set the audo device that will record and play the file, the various sampling and bit rate settings. You can also set a maximum filesize. Over this limit, additional files will be automatically created. To start recording click on the record button of the window (a blinking red square will be displayed in the clock window too). Once the contest is over, click on the record button again to stop recording. Now, you can browse your log with usual arrow keys and to listen to a specific Q but clicking the Play button or use the <code>AltGr-Enter</code> combination (some keyboard do not have an <code>AltGr</code> key, so use <code>Ctrl+Alt</code> instead). You can also go back and forward with the adapted buttons or use AltGr-Left and Right. To pause/play, you can use the <code>AltGr-Space</code> combination.<br />
<br />
* ESM (Enter Sends Message): Enabled/Disabled by the Tools/Data entry/ESM Enabled menu. You can also use the ESM/NOESM or ESMON/ESMOFF text commmands. It relies on the following messages assignation : <br />
F1 : CQ<br />
F2 : Sent report<br />
F4 : Mycall<br />
F5 : Logged callsign ($LOGGED)<br />
F7 : ? (or "Again ?" in phone)<br />
INSERT : Callsign + sent report<br />
PLUS : TU + enter Q<br />
When the ESM is enabled, as the return key *can't* be used anymore to log silently a QSO, the key combination Ctrl+Plus has been introduced and added for this purpose.<br />
<br />
* Variable speed for the integrated voice keyer : An exclusive Win-Test feature! You can play your voice files at a different speed (between -20% and +70%) from the original recording speed. Record your voice files at normal speed, and use Alt-F9/F10 (as in CW mode) to play them at a different speed. The speed in displayed at the bottom of the (Rate) Alt-R window.<br />
<br />
* On the fly callsign pattern check based on the K1TTT callsign.pat file (over 400 rules applied today). Use the Tools / Data entry / Callsign check menu option. You are encouraged to report the author any mistakes or improvements of this file (k1ttt@arrl.net). The file is located in the cfg directory (see below).<br />
<br />
* Improved F10 window with graphical indication of the sun status on both sides of the QSO.<br />
<br />
* Keyboard mode (Alt-K) enhanced. The backspace is not supported yet and replaced by "E E " like you do when you use a regular key.<br />
<br />
* Data (.wt4) and notes (.not) files can be transferred thru the WT network without needing any file or directory sharing. Very convenient to gather all logs in a multi-stations environment once the contest is over. Use the Tools / Download thru the network... menu. <br />
<br />
* Enhanced compatibility with Vista and Seven (Auxiliary and ini files are now stored in directories these OS accept with no additional rights:<br />
<br />
Windows XP : Documents and Settings\All users\Application Data\Win-Test\<br />
Windows Vista : ProgramData\Win-Test\<br />
<br />
Note that these directories may be hidden by Windows Explorer. Check the Folders Options of Windows Explorer.<br />
<br />
Several sub-directories are created and used by Win-Test. Their names are self-explanatory.</div>Dl6raihttps://docs.win-test.com/w/index.php?title=Interfaces&diff=5015Interfaces2023-04-10T05:31:21Z<p>Dl6rai: /* Configuring other interfaces */</p>
<hr />
<div>Configuration of interfaces in Win-Test needs only be done once, rather than on a per-contest basis. This means you do not waste time remembering your interface configuration details prior to each contest!<br />
<br />
== Interface configuration ==<br />
<br />
The [[Menu:Options#Configure_interfaces...|interface configuration window]] can be opened by clicking on <code>Options->Configure Interfaces</code> menu in the main Win-Test window, or via the text command '''<tt>SETUP</tt>'''. <br />
<br />
=== Radio configuration ===<br />
At the bottom of the window there is a "Transceivers" section which includes two drop-down lists where you set your radio type ('''Radio 1''' and '''Radio 2'''). First, choose your rig make and model from the appropriate list. Please note that there is only one "Kenwood" entry in the list because all Kenwood rigs use a common protocol.<br />
<br />
On the left hand side of the window, you will see a list of COM ports (only available COM ports on your system will be selectable, others will be greyed-out). Serial ports COM1...COM32 can be selected (higher ports available by scrolliong down). After you have chosen the manufacturer and/or model of your rig, check the box corresponding to the COM port to which your radio is connected. For example: <br />
<br />
[[Image:Interfaces.png|frame|center|COM port configuration]]<br />
<br />
Upon checking the box, you will notice that the adjacent drop-down box will now be enabled. You ''must'' choose '''Radio 1''' or '''Radio 2''' from this drop-down list. You must also '''ensure that the port (baud rate) settings are correct for your radio'''.<br />
<br />
By default, the settings of 19200 8-N-1 will be configured, which is probably incorrect for your radio. Click on the adjacent '''<tt>[Configure...]</tt>''' button to display the [[Menu:Options#Serial_Ports|COM port properties dialog]]:<br />
<br />
[[Image:com6-properties.png|frame|center|COM port configuration for Radio1 / Radio2]]<br />
<br />
If you are not sure about the baud rate settings for your transceiver, press the '''<code>[default settings]</code>''' button to change all values to the known hardware defaults for the selected radio.<br />
<br />
There is also a list of known working settings for common contest radios located in the [[Supported_rigs|Supported rigs]] chapter.<br />
<br />
== Configuring other interfaces ==<br />
<br />
As you may well have noticed by this stage, a variety of other interfaces can also be enabled from the <code>Configure Interfaces</code> dialog box. It is just a simple case of ticking the relevant COM port and choosing said device from the drop-down list. Examples include TNCs, SO2R switching boxes (e.g. [[SO2R/EZMaster/Setup|EZmaster]], [[SO2R/MK2R/Setup|microHAM MK2R]], WinKey, W5XD Keyer, etc.). For everything not on the list, you can choose <code>Other interface...</code> and configure the port settings yourself - for example, COM port CW interface (see below).<br />
<br />
=== COM-port CW keying ===<br />
<br />
If you have a simple transistor-based COM port CW interface (see below), you can enable this by again choosing the corresponding COM port, and selecting <code>Other interface...</code> from the drop-down list. Clicking on the <code>Configure</code> button will display the [[Menu:Options#Serial_Ports|COM Port Properties dialog]] including a drop-down list of options for DTR (pin 4) and RTS (pin 7) on<br />
a DE9 connector (pins 20 and 4 on a DB25). Connect the emitter of the NPN transistor to signal ground, pin 5 on DE9 (pin 7 on DB25).<br />
<br />
''Be sure to select '''DTR: CW''' and '''RTS: PTT''' in the COM port Properties under Interface Configuration.''<br />
<br />
[[Image:COM_Port_CW_PTT_Circuit.png|center|frame|Simple COM port CW and PTT interface for DE-9 9-pin serial connector or USB-to-Serial adapter]]<br />
<br />
This interface was originally designed for K1EA's CT and cann still in used with Win-Test.<br />
<br />
Note that you may need to delay PTT in order to avoid truncated charcters. Also there is an option to apply time compensation to generate clean CW signals.<br />
<br />
=== LPT-port CW keying ===<br />
<br />
Likewise, if you have an LPT (parallel) port CW interface (see schematics below), you can enable it by checking the box next to 'LPT' in the [[Menu:Options#Configure_interfaces...|Configure interfaces dialog]]. Clicking on the <code>[Configure]</code> button in the Printer Ports section will display the [[Menu:Options#Printer_Ports|Printer Ports dialog]]. At the very bottom, you can enable CW and PTT on pin 17 and 16 respectively. ''Ensure this is checked.''<br />
<br />
{{wbox|WARNING|In order for LPT keying to function correctly under Windows XP, Vista, or 32-bit Windows 7, you will need an additional utility, '''DLPortIO.dll''' installed by Port95NT.exe, obtainable from the Win-Test website. It is a simple process and only needs to be installed/run once. Please [http://download.win-test.com/port95nt.exe click here] to download. For 64-bit Windows 7, use InpOut32.dll as described in [http://lists.f5mzn.org/pipermail/support/2011-May/081094.html this post].}}<br />
<br />
[[Image:Schema_InterfaceCW.gif|center|frame|Simple LPT port CW interface]]<br />
<br />
Note that you may need to delay PTT in order to avoid truncated charcters. Also there is an option to apply time compensation to generate clean CW signals.<br />
<br />
=== Digital Voice Keyer ===<br />
<br />
The DVK-100 voice keyer was the first computer-controlled voice memory in the contesting world in the early 90s. Later, some equipment manufacturers built voice memories into their radios like Kenwood (TS-850, TS-950 with the DRU2 and DRU3 units respectively - probably others). These devices can be controlled by Win-Test using the following LPT interface.<br />
<br />
[[Image:Schema_InterfaceDVK.gif|center|frame|Simple LPT port DVK interface]]<br />
<br />
Usually the device has 3-4 different memories which can be triggered by [<b><tt>F1</tt></b>]...[<b><tt>F4</tt></b>] on the computer keyboard.<br />
<br />
=== Sound Card ===<br />
<br />
Wav files can also be played from an internal sound card by utilizing a small interface like shown below.<br />
Messages are recorded using <b><tt>Shift-F1</tt></b>...<b><tt>Shift-F7</tt></b>.<br />
<br />
[[Image:Schema_Interface_SoundCard.gif|center|frame|Sound Card Interface]]<br />
<br />
The use of an isolation transformer is recommended both on the output side of the sound card. Of course, you can go without one but first think about the trouble you will encounter when the Line Out port of your sound card gets killed by stray RF or when someone tells you you got hum on your audio in the middle of the contest. <br />
<br />
[[Image:SoundcardInterface.gif|center|frame|Sound Card interface kindly provided by W9ZRX. This interface is in use at the K3LR M/M station.]]<br />
<br />
W9ZRX has provided this design that comes without a relay to switch Mic input between radio and sound card. Most sound cards allow routing from Mic input to Line Out so that you can control muting Line Out from within Win-Test. Make sure that the Microphone has been enabled as an Input to the Sound Card Mixer. Different Sound Cards set up slightly differently, but most seem to either show the Microphone Input to the Mixer as '''muted''', or the default Mixer Inputs do not include the Microphone until '''enabled'''.<br />
<br />
There are sound cards that do not support this option. The Writelog download site has a [http://www.writelog.com/Downloads/sbrdchk.zip sound card checker] that will help you to determine if you have this problem if it absolutely doesn't work.<br />
<br />
Another way would be to try using the Win-Test PTT output to drive a relay to allow a direct routing between your Mic and the Mic input of your TRX when the PTT output is off. This requires some additional components but better than an external mic to record the DVK messages.<br />
<br />
=== Band Data ===<br />
<br />
Win-Test supports filter and antenna switching by supplying Yaesu-standard Band data on pins 2, 7, 8 and 9 of the parallel port. Go to <code>Options | Configure interface | LPT configure | Pins mapping...</code><br />
<br />
These pins are equivalent to lines A, B, C and D. This feature allows you to automatically control other devices in your station, probably by using a band decoder like the one from [http://www.qth.com/topten/bdecoder.htm Top Ten Devices]. Band data code is also available designed for VHF+ bands, from 50 MHz to 122 GHz.<br />
<br />
[[Image:LPTPinsMapping.png|frame|center|LPT Port Pin Mapping to control external devices]]<br />
<br />
=== Radio 1/Radio 2 ===<br />
<br />
LPT pin 14 is used to send Radio1/2 information to an external interface. High = Radio1, Low = Radio2.<br />
<br />
=== Headphones Control ===<br />
The signals ''Headphones Control'' (called ''RX Focus'' in the MK2R microHAM SO2R interface) is available on LPT, pin 4. This signal allows to control which radio you want to listen to in the headphones. Must be enabled in the LPT Configuration Window. Low = Radio 1, High = Radio 2.<br />
<br />
== See Also == <br />
<br />
=== From the Win-Test manual ===<br />
<br />
* [[Menu:Options#Configure_interfaces...|Configure interfaces dialog]]<br />
* [[Networking|Networking configuration for multi-ops]]<br />
* [[SO2R/EZMaster/Setup|EZMaster setup]]<br />
* [[SO2R/MK2R/Setup|microHAM MK2R setup]]<br />
<br />
=== External sources ===<br />
<br />
* [http://www.microham.com/Downloads/micro_KEYER_R_2_0_English.pdf microHAM MicroKeyer Manual]<br />
* [http://www.microham.com/Downloads/USB_Interface_II_R_1_1_English.pdf microHAM USB II Interface Manual]</div>Dl6raihttps://docs.win-test.com/w/index.php?title=File:LPTPinsMapping.png&diff=5014File:LPTPinsMapping.png2023-04-10T05:18:16Z<p>Dl6rai: </p>
<hr />
<div></div>Dl6raihttps://docs.win-test.com/w/index.php?title=Interfaces&diff=5013Interfaces2023-04-10T05:17:57Z<p>Dl6rai: /* Band Data */</p>
<hr />
<div>Configuration of interfaces in Win-Test needs only be done once, rather than on a per-contest basis. This means you do not waste time remembering your interface configuration details prior to each contest!<br />
<br />
== Interface configuration ==<br />
<br />
The [[Menu:Options#Configure_interfaces...|interface configuration window]] can be opened by clicking on <code>Options->Configure Interfaces</code> menu in the main Win-Test window, or via the text command '''<tt>SETUP</tt>'''. <br />
<br />
=== Radio configuration ===<br />
At the bottom of the window there is a "Transceivers" section which includes two drop-down lists where you set your radio type ('''Radio 1''' and '''Radio 2'''). First, choose your rig make and model from the appropriate list. Please note that there is only one "Kenwood" entry in the list because all Kenwood rigs use a common protocol.<br />
<br />
On the left hand side of the window, you will see a list of COM ports (only available COM ports on your system will be selectable, others will be greyed-out). Serial ports COM1...COM32 can be selected (higher ports available by scrolliong down). After you have chosen the manufacturer and/or model of your rig, check the box corresponding to the COM port to which your radio is connected. For example: <br />
<br />
[[Image:Interfaces.png|frame|center|COM port configuration]]<br />
<br />
Upon checking the box, you will notice that the adjacent drop-down box will now be enabled. You ''must'' choose '''Radio 1''' or '''Radio 2''' from this drop-down list. You must also '''ensure that the port (baud rate) settings are correct for your radio'''.<br />
<br />
By default, the settings of 19200 8-N-1 will be configured, which is probably incorrect for your radio. Click on the adjacent '''<tt>[Configure...]</tt>''' button to display the [[Menu:Options#Serial_Ports|COM port properties dialog]]:<br />
<br />
[[Image:com6-properties.png|frame|center|COM port configuration for Radio1 / Radio2]]<br />
<br />
If you are not sure about the baud rate settings for your transceiver, press the '''<code>[default settings]</code>''' button to change all values to the known hardware defaults for the selected radio.<br />
<br />
There is also a list of known working settings for common contest radios located in the [[Supported_rigs|Supported rigs]] chapter.<br />
<br />
== Configuring other interfaces ==<br />
<br />
As you may well have noticed by this stage, a variety of other interfaces can also be enabled from the <code>Configure Interfaces</code> dialog box. It is just a simple case of ticking the relevant COM port and choosing said device from the drop-down list. Examples include TNCs, SO2R switching boxes (e.g. [[SO2R/EZMaster/Setup|EZmaster]], [[SO2R/MK2R/Setup|microHAM MK2R]], WinKey, W5XD Keyer, etc.). For everything not on the list, you can choose <code>Other interface...</code> and configure the port settings yourself - for example, COM port CW interface (see below).<br />
<br />
=== COM-port CW keying ===<br />
<br />
If you have a simple transistor-based COM port CW interface (see below), you can enable this by again choosing the corresponding COM port, and selecting <code>Other interface...</code> from the drop-down list. Clicking on the <code>Configure</code> button will display the [[Menu:Options#Serial_Ports|COM Port Properties dialog]] including a drop-down list of options for DTR (pin 4) and RTS (pin 7) on<br />
a DE9 connector (pins 20 and 4 on a DB25). Connect the emitter of the NPN transistor to signal ground, pin 5 on DE9 (pin 7 on DB25).<br />
<br />
''Be sure to select '''DTR: CW''' and '''RTS: PTT''' in the COM port Properties under Interface Configuration.''<br />
<br />
[[Image:COM_Port_CW_PTT_Circuit.png|center|frame|Simple COM port CW and PTT interface for DE-9 9-pin serial connector or USB-to-Serial adapter]]<br />
<br />
This interface was designed for K1EA's CT and is still in use today with Win-Test.<br />
<br />
=== LPT-port CW keying ===<br />
<br />
Likewise, if you have an LPT (parallel) port CW interface (see schematics below), you can enable it by checking the box next to 'LPT' in the [[Menu:Options#Configure_interfaces...|Configure interfaces dialog]]. Clicking on the <code>[Configure]</code> button in the Printer Ports section will display the [[Menu:Options#Printer_Ports|Printer Ports dialog]]. At the very bottom, you can enable CW and PTT on pin 17 and 16 respectively. ''Ensure this is checked.''<br />
<br />
{{wbox|WARNING|In order for LPT keying to function correctly under Windows XP, Vista, or 32-bit Windows 7, you will need an additional utility, '''DLPortIO.dll''' installed by Port95NT.exe, obtainable from the Win-Test website. It is a simple process and only needs to be installed/run once. Please [http://download.win-test.com/port95nt.exe click here] to download. For 64-bit Windows 7, use InpOut32.dll as described in [http://lists.f5mzn.org/pipermail/support/2011-May/081094.html this post].}}<br />
<br />
[[Image:Schema_InterfaceCW.gif|center|frame|Simple LPT port CW interface]]<br />
<br />
=== Digital Voice Keyer ===<br />
<br />
The DVK-100 voice keyer was the first computer-controlled voice memory in the contesting world in the early 90s. Later, some equipment manufacturers built voice memories into their radios like Kenwood (TS-850, TS-950 with the DRU2 and DRU3 units respectively - probably others). These devices can be controlled by Win-Test using the following LPT interface.<br />
<br />
[[Image:Schema_InterfaceDVK.gif|center|frame|Simple LPT port DVK interface]]<br />
<br />
Usually the device has 3-4 different memories which can be triggered by [<b><tt>F1</tt></b>]...[<b><tt>F4</tt></b>] on the computer keyboard.<br />
<br />
=== Sound Card ===<br />
<br />
Wav files can also be played from an internal sound card by utilizing a small interface like shown below.<br />
Messages are recorded using <b><tt>Shift-F1</tt></b>...<b><tt>Shift-F7</tt></b>.<br />
<br />
[[Image:Schema_Interface_SoundCard.gif|center|frame|Sound Card Interface]]<br />
<br />
The use of an isolation transformer is recommended both on the output side of the sound card. Of course, you can go without one but first think about the trouble you will encounter when the Line Out port of your sound card gets killed by stray RF or when someone tells you you got hum on your audio in the middle of the contest. <br />
<br />
[[Image:SoundcardInterface.gif|center|frame|Sound Card interface kindly provided by W9ZRX. This interface is in use at the K3LR M/M station.]]<br />
<br />
W9ZRX has provided this design that comes without a relay to switch Mic input between radio and sound card. Most sound cards allow routing from Mic input to Line Out so that you can control muting Line Out from within Win-Test. Make sure that the Microphone has been enabled as an Input to the Sound Card Mixer. Different Sound Cards set up slightly differently, but most seem to either show the Microphone Input to the Mixer as '''muted''', or the default Mixer Inputs do not include the Microphone until '''enabled'''.<br />
<br />
There are sound cards that do not support this option. The Writelog download site has a [http://www.writelog.com/Downloads/sbrdchk.zip sound card checker] that will help you to determine if you have this problem if it absolutely doesn't work.<br />
<br />
Another way would be to try using the Win-Test PTT output to drive a relay to allow a direct routing between your Mic and the Mic input of your TRX when the PTT output is off. This requires some additional components but better than an external mic to record the DVK messages.<br />
<br />
=== Band Data ===<br />
<br />
Win-Test supports filter and antenna switching by supplying Yaesu-standard Band data on pins 2, 7, 8 and 9 of the parallel port. Go to <code>Options | Configure interface | LPT configure | Pins mapping...</code><br />
<br />
These pins are equivalent to lines A, B, C and D. This feature allows you to automatically control other devices in your station, probably by using a band decoder like the one from [http://www.qth.com/topten/bdecoder.htm Top Ten Devices]. Band data code is also available designed for VHF+ bands, from 50 MHz to 122 GHz.<br />
<br />
[[Image:LPTPinsMapping.png|frame|center|LPT Port Pin Mapping to control external devices]]<br />
<br />
=== Radio 1/Radio 2 ===<br />
<br />
LPT pin 14 is used to send Radio1/2 information to an external interface. High = Radio1, Low = Radio2.<br />
<br />
=== Headphones Control ===<br />
The signals ''Headphones Control'' (called ''RX Focus'' in the MK2R microHAM SO2R interface) is available on LPT, pin 4. This signal allows to control which radio you want to listen to in the headphones. Must be enabled in the LPT Configuration Window. Low = Radio 1, High = Radio 2.<br />
<br />
== See Also == <br />
<br />
=== From the Win-Test manual ===<br />
<br />
* [[Menu:Options#Configure_interfaces...|Configure interfaces dialog]]<br />
* [[Networking|Networking configuration for multi-ops]]<br />
* [[SO2R/EZMaster/Setup|EZMaster setup]]<br />
* [[SO2R/MK2R/Setup|microHAM MK2R setup]]<br />
<br />
=== External sources ===<br />
<br />
* [http://www.microham.com/Downloads/micro_KEYER_R_2_0_English.pdf microHAM MicroKeyer Manual]<br />
* [http://www.microham.com/Downloads/USB_Interface_II_R_1_1_English.pdf microHAM USB II Interface Manual]</div>Dl6raihttps://docs.win-test.com/w/index.php?title=Interfaces&diff=5012Interfaces2023-04-09T23:03:37Z<p>Dl6rai: /* Band Data */</p>
<hr />
<div>Configuration of interfaces in Win-Test needs only be done once, rather than on a per-contest basis. This means you do not waste time remembering your interface configuration details prior to each contest!<br />
<br />
== Interface configuration ==<br />
<br />
The [[Menu:Options#Configure_interfaces...|interface configuration window]] can be opened by clicking on <code>Options->Configure Interfaces</code> menu in the main Win-Test window, or via the text command '''<tt>SETUP</tt>'''. <br />
<br />
=== Radio configuration ===<br />
At the bottom of the window there is a "Transceivers" section which includes two drop-down lists where you set your radio type ('''Radio 1''' and '''Radio 2'''). First, choose your rig make and model from the appropriate list. Please note that there is only one "Kenwood" entry in the list because all Kenwood rigs use a common protocol.<br />
<br />
On the left hand side of the window, you will see a list of COM ports (only available COM ports on your system will be selectable, others will be greyed-out). Serial ports COM1...COM32 can be selected (higher ports available by scrolliong down). After you have chosen the manufacturer and/or model of your rig, check the box corresponding to the COM port to which your radio is connected. For example: <br />
<br />
[[Image:Interfaces.png|frame|center|COM port configuration]]<br />
<br />
Upon checking the box, you will notice that the adjacent drop-down box will now be enabled. You ''must'' choose '''Radio 1''' or '''Radio 2''' from this drop-down list. You must also '''ensure that the port (baud rate) settings are correct for your radio'''.<br />
<br />
By default, the settings of 19200 8-N-1 will be configured, which is probably incorrect for your radio. Click on the adjacent '''<tt>[Configure...]</tt>''' button to display the [[Menu:Options#Serial_Ports|COM port properties dialog]]:<br />
<br />
[[Image:com6-properties.png|frame|center|COM port configuration for Radio1 / Radio2]]<br />
<br />
If you are not sure about the baud rate settings for your transceiver, press the '''<code>[default settings]</code>''' button to change all values to the known hardware defaults for the selected radio.<br />
<br />
There is also a list of known working settings for common contest radios located in the [[Supported_rigs|Supported rigs]] chapter.<br />
<br />
== Configuring other interfaces ==<br />
<br />
As you may well have noticed by this stage, a variety of other interfaces can also be enabled from the <code>Configure Interfaces</code> dialog box. It is just a simple case of ticking the relevant COM port and choosing said device from the drop-down list. Examples include TNCs, SO2R switching boxes (e.g. [[SO2R/EZMaster/Setup|EZmaster]], [[SO2R/MK2R/Setup|microHAM MK2R]], WinKey, W5XD Keyer, etc.). For everything not on the list, you can choose <code>Other interface...</code> and configure the port settings yourself - for example, COM port CW interface (see below).<br />
<br />
=== COM-port CW keying ===<br />
<br />
If you have a simple transistor-based COM port CW interface (see below), you can enable this by again choosing the corresponding COM port, and selecting <code>Other interface...</code> from the drop-down list. Clicking on the <code>Configure</code> button will display the [[Menu:Options#Serial_Ports|COM Port Properties dialog]] including a drop-down list of options for DTR (pin 4) and RTS (pin 7) on<br />
a DE9 connector (pins 20 and 4 on a DB25). Connect the emitter of the NPN transistor to signal ground, pin 5 on DE9 (pin 7 on DB25).<br />
<br />
''Be sure to select '''DTR: CW''' and '''RTS: PTT''' in the COM port Properties under Interface Configuration.''<br />
<br />
[[Image:COM_Port_CW_PTT_Circuit.png|center|frame|Simple COM port CW and PTT interface for DE-9 9-pin serial connector or USB-to-Serial adapter]]<br />
<br />
This interface was designed for K1EA's CT and is still in use today with Win-Test.<br />
<br />
=== LPT-port CW keying ===<br />
<br />
Likewise, if you have an LPT (parallel) port CW interface (see schematics below), you can enable it by checking the box next to 'LPT' in the [[Menu:Options#Configure_interfaces...|Configure interfaces dialog]]. Clicking on the <code>[Configure]</code> button in the Printer Ports section will display the [[Menu:Options#Printer_Ports|Printer Ports dialog]]. At the very bottom, you can enable CW and PTT on pin 17 and 16 respectively. ''Ensure this is checked.''<br />
<br />
{{wbox|WARNING|In order for LPT keying to function correctly under Windows XP, Vista, or 32-bit Windows 7, you will need an additional utility, '''DLPortIO.dll''' installed by Port95NT.exe, obtainable from the Win-Test website. It is a simple process and only needs to be installed/run once. Please [http://download.win-test.com/port95nt.exe click here] to download. For 64-bit Windows 7, use InpOut32.dll as described in [http://lists.f5mzn.org/pipermail/support/2011-May/081094.html this post].}}<br />
<br />
[[Image:Schema_InterfaceCW.gif|center|frame|Simple LPT port CW interface]]<br />
<br />
=== Digital Voice Keyer ===<br />
<br />
The DVK-100 voice keyer was the first computer-controlled voice memory in the contesting world in the early 90s. Later, some equipment manufacturers built voice memories into their radios like Kenwood (TS-850, TS-950 with the DRU2 and DRU3 units respectively - probably others). These devices can be controlled by Win-Test using the following LPT interface.<br />
<br />
[[Image:Schema_InterfaceDVK.gif|center|frame|Simple LPT port DVK interface]]<br />
<br />
Usually the device has 3-4 different memories which can be triggered by [<b><tt>F1</tt></b>]...[<b><tt>F4</tt></b>] on the computer keyboard.<br />
<br />
=== Sound Card ===<br />
<br />
Wav files can also be played from an internal sound card by utilizing a small interface like shown below.<br />
Messages are recorded using <b><tt>Shift-F1</tt></b>...<b><tt>Shift-F7</tt></b>.<br />
<br />
[[Image:Schema_Interface_SoundCard.gif|center|frame|Sound Card Interface]]<br />
<br />
The use of an isolation transformer is recommended both on the output side of the sound card. Of course, you can go without one but first think about the trouble you will encounter when the Line Out port of your sound card gets killed by stray RF or when someone tells you you got hum on your audio in the middle of the contest. <br />
<br />
[[Image:SoundcardInterface.gif|center|frame|Sound Card interface kindly provided by W9ZRX. This interface is in use at the K3LR M/M station.]]<br />
<br />
W9ZRX has provided this design that comes without a relay to switch Mic input between radio and sound card. Most sound cards allow routing from Mic input to Line Out so that you can control muting Line Out from within Win-Test. Make sure that the Microphone has been enabled as an Input to the Sound Card Mixer. Different Sound Cards set up slightly differently, but most seem to either show the Microphone Input to the Mixer as '''muted''', or the default Mixer Inputs do not include the Microphone until '''enabled'''.<br />
<br />
There are sound cards that do not support this option. The Writelog download site has a [http://www.writelog.com/Downloads/sbrdchk.zip sound card checker] that will help you to determine if you have this problem if it absolutely doesn't work.<br />
<br />
Another way would be to try using the Win-Test PTT output to drive a relay to allow a direct routing between your Mic and the Mic input of your TRX when the PTT output is off. This requires some additional components but better than an external mic to record the DVK messages.<br />
<br />
=== Band Data ===<br />
<br />
Win-Test supports filter and antenna switching by supplying Yaesu-standard Band data on pins 2, 7, 8 and 9 of the parallel port. These pins are equivalent to lines A, B, C and D. This feature allows you to automatically control other devices in your station, probably by using a band decoder like the one from [http://www.qth.com/topten/bdecoder.htm Top Ten Devices]. <br />
<br />
{| {{Prettytable_fixed}}<br />
! Band !! A !! B !! C !! D <br />
|-<br />
| 160 m || 0 || 0 || 0 || 1<br />
|-<br />
| 80 m || 0 || 0 || 1 || 0<br />
|-<br />
| 40 m || 0 || 0 || 1 || 1<br />
|-<br />
| 30 m || 0 || 1 || 0 || 0<br />
|-<br />
| 20 m || 0 || 1 || 0 || 1<br />
|-<br />
| 17 m || 0 || 1 || 1 || 0<br />
|-<br />
| 15 m || 0 || 1 || 1 || 1<br />
|-<br />
| 12 m || 1 || 0 || 0 || 0<br />
|-<br />
| 10 m || 1 || 0 || 0 || 1<br />
|-<br />
| 6 m || 1 || 0 || 1 || 0<br />
|-<br />
| 2 m || 1 || 0 || 1 || 1<br />
|-<br />
| 70 cm || 1 || 1 || 0 || 0<br />
|-<br />
|}<br />
<br />
Band data code available on the LPT output, designed for VHF+ bands, from 50 MHz to 122 GHz.<br />
<br />
=== Radio 1/Radio 2 ===<br />
<br />
LPT pin 14 is used to send Radio1/2 information to an external interface. High = Radio1, Low = Radio2.<br />
<br />
=== Headphones Control ===<br />
The signals ''Headphones Control'' (called ''RX Focus'' in the MK2R microHAM SO2R interface) is available on LPT, pin 4. This signal allows to control which radio you want to listen to in the headphones. Must be enabled in the LPT Configuration Window. Low = Radio 1, High = Radio 2.<br />
<br />
== See Also == <br />
<br />
=== From the Win-Test manual ===<br />
<br />
* [[Menu:Options#Configure_interfaces...|Configure interfaces dialog]]<br />
* [[Networking|Networking configuration for multi-ops]]<br />
* [[SO2R/EZMaster/Setup|EZMaster setup]]<br />
* [[SO2R/MK2R/Setup|microHAM MK2R setup]]<br />
<br />
=== External sources ===<br />
<br />
* [http://www.microham.com/Downloads/micro_KEYER_R_2_0_English.pdf microHAM MicroKeyer Manual]<br />
* [http://www.microham.com/Downloads/USB_Interface_II_R_1_1_English.pdf microHAM USB II Interface Manual]</div>Dl6raihttps://docs.win-test.com/w/index.php?title=Supported_rigs&diff=5011Supported rigs2023-04-09T17:47:27Z<p>Dl6rai: </p>
<hr />
<div>Win-Test supports most rigs of today's amateur radio market. The radio or radios (if you use two) and their communication parameters are to be configured in the [[Menu:Options#Configure_interfaces...|Options Menu]] of Win-Test. Typically, you don't even have to guess specific baud rates or parity settings as Win-Test knows most of the default settings.<br />
<br />
==Kenwood==<br />
Virtually all Kenwood rigs are supported by Win-Test. They all use the same CAT command subset needed by Win-Test.<br />
<br />
{{wbox|Note|Additional function for modern Kenwood rigs is supported by LUA scripts by N6TV that you may download from https://bit.ly/wtscripts in file '''TS590scripts.zip'''.}}<br />
<br />
Older Kenwood rigs use by default:<br />
<br />
* Speed: 4800 baud<br />
* Data bits: 8<br />
* Parity: None<br />
* Stop bits: 2<br />
* DTR: Always OFF<br />
* RTS: Handshake<br />
<br />
Newer Kenwood rigs use by default:<br />
<br />
* Speed: 9600 baud<br />
* Data bits: 8<br />
* Parity: None<br />
* Stop bits: 1<br />
* DTR: Always OFF<br />
* RTS: Handshake<br />
<br />
Exception: TS-590S uses two stop bits ''only'' for 4800 baud. For all other baud rates, use only 1 stop bit.<br />
<br />
Models successfully tested:<br />
* TS-480SAT<br />
* TS-480HX<br />
* TS-590S, TS-590SG<br><br />
USB connection default is 115200 baud. COM port connection default is 9600 baud. Be sure to set RTS=Handshake. USB requires installation of the [http://www.silabs.com/products/mcu/Pages/USBtoUARTBridgeVCPDrivers.aspx Silicon Labs Virtual COM port (VCP) driver]. For VCP installation instructions, see [http://www.kenwood.com/i/products/info/amateur/vcp_e.html this page] on the Kenwood web site).<br />
* [[BestPractice1|TS-850S]]<br />
* TS-930S PIEXX (Tnx FM5BH)<br />
* TS-940S<br />
* TS-950S<br />
* TS-570DGE<br />
* TS-990S &ndash; Same as TS-590S, see above.<br />
* TS-2000 &ndash; COM port default is 9600 baud, 1 stop bit, RTS=Handshake<br />
* (others are known to work, but not fully tested, e.g. TS-690, TS-450, TS-950SD, etc.)<br />
<br />
==Icom==<br />
<br />
Virtually, all Icom rigs are supported by Win-Test. They all use the same CAT command subset.<br />
<br />
{{wbox|Note|Additional function for modern Icom rigs is supported by LUA scripts by N6TV that you may download from https://bit.ly/wtscripts in file '''IcomScripts.zip'''.}} <br />
<br />
{{wbox|Note|The VFO-B windows with ICOM is almost always grey on older Icom radios [http://lists.f5mzn.org/pipermail/support/2007-February/073046.html].}}<br />
<br />
Best results for Icom radios are usually achieved by checking ''both'' the '''<tt>Don’t poll</tt>''' and the '''<tt>Use CI-V-Transceive</tt>''' options. The band map then moves very smoothly while turning the VFO. Another choice is to ''remove'' the check mark from both of these options.<br />
<br />
* [[BestPractice3|IC-275]]<br>COM port set to 1200 baud, 8 data bits, no parity and 1 stop bit. Tnx MM0GPZ.<br>See also [[BestPractice3#Setting_up_an_Icom_IC-275H_with_the_microHAM_USB_Interface_IC|Setting up an Icom IC-275H with the microHAM USB Interface IC]].<br />
* IC-475<br />
* IC-703<br />
* IC-706<br>COM port set to 9600 baud, 8 data bits, no parity and 1 stop bit. Tnx F6IFY<br />
* IC-706 Mk II<br />
* IC-706 Mk II G<br />
* IC-718<br />
* IC-725<br />
* IC-728<br />
* IC-729<br />
* IC-735<br />
* [[BestPractice2|IC-736]]<br />
* IC-737<br />
* IC-738<br />
* IC-746<br />
* IC-746 Pro<br />
* IC-751<br />
* IC-756<br />
* IC-756 Pro<br />
* IC-756 Pro II<br />
* IC-756 Pro III<br />
* IC-761<br />
* IC-765<br />
* IC-775 (or IC 775 DSP)<br>COM port set to 1200 baud, 8 data bits, no parity and 1 stop bit. Tnx EA3IN. (also succesfully tested up to 9600 baud. I2WIJ)<br />
* IC-781<br />
* IC-910<br />
* IC-970<br />
* IC-1275<br />
* IC-7000<br />
* IC-7100<br />
* IC-7200<br />
* IC-7300<br />
* IC-7400 - not listed, but you may select IC-746 Pro, which uses the same hex address: 66h<br />
* [[BestPractice8|IC-7410]]<br />
* IC-7600<br />
* IC-7610<br />
* IC-7700<br />
* IC-7800<br />
* IC-7850<br />
* IC-7851<br />
* IC-7900<br />
* IC-9100<br />
<br />
===Other Icom radios===<br />
* Icom generic: This setting can be used to connect an Icom rig not listed. You need to set the Icom rig's address (found in the rig manual) in the wt.ini file in the [Interfaces] section. Please see [[WT.INI#Generic_ICOM_radio|WT.INI]] for more details.<br />
* IC-728<br>Use the Icom generic setting with hex address 38h and set COM port to 1200 baud, 8 data bits, no parity, 1 stop bit. Tnx VK6NU<br />
* IC-746 PRO<br>In fact, the IC 7400 (below) is the European version of the IC 746 PRO. It uses the same hex address and should work with the same settings. Tnx F8CRH<br />
* IC-910H<br>Use the Icom generic setting with hex address 60h and set COM port to 4800 baud, 8 data bits, no parity, 1 stop bit. Works on all 3 bands (2m, 70 and 23 cm). Tnx F6BEE<br />
* IC-7400<br>Use the Icom generic setting with hex address 66h and set COM port to 9600 baud (also successfully tested with 1200 and 19200 baud and TRX set accordingly), 8 data bits, no parity, 2 stop bits. Tnx F8CRH<br />
<br />
==Yaesu==<br />
<br />
{{wbox|Note|Additional function for modern Yaesu rigs is supported by LUA scripts by N6TV that you may download from https://bit.ly/wtscripts in file '''YaesuScripts.zip'''.}} <br />
<br />
* FT-100<br />
* FT-450<br />
* FT-757GX II<br />
* FT-817<br />
* FT-847<br />
* FT-857<br />
* FT-891<br />
* FT-897<br />
* FT-900<br />
* FT-920<br />
* FT-950<br />
* FT-990<br>COM port set to 4800 bauds, 8 data bits, no parity, no flow control and 2 stop bits.<br>For DTR and RTS, see FT-1000D below. Tnx F6GOX, NX5M.<br />
* FT-991<br>Use the Yaesu USB driver. See screen shots of recommended menu settings well-documented by HB9AMO at http://www.hb9amo.net/wt-ft991.php <br />
* [[BestPractice6|FT-1000D]]<br>COM port set to 4800 bauds, 8 data bits, no parity, no flow control and 2 stop bits.<br>When using a powered CAT interface such as the Yaesu FIF-232C CAT interface box and CT-62 cable, set DTR and RTS to '''Always OFF'''.<br>When using a "passive" (not powered) interface cable such as the [http://k1nu.home.comcast.net/~k1nu/k1nu/Products/control.html K1NU CAT Control Cable], set DTR to '''Always OFF''', RTS to '''Always ON'''. Tnx F5FLN, NX5M, NQ4I.<br />
* [[BestPractice1|FT-1000MP (including Mark V)]]<br>COM port set to 4800 bauds, 8 data bits, no parity, no flow control and 2 stop bits. Tnx FM5BH and F8CRH.<br />
* FT-2000<br />
* [[BestPractice7|FTdx-101]]<br />
* FTdx-1200<br />
* FTdx-3000<br />
* FTdx-5000<br />
* FTdx-9000<br />
* FTDX-10<br />
<br />
{{wbox|Note|Sub-VFO programming from within the band map is available for the FT-1000MP, FT-2000 and FTdx-9000 only}}.<br />
<br />
==Ten-Tec==<br />
<br />
* Jupiter<br />
* Orion (aka Orion I)<br />
* Orion II<br />
* Omni VI<br>Use the Icom generic setting, with 04h hex address, and set COM port to 9600 baud (can be modified in TRX if needed), 8 data bits, no parity, 1 stop bit. Tnx F6IFY<br />
* Omni VII<br />
<br />
<br />
{{wbox|Note|Sub-VFO programming from within the band map is available for the Orion only.}}<br />
<br />
==Elecraft==<br />
<br />
{{wbox|Note|Additional function for Elecraft rigs is supported by LUA scripts by N6TV that you may download from https://bit.ly/wtscripts in file '''K3scripts.zip''', '''KX3Scripts.zip''', and '''P3scripts.zip'''.}} <br />
<br />
* Elecraft K2<br />
* Elecraft K3<br />
* Elecraft K3S<br />
* Elecraft KX3 (see [[BestPractice9|Setting up the KX3 only with KXUSB cable]])<br />
<br />
==Others==<br />
* FlexRadio SDR-1000<br />
* Flex 6300 and others - Set radio type to '''Kenwood''', and select the virtual COM port listed in SmartSDR CAT for rig control and virtual WinKey.<br />
* [http://dxatlas.com/omnirig/ OmniRig] - Setting radio type to OmniRig will allow the radio's COM port to be shared with other applications such as [http://winrad.org/ Winrad] and [http://www.hdsdr.de/ HDSDR].</div>Dl6raihttps://docs.win-test.com/w/index.php?title=Release_Notes&diff=5010Release Notes2023-04-09T15:53:53Z<p>Dl6rai: /* Bugfixes */</p>
<hr />
<div>==Release information 4.42.0 (May 20, 2022)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* The display options of the zones window(s) (Alt+Z) were not always correctly retained between sessions. Tnx F5LIW.<br />
* Notes report dlg : After editing a note, the log caret (cursor) wasn't restored.<br />
<br />
===New features===<br />
* When creating your Cabrillo log, you can now also submit it in one click to the Super Check Partial Database. This feature requires wtScpSubmit.dll which is included in the latest Win-Test installers. If needed, this dll is also available at http://download.win-test.com/utils/wtScpSubmit.dll. It must be placed in the Win-Test installation directory. Under some circumstances (especially with oldest OS), you may need MSVCP140.dll and/or others to be installed on your system. The easiest way is to install the latest Microsoft Visual C++ Redistributable packages for Visual Studio X86 available here: https://aka.ms/vs/17/release/vc_redist.x86.exe. Finally, on Win7, to ensure TLS 1.1 and 1.2 are enabled, apply this easy fix https://is.gd/QlQgbg<br />
* CQ-M : 10-minute rule for MOST (M/S) entries removed (rules 2022).<br />
* Add LCR parsers to the CQ-M, RAEM, and Yuri Gagarin DX contests.<br />
* Add the Out Of Band sections to the CQ WW and CQ WPX LCR parsers. Tnx F6KOP.<br />
* OK/OM : Rules 2022 : The Q with Russian and Belarus stations count 0 point and don't count as multipliers. See http://www.okomdx.crk.cz/ (OK-OM DX contest website) for details.<br />
* Interfaces Setup dialog : The keying compensation can now be negative (in the case where the TRX extends the keying). Tnx N6TV.<br />
* CQWPX : Rules 2022 : The Q with Russian and Belarus stations count 0 point and don't count as multipliers. See https://is.gd/HIMOLP (CQWPX blog) for details.<br />
* Lua : It's now possible to attach Lua scripts to text commands that are identical to mode names ("SSB", "CW", "RTTY", etc.). In these cases, the script will be called *after* the command is processed normally by Win-Test. Tnx TK5EP.<br />
* The DX spots window (Alt+A) display options are now interactive.<br />
* World Map : Options : The colors of the paths can now be the same as the markers.<br />
<br />
==Release information 4.41.0 (Feb 15, 2022)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* REG1TEST / EDI : Under some circumstances, the ouput file wasn't created. Tnx OZ1ZAA.<br />
* $MSG10 was actually sending the additional MSG1 instead of MSG10. A 20-year old typo in the code ! Tnx SP5KP.<br />
<br />
===New features===<br />
* Lua API version string is 1.8.0<br />
* Op-entered spots are now protected from spots of the same DX on a freq inside the mode bandwidth window. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
* NA Sprint : LCR parser updated. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* New countdown timer added (Tools menu or TIMER text command), especially for the single-ops. It indicates exactly when they can operate again after a pause. It's based on the time of the last QSO entered in the log, truncated to the minute. You can also use the text command TIMER/nnHmmM or TIMER/nnHmm (meaning nn hours and mm minutes), or TIMER/xxH (nn hours) or TIMER/nnM (nn minutes) to set and start the timer automatically. Tnx F5NZY.<br />
* Shortcuts added to some of the reports buttons.<br />
* QSO times are now by default considered as truncated to the minute for Time ON / Time OFF calculations and the QSY rules. Tnx F5NKX.<br />
* Contest Recorder : AltGr+O, and text commands RECORD/NORECORD (and STARTRECORD/STOPRECORD) added to Start/Stop recording.<br />
* UBA DX : Updated to comply with the rules 2022. Tnx F5LIW.<br />
* World Map : "Copy content as image" menu item added.<br />
* RTTY windows : Esc button added. Tnx PA2A.<br />
* Notes report dialog. It's now possible to edit a note by selecting it and use Alt-N to modify the comment. Tnx F4CWN.<br />
* REF HF : For M/S entrants, the compliance of the 10-min rule can be checked by using the appropriate item in the Tools / Check log menu.<br />
* REF HF : Timer added in the Alt-J wnd for the M/S entrants.<br />
* Lua : New wtRadio* API : wtRadio*:GetBand(), wtRadio*:GetMode() and wtRadio*:GetCqData() added. GetBand() and GetMode() return the current band and mode of the radio. GetCqData() return a Lua table with various data on the last sent CQ (that are stored for Alt-F4) : "freq", "qsx", "band", "mode" and "wpm" (for CW).<br />
* World Map : New options to display short and longs paths for "my spotters" and the NCDXF beacons.<br />
* New "NCDXF" text command to set the active radio on the NCDXF beacons frequency (if it applies).<br />
* New option in the world map display option to show the NCDXF beacon that currently transmits if the radio is on the NCDXF frequency (+/- 100 Hz).<br />
* The world map display options are now interactive. Different styles and a night opacity slider are also added.<br />
* The "copy as image" feature now also copies the image in PNG format, to extend the paste scope (mail, twitter etc.).<br />
* The RBN nodes and frequent spotters databases can be directly updated with the contextual menu of the map wnd (Display options).<br />
<br />
==Release information 4.40.0 (Jan 18, 2022)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* Automatic op-entered spots during QSOs (especially in S&P) were not replaced by DX-cluster / external spots.<br />
* When sending a gab composed of CAPITAL letters, do not shake our own gab window.<br />
===New features===<br />
* Interface dialog : The usable COM ports are now extended up to COM32. The parameters list now also displays the Handshake (HS), Always ON (ON) and Always OFF (OFF) settings, and are ordered by Pin (DTR then RTS). Tnx DL5XJ, DL6RAI.<br />
<br />
* New NCDXF/IBP Beacons window : Displays the transmission schedule of the NCDXF / IBP (International Beacons Project) beacons. A double click on a line gets the radio on the beacon freq. An "i" (stands for "info") in the status column indicates a comment you can read by hovering the mouse over it. Tnx VE3SUN.<br />
* LCR : Croatian CW contest LCR parser added.<br />
* LCR : Parser for CQ WW LCR updated. Works for preview and final reports.<br />
* New feature : You can now grab a spot from the visible spots in the Radio windows or in the DX-cluster window by entering the callsign (or some letters of it) and Ctrl-Space.<br />
* REF HF and REF 160m : LCR process updated. Tnx F4CWN.<br />
* French (and some Begian) users : Button added in the keys redefinitions dialog to load AZERTY redefinitions that allow the AZERTY keyboards users to access the numbers located on the top row without using the Shift or Shift Lock keys. They allow direct access to the ?, . and / keys of the bottom row as well. This button is displayed only when the language is set to French.<br />
<br />
==Release information 4.39.0 (Dec 6, 2021)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* Bugfix : For several contests, the columns headers were overlapping. Tnx F5HRY.<br />
* WinKey : When using +/- in messages, the speed was randomly not reset to its initial value and the next message was sent with an incorrect greater speed. Tnx NN7CW and DL6RAI for their detailed reports and numerous tests to fix this long-standing bug. <br />
* OK/OM CW DX-side : The district information display in the Mult window (F10) was broken.<br />
* When Win-Test was started from the command line with an alternate application data directory (-a switch), the directory name wasn't unquoted. Tnx F1HAR.<br />
===New features===<br />
* DX cluster (Alt-A) and Radio windows : The CT1BOH spot quality tags can now be displayed if they're sent by the skimmer. You can also filter the displayed spots by tag when applicable. Unless it's disabled by the user, in the list tab of the Radio window, the displayed spots are grouped by quality before being sorted. Tnx ES5TV.<br />
* Script Manager : Hyperlink to the Lua API reference web page added.<br />
* Op-entered spots are kept until worked or deleted on purpose, even if other stations are externally spotted on their frequencies. Tnx DL6RAI. <br />
* Radio wnd : List tab : When spots are sorted by points or mult type, the second sorting criteria is now the beam heading rather than the spot frequency. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
* Gab : To draw attention, any gab text containing only CAPITAL letters now shakes the recipients gab window.<br />
* SCP files : Defensive coding to attempt to prevent at best against crashes under some circumstances with badly-formatted or corrupted SCP or MASTER files. Tnx SP5KP.<br />
* RDA Contest : LCR view added.<br />
* OK/OM CW : 10 mins timer enabled for M/S category. RUN stations only.<br />
* Larger log font sizes available for short-sighted ;-) Tnx TA2SE, W1NN.<br />
* DX Spots window (Alt-A) : New option to pin the op-entered spots to the bottom of the window so you can always see them. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
* WAG : The output Cabrillo file is now following the v3 specs. Tnx DL1RTL.<br />
* EU-DX : Multipliers list updated. Tnx IK6QON.<br />
<br />
==Release information 4.38.1 (Oct 25, 2021)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* After importing a Cabrillo file, the resulting wt4 file couldn't be opened by Win-Test 4.38.0. Tnx F5LIW.<br />
<br />
==Release information 4.38.0 (Oct 25, 2021)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* LCR parser fixed for the CQ WPX reports.<br />
* CW : The spaced digits option was not read when starting Win-Test. Despite the ckecked option in the menu item, it was not enabled. <br />
* CQWW VHF : When using the default CW messages, the sent grid was 6-char instead of 4-char. Tnx F5HRY.<br />
* IARU HF : There are cases where different DXCC entities have the same Society (ex OH and OH0) and were counted as different mults.<br />
* The "Dupes included or not in QSO counts and avg calculations" string in the summary text was always in local language even if summary in English was selected.<br />
===New features===<br />
* Lua API version string is 1.7.0<br />
* Defensive coding to check the log file when opening to prevent file corruptions. Tnx DL1DAW.<br />
* Workaround for the USBSER.SYS bug that doesn't update the RTS line until DTR is accessed. Tnx R2AXZ (author of the Blue Pill Serial Monster).<br />
* RDA Contest : Cabrillo updated to v3. <br />
* WAE Transmit and Receive windows : New messages available.<br />
* WAE : New CW variable $RAWTIME to send the QTC time with cut numbers disabled.<br />
* WAE : Transmit QTC window : A QTC line can now be directly sent by using the coresponding numeric key (0 sends the line labelled 10).<br />
* Lua : New wtContest API : wtContest:GetCategoryId(), wtContest:GetModeCategoryId(), wtContest:GetPowerClassId() and wtContest:GetOverlayId() added.<br />
* Lua : For standardization purposes, the microHam and OTRSP events scripts are now renamed :<br />
<tt><br />
microhamFsOn -> onMicrohamFsOn<br />
microhamFsOff -> onMicrohamFsOff<br />
otrspCrOn -> onOtrspCrOn<br />
otrspCrOff -> onOtrspCrOff<br />
otrspCrEvent -> onOtrspCrEvent<br />
</tt><br />
For now, to maintain compatibility, the script legacy names are still executed.<br />
* Lua : New scripts called on log opening (onFileOpen) and on log closing (onFileClose).<br />
* EU HF : The Cabrillo header is updated (EUHFC instead of EU-HF). Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
* CQWW DX : The Youth overlay is added to the Overlay drop-down list.<br />
* CQWW DX : The Explorer category is added to the Category drop-down list (Single-Op Explorer and Multi-Op Explorer).<br />
* In the contest settings dlg, you can now set the default power class to use when creating new logs. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
* New archiving feature : File / Archive... (or ARCHIVE text command). It creates a timestamped zipped file in the log directory of the files related to the current log that are selected. Warning : Archiving audio recordings file that are usually pretty large can take a while... Be patient.<br />
* For standardization purposes, all timestamped files are now timestamped to the nearest second.<br />
* Time Shifting : The selection of the QSO and the stations are now independent. And a backup of the log is automatically performed before proceeding. Tnx EA7X/EF4HQ.<br />
* Marconi Memorial HF : Points per QSO updated.<br />
<br />
==Release information 4.37 (June 29, 2021)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* VHF+ contests : Sorting the Spots list by QSO points (related to distance if it can be computed) wasn't working. <br />
* When copying the Summary wnd as text, the "Generated by Win-Test" line was missing. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
* Summary wnd : When using a language different from English, some column titles were incorrectly truncated.<br />
===New features===<br />
* WAE : Rules 2021 : BY is added to the call area multipliers (so Chinese stations with different digits in their prefix count as different mults). Tnx DL7YS.<br />
* ARRL FD : The "Covid" rule (Home stations can work home stations) is extended to 2021. Tnx VE2FWW.<br />
* KCJ and KCJ Top Band contests rules updated. Tnx JI1RXQ.<br />
* VHF+ contests : Discrepancies between gridsquares in the log for different bands weren't displayed in the Bad Exchanges check report. Tnx F4CWN.<br />
* ARRL 10m : LCR viewer updated to fit to the new LCR format.<br />
* The question mark character is now enabled in all QSO input fields, and the cursor is positioned on it when cycling the fields. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* CW : New option for spaced digits in serials : When enabled, a half-space (^) is inserted between each digits of the serial, making it more readable at high speed.<br />
* F10 Wnd : In DXPed HF or VHF, the date of the QSO is now displayed.<br />
<br />
==Release information 4.36 (May 19, 2021)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* In Phone, when entering a (very) long exchange, the cursor might insert a ghost space character at the end of the field.<br />
* VHF+ contests : Under some circumstances, when the automatic exchange (grid) guessing was set, the Check Partial wnd wasn't updated anymore after the field was automatically filled.<br />
===New features===<br />
* CQ-M : Scoring is now updated and follows the rules 2021.<br />
* IARU HF : In M/S (Mixed only) category, the 10-min status timer now takes into account mode changes. Tnx HA6OI.<br />
* HA DX : The Cabrillo output file now includes the RUN/MULT indicator for the M/S entrants. Tnx HA6OI.<br />
* YOTA (Youngsters On The Air) contest implemented.<br />
* ARI DX / ARI 40-80 : Provinces list and exchange equivalence file (ARIPROV.DAT) updated. Tnx HB9AMO, DL6RAI.<br />
* City, State/Prov, Postal Code and Country separate fields added to the contest settings dialog to improve the compatibility with the Cabrillo v3 header fields. These fields are assembled together to maintain the back compatibility with the Cabrillo v2 format if needed. It is highly recommended to edit your saved profiles (if any) by loading, editing and saving them one by one in the dialog.<br />
* CQMM DX implemented.<br />
* All file dialogs are now resizable.<br />
* YUDX : LCR view added.<br />
* LCR viewer : Column order unified.<br />
* OK/OM Contest SSB : This contest was not listed when the contests of the month checkbox (in April) was selected. Tnx F1HAR.<br />
* OK/OM contest : You can now directly download your LCR in Win-Test from the "rejected" link in the final results and preliminary results page.<br />
<br />
==Release information 4.35 (Apr. 9, 2021)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* OK/OM Contest SSB : When entering as non OK/OM, the points credit was wrong when working an OK/OM stn. Tnx F1HAR.<br />
* When parsing the DX cluster stream, lines were discarded if the callsign of the spotter was longer than 9 characters (ex : 3V/KF5EYY-#, K4VET-1-# or JR1BFZ/2-#) and the freq higher than 9999.9 MHz. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
* RSGB Commonwealth Contest : The off-time value wasn't specified for this contest (60 mins) and the default value (15 mins) was used instead. Tnx M0UNN.<br />
* Tools / Automatic CQ Repeat : The delay between CQ was not saved between sessions. Tnx F4CWN.<br />
* Tools / Search for possible bad exchanges : If there was no log discrepancies and a check against the database was requested, it was not displayed. Tnx F4CWN.<br />
* Lua : wtQso:IsModeCw() was always returning false.<br />
<br />
===New features===<br />
* King Of Spain : The 10 min rule for the multi-op entrants is now removed.<br />
* Radio Wnd : Ctrl+R shortcut added to allow cycle the view tabs without using your mouse.<br />
* Option added in the dialog to replace op in batch, to match any operator already entered. <br />
* LZ DX contest : LCR view added.<br />
* SPDX : The limitation on the number of band/mode changes during a clock hour in all categories is now removed.<br />
* RTTY windows : It's now possible to log the data stream to files created with the .ry1 and .ry2 extensions. Tnx DL6RAI. <br />
* The default off-time when not specified in the rules is now set to 30 minutes instead of 15.<br />
* WAEDC : LCR review added. Tnx DL7YS, DL6RAI.<br />
* DX Cluster Announces (Alt+A) : Exchanges can now be displayed (if it applies). Tnx F4CWN.<br />
* DX Cluster announces (Alt+A) : New dialog to facilitate the choice of bands to be displayed, replacing the sub-menus. Tnx F5HRY.<br />
* Alt+F4 / Alt+F5 : When running in CW, the current CW speed is saved when CQ'ing (or using Alt+F5), and is restored when QSYing back to the saved run frequency.<br />
* UI : All textual child windows that can be resized with the mouse (Check Partials (F12), N + 1 (F8), Skeds (Alt+B), Gab (Alt+I), Stats (Ctrl+F9), Radios, RTTY, DX Cluster monitor (Alt+O) and announces (Alt+A)) are now resized according to the size of the font used. To remove this constraint and resize freely, keep the Shift key down while resizing.<br />
* Cabrillo output : The @ character is now allowed in the operators list. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* ARRL DX : Band changes restrictions set to 10 for the M/S category, according to the new rules. Tnx N1PSE.<br />
* Check Partial (F12) : In some cases, when multiple wildcard characters ('?') were used, no search was performed. It's no longer the case as soon as there are at least 2 characters that are not wildcards in the pattern to search. Tnx F4CWN.<br />
* PACC : Cabrillo v3 output implemented.<br />
* Summary wnd : For the Instagrammers and such, your callsign is now added to the window title. Tnx F6BGC.<br />
* Multi-Distributed category introduced.<br />
* More restrictive checks applied to the exchanges database to dump malformed callsigns or exchanges.<br />
* New Exchanges Database information dialog : Options / Data files / Exchanges database... Text commands : EXCHDB, EXCHDATABASE, EXCHFILE or EXCHFILES. Tnx N6TV, DL5YM.<br />
* LCR : Add instructions if Win-Test can't directly download and/or process LCR for some contests.<br />
* RDXC : MOST indicators (0 and 1 for RUN and MULT) added to the Cabrillo output file. The 6-char grid square is now also required for all entrants. Tnx UA9QCQ.<br />
* The callsign exceptions (callsigns that don't follow the usual rules, like RAEM, 5VDE, 7QAA, etc.) are no more hardcoded and are now grouped in the exceptions.dat file (in the /extras directory) for easy updating.<br />
* CQWW 160m : Cabrillo v3 output implemented. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* ADIF output : QSO with my own callsign are always discarded. Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
==Release information 4.34.1 (Feb. 5, 2021)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* EU-DX Contest : The 10m band was missing in the summary. Tnx F1DUZ.<br />
* EU-DX Contest : CW and SSB columns added for the Mixed category.<br />
* Italian translation DLL updated. <br />
<br />
==Release information 4.34.0 (Jan. 25, 2021)==<br />
<br />
===New features===<br />
* Lua API version string is 1.6.0<br />
* QQSLON / QQSLOFF or QQSL / NOQQSL text commands to enable (or disable) the Quick QSL feature. QUICKQSL still opens the Quick QSL settings dialog. Tnx F6IFY. <br />
* EU-DX Contest added. Requires EU.DAT countries file. Tnx IK6QON.<br />
* Lua : wtRadio*:SetFreq(fFreq) and wtRadio*:SetFreq(fFreq, nVfo) now ignore the freq if it's outside of any band, and return with no error message. Tnx F6IFY.<br />
* Lua : wtQso:IsModeDigital() and wtQso:IsModeCw() added.<br />
* Lua : nQsoNum (optional) added as argument to wtQso:GetData([nQsoNum]) function.<br />
* LCR : IARU HF LCR processing rules updated.<br />
* 5VDE added as an exception callsign.<br />
* LCR : If Win-Test supports LCR review and the contest has been entered in a multi-op category, an Operator column is added in the review dialog. Tnx F5HRY.<br />
* OK/OM contest : LCR processing added. Requires to save the "rejected QSO" page as an html file and to load it in Win-Test. Tnx F8BXI.<br />
* CQWW DX : LCR processing rules updated to fit the new CQWW LCR format.<br />
* ARRL Contests : The ARRL has finally unified the US States and VE provinces and territories lists, and the Prince Edward Island abbreviation is now PE for the ARRL DX, ARRL 10 and ARRL roundup RTTY contests.<br />
* NAQP : The Prince Edward Island abbreviation is now PE. Tnx N6TV and AC0W.<br />
* NA Sprints : The Prince Edward Island abbreviation is now PE.<br />
* NRAU contest : New abbreviations for some Fylke / Lan / Province / Region updated. Tnx ES7GM.<br />
* Script manager : The minus key located in the numpad is now considered different from the key located in the character keys. To be consistent, the same rule applies when redefining keys. Tnx F5HRY.<br />
* JIDX : 160m added to the SSB leg. Tnx N6TV and N6KI.<br />
* Icom IC-705 added. Tnx OH1MA.<br />
* "Ethernet network" reworded as "Local Network" to prevent confusion. Tnx FY5FY.<br />
<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* CQWW 160m : The exchange database file ARRL-USVE.DTB wasn't loaded. Tnx DL4MM.<br />
* UK/EI : If the district field was manually filled before the serial number, that field was emptied when the cursor got back to the callsign. Tnx PA2A. <br />
* RAEM Contest : The polar circle location (giving extra bonus points) was slightly wrong.<br />
* The IC-9100 couldn't work... Because of a stupid typo ! Tnx DL2AKT and N6TV.<br />
* WAE RTTY : When the log was reopened, the next sent QTC group number was wrong. Tnx DL6RAI, DJ9MH and DJ4MZ.<br />
<br />
==Release information 4.33.0 (October 14, 2020)==<br />
===New features===<br />
* ARRL SS, ARRL 160, ARRL FD : PE (Prince Edward Island) section added. Tnx W1NN.<br />
* MicroHAM MKIII interface added. Tnx G0HSA, OM7ZZ.<br />
* When a file error occurs when saving DX-cluster data, the user can now Cancel to abort further writing attempts. Tnx DL5MLO. <br />
* Exchanges Databases (.DTB files) : Defensive coding to attempt to prevent at best against crashes under some circumstances with badly-formatted or corrupted databases files. Tnx OK1DSZ @ OK4C.<br />
<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* AGCW-DTC : 2 points Club stations list updated. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
* WAG : The Exchanges file (WAG_DL.DTB) wasn't correctly loaded for DL entrants. Tnx DL4NAC and DL6RAI.<br />
* All Asian DX contest : Cabrillo CONTEST: line text fixed. Tnx VA2EW.<br />
<br />
==Release information 4.32.0 (September 1, 2020)==<br />
===New Features===<br />
* YO DX HF : Contest rules updated (160m added + points for /MM stations).<br />
* WAE DX side : QTC line numbers displayed for easy retrieval in case of repeat request.<br />
* All reports dialogs can now be vertically resized to display more or less list rows. The window placements are also globally saved.<br />
* File / Update Exch Database : A confirmation dialog is now displayed and a backup of the current DTB file is done, before proceeding.<br />
* New Check Partial search processing for VHF+ logs :<br />
: In VHF+ contests logs, you can now enter a partial callsign (in the callsign field) and/or a partial locator / grid (in the grid square field) to refine searches in the Check Partial wnd (F12).<br />
: The minimum number of chars to start the search for the callsign field is set by the contextual menu (3 by default), and set to 2 characters for the locator.<br />
: Finally, in both fields you can also use wildcards characters '?' to represent a character. Ex: "JN?8EQ" will search for all callsigns with locator JN08EQ, JN18EQ, JN28EQ, ... JN98EQ.<br />
: Inspired by DL2NBU DOS software. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* callsign.pat updated. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
* RDAC : RDA.DAT (district list) updated.<br />
* The audio record button is now disabled when recorded audio is playing.<br />
* IOTA Mixed : Summary columns weren't consistent with the rest of them, and created a bug when used with Unipost (cqcontest.net). Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
* When the same callsign was spotted on both sides of a sub-band limit (so, it was considered spotted in both modes), Ctrl-Up/Down kept grabbing these two callsigns alternately. Tnx F5UTN @ TM0HQ.<br />
* ARI Sezioni : Rules and mult list updated. Tnx IV3IYH. Mult List : http://download.win-test.com/databases/ARISEC.DAT<br />
* EU HF Championship : The content of the EU_HF.DTB database was ignored. Tnx EW2AA.<br />
* MMC HF wasn't showing up in the contests of the month in July. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
* LCR review added for ARRL 160, NA Sprint, ARRL Sweepstakes. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* Elecraft K4 added. Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
==Release information 4.31.0 (June 28, 2020)==<br />
===New Features===<br />
* Lua API version string is 1.5.0<br />
* Lua : wtApp:PostMessage, wtApp:SendMessage and wtApp:GetLastError added. Tnx F6BEE for inspiration. See description and syntax in http://download.win-test.com/v4/lua/LuaApiDoc.txt<br />
* ARRL FD : Covid-19 rule exception : Class D stations may work all other Field Day stations, including other Class D stations, for points. Tnx K6ZB.<br />
* Log Checking Report (LCR) review added in the Tools / Check log menu. For now, only the following LCR are processed :<br />
** CQWW DX<br />
** CQWW WPX<br />
** ARRL DX<br />
** ARRL 10m<br />
** IARU HF<br />
** EU HF<br />
** SAC<br />
** KOS<br />
** REF HF<br />
** VHF+ contests if adjudicated with LX<br />
<br />
: Mainly, because these LCR are public, or because I had one ;-). Any textual (or html) LCR can theorically be implemented, as long as I have access to a sample.<br />
<br />
: For various reasons, sometimes the "Download LCR" may not work. In that case, try to download the LCR with your browser and save it in a convenient location (the log directory is the best choice). You can "attach" it to your log by using the "Save" button in the report dialog. <br />
<br />
* Dx-Cluster window (Alt-T) : Number of Macros increased to 8. Tnx PA2A.<br />
* Dx-Cluster macro editor : Window enlarged, and the edit field now wraps to improve readibility. Tnx PA2A. <br />
* The merge dialog now displays "compact paths".<br />
* NRAU Baltic mults list updated. Tnx LB3RE.<br />
* Review of the exchanges databases files to prevent mixing different exchanges between contests. Also, if a contest uses only a part of a database file, the rest is kept untouched if the database is updated with Win-Test.<br />
* Depending on the contest and, if it applies, whose side you're on (DX side or domestic), the callsigns from the master file (namely MASTER.SCP/DTA or .DTB/SCP) are filtered to display only relevant results in the Check Partial and N+1 windows.<br />
* The master file in use can now be directly updated from the Internet (like the CTY files) by using the Options / Data files / Master file menu, or by using the "Used File list" item in the contextual menu of the Check Partial or N+1 windows. <br />
: Note : The recommended default master file to use is MASTER.SCP, maintained by Stu K6TU (http://http://supercheckpartial.com/). <br />
: Reminder : You can also use contest-specific master files (recommended only for minor national or regional contests) named after the list located at http://download.win-test.com/files/checkPartial/%23_READ_ME_%23.TXT These files do not replace the default master file, but complement it at runtime.<br />
* In the contest settings dialog, contests no longer taking place have been removed from the list.<br />
* New REBOOT (or RESTARTPC) text command added. It closes the current log and restarts the host PC. Tnx F8CRH, F6BEE.<br />
* When the exchanges database is updated, a notification message is displayed at the bottom of log. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
<br />
==Release information 4.30.0 (Jan 16, 2020)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* If the backup volume was unmounted, disabling the next backups was failing. Tnx F6HJO. (Task #388)<br />
* Under some specific circumstances, the Single-Op Assisted category wasn't taken into account when importing such a Cabrillo file. Tnx TO1A.<br />
* With multi monitors systems and under some specific circumstances, choosing colors with mouse was impossible. Tnx KL0R.<br />
* The headers row was always included in the CSV output file, whatever the setting was. Tnx F5LIW.<br />
* The LCD display of the contest recorder wnd wasn't always properly updated when using a language different from English.<br />
===New Features===<br />
* HA DX contest rules updated. Tnx HA6OI, HA1AG, F5LIW and others.<br />
* UFT contest rules updated. Tnx F6CEL.<br />
* Yaesu FTDX101 added. Tnx RA1ANY, RA3AUU.<br />
* Icom IC-9700 added. Tnx F1ULQ.<br />
* WAEDC : Cabrillo output file upgraded to v3 specs.<br />
* WAEDC DX side : Send QTC dialog (Ctrl-L) now displays the maximum available QTC to send (if any). You can modify the number of QTC to send, or only display the already sent QTC, with F9 (or the "QTC / Show sent" button). F8 allows to modify the recipient callsign. <br />
* QSO and distinct callsigns counts added in the distinct callsigns report when sorted by country.<br />
* "Copy" button added to the log check dialogs, allowing to easily paste reports in a spreadsheet.<br />
<br />
==Release information 4.29.0 (July 5, 2019)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* When a exception callsign and a prefix were identical in the CTY file, and under some specific circumstances, the DXCC lookup function could fail. Tnx F5LIW.<br />
* FOC Marathon : Stats are now displayed on 3 days. Tnx F5NZY.<br />
* RSGB AFS : Dupe count on 40m was wrong. Tnx G0HSA.<br />
* REF 160m : The total and final score lines weren't displayed in the summary window.<br />
* RTTY : Messages with embedded scripts were hanging Win-Test. Tnx N6TV.<br />
===New Features===<br />
* YU DX Contest rules updated. Tnx F5IN.<br />
* Spot Warnings : When you're spotted, the spot comment, if any, is now displayed.<br />
* RSGB HF contests : District Code for Norwich has been changed from "NR" to "NK". Tnx F1ICS.<br />
* ADIF export : Output fields reordered and STATION_CALLSIGN field added. Tnx YT9TP.<br />
* IARU HF : Cabrillo v3 output file implemented. Fixes also task #384. Tnx OH6XX, N6TV and others.<br />
<br />
==Release information 4.28.0 (June 15, 2018)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* When no MP3 CODEC were detected, start recording was displaying the MP3 settings dialog in an endless loop. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* ARI Contest : Serial numbers for DX stations have separate numbering per band. Tnx ES5TV.<br />
* Validation controls of the split freq edit field strengthened.<br />
===New Features===<br />
* Single-click actions option added to all windows where it makes sense. Tnx K5WQG, N6TV.<br />
* The callsign "6OX" is accepted despite its exotic syntax.<br />
* CQWW RTTY : DC mult added according to the 2018 rules. Tnx W0YK.<br />
* Internal CW keyer (LPT and serial outputs) : Keying compensation added (0 to 20 ms) in the Interfaces setup dlg. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* Icom IC-7610 added. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* REF contest : Off-time periods dialog removed. Tnx F5LEN.<br />
* CW / RTTY : Work dupes by default. Tnx F6IRA.<br />
<br />
==Release information 4.27.0 (Jan 4, 2018)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* RAC contest : Despite the rules indicate MIXED (CW + SSB) category only entries, the F10 wnd wasn't correctly scaled when using a single-mode category. Tnx SP5KP.<br />
* Statistics Wnd (Ctrl-F9) : Under some specific circumstances, the log data weren't correctly displayed in the targets tab. Tnx F5LIW.<br />
* Auto-repeat mode was broken (silly me !). Tnx VE2FWW, N6TV, W4DD and many others.<br />
===New Features===<br />
* DARC XMAS : Sprint logic exchange now applicable for this contest. Tnx K3LR and N6TV.<br />
<br />
==Release information 4.26.0 (Nov 19, 2017)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* When prefixes or callareas are mults, some special callsigns weren't correctly taken into account. Tnx OF100FI/0.<br />
* Status wnd (Alt-J) : Under some specific circumstances, the stations count displayed in the title bar was wrong.<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
* LZ DX : QSO and DUPES columns were inverted in the summary window in single-mode categories, and CW and SSB culumns were swapped in Mixed category. Tnx W3SE / ZL3TE.<br />
* SAC : Wire-Only overlay category added. Tnx OH1RX.<br />
* CSV and text exports : Serial sent text format is identical to the format used in the log. Tnx F5LIW.<br />
* Gab wnd (Alt-I) : Can be cleared now with a CLEARGAB text command.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.25.0) (June 28, 2017)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
<br />
* VHF+ contest : The ODX was broken under some specific circumstances. Tnx F5HRY/P.<br />
* SPDX Contest : The summary window was broken. Tnx SP5KP, F5LIW and others. (Task #380)<br />
* Asia-Pacific sprint : Win-Test was unabled to write the output Cabrillo file. Tnx UA9YE.<br />
* Some AltGr (Ctrl + Alt) keys were not correctly displayed when defined in the script manager or the DEFINEKEYS command.<br />
* Under some very specific circumstances of networking connection / disconnection and sync enabling / disabling, the log file could be corrupted. Tnx PA2A @ PI4CC.<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
* Helvetia contest : New rules 2017 implemented. Tnx HB9AMO and others.<br />
* ARI DX : Allowed bands and 10-minute rule adapted to the rules 2017. Tnx IZ1LBG. (Task #379)<br />
* RSGB AFS : 40m added. Tnx G3RTE.<br />
* The displayed bands selection for the Check Callsign (F9), Check DXCC (Alt-M), Check Mult (F10) and Check Zone (Alt-Z) windows is now done in a dialog box instead of menu items. Tnx F5LIW. <br />
* NA Sprint SSB : The Multipliers list is updated and is now similar to the mult list of the CW/RTTY legs . Also, the equivalence is now NA_SPRINT.DAT for all legs, and has been updated on the repository. Tnx KA9FOX.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.24.0) (January 20, 2017)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* Under some circumstances, the rotators wnd was flickering.<br />
* NA Sprint CW/RTTY : Multipliers list updated. Tnx N6TV, N6TR. Note : You must update your NA_CW_RTTY_SPRINT.DAT equivalence file if you use it, to get credit for the new mults. <br />
* DXPed HF logs : The country list used is now the DXCC one, not the "CQWW" one.<br />
* FT1000 : VFO-B frequency setting enabled. Tnx DL6RAI. <br />
* FT1000 : When setting a split freq, the filter setting wasn't retained. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
* Typo in a menu item. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
* When a callsign was grabbed, the realtime slot of the partners windows were not updated.<br />
* Cabrillo : The alternate frequency option wasn't working for multi-ops logs.<br />
* Under some OS display settings, the Alt-F dialog was truncated. Tnx HA3LN.<br />
* After editing logged QSO, the Alt-J QSY timers were not always accurate.<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
* New network protocol version 1.30 released. Reminder: If you use WT in a networked environment, you must have the same WT version on all machines!<br />
* Lua API version string is 1.4.0<br />
* To make the 3830scores.com reporting easier, the summary columns of the mixed mode contests are reordered. <br />
* DXPed logs (HF and VHF) : The reports entry fields ignore keys which are not digits. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
* Summary wnd (Alt-S) : Displayed bands can be selected. This selection is in sync with the Check Callsign (F9), the Check DXCC (Alt-M), the Check Mult (F10) and the Check Zone (Alt-Z) windows. Note: It's only a display selection to save space : You can still QSY and enter Q on the hidden bands. And all bands are taken into account in the summary totals.<br />
* 60m band added for the DXPed HF logs. NOTES: <br />
: 1) Considering the various freq allocations depending on the country, a minimal band plan has been implemented in the Default band plan. You can modify it, according to your needs. Your custom band plans (if any) must be updated as well.<br />
: 2) DXPed log files containing 60m QSO can't be read with previous versions of Win-Test.<br />
: Tnx DL6RAI for testing.<br />
* NAQP : Mult list and various other things updated according to the new rules. Tnx KL9A.<br />
* ARRL 10m contest : Following the new rules, the multiplier "DF" is changed to "CMX". Tnx N6TV, N5KO.<br />
* Lua : wtQso:GetData API : Gridsquare added in the table returned. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* If a station type is sticked, its type is checked against the rules of a newly created contest file, and can be forced to the default Run type if needed. Tnx N6KI and N6TV.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.23.0) (October 21, 2016)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* WAG DX side : The NM exchange (Non Member) was considered as a N multiplier.<br />
* Alt-F4 : The the CAT activity has now decreased , and the function was broken for mixed-mode logs. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* Entering any text command in Secondary Radio Window moved it to the wrong band. Tnx N6TV. (Task #370/373)<br />
* WAE : Under some circumstances, the log and QTC backup files were corrupted. Tnx F5LIW.<br />
* VHF+ contests : When a gridsquare of a logged QSO was modified, the points weren't correctly computed on the other networked computers, leading to a score difference between them. Tnx DL8AAU.<br />
* Under some circumstances of simultaneous log openings on different machines in a network, Win-Test could crash. Tnx W9PA @ K3LR.<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
* Split Freq dlg : Now accepts offsets from the current frequency. E.g.: If your freq is 7020 and you enter +1.1, the split freq will be adjusted to 7021.1. Negative values (-1.1 for ex.) also work.<br />
* UK/EI DX contest added. Tnx SQ8N.<br />
* Secondary Radio wnd : Columns headings added. The color can be adjusted with the Colors (contextual) menu. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* Radios : FT891, FTDX1200, FTDX3000 and FTDX5000 added. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* WAE Phone : DX side : The INS and CR keys and buttons are now enabled in the transmit QTC dialog. The CR button tags the current QTC as sent. The INS button does the same, and makes the next QTC as the current one. It clearly makes the QTC transmission much easier to follow. Tnx F1HAR.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.22.0) (August 26, 2016)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* WAEDC : DX side CW / SSB : The potential QTC weren't displayed in the radio wnd (bandmap or list) despite the option was checked.<br />
* WAEDC : The left and right arrows now work correctly in the dialog to chose the number of QTC to send.<br />
* QTC transmit dlg : The active QTC wasn't correctly highlighted when using the Ctrl-Fx buttons.<br />
* The default Check Partial / N + 1 file for VHF contests was HF.DTB instead of VHF.DTB. Tnx DK5KMA.<br />
* When 4.20 and 4.21 were on the same LAN (not recommended), with sync enabled, 4.21 was hanging. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* IARU HF : If an HQ was only 2 characters long, it was ignored.<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
* WAE CW : DX side : The CW speed used when sending the QTC is now preserved between sessions, and the Rate wnd is updated accordingly. No need to juggle with Alt-F9/F10 anymore.<br />
* Callsign Wnd (F9) : Tooltip more readable.<br />
* New behaviour of the $NEXT variable in the QTC transmit messages to make life much easier (and less confusing) for the DX stations in the WAEDC CW contest.<br />
** $NEXT must be the first variable in the Ins message. The default message is now: $NEXT $DONE $TIME $CALLSIGN $SERIAL<br />
** Update your current message if it is not up to date<br />
** When $NEXT is executed, the active QTC jumps to the next one ONLY if the current QTC has been already sent.<br />
** With this new behaviour, the usual QTC transmission sequence is now:<br />
*** Ctrl-L / Enter (or 1 to 9) to chose the number of QTC to send (usually 10).<br />
*** After the QTC dlg shows up, exchange the QRV? and the QTC series number with the recipient.<br />
*** From now, hit Ins for every QTC to send, one after the other.<br />
*** If the recepient requests a full resend of the QTC just sent, use CR. If he requests an individual field, use the appropriate Fx key or button. If the QTC is ack'ed, use Ins to send the next one.<br />
*** When all QTC of the series have been sent (and acknowledged), use Ins one last time (or Plus) to thank and save the QTC series.<br />
** In these conditions, you normally shouldn't need to use the Up/Down arrows anymore unless exceptional circumstances.<br />
* CW and RTTY : New $RAWSERIAL variable. Sends the serial number of the QSO with leading zeros and without any abbreviation. Now used in the default F3 msg (if it applies) to repeat the serial in a more traditional way. It also works in the QTC messages.<br />
* Script manager dialog : Ctrl + Double click on a script brings up the properties dialog.<br />
* IOTA contest<br />
** If the IOTA ref is pre-filled from the callsign field content, the new IOTA warning is now displayed if applicable. Tnx F5LIW.<br />
** EXPERIMENTAL : Separate numbering for Multi-One and Multi-Two categories : The RUN or RUN1 stations use a sequence of odd numbers (starting at 1), and the MULT or RUN2 stations use a sequence of even numbers (starting at 2).<br />
** Multi-Two category added. Tnx G3WVG.<br />
** The WAE entities list is now used to prefill the island reference more accurately (ex GM/s stations). Tnx N6TV.<br />
* The DVK bargraph can now be horizontal (default) or vertical.<br />
* Internal DVK : The first and last 100 ms of the messages are now truncated to prevent the keys and mouse clicks to be heard. Tnx SM5AJV and N6TV.<br />
* RTTY shortcuts buttons are now a bit thicker to accommodate older eyes. Tnx SP5GRM.<br />
* Additional CW and RTTY variables :<br />
** $LOC4 and $GRID4 are equivalent to $GRIDFIELD.<br />
** $LOC6 and $GRID6 are equivalent to $GRIDSQUARE or $LOCATOR.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.21.0) (June 27, 2016)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* The CW "No sound" menu item state wasn't consistent with the CW sound status.<br />
* The check mark on Options / Disable Log Sync wasn't consistent when no log was opened.<br />
* The station name displayed in the network error dlg when several masters were on the same LAN wasn't correct.<br />
* Gridsquares map window (Alt-L) : Mouse wheel actions were broken since version 4.7.0 ! <br />
* Stew Perry contest was using VHF.DTB instead of DEFAULT.SCP. Tnx N6TV. (Task #184). <br />
* Serial communications : Under some circumstances, especially with some USB drivers under Windows 10, the inbound stream was not correctly processed. Tnx Jan @ remoterig.com<br />
* Voice keyer (DVK) : Under some circumstances, some audio output devices may miss in the Interfaces settings dialog.<br />
* French Championship : QSO wih FT entities are now credited with 15 pts instead of 6. Tnx F4SGU.<br />
* Remote dlg : The text command is now limited to 13 chars, to comply with the log entry field. Tnx N6TV. (Task #368)<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
* Lua API version string is 1.3.0<br />
* IARU HF : Duplicate HQ abbreviations are now managed. (Task #350)<br />
* The login / logout protocols can be now disabled as the other ones in the advanced network settings.<br />
* Log Sync : Better overall performance. Tnx DJ7TO, DL5MLO and the DA0HQ team.<br />
* Cabrillo Options : New options similar to the File / Clean file options, but the QSO exclusions (or editions) are *only* temporary for the Cabrillo file output.<br />
* ADIF Options : QSO range added.<br />
* Mult Wnd (Alt-M) : The "hide clean sweeps" and "hide never worked" options are maintained during the text / SYLK copy. Tnx ES5TV.<br />
* Tune dlg : For safety, added a 30-second timeout to automatically stop tuning no matter what.<br />
* Stew Perry Challenge : Added for March, June and October.<br />
* Lua : wtQso:GetData API : stnName and stnFlags added in the table returned. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* CW Auto Send : Updated to allow its use when both radios are in RUN mode. Tnx SM5AJV, N6TV.<br />
* Lua : wtApp:TextCommand updated to add strStation and nNotificationID arguments. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* Standard and additional messages : New import / export features. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* Clean log dlg : New option to remove 0 points QSO from the log. Tnx K3LR, N6TV.<br />
* Radios : IC-7300 added. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* CQ WPX RTTY : M/S entrants are now allowed to 10 band changes. Tnx EC1KR.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.20.0) (January 17, 2016)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* ARRL 10m : Tools / Check Bad Exchanges was broken.<br />
* Under some circumstances, the default contest log names were broken.<br />
* ARRL SS : Correct label for the sections field. <br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
* Radios : IC-7600, IC-7800, IC-7850, IC-7851 : New code for a better management of these radios. It requires the latest firmwares. Tnx N6TV, K3LR, K9LA (Icom America), ICOM France, HRO Sunnyvale (CA), AA6W and K6SSJ.<br />
* Radios : FT-991 added. Tnx N6TV, SP5IOU.<br />
* Radio Wnd : New option to enable / disable the RIT display, when applicable. Tnx F5LIW, K3LR.<br />
* PACC contest : Rules 2016. Dutch provinces (for non-PA) and DXCC and call areas (for PA) now count as mult per band and per mode when taking part in Mixed category. Tnx PA5M.<br />
* French Championship : Rules 2016 applied. Tnx F5LEN.<br />
* Radio Wnd : Ctrl-Up / Ctrl-Down in the list view doesn't lose cursor when a Q is entered. Tnx K5KG. (Task #364).<br />
* LZ DX Contest : New rules 2015 for LZ stations applied. The only limitation is the 10-min rule for the M/S station, which is always applied for band *or mode* change, independently of the status of the station (RUN or MULT). Tnx LZ2CJ.<br />
* ARRL SS : Default CW msgs updated. Tnx W2GD, N6TV.<br />
* ARRL SS : Added new message variable $PREC (precedence) for the ARRL Sweepstakes, automatically determined from entry class and power level. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* Log check reports : QSO with own callsign are now ignored. Tnx FY5KE.<br />
* Status wnd (Alt-J) : X-min rule timers now ignore QSO with own callsign. Tnx FY5KE.<br />
* Check country wnd (F10) : QSO with own callsign are now ignored. Tnx FY5KE.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.19.0) (October 15, 2015)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* SAC contest : This contest wasn't displayed in October if the "This month only" checkbox was enabled despite the SSB leg takes place in October. Tnx F5LIW. <br />
* Rate Wnd (Alt-R). Various QSO rate statistics were wrong. Tnx CT1BOH. <br />
* FT1000 : The TRX was switched to RTTY-USB for high bands instead of RTTY-LSB. Tnx DL6RAI @ P49V.<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
* CAUTION: New network protocol version 1.29 released. Reminder: If you use WT in a networked environment, you must have the same WT version on all machines!<br />
* Status Wnd (Alt-J) : Best effort to display the TX freq of the radios. Radio brand and model dependent. Tnx N6TV. Note : Icom users will need the latest Icom firmware, and the latest OmniRig rig definition files (check the N6TV files) to get chances to see VFO B displayed for Icom radios, especially if they want to use split mode.<br />
* Experimental : VHF+ spots : When the comment is using the "Locator<Prop>Locator" format, the second locator is now considered as the DX locator. Tnx G3ZAY, F5HRY.<br />
* Radio Wnd : Spot mode (according to the used band plan) added in the tooltip text.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.18.0) (September 25, 2015)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* NA Sprint : Tools / Check log / Search for possible bad exchanges was broken. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* Rate Wnd (Alt-R). Various QSO and Mult statistics were wrong. Tnx CT1BOH.<br />
* REG1TEST : The mode code is now output in the QSO records. It can be optionally omitted for contests where the mode is not stated in the rules, in accordance to the REG1TEST format specifications.<br />
* WAEDC : The 10-min violations check was performed on the RUN and MULT stations, while this rule only applies to the RUN stations. Tnx DL1EKC.<br />
* Partial (F12) and NP1 (F8) windows : While modifying an already entered QSO, the callsign of the original QSO wasn't correctly ignored during the searches. Tnx FY5FY.<br />
* WAE : Receiving QTC : If the callsign of the QTC sender was modified, and the receiving dialog was cancelled, the modification remained.<br />
* The Win-Test version number is no more extracted from the language file DLL, but rather from the exe itself, to get the correct string when having mutiple Win-Test versions in the same directory. Tnx F5TTU, F6BGC.<br />
* When used in a network environment, a QSO entered on the secondary radio had a wrong serial number on the other machines of the network. Tnx DL5AOJ.<br />
* Radio wnd : Under some circumstances, when your own callsign was entered in the bandmap (Ctrl-Enter), it was displayed as a new mult. Tnx TM0HQ.<br />
* The action on Options / Disable Log Sync wasn't consistent when no log was opened.<br />
* Toolbar : The tooltip text for the summary icon was missing since the very first version of Win-Test ! ;-)<br />
* Bugfix : Alt-F dlg : Under some circumstances, the QSO op. was not specified.<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
* WAE : Receive QTC dlg : Received serials are now formatted with leading zeroes if needed. Tnx F5LIW.<br />
* WAE : Receive QTC dlg : Received times with 2 numbers (minutes) are now set to the correct hour according to the received time of the previous QTC. Tnx F5LIW.<br />
* Radios : IC-7100 and IC-7200 added. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* Cabrillo output file (v3) : eMail address tag added.<br />
* Cabrillo output file (v3) : New option to indicate if you wish to receive, if eligible, a paper certificate sent via postal mail by the contest sponsor. The contest sponsor may or may not honor this tag, and if so may or may not use opt-in or opt-out as the default.<br />
* Cabrillo output file : New option to output the "alternate" frequency for split QSO. May be useful if the available CAT data for your radio can't be used to determine accurately the TX freq vs the RX freq.<br />
* Several specific installers lacked the installation of the msflxgrd.ocx library. Tnx F5UPO.<br />
* CW : SOUND/NOSOUND and associated menu items : This option is now always disabled when Win-Test runs under an operating system after Vista included. It means that it will not work for those OS, and *may* work on previous OS, depending on the hardware. In all cases, it is very recommanded to rely on the TRX internal sidetone instead.<br />
* WAEDC : The SAVELOG, COPYLOG commands and the automatic backups now include the QTC files. Tnx GW3SQX @ GW7O.<br />
* ARRL DX, ARRL 10m and ARRL 160m contests : The Cabrillo output files are now compliant with the v3 specs. Tnx F5PHW.<br />
* Edit menu : New item : Apply exchange to every QSO with...(Ctrl-F10) When applicable, it allows to update exchanges of every Q whose the callsign is identical to the callsign of the current Q, with the exchange(s) of this Q.<br />
* Gab Wnd (Alt-I) : New contextual menu item to clear the content of the window.<br />
* Cabrillo file : Win-Test now ensures the operators list is correctly space-delimited.<br />
* The protocol version is now displayed in the Advanced Settings dlg of the network.<br />
* Status Wnd (Alt-J) : When using a multi-op network, you can now send a remote command to a specific station by opening the context menu on this station name and use "Send remote command to XXX...".<br />
* COPYLOG command : Notification added. Tnx TM0HQ.<br />
* Ctrl + PageUp / PageDown now browses the log by 12h steps instead of 24h initially. This makes it usable for 24h long contests.<br />
* Status Wnd (Alt-J) : When using a multi-op network, you can now ping a specific station by opening the context menu on this station name and use "Ping XXX". The Win-Test version, the Master, Bridgehead, Sync indicators and the propagation time are returned in the Gab window (Alt-I). Reminder : You can use the INV (stands for Inventory) text command to get a summary of the complete network.<br />
* Enhanced replies to the inventory command (INV) with a log sync enabled indicator (S vs s).<br />
* IARU HF : Mult wnd (F10) : AC, R1, R2 and R3 labels updated.<br />
* Contest settings dialog : To prevent any side effect (especially with the network), the syntax of the station name is checked, and 'exotic' characters are replaced by an underscore if needed. Tnx F1UVN @ TM0HQ. <br />
* Alt-F dlg : The read-only station name field is now disabled.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.17.0) (June 30, 2015)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* The ODX per band were sometimes wrong after band modifications of specific QSO. Tnx F1PKY @ F5KMB.<br />
* IARU 50 MHz (and higher) contests : The PSect field of the output files are now in accordance to the REG1TEST specs. Tnx F2DX, OK2ZI.<br />
* MP3 configuration dialog : Under some circumstances, an error loop could occur. Tnx DL6RAI. (Task #363)<br />
* FT2000 : Under some circumstances, read frequencies were not consistent. Tnx F8DBF, F4DXW.<br />
* For some contests, a QSO entered with your own callsign didn't count 0 points. Tnx N6TV. (Task #362)<br />
* MP3 QSO extract : There was a few seconds offset in the recording.<br />
* SP DX contest : When provinces were displayed with the "all bands" option *and* alphabetically, the "Z" province was missing. Tnx DL6RAI. (Task #360).<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
* CAUTION: New network protocol version 1.28 released. Reminder: If you use WT in a networked environment, you must have the same WT version on all machines!<br />
* Status Wnd (Alt-J) : New column for the current op. added. Cf OPON/OPOFF or LOGIN/LOGOUT commands or use nicknames. Tnx ES5TV.<br />
* Set QSO freq dlg (Alt-F): Swap main / QSX freq button added.<br />
* Rate Wnd (Alt-R) : When entering in a category where modes can be mixed, the elapsed time between band changes now takes account of modes as well.<br />
* CQ-M contest : To be compliant with the new rules 2015, there is no more multiplier station, even in M/S. Tnx RU3DNN. <br />
* ARI contest : A station can now be set as a MULT station. The 10 min timer in the Alt-J wnd considers band and mode changes. Tnx ES5TV.<br />
* OK OM DX : Win-Test is now adapted to comply to the new SSB rules. To make things easier, the CW leg is kept unchanged ! Read carefully the rules before entering. Tnx ON5GQ. <br />
* Contest recorder : QSO extraction to a mp3 file : The QSO extraction parameters are now (1) the time before the QSO was _STARTED_ (0 sec by default - it means the clip starts at the same time when you listen to the QSO with AltGr-Enter) and (2) the time after the QSO was _ENTERED_ (10 sec by default). Tnx ES5TV.<br />
* ARRL DX and ARRL 10 : When exporting logs in ADIF, the DC "state" is replaced by MD. Tnx F8ATS.<br />
* Lua : wtScript:AssignArgument now takes the strings "true" and "false" as boolean arguments. Numeric values do not require double quotes. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* Script manager : Properties dlg : Now accepts a default argument even if no key is defined for the script. But, in any case, a key or a text command must be defined to allow a default argument. Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.16.0) (Mar 17, 2015)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
<br />
* REF HF : FS now does count for a French dept instead of a DXCC entity. The final scores were not affected by this bug. Tnx F4EJL.<br />
* If the default directory at launch time wasn't the app directory, the automatic starts of wtDxTelnet and wtRotators were failing. Tnx F5LIW.<br />
* Ctrl-Del (delete spot from bandmap) was broken. Tnx N6TV. (Task #354)<br />
* Network advanced settings dialog : The last outbound protocol was always enabled, despite its setting. Tnx F1HAR.<br />
* Common prefixes to GM and GM/s were considered as GM even if the WAE list was used. Tnx N6TV. (Task #355)<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
<br />
* Spanish and German translations updated. Tnx EB2RA and DL6RAI.<br />
* LUA : Because of a conflict name with the wtScript class, the wtScript variable (name of the Topmost script) is now replaced with wtRootScript. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* RDXC : R7K - Crimea (RK) and R7R - Sevastopol (SE) added to the mults list. Use the latest CTY_OBL.DAT accordingly. Tnx RU3DNN.<br />
* Lua : wtContest:GetMyCallsign() and wtStatus:GetMyStation() added. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* Registration dialog : The QR codes of the registration URL are enlarged.<br />
* ICOM radios : IC-970, IC-9100 and IC-7850 added. Tnx OK8WW, EA8RM and K3LR.<br />
* ARRL DX (DX side) : To strictly comply with the current rules (section 5.2.2), the PEI multiplier (VY2) is now labelled PE. The STATES.DAT is also accordingly updated on the usual repository http://download.win-test.com/files/equivalence/ .<br />
* NA Sprint : Because of the different multipliers per leg, the equivalence files must now be NA_SSB_SPRINT.DAT and NA_CW_RTTY_SPRINT.DAT. They are available on the usual repository http://download.win-test.com/files/equivalence/ . Tnx KD4D and N6TV.<br />
* NA Sprint : DC and the usual 14 Canadian provinces and territories are now considered as multipliers for the Phone leg (the MAR mult. is no longer used). Tnx KW8N.<br />
* UBA DX : Mult stations are now allowed for Multi-Op (Single TX) entries. Also, the 10-min timer for RUN stations is now displayed in the status window (Alt-J). Tnx RU3DNN.<br />
* NA Sprint : KL stations are now considered as US stations and their state (AK) is now in the states list. KH6 stations are also considered as US stations for the Phone leg, and their state (HI) is now in the states list. During the CW / RTTY legs, KH6 stations are considered as DX stations (not NA). Tnx N6TV.<br />
* ARRL 10m : Mixed mode category forced in the Cabrillo output for the M/S entries.<br />
* Script properties : Tooltip added over the key edit field with the key code and modifiers values. It can help for the wtScript:AssignKeyCode function. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* Scripts manager : Run button added. The selected script is run the same way as if it were run by the assigned key (if any), and with the argument set in the properties dialog (if any). Tnx N6TV.<br />
* Lua : wtScript:AssignFKey and wtScript:AssignKeyCode functions added. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* Script Manager : Error message added when the SciTE or the script editor weren't correctly installed or configured. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
* New CW and RTTY variables introduced : $GRAB1 to $GRAB9 to grab from the partner stack slots, and $GRABRT1 to GRABRT3 to grab from the partner realtime slots.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.15.0) (Nov 22, 2014)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* When a voice message contained several script calls in a row, only one out of two was executed. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* ARRL SS : When a callsign is grabbed, the cursor is now set to the serial field. Tnx AC6T, N6TV. (Task #353)<br />
* When not using advanced SO2R with Shift bound to the secondary radio, Shift-Enter now has no action. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* Partner window: The SUPPORT / NOSUPPORT (or PARTNER / NOPARTNER) commands didn't resize the window properly.<br />
* Partner window context menu: The "Remove" item was enabled for empty slots while it was supposed to be grayed.<br />
* Partner stack: If the same callsign was in two adjacent slots in the Partner stack, only one of them was cleared when the callsign was entered in the log.<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
* CAUTION: New network protocol version 1.27 released. Reminder: If you use WT in a networked environment, you must have the same WT version on all machines!<br />
* Contest recorder : AltGr+E shortcut added as "Extract and Save QSO". Tnx N6TV.<br />
* LZ-DX contest : 10 min. CQWW DX rule applied to the M/S entrants, but currently limited to the band changes (the mode changes are ignored). Tnx RU3DNN.<br />
* Partner : There are now two different colors for data entered as Run or as Support. Useful when there are several partner positions for one run. Tnx F5HRY@TM0HQ.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.14.0) (Oct 19, 2014)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* When several mp3 record files from different stations for a given contest were used, the rewind and forward functions led to a crash. Tnx DL8AAU@DR9A.<br />
* Radio wnd: When using a Windows font size option different from 100%, the VFO displays didn't scale up well. Tnx N6XI, N6TV.<br />
* Lua: An error occurred when calling a script with the double-quote key. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* RDAC: The Tools / Check log / Search for bad exchanges function was not working for the RDAC contest. Tnx SP5KP<br />
* In the Alt-M wnd, when data were ordered by number of worked bands/modes, and never worked mults were hidden, the sweep clean mults were always displayed, despite this option was set or not. Tnx CT1BOH.<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
* CAUTION: New network protocol version 1.26 released Reminder: If you use WT in a networked environment, you must have the same WT version on all machines!<br />
* New notes file format and network protocol to ease log corrections within Win-Test. Check the new last items of the Tools / Check log menu.<br />
* Partner: New properties dialog to set the various options. By default, the realtime keystrokes network transmission is disabled when switched to the S&P mode. It can be enabled by choice in this properties dialog. Tnx TM0HQ & N6TV.<br />
* IARU HF: A '?' indicator is now displayed when the received exchange is not an ITU zone, AC, R1, R2 or R3, or not composed of letters only.<br />
* New option in Tools / Check log / Search for bad exchanges, to detect exchanges discrepancies in the log only.<br />
* Merge report redesigned: All conflicts are ordered by time and also by station name.<br />
* The Date/Time dialog (Alt-F) now indicates the station who entered the QSO. Not editable. Tnx F8CRH@TM0HQ. <br />
* New Goto Callsign edit menu (Shortcut Shift+Ctrl+G) to set the cursor on a QSO with a given callsign. By default, the callsign of the current QSO is searched. If it is empty (i.e. if the cursor is set to the last (empty) line of the log), a dialog is opened. The search is done backwards.<br />
* New CW option to enable/disable the speed bursts (+/-) without modifying the messages. Text commands are BURSTS / NOBURSTS. Useful to defeat CW skimmers on-demand.<br />
* Interfaces setup dialog: The lists for each COM port are now reordered to comply with the most current needs.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.13.0) (Jun 30, 2014)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* REF DDFM 50 MHz contest : Default CW msgs were using $GRIDSQUARE (6-char locator) instead of $GRIDFIELD (4-char locator). Tnx F2DX.<br />
* Gab window (Alt-I) : If the content was scrolled back, a double-click on a line set an incorrect default recipient in the opened Gab/Talk dialog. Tnx F8CRH@F6KRK.<br />
* REF VHF contest : Win-Test was asking for the "departement" in the contest settings dialog (was useless), and the help dialog was inappropriate. Tnx F5HRY.<br />
* CQ-M contest : Contest identifier for the Cabrillo and ADIF output files were misspelled. Tnx RU3RQ. (Task #348). <br />
* WPX : The prefix of VY2MGY/3 now resolved as VY3. Tnx N6TV. (Task #347).<br />
* Bugfix : Lua : wtApp:CallScript(name, arg) was always casting arg to a string. Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
* EF6 added as a valid exception callsign. Tnx F6FDR.<br />
* Radio windows - List view : In the "Sort by Mult Type" view, the non-mults stations are now sorted by QSO points in descending order. Tnx G3WW.<br />
* Radio windows - List view : New sorting option by QSO points in descending order, irrelevant of mults, added. Tnx G3WW.<br />
* WRTC 2014 and IARU HF : Check multiplier wnd (F10) : New label for HQs "entities" to prevent confusion with DXCC entities. Tnx CT1BOH.<br />
* Log : The column header of the serial sent (if any) is now correctly labeled ("No."). Tnx N6TV.<br />
* Options / Log / Align exchanges : New option to line up received exchanges in mixed mode. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* WRTC 2014 : Worked Mults wnd (Alt-M). The "copy as text" menu item is now enabled. Tnx CT1BOH.<br />
* WRTC 2014 : /MM stations are not counting for DXCC entity, and are credited depending on their ITU zone. Tnx KM3T.<br />
* WRTC 2014 : The country list used is DXCC (not WAE). Tnx KM3T.<br />
* WRTC 2014 : In the contest configuration dialog, the zone is set to 8, the Gridsquare is set to FN42fg and can't be modified.<br />
* The very singular 7QNL (and future 7QAA) callsigns are now accepted. Their prefixes are also resolved as 7Q0. Tnx PA3FYM. <br />
* Lookup function for the DXCC entities resolver refactored to allow easier extension for cases like the newly introduced 4Y1A and C7A,when callsigns are assigned to two entities.<br />
* RTTY : Fields assignments updated for the NCCC Sprint. Tnx AA2MF.<br />
* King Of Spain contest : SMR multiplier added. Tnx EA4TX.<br />
* Marconi HF : New points rules applied. Tnx IK6BAK.<br />
* Lua : In CW, when chaining wtKeyer:Play() instructions, the word space between the string arguments will be omitted if they end with a "~". Example :<br />
<br />
wtKeyer:Play(string1)<br />
wtKeyer:Play(string2)<br />
: Will omit the word space between string1 and string2 if string1 ends with a "~". Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.12.0) (February 10, 2014)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* UBA DX : The format of the output cabrillo file didn't stick to the required specs. Tnx ON5GQ. <br />
* DARC 10 : Under some circumstances, the DOK field was cleared while it wasn't necessary. Tnx DJ4MZ.<br />
* Lua : The wtApp:CallScript function was always returning a nil value when used with two parameters. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* The log sync enables / disabled setting was not correctly saved between logs openings. Tnx DK9TN@ED6A.<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
* DARC 10 : The NM exchange (Non Member) is no more considered as a multiplier. Tnx DJ4MZ.<br />
* Radios : IC-7410 added. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
* Script Manager : Various UI enhancements and API bugfixes. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* Clear Log : The station type (RUN, MULT, etc.) setting is now preserved when this function is performed. Tnx DK9TN@TK4W.<br />
* Network : Time distribution : A warning now pops up when time sync frames are received, and the Windows user who started Win-Test hasn't enough privilege to modify the system clock. Tnx P40L, N6TV.<br />
* Lua : wtQso:GetData() returned table updated for the specific ARRL Sweepstakes contest. The QSO# received is in the "rstReceived" index, and the Precedence letter is in the "miscInfo2Received" index. Tnx N6TV. (Task #338).<br />
* Mult Window (Alt-M) : New "Hide never worked" option added. Pretty experimental for now, depending on the contest. Tnx CT1BOH.<br />
* Radio windows : The spot selected by a right click is now highlighted to prevent confusion. The highlight color calculation now also works for dark hues. Tnx AD1C@K0RF.<br />
* Stats window : In CQWW DX, the zones / overall display was clipped to the last hour when a new zone was worked.<br />
* Radio windows : Time / Spotter and Comments display options added in the list view. These settings are common to both views. Tnx CT1BOH.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.11.0) (October 20, 2013)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* CQWW RTTY : The check log tool for the number of allowed QSY per hour in M/S was broken. Tnx DL9YAJ @ DR5N.<br />
* Frequency offsets weren't always correctly processed, especially on the secondary radio. Tnx DL5AOJ.<br />
* Extra Data files : Depending on the newline character(s) and other various parameters, the displayed data could be incorrect. Tnx IK0HBN, N6TV.<br />
* When a log was entirely entered manually, the date of QSO wasn't correctly set when using the "<" or ">" keys to access and fill the time field. Tnx F5LEN.<br />
* Under some circumstances of startup order and various settings, a "20 days older or newer log" false alert might be triggered. Tnx F6BGC @ TM0HQ.<br />
* RDAC Contest : Exchanges for callsigns ending with /x (x = 0 to 9) are now searched in the database and the log. Tnx SP5KP. <br />
* AGCW HNY : The (optional) AGCW membership number entry field was emptied when it was not supposed to be ! Tnx DJ0ZY.<br />
* Displayed ODX inconstancy under some circumstances when a QSO was deleted. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
* RAEM : The coordinates entry field was emptied when it was not supposed to be ! Tnx DJ0ZY.<br />
* When using the GOTO function by entering a QSO number and Ctrl-G, the pattern analyser warning message (if any) is now cleared.<br />
* The modifications entered into the Freq Offsets dialog are now taken into account immediately. No need to reload the current log. Tnx YL2GD.<br />
* When using a K3, changing band by entering its wavelength was sometimes setting the wrong LSB/USB mode. Tnx M0VFC (Task #326)<br />
* Under some circumstances, a random character could be entered in the Info field in a DXPed log, when using the Up/Down arrows in this field.<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
* Networking : Sockets initializations updated to comply with the usage of Win-Test in a Linux / Wine environment. The wtCom.dll must be updated (v2.0.4 or better) as well for this usage if needed. Tnx AA6KJ.<br />
* ADIF <br />
** output : Addition of the CREATED_TIMESTAMP field in the header, and the CONTEST_ID field in every QSO record, when applicable.<br />
** Export : The ADIF country code is now added to the QSO record. Requires using the latest CTY_WT.DAT or CTY_WT_MOD.DAT country files (02 August 2013 or later). Tnx AD1C. <br />
* CQWW DX Contest<br />
** The overlay "Classic" category has been added in the contest configuration dialog. It only adds the appropriate line in the Cabrillo output file.<br />
** The overlay category Xtreme is added in the contest configuration dialog, and in the Cabrillo file output as well. Tnx KL1A.<br />
* WAE Contest<br />
** The special calculation for the creation of the offtime section in the Cabrillo file has been removed, being now obsolete. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
** Offtime threshold is now set to one hour. <br />
* Lua<br />
** wtQso:GetData() function added. Returns a table with fields of the current Qso. The current available keys are "time", "band", "mode", "freq", "callsign", "rstSent", "serialSent", "rstReceived", "exchReceived", "miscInfoReceived", "miscInfo2Received".<br />
** wtApp:GetLogFileName() and wtApp:GetIniFileName() functions added. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* UFT contest : Win-Test is now adapted to the new rules 2013. Tnx F6CEL.<br />
* YU DX contest : Totally rewritten because of the new rules 2013 (see http://yudx.yu1srs.org.rs/2013/rules.html). Tnx YU0W and F5IN.<br />
* SPDX Contest : The "12 band or mode changes per one clock hour" rule is now implemented. A simultaneous change of band *and* mode (Ex: 80m CW -> 40m SSB) counts as 2 changes. Tnx SQ2GXO.<br />
* New Tools / Data entry / Priority / Callsign option to ignore any freq or band changes when entering digits only in the callsign field. Tnx P40L, N6TV.<br />
* RAC Winter and Canada Day Contests : The 10-minute rule for the multi-single entrants is now implemented. Tnx VE3JM and N6TV.<br />
* Russian 160 meter : New rules implemented. http://www.radio.ru/cq/contest/rule-results/index2012.shtml. Tnx RZ3DX.<br />
* QR Code added in the registration dialog to help mobile phones users.<br />
<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.10.0) (October 23, 2012)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* YO DX Contest : The child and log windows are now compliant with the chosen mode category (CW, SSB or MIXED). Previously, the mixed mode only was assumed.<br />
* NAQP : The K8 mark for "zones window" (Alt-Z) was labeled K81 instead. Tnx NX5M.<br />
* Text and CSV files options dialogs : The Del key was acting as "Remove all" instead of "Remove". Reminder : Shift-Del acts now as "Remove all", Del acts as "Remove", Shift-Ins acts as "Add all" and Ins acts as "Add". Tnx TM0HQ.<br />
* In the logfile fixing process, the backuped file had a wrong file extension (it was always .wtb). Tnx TM0HQ.<br />
* Status wnd (Alt-J) : Not always correctly ordered when sorted by freq/name. Tnx TM0HQ. <br />
* CQ VHF and CQ 160 : ARRL Section added in the Cabrillo output file for US/VE entrants (Task #323). Tnx W9ZRX & N6TV.<br />
* FT1000(D) : The IF filter setting is retained per mode when grabbing a spot. Tnx DL6FBL @ DR1A.<br />
* Under some concurrency circumstances in a multi-op environment, Win-Test could crash when deleting or modifying spots in the Alt-A or the radio wnds (Task #318). Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
<br />
* ARRL Sweepstakes, ARRL FD and ARRL 160 meter contests : ARRL/RAC sections list updated to comply with the four new RAC administrative sections (ONN, ONS, ONE, GTA), replacing the split Ontario Section. (Task #321)<br />
<br />
* Auto CQ : New option in the appropriate dialog to halt the auto CQ with the Esc key only. Equivalent text commands are RPTESCONLY and NORPTESCONLY. Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
* ARI Sezioni: Cabrillo output compliant with rules 2012. Tnx I2WIJ.<br />
<br />
* ARI DX : Cabrillo output compliant with rules 2012. Tnx I2WIJ.<br />
<br />
* IOTA : New rules 2012 implemented :<br />
** For multi-op (island) stations, display of Band/Mode changes in the rate window (Alt-R).<br />
** Cabrillo file : QSO lines now include RUN or MULT identifiers.<br />
** The score for World to World QSOs is reduced from 3 points to 2 points.<br />
** Island Stations now receive 5 points for World Station QSOs.<br />
** Island Stations now receive also 5 points when working their own Island.<br />
<br />
* RDXC : Oblasts window (Alt-Z) updated following the new list 2012. Tnx HA1AG, SP5KP, F5IN.<br />
<br />
* Check partial (F12) and NP1 (F8) wnds : The [UNIQUE] word has now its own background and text colors to draw the attention of the operator. Tnx CT1BOH.<br />
<br />
* JIDX : Cabrillo file : QSO lines format updated to comply with the new format specifications for the multi-op category. (See task #317). Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.9.1) (October 27, 2011)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* Fix an issue with missing resources which might make WT to crash.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.9.0) (October 26, 2011)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* Problem in Spanish language file fixed. Tks N6TV.<br />
* The exceptions callsigns of the CTY*.DAT files were wrongly parsed when operated from another DXCC entity (ex. W6HGF/KH0). Tnx JE2UFF.<br />
* During a Cabrillo import, if the format of the QSO line wasn't correct, the error message was off one on the QSO number. Tnx W6IZT.<br />
* IARU HF contest : The mode entry was empty in the output Cabrillo file for multi-op categories. It is now set to mixed. Tnx F1HAR @ TM0HQ.<br />
* The Kenwood radio protocol was broken when sending CAT commands with frequencies above the 3420 MHz band. Tnx W8ZN.<br />
* Task #310 : IARU HF contest : For US/VE stations, the ARRL section is now required, instead of the state or the province. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* Entering your own callsign in the bandmap (Ctrl-Enter) was displaying a "spotted by..." alert. Tnx F5JSD @ TM0HQ. <br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
<br />
* When a new file is created, the usage of a network drive is checked and strongly discouraged to prevent log inconstancy. Tnx VK8DX @ 4W6A<br />
* WAEDC : Time shift can now be applied to the QTC. Tnx DL8RDL.<br />
* NCCC Sprint : New rule 2011 : 15m QSO are now permitted. (See task #312). Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.8.0) (June 26, 2011)==<br />
<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* Task #308 : JIDX : 160m QSO points counted 1 pt instead of 4. Tnx N6KI and N6TV.<br />
<br />
* Under some circumstances, DXped audio recordings were not correctly tagged, the file information dialog was incomplete, and the QSO playbacks failed. Tnx VE3EY @ TO3A.<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
<br />
* ADIF : PROGRAMID and PROGRAMVERSION fields added in the file header.Tnx IZ8MBW.<br />
<br />
* LPT Interface : 50 MHz, 144 MHz and 432 (440) MHz band data outputs added. Tnx W8ZN and N6TV.<br />
<br />
* Callsign check rules : The pathetic 9HOHSJ callsign is now added as an exception (like RAEM, JY1 and TX9). Tnx OH2OT, F5HRY.<br />
<br />
* PACC contest : New rule 2011 : QSO are now allowed in each mode for mixed categories. Tnx PA2A.<br />
<br />
* RSGB 160m contest : Single-mode CW-only restriction removed to comply with the new rules 2011. QSO and bonuses are now allowed for each mode. Tnx G3XSV. <br />
<br />
* NAQP : Cabrillo output : The DXCC prefix is now indicated instead of "DX" for North American stations outside of K/VE. Tnx WA7BNM.<br />
<br />
* DARC XMas contest : New rules 2010 : "NM" is allowed as a exchange from the German stations, but is no more credited as a mult. Tnx DJ3WE.<br />
<br />
* DX Spots window (Alt-A) : New option to enable/disable logging of the incoming spots in the .dxc file. It is enabled by default. Under some circumstances (slow antivirus inspection, slow HDD, etc.), saving every spot (especially when using the RBN) was making Win-Test less responsive. The op-entered spots are always saved to allow their restoration on log startup. Tnx HA1AG @ ED9M.<br />
<br />
* Packet window (Alt-O) : New option to enable/disable logging of the packet stream in the .pkt file. It is enabled by default. Under some circumstances (slow antivirus inspection, slow HDD, etc.), saving the packet data stream (especially when using the RBN) was making Win-Test less responsive. Tnx HA1AG @ ED9M.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.7.0) (December 2, 2010)==<br />
<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* Task #300 : WAEDC RTTY : The sent QTC group number was not taken into acount by the other connected machines, and therefore the QTC numbering was garbled in M/* environment. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
<br />
* Task #266 : WAEDC RTTY : No *New Mult* warning. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
<br />
* WAEDC : Number of QTC to send dialog : Even if some buttons were disabled, their associated "number keys" were still active.<br />
<br />
* WAEDC : Sending QTC dialog (Ctrl-L) : In "show" context, and if messages were sent under some circumstances, Win-Test could crash. Tnx IW1QN.<br />
<br />
* WAEDC : Under some circumstances, sent QTC were not always correctly saved.<br />
<br />
* WAEDC : When the number of QTC to be sent is 0 (no more QTC available), all "number keys" and Enter are now ignored in the appropriate dialog.<br />
<br />
* Task #298 : Spacebar key didn't always work properly in the ARRL Sweepstakes contest. Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
* Task #297 : Double-click on Check Multipliers window (F10) didn't work in ARRL Sweepstakes. Tnx N6TV <br />
<br />
* Under some circumstances, if data entered in the time field didn't follow the HH:MM or HHMM format, it could lead to a crash. Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
* WinKey : Speed bursts were not executed if located just before the $LOGGED variable. Tnx ES5TV.<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
* CW Autosend : Feature temporarily disabled when Alt-Space (grab from the RT partner slot), Alt-1..9 (grab from the partner stack) and Ctrl-1..9 (exchange with the partner stack) are used. Tnx ES5TV, N6TV.<br />
<br />
* ARRL 10m contest : New Mexican multipliers added. The name of the database (which is now different from the other ARRL contests) is now ARRL_10M.DTB. Several XE stations (around 300) have been added in the current file: http://download.win-test.com/databases/ARRL_10M.DTB<br />
<br />
* MouseWheel actions are now compatible with HiRes optical mouses like the Microsoft Wireless LASER Mouse 8000. Tnx W9ZRX, N6TV.<br />
<br />
* Bandmap properties : The minimum spot bandwidth is now 0 Hz (!). Tnx SM2WMV.<br />
<br />
* IC775 : Force narrow IF filters when grabbing callsigns in CW. Tnx YL2GD.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.6.1) (Released only for demo and DxPed versions)==<br />
<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* The default directory name for a "DX expedition (VHF and above)" log was wrong. Tnx DJ4MZ.<br />
<br />
* When a callsign was entered by a dbl-click in the N+1 or the partials wnd, and if this feature was set to automatic, the callsign check status wasn't updated. Tnx ES5TV.<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
* COPYLOGCLEAR text command added. Equivalent to the COPYLOG command immediately followed by a CLEARLOG command. Tnx CT1BOH.<br />
<br />
* QTC receive dlg : New variable $QTCROW introduced indicating the QTC line number where the cursor is located. Mainly used in RTTY for asking a resent of a specific line. The default F8 button message is now "AGN QTC $QTCROW?" in this mode. Tnx DK4WA.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.6.0) (October 24, 2010)==<br />
<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* Task #296 : Check mult window (F10) was not updated properly when using in ESM mode with S&P mode selected. Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
* Under some circumstances, the default filename of a contest log could contain invalid characters. Tnx G0ORH.<br />
<br />
* Second zones window : The labels display option was not restored.<br />
<br />
* When grabbing a callsign in the RTTY window, the realtime partner window field wasn't updated. Tnx ES5TV.<br />
<br />
* Task #290 : On restart, Win-Test didn't remember the last SO2R scenario that was selected. Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
* WAEDC : QTC receive dialog (Alt-L). Using the INSERT key in this dlg was crashing Win-Test.<br />
<br />
* Task #291 : RadioWnd : Ctrl-Up/Down weren't working properly in list mode. Tnx ES5TV.<br />
<br />
* Under some circonstances, Win-Test could crash when started with the CapsLock key engaged.<br />
<br />
* Advanced SO2R CW messages dialog : The Esc and Enter keys now work.<br />
<br />
* WAEDC : Clock wnd : QTC in stock was always displayed for M/S entrants regardless of their location (EU or DX).<br />
<br />
* WAEDC : Clock wnd : QTC in stock value was not immediately updated after a Q was received thru the network.<br />
<br />
* EZMaster, MK/MKII/... and OTRSP setup dialogs : The Esc and Enter keys were not correctly handled.<br />
<br />
* Transmit QTC window (Ctrl-L) : Under some circonstances, the context-oriented background colors were not correctly updated.<br />
<br />
* WAEDC : After receiving QTC, the potential QTC counts in the bandmaps were not always updated. Tnx DF9LJ. <br />
<br />
* WAEDC : Every time a Cabrillo file or a summary file was written, the QTC counts were increased. Tnx DF9LJ, DL6RAI, and several others.<br />
<br />
* KCJ : TG (Tochigi) and NR (Nara) multipliers were missing in the Alt-Z window. Tnx F5IN.<br />
<br />
* NAC 10 : Exchange sent are now 6-positions gridsquares. Tnx SM6FKF.<br />
<br />
* Task #284. Your own call incorrectly counted one HQ if such an exchange was entered. Tnx TM0HQ, N6TV. <br />
<br />
* DX cluster (Alt-A) and radio wnds : If the SP or the LP value of the spot was 0°, heading was not displayed. Tnx SM5AJV/SE5E.<br />
<br />
* Task #282: Under some circonstances the QSO number displayed in the report for possible bad exchanges was wrong. Tnx DF1DX.<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
* CAUTION: New network protocol version 1.25 released. Reminder: If you use WT in a networked environment, you must have the same WT version on all machines!<br />
<br />
* The wtArg (and wtArgument) variables are now local to the called script.<br />
<br />
* For phone contesting, scripts can be called from the Advanced SO2R scenarios with the #SCRIPT or #@SCRIPT notation.<br />
<br />
* Lua scripting: New input API:<br />
<br />
:* wtApp:InputUpperText(Prompt, Title, Default) If Title or Prompt is empty, a default text is used. Typed letters are automatically upper-cased while entering.<br />
<br />
* Lua scripting: New wtGab API introduced:<br />
<br />
:* wtGab:Send(strText[, strToStation]) sends a gab strText to strToStation. If strToStation is omitted, the text is sent to the whole network.<br />
<br />
* NCCC Sprint : New rules implemented. Tnx K9MMS, N6TV.<br />
<br />
* CQWW RTTY : In M/S category, the band changes counts are now displayed for the RUN and the MULT stations in the rate window (Alt-R). Tnx ES5TV.<br />
<br />
* Edition keys : To improve the compatibility with CT, Ctrl-B, Ctrl-D and Ctrl-F keys are now processed in the log fields. Tnx N5KO, N6TV.<br />
<br />
* WAEDC : QTC receive dialog (Alt-L) : New $FIELD variable introduced. This variable takes the value "GROUP", "TIME", "CL" or "NR", depending on the kind of QTC field where the insertion point is located.<br />
<br />
* New CW and RTTY options to work dupes or not. If dupes are worked, the $QSOB4 variable is ignored. The equivalent text commands are WORKDUPE/NOWORKDUPE or WORKDUPEON/WORKDUPEOFF. There is a different setting available per mode (CW or RTTY).<br />
<br />
* Task #205 : The $RxRy variables located in the end of a CW message, if any, are automatically appended to the content of the $QSOB4 message if played. Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
* The $QSOB4 variable can now include scripts calls.<br />
<br />
* The scripts calls in the CW or RTTY messages are now synchronous to the CW or the RTTY streams. To execute them asynchronously, they can be called with the #@ notation. Example :<br />
<br />
-- script.wts<br />
wtApp:AlertBox("Hello World!");<br />
<br />
and the CW/RTTY message content is :<br />
<br />
AAA #SCRIPT BBB<br />
<br />
The keyer sends AAA, then "waits" until the user hits the OK button in the "Hello World!" alert box to send BBB.<br />
<br />
If the CW/RTTY message content is:<br />
<br />
AAA #@SCRIPT BBB<br />
<br />
The keyer sends AAA and starts the script (and the alert box is open), *but* it continues to key the rest of the message ("BBB") without waiting the user intervention. This is the asynchronous mode.<br />
<br />
* Lua scripting : One new wtKeyer API introduced :<br />
<br />
:* wtKeyer:Insert(strMessage) : Works for the CW and RTTY keyers. When used in a synchroneous script, if gives the possibility to "fill-in" data into the CW/RTTY message. It is recommanded to use it only in the synchroneous mode (see above) to ensure data are inserted in the right place. WARNING : strMessage can only contain textual data (no variable or script call). It is *not* interpreted by the CW/RTTY parser (except the +/- speed bursts).<br />
<br />
* Lua scripting : New wtStatus API introduced :<br />
<br />
:* wtStatus:GetList() returns a table with names of the stations in the network.<br />
:* wtStatus:GetStatus(strStation) returns a table with fields of the status of a given station. Returns nil if this station doesn't exist. The table keys are "band" "mode" "currentRadio" "radio1Freq" "radio2Freq" "radio1IsManual" "radio2IsManual" "passFreq" "type" and "qsyStatusId".<br />
:* wtStatus:GetFreq(strBand[, strMode]) returns the "best" pass freq for a given band and mode. To determine this frequency, it uses the same algorithm as the $FREQnn variable.<br />
<br />
* Lua scripting : New wtOtrsp API introduced :<br />
:* wtOtrsp:GetDeviceName() returns the name of the OTRSP attached device.<br />
:* wtOtrsp:GetFirmwareVersion() returns the firmware version of the OTRSP attached device. NOTE : Some devices do not support this API, and return an empty string.<br />
:* wtOtrsp:Send(strCommand) sends a command string to the OTRSP attached device. The trailing <CR> character is optional, and is appended if needed.<br />
<br />
* Scripts manager dialog usability improved. Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
* OTRSP : If the OTRSP device has controls and if they can generate events, dedicated Lua scripts are called when events occur :<br />
:* otrspCrOn.wts and otrspCrOff.wts (not case-sensitive) are called when such a control has values 1 and 0 respectively. wtArg is set to the control number (0 to 9).<br />
:* otrspCrEvent.wts (not case-sensitive) is called for all states of the events. wtArg is set to (256 * cr) + state (cr = control number - 1 to 9, and state = value of the state when the event occured - 0 to 255).<br />
<br />
WARNING : If the PTT events are used, the control 0 is restricted to this usage, and doesn't fire the otrspCrOn/Off/Event.wts scripts. If the PTT events are not used, otrspCrEvent is not called when an event on this control occured. Only the otrspCrOn/Off scripts are executed.<br />
<br />
* microHAM devices : When an attached footswitch is used, two dedicated Lua scripts named microhamFsOn.wts and microhamFsOff.wts (not case-sensitive) are called. wtArg is set the radio number of the footswitch (0 for MK/MKII - 0 or 1 for MK2R/MK2R+/u2R depending<br />
on the footswitch that generated the event).<br />
<br />
* Elecraft K3 : To circumvent erratic loss of control when used with various other devices, CAT stacked commands are now sent in a delayed sequence. Tnx N6TV, N6XI, and others.<br />
<br />
* Lua Scripting : New wtMicroham API introduced :<br />
:* wtMicroham:GetDeviceId() returns the ID of the microHAM attached device. Check the Lua constants for interpretation.<br />
:* wtMicroham:GetFirmwareVersion() returns the firmware version string of the microHAM attached device.<br />
:* wtMicroham:Send(strCommand) sends a command string to the microHAM attached device . The trailing <CR> character is optional, and is appended if needed.<br />
Tnx ES5TV, N6TV, OM7ZZ.<br />
<br />
* Contest settings dialog: The contest combo box is now divided in sections.<br />
<br />
* Status Wnd (Alt-J) : Code rewritten to adapt the window columns to the contest in progress : The band is displayed if the current contest is multi-band. The mode is displayed if the current contest is multi-mode, and the type (R, M, etc.) is only displayed for Multi-Op HF contests. Also, when the CQWW M/S multiplier rule is used, new indicators are displayed in the QSY column.<br />
<br />
* Status Wnd (Alt-J) : Rewording of "QSY Freq" to "Pass Freq". Menu items adapted too.<br />
<br />
* Status Wnd (Alt-J) : When operating in SO1R/Multi-Op technique, the Radio 2 freq is automatically hidden, and the Radio 1 freq is now using the same color as the other items of the line.<br />
<br />
* RDA Contest : All DXCC entities are taken into account for multipliers, even the Russian ones. Tnx UA2FF and RX3RC.<br />
<br />
* COPYLOG text command added : Duplicate the current log file (.wt4) in the current log directory with a timestamp added in its name. Useful to quickly save the current log right after a contest warm-up, just before clearing it (CLEARLOG) and start the contest. Tnx DL6RAI for inspiration.<br />
<br />
* MP3 Contest Player : You can now select which channel(s) - Left, Right or Stereo - to listen to. When Left or Right is selected, this channel is sent to both outputs for a more pleasant listening. Useful to listen to true SO2R stereo recordings. The shortcuts (AltGr+C for Left / AltGr+V for Stereo / AltGr+B for Right) have been chosen for their location on the keyboard.<br />
<br />
* WAEDC : Received QTC window (Alt-L) : The contest recorder keys are now active also in this window.<br />
<br />
* RDA contest : ADIF export : The first two chars of received district (if applicable) are saved as STATE field and the district (reformatted as XX-dd) is saved as CNTY. Tnx UA2FF. <br />
<br />
* RDA contest : For Russian entrants, a QSO with a /P Russian station (assumed to be a C1 or C2 stations) is now credited with 10 pts. Note that using /P for C1 or C2 stations is *not* mandatory (Check the note 5.2 of the English rules). Tnx UA6AA.<br />
<br />
* WAEDC : Received QTC window (Alt-L) : The ESC key only works if no field have been edited (and closes the dialog). If a field has been edited, the ESC has no action (except interrupting CW etc.). Tnx F5VIH/SV3SJ.<br />
<br />
* WAEDC : Transmit and Receive QTC windows (Ctrl-L and Alt-L): Modified wordings for some buttons, and easier usability for users, especially when using Esc and Ctrl-L/Alt-L to close these windows. Tnx DL6RAI, DF9LF, G3TXF.<br />
<br />
* WAEDC : Transmit QTC window (Ctrl-L) : In CW or RTTY, if no QTC is sent, the Ctrl-L and Esc keys close the dialog with no confirmation asked. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
<br />
* WAEDC : Receive QTC window (Alt-L) : If no field is edited, the Alt-L and Esc keys close the dialog with no confirmation asked. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
<br />
* WAEDC : Receive QTC window (Alt-L) : To improve consistency with the log edition keys, a new key set is introduced :<br />
<br />
Alt-Arrows : Moving from one field to another (replace Ctrl-Arrows)<br />
Shift-Backspace: Delete all the characters left of the cursor<br />
Shift-Del: Delete all characters under and right of the cursor <br />
Ctrl-A: Like [Home]<br />
Ctrl-E: Like [End]<br />
Ctrl-W: Clear the current field<br />
Ctrl-K: Like [Shift-Del]<br />
Ctrl-Z: Undo field edition<br />
Ctrl-Left arrow: Like [Home]<br />
Ctrl-Right arrow: Like [End]<br />
<br />
Tnx F5VIH/SV3SJ<br />
<br />
* WAEDC : If the "Show additional information on QTC traffic" option is enabled, the callsign syntax check status messages are no more displayed, to free the message line for the QTC status. Only applies to the WAEDC. Tnx DJ0ZY.<br />
<br />
* LUA scripting : Two new global variables wtScript and wtCurrentScript introduced. wtScript contains the name of the top-most called script, with no extension, and wtCurrentScript contains the script name currently executed (no extension). For example :<br />
<br />
-- foo.wts<br />
wtApp:AlertBox(wtScript .. " / " .. wtCurrentScript);<br />
wtApp:CallScript("bar");<br />
return -1;<br />
--<br />
<br />
-- bar.wts<br />
wtApp:AlertBox(wtScript .. " / " .. wtCurrentScript);<br />
--<br />
<br />
When foo is executed, the first alert box will display "foo / foo" and the next one will display "foo / bar". Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
* Check country wnd (F10) : New option to display (or not) the sun charts. Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
* ESM embedded script : When using the SO2R advanced technique, the scenarios messages are used instead of the standard ones. Tnx SM2WMV, N6TV and F6IFY.<br />
<br />
* Remote commands dialog : Various different options for the notification are now allowed.<br />
<br />
* Script manager : Added the possibility to attach a text command to a script. You can even pass a argument with the SCRIPT/ARGUMENT syntax (ex : SCRIPT/5 will call script.wts and the wtArg value is set to the string "5" - Caution : The argument is *always* passed as a string when the script is called from a text command). If no argument is specified, the default argument defined in the script manager will be used (if any). Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
* IARU HF : Mult wnd (Alt-M) can now be copied as text (and pasted as text or directly in a spreadsheet program). Does not apply for the WRTC version that has a different multiplier rule.<br />
<br />
* IOTA : Even if IOTA.DAT is not installed, IOTA references that are syntaxically valid are now taken into account for points credits and are written in the Cabrillo file. Tnx SM3CER. <br />
<br />
* IOTA : Mult wnd (Alt-M) can now be copied as text (and pasted as text or directly in a spreadsheet program). Tnx G3TXF.<br />
<br />
* The check logs tools reports are now adapted to the mixed contests.<br />
<br />
* Enhanced replies to the inventory command (INV) with bridgehead and time masters indicators (B vs b and T vs t).<br />
<br />
* BRIDGEHEAD/NOBRIDGEHEAD text commands added.<br />
<br />
* IARU HF : "BA" added to the exception list of the cut numbers translation, despite this abbreviation is not listed as the official one of the E7HQ Society. Cf http://www.iaru.org/iaru-soc.html Tnx UA6AA and many others.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.5.2) (July 3, 2010)==<br />
<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
<br />
* Bugfix : Fixed a problem with registration in some versions.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.5.1) (June 27, 2010)==<br />
<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
<br />
* Bugfix : MP3 information files dialog could lead to a crash if no mp3 file were present in the current log directory.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix : ARI Sezioni - RTTY : Only valid 4 digits codes can be now grabbed from the RTTY wnd as an exchange. Tnx IK0CHU.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.5.0) (June 5, 2010)==<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
<br />
CAUTION: New network protocol version 1.24 released<br />
<br />
Reminder: If you use WT in a networked environment, you must have the same WT version on all machines!<br />
<br />
These network modifications only affect the use of Win-Test in a WAN environment, and requires wtTunnel 1.12 (to be released) to be effective.<br />
<br />
* Workaround: YCCC SO2R Box outputs were not working as expected. At this time, AUX1 and AUX3 are assigned to Radio1, and AUX2 and AUX4 to Radio2. This will be customizable in the future.<br />
<br />
* Added a Extraction Feature in Contest Recorder (right-click in the Contest Recorder Window, and chose the "Extract and Save QSO" menu).<br />
<br />
* Text commands : <tt>MP3SETUP</tt> and <tt>SCRIPTS</tt> commands added. Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
* Scripts manager dlg : The delete key now acts like clicking on the Delete button.<br />
<br />
* New microHam device "USB micro2R" supported. Tks OM7ZZ.<br />
<br />
* Radio Wnd and DX Cluster Wnd (Alt-A) : New leading indicator (#) introduced to tag spots coming from a CW Skimmer (aka the spotter callsign ends with "-#").<br />
<br />
* CW cut numbers translation : New option in Tools / Data entry to disable the automatic translation. Note that this translation is performed on a contest and worked station contextual basis. The equivalent text commands are <tt>CUTON</tt> and <tt>CUTOFF</tt>. Do not use <tt>CUT/NOCUT</tt> that are reserved for CW cut numbers generation ! Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
* EXPERIMENTAL : New "Always On Top" option in the Options / Windows menu. Can also be (re)set with text commands. Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* Bugfix : IC-7600 : Split was broken. Tnx N3MX, I2WIJ.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix : In M/* configuration, and under certain circumstances, the mp3 files list associated with a station in the MP3 file information dialog could be wrong.<br />
<br />
* ARRL DX : CW cut numbers are translated for DXCC stations worked from the US/VE side.<br />
<br />
* MP3 setup : Only the CBR codecs are now displayed in the setup dialogs. The usage of the ABR codecs (most of the LAME ACM ones) is too erratic to be trusted in. Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix : REF HF : Cut numbers were translated for TK stations (2A). Tnx F5CQ.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix : Additional CW messages (Alt-C) : When no log is opened, the function keys are now disabled.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix : Recorder wnd : Under certain circumstances, the buttons tooltips were not always displayed.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix : HA DX contest : When working contest from the HA side, cut numbers where always translated, whereas it had to be so for non-HA callsigns only. Tnx HA3LN.<br />
<br />
* Contest Recorder: the "rotate file" option were disabling the AutoStart one. Fixed. Thanks IK2JUB.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.4.0) (January 17, 2010)==<br />
<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* Bugfix (#255): K1EL WinKey USB CW timing becomes very poor (Farnsworth style) when PTT delay is default 50 ms. This was caused by too low hardcoded value (80ms) of the PTT Tail delay. This delay is now configurable in the Winkey Properties Dialog Box. Tks F5JSD, SM5AJV, KL7RA and N6TV.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix (#253): Input Wave Device was not properly selected in the Contest Recorder Module. Tks N6TV, NR5M.<br />
<br />
* MP3 files information dialog : Under certain circumstances, the displayed stop time and duration of the selected file were wrong. Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix (#271) : Packet window (Alt-T) was losing focus when the gab window was automatically closed. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix (#272) : Under certain circumstances, pattern checking flags were not updated if an entered callsign was modified. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
<br />
* DARC 10 : Leading zeros addition for serial received was broken. Tnx DK1AX.<br />
* Bugfix : MP3 files recorded in 2009 couldn't be listened to anymore in Win-Test in 2010 ;-) ! Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix : Stew Perry : Under certain circumstances, an overflow error could happen in distance calculations for Q inside the same GridSquare as the entrant. Tnx VE3TA.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix (Task #270) : ARRL 10 : When running the contest from the DX side, the serial sent was not editable. Tnx CX6VM.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix : RTTY wnds : Left-click to activate (and right-click to open the contextual menu) in the text area were broken. Also, the possibility to Ctrl-Drag these windows has been added.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix : ARI 40/80 contest in RTTY : The provinces can now be grabbed in the RTTY wnd. Also fixed for the ARI International Contest. Tnx IK0CHU.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix : The Inventory and Score broadcast network frames could have bad data. Tnx SV3SJ/F5VIH.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix : After opening a non-empty log, the first PgUp press was not updating the child windows.<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
<br />
* Added some new features of the WK2 (WKUSB) for the PTT Tail. Tks F5JSD, K1EL.<br />
<br />
* OmniRig supported as an alternative to the WT build-in Radio Control. Right-click on the Radio Window then choose "OmniRig Settings" in order to properly configure OmniRig for your Radio.<br />
<br />
* IC-703 rig added.<br />
<br />
* First attempt in OTRSP (Open Two Radio Switching Protocol) protocol support. Tested with the YCCC SO2R Box but not in real conditions. Tks K1XM.<br />
<br />
* Log output : Progress bar implemented. Tnx TF3CW.<br />
<br />
* Edit / Move in my log menu item has now text commands equivalents: <tt>MOVEINMYLOG</tt> (or <tt>SCROLLMYLOG</tt>) and <tt>NOMOVEINMYLOG</tt> (or <tt>NOSCROLLMYLOG</tt>). Tnx 5B4WN.<br />
<br />
* Rate wnd (Alt-R) : Two methods are now available to display the elapsed time since the last band changes. Tnx F1NGP and TK5EP.<br />
<br />
* MRU (Most Recently Used) file list added in the File menu.<br />
<br />
* IC-7600 rig added.<br />
<br />
* ICOM rigs : Radio list rearranged alphabetically in the Interface Setup dialog.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix : RTTY wnds : The invert function was also inverting the character next to the selection.<br />
<br />
* RTTY wnds : Mirror zone enlarged to allow 4-figures serials.<br />
<br />
* RTTY wnds : Callsigns found in the database or in the log are now displayed in bold.<br />
<br />
* RTTY wnds : Colors management added.<br />
<br />
* Grid Squares wnd : It can now be enlarged to the entire world. Tnx F8BBL.<br />
<br />
* Grid Squares wnd : New options in the contextual menu to display fields only, and to center the map on a specific point more easily (it requires the map is NOT centered on the Home QTH in the properties dialog).<br />
<br />
* Grid Squares wnd : The resolution (low or high) chosen in the properties dialog wasn't properly saved.<br />
<br />
* CQWW WPX Contests (Task #269) : Various updates to comply with the new rules introduced in 2010. Tnx K5ZD, W0YK.<br />
<br />
* ARRL Contests : Default Off-time period set to 30 mins. Tnx CX6VM and DL6RAI.<br />
<br />
* New "-n" or "--noautoload" switch allowed in the command line to disable the autoload log feature. Tnx N6TV (The only Win-Test user who runs it from the command line ;-) ).<br />
<br />
* Startup time reduced.<br />
<br />
* CSV and Text exports : HF logs can now export distance and heading. CAUTION : To ensure consistency with the VHF logs exports (and many geographical processing softwares or online apps), the longitude is now positive for East, and negative for West.<br />
<br />
* Tools / Check log / Callsigns syntax check added. Uses the pattern callsigns rules file (callsign.pat).<br />
<br />
* LUA : wtArg can now be used to get the optional argument set in the Script Manager or in a #SCRIPT(argument) call. To ensure compatibility, wtArgument remains usable.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix : Under some circonstances, some key assignments to scripts were not working properly. Tnx DJ0ZY.<br />
<br />
* Script key assignment dialog : If no key is assigned, the argument field is now automatically cleared and disabled.<br />
<br />
* Lua : New API to get the type and the manufactuer of the radios: wtRadio*:GetTypeId() and wtRadio*:GetManufacturerId(). Reminder : wtRadio* applies to wtRadio, wtRadioInactive, wtRadioPrimary, wtRadioSecondary, wtRadio1 or wtRadio2. New Lua WT constants are introduced for this purpose. A new directory on our download repository has been created to gather the API and the constants lists : http://download.win-test.com/v4/lua/<br />
<br />
* REF 160 : As non-domestic stations can send non-numeric exchanges the CW cut numbers translation is now disabled. Tnx F5IN.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.3.0) (November 23, 2009)==<br />
<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* Bugfix: playing back MP3s recorded on different stations was broken. Tks FY5KE.<br />
<br />
* Contest Recorder (#253): USB Voice Codec was not detected due to a trailing space in the Codec Name. Fixed. Tks N6TV.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix (#182): Wrong QSX Frequency in Self-generated Spots. Tks K1GQ.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix (#262): CQ Repeat doesn't stop for Secondary Radio. Tks DJ0ZY.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix (#259): Pressing Alt-1 in Secondary Radio window moves QSO to wrong band. Alt-1/2/3/... are now active only with the Primary radio and when the Partner Wnd is open. Tks N6TV.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix (#251): NA Sprint - LOCATION record not written to Cabrillo file header. Done also for IARU HF, NAQP and NCCC Sprints. Tks N6TV.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix (#243): WPX contest now requires LOCATION in Cabrillo. Done also for CQWW even if it doesn't seem required yet. Tks N6TV.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix : Ukranian DX contest and RDXC : Cut numbers were translated even for Oblasts. Tnx F5IN and RK1AA.<br />
<br />
* UFT HF : Under some circonstances, the received report was not correctly translated with cut numbers. Tnx F5IN.<br />
<br />
* CQWW M/S : The 10-minute mult timer in the status window (Alt-J) was broken. Tnx FY5KE. <br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
<br />
* Italian translation added. Tks IV3IYH!<br />
<br />
* Search for Possible Bad Exchanges against bad formated serial number implemented. Tks N6TV.<br />
<br />
* Added some basic checks for ARRL SS in the "Search for Possible Bad Exchanges" tool. Tks N6TV.<br />
<br />
* The '<' and '>' keys are now interpreted by the Secondary Radio Window as well, as far as the SHIFT key is not used for binding to the Secondary Radio Window (task #216). Tks N6TV.<br />
<br />
* WAE : When using the keyboard mode in the QTC transmitting and receiving dialogs, the Enter key was mis-interpreted. And now, in CW, the "what you type" field is also updated. Tnx DL6RAI and DJ4MZ.<br />
<br />
* Lua : New API to play the additional CW/RTTY messages (Alt-C set)<br />
<br />
wtKeyer:PlayAdditionalMsg(AdditionalMsgIndex)<br />
<br />
AdditionalMsgIndex is the index of the Alt-C messages set (1 to 12). Others are ignored. This API is useful when these messages contains variables. If not, you can still use wtKeyer:Play("$MSGx").<br />
<br />
* Lua: New API introduced to get various interesting directories paths:<br />
<br />
wtApp:GetLogPath() Current log directory path<br />
wtApp:GetAppPath() Win-Test installation directory path<br />
wtApp:GetCfgPath() \cfg directory path<br />
wtApp:GetCtyPath() \countryFiles directory path<br />
wtApp:GetDatabasePath() \databases directory path<br />
wtApp:GetOpPath() \ops directory path<br />
wtApp:GetScriptPath() \scripts directory path<br />
wtApp:GetExtraPath() \extras directory path<br />
<br />
* WAE : Transmit and Receive QTC windows : Scripts are now allowed in the predefined CW/RTTY messages (use the #SCRIPT notation as usual). Tnx DL6RAI. <br />
<br />
* Ukranian DX contest : Rules 2009 now accept single mode entries for DX : Cabrillo file output updated. Tnx F5IN.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.2.0) (October 21, 2009)==<br />
<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* Bugfix: Conversion of binary file containing QTC from v3 to v4. Tks DJ4MZ.<br />
<br />
* Better support of Win7 and Wine/Linux.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix (#258): Failure of swap radio key to switch rx focus for the MK2R+ as long as one not manually changed the rx focus to stereo or transmitted anything in CW. Tks GW3NJW, OH1JT, OM7ZZ, W4TV.<br />
<br />
* Cosmetic: avoid rx focus leds flickering when switching tx focus. Tks OM7ZZ.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix (#187): Ctrl-Shift-Tab doesn't appear to toggle RUN / S&P in Secondary radio window. Tks N6TV, GW3NJW.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix : K3 serial port default setup modified : The number of stop bits was wrong - It is now set to one stop bit, according to the K3 users manual. Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
* ON Winter and Spring contests : Sections list updated. Tnx F5IN and ON5GQ.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix (#257) : CQWW DX RTTY : Cabrillo template modified to match the specs. Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix : CQWW DX RTTY : Allowed band changes modified to 8 in MS and M2 categories (rules 2009). Tnx F5JY.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix (#164): TI5/NP3D is now parsed as TI. Tnx JE2UFF/W2UFF.<br />
<br />
* CTY files : 4U30VIC now considered as 4U1V in an appropriate way. Tnx DL6LAU.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix : After reloading a WAE log, the QTC count in the Summary window was wrong. Tnx DK1AX.<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
<br />
* Scripting: wtQso:GetModeId() and wtKeyer:GrabHighlightedCallsign() function added. Note that wtKeyer:GrabHighlightedCallsign() works only in RTTY, and relies on the INSERT key option set in the RTTY setup dialog.<br />
<br />
* New option in the Clock wnd to "wizz" this window a la MSN at rounded hours, to draw attention of the op (useful in multi-op configurations).<br />
<br />
* New feature in Tools / Scripts manager... : Allows to edit, create, delete or rename scripts. It's also used to assign a key and/or an argument to a script (its value will be available in the wtArgument global variable).<br />
<br />
* Scripts called by an assigned key can return +1 to be called again *after* the WT key processing ooccured. A new API wtApp:IsPostKeyProcess() is introduced to distinguish the "pre"- process from the "post"-process.<br />
<br />
Example:<br />
<br />
RunSPSwitch.wts (assigned to Ctrl-Tab) :<br />
<br />
if (wtApp:IsPostKeyProcess()) then<br />
if (wtQso:IsOperatingModeRun()) then<br />
wtApp:SetWindowColor(-1, 0, 165, 165);<br />
else<br />
wtApp:SetWindowColor(-1, 128,128,128);<br />
end;<br />
else<br />
return 1; -- Triggers a post key process call<br />
end;<br />
<br />
Note : This feature works only for users scripts called with an assigned key (and *not* with embedded overriden scripts).<br />
<br />
* Scripts can now be called from a CW or a RTTY message. You must use the #SCRIPTNAME(ARGUMENT) notation. The argument (and parenthesis) are optional. The script will be called synchroneously, but is executed in the main thread, meaning that it is not blocking the CW/RTTY stream.<br />
<br />
* New feature in Options / Script Editor configuration : Allows to use any external text editor to edit scripts. The default text editor is a custom package of SciTE (Scintilla Text Editor - free and open source) available on our repository<br />
<br />
http://download.win-test.com/utils/SciTE_for_Win-Test.zip<br />
<br />
Unzip the package and move the entire SciTE folder in the Win-Test installation directory.<br />
<br />
* YO DX Contest : Rules 2009 : In mixed mode, a station can be worked in both modes. Tnx N2YO.<br />
<br />
* Tools / Check log for possible bad exchanges : When the contest do not use serial numbers, use the QSO index in the report remarks. Tnx F1HAR @ TM0HQ.<br />
<br />
* Keys redefinitions : The Pause and Scroll-Lock keys can now be used. Be warned that Ctrl-Scroll-Lock and Ctrl-Pause (that are considered as "identical" by the system) are used by Windows to cancel dialogs. Thus, it is advisable to not use them for key redefinition.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.1.0) (August 8, 2009)==<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
<br />
* IOTA contest: "Search for possible bad exchanges" (tools menu) implemented.<br />
<br />
* Rotator Azimuth orders are now based on the locator instead of the DXCC on 50 MHz and above. On 50 MHz and 70 MHz, if the locator field is empty in the log, then the azimuth is computed against the DXCC prefix.<br />
<br />
* New text commands RUNSP/NORUNSP and RUNSPON/RUNSPOFF to enable or not the RUN/S&P switching. Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
* New contest files : You can now customize the file name and sub dir formats. See Options / Log / New contest files properties... Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
* IOTA contest : Default IOTA reference is now guessed, according to the new CTY_IOTA.DAT file (must be in the countryFiles directory). This file is based on DXCC countries, callsign prefixes, call areas and oblasts.<br />
<br />
* IOTA contest : Check mult wnd (F10) : IOTA references are now autocompleted for check during QSO entry.<br />
<br />
* New File menu items to explore more easily several WT-related directories. Tnx F5VIH/SV3SJ and N6TV.<br />
<br />
* DX Window (Alt-A) : Spot can be now passed to the secondary radio or the non-active radio. Tnx DL8WAA.<br />
<br />
* M2/Orion rotators added in wtRotators. Tks IK0HBN.<br />
<br />
* The RRTC Cabrillo files are now following the version 3 specs. And the contest name is modified as "OZCHR". Tnx F5VIH/SV3SJ.<br />
<br />
* CW and RTTY msgs enlarged to 120 characters.<br />
<br />
* Extra information files : Multiple spaces or tabs can now separate the callsign from the data. Tnx G0ORH.<br />
<br />
* New File dialog : Ensures the validity of the entered file name. Tnx DJ7MGQ.<br />
<br />
* ESM : S&P : When the entered callsign is a dupe, WT now blocks call. To override this behaviour, use F4 to call and F2 to send exchange (by default). Tnx GW3NJW.<br />
<br />
* VHF+ contests : Mode is now displayed in the main log wnd if the contest has been set to handle several modes (Mixed or All modes). Tnx DK2ZF and DL5NAH.<br />
<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* The displayed azimuth in the Rotator Window could be wrong in the "Stacks" and "Rotors" tabs.<br />
<br />
* EUHF : Statistics window (Ctrl-F9) limited to one day. Tnx F5VIH/SV3SJ.<br />
<br />
* IOTA contest : When an invalid IOTA was entered, clearing the field afterwards wasn't clearing the '?' flag.<br />
<br />
* Contest Recorder:<br />
** Infinite loop in MP3 file rotations. Tks DD5FZ.<br />
** Memory Leak using LAME encoder.<br />
** MP3 Codec enumeration in the player. WT was not always detecting the appropriate Codec.<br />
** Playback with Windows VISTA. Note that the LAME Codec is an Encoder Codec only.<br />
<br />
* When radios were swapped (*), the ESM QSO status was somewhat messy.<br />
<br />
* For some contests, the letters for cut numbers were inappropriately translated.<br />
<br />
* After a WT v3 file conversion, the main window caption was not updated.<br />
<br />
* MP3 files information : The file date was off by one month. Tnx F5VIH/SV3SJ.<br />
<br />
* Cabrillo Import : The station name for all worked QSO was CABRILLO. Now, it uses the name entered in the Contest Settings dialog. Tnx F5VIH/SV3SJ.<br />
<br />
* Callsign text color wasn't reset after F11 or empty callsign if the callsign check wasn't automatic. Tnx DJ0ZY.<br />
<br />
* Delete QSO : Several structures inconstancies fixed when a Q was deleted in the middle of the log.<br />
<br />
* In REG1TEST exports (European Standard File for V/UHF Contests), QSO logged in mode different than CW or SSB was not well formatted. Tks DL5NAH.<br />
<br />
* Options / Log / Colors... menu was broken. Tnx F5LIW.<br />
<br />
* Check Country wnd (F10) : Sun status bars now display "NO DATA" when SS and SR are not computed (JW, JX etc.). Tnx DJ0ZY.<br />
<br />
* (Task #245) Network advanced settings : The Bridgehead setting was not saved. Tnx KL7RA and N6TV.<br />
<br />
* Opening a .wtb file in the command line, by drag'n'drop or a double-click on it was starting an infinite loop. Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.0.1) (June 30, 2009)==<br />
<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
<br />
* Options / Toolbar setting was ignored on startup. Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
* ESM was broken. Tnx F1HAR.<br />
<br />
* Registration Key was broken.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.0.0) (June 26, 2009)==<br />
<br />
First release of Win-Test version 4<br />
<br />
Minimum requirements : WinXP (2k not tested but may mork - feedbacks<br />
welcome). PIII 500 MHz - 64 MB RAM - 800 x 600 screen res.<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
<br />
Summary of the new features:<br />
<br />
* Rotators Controls<br />
<br />
* Integrated MP3 contest recorder and player: Use the Options / MP3 configuration to set the audo device that will record and play the file, the various sampling and bit rate settings. You can also set a maximum filesize. Over this limit, additional files will be automatically created. To start recording click on the record button of the window (a blinking red square will be displayed in the clock window too). Once the contest is over, click on the record button again to stop recording. Now, you can browse your log with usual arrow keys and to listen to a specific Q but clicking the Play button or use the <code>AltGr-Enter</code> combination (some keyboard do not have an <code>AltGr</code> key, so use <code>Ctrl+Alt</code> instead). You can also go back and forward with the adapted buttons or use AltGr-Left and Right. To pause/play, you can use the <code>AltGr-Space</code> combination.<br />
<br />
* ESM (Enter Sends Message): Enabled/Disabled by the Tools/Data entry/ESM Enabled menu. You can also use the ESM/NOESM or ESMON/ESMOFF text commmands. It relies on the following messages assignation : <br />
F1 : CQ<br />
F2 : Sent report<br />
F4 : Mycall<br />
F5 : Logged callsign ($LOGGED)<br />
F7 : ? (or "Again ?" in phone)<br />
INSERT : Callsign + sent report<br />
PLUS : TU + enter Q<br />
When the ESM is enabled, as the return key *can't* be used anymore to log silently a QSO, the key combination Ctrl+Plus has been introduced and added for this purpose.<br />
<br />
* Variable speed for the integrated voice keyer : An exclusive Win-Test feature! You can play your voice files at a different speed (between -20% and +70%) from the original recording speed. Record your voice files at normal speed, and use Alt-F9/F10 (as in CW mode) to play them at a different speed. The speed in displayed at the bottom of the (Rate) Alt-R window.<br />
<br />
* On the fly callsign pattern check based on the K1TTT callsign.pat file (over 400 rules applied today). Use the Tools / Data entry / Callsign check menu option. You are encouraged to report the author any mistakes or improvements of this file (k1ttt@arrl.net). The file is located in the cfg directory (see below).<br />
<br />
* Improved F10 window with graphical indication of the sun status on both sides of the QSO.<br />
<br />
* Keyboard mode (Alt-K) enhanced. The backspace is not supported yet and replaced by "E E " like you do when you use a regular key.<br />
<br />
* Data (.wt4) and notes (.not) files can be transferred thru the WT network without needing any file or directory sharing. Very convenient to gather all logs in a multi-stations environment once the contest is over. Use the Tools / Download thru the network... menu. <br />
<br />
* Enhanced compatibility with Vista and Seven (Auxiliary and ini files are now stored in directories these OS accept with no additional rights:<br />
<br />
Windows XP : Documents and Settings\All users\Application Data\Win-Test\<br />
Windows Vista : ProgramData\Win-Test\<br />
<br />
Note that these directories may be hidden by Windows Explorer. Check the Folders Options of Windows Explorer.<br />
<br />
Several sub-directories are created and used by Win-Test. Their names are self-explanatory.</div>Dl6raihttps://docs.win-test.com/w/index.php?title=Release_Notes&diff=5009Release Notes2023-04-09T15:53:23Z<p>Dl6rai: </p>
<hr />
<div>==Release information 4.42.0 (May 20, 2022)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* The display options of the zones window(s) (Alt+Z) were not always correctly retained between sessions. Tnx F5LIW.<br />
* Notes report dlg : After editing a note, the log caret wasn't restored.<br />
<br />
===New features===<br />
* When creating your Cabrillo log, you can now also submit it in one click to the Super Check Partial Database. This feature requires wtScpSubmit.dll which is included in the latest Win-Test installers. If needed, this dll is also available at http://download.win-test.com/utils/wtScpSubmit.dll. It must be placed in the Win-Test installation directory. Under some circumstances (especially with oldest OS), you may need MSVCP140.dll and/or others to be installed on your system. The easiest way is to install the latest Microsoft Visual C++ Redistributable packages for Visual Studio X86 available here: https://aka.ms/vs/17/release/vc_redist.x86.exe. Finally, on Win7, to ensure TLS 1.1 and 1.2 are enabled, apply this easy fix https://is.gd/QlQgbg<br />
* CQ-M : 10-minute rule for MOST (M/S) entries removed (rules 2022).<br />
* Add LCR parsers to the CQ-M, RAEM, and Yuri Gagarin DX contests.<br />
* Add the Out Of Band sections to the CQ WW and CQ WPX LCR parsers. Tnx F6KOP.<br />
* OK/OM : Rules 2022 : The Q with Russian and Belarus stations count 0 point and don't count as multipliers. See http://www.okomdx.crk.cz/ (OK-OM DX contest website) for details.<br />
* Interfaces Setup dialog : The keying compensation can now be negative (in the case where the TRX extends the keying). Tnx N6TV.<br />
* CQWPX : Rules 2022 : The Q with Russian and Belarus stations count 0 point and don't count as multipliers. See https://is.gd/HIMOLP (CQWPX blog) for details.<br />
* Lua : It's now possible to attach Lua scripts to text commands that are identical to mode names ("SSB", "CW", "RTTY", etc.). In these cases, the script will be called *after* the command is processed normally by Win-Test. Tnx TK5EP.<br />
* The DX spots window (Alt+A) display options are now interactive.<br />
* World Map : Options : The colors of the paths can now be the same as the markers.<br />
<br />
==Release information 4.41.0 (Feb 15, 2022)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* REG1TEST / EDI : Under some circumstances, the ouput file wasn't created. Tnx OZ1ZAA.<br />
* $MSG10 was actually sending the additional MSG1 instead of MSG10. A 20-year old typo in the code ! Tnx SP5KP.<br />
<br />
===New features===<br />
* Lua API version string is 1.8.0<br />
* Op-entered spots are now protected from spots of the same DX on a freq inside the mode bandwidth window. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
* NA Sprint : LCR parser updated. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* New countdown timer added (Tools menu or TIMER text command), especially for the single-ops. It indicates exactly when they can operate again after a pause. It's based on the time of the last QSO entered in the log, truncated to the minute. You can also use the text command TIMER/nnHmmM or TIMER/nnHmm (meaning nn hours and mm minutes), or TIMER/xxH (nn hours) or TIMER/nnM (nn minutes) to set and start the timer automatically. Tnx F5NZY.<br />
* Shortcuts added to some of the reports buttons.<br />
* QSO times are now by default considered as truncated to the minute for Time ON / Time OFF calculations and the QSY rules. Tnx F5NKX.<br />
* Contest Recorder : AltGr+O, and text commands RECORD/NORECORD (and STARTRECORD/STOPRECORD) added to Start/Stop recording.<br />
* UBA DX : Updated to comply with the rules 2022. Tnx F5LIW.<br />
* World Map : "Copy content as image" menu item added.<br />
* RTTY windows : Esc button added. Tnx PA2A.<br />
* Notes report dialog. It's now possible to edit a note by selecting it and use Alt-N to modify the comment. Tnx F4CWN.<br />
* REF HF : For M/S entrants, the compliance of the 10-min rule can be checked by using the appropriate item in the Tools / Check log menu.<br />
* REF HF : Timer added in the Alt-J wnd for the M/S entrants.<br />
* Lua : New wtRadio* API : wtRadio*:GetBand(), wtRadio*:GetMode() and wtRadio*:GetCqData() added. GetBand() and GetMode() return the current band and mode of the radio. GetCqData() return a Lua table with various data on the last sent CQ (that are stored for Alt-F4) : "freq", "qsx", "band", "mode" and "wpm" (for CW).<br />
* World Map : New options to display short and longs paths for "my spotters" and the NCDXF beacons.<br />
* New "NCDXF" text command to set the active radio on the NCDXF beacons frequency (if it applies).<br />
* New option in the world map display option to show the NCDXF beacon that currently transmits if the radio is on the NCDXF frequency (+/- 100 Hz).<br />
* The world map display options are now interactive. Different styles and a night opacity slider are also added.<br />
* The "copy as image" feature now also copies the image in PNG format, to extend the paste scope (mail, twitter etc.).<br />
* The RBN nodes and frequent spotters databases can be directly updated with the contextual menu of the map wnd (Display options).<br />
<br />
==Release information 4.40.0 (Jan 18, 2022)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* Automatic op-entered spots during QSOs (especially in S&P) were not replaced by DX-cluster / external spots.<br />
* When sending a gab composed of CAPITAL letters, do not shake our own gab window.<br />
===New features===<br />
* Interface dialog : The usable COM ports are now extended up to COM32. The parameters list now also displays the Handshake (HS), Always ON (ON) and Always OFF (OFF) settings, and are ordered by Pin (DTR then RTS). Tnx DL5XJ, DL6RAI.<br />
<br />
* New NCDXF/IBP Beacons window : Displays the transmission schedule of the NCDXF / IBP (International Beacons Project) beacons. A double click on a line gets the radio on the beacon freq. An "i" (stands for "info") in the status column indicates a comment you can read by hovering the mouse over it. Tnx VE3SUN.<br />
* LCR : Croatian CW contest LCR parser added.<br />
* LCR : Parser for CQ WW LCR updated. Works for preview and final reports.<br />
* New feature : You can now grab a spot from the visible spots in the Radio windows or in the DX-cluster window by entering the callsign (or some letters of it) and Ctrl-Space.<br />
* REF HF and REF 160m : LCR process updated. Tnx F4CWN.<br />
* French (and some Begian) users : Button added in the keys redefinitions dialog to load AZERTY redefinitions that allow the AZERTY keyboards users to access the numbers located on the top row without using the Shift or Shift Lock keys. They allow direct access to the ?, . and / keys of the bottom row as well. This button is displayed only when the language is set to French.<br />
<br />
==Release information 4.39.0 (Dec 6, 2021)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* Bugfix : For several contests, the columns headers were overlapping. Tnx F5HRY.<br />
* WinKey : When using +/- in messages, the speed was randomly not reset to its initial value and the next message was sent with an incorrect greater speed. Tnx NN7CW and DL6RAI for their detailed reports and numerous tests to fix this long-standing bug. <br />
* OK/OM CW DX-side : The district information display in the Mult window (F10) was broken.<br />
* When Win-Test was started from the command line with an alternate application data directory (-a switch), the directory name wasn't unquoted. Tnx F1HAR.<br />
===New features===<br />
* DX cluster (Alt-A) and Radio windows : The CT1BOH spot quality tags can now be displayed if they're sent by the skimmer. You can also filter the displayed spots by tag when applicable. Unless it's disabled by the user, in the list tab of the Radio window, the displayed spots are grouped by quality before being sorted. Tnx ES5TV.<br />
* Script Manager : Hyperlink to the Lua API reference web page added.<br />
* Op-entered spots are kept until worked or deleted on purpose, even if other stations are externally spotted on their frequencies. Tnx DL6RAI. <br />
* Radio wnd : List tab : When spots are sorted by points or mult type, the second sorting criteria is now the beam heading rather than the spot frequency. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
* Gab : To draw attention, any gab text containing only CAPITAL letters now shakes the recipients gab window.<br />
* SCP files : Defensive coding to attempt to prevent at best against crashes under some circumstances with badly-formatted or corrupted SCP or MASTER files. Tnx SP5KP.<br />
* RDA Contest : LCR view added.<br />
* OK/OM CW : 10 mins timer enabled for M/S category. RUN stations only.<br />
* Larger log font sizes available for short-sighted ;-) Tnx TA2SE, W1NN.<br />
* DX Spots window (Alt-A) : New option to pin the op-entered spots to the bottom of the window so you can always see them. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
* WAG : The output Cabrillo file is now following the v3 specs. Tnx DL1RTL.<br />
* EU-DX : Multipliers list updated. Tnx IK6QON.<br />
<br />
==Release information 4.38.1 (Oct 25, 2021)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* After importing a Cabrillo file, the resulting wt4 file couldn't be opened by Win-Test 4.38.0. Tnx F5LIW.<br />
<br />
==Release information 4.38.0 (Oct 25, 2021)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* LCR parser fixed for the CQ WPX reports.<br />
* CW : The spaced digits option was not read when starting Win-Test. Despite the ckecked option in the menu item, it was not enabled. <br />
* CQWW VHF : When using the default CW messages, the sent grid was 6-char instead of 4-char. Tnx F5HRY.<br />
* IARU HF : There are cases where different DXCC entities have the same Society (ex OH and OH0) and were counted as different mults.<br />
* The "Dupes included or not in QSO counts and avg calculations" string in the summary text was always in local language even if summary in English was selected.<br />
===New features===<br />
* Lua API version string is 1.7.0<br />
* Defensive coding to check the log file when opening to prevent file corruptions. Tnx DL1DAW.<br />
* Workaround for the USBSER.SYS bug that doesn't update the RTS line until DTR is accessed. Tnx R2AXZ (author of the Blue Pill Serial Monster).<br />
* RDA Contest : Cabrillo updated to v3. <br />
* WAE Transmit and Receive windows : New messages available.<br />
* WAE : New CW variable $RAWTIME to send the QTC time with cut numbers disabled.<br />
* WAE : Transmit QTC window : A QTC line can now be directly sent by using the coresponding numeric key (0 sends the line labelled 10).<br />
* Lua : New wtContest API : wtContest:GetCategoryId(), wtContest:GetModeCategoryId(), wtContest:GetPowerClassId() and wtContest:GetOverlayId() added.<br />
* Lua : For standardization purposes, the microHam and OTRSP events scripts are now renamed :<br />
<tt><br />
microhamFsOn -> onMicrohamFsOn<br />
microhamFsOff -> onMicrohamFsOff<br />
otrspCrOn -> onOtrspCrOn<br />
otrspCrOff -> onOtrspCrOff<br />
otrspCrEvent -> onOtrspCrEvent<br />
</tt><br />
For now, to maintain compatibility, the script legacy names are still executed.<br />
* Lua : New scripts called on log opening (onFileOpen) and on log closing (onFileClose).<br />
* EU HF : The Cabrillo header is updated (EUHFC instead of EU-HF). Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
* CQWW DX : The Youth overlay is added to the Overlay drop-down list.<br />
* CQWW DX : The Explorer category is added to the Category drop-down list (Single-Op Explorer and Multi-Op Explorer).<br />
* In the contest settings dlg, you can now set the default power class to use when creating new logs. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
* New archiving feature : File / Archive... (or ARCHIVE text command). It creates a timestamped zipped file in the log directory of the files related to the current log that are selected. Warning : Archiving audio recordings file that are usually pretty large can take a while... Be patient.<br />
* For standardization purposes, all timestamped files are now timestamped to the nearest second.<br />
* Time Shifting : The selection of the QSO and the stations are now independent. And a backup of the log is automatically performed before proceeding. Tnx EA7X/EF4HQ.<br />
* Marconi Memorial HF : Points per QSO updated.<br />
<br />
==Release information 4.37 (June 29, 2021)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* VHF+ contests : Sorting the Spots list by QSO points (related to distance if it can be computed) wasn't working. <br />
* When copying the Summary wnd as text, the "Generated by Win-Test" line was missing. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
* Summary wnd : When using a language different from English, some column titles were incorrectly truncated.<br />
===New features===<br />
* WAE : Rules 2021 : BY is added to the call area multipliers (so Chinese stations with different digits in their prefix count as different mults). Tnx DL7YS.<br />
* ARRL FD : The "Covid" rule (Home stations can work home stations) is extended to 2021. Tnx VE2FWW.<br />
* KCJ and KCJ Top Band contests rules updated. Tnx JI1RXQ.<br />
* VHF+ contests : Discrepancies between gridsquares in the log for different bands weren't displayed in the Bad Exchanges check report. Tnx F4CWN.<br />
* ARRL 10m : LCR viewer updated to fit to the new LCR format.<br />
* The question mark character is now enabled in all QSO input fields, and the cursor is positioned on it when cycling the fields. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* CW : New option for spaced digits in serials : When enabled, a half-space (^) is inserted between each digits of the serial, making it more readable at high speed.<br />
* F10 Wnd : In DXPed HF or VHF, the date of the QSO is now displayed.<br />
<br />
==Release information 4.36 (May 19, 2021)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* In Phone, when entering a (very) long exchange, the cursor might insert a ghost space character at the end of the field.<br />
* VHF+ contests : Under some circumstances, when the automatic exchange (grid) guessing was set, the Check Partial wnd wasn't updated anymore after the field was automatically filled.<br />
===New features===<br />
* CQ-M : Scoring is now updated and follows the rules 2021.<br />
* IARU HF : In M/S (Mixed only) category, the 10-min status timer now takes into account mode changes. Tnx HA6OI.<br />
* HA DX : The Cabrillo output file now includes the RUN/MULT indicator for the M/S entrants. Tnx HA6OI.<br />
* YOTA (Youngsters On The Air) contest implemented.<br />
* ARI DX / ARI 40-80 : Provinces list and exchange equivalence file (ARIPROV.DAT) updated. Tnx HB9AMO, DL6RAI.<br />
* City, State/Prov, Postal Code and Country separate fields added to the contest settings dialog to improve the compatibility with the Cabrillo v3 header fields. These fields are assembled together to maintain the back compatibility with the Cabrillo v2 format if needed. It is highly recommended to edit your saved profiles (if any) by loading, editing and saving them one by one in the dialog.<br />
* CQMM DX implemented.<br />
* All file dialogs are now resizable.<br />
* YUDX : LCR view added.<br />
* LCR viewer : Column order unified.<br />
* OK/OM Contest SSB : This contest was not listed when the contests of the month checkbox (in April) was selected. Tnx F1HAR.<br />
* OK/OM contest : You can now directly download your LCR in Win-Test from the "rejected" link in the final results and preliminary results page.<br />
<br />
==Release information 4.35 (Apr. 9, 2021)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* OK/OM Contest SSB : When entering as non OK/OM, the points credit was wrong when working an OK/OM stn. Tnx F1HAR.<br />
* When parsing the DX cluster stream, lines were discarded if the callsign of the spotter was longer than 9 characters (ex : 3V/KF5EYY-#, K4VET-1-# or JR1BFZ/2-#) and the freq higher than 9999.9 MHz. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
* RSGB Commonwealth Contest : The off-time value wasn't specified for this contest (60 mins) and the default value (15 mins) was used instead. Tnx M0UNN.<br />
* Tools / Automatic CQ Repeat : The delay between CQ was not saved between sessions. Tnx F4CWN.<br />
* Tools / Search for possible bad exchanges : If there was no log discrepancies and a check against the database was requested, it was not displayed. Tnx F4CWN.<br />
* Lua : wtQso:IsModeCw() was always returning false.<br />
<br />
===New features===<br />
* King Of Spain : The 10 min rule for the multi-op entrants is now removed.<br />
* Radio Wnd : Ctrl+R shortcut added to allow cycle the view tabs without using your mouse.<br />
* Option added in the dialog to replace op in batch, to match any operator already entered. <br />
* LZ DX contest : LCR view added.<br />
* SPDX : The limitation on the number of band/mode changes during a clock hour in all categories is now removed.<br />
* RTTY windows : It's now possible to log the data stream to files created with the .ry1 and .ry2 extensions. Tnx DL6RAI. <br />
* The default off-time when not specified in the rules is now set to 30 minutes instead of 15.<br />
* WAEDC : LCR review added. Tnx DL7YS, DL6RAI.<br />
* DX Cluster Announces (Alt+A) : Exchanges can now be displayed (if it applies). Tnx F4CWN.<br />
* DX Cluster announces (Alt+A) : New dialog to facilitate the choice of bands to be displayed, replacing the sub-menus. Tnx F5HRY.<br />
* Alt+F4 / Alt+F5 : When running in CW, the current CW speed is saved when CQ'ing (or using Alt+F5), and is restored when QSYing back to the saved run frequency.<br />
* UI : All textual child windows that can be resized with the mouse (Check Partials (F12), N + 1 (F8), Skeds (Alt+B), Gab (Alt+I), Stats (Ctrl+F9), Radios, RTTY, DX Cluster monitor (Alt+O) and announces (Alt+A)) are now resized according to the size of the font used. To remove this constraint and resize freely, keep the Shift key down while resizing.<br />
* Cabrillo output : The @ character is now allowed in the operators list. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* ARRL DX : Band changes restrictions set to 10 for the M/S category, according to the new rules. Tnx N1PSE.<br />
* Check Partial (F12) : In some cases, when multiple wildcard characters ('?') were used, no search was performed. It's no longer the case as soon as there are at least 2 characters that are not wildcards in the pattern to search. Tnx F4CWN.<br />
* PACC : Cabrillo v3 output implemented.<br />
* Summary wnd : For the Instagrammers and such, your callsign is now added to the window title. Tnx F6BGC.<br />
* Multi-Distributed category introduced.<br />
* More restrictive checks applied to the exchanges database to dump malformed callsigns or exchanges.<br />
* New Exchanges Database information dialog : Options / Data files / Exchanges database... Text commands : EXCHDB, EXCHDATABASE, EXCHFILE or EXCHFILES. Tnx N6TV, DL5YM.<br />
* LCR : Add instructions if Win-Test can't directly download and/or process LCR for some contests.<br />
* RDXC : MOST indicators (0 and 1 for RUN and MULT) added to the Cabrillo output file. The 6-char grid square is now also required for all entrants. Tnx UA9QCQ.<br />
* The callsign exceptions (callsigns that don't follow the usual rules, like RAEM, 5VDE, 7QAA, etc.) are no more hardcoded and are now grouped in the exceptions.dat file (in the /extras directory) for easy updating.<br />
* CQWW 160m : Cabrillo v3 output implemented. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* ADIF output : QSO with my own callsign are always discarded. Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
==Release information 4.34.1 (Feb. 5, 2021)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* EU-DX Contest : The 10m band was missing in the summary. Tnx F1DUZ.<br />
* EU-DX Contest : CW and SSB columns added for the Mixed category.<br />
* Italian translation DLL updated. <br />
<br />
==Release information 4.34.0 (Jan. 25, 2021)==<br />
<br />
===New features===<br />
* Lua API version string is 1.6.0<br />
* QQSLON / QQSLOFF or QQSL / NOQQSL text commands to enable (or disable) the Quick QSL feature. QUICKQSL still opens the Quick QSL settings dialog. Tnx F6IFY. <br />
* EU-DX Contest added. Requires EU.DAT countries file. Tnx IK6QON.<br />
* Lua : wtRadio*:SetFreq(fFreq) and wtRadio*:SetFreq(fFreq, nVfo) now ignore the freq if it's outside of any band, and return with no error message. Tnx F6IFY.<br />
* Lua : wtQso:IsModeDigital() and wtQso:IsModeCw() added.<br />
* Lua : nQsoNum (optional) added as argument to wtQso:GetData([nQsoNum]) function.<br />
* LCR : IARU HF LCR processing rules updated.<br />
* 5VDE added as an exception callsign.<br />
* LCR : If Win-Test supports LCR review and the contest has been entered in a multi-op category, an Operator column is added in the review dialog. Tnx F5HRY.<br />
* OK/OM contest : LCR processing added. Requires to save the "rejected QSO" page as an html file and to load it in Win-Test. Tnx F8BXI.<br />
* CQWW DX : LCR processing rules updated to fit the new CQWW LCR format.<br />
* ARRL Contests : The ARRL has finally unified the US States and VE provinces and territories lists, and the Prince Edward Island abbreviation is now PE for the ARRL DX, ARRL 10 and ARRL roundup RTTY contests.<br />
* NAQP : The Prince Edward Island abbreviation is now PE. Tnx N6TV and AC0W.<br />
* NA Sprints : The Prince Edward Island abbreviation is now PE.<br />
* NRAU contest : New abbreviations for some Fylke / Lan / Province / Region updated. Tnx ES7GM.<br />
* Script manager : The minus key located in the numpad is now considered different from the key located in the character keys. To be consistent, the same rule applies when redefining keys. Tnx F5HRY.<br />
* JIDX : 160m added to the SSB leg. Tnx N6TV and N6KI.<br />
* Icom IC-705 added. Tnx OH1MA.<br />
* "Ethernet network" reworded as "Local Network" to prevent confusion. Tnx FY5FY.<br />
<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* CQWW 160m : The exchange database file ARRL-USVE.DTB wasn't loaded. Tnx DL4MM.<br />
* UK/EI : If the district field was manually filled before the serial number, that field was emptied when the cursor got back to the callsign. Tnx PA2A. <br />
* RAEM Contest : The polar circle location (giving extra bonus points) was slightly wrong.<br />
* The IC-9100 couldn't work... Because of a stupid typo ! Tnx DL2AKT and N6TV.<br />
* WAE RTTY : When the log was reopened, the next sent QTC group number was wrong. Tnx DL6RAI, DJ9MH and DJ4MZ.<br />
<br />
==Release information 4.33.0 (October 14, 2020)==<br />
===New features===<br />
* ARRL SS, ARRL 160, ARRL FD : PE (Prince Edward Island) section added. Tnx W1NN.<br />
* MicroHAM MKIII interface added. Tnx G0HSA, OM7ZZ.<br />
* When a file error occurs when saving DX-cluster data, the user can now Cancel to abort further writing attempts. Tnx DL5MLO. <br />
* Exchanges Databases (.DTB files) : Defensive coding to attempt to prevent at best against crashes under some circumstances with badly-formatted or corrupted databases files. Tnx OK1DSZ @ OK4C.<br />
<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* AGCW-DTC : 2 points Club stations list updated. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
* WAG : The Exchanges file (WAG_DL.DTB) wasn't correctly loaded for DL entrants. Tnx DL4NAC and DL6RAI.<br />
* All Asian DX contest : Cabrillo CONTEST: line text fixed. Tnx VA2EW.<br />
<br />
==Release information 4.32.0 (September 1, 2020)==<br />
===New Features===<br />
* YO DX HF : Contest rules updated (160m added + points for /MM stations).<br />
* WAE DX side : QTC line numbers displayed for easy retrieval in case of repeat request.<br />
* All reports dialogs can now be vertically resized to display more or less list rows. The window placements are also globally saved.<br />
* File / Update Exch Database : A confirmation dialog is now displayed and a backup of the current DTB file is done, before proceeding.<br />
* New Check Partial search processing for VHF+ logs :<br />
: In VHF+ contests logs, you can now enter a partial callsign (in the callsign field) and/or a partial locator / grid (in the grid square field) to refine searches in the Check Partial wnd (F12).<br />
: The minimum number of chars to start the search for the callsign field is set by the contextual menu (3 by default), and set to 2 characters for the locator.<br />
: Finally, in both fields you can also use wildcards characters '?' to represent a character. Ex: "JN?8EQ" will search for all callsigns with locator JN08EQ, JN18EQ, JN28EQ, ... JN98EQ.<br />
: Inspired by DL2NBU DOS software. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* callsign.pat updated. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
* RDAC : RDA.DAT (district list) updated.<br />
* The audio record button is now disabled when recorded audio is playing.<br />
* IOTA Mixed : Summary columns weren't consistent with the rest of them, and created a bug when used with Unipost (cqcontest.net). Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
* When the same callsign was spotted on both sides of a sub-band limit (so, it was considered spotted in both modes), Ctrl-Up/Down kept grabbing these two callsigns alternately. Tnx F5UTN @ TM0HQ.<br />
* ARI Sezioni : Rules and mult list updated. Tnx IV3IYH. Mult List : http://download.win-test.com/databases/ARISEC.DAT<br />
* EU HF Championship : The content of the EU_HF.DTB database was ignored. Tnx EW2AA.<br />
* MMC HF wasn't showing up in the contests of the month in July. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
* LCR review added for ARRL 160, NA Sprint, ARRL Sweepstakes. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* Elecraft K4 added. Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
==Release information 4.31.0 (June 28, 2020)==<br />
===New Features===<br />
* Lua API version string is 1.5.0<br />
* Lua : wtApp:PostMessage, wtApp:SendMessage and wtApp:GetLastError added. Tnx F6BEE for inspiration. See description and syntax in http://download.win-test.com/v4/lua/LuaApiDoc.txt<br />
* ARRL FD : Covid-19 rule exception : Class D stations may work all other Field Day stations, including other Class D stations, for points. Tnx K6ZB.<br />
* Log Checking Report (LCR) review added in the Tools / Check log menu. For now, only the following LCR are processed :<br />
** CQWW DX<br />
** CQWW WPX<br />
** ARRL DX<br />
** ARRL 10m<br />
** IARU HF<br />
** EU HF<br />
** SAC<br />
** KOS<br />
** REF HF<br />
** VHF+ contests if adjudicated with LX<br />
<br />
: Mainly, because these LCR are public, or because I had one ;-). Any textual (or html) LCR can theorically be implemented, as long as I have access to a sample.<br />
<br />
: For various reasons, sometimes the "Download LCR" may not work. In that case, try to download the LCR with your browser and save it in a convenient location (the log directory is the best choice). You can "attach" it to your log by using the "Save" button in the report dialog. <br />
<br />
* Dx-Cluster window (Alt-T) : Number of Macros increased to 8. Tnx PA2A.<br />
* Dx-Cluster macro editor : Window enlarged, and the edit field now wraps to improve readibility. Tnx PA2A. <br />
* The merge dialog now displays "compact paths".<br />
* NRAU Baltic mults list updated. Tnx LB3RE.<br />
* Review of the exchanges databases files to prevent mixing different exchanges between contests. Also, if a contest uses only a part of a database file, the rest is kept untouched if the database is updated with Win-Test.<br />
* Depending on the contest and, if it applies, whose side you're on (DX side or domestic), the callsigns from the master file (namely MASTER.SCP/DTA or .DTB/SCP) are filtered to display only relevant results in the Check Partial and N+1 windows.<br />
* The master file in use can now be directly updated from the Internet (like the CTY files) by using the Options / Data files / Master file menu, or by using the "Used File list" item in the contextual menu of the Check Partial or N+1 windows. <br />
: Note : The recommended default master file to use is MASTER.SCP, maintained by Stu K6TU (http://http://supercheckpartial.com/). <br />
: Reminder : You can also use contest-specific master files (recommended only for minor national or regional contests) named after the list located at http://download.win-test.com/files/checkPartial/%23_READ_ME_%23.TXT These files do not replace the default master file, but complement it at runtime.<br />
* In the contest settings dialog, contests no longer taking place have been removed from the list.<br />
* New REBOOT (or RESTARTPC) text command added. It closes the current log and restarts the host PC. Tnx F8CRH, F6BEE.<br />
* When the exchanges database is updated, a notification message is displayed at the bottom of log. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
<br />
==Release information 4.30.0 (Jan 16, 2020)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* If the backup volume was unmounted, disabling the next backups was failing. Tnx F6HJO. (Task #388)<br />
* Under some specific circumstances, the Single-Op Assisted category wasn't taken into account when importing such a Cabrillo file. Tnx TO1A.<br />
* With multi monitors systems and under some specific circumstances, choosing colors with mouse was impossible. Tnx KL0R.<br />
* The headers row was always included in the CSV output file, whatever the setting was. Tnx F5LIW.<br />
* The LCD display of the contest recorder wnd wasn't always properly updated when using a language different from English.<br />
===New Features===<br />
* HA DX contest rules updated. Tnx HA6OI, HA1AG, F5LIW and others.<br />
* UFT contest rules updated. Tnx F6CEL.<br />
* Yaesu FTDX101 added. Tnx RA1ANY, RA3AUU.<br />
* Icom IC-9700 added. Tnx F1ULQ.<br />
* WAEDC : Cabrillo output file upgraded to v3 specs.<br />
* WAEDC DX side : Send QTC dialog (Ctrl-L) now displays the maximum available QTC to send (if any). You can modify the number of QTC to send, or only display the already sent QTC, with F9 (or the "QTC / Show sent" button). F8 allows to modify the recipient callsign. <br />
* QSO and distinct callsigns counts added in the distinct callsigns report when sorted by country.<br />
* "Copy" button added to the log check dialogs, allowing to easily paste reports in a spreadsheet.<br />
<br />
==Release information 4.29.0 (July 5, 2019)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* When a exception callsign and a prefix were identical in the CTY file, and under some specific circumstances, the DXCC lookup function could fail. Tnx F5LIW.<br />
* FOC Marathon : Stats are now displayed on 3 days. Tnx F5NZY.<br />
* RSGB AFS : Dupe count on 40m was wrong. Tnx G0HSA.<br />
* REF 160m : The total and final score lines weren't displayed in the summary window.<br />
* RTTY : Messages with embedded scripts were hanging Win-Test. Tnx N6TV.<br />
===New Features===<br />
* YU DX Contest rules updated. Tnx F5IN.<br />
* Spot Warnings : When you're spotted, the spot comment, if any, is now displayed.<br />
* RSGB HF contests : District Code for Norwich has been changed from "NR" to "NK". Tnx F1ICS.<br />
* ADIF export : Output fields reordered and STATION_CALLSIGN field added. Tnx YT9TP.<br />
* IARU HF : Cabrillo v3 output file implemented. Fixes also task #384. Tnx OH6XX, N6TV and others.<br />
<br />
==Release information 4.28.0 (June 15, 2018)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* When no MP3 CODEC were detected, start recording was displaying the MP3 settings dialog in an endless loop. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* ARI Contest : Serial numbers for DX stations have separate numbering per band. Tnx ES5TV.<br />
* Validation controls of the split freq edit field strengthened.<br />
===New Features===<br />
* Single-click actions option added to all windows where it makes sense. Tnx K5WQG, N6TV.<br />
* The callsign "6OX" is accepted despite its exotic syntax.<br />
* CQWW RTTY : DC mult added according to the 2018 rules. Tnx W0YK.<br />
* Internal CW keyer (LPT and serial outputs) : Keying compensation added (0 to 20 ms) in the Interfaces setup dlg. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* Icom IC-7610 added. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* REF contest : Off-time periods dialog removed. Tnx F5LEN.<br />
* CW / RTTY : Work dupes by default. Tnx F6IRA.<br />
<br />
==Release information 4.27.0 (Jan 4, 2018)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* RAC contest : Despite the rules indicate MIXED (CW + SSB) category only entries, the F10 wnd wasn't correctly scaled when using a single-mode category. Tnx SP5KP.<br />
* Statistics Wnd (Ctrl-F9) : Under some specific circumstances, the log data weren't correctly displayed in the targets tab. Tnx F5LIW.<br />
* Auto-repeat mode was broken (silly me !). Tnx VE2FWW, N6TV, W4DD and many others.<br />
===New Features===<br />
* DARC XMAS : Sprint logic exchange now applicable for this contest. Tnx K3LR and N6TV.<br />
<br />
==Release information 4.26.0 (Nov 19, 2017)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* When prefixes or callareas are mults, some special callsigns weren't correctly taken into account. Tnx OF100FI/0.<br />
* Status wnd (Alt-J) : Under some specific circumstances, the stations count displayed in the title bar was wrong.<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
* LZ DX : QSO and DUPES columns were inverted in the summary window in single-mode categories, and CW and SSB culumns were swapped in Mixed category. Tnx W3SE / ZL3TE.<br />
* SAC : Wire-Only overlay category added. Tnx OH1RX.<br />
* CSV and text exports : Serial sent text format is identical to the format used in the log. Tnx F5LIW.<br />
* Gab wnd (Alt-I) : Can be cleared now with a CLEARGAB text command.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.25.0) (June 28, 2017)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
<br />
* VHF+ contest : The ODX was broken under some specific circumstances. Tnx F5HRY/P.<br />
* SPDX Contest : The summary window was broken. Tnx SP5KP, F5LIW and others. (Task #380)<br />
* Asia-Pacific sprint : Win-Test was unabled to write the output Cabrillo file. Tnx UA9YE.<br />
* Some AltGr (Ctrl + Alt) keys were not correctly displayed when defined in the script manager or the DEFINEKEYS command.<br />
* Under some very specific circumstances of networking connection / disconnection and sync enabling / disabling, the log file could be corrupted. Tnx PA2A @ PI4CC.<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
* Helvetia contest : New rules 2017 implemented. Tnx HB9AMO and others.<br />
* ARI DX : Allowed bands and 10-minute rule adapted to the rules 2017. Tnx IZ1LBG. (Task #379)<br />
* RSGB AFS : 40m added. Tnx G3RTE.<br />
* The displayed bands selection for the Check Callsign (F9), Check DXCC (Alt-M), Check Mult (F10) and Check Zone (Alt-Z) windows is now done in a dialog box instead of menu items. Tnx F5LIW. <br />
* NA Sprint SSB : The Multipliers list is updated and is now similar to the mult list of the CW/RTTY legs . Also, the equivalence is now NA_SPRINT.DAT for all legs, and has been updated on the repository. Tnx KA9FOX.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.24.0) (January 20, 2017)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* Under some circumstances, the rotators wnd was flickering.<br />
* NA Sprint CW/RTTY : Multipliers list updated. Tnx N6TV, N6TR. Note : You must update your NA_CW_RTTY_SPRINT.DAT equivalence file if you use it, to get credit for the new mults. <br />
* DXPed HF logs : The country list used is now the DXCC one, not the "CQWW" one.<br />
* FT1000 : VFO-B frequency setting enabled. Tnx DL6RAI. <br />
* FT1000 : When setting a split freq, the filter setting wasn't retained. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
* Typo in a menu item. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
* When a callsign was grabbed, the realtime slot of the partners windows were not updated.<br />
* Cabrillo : The alternate frequency option wasn't working for multi-ops logs.<br />
* Under some OS display settings, the Alt-F dialog was truncated. Tnx HA3LN.<br />
* After editing logged QSO, the Alt-J QSY timers were not always accurate.<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
* New network protocol version 1.30 released. Reminder: If you use WT in a networked environment, you must have the same WT version on all machines!<br />
* Lua API version string is 1.4.0<br />
* To make the 3830scores.com reporting easier, the summary columns of the mixed mode contests are reordered. <br />
* DXPed logs (HF and VHF) : The reports entry fields ignore keys which are not digits. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
* Summary wnd (Alt-S) : Displayed bands can be selected. This selection is in sync with the Check Callsign (F9), the Check DXCC (Alt-M), the Check Mult (F10) and the Check Zone (Alt-Z) windows. Note: It's only a display selection to save space : You can still QSY and enter Q on the hidden bands. And all bands are taken into account in the summary totals.<br />
* 60m band added for the DXPed HF logs. NOTES: <br />
: 1) Considering the various freq allocations depending on the country, a minimal band plan has been implemented in the Default band plan. You can modify it, according to your needs. Your custom band plans (if any) must be updated as well.<br />
: 2) DXPed log files containing 60m QSO can't be read with previous versions of Win-Test.<br />
: Tnx DL6RAI for testing.<br />
* NAQP : Mult list and various other things updated according to the new rules. Tnx KL9A.<br />
* ARRL 10m contest : Following the new rules, the multiplier "DF" is changed to "CMX". Tnx N6TV, N5KO.<br />
* Lua : wtQso:GetData API : Gridsquare added in the table returned. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* If a station type is sticked, its type is checked against the rules of a newly created contest file, and can be forced to the default Run type if needed. Tnx N6KI and N6TV.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.23.0) (October 21, 2016)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* WAG DX side : The NM exchange (Non Member) was considered as a N multiplier.<br />
* Alt-F4 : The the CAT activity has now decreased , and the function was broken for mixed-mode logs. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* Entering any text command in Secondary Radio Window moved it to the wrong band. Tnx N6TV. (Task #370/373)<br />
* WAE : Under some circumstances, the log and QTC backup files were corrupted. Tnx F5LIW.<br />
* VHF+ contests : When a gridsquare of a logged QSO was modified, the points weren't correctly computed on the other networked computers, leading to a score difference between them. Tnx DL8AAU.<br />
* Under some circumstances of simultaneous log openings on different machines in a network, Win-Test could crash. Tnx W9PA @ K3LR.<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
* Split Freq dlg : Now accepts offsets from the current frequency. E.g.: If your freq is 7020 and you enter +1.1, the split freq will be adjusted to 7021.1. Negative values (-1.1 for ex.) also work.<br />
* UK/EI DX contest added. Tnx SQ8N.<br />
* Secondary Radio wnd : Columns headings added. The color can be adjusted with the Colors (contextual) menu. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* Radios : FT891, FTDX1200, FTDX3000 and FTDX5000 added. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* WAE Phone : DX side : The INS and CR keys and buttons are now enabled in the transmit QTC dialog. The CR button tags the current QTC as sent. The INS button does the same, and makes the next QTC as the current one. It clearly makes the QTC transmission much easier to follow. Tnx F1HAR.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.22.0) (August 26, 2016)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* WAEDC : DX side CW / SSB : The potential QTC weren't displayed in the radio wnd (bandmap or list) despite the option was checked.<br />
* WAEDC : The left and right arrows now work correctly in the dialog to chose the number of QTC to send.<br />
* QTC transmit dlg : The active QTC wasn't correctly highlighted when using the Ctrl-Fx buttons.<br />
* The default Check Partial / N + 1 file for VHF contests was HF.DTB instead of VHF.DTB. Tnx DK5KMA.<br />
* When 4.20 and 4.21 were on the same LAN (not recommended), with sync enabled, 4.21 was hanging. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* IARU HF : If an HQ was only 2 characters long, it was ignored.<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
* WAE CW : DX side : The CW speed used when sending the QTC is now preserved between sessions, and the Rate wnd is updated accordingly. No need to juggle with Alt-F9/F10 anymore.<br />
* Callsign Wnd (F9) : Tooltip more readable.<br />
* New behaviour of the $NEXT variable in the QTC transmit messages to make life much easier (and less confusing) for the DX stations in the WAEDC CW contest.<br />
** $NEXT must be the first variable in the Ins message. The default message is now: $NEXT $DONE $TIME $CALLSIGN $SERIAL<br />
** Update your current message if it is not up to date<br />
** When $NEXT is executed, the active QTC jumps to the next one ONLY if the current QTC has been already sent.<br />
** With this new behaviour, the usual QTC transmission sequence is now:<br />
*** Ctrl-L / Enter (or 1 to 9) to chose the number of QTC to send (usually 10).<br />
*** After the QTC dlg shows up, exchange the QRV? and the QTC series number with the recipient.<br />
*** From now, hit Ins for every QTC to send, one after the other.<br />
*** If the recepient requests a full resend of the QTC just sent, use CR. If he requests an individual field, use the appropriate Fx key or button. If the QTC is ack'ed, use Ins to send the next one.<br />
*** When all QTC of the series have been sent (and acknowledged), use Ins one last time (or Plus) to thank and save the QTC series.<br />
** In these conditions, you normally shouldn't need to use the Up/Down arrows anymore unless exceptional circumstances.<br />
* CW and RTTY : New $RAWSERIAL variable. Sends the serial number of the QSO with leading zeros and without any abbreviation. Now used in the default F3 msg (if it applies) to repeat the serial in a more traditional way. It also works in the QTC messages.<br />
* Script manager dialog : Ctrl + Double click on a script brings up the properties dialog.<br />
* IOTA contest<br />
** If the IOTA ref is pre-filled from the callsign field content, the new IOTA warning is now displayed if applicable. Tnx F5LIW.<br />
** EXPERIMENTAL : Separate numbering for Multi-One and Multi-Two categories : The RUN or RUN1 stations use a sequence of odd numbers (starting at 1), and the MULT or RUN2 stations use a sequence of even numbers (starting at 2).<br />
** Multi-Two category added. Tnx G3WVG.<br />
** The WAE entities list is now used to prefill the island reference more accurately (ex GM/s stations). Tnx N6TV.<br />
* The DVK bargraph can now be horizontal (default) or vertical.<br />
* Internal DVK : The first and last 100 ms of the messages are now truncated to prevent the keys and mouse clicks to be heard. Tnx SM5AJV and N6TV.<br />
* RTTY shortcuts buttons are now a bit thicker to accommodate older eyes. Tnx SP5GRM.<br />
* Additional CW and RTTY variables :<br />
** $LOC4 and $GRID4 are equivalent to $GRIDFIELD.<br />
** $LOC6 and $GRID6 are equivalent to $GRIDSQUARE or $LOCATOR.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.21.0) (June 27, 2016)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* The CW "No sound" menu item state wasn't consistent with the CW sound status.<br />
* The check mark on Options / Disable Log Sync wasn't consistent when no log was opened.<br />
* The station name displayed in the network error dlg when several masters were on the same LAN wasn't correct.<br />
* Gridsquares map window (Alt-L) : Mouse wheel actions were broken since version 4.7.0 ! <br />
* Stew Perry contest was using VHF.DTB instead of DEFAULT.SCP. Tnx N6TV. (Task #184). <br />
* Serial communications : Under some circumstances, especially with some USB drivers under Windows 10, the inbound stream was not correctly processed. Tnx Jan @ remoterig.com<br />
* Voice keyer (DVK) : Under some circumstances, some audio output devices may miss in the Interfaces settings dialog.<br />
* French Championship : QSO wih FT entities are now credited with 15 pts instead of 6. Tnx F4SGU.<br />
* Remote dlg : The text command is now limited to 13 chars, to comply with the log entry field. Tnx N6TV. (Task #368)<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
* Lua API version string is 1.3.0<br />
* IARU HF : Duplicate HQ abbreviations are now managed. (Task #350)<br />
* The login / logout protocols can be now disabled as the other ones in the advanced network settings.<br />
* Log Sync : Better overall performance. Tnx DJ7TO, DL5MLO and the DA0HQ team.<br />
* Cabrillo Options : New options similar to the File / Clean file options, but the QSO exclusions (or editions) are *only* temporary for the Cabrillo file output.<br />
* ADIF Options : QSO range added.<br />
* Mult Wnd (Alt-M) : The "hide clean sweeps" and "hide never worked" options are maintained during the text / SYLK copy. Tnx ES5TV.<br />
* Tune dlg : For safety, added a 30-second timeout to automatically stop tuning no matter what.<br />
* Stew Perry Challenge : Added for March, June and October.<br />
* Lua : wtQso:GetData API : stnName and stnFlags added in the table returned. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* CW Auto Send : Updated to allow its use when both radios are in RUN mode. Tnx SM5AJV, N6TV.<br />
* Lua : wtApp:TextCommand updated to add strStation and nNotificationID arguments. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* Standard and additional messages : New import / export features. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* Clean log dlg : New option to remove 0 points QSO from the log. Tnx K3LR, N6TV.<br />
* Radios : IC-7300 added. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* CQ WPX RTTY : M/S entrants are now allowed to 10 band changes. Tnx EC1KR.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.20.0) (January 17, 2016)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* ARRL 10m : Tools / Check Bad Exchanges was broken.<br />
* Under some circumstances, the default contest log names were broken.<br />
* ARRL SS : Correct label for the sections field. <br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
* Radios : IC-7600, IC-7800, IC-7850, IC-7851 : New code for a better management of these radios. It requires the latest firmwares. Tnx N6TV, K3LR, K9LA (Icom America), ICOM France, HRO Sunnyvale (CA), AA6W and K6SSJ.<br />
* Radios : FT-991 added. Tnx N6TV, SP5IOU.<br />
* Radio Wnd : New option to enable / disable the RIT display, when applicable. Tnx F5LIW, K3LR.<br />
* PACC contest : Rules 2016. Dutch provinces (for non-PA) and DXCC and call areas (for PA) now count as mult per band and per mode when taking part in Mixed category. Tnx PA5M.<br />
* French Championship : Rules 2016 applied. Tnx F5LEN.<br />
* Radio Wnd : Ctrl-Up / Ctrl-Down in the list view doesn't lose cursor when a Q is entered. Tnx K5KG. (Task #364).<br />
* LZ DX Contest : New rules 2015 for LZ stations applied. The only limitation is the 10-min rule for the M/S station, which is always applied for band *or mode* change, independently of the status of the station (RUN or MULT). Tnx LZ2CJ.<br />
* ARRL SS : Default CW msgs updated. Tnx W2GD, N6TV.<br />
* ARRL SS : Added new message variable $PREC (precedence) for the ARRL Sweepstakes, automatically determined from entry class and power level. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* Log check reports : QSO with own callsign are now ignored. Tnx FY5KE.<br />
* Status wnd (Alt-J) : X-min rule timers now ignore QSO with own callsign. Tnx FY5KE.<br />
* Check country wnd (F10) : QSO with own callsign are now ignored. Tnx FY5KE.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.19.0) (October 15, 2015)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* SAC contest : This contest wasn't displayed in October if the "This month only" checkbox was enabled despite the SSB leg takes place in October. Tnx F5LIW. <br />
* Rate Wnd (Alt-R). Various QSO rate statistics were wrong. Tnx CT1BOH. <br />
* FT1000 : The TRX was switched to RTTY-USB for high bands instead of RTTY-LSB. Tnx DL6RAI @ P49V.<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
* CAUTION: New network protocol version 1.29 released. Reminder: If you use WT in a networked environment, you must have the same WT version on all machines!<br />
* Status Wnd (Alt-J) : Best effort to display the TX freq of the radios. Radio brand and model dependent. Tnx N6TV. Note : Icom users will need the latest Icom firmware, and the latest OmniRig rig definition files (check the N6TV files) to get chances to see VFO B displayed for Icom radios, especially if they want to use split mode.<br />
* Experimental : VHF+ spots : When the comment is using the "Locator<Prop>Locator" format, the second locator is now considered as the DX locator. Tnx G3ZAY, F5HRY.<br />
* Radio Wnd : Spot mode (according to the used band plan) added in the tooltip text.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.18.0) (September 25, 2015)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* NA Sprint : Tools / Check log / Search for possible bad exchanges was broken. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* Rate Wnd (Alt-R). Various QSO and Mult statistics were wrong. Tnx CT1BOH.<br />
* REG1TEST : The mode code is now output in the QSO records. It can be optionally omitted for contests where the mode is not stated in the rules, in accordance to the REG1TEST format specifications.<br />
* WAEDC : The 10-min violations check was performed on the RUN and MULT stations, while this rule only applies to the RUN stations. Tnx DL1EKC.<br />
* Partial (F12) and NP1 (F8) windows : While modifying an already entered QSO, the callsign of the original QSO wasn't correctly ignored during the searches. Tnx FY5FY.<br />
* WAE : Receiving QTC : If the callsign of the QTC sender was modified, and the receiving dialog was cancelled, the modification remained.<br />
* The Win-Test version number is no more extracted from the language file DLL, but rather from the exe itself, to get the correct string when having mutiple Win-Test versions in the same directory. Tnx F5TTU, F6BGC.<br />
* When used in a network environment, a QSO entered on the secondary radio had a wrong serial number on the other machines of the network. Tnx DL5AOJ.<br />
* Radio wnd : Under some circumstances, when your own callsign was entered in the bandmap (Ctrl-Enter), it was displayed as a new mult. Tnx TM0HQ.<br />
* The action on Options / Disable Log Sync wasn't consistent when no log was opened.<br />
* Toolbar : The tooltip text for the summary icon was missing since the very first version of Win-Test ! ;-)<br />
* Bugfix : Alt-F dlg : Under some circumstances, the QSO op. was not specified.<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
* WAE : Receive QTC dlg : Received serials are now formatted with leading zeroes if needed. Tnx F5LIW.<br />
* WAE : Receive QTC dlg : Received times with 2 numbers (minutes) are now set to the correct hour according to the received time of the previous QTC. Tnx F5LIW.<br />
* Radios : IC-7100 and IC-7200 added. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* Cabrillo output file (v3) : eMail address tag added.<br />
* Cabrillo output file (v3) : New option to indicate if you wish to receive, if eligible, a paper certificate sent via postal mail by the contest sponsor. The contest sponsor may or may not honor this tag, and if so may or may not use opt-in or opt-out as the default.<br />
* Cabrillo output file : New option to output the "alternate" frequency for split QSO. May be useful if the available CAT data for your radio can't be used to determine accurately the TX freq vs the RX freq.<br />
* Several specific installers lacked the installation of the msflxgrd.ocx library. Tnx F5UPO.<br />
* CW : SOUND/NOSOUND and associated menu items : This option is now always disabled when Win-Test runs under an operating system after Vista included. It means that it will not work for those OS, and *may* work on previous OS, depending on the hardware. In all cases, it is very recommanded to rely on the TRX internal sidetone instead.<br />
* WAEDC : The SAVELOG, COPYLOG commands and the automatic backups now include the QTC files. Tnx GW3SQX @ GW7O.<br />
* ARRL DX, ARRL 10m and ARRL 160m contests : The Cabrillo output files are now compliant with the v3 specs. Tnx F5PHW.<br />
* Edit menu : New item : Apply exchange to every QSO with...(Ctrl-F10) When applicable, it allows to update exchanges of every Q whose the callsign is identical to the callsign of the current Q, with the exchange(s) of this Q.<br />
* Gab Wnd (Alt-I) : New contextual menu item to clear the content of the window.<br />
* Cabrillo file : Win-Test now ensures the operators list is correctly space-delimited.<br />
* The protocol version is now displayed in the Advanced Settings dlg of the network.<br />
* Status Wnd (Alt-J) : When using a multi-op network, you can now send a remote command to a specific station by opening the context menu on this station name and use "Send remote command to XXX...".<br />
* COPYLOG command : Notification added. Tnx TM0HQ.<br />
* Ctrl + PageUp / PageDown now browses the log by 12h steps instead of 24h initially. This makes it usable for 24h long contests.<br />
* Status Wnd (Alt-J) : When using a multi-op network, you can now ping a specific station by opening the context menu on this station name and use "Ping XXX". The Win-Test version, the Master, Bridgehead, Sync indicators and the propagation time are returned in the Gab window (Alt-I). Reminder : You can use the INV (stands for Inventory) text command to get a summary of the complete network.<br />
* Enhanced replies to the inventory command (INV) with a log sync enabled indicator (S vs s).<br />
* IARU HF : Mult wnd (F10) : AC, R1, R2 and R3 labels updated.<br />
* Contest settings dialog : To prevent any side effect (especially with the network), the syntax of the station name is checked, and 'exotic' characters are replaced by an underscore if needed. Tnx F1UVN @ TM0HQ. <br />
* Alt-F dlg : The read-only station name field is now disabled.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.17.0) (June 30, 2015)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* The ODX per band were sometimes wrong after band modifications of specific QSO. Tnx F1PKY @ F5KMB.<br />
* IARU 50 MHz (and higher) contests : The PSect field of the output files are now in accordance to the REG1TEST specs. Tnx F2DX, OK2ZI.<br />
* MP3 configuration dialog : Under some circumstances, an error loop could occur. Tnx DL6RAI. (Task #363)<br />
* FT2000 : Under some circumstances, read frequencies were not consistent. Tnx F8DBF, F4DXW.<br />
* For some contests, a QSO entered with your own callsign didn't count 0 points. Tnx N6TV. (Task #362)<br />
* MP3 QSO extract : There was a few seconds offset in the recording.<br />
* SP DX contest : When provinces were displayed with the "all bands" option *and* alphabetically, the "Z" province was missing. Tnx DL6RAI. (Task #360).<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
* CAUTION: New network protocol version 1.28 released. Reminder: If you use WT in a networked environment, you must have the same WT version on all machines!<br />
* Status Wnd (Alt-J) : New column for the current op. added. Cf OPON/OPOFF or LOGIN/LOGOUT commands or use nicknames. Tnx ES5TV.<br />
* Set QSO freq dlg (Alt-F): Swap main / QSX freq button added.<br />
* Rate Wnd (Alt-R) : When entering in a category where modes can be mixed, the elapsed time between band changes now takes account of modes as well.<br />
* CQ-M contest : To be compliant with the new rules 2015, there is no more multiplier station, even in M/S. Tnx RU3DNN. <br />
* ARI contest : A station can now be set as a MULT station. The 10 min timer in the Alt-J wnd considers band and mode changes. Tnx ES5TV.<br />
* OK OM DX : Win-Test is now adapted to comply to the new SSB rules. To make things easier, the CW leg is kept unchanged ! Read carefully the rules before entering. Tnx ON5GQ. <br />
* Contest recorder : QSO extraction to a mp3 file : The QSO extraction parameters are now (1) the time before the QSO was _STARTED_ (0 sec by default - it means the clip starts at the same time when you listen to the QSO with AltGr-Enter) and (2) the time after the QSO was _ENTERED_ (10 sec by default). Tnx ES5TV.<br />
* ARRL DX and ARRL 10 : When exporting logs in ADIF, the DC "state" is replaced by MD. Tnx F8ATS.<br />
* Lua : wtScript:AssignArgument now takes the strings "true" and "false" as boolean arguments. Numeric values do not require double quotes. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* Script manager : Properties dlg : Now accepts a default argument even if no key is defined for the script. But, in any case, a key or a text command must be defined to allow a default argument. Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.16.0) (Mar 17, 2015)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
<br />
* REF HF : FS now does count for a French dept instead of a DXCC entity. The final scores were not affected by this bug. Tnx F4EJL.<br />
* If the default directory at launch time wasn't the app directory, the automatic starts of wtDxTelnet and wtRotators were failing. Tnx F5LIW.<br />
* Ctrl-Del (delete spot from bandmap) was broken. Tnx N6TV. (Task #354)<br />
* Network advanced settings dialog : The last outbound protocol was always enabled, despite its setting. Tnx F1HAR.<br />
* Common prefixes to GM and GM/s were considered as GM even if the WAE list was used. Tnx N6TV. (Task #355)<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
<br />
* Spanish and German translations updated. Tnx EB2RA and DL6RAI.<br />
* LUA : Because of a conflict name with the wtScript class, the wtScript variable (name of the Topmost script) is now replaced with wtRootScript. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* RDXC : R7K - Crimea (RK) and R7R - Sevastopol (SE) added to the mults list. Use the latest CTY_OBL.DAT accordingly. Tnx RU3DNN.<br />
* Lua : wtContest:GetMyCallsign() and wtStatus:GetMyStation() added. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* Registration dialog : The QR codes of the registration URL are enlarged.<br />
* ICOM radios : IC-970, IC-9100 and IC-7850 added. Tnx OK8WW, EA8RM and K3LR.<br />
* ARRL DX (DX side) : To strictly comply with the current rules (section 5.2.2), the PEI multiplier (VY2) is now labelled PE. The STATES.DAT is also accordingly updated on the usual repository http://download.win-test.com/files/equivalence/ .<br />
* NA Sprint : Because of the different multipliers per leg, the equivalence files must now be NA_SSB_SPRINT.DAT and NA_CW_RTTY_SPRINT.DAT. They are available on the usual repository http://download.win-test.com/files/equivalence/ . Tnx KD4D and N6TV.<br />
* NA Sprint : DC and the usual 14 Canadian provinces and territories are now considered as multipliers for the Phone leg (the MAR mult. is no longer used). Tnx KW8N.<br />
* UBA DX : Mult stations are now allowed for Multi-Op (Single TX) entries. Also, the 10-min timer for RUN stations is now displayed in the status window (Alt-J). Tnx RU3DNN.<br />
* NA Sprint : KL stations are now considered as US stations and their state (AK) is now in the states list. KH6 stations are also considered as US stations for the Phone leg, and their state (HI) is now in the states list. During the CW / RTTY legs, KH6 stations are considered as DX stations (not NA). Tnx N6TV.<br />
* ARRL 10m : Mixed mode category forced in the Cabrillo output for the M/S entries.<br />
* Script properties : Tooltip added over the key edit field with the key code and modifiers values. It can help for the wtScript:AssignKeyCode function. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* Scripts manager : Run button added. The selected script is run the same way as if it were run by the assigned key (if any), and with the argument set in the properties dialog (if any). Tnx N6TV.<br />
* Lua : wtScript:AssignFKey and wtScript:AssignKeyCode functions added. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* Script Manager : Error message added when the SciTE or the script editor weren't correctly installed or configured. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
* New CW and RTTY variables introduced : $GRAB1 to $GRAB9 to grab from the partner stack slots, and $GRABRT1 to GRABRT3 to grab from the partner realtime slots.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.15.0) (Nov 22, 2014)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* When a voice message contained several script calls in a row, only one out of two was executed. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* ARRL SS : When a callsign is grabbed, the cursor is now set to the serial field. Tnx AC6T, N6TV. (Task #353)<br />
* When not using advanced SO2R with Shift bound to the secondary radio, Shift-Enter now has no action. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* Partner window: The SUPPORT / NOSUPPORT (or PARTNER / NOPARTNER) commands didn't resize the window properly.<br />
* Partner window context menu: The "Remove" item was enabled for empty slots while it was supposed to be grayed.<br />
* Partner stack: If the same callsign was in two adjacent slots in the Partner stack, only one of them was cleared when the callsign was entered in the log.<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
* CAUTION: New network protocol version 1.27 released. Reminder: If you use WT in a networked environment, you must have the same WT version on all machines!<br />
* Contest recorder : AltGr+E shortcut added as "Extract and Save QSO". Tnx N6TV.<br />
* LZ-DX contest : 10 min. CQWW DX rule applied to the M/S entrants, but currently limited to the band changes (the mode changes are ignored). Tnx RU3DNN.<br />
* Partner : There are now two different colors for data entered as Run or as Support. Useful when there are several partner positions for one run. Tnx F5HRY@TM0HQ.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.14.0) (Oct 19, 2014)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* When several mp3 record files from different stations for a given contest were used, the rewind and forward functions led to a crash. Tnx DL8AAU@DR9A.<br />
* Radio wnd: When using a Windows font size option different from 100%, the VFO displays didn't scale up well. Tnx N6XI, N6TV.<br />
* Lua: An error occurred when calling a script with the double-quote key. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* RDAC: The Tools / Check log / Search for bad exchanges function was not working for the RDAC contest. Tnx SP5KP<br />
* In the Alt-M wnd, when data were ordered by number of worked bands/modes, and never worked mults were hidden, the sweep clean mults were always displayed, despite this option was set or not. Tnx CT1BOH.<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
* CAUTION: New network protocol version 1.26 released Reminder: If you use WT in a networked environment, you must have the same WT version on all machines!<br />
* New notes file format and network protocol to ease log corrections within Win-Test. Check the new last items of the Tools / Check log menu.<br />
* Partner: New properties dialog to set the various options. By default, the realtime keystrokes network transmission is disabled when switched to the S&P mode. It can be enabled by choice in this properties dialog. Tnx TM0HQ & N6TV.<br />
* IARU HF: A '?' indicator is now displayed when the received exchange is not an ITU zone, AC, R1, R2 or R3, or not composed of letters only.<br />
* New option in Tools / Check log / Search for bad exchanges, to detect exchanges discrepancies in the log only.<br />
* Merge report redesigned: All conflicts are ordered by time and also by station name.<br />
* The Date/Time dialog (Alt-F) now indicates the station who entered the QSO. Not editable. Tnx F8CRH@TM0HQ. <br />
* New Goto Callsign edit menu (Shortcut Shift+Ctrl+G) to set the cursor on a QSO with a given callsign. By default, the callsign of the current QSO is searched. If it is empty (i.e. if the cursor is set to the last (empty) line of the log), a dialog is opened. The search is done backwards.<br />
* New CW option to enable/disable the speed bursts (+/-) without modifying the messages. Text commands are BURSTS / NOBURSTS. Useful to defeat CW skimmers on-demand.<br />
* Interfaces setup dialog: The lists for each COM port are now reordered to comply with the most current needs.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.13.0) (Jun 30, 2014)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* REF DDFM 50 MHz contest : Default CW msgs were using $GRIDSQUARE (6-char locator) instead of $GRIDFIELD (4-char locator). Tnx F2DX.<br />
* Gab window (Alt-I) : If the content was scrolled back, a double-click on a line set an incorrect default recipient in the opened Gab/Talk dialog. Tnx F8CRH@F6KRK.<br />
* REF VHF contest : Win-Test was asking for the "departement" in the contest settings dialog (was useless), and the help dialog was inappropriate. Tnx F5HRY.<br />
* CQ-M contest : Contest identifier for the Cabrillo and ADIF output files were misspelled. Tnx RU3RQ. (Task #348). <br />
* WPX : The prefix of VY2MGY/3 now resolved as VY3. Tnx N6TV. (Task #347).<br />
* Bugfix : Lua : wtApp:CallScript(name, arg) was always casting arg to a string. Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
* EF6 added as a valid exception callsign. Tnx F6FDR.<br />
* Radio windows - List view : In the "Sort by Mult Type" view, the non-mults stations are now sorted by QSO points in descending order. Tnx G3WW.<br />
* Radio windows - List view : New sorting option by QSO points in descending order, irrelevant of mults, added. Tnx G3WW.<br />
* WRTC 2014 and IARU HF : Check multiplier wnd (F10) : New label for HQs "entities" to prevent confusion with DXCC entities. Tnx CT1BOH.<br />
* Log : The column header of the serial sent (if any) is now correctly labeled ("No."). Tnx N6TV.<br />
* Options / Log / Align exchanges : New option to line up received exchanges in mixed mode. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* WRTC 2014 : Worked Mults wnd (Alt-M). The "copy as text" menu item is now enabled. Tnx CT1BOH.<br />
* WRTC 2014 : /MM stations are not counting for DXCC entity, and are credited depending on their ITU zone. Tnx KM3T.<br />
* WRTC 2014 : The country list used is DXCC (not WAE). Tnx KM3T.<br />
* WRTC 2014 : In the contest configuration dialog, the zone is set to 8, the Gridsquare is set to FN42fg and can't be modified.<br />
* The very singular 7QNL (and future 7QAA) callsigns are now accepted. Their prefixes are also resolved as 7Q0. Tnx PA3FYM. <br />
* Lookup function for the DXCC entities resolver refactored to allow easier extension for cases like the newly introduced 4Y1A and C7A,when callsigns are assigned to two entities.<br />
* RTTY : Fields assignments updated for the NCCC Sprint. Tnx AA2MF.<br />
* King Of Spain contest : SMR multiplier added. Tnx EA4TX.<br />
* Marconi HF : New points rules applied. Tnx IK6BAK.<br />
* Lua : In CW, when chaining wtKeyer:Play() instructions, the word space between the string arguments will be omitted if they end with a "~". Example :<br />
<br />
wtKeyer:Play(string1)<br />
wtKeyer:Play(string2)<br />
: Will omit the word space between string1 and string2 if string1 ends with a "~". Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.12.0) (February 10, 2014)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* UBA DX : The format of the output cabrillo file didn't stick to the required specs. Tnx ON5GQ. <br />
* DARC 10 : Under some circumstances, the DOK field was cleared while it wasn't necessary. Tnx DJ4MZ.<br />
* Lua : The wtApp:CallScript function was always returning a nil value when used with two parameters. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* The log sync enables / disabled setting was not correctly saved between logs openings. Tnx DK9TN@ED6A.<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
* DARC 10 : The NM exchange (Non Member) is no more considered as a multiplier. Tnx DJ4MZ.<br />
* Radios : IC-7410 added. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
* Script Manager : Various UI enhancements and API bugfixes. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* Clear Log : The station type (RUN, MULT, etc.) setting is now preserved when this function is performed. Tnx DK9TN@TK4W.<br />
* Network : Time distribution : A warning now pops up when time sync frames are received, and the Windows user who started Win-Test hasn't enough privilege to modify the system clock. Tnx P40L, N6TV.<br />
* Lua : wtQso:GetData() returned table updated for the specific ARRL Sweepstakes contest. The QSO# received is in the "rstReceived" index, and the Precedence letter is in the "miscInfo2Received" index. Tnx N6TV. (Task #338).<br />
* Mult Window (Alt-M) : New "Hide never worked" option added. Pretty experimental for now, depending on the contest. Tnx CT1BOH.<br />
* Radio windows : The spot selected by a right click is now highlighted to prevent confusion. The highlight color calculation now also works for dark hues. Tnx AD1C@K0RF.<br />
* Stats window : In CQWW DX, the zones / overall display was clipped to the last hour when a new zone was worked.<br />
* Radio windows : Time / Spotter and Comments display options added in the list view. These settings are common to both views. Tnx CT1BOH.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.11.0) (October 20, 2013)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* CQWW RTTY : The check log tool for the number of allowed QSY per hour in M/S was broken. Tnx DL9YAJ @ DR5N.<br />
* Frequency offsets weren't always correctly processed, especially on the secondary radio. Tnx DL5AOJ.<br />
* Extra Data files : Depending on the newline character(s) and other various parameters, the displayed data could be incorrect. Tnx IK0HBN, N6TV.<br />
* When a log was entirely entered manually, the date of QSO wasn't correctly set when using the "<" or ">" keys to access and fill the time field. Tnx F5LEN.<br />
* Under some circumstances of startup order and various settings, a "20 days older or newer log" false alert might be triggered. Tnx F6BGC @ TM0HQ.<br />
* RDAC Contest : Exchanges for callsigns ending with /x (x = 0 to 9) are now searched in the database and the log. Tnx SP5KP. <br />
* AGCW HNY : The (optional) AGCW membership number entry field was emptied when it was not supposed to be ! Tnx DJ0ZY.<br />
* Displayed ODX inconstancy under some circumstances when a QSO was deleted. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
* RAEM : The coordinates entry field was emptied when it was not supposed to be ! Tnx DJ0ZY.<br />
* When using the GOTO function by entering a QSO number and Ctrl-G, the pattern analyser warning message (if any) is now cleared.<br />
* The modifications entered into the Freq Offsets dialog are now taken into account immediately. No need to reload the current log. Tnx YL2GD.<br />
* When using a K3, changing band by entering its wavelength was sometimes setting the wrong LSB/USB mode. Tnx M0VFC (Task #326)<br />
* Under some circumstances, a random character could be entered in the Info field in a DXPed log, when using the Up/Down arrows in this field.<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
* Networking : Sockets initializations updated to comply with the usage of Win-Test in a Linux / Wine environment. The wtCom.dll must be updated (v2.0.4 or better) as well for this usage if needed. Tnx AA6KJ.<br />
* ADIF <br />
** output : Addition of the CREATED_TIMESTAMP field in the header, and the CONTEST_ID field in every QSO record, when applicable.<br />
** Export : The ADIF country code is now added to the QSO record. Requires using the latest CTY_WT.DAT or CTY_WT_MOD.DAT country files (02 August 2013 or later). Tnx AD1C. <br />
* CQWW DX Contest<br />
** The overlay "Classic" category has been added in the contest configuration dialog. It only adds the appropriate line in the Cabrillo output file.<br />
** The overlay category Xtreme is added in the contest configuration dialog, and in the Cabrillo file output as well. Tnx KL1A.<br />
* WAE Contest<br />
** The special calculation for the creation of the offtime section in the Cabrillo file has been removed, being now obsolete. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
** Offtime threshold is now set to one hour. <br />
* Lua<br />
** wtQso:GetData() function added. Returns a table with fields of the current Qso. The current available keys are "time", "band", "mode", "freq", "callsign", "rstSent", "serialSent", "rstReceived", "exchReceived", "miscInfoReceived", "miscInfo2Received".<br />
** wtApp:GetLogFileName() and wtApp:GetIniFileName() functions added. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* UFT contest : Win-Test is now adapted to the new rules 2013. Tnx F6CEL.<br />
* YU DX contest : Totally rewritten because of the new rules 2013 (see http://yudx.yu1srs.org.rs/2013/rules.html). Tnx YU0W and F5IN.<br />
* SPDX Contest : The "12 band or mode changes per one clock hour" rule is now implemented. A simultaneous change of band *and* mode (Ex: 80m CW -> 40m SSB) counts as 2 changes. Tnx SQ2GXO.<br />
* New Tools / Data entry / Priority / Callsign option to ignore any freq or band changes when entering digits only in the callsign field. Tnx P40L, N6TV.<br />
* RAC Winter and Canada Day Contests : The 10-minute rule for the multi-single entrants is now implemented. Tnx VE3JM and N6TV.<br />
* Russian 160 meter : New rules implemented. http://www.radio.ru/cq/contest/rule-results/index2012.shtml. Tnx RZ3DX.<br />
* QR Code added in the registration dialog to help mobile phones users.<br />
<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.10.0) (October 23, 2012)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* YO DX Contest : The child and log windows are now compliant with the chosen mode category (CW, SSB or MIXED). Previously, the mixed mode only was assumed.<br />
* NAQP : The K8 mark for "zones window" (Alt-Z) was labeled K81 instead. Tnx NX5M.<br />
* Text and CSV files options dialogs : The Del key was acting as "Remove all" instead of "Remove". Reminder : Shift-Del acts now as "Remove all", Del acts as "Remove", Shift-Ins acts as "Add all" and Ins acts as "Add". Tnx TM0HQ.<br />
* In the logfile fixing process, the backuped file had a wrong file extension (it was always .wtb). Tnx TM0HQ.<br />
* Status wnd (Alt-J) : Not always correctly ordered when sorted by freq/name. Tnx TM0HQ. <br />
* CQ VHF and CQ 160 : ARRL Section added in the Cabrillo output file for US/VE entrants (Task #323). Tnx W9ZRX & N6TV.<br />
* FT1000(D) : The IF filter setting is retained per mode when grabbing a spot. Tnx DL6FBL @ DR1A.<br />
* Under some concurrency circumstances in a multi-op environment, Win-Test could crash when deleting or modifying spots in the Alt-A or the radio wnds (Task #318). Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
<br />
* ARRL Sweepstakes, ARRL FD and ARRL 160 meter contests : ARRL/RAC sections list updated to comply with the four new RAC administrative sections (ONN, ONS, ONE, GTA), replacing the split Ontario Section. (Task #321)<br />
<br />
* Auto CQ : New option in the appropriate dialog to halt the auto CQ with the Esc key only. Equivalent text commands are RPTESCONLY and NORPTESCONLY. Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
* ARI Sezioni: Cabrillo output compliant with rules 2012. Tnx I2WIJ.<br />
<br />
* ARI DX : Cabrillo output compliant with rules 2012. Tnx I2WIJ.<br />
<br />
* IOTA : New rules 2012 implemented :<br />
** For multi-op (island) stations, display of Band/Mode changes in the rate window (Alt-R).<br />
** Cabrillo file : QSO lines now include RUN or MULT identifiers.<br />
** The score for World to World QSOs is reduced from 3 points to 2 points.<br />
** Island Stations now receive 5 points for World Station QSOs.<br />
** Island Stations now receive also 5 points when working their own Island.<br />
<br />
* RDXC : Oblasts window (Alt-Z) updated following the new list 2012. Tnx HA1AG, SP5KP, F5IN.<br />
<br />
* Check partial (F12) and NP1 (F8) wnds : The [UNIQUE] word has now its own background and text colors to draw the attention of the operator. Tnx CT1BOH.<br />
<br />
* JIDX : Cabrillo file : QSO lines format updated to comply with the new format specifications for the multi-op category. (See task #317). Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.9.1) (October 27, 2011)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* Fix an issue with missing resources which might make WT to crash.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.9.0) (October 26, 2011)==<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* Problem in Spanish language file fixed. Tks N6TV.<br />
* The exceptions callsigns of the CTY*.DAT files were wrongly parsed when operated from another DXCC entity (ex. W6HGF/KH0). Tnx JE2UFF.<br />
* During a Cabrillo import, if the format of the QSO line wasn't correct, the error message was off one on the QSO number. Tnx W6IZT.<br />
* IARU HF contest : The mode entry was empty in the output Cabrillo file for multi-op categories. It is now set to mixed. Tnx F1HAR @ TM0HQ.<br />
* The Kenwood radio protocol was broken when sending CAT commands with frequencies above the 3420 MHz band. Tnx W8ZN.<br />
* Task #310 : IARU HF contest : For US/VE stations, the ARRL section is now required, instead of the state or the province. Tnx N6TV.<br />
* Entering your own callsign in the bandmap (Ctrl-Enter) was displaying a "spotted by..." alert. Tnx F5JSD @ TM0HQ. <br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
<br />
* When a new file is created, the usage of a network drive is checked and strongly discouraged to prevent log inconstancy. Tnx VK8DX @ 4W6A<br />
* WAEDC : Time shift can now be applied to the QTC. Tnx DL8RDL.<br />
* NCCC Sprint : New rule 2011 : 15m QSO are now permitted. (See task #312). Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.8.0) (June 26, 2011)==<br />
<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* Task #308 : JIDX : 160m QSO points counted 1 pt instead of 4. Tnx N6KI and N6TV.<br />
<br />
* Under some circumstances, DXped audio recordings were not correctly tagged, the file information dialog was incomplete, and the QSO playbacks failed. Tnx VE3EY @ TO3A.<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
<br />
* ADIF : PROGRAMID and PROGRAMVERSION fields added in the file header.Tnx IZ8MBW.<br />
<br />
* LPT Interface : 50 MHz, 144 MHz and 432 (440) MHz band data outputs added. Tnx W8ZN and N6TV.<br />
<br />
* Callsign check rules : The pathetic 9HOHSJ callsign is now added as an exception (like RAEM, JY1 and TX9). Tnx OH2OT, F5HRY.<br />
<br />
* PACC contest : New rule 2011 : QSO are now allowed in each mode for mixed categories. Tnx PA2A.<br />
<br />
* RSGB 160m contest : Single-mode CW-only restriction removed to comply with the new rules 2011. QSO and bonuses are now allowed for each mode. Tnx G3XSV. <br />
<br />
* NAQP : Cabrillo output : The DXCC prefix is now indicated instead of "DX" for North American stations outside of K/VE. Tnx WA7BNM.<br />
<br />
* DARC XMas contest : New rules 2010 : "NM" is allowed as a exchange from the German stations, but is no more credited as a mult. Tnx DJ3WE.<br />
<br />
* DX Spots window (Alt-A) : New option to enable/disable logging of the incoming spots in the .dxc file. It is enabled by default. Under some circumstances (slow antivirus inspection, slow HDD, etc.), saving every spot (especially when using the RBN) was making Win-Test less responsive. The op-entered spots are always saved to allow their restoration on log startup. Tnx HA1AG @ ED9M.<br />
<br />
* Packet window (Alt-O) : New option to enable/disable logging of the packet stream in the .pkt file. It is enabled by default. Under some circumstances (slow antivirus inspection, slow HDD, etc.), saving the packet data stream (especially when using the RBN) was making Win-Test less responsive. Tnx HA1AG @ ED9M.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.7.0) (December 2, 2010)==<br />
<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* Task #300 : WAEDC RTTY : The sent QTC group number was not taken into acount by the other connected machines, and therefore the QTC numbering was garbled in M/* environment. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
<br />
* Task #266 : WAEDC RTTY : No *New Mult* warning. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
<br />
* WAEDC : Number of QTC to send dialog : Even if some buttons were disabled, their associated "number keys" were still active.<br />
<br />
* WAEDC : Sending QTC dialog (Ctrl-L) : In "show" context, and if messages were sent under some circumstances, Win-Test could crash. Tnx IW1QN.<br />
<br />
* WAEDC : Under some circumstances, sent QTC were not always correctly saved.<br />
<br />
* WAEDC : When the number of QTC to be sent is 0 (no more QTC available), all "number keys" and Enter are now ignored in the appropriate dialog.<br />
<br />
* Task #298 : Spacebar key didn't always work properly in the ARRL Sweepstakes contest. Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
* Task #297 : Double-click on Check Multipliers window (F10) didn't work in ARRL Sweepstakes. Tnx N6TV <br />
<br />
* Under some circumstances, if data entered in the time field didn't follow the HH:MM or HHMM format, it could lead to a crash. Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
* WinKey : Speed bursts were not executed if located just before the $LOGGED variable. Tnx ES5TV.<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
* CW Autosend : Feature temporarily disabled when Alt-Space (grab from the RT partner slot), Alt-1..9 (grab from the partner stack) and Ctrl-1..9 (exchange with the partner stack) are used. Tnx ES5TV, N6TV.<br />
<br />
* ARRL 10m contest : New Mexican multipliers added. The name of the database (which is now different from the other ARRL contests) is now ARRL_10M.DTB. Several XE stations (around 300) have been added in the current file: http://download.win-test.com/databases/ARRL_10M.DTB<br />
<br />
* MouseWheel actions are now compatible with HiRes optical mouses like the Microsoft Wireless LASER Mouse 8000. Tnx W9ZRX, N6TV.<br />
<br />
* Bandmap properties : The minimum spot bandwidth is now 0 Hz (!). Tnx SM2WMV.<br />
<br />
* IC775 : Force narrow IF filters when grabbing callsigns in CW. Tnx YL2GD.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.6.1) (Released only for demo and DxPed versions)==<br />
<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* The default directory name for a "DX expedition (VHF and above)" log was wrong. Tnx DJ4MZ.<br />
<br />
* When a callsign was entered by a dbl-click in the N+1 or the partials wnd, and if this feature was set to automatic, the callsign check status wasn't updated. Tnx ES5TV.<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
* COPYLOGCLEAR text command added. Equivalent to the COPYLOG command immediately followed by a CLEARLOG command. Tnx CT1BOH.<br />
<br />
* QTC receive dlg : New variable $QTCROW introduced indicating the QTC line number where the cursor is located. Mainly used in RTTY for asking a resent of a specific line. The default F8 button message is now "AGN QTC $QTCROW?" in this mode. Tnx DK4WA.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.6.0) (October 24, 2010)==<br />
<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* Task #296 : Check mult window (F10) was not updated properly when using in ESM mode with S&P mode selected. Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
* Under some circumstances, the default filename of a contest log could contain invalid characters. Tnx G0ORH.<br />
<br />
* Second zones window : The labels display option was not restored.<br />
<br />
* When grabbing a callsign in the RTTY window, the realtime partner window field wasn't updated. Tnx ES5TV.<br />
<br />
* Task #290 : On restart, Win-Test didn't remember the last SO2R scenario that was selected. Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
* WAEDC : QTC receive dialog (Alt-L). Using the INSERT key in this dlg was crashing Win-Test.<br />
<br />
* Task #291 : RadioWnd : Ctrl-Up/Down weren't working properly in list mode. Tnx ES5TV.<br />
<br />
* Under some circonstances, Win-Test could crash when started with the CapsLock key engaged.<br />
<br />
* Advanced SO2R CW messages dialog : The Esc and Enter keys now work.<br />
<br />
* WAEDC : Clock wnd : QTC in stock was always displayed for M/S entrants regardless of their location (EU or DX).<br />
<br />
* WAEDC : Clock wnd : QTC in stock value was not immediately updated after a Q was received thru the network.<br />
<br />
* EZMaster, MK/MKII/... and OTRSP setup dialogs : The Esc and Enter keys were not correctly handled.<br />
<br />
* Transmit QTC window (Ctrl-L) : Under some circonstances, the context-oriented background colors were not correctly updated.<br />
<br />
* WAEDC : After receiving QTC, the potential QTC counts in the bandmaps were not always updated. Tnx DF9LJ. <br />
<br />
* WAEDC : Every time a Cabrillo file or a summary file was written, the QTC counts were increased. Tnx DF9LJ, DL6RAI, and several others.<br />
<br />
* KCJ : TG (Tochigi) and NR (Nara) multipliers were missing in the Alt-Z window. Tnx F5IN.<br />
<br />
* NAC 10 : Exchange sent are now 6-positions gridsquares. Tnx SM6FKF.<br />
<br />
* Task #284. Your own call incorrectly counted one HQ if such an exchange was entered. Tnx TM0HQ, N6TV. <br />
<br />
* DX cluster (Alt-A) and radio wnds : If the SP or the LP value of the spot was 0°, heading was not displayed. Tnx SM5AJV/SE5E.<br />
<br />
* Task #282: Under some circonstances the QSO number displayed in the report for possible bad exchanges was wrong. Tnx DF1DX.<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
* CAUTION: New network protocol version 1.25 released. Reminder: If you use WT in a networked environment, you must have the same WT version on all machines!<br />
<br />
* The wtArg (and wtArgument) variables are now local to the called script.<br />
<br />
* For phone contesting, scripts can be called from the Advanced SO2R scenarios with the #SCRIPT or #@SCRIPT notation.<br />
<br />
* Lua scripting: New input API:<br />
<br />
:* wtApp:InputUpperText(Prompt, Title, Default) If Title or Prompt is empty, a default text is used. Typed letters are automatically upper-cased while entering.<br />
<br />
* Lua scripting: New wtGab API introduced:<br />
<br />
:* wtGab:Send(strText[, strToStation]) sends a gab strText to strToStation. If strToStation is omitted, the text is sent to the whole network.<br />
<br />
* NCCC Sprint : New rules implemented. Tnx K9MMS, N6TV.<br />
<br />
* CQWW RTTY : In M/S category, the band changes counts are now displayed for the RUN and the MULT stations in the rate window (Alt-R). Tnx ES5TV.<br />
<br />
* Edition keys : To improve the compatibility with CT, Ctrl-B, Ctrl-D and Ctrl-F keys are now processed in the log fields. Tnx N5KO, N6TV.<br />
<br />
* WAEDC : QTC receive dialog (Alt-L) : New $FIELD variable introduced. This variable takes the value "GROUP", "TIME", "CL" or "NR", depending on the kind of QTC field where the insertion point is located.<br />
<br />
* New CW and RTTY options to work dupes or not. If dupes are worked, the $QSOB4 variable is ignored. The equivalent text commands are WORKDUPE/NOWORKDUPE or WORKDUPEON/WORKDUPEOFF. There is a different setting available per mode (CW or RTTY).<br />
<br />
* Task #205 : The $RxRy variables located in the end of a CW message, if any, are automatically appended to the content of the $QSOB4 message if played. Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
* The $QSOB4 variable can now include scripts calls.<br />
<br />
* The scripts calls in the CW or RTTY messages are now synchronous to the CW or the RTTY streams. To execute them asynchronously, they can be called with the #@ notation. Example :<br />
<br />
-- script.wts<br />
wtApp:AlertBox("Hello World!");<br />
<br />
and the CW/RTTY message content is :<br />
<br />
AAA #SCRIPT BBB<br />
<br />
The keyer sends AAA, then "waits" until the user hits the OK button in the "Hello World!" alert box to send BBB.<br />
<br />
If the CW/RTTY message content is:<br />
<br />
AAA #@SCRIPT BBB<br />
<br />
The keyer sends AAA and starts the script (and the alert box is open), *but* it continues to key the rest of the message ("BBB") without waiting the user intervention. This is the asynchronous mode.<br />
<br />
* Lua scripting : One new wtKeyer API introduced :<br />
<br />
:* wtKeyer:Insert(strMessage) : Works for the CW and RTTY keyers. When used in a synchroneous script, if gives the possibility to "fill-in" data into the CW/RTTY message. It is recommanded to use it only in the synchroneous mode (see above) to ensure data are inserted in the right place. WARNING : strMessage can only contain textual data (no variable or script call). It is *not* interpreted by the CW/RTTY parser (except the +/- speed bursts).<br />
<br />
* Lua scripting : New wtStatus API introduced :<br />
<br />
:* wtStatus:GetList() returns a table with names of the stations in the network.<br />
:* wtStatus:GetStatus(strStation) returns a table with fields of the status of a given station. Returns nil if this station doesn't exist. The table keys are "band" "mode" "currentRadio" "radio1Freq" "radio2Freq" "radio1IsManual" "radio2IsManual" "passFreq" "type" and "qsyStatusId".<br />
:* wtStatus:GetFreq(strBand[, strMode]) returns the "best" pass freq for a given band and mode. To determine this frequency, it uses the same algorithm as the $FREQnn variable.<br />
<br />
* Lua scripting : New wtOtrsp API introduced :<br />
:* wtOtrsp:GetDeviceName() returns the name of the OTRSP attached device.<br />
:* wtOtrsp:GetFirmwareVersion() returns the firmware version of the OTRSP attached device. NOTE : Some devices do not support this API, and return an empty string.<br />
:* wtOtrsp:Send(strCommand) sends a command string to the OTRSP attached device. The trailing <CR> character is optional, and is appended if needed.<br />
<br />
* Scripts manager dialog usability improved. Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
* OTRSP : If the OTRSP device has controls and if they can generate events, dedicated Lua scripts are called when events occur :<br />
:* otrspCrOn.wts and otrspCrOff.wts (not case-sensitive) are called when such a control has values 1 and 0 respectively. wtArg is set to the control number (0 to 9).<br />
:* otrspCrEvent.wts (not case-sensitive) is called for all states of the events. wtArg is set to (256 * cr) + state (cr = control number - 1 to 9, and state = value of the state when the event occured - 0 to 255).<br />
<br />
WARNING : If the PTT events are used, the control 0 is restricted to this usage, and doesn't fire the otrspCrOn/Off/Event.wts scripts. If the PTT events are not used, otrspCrEvent is not called when an event on this control occured. Only the otrspCrOn/Off scripts are executed.<br />
<br />
* microHAM devices : When an attached footswitch is used, two dedicated Lua scripts named microhamFsOn.wts and microhamFsOff.wts (not case-sensitive) are called. wtArg is set the radio number of the footswitch (0 for MK/MKII - 0 or 1 for MK2R/MK2R+/u2R depending<br />
on the footswitch that generated the event).<br />
<br />
* Elecraft K3 : To circumvent erratic loss of control when used with various other devices, CAT stacked commands are now sent in a delayed sequence. Tnx N6TV, N6XI, and others.<br />
<br />
* Lua Scripting : New wtMicroham API introduced :<br />
:* wtMicroham:GetDeviceId() returns the ID of the microHAM attached device. Check the Lua constants for interpretation.<br />
:* wtMicroham:GetFirmwareVersion() returns the firmware version string of the microHAM attached device.<br />
:* wtMicroham:Send(strCommand) sends a command string to the microHAM attached device . The trailing <CR> character is optional, and is appended if needed.<br />
Tnx ES5TV, N6TV, OM7ZZ.<br />
<br />
* Contest settings dialog: The contest combo box is now divided in sections.<br />
<br />
* Status Wnd (Alt-J) : Code rewritten to adapt the window columns to the contest in progress : The band is displayed if the current contest is multi-band. The mode is displayed if the current contest is multi-mode, and the type (R, M, etc.) is only displayed for Multi-Op HF contests. Also, when the CQWW M/S multiplier rule is used, new indicators are displayed in the QSY column.<br />
<br />
* Status Wnd (Alt-J) : Rewording of "QSY Freq" to "Pass Freq". Menu items adapted too.<br />
<br />
* Status Wnd (Alt-J) : When operating in SO1R/Multi-Op technique, the Radio 2 freq is automatically hidden, and the Radio 1 freq is now using the same color as the other items of the line.<br />
<br />
* RDA Contest : All DXCC entities are taken into account for multipliers, even the Russian ones. Tnx UA2FF and RX3RC.<br />
<br />
* COPYLOG text command added : Duplicate the current log file (.wt4) in the current log directory with a timestamp added in its name. Useful to quickly save the current log right after a contest warm-up, just before clearing it (CLEARLOG) and start the contest. Tnx DL6RAI for inspiration.<br />
<br />
* MP3 Contest Player : You can now select which channel(s) - Left, Right or Stereo - to listen to. When Left or Right is selected, this channel is sent to both outputs for a more pleasant listening. Useful to listen to true SO2R stereo recordings. The shortcuts (AltGr+C for Left / AltGr+V for Stereo / AltGr+B for Right) have been chosen for their location on the keyboard.<br />
<br />
* WAEDC : Received QTC window (Alt-L) : The contest recorder keys are now active also in this window.<br />
<br />
* RDA contest : ADIF export : The first two chars of received district (if applicable) are saved as STATE field and the district (reformatted as XX-dd) is saved as CNTY. Tnx UA2FF. <br />
<br />
* RDA contest : For Russian entrants, a QSO with a /P Russian station (assumed to be a C1 or C2 stations) is now credited with 10 pts. Note that using /P for C1 or C2 stations is *not* mandatory (Check the note 5.2 of the English rules). Tnx UA6AA.<br />
<br />
* WAEDC : Received QTC window (Alt-L) : The ESC key only works if no field have been edited (and closes the dialog). If a field has been edited, the ESC has no action (except interrupting CW etc.). Tnx F5VIH/SV3SJ.<br />
<br />
* WAEDC : Transmit and Receive QTC windows (Ctrl-L and Alt-L): Modified wordings for some buttons, and easier usability for users, especially when using Esc and Ctrl-L/Alt-L to close these windows. Tnx DL6RAI, DF9LF, G3TXF.<br />
<br />
* WAEDC : Transmit QTC window (Ctrl-L) : In CW or RTTY, if no QTC is sent, the Ctrl-L and Esc keys close the dialog with no confirmation asked. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
<br />
* WAEDC : Receive QTC window (Alt-L) : If no field is edited, the Alt-L and Esc keys close the dialog with no confirmation asked. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
<br />
* WAEDC : Receive QTC window (Alt-L) : To improve consistency with the log edition keys, a new key set is introduced :<br />
<br />
Alt-Arrows : Moving from one field to another (replace Ctrl-Arrows)<br />
Shift-Backspace: Delete all the characters left of the cursor<br />
Shift-Del: Delete all characters under and right of the cursor <br />
Ctrl-A: Like [Home]<br />
Ctrl-E: Like [End]<br />
Ctrl-W: Clear the current field<br />
Ctrl-K: Like [Shift-Del]<br />
Ctrl-Z: Undo field edition<br />
Ctrl-Left arrow: Like [Home]<br />
Ctrl-Right arrow: Like [End]<br />
<br />
Tnx F5VIH/SV3SJ<br />
<br />
* WAEDC : If the "Show additional information on QTC traffic" option is enabled, the callsign syntax check status messages are no more displayed, to free the message line for the QTC status. Only applies to the WAEDC. Tnx DJ0ZY.<br />
<br />
* LUA scripting : Two new global variables wtScript and wtCurrentScript introduced. wtScript contains the name of the top-most called script, with no extension, and wtCurrentScript contains the script name currently executed (no extension). For example :<br />
<br />
-- foo.wts<br />
wtApp:AlertBox(wtScript .. " / " .. wtCurrentScript);<br />
wtApp:CallScript("bar");<br />
return -1;<br />
--<br />
<br />
-- bar.wts<br />
wtApp:AlertBox(wtScript .. " / " .. wtCurrentScript);<br />
--<br />
<br />
When foo is executed, the first alert box will display "foo / foo" and the next one will display "foo / bar". Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
* Check country wnd (F10) : New option to display (or not) the sun charts. Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
* ESM embedded script : When using the SO2R advanced technique, the scenarios messages are used instead of the standard ones. Tnx SM2WMV, N6TV and F6IFY.<br />
<br />
* Remote commands dialog : Various different options for the notification are now allowed.<br />
<br />
* Script manager : Added the possibility to attach a text command to a script. You can even pass a argument with the SCRIPT/ARGUMENT syntax (ex : SCRIPT/5 will call script.wts and the wtArg value is set to the string "5" - Caution : The argument is *always* passed as a string when the script is called from a text command). If no argument is specified, the default argument defined in the script manager will be used (if any). Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
* IARU HF : Mult wnd (Alt-M) can now be copied as text (and pasted as text or directly in a spreadsheet program). Does not apply for the WRTC version that has a different multiplier rule.<br />
<br />
* IOTA : Even if IOTA.DAT is not installed, IOTA references that are syntaxically valid are now taken into account for points credits and are written in the Cabrillo file. Tnx SM3CER. <br />
<br />
* IOTA : Mult wnd (Alt-M) can now be copied as text (and pasted as text or directly in a spreadsheet program). Tnx G3TXF.<br />
<br />
* The check logs tools reports are now adapted to the mixed contests.<br />
<br />
* Enhanced replies to the inventory command (INV) with bridgehead and time masters indicators (B vs b and T vs t).<br />
<br />
* BRIDGEHEAD/NOBRIDGEHEAD text commands added.<br />
<br />
* IARU HF : "BA" added to the exception list of the cut numbers translation, despite this abbreviation is not listed as the official one of the E7HQ Society. Cf http://www.iaru.org/iaru-soc.html Tnx UA6AA and many others.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.5.2) (July 3, 2010)==<br />
<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
<br />
* Bugfix : Fixed a problem with registration in some versions.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.5.1) (June 27, 2010)==<br />
<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
<br />
* Bugfix : MP3 information files dialog could lead to a crash if no mp3 file were present in the current log directory.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix : ARI Sezioni - RTTY : Only valid 4 digits codes can be now grabbed from the RTTY wnd as an exchange. Tnx IK0CHU.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.5.0) (June 5, 2010)==<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
<br />
CAUTION: New network protocol version 1.24 released<br />
<br />
Reminder: If you use WT in a networked environment, you must have the same WT version on all machines!<br />
<br />
These network modifications only affect the use of Win-Test in a WAN environment, and requires wtTunnel 1.12 (to be released) to be effective.<br />
<br />
* Workaround: YCCC SO2R Box outputs were not working as expected. At this time, AUX1 and AUX3 are assigned to Radio1, and AUX2 and AUX4 to Radio2. This will be customizable in the future.<br />
<br />
* Added a Extraction Feature in Contest Recorder (right-click in the Contest Recorder Window, and chose the "Extract and Save QSO" menu).<br />
<br />
* Text commands : <tt>MP3SETUP</tt> and <tt>SCRIPTS</tt> commands added. Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
* Scripts manager dlg : The delete key now acts like clicking on the Delete button.<br />
<br />
* New microHam device "USB micro2R" supported. Tks OM7ZZ.<br />
<br />
* Radio Wnd and DX Cluster Wnd (Alt-A) : New leading indicator (#) introduced to tag spots coming from a CW Skimmer (aka the spotter callsign ends with "-#").<br />
<br />
* CW cut numbers translation : New option in Tools / Data entry to disable the automatic translation. Note that this translation is performed on a contest and worked station contextual basis. The equivalent text commands are <tt>CUTON</tt> and <tt>CUTOFF</tt>. Do not use <tt>CUT/NOCUT</tt> that are reserved for CW cut numbers generation ! Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
* EXPERIMENTAL : New "Always On Top" option in the Options / Windows menu. Can also be (re)set with text commands. Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* Bugfix : IC-7600 : Split was broken. Tnx N3MX, I2WIJ.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix : In M/* configuration, and under certain circumstances, the mp3 files list associated with a station in the MP3 file information dialog could be wrong.<br />
<br />
* ARRL DX : CW cut numbers are translated for DXCC stations worked from the US/VE side.<br />
<br />
* MP3 setup : Only the CBR codecs are now displayed in the setup dialogs. The usage of the ABR codecs (most of the LAME ACM ones) is too erratic to be trusted in. Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix : REF HF : Cut numbers were translated for TK stations (2A). Tnx F5CQ.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix : Additional CW messages (Alt-C) : When no log is opened, the function keys are now disabled.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix : Recorder wnd : Under certain circumstances, the buttons tooltips were not always displayed.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix : HA DX contest : When working contest from the HA side, cut numbers where always translated, whereas it had to be so for non-HA callsigns only. Tnx HA3LN.<br />
<br />
* Contest Recorder: the "rotate file" option were disabling the AutoStart one. Fixed. Thanks IK2JUB.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.4.0) (January 17, 2010)==<br />
<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* Bugfix (#255): K1EL WinKey USB CW timing becomes very poor (Farnsworth style) when PTT delay is default 50 ms. This was caused by too low hardcoded value (80ms) of the PTT Tail delay. This delay is now configurable in the Winkey Properties Dialog Box. Tks F5JSD, SM5AJV, KL7RA and N6TV.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix (#253): Input Wave Device was not properly selected in the Contest Recorder Module. Tks N6TV, NR5M.<br />
<br />
* MP3 files information dialog : Under certain circumstances, the displayed stop time and duration of the selected file were wrong. Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix (#271) : Packet window (Alt-T) was losing focus when the gab window was automatically closed. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix (#272) : Under certain circumstances, pattern checking flags were not updated if an entered callsign was modified. Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
<br />
* DARC 10 : Leading zeros addition for serial received was broken. Tnx DK1AX.<br />
* Bugfix : MP3 files recorded in 2009 couldn't be listened to anymore in Win-Test in 2010 ;-) ! Tnx DL6RAI.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix : Stew Perry : Under certain circumstances, an overflow error could happen in distance calculations for Q inside the same GridSquare as the entrant. Tnx VE3TA.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix (Task #270) : ARRL 10 : When running the contest from the DX side, the serial sent was not editable. Tnx CX6VM.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix : RTTY wnds : Left-click to activate (and right-click to open the contextual menu) in the text area were broken. Also, the possibility to Ctrl-Drag these windows has been added.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix : ARI 40/80 contest in RTTY : The provinces can now be grabbed in the RTTY wnd. Also fixed for the ARI International Contest. Tnx IK0CHU.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix : The Inventory and Score broadcast network frames could have bad data. Tnx SV3SJ/F5VIH.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix : After opening a non-empty log, the first PgUp press was not updating the child windows.<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
<br />
* Added some new features of the WK2 (WKUSB) for the PTT Tail. Tks F5JSD, K1EL.<br />
<br />
* OmniRig supported as an alternative to the WT build-in Radio Control. Right-click on the Radio Window then choose "OmniRig Settings" in order to properly configure OmniRig for your Radio.<br />
<br />
* IC-703 rig added.<br />
<br />
* First attempt in OTRSP (Open Two Radio Switching Protocol) protocol support. Tested with the YCCC SO2R Box but not in real conditions. Tks K1XM.<br />
<br />
* Log output : Progress bar implemented. Tnx TF3CW.<br />
<br />
* Edit / Move in my log menu item has now text commands equivalents: <tt>MOVEINMYLOG</tt> (or <tt>SCROLLMYLOG</tt>) and <tt>NOMOVEINMYLOG</tt> (or <tt>NOSCROLLMYLOG</tt>). Tnx 5B4WN.<br />
<br />
* Rate wnd (Alt-R) : Two methods are now available to display the elapsed time since the last band changes. Tnx F1NGP and TK5EP.<br />
<br />
* MRU (Most Recently Used) file list added in the File menu.<br />
<br />
* IC-7600 rig added.<br />
<br />
* ICOM rigs : Radio list rearranged alphabetically in the Interface Setup dialog.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix : RTTY wnds : The invert function was also inverting the character next to the selection.<br />
<br />
* RTTY wnds : Mirror zone enlarged to allow 4-figures serials.<br />
<br />
* RTTY wnds : Callsigns found in the database or in the log are now displayed in bold.<br />
<br />
* RTTY wnds : Colors management added.<br />
<br />
* Grid Squares wnd : It can now be enlarged to the entire world. Tnx F8BBL.<br />
<br />
* Grid Squares wnd : New options in the contextual menu to display fields only, and to center the map on a specific point more easily (it requires the map is NOT centered on the Home QTH in the properties dialog).<br />
<br />
* Grid Squares wnd : The resolution (low or high) chosen in the properties dialog wasn't properly saved.<br />
<br />
* CQWW WPX Contests (Task #269) : Various updates to comply with the new rules introduced in 2010. Tnx K5ZD, W0YK.<br />
<br />
* ARRL Contests : Default Off-time period set to 30 mins. Tnx CX6VM and DL6RAI.<br />
<br />
* New "-n" or "--noautoload" switch allowed in the command line to disable the autoload log feature. Tnx N6TV (The only Win-Test user who runs it from the command line ;-) ).<br />
<br />
* Startup time reduced.<br />
<br />
* CSV and Text exports : HF logs can now export distance and heading. CAUTION : To ensure consistency with the VHF logs exports (and many geographical processing softwares or online apps), the longitude is now positive for East, and negative for West.<br />
<br />
* Tools / Check log / Callsigns syntax check added. Uses the pattern callsigns rules file (callsign.pat).<br />
<br />
* LUA : wtArg can now be used to get the optional argument set in the Script Manager or in a #SCRIPT(argument) call. To ensure compatibility, wtArgument remains usable.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix : Under some circonstances, some key assignments to scripts were not working properly. Tnx DJ0ZY.<br />
<br />
* Script key assignment dialog : If no key is assigned, the argument field is now automatically cleared and disabled.<br />
<br />
* Lua : New API to get the type and the manufactuer of the radios: wtRadio*:GetTypeId() and wtRadio*:GetManufacturerId(). Reminder : wtRadio* applies to wtRadio, wtRadioInactive, wtRadioPrimary, wtRadioSecondary, wtRadio1 or wtRadio2. New Lua WT constants are introduced for this purpose. A new directory on our download repository has been created to gather the API and the constants lists : http://download.win-test.com/v4/lua/<br />
<br />
* REF 160 : As non-domestic stations can send non-numeric exchanges the CW cut numbers translation is now disabled. Tnx F5IN.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.3.0) (November 23, 2009)==<br />
<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* Bugfix: playing back MP3s recorded on different stations was broken. Tks FY5KE.<br />
<br />
* Contest Recorder (#253): USB Voice Codec was not detected due to a trailing space in the Codec Name. Fixed. Tks N6TV.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix (#182): Wrong QSX Frequency in Self-generated Spots. Tks K1GQ.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix (#262): CQ Repeat doesn't stop for Secondary Radio. Tks DJ0ZY.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix (#259): Pressing Alt-1 in Secondary Radio window moves QSO to wrong band. Alt-1/2/3/... are now active only with the Primary radio and when the Partner Wnd is open. Tks N6TV.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix (#251): NA Sprint - LOCATION record not written to Cabrillo file header. Done also for IARU HF, NAQP and NCCC Sprints. Tks N6TV.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix (#243): WPX contest now requires LOCATION in Cabrillo. Done also for CQWW even if it doesn't seem required yet. Tks N6TV.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix : Ukranian DX contest and RDXC : Cut numbers were translated even for Oblasts. Tnx F5IN and RK1AA.<br />
<br />
* UFT HF : Under some circonstances, the received report was not correctly translated with cut numbers. Tnx F5IN.<br />
<br />
* CQWW M/S : The 10-minute mult timer in the status window (Alt-J) was broken. Tnx FY5KE. <br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
<br />
* Italian translation added. Tks IV3IYH!<br />
<br />
* Search for Possible Bad Exchanges against bad formated serial number implemented. Tks N6TV.<br />
<br />
* Added some basic checks for ARRL SS in the "Search for Possible Bad Exchanges" tool. Tks N6TV.<br />
<br />
* The '<' and '>' keys are now interpreted by the Secondary Radio Window as well, as far as the SHIFT key is not used for binding to the Secondary Radio Window (task #216). Tks N6TV.<br />
<br />
* WAE : When using the keyboard mode in the QTC transmitting and receiving dialogs, the Enter key was mis-interpreted. And now, in CW, the "what you type" field is also updated. Tnx DL6RAI and DJ4MZ.<br />
<br />
* Lua : New API to play the additional CW/RTTY messages (Alt-C set)<br />
<br />
wtKeyer:PlayAdditionalMsg(AdditionalMsgIndex)<br />
<br />
AdditionalMsgIndex is the index of the Alt-C messages set (1 to 12). Others are ignored. This API is useful when these messages contains variables. If not, you can still use wtKeyer:Play("$MSGx").<br />
<br />
* Lua: New API introduced to get various interesting directories paths:<br />
<br />
wtApp:GetLogPath() Current log directory path<br />
wtApp:GetAppPath() Win-Test installation directory path<br />
wtApp:GetCfgPath() \cfg directory path<br />
wtApp:GetCtyPath() \countryFiles directory path<br />
wtApp:GetDatabasePath() \databases directory path<br />
wtApp:GetOpPath() \ops directory path<br />
wtApp:GetScriptPath() \scripts directory path<br />
wtApp:GetExtraPath() \extras directory path<br />
<br />
* WAE : Transmit and Receive QTC windows : Scripts are now allowed in the predefined CW/RTTY messages (use the #SCRIPT notation as usual). Tnx DL6RAI. <br />
<br />
* Ukranian DX contest : Rules 2009 now accept single mode entries for DX : Cabrillo file output updated. Tnx F5IN.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.2.0) (October 21, 2009)==<br />
<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* Bugfix: Conversion of binary file containing QTC from v3 to v4. Tks DJ4MZ.<br />
<br />
* Better support of Win7 and Wine/Linux.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix (#258): Failure of swap radio key to switch rx focus for the MK2R+ as long as one not manually changed the rx focus to stereo or transmitted anything in CW. Tks GW3NJW, OH1JT, OM7ZZ, W4TV.<br />
<br />
* Cosmetic: avoid rx focus leds flickering when switching tx focus. Tks OM7ZZ.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix (#187): Ctrl-Shift-Tab doesn't appear to toggle RUN / S&P in Secondary radio window. Tks N6TV, GW3NJW.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix : K3 serial port default setup modified : The number of stop bits was wrong - It is now set to one stop bit, according to the K3 users manual. Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
* ON Winter and Spring contests : Sections list updated. Tnx F5IN and ON5GQ.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix (#257) : CQWW DX RTTY : Cabrillo template modified to match the specs. Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix : CQWW DX RTTY : Allowed band changes modified to 8 in MS and M2 categories (rules 2009). Tnx F5JY.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix (#164): TI5/NP3D is now parsed as TI. Tnx JE2UFF/W2UFF.<br />
<br />
* CTY files : 4U30VIC now considered as 4U1V in an appropriate way. Tnx DL6LAU.<br />
<br />
* Bugfix : After reloading a WAE log, the QTC count in the Summary window was wrong. Tnx DK1AX.<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
<br />
* Scripting: wtQso:GetModeId() and wtKeyer:GrabHighlightedCallsign() function added. Note that wtKeyer:GrabHighlightedCallsign() works only in RTTY, and relies on the INSERT key option set in the RTTY setup dialog.<br />
<br />
* New option in the Clock wnd to "wizz" this window a la MSN at rounded hours, to draw attention of the op (useful in multi-op configurations).<br />
<br />
* New feature in Tools / Scripts manager... : Allows to edit, create, delete or rename scripts. It's also used to assign a key and/or an argument to a script (its value will be available in the wtArgument global variable).<br />
<br />
* Scripts called by an assigned key can return +1 to be called again *after* the WT key processing ooccured. A new API wtApp:IsPostKeyProcess() is introduced to distinguish the "pre"- process from the "post"-process.<br />
<br />
Example:<br />
<br />
RunSPSwitch.wts (assigned to Ctrl-Tab) :<br />
<br />
if (wtApp:IsPostKeyProcess()) then<br />
if (wtQso:IsOperatingModeRun()) then<br />
wtApp:SetWindowColor(-1, 0, 165, 165);<br />
else<br />
wtApp:SetWindowColor(-1, 128,128,128);<br />
end;<br />
else<br />
return 1; -- Triggers a post key process call<br />
end;<br />
<br />
Note : This feature works only for users scripts called with an assigned key (and *not* with embedded overriden scripts).<br />
<br />
* Scripts can now be called from a CW or a RTTY message. You must use the #SCRIPTNAME(ARGUMENT) notation. The argument (and parenthesis) are optional. The script will be called synchroneously, but is executed in the main thread, meaning that it is not blocking the CW/RTTY stream.<br />
<br />
* New feature in Options / Script Editor configuration : Allows to use any external text editor to edit scripts. The default text editor is a custom package of SciTE (Scintilla Text Editor - free and open source) available on our repository<br />
<br />
http://download.win-test.com/utils/SciTE_for_Win-Test.zip<br />
<br />
Unzip the package and move the entire SciTE folder in the Win-Test installation directory.<br />
<br />
* YO DX Contest : Rules 2009 : In mixed mode, a station can be worked in both modes. Tnx N2YO.<br />
<br />
* Tools / Check log for possible bad exchanges : When the contest do not use serial numbers, use the QSO index in the report remarks. Tnx F1HAR @ TM0HQ.<br />
<br />
* Keys redefinitions : The Pause and Scroll-Lock keys can now be used. Be warned that Ctrl-Scroll-Lock and Ctrl-Pause (that are considered as "identical" by the system) are used by Windows to cancel dialogs. Thus, it is advisable to not use them for key redefinition.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.1.0) (August 8, 2009)==<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
<br />
* IOTA contest: "Search for possible bad exchanges" (tools menu) implemented.<br />
<br />
* Rotator Azimuth orders are now based on the locator instead of the DXCC on 50 MHz and above. On 50 MHz and 70 MHz, if the locator field is empty in the log, then the azimuth is computed against the DXCC prefix.<br />
<br />
* New text commands RUNSP/NORUNSP and RUNSPON/RUNSPOFF to enable or not the RUN/S&P switching. Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
* New contest files : You can now customize the file name and sub dir formats. See Options / Log / New contest files properties... Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
* IOTA contest : Default IOTA reference is now guessed, according to the new CTY_IOTA.DAT file (must be in the countryFiles directory). This file is based on DXCC countries, callsign prefixes, call areas and oblasts.<br />
<br />
* IOTA contest : Check mult wnd (F10) : IOTA references are now autocompleted for check during QSO entry.<br />
<br />
* New File menu items to explore more easily several WT-related directories. Tnx F5VIH/SV3SJ and N6TV.<br />
<br />
* DX Window (Alt-A) : Spot can be now passed to the secondary radio or the non-active radio. Tnx DL8WAA.<br />
<br />
* M2/Orion rotators added in wtRotators. Tks IK0HBN.<br />
<br />
* The RRTC Cabrillo files are now following the version 3 specs. And the contest name is modified as "OZCHR". Tnx F5VIH/SV3SJ.<br />
<br />
* CW and RTTY msgs enlarged to 120 characters.<br />
<br />
* Extra information files : Multiple spaces or tabs can now separate the callsign from the data. Tnx G0ORH.<br />
<br />
* New File dialog : Ensures the validity of the entered file name. Tnx DJ7MGQ.<br />
<br />
* ESM : S&P : When the entered callsign is a dupe, WT now blocks call. To override this behaviour, use F4 to call and F2 to send exchange (by default). Tnx GW3NJW.<br />
<br />
* VHF+ contests : Mode is now displayed in the main log wnd if the contest has been set to handle several modes (Mixed or All modes). Tnx DK2ZF and DL5NAH.<br />
<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
* The displayed azimuth in the Rotator Window could be wrong in the "Stacks" and "Rotors" tabs.<br />
<br />
* EUHF : Statistics window (Ctrl-F9) limited to one day. Tnx F5VIH/SV3SJ.<br />
<br />
* IOTA contest : When an invalid IOTA was entered, clearing the field afterwards wasn't clearing the '?' flag.<br />
<br />
* Contest Recorder:<br />
** Infinite loop in MP3 file rotations. Tks DD5FZ.<br />
** Memory Leak using LAME encoder.<br />
** MP3 Codec enumeration in the player. WT was not always detecting the appropriate Codec.<br />
** Playback with Windows VISTA. Note that the LAME Codec is an Encoder Codec only.<br />
<br />
* When radios were swapped (*), the ESM QSO status was somewhat messy.<br />
<br />
* For some contests, the letters for cut numbers were inappropriately translated.<br />
<br />
* After a WT v3 file conversion, the main window caption was not updated.<br />
<br />
* MP3 files information : The file date was off by one month. Tnx F5VIH/SV3SJ.<br />
<br />
* Cabrillo Import : The station name for all worked QSO was CABRILLO. Now, it uses the name entered in the Contest Settings dialog. Tnx F5VIH/SV3SJ.<br />
<br />
* Callsign text color wasn't reset after F11 or empty callsign if the callsign check wasn't automatic. Tnx DJ0ZY.<br />
<br />
* Delete QSO : Several structures inconstancies fixed when a Q was deleted in the middle of the log.<br />
<br />
* In REG1TEST exports (European Standard File for V/UHF Contests), QSO logged in mode different than CW or SSB was not well formatted. Tks DL5NAH.<br />
<br />
* Options / Log / Colors... menu was broken. Tnx F5LIW.<br />
<br />
* Check Country wnd (F10) : Sun status bars now display "NO DATA" when SS and SR are not computed (JW, JX etc.). Tnx DJ0ZY.<br />
<br />
* (Task #245) Network advanced settings : The Bridgehead setting was not saved. Tnx KL7RA and N6TV.<br />
<br />
* Opening a .wtb file in the command line, by drag'n'drop or a double-click on it was starting an infinite loop. Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.0.1) (June 30, 2009)==<br />
<br />
===Bugfixes===<br />
<br />
* Options / Toolbar setting was ignored on startup. Tnx N6TV.<br />
<br />
* ESM was broken. Tnx F1HAR.<br />
<br />
* Registration Key was broken.<br />
<br />
==Release information (4.0.0) (June 26, 2009)==<br />
<br />
First release of Win-Test version 4<br />
<br />
Minimum requirements : WinXP (2k not tested but may mork - feedbacks<br />
welcome). PIII 500 MHz - 64 MB RAM - 800 x 600 screen res.<br />
<br />
===New Features===<br />
<br />
Summary of the new features:<br />
<br />
* Rotators Controls<br />
<br />
* Integrated MP3 contest recorder and player: Use the Options / MP3 configuration to set the audo device that will record and play the file, the various sampling and bit rate settings. You can also set a maximum filesize. Over this limit, additional files will be automatically created. To start recording click on the record button of the window (a blinking red square will be displayed in the clock window too). Once the contest is over, click on the record button again to stop recording. Now, you can browse your log with usual arrow keys and to listen to a specific Q but clicking the Play button or use the <code>AltGr-Enter</code> combination (some keyboard do not have an <code>AltGr</code> key, so use <code>Ctrl+Alt</code> instead). You can also go back and forward with the adapted buttons or use AltGr-Left and Right. To pause/play, you can use the <code>AltGr-Space</code> combination.<br />
<br />
* ESM (Enter Sends Message): Enabled/Disabled by the Tools/Data entry/ESM Enabled menu. You can also use the ESM/NOESM or ESMON/ESMOFF text commmands. It relies on the following messages assignation : <br />
F1 : CQ<br />
F2 : Sent report<br />
F4 : Mycall<br />
F5 : Logged callsign ($LOGGED)<br />
F7 : ? (or "Again ?" in phone)<br />
INSERT : Callsign + sent report<br />
PLUS : TU + enter Q<br />
When the ESM is enabled, as the return key *can't* be used anymore to log silently a QSO, the key combination Ctrl+Plus has been introduced and added for this purpose.<br />
<br />
* Variable speed for the integrated voice keyer : An exclusive Win-Test feature! You can play your voice files at a different speed (between -20% and +70%) from the original recording speed. Record your voice files at normal speed, and use Alt-F9/F10 (as in CW mode) to play them at a different speed. The speed in displayed at the bottom of the (Rate) Alt-R window.<br />
<br />
* On the fly callsign pattern check based on the K1TTT callsign.pat file (over 400 rules applied today). Use the Tools / Data entry / Callsign check menu option. You are encouraged to report the author any mistakes or improvements of this file (k1ttt@arrl.net). The file is located in the cfg directory (see below).<br />
<br />
* Improved F10 window with graphical indication of the sun status on both sides of the QSO.<br />
<br />
* Keyboard mode (Alt-K) enhanced. The backspace is not supported yet and replaced by "E E " like you do when you use a regular key.<br />
<br />
* Data (.wt4) and notes (.not) files can be transferred thru the WT network without needing any file or directory sharing. Very convenient to gather all logs in a multi-stations environment once the contest is over. Use the Tools / Download thru the network... menu. <br />
<br />
* Enhanced compatibility with Vista and Seven (Auxiliary and ini files are now stored in directories these OS accept with no additional rights:<br />
<br />
Windows XP : Documents and Settings\All users\Application Data\Win-Test\<br />
Windows Vista : ProgramData\Win-Test\<br />
<br />
Note that these directories may be hidden by Windows Explorer. Check the Folders Options of Windows Explorer.<br />
<br />
Several sub-directories are created and used by Win-Test. Their names are self-explanatory.</div>Dl6raihttps://docs.win-test.com/w/index.php?title=File:WorldMapWithRBNSpotsContextMenu.png&diff=5008File:WorldMapWithRBNSpotsContextMenu.png2023-04-09T15:44:39Z<p>Dl6rai: </p>
<hr />
<div></div>Dl6raihttps://docs.win-test.com/w/index.php?title=Menu:Windows&diff=5007Menu:Windows2023-04-09T15:44:13Z<p>Dl6rai: /* World Map */</p>
<hr />
<div><big><big>Menu:Windows</big></big><br />
<!-- Adopted to Stylesheet DL6RAI --><br />
<br />
Most of the windows have a context or "pop-up" menu which can be opened by right-clicking on the window.<br />
<br />
All windows can be moved by "dragging" the title bar with the mouse pointer. Simply hold down the left mouse button while the cursor is over the title bar, and drag the window with the mouse. Another option is to hold down the '''<tt>Ctrl</tt>''' key and the left mouse button while the mouse pointer is positioned anywhere within a window (except for the RTTY reception windows), then drag.<br />
<br />
{{wbox|Tip|Hold down the '''<tt>Shift</tt>''' key while dragging or resizing a window to "snap" it into position, right next to the edge of an adjacent window.}}<br />
<br />
==Log Entry (Main window)==<br />
[[Image:LogEntryWindow.PNG|frame|center|The Win-Test main logging window.]]<br />
<br />
Use the Win-Test main window or "Log Entry" window to enter all QSOs made on the primary radio. The window displays the last nine QSOs in the log, plus a tenth line for entering the next QSO. The title bar displays the current log file name, the station name entered in the [[New_Log#Step_2:_Setup_your_log|Contest Configuration window]] (e.g. "[Shack]"), and the current operator's callsign (for multi-ops that use the '''<tt>OPON</tt>''' or '''<tt>LOGIN</tt>''' [[Text_commands#Multi_Operating|text commands]]). By default, the Win-Test main window serves as a background for all other windows, but you may also choose to have every window "float" independently (see [[Menu:Options#Windows]]). <br />
<br />
When you close the log entry window, Win-Test terminates.<br />
<br />
Any QSO may be edited simply by typing over anything that needs correction. Use the '''<tt>[Up arrow]</tt>''' and '''<tt>[Down arrow]</tt>''' keys to edit previous QSOs. To restore the original QSO data, press '''<tt>Ctrl-Z</tt>''' before moving the cursor from that line. You can also delete a QSO (if single-op), though it is usually better to just enter a duplicate QSO -- see [[Menu:Edit#Delete_QSO]] for more information.<br />
<br />
When the cursor is positioned in the callsign field, data is entered in "insert mode", that is, typing does not replace characters, it only inserts them. In all other fields, data is entered in "overtype mode". See [[FAQ:User_Interface#Can_I_use_.22Insert_Mode.22_in_a_serial_number_or_exchange_field.3F|this entry in the FAQ]] for the rationale.<br />
<br />
The '''<tt>[Spacebar]</tt>''' key is used to quickly move the cursor back and forth between the callsign field and the received exchange field, skipping over the RST columns.<br />
<br />
{{wbox|Tip|Enter a "?" character in the middle of a callsign or exchange as a placeholder for missing information, e.g. <code>F?MZN</code>. Then when you press '''<tt>[Spacebar]</tt>''', the cursor will jump directly to the "?" character, and you can overtype it with the missing data (even in the callsign field).}}<br />
<br />
The '''<tt>[Backspace]</tt>''', '''<tt>[Del]</tt>''', '''<tt>[Left arrow]</tt>''', '''<tt>[Right arrow]</tt>''', '''<tt>[Home]</tt>''', '''<tt>[End]</tt>''', '''<tt>[Ctrl][Left arrow]</tt>''' and '''<tt>[Ctrl][Right arrow]</tt>'''keys operate conventionally, within a single field; they do not move the cursor outside of the current field. <br />
<br />
The '''<tt>[Tab]</tt>''' key may be used to position the cursor under the RST sent column as well as callsign and exchange. The '''<tt>[>]</tt>''' and '''<tt>[<]</tt>''' keys work similarly, but they also allow you to move the cursor to the QSO time field for direct editing. You can also change the time, date, frequency, serial number sent and other fields of a QSO by positioning the cursor on any line and pressing '''<tt>[Alt-F]</tt>''' to display the [[Menu:Edit|Edit QSO pop-up menu]].<br />
<br />
You may scroll back through the entire log by pressing the '''<tt>[PageUp]</tt>''' and '''<tt>[PageDown]</tt>''' keys.<br />
<br />
{{wbox|Tip|Press '''<tt>Ctrl-[PageUp]</tt>''' to scroll back in the log by 24 hours.}}<br />
<br />
Enter a '''QSO number''' on the last line and press '''<tt>[Ctrl-g]</tt>''' to "Go to" that QSO number in the log. Press '''<tt>[Ctrl-g] [Enter]</tt>''' to return to the bottom of the log.<br />
<br />
Enter a callsign, prefix or '''beam heading''' (0 to 360°) on the last line and press '''<tt>[Ctrl]+[F12]</tt>''' to rotate to that heading. Press '''<tt>[Alt]+[F12]</tt>''' for long (or "alternate") path. For more information, see [[Rotators#Testing_the_configuration|Rotators]].<br />
<br />
Many other keys may be used in this window to assist with rapid data entry. For example, '''<tt>[F11]</tt>''' clears the entire QSO, whereas '''<tt>Ctrl-W</tt>''' clears only the current field. See [[Keys#Editing_and_moving_around_the_QSO_entry_line|Keys - Editing and moving around the QSO entry line]].<br />
<br />
The font size, background color, and header line attributes of this window may be adjusted by right clicking and selecting the '''Log''' option (see [[Menu:Options#Log]]). The yellow header text can be centered, left-justified, or completely hidden.<br />
<br />
[[Image:LogFontSize.PNG|frame|center|Changing the log font size of the log window.]]<br />
<br />
The columns vary from contest to contest. In the CQ World-Wide example above,<br />
<br />
* '''QSO''' - raw QSO number. Can be hidden using [[Menu:Options#Hide_QSO_numbers|Hide QSO numbers]] (recommended for Multi-Multi contests with a sent serial number)<br />
* '''Bd''' - band. Can be changed with '''<tt>[Alt-F1]</tt>''', '''<tt>[Alt-F2]</tt>''', or '''<tt>[Alt-F]</tt>'''<br />
* '''Time''' - QSO time (UTC). Can be changed by moving the cursor with the '''<tt>[<]</tt>''' key, or '''<tt>[Alt-F]</tt>'''<br />
* '''Callsign''' - Callsign of station worked.<br />
{{wbox|Tip|Enter Win-Test [[Text_commands#List_of_Text_Commands|text commands]] (menu shortcuts) in the callsign field.}}<br />
* '''Sen/Rcvd''' - Sent and received exchanges<br />
* '''Mult''' - multipliers and other information:<br />
** '''C''' - Country multiplier<br />
** '''Z''' - Zone multiplier<br />
** '''DUPE''' - Duplicate contact<br />
** '''????''' - Multiplier in received exchange field not recognized (e.g. unrecognized state or section abbreviation, zone number out of range)<br />
** '''////''' - Unrecognized country prefix<br />
** '''!!!!''' - Multiplier violation (non-mult worked by a Mult station in a Multi-single, band change violation, etc.)<br />
** <i>other</i> - Prefix, country, state, grid, etc. multiplier<br />
* '''Pt''' - QSO points<br />
* '''Stn''' - Station identifier (can be changed by pressing '''<tt>Alt-Y</tt>''' - see [[Keys#Multi_Operator]])<br />
**'''R1/R2''' - Run 1 or Run 2 (multi-two), or Radio 1 / Radio 2 (SO2R).<br />
**'''R/M''' - Run or Mult (Multi-single)<br />
**'''+''' (suffix) - Indicates QSO data entered by a support or [[Menu:Windows#Partner|partner station]]<br />
<br />
Finally, a red information line at the bottom of the window displays additional information, such as<br />
* '''* New zone *'''<br />
* '''* New country *'''<br />
* '''* Dupe with #1963 at 23:59Z 2008-11-30 (25) * '''<br />
* '''* Spotted by F5MZN * '''<br />
* Brief one-line packet cluster announcements of new multipliers<br />
<br />
==Worked Gridsquares==<br />
<code>Windows | Worked Gridsquares</code> or '''<tt>Alt-L</tt>'''<br />
<br><br />
Opens (or closes) the gridsquares window. The gridsquares worked are in grey, the red spots are the stations worked and the green spots are the stations spotted. The current gridsquare is displayed in red color to give an indication of direction. This works even with only four of the six characters entered.<br />
<br />
[[Image:WindowsGridSquareMap1.gif|center|frame|Gridsquares Map]]<br />
<br />
If the [[Menu:Windows#DX-Cluster_Announcements|DX-Cluster Announcements]] window is opened and the gridsquare of a spot is known, passing the mouse over this spot will blink its location in this window.<br />
<br />
Right click on the map to display the pop-up window:<br />
<br />
[[Image:GridSquareMapPopUp.PNG|center|frame|Gridsquare map pop-up window displayed by right-clicking on the map]]<br />
<br />
* '''Copy the map''' copies the image to the Windows clipboard<br />
* '''Actualize Information''' controls when the map will be updated:<br />
** Pressing the spacebar <br />
** Automatically<br />
* '''Colorize worked gridsquares''' marks worked grid squares in gray<br />
* '''Show QSO''' marks QSOs with a red dot<br />
* '''Display the spots''' marks spotted stations with a green dot<br />
* '''Show gridsquares''' draws the squares and the grid square lines<br />
* '''Show fields only''' turns grid square outlines off<br />
* '''Show caption''' displays the major grid square names (first two letters)<br />
* '''Center map here''' lets you move the center of the map interactively. <br />
<br />
{{wbox|Note|This option is available only if you have '''not''' selected "Always center on the operating QTH" in the Properties dialog (see below).}}<br />
<br />
* '''Properties...''' allows you to modify several display parameters:<br />
<br />
[[Image:GridSquareMapProperties.PNG|center|frame|Gridsquares Map Properties]]<br />
<br />
The larger the scale, the bigger the map.<br />
<br />
==Worked Zones==<br />
<code>Windows | Worked Zones</code> or '''<tt>Alt-Z</tt>'''<br />
<br><br />
Opens (or closes) the worked zones window. The title of this menu item will fit to the chosen contest.<br />
The window displays the worked multipliers (in blue) or not (in white) on the current band, and possibly the current mode.<br />
<br />
Some examples:<br />
<br />
[[Image:WindowsZone1.gif|center|frame|Worked departements window (French REF HF contest)]]<br />
<br />
[[Image:WindowsZone3.gif|center|frame|Worked states and provinces window (International ARRL DX contest)]]<br />
<br />
Furthermore, with a right click on this window (if the contest is multi-bands and/or multi-modes) you can display the distribution of these multipliers by band (and/or mode).<br />
<br />
<br />
[[Image:WindowsZone2.gif|center|frame|WAZ zones worked window by band (CQWW DX contest)]]<br />
<br />
At last, the same contextual menu allows you to copy all the datas of this window into the clipboard as an image or a text, and directly paste it as a text file or an Excel (TM) or OpenOffice spreadsheet.<br />
<br />
==Worked DXCC==<br />
<code>Windows | Worked DXCC</code> or '''<tt>Alt-M</tt>'''<br />
<br><br />
Opens (or closes) the worked DXCC window. The title of this menu item will change with the contest chosen.<br />
<br />
[[Image:WindowsMult.gif|center|frame|Worked DXCC countries window]]<br />
<br />
If one DXCC country has been worked on a band (possibly a mode), this band will be displayed in blue, otherwise it remains in white. This window is resizable.<br />
<br />
A right click on this window allows to display the countries alphabetically sorted (within the same continent), or sorted by number of band/mode worked. More, to easily search for missing countries, the countries worked on all bands can be hidden (clean sweeps). Also, countries never worked in the contest can be hidden.<br />
<br />
You can easily move to the next (or previous) bookmark - displayed on a yellow background by default - by holding the '''<tt>Shift</tt>''' key down, while rolling your mouse wheel.<br />
<br />
Last, all the data included in this window can be copied as a text file, and pasted in text or directly in an Excel (TM) or OpenOffice spreadsheet, for a later analysis.<br />
<br />
==Check Callsign==<br />
<code>Windows | Check Callsign</code> or ['''<tt>F9</tt>''']<br />
<br><br />
Opens (or closes) the worked callsign window. This window displays a checkmark if and on which bands a specific callsign has been logged before. Depending on the type of the contest, the display may show more than one column to display the different possible modes.<br />
<br />
[[Image:WindowsCheckCallsign.gif|center|frame|The Check Callsign Window]]<br />
<br />
Moving the mouse cursor over the checkmark will bring up additional information about this QSO. And a double-click on it will move the cursor to this QSO.<br />
<br />
==Check Multipliers==<br />
<code>Windows | Check Multipliers</code> or ['''<tt>F10</tt>''']<br />
<br><br />
<br />
Opens (or closes) the checking multipliers window.<br />
<br />
[[Image:WindowsCheckCountry.PNG|center|frame|Check Multipliers window for the CQ World-Wide DX contest]]<br />
<br />
To use this window, enter a callsign or country prefix in the data entry area of the main logging window. The dark blue line indicates the current band. The other lines indicate whether this multiplier has been worked or not on other bands (and in other modes if the contest rules permit). If the callsign entered has been worked on other bands, Win-Test displays those QSOs (in DXpedition mode, also the date of the QSO is displayed). Otherwise, the callsign of the first station worked in that multiplier on that band is displayed, if any. For the CQ World-Wide DX contest, display priority is: same callsign, same country and same zone. An uppercase "Z" in the last column indicates that the zone and country have been worked on the indicated band. A lowercase "z" means the zone has been worked, but not the country. And of course a blank line indicates that both the zone and country are needed. See also the [[Menu:Windows#Search_for_Worked_Multipliers_or_Partial_QTH_Locators|Search for Worked Multipliers]] window.<br />
<br />
Additional information about the multiplier is displayed at the bottom:<br />
<br />
* The official country prefix and country name<br />
* A small icon indicating if it is local day, night, or sunrise/sunset time in that country<br />
* The current local time in that country (suffixed by a lowercase "l")<br />
* The short (Az) and long path (Lp) beam headings (azimuths) to this multiplier (based on the station locator entered in the [[New_Log#Step_2:_Setup_your_logcontest|Contest configuration screen]])<br />
* The sunrise (SR) and sunset (SS) time in this country, expressed as UTC (suffixed by a lowercase "z"). These times are computed from the geographical coordinates given taken from the CTY* file or your QTH locator, if specified in the setup dialog.<br />
* Graphical indication of the sun status on both sides of the QSO (may be disabled via the context menu)<br />
** Two yellow bars represent the sun over 24 hours of the day. The top bar displays the situation at the DX location, while the bottom bar represents your own location.<br />
** A pink cursor denotes current time. <br />
** Dotted lines represent local noon or local midnight. <br />
<br />
A double click on a line will move the cursor to the specified QSO. Press '''<tt>[Ctrl-End]</tt>''' or '''<tt>[Ctrl-G]</tt>''', '''<tt>[Enter]</tt>''' to return the cursor to the blank line at the end of the data entry area.<br />
<br />
Finally, using the context menu (right click on the window), you can change '''Actualize information''' to '''Automatically''' (recommended) or to '''Pressing the space bar''' to indicate when you want the check multiplier screen to be updated. "Automatically" updates the screen after each keystroke. Any modification in the received exchange field (e.g. zone) also updates this check multiplier window.<br />
<br />
==Search for Worked Multipliers or Partial QTH Locators==<br />
<code>Windows | Search for Worked Multipliers</code><br><br />
Keyboard shortcut: '''<tt>Shift+F10</tt>'''<br />
<br><br />
<br />
Lists all the callsigns logged in a specified multiplier (Zone, State, ARRL Section, Grid Square Locator, etc.).<br />
<br />
To quickly list everyone you have logged in a particular multiplier, sorted by band, enter the multiplier in the ''callsign'' field and press '''<tt>Shift+F10</tt>'''. The [[Menu:Windows#Check_Partials|Check Partial Window]] will be displayed in a different format, as shown below.<br />
<br />
[[Image:WindowsCheckMult1.gif|center|frame|Looking for a departement during the REF HF Contest]]<br />
<br />
[[Image:WindowsCheckMult2.gif|center|frame|Looking for a WAZ zone during the CQWW DX (Zone 40)]]<br />
<br />
[[Image:WindowsCheckMult3.gif|center|frame|Looking for an US state during the ARRL DX Contest (here: District of Columbia, DC)]]<br />
<br />
Any further typing in the callsign field restores the [[Menu:Windows#Check_Partials|Check Partial Window]] to its normal appearance. You can also use '''<tt>[Ctrl-W]</tt>''', '''<tt>[Alt-W]</tt>''', or '''<tt>[F11]</tt>''' to erase the multiplier from the callsign field.<br />
<br />
{{wbox|Note|This search only works for contests where the multiplier is logged as part of the exchange, so it doesn't work for the CQ WPX contest or the ARRL DX Contest (when operating from the U.S. and Canada).}}<br />
<br />
For VHF/UHF/SHF... contests, this function is dedicated to partial QTH locator search. Enter the partial QTH locator either in the callsign or in the locator field and then press '''<tt>Shift-F10</tt>'''.<br />
<br />
[[Image:WindowsCheckPartialQTHLocator.PNG|center|frame|Searching callsigns by QTH locator]]<br />
<br />
==Check Partials==<br />
<code>Windows | Check Partials</code> or ['''<tt>F12</tt>''']<br />
<br><br />
<br />
Opens (or closes) the Check Partials window. The master file used is normally MASTER.SCP or DEFAULT.SCP or ''contest''.DTB, as described under [[Check_Partial_and_Np1_Files|Check Partial and Np1 Files]].<br />
<br />
[[Image:WindowsCheckPartial.gif|center|frame|Checking partials. Partial callsign entered: A2Q]]<br />
<br />
If this window is open, and at least 3 characters are entered in the callsign logging field, Win-Test looks in the master database for the callsigns including the 3-character string. <br />
<br />
For example, in this upper screen-shot, the partial callsign entered is "A2Q". All the callsigns found by Win-Test show this string.<br />
<br />
The white callsigns are those not worked yet. The green callsigns are stations worked on another band, but not the current band. The red callsigns are the dupes (callsigns already worked on the current band).<br />
<br />
You may also use the wildcard character "?" like "DL6?A?" to filter out unwanted calls.<br />
<br />
[[Image:WindowsCheckPartialOptions.gif|center|frame|Available context menu options in the Check Partial window]]<br />
<br />
Double clicking on a callsign copies it into the callsign logging field.<br />
<br />
Right click in the window to brings up a context menu where you can choose if Win-Test is to use the master database or just your log. Another option is (in some contests) if you want to see the expected report in that window (from ''contest''.DTB).<br />
<br />
For slow contests, it might make sense to start the check partial search after the second letter is entered into the callsign field, rather than the third. <br />
<br />
Another option allows you limit the number of callsigns displayed to fit the available space in the window.<br />
<br />
Finally, the option '''Used files list''' will display the master file that Win-Test has loaded to feed the Check Partials window:<br />
<br />
[[Image:Check Partial Files List.PNG|center|frame|Used files list selected from Check Partial window pop-up menu]].<br />
<br />
See [[Check_Partial_and_Np1_Files|Check Partial and Np1 Files]] for more info about naming super check files, search order, and how to update them.<br />
<br />
In HF contests such as CQ World-Wide, you can enter a zone number in the '''callsign''' field and press '''<tt>Shift+F10</tt>''' to display a list of prefixes in that zone, and a list of stations worked in that zone.<br />
<br />
[[Image:WindowsCheckPartialShiftF10.png|center|frame|Check partial window after entering 37 in the callsign field and pressing Shift+F10 to view countries in that zone. 5H3EE is in zone 37 and has been worked on 20m.]]<br />
<br />
In VHF/UHF contests, pressing '''<tt>Shift+F10</tt>''' on a partial QTH locator changes the Check Partials Window to the Partial QTH Locator Search Window. This feature is helpful to identify stations in a VHF/UHF contest when you copy only the QTH locator.<br />
<br />
[[Image:WindowsCheckPartialResult.png|center|frame|Check Partial QTH Locator window]]<br />
<br />
You may enter the partial QTH locator either in the callsign or in the QTH locator fields. A minimum of four characters has to be present in order to check the locator.<br />
<br />
==Check N + 1==<br />
<code>Windows | Check N + 1</code> or ['''<tt>F8</tt>''']<br />
<br><br />
<br />
Opens (or closes) the N + 1 window. The master file used is normally MASTER.SCP or DEFAULT.SCP or ''contest''.DTB, as described under [[Check_Partial_and_Np1_Files|Check Partial and Np1 Files]].<br />
<br />
If this window is open, and at least 3 characters are entered in the callsign logging field, Win-Test looks in the master database for the callsigns differing from the partial callsign by one character.<br />
<br />
This command also detects 2-character swap (dyslexia), as well as one missing character.<br />
<br />
[[Image:WindowsNp1_1.gif|center|frame|N + 1 window (Partial call entered: W5TQ)]]<br />
<br />
If the callsign is not included in the master database, and has not been worked yet, it is considered a UNIQUE. Otherwise, it is displayed in the first position.<br />
<br />
[[Image:WindowsNp1_2.gif|center|frame|N + 1 window (Partial call entered: K3OK)]]<br />
<br />
The white callsigns are the stations not yet worked. The green ones are those worked on another band, but not the current band. The red callsigns are dupes.<br />
<br />
[[Image:WindowsNp1_3.gif|center|frame|Available context menu options in the N+1 window]]<br />
<br />
Double clicking on a callsign copies it into the callsign logging field.<br />
<br />
A right click in the window brings up a context menu where you can choose to use the master database or just your log. A second option (in some contests) is if you want to see the expected report in that window (from ''contest''.DTB). You may also wish to limit the number of callsigns displayed to the available space in the N+1 window. Finally, the option "Used files list" will display the master file that Win-Test has loaded to feed the Check Partials window.<br />
<br />
==Partner==<br />
<code>Windows | Partner</code><br />
<br><br />
Opens (or closes) the partner window.<br />
<br />
[[Image:PartnerWindow.gif|right|frame|Partner window with two entries. You can now pull W6XR into the callsign field by pressing '''<tt>Alt-1</tt>''']] <br><p>This feature is especially useful in a Multi-OP environment when facing large pile-ups and/or weak signals or when you are training a new operator.</p><br />
<br />
Situation: You get several callers coming back to your CQ. You pull out one callsign - but sometimes you are able to copy another callsign or at least parts of it. If you could remember this second call after the first QSO, you'd be able to call the second station right away (without QRZ) and save time.<br />
<br />
Improvement: Set up a second operator (OP2), a second computer and a second pair of headphones, sometimes a second receiver. Both OPs now open up the Partner window on their computer. The running operator OP1 continues like before: He works the first callsign. In the mean time, the OP2 supports OP1 to copy the callsign - or alternatively - he can add callsigns he copied from the pile-up by entering the callsign on the QSO entry field and then pressing '''<tt>Alt-Enter</tt>'''.<br />
<br />
This callsign will now be displayed on all computers in the network that are set at the same band and mode. OP1 will see the new callsign after his first QSO and calls that station right away. <br />
<br />
The Partner window can hold up to 9 callsigns, and theses calls can be pulled into the callsign field with '''<tt>Alt-1</tt>''', '''<tt>Alt-2</tt>'''...'''<tt>Alt-9</tt>'''. Usually this is done by OP1 to log that callsign, while OP2 uses this function to remove the call from the partner window. Once the QSO is logged, that callsign will disappear from both partner windows.<br />
<br />
You can also swap the callsign field with one of the entries by pressing '''<tt>Ctrl-1</tt>''', '''<tt>Ctrl-2</tt>'''...'''<tt>Ctrl-9</tt>'''.<br />
<br />
Using message variables on CW and RTTY you can now enter a QSO (with correction or not), grab another callsign from the Partner window, and send the new report in one keystroke, by using:<br />
'''$CORRECT TU $CR NOW $GRABPARTNER $NEXT $F2''' (sends call if corrected before the TU)<br />
for the '''<tt>[Plus]</tt>''' key, or<br />
'''$CURRENT TU $CR NOW $GRABPARTNER $NEXT $F2''' (resends full call before the TU)<br />
assuming '''<tt>$F2</tt>''' contains the report.<br />
<br />
If you want to manually grab a callsign from the Partner window you can use:<br />
'''$PREV TU NOW $LOGGED $F2'''<br />
Then<br />
# Use the '''<tt>[Enter]</tt>''' key to silently enter the current QSO<br />
# Grab the next callsign from the Partner windownd (via double-click or Alt-''n'')<br />
# Send the message above<br />
<br />
[[Image:WindowsPartnerWindowRealtimefeature.PNG|left|frame|Partner Window Context Menu]]<br />
[[Image:WindowsPartnerWindowProperties.PNG|right|frame|Partner Window Properties]]<br />
<br><p>When a QSO is logged locally or via the network it is checked against the contents of the partner window, and - if found - removed from the partner window as it is now obsolete.</p><br />
<br />
If automatic exchange guessing is enabled, a callsign grabbed from the partner window will have the exchange window filled in and will update the check partials and N+1 windows.<br />
<br />
Finally, the entire Partner window content can be cleared by using the appropriate context menu item or by pressing '''<tt>Alt-Backspace</tt>'''. Individual entries can be removed via '''<tt>Ctrl-Doubleclick</tt>'''.<br />
<br />
Up to three support partners can be engaged. If you do not want the partner to be limited by band and mode, use the "No band/mode filtering" option in the context menu of the partner window. <br />
<br />
A '''real-time''' mode is available in the partner window's context menu. This allows the main operator to have a real-time view on what the partner(s) is(are) typing (character by character) so he(she) does not have to wait until they press '''<tt>Alt-Enter</tt>''' in this time-critical situation. For this to work, the supporting partner has to change his station type to "Support" (see section [[Menu:Commands#Station_Type]]), indicated by '''<tt>R+</tt>''' on the QSO entry line.<br />
<br />
In the context menu of the partner window there are two settings that can be done, when more then one partner (up to 3) is engaged:<br />
* as support, must be selected to which slot this partner will send its real-time characters<br />
* as runner, must be selected how many slot are being displayed at the partner window top<br />
<br />
The runner will then grab a real-time slot with '''<tt>Alt-Space</tt>''', or in all cases, he can also double-click on any callsign of this window.<br />
<br />
==Status==<br />
<code>Windows | Status</code> or '''<tt>Alt-J</tt>'''<br />
<br><br />
Opens (or closes) the status window.<br />
<br />
[[Image:StatusWindow.PNG|center|frame|Status Window]]<br />
<br />
This window indicates the status of each station connected to the network. From left to right, are displayed :<br />
<br />
* Station name<br />
* Current band and mode<br />
* Station type<br />
* QSY frequency of the current band and mode<br />
* Radio 1 frequency<br />
* Radio 2 frequency<br />
* Operator<br />
* Time left before a possible QSY, according to the 10 minutes M/S rule, or "OK" if the station is allowed to make a QSY on another band. Note that this column only appears if the contest specifies this particular rule.<br />
<br />
Your own station is displayed in a deep blue background. The active radio of each station has its frequency in red characters.<br />
The list may be by band and station names when it gets cluttered in a very large network by using the appropriate function in the context menu.<br />
<br />
A double left click on a station name will display the chat dialog with this station name as default destination.<br />
<br />
Opening the context menu with a right mouseclick will allow you to turn on network traffic logging. This might be useful for basic network troubleshooting. This log file uses the .ntk (stands for NeTworK) file extension.<br />
<br />
Ping a specific station from the context menu on this station name and use "Ping XXX". The Win-Test version, the Master, Bridgehead, Sync indicators and the propagation time are returned in the Gab window (Alt-I). Reminder: You may also use the INV (stands for Inventory) text command to get a summary of the complete network.<br />
<br />
A remote command to a specific station can be sent by opening the context menu on this station name and use "Send remote command to XXX...".<br />
<br />
At last, a double left click on any frequency displayed will tune the current radio to that frequency.<br />
<br />
==Skeds==<br />
<code>Windows | Skeds</code> or '''<tt>Alt-B</tt>'''<br />
<br><br />
Opens (or closes) the skeds window.<br />
<br />
[[Image:WindowsSked.gif|center|frame|Skeds Window]]<br />
<br />
Skeds (Alt-E) and passed stations (Alt-D) are displayed in this window. See [[Multi-op/Passing]].<br />
<br />
* A grey background means that the sked is over for more than 10 minutes.<br />
* A yellow background means that the sked is planned within less than 10 minutes maximum (a "hot sked"). If the window was not open, it will pop-up to remind the operator of the hot sked. The pop-up will be suppressed, however, if Win-Test is running minimized.<br />
* A green background means that the sked is planned in more than 10 minutes.<br />
<br />
A - (minus) sign before the hour means that the sked is over for more than 24 hours. A + (plus) sign before the hour means that the sked is planned in more than 24 hours.<br />
<br />
A right click allows to sort the skeds window by time or by band. You can also hide the older skeds, and modify or cancel a sked. In a multi operating configuration, the sked data are sent across the network.<br />
<br />
At last, note that a double left click will tune the current radio on the sked frequency and capture the callsign of the scheduled station in the callsign logging field. You will thus just need to press ['''<tt>Return</tt>'''] after completing the QSO!<br />
<br />
==Solar Activity==<br />
<code>Windows | Solar Activity</code><br />
<br><br />
<br />
This option displays solar activity data that has been received from the DX cluster connection. You can chose between SSN, SFI, K and A indexes. It is an interesting tool to discover trends in propagation during a contest.<br />
<br />
<center><br />
{|<br />
|[[Image:WindowsSolarActivityWWV.png|center|frame|Solar Activity Window (WWV data)]]<br />
|[[Image:WindowsSolarActivityWCY.png|center|frame|Solar Activity Window (from DK0WCY)]]<br />
|}<br />
</center><br />
<br />
As there are two sources on the DX cluster for this kind of information, you may chose between WWV and WCY.<br />
This information can also be applied - in conjunction with HamCap - for specific propagation forecasts.<br />
See [[Menu:Options#HamCAP | Menu Options HamCAP]] in this manual.<br />
<br />
Click on the triangles to open or close a chart. You may open or close all charts at once by holding the ['''<tt>Shift</tt>'''] key down while clicking on one of the triangles.<br />
<br />
==QSY Wizard==<br />
<code>Windows | QSY Wizard</code><br />
<br />
The QSY Wizard can only be used if [[HamCAP]] is installed and running. You must also have [[Menu:Options#HamCAP| Options | HamCAP | Tab]] set to '''Charts'''.<br />
<br />
After working a DX, pressing '''<tt>Ctrl-P</tt>''' will bring up the HamCAP window with a propagation prediction to this DX. Then, the QSY Wizard will display the bands on which to which a QSY or sked may be useful:<br />
<center><br />
{|<br />
|[[Image:WindowsQsyWizard.png|center|frame|QSY Wizard]]<br />
|[[Image:HamCAPprediction.png|center|frame|HamCAP prediction to CN2R]]<br />
|}<br />
</center><br />
In the above example CN2R has been worked on 20m. After pressing '''<tt>Ctrl-P</tt>''' the wizard tells us that a QSY may be promising to 15, 40, 80 and 160m. For 10m, however, the wizard recommends a sked at 18:30 UT instead. This is the peak time predicted by HamCap for this path but MUF will be only be 20.1 MHz (the mouse cursor was over the 18:30/28MHz yellow square while creating this screenshot).<br />
<br />
==Extra Information==<br />
This window displays data included in .XDT (eXtra DaTa) files. These files are textual and have a very basic syntax. These files are suitable for name lists (your favorite contest friends or club members, whose names you never get to remember in the middle of the contest) or information about a station's capabilities on other VHF/UHF/SHF bands so that you will want to ask for a sked.<br />
<br />
[[Image:WindowsExtraDataFiles.png|center|frame|The Extra Data Files Window can be used to display additional useful information during the contest.]]<br />
<br />
===XDT Files===<br />
The first column is the callsign of the station for which information is to be displayed. The rest of the line carries the information to display. There can be only one line per callsign. Lines have to be formatted in MS-DOS mode, i.e. CR/LF at the end.<br />
<br />
You can set up to 10 default extra data files by the menu function '''<code>Options | Data files | Default data files</code>'''. These files will be opened with every log. They must be located in the WT installation directory. Refer to [[Menu:Options#Default_extra_data_files... | Menu: Options Default extra data files...]] for detailed information.<br />
<br />
You can also add '''log-specific''' extra data files by using the '''<tt>Extra files...</tt>''' item in the context menu of this window (right-click to open the contextual menu). A new window will open-up where you can click the ADD button to browse the computer resources to locate and select the file you need (see picture).<br />
<br />
[[Image:LogSpecificExtraDataFiles.png|center|frame|Click the ADD button to locate and select the file you need]]<br />
<br />
There is no limitation to the location and the number of these log-specific files. The added file names and paths will then be save in a file with '''<tt>.xdl</tt>''' extension among all the other contest specific files (.LOG, .SUM, .pkt, .gab, .wtb, etc.).<br />
<br />
<br />
If you modify an '''<tt>.XDT</tt>''' file while it is in use, you must reload it by using the '''<tt>Reload files</tt>''' item in the context menu.<br />
<br />
{{wbox|Note|This function is designed to work with no more than a few thousand callsigns only. Don't try it with millions of lines or a Callbook file!}}<br />
<br />
===Directives===<br />
Directives are special statements in the data file beginning with a hash sign and a space.<br />
<br />
The <code># TITLE</code> directive is used to display a title in the window, like this:<br />
<pre><br />
# TITLE Operator Names<br />
CT1BOH Jose<br />
DJ1YFK Fab<br />
DL4NER Werner<br />
DL6RAI Ben<br />
F5HRY Herve<br />
F5MZN Olivier<br />
F6FVY Larry<br />
M0CLW Simon<br />
M3PHP Peter<br />
</pre><br />
<br />
The <code># VARIABLE</code> directive allows you to send the extra information in a CW message by using a variable name. The variable name '''must''' begin with the $ character.<br />
<br />
Example: The following line will substitute the $OPNAME string in the CW messages with the extra info included in this file, if the sent callsign has matching data.<br />
<br />
<pre><br />
# VARIABLE $OPNAME <br />
</pre><br />
<br />
<br />
{{wbox|Note|The variable subsitution only works with the internal CW keyer.}}<br />
<br />
==Summary==<br />
<code>Windows | Summary</code> or '''<tt>Alt-S</tt>'''<br />
<br><br />
Opens (or closes) the scoring summary window.<br />
<br />
[[Image:WindowsSummary.gif|center|frame|Summary]]<br />
<br />
The displayed number of QSO does not include the dupes. Thus, the QSO column displays only the QSO that have generated points.<br />
<br />
A right click allows to copy the scoring summary data in the clipboard as an image or as a text file (in WT language or in English, depending on the contest).<br />
<br />
===Live Score===<br />
<br />
[[Image:LiveScoreBroadcasting.gif|center|frame|Enabling Live Score Broadcasting through the context menu]]<br />
<br />
The context menu also allows you to configure and enable live score reporting by using a specific UDP broadcast protocol [http://download.win-test.com/utils/SummaryBroadcastingSpecs.txt]. Please note that additional third-party software is<br />
needed to post your score to one of the live scoreboards on the internet.<br />
<br />
For testing purposes, there is an option to create a live score broadcast "now"; typically, it will be broadcasted automatically once every five minutes or however you set up the periodicity. Live score broadcasting in a multi operator environment is limited to the station that is the network time master. <br />
<br />
For further information about live scores, please see [http://www.5b4wn.com/main/index.php?m=10] and [https://dl1dxa.darc.de/pdf/wt4.pdf] (German language).<br />
<br />
==Rate==<br />
<code>Windows | Rate</code> or '''<tt>Alt-R</tt>'''<br />
<br><br />
Opens (or closes) the rate window.<br />
<br />
[[Image:WindowsRate.PNG|center|frame|Rate Window]]<br />
<br />
This window is divided in different parts:<br />
<br />
The upper part displays the rate of the last hour, of the last 10 QSO, and of the last 100 QSO. It also displays a moving graph of the rate, computed on the last 15 minutes before the current QSO. The lower portion of that window displays additional rate information in text format.<br />
<br />
===Graphs===<br />
The graph is calculated on the last 15 minutes (default). Each bar, thus representing one minute on the air, calculates the moving average rate on the last X minutes, this time being selectable between 5 to 30 minutes. A short period will be selected for a contest with high rates (international HF, such as CQWW or WPX), and a longer one for a contest with slower rates (such as a national HF, or a VHF).<br />
<br />
Below is a display that shows instant continent distribution of previous QSOs. It uses the same timing parameters as the instant rates above.<br />
<br />
The QSO Timer Alarm progress bar appears below that. This bar gives a clear visual indication of the time elapsed since your last QSO. Right click and select '''Off-time timer alarm''' to set the full scale range of the progress bar. In the screen shot above, it is the red bar showing over 100H elapsed since the last QSO, but normally it is a green progress bar that advances from left to right. It begins as 100% green and slowly more of it turns red until it reaches full scale, when the bar becomes 100% red. The default scale is 5 minutes, but it is configurable between 1 and 120 minutes.<br />
<br />
===Text Information===<br />
The next part displays information about Time ON and Time OFF. For new logs, the off-time calculation is based on the contest rules. You can still use a custom setting to check your operating efficiency. Right click and select '''Off-time calculation threshold'''. If the contest rule is unknown, 30 minutes will be used as a default threshold. <br />
<br />
The next part shows information about band changes.<br />
<br />
The central part gives general information about the point statistics of the contest, e.g. time by mult, QSO counts, Mult worth, etc. <br />
<br />
The bottom part indicates the current mode and, in CW, the current speed, as well as the status of the automated CQ repeat mode.<br />
Some indicators that may appear there include:<br />
* '''CW''' - Operating mode is set to CW (press '''<tt>Ctrl-F1</tt>''' or '''<tt>Ctrl-F2</tt>''' to change)<br />
* '''SSB''' - Operating mode is set to Phone<br />
* '''RTTY''' - Operating mode is set to RTTY<br />
* '''34 WPM''' - CW speed in Words Per Minute (adjust with '''<tt>Alt-F9</tt>''', '''<tt>Alt-F10</tt>''', and '''<tt>Alt-V</tt>''')<br />
* '''34/32 WPM''' - Independent CW speed between Win-Test and WinKey pot (WinKey speed displayed on right)<br />
* '''S''' - Operator is listening in Stereo mode (operator pressed '''<tt>AltGr-S</tt>''' or '''<tt>Ctrl-Alt-S</tt>''', press '''<tt>AltGr-A</tt>''' or '''<tt>Ctrl-Alt-A</tt>''' to remove)<br />
* '''T''' - Operator is listening to the Secondary Radio (operator pressed '''<tt>AltGr-T</tt>''' or '''<tt>Ctrl-Alt-T</tt>''', press '''<tt>AltGr-A</tt>''' or '''<tt>Ctrl-Alt-A</tt>''' to remove)<br />
* '''REPEAT''' - Automatic repeating CQ feature is active and '''<tt>[F1]</tt>''' has been pressed. See [[Menu:Tools#Automatic_CQ_repeat|Automatic CQ Repeat]].<br />
<br />
===Context Menu===<br />
A right click allows you to choose on what bands and modes these calculations have to be done:<br />
<br />
* All : No filtering is done<br />
* Current : Filters only QSO done in the mode and band of the current radio<br />
* According to QSO : Filters only QSO done in the mode and band of the current QSO<br />
<br />
You can also choose to display the calculations as :<br />
<br />
* QSO / h : Only based on the number of QSO<br />
* Points / QSO : Averages the points of the QSO<br />
* Points QSO / h : Without the multipliers<br />
* Points / h : Including the multipliers<br />
<br />
Thresholds are defined and can be modified on the following properties:<br />
<br />
* Instant moving graph window -how many minutes of history are taken into account<br />
* Off Time Alarm - after how many minutes the color of the green bar will turn red<br />
* Off-time calculation - after how much time of no QSO, time is counted towards off-time (may be contest specific)<br />
* Last band change method - which event triggers the timer after a band change<br />
<br />
Moreover, the contents of the rate window can be customized by selecting one or more of the following, which are listed under the '''Display''' menu item of the context menu:<br />
<br />
* Instant rate moving graph<br />
* Instant continents distribution<br />
* Off-time timer<br />
* Time ON / Time OFF<br />
* Band Changes<br />
* Band Changes elapsed times<br />
* QSO/Mult ratio<br />
* Distances Data<br />
<br />
Finally, right click and select the '''Copy''' menu item to copy this window, as an image, to the Windows clipboard.<br />
<br />
{{wbox|Note|The available menu items in the context menu may vary depending on where you right click in the window.}}<br />
<br />
==Statistics==<br />
<code>Windows | Statistics</code> or '''<tt>[Ctrl-F9]</tt>'''<br />
<br><br />
Opens (or closes) the Statistics window, a rate sheet.<br />
<br />
[[Image:WindowsRateSheet.gif|center|frame|Statistics Window showing total QSOs made on all bands and modes, per hour]]<br />
<br />
The size of this window can be changed by dragging the edges. The window displays the number of QSOs, hour by hour, for the entire contest period.<br />
<br />
The time span is fixed depending on the contest type. For the shorter contests, the display spans 24 hours; for the major contests, it spans the full 48 hours. For DXpeditions, it is configurable from 1 to 15 days via the [Days...] button in the [[New_Log#Step_2:_Setup_your_log|Contest Configuration window]].<br />
<br />
Switching to the '''Targets''' tab in the statistics window, you may compare your current score to a pre-loaded estimate, which may be derived from a previous contest operation or generated by hand. Positive offsets with respect to the target file are shown in green color, negative offsets in red color. <br />
<br />
[[Image:Targets.PNG|center|frame|Cumulative (overall) Multiplier tracking vs. target]]<br />
<br />
You may also display hour-by-hour comparisons with the targets.<br />
<br />
[[Image:StatisticsHourlyQSOTargets.PNG|center|frame|Hour by hour QSO tracking vs. target]]<br />
<br />
Please see [[Menu:Tools#Load_an_objective_file|Menu | Tools | Load a targets file...]] for further information on exporting and loading target files.<br />
<br />
Switching to the '''Continents''' tab displays continental QSO statistics.<br />
<br />
[[Image:StatisticsContinents.PNG|center|frame|Continental QSO statistics]]<br />
<br />
A right click allows to set different display options:<br />
<br />
{| align="center"<br />
|[[Image:StatisticsPopUpMenuDisplayedData.PNG|center|frame|Pop-up menu showing displayed data options]]<br />
|[[Image:StatisticsPopUpMenu.PNG|center|frame|Pop-up menu showing band options]]<br />
|}<br />
<br />
Displayed Data<br />
<br />
* Select which kind of data to display: QSOs, Multipliers, QSO Points, etc.<br />
<br />
<br />
Band<br />
<br />
* All (total): Single color display, all bands combined<br />
* All (detailed): Multicolor display, one color per band<br />
* Current: Displays statistics for the current band<br />
* According to QSO: Displays statistics for the band of the currently selected QSO<br />
<br />
Mode<br />
<br />
* All (total): Single color display, all modes combined<br />
* All (detailed): Multicolor display, one color per mode<br />
* Current: Displays statistics for the current mode<br />
* According to QSO: Displays statistics for the mode of the currently selected QSO<br />
<br />
Display<br />
<br />
* By time: Displays an hour by hour comparison<br />
* Overall: Displays a cumulative (overall total) comparison<br />
<br />
Another option allows you to load a targets file for comparison, or export a targets file based on the current log.<br />
<br />
Finally, it is possible to copy any of the Statistics windows as image or text to the Windows clipboard. Then you can copy the data into to a text document or even into an Excel&reg; or OpenOffice spreadsheet.<br />
<br />
==Gab==<br />
<code>Windows | Gab</code> or '''<tt>Alt-I</tt>'''<br />
<br><br />
Opens (or closes) the gab window.<br />
<br />
[[Image:WindowsGab.gif|center|frame|Gab Window]]<br />
<br />
All the gab chat is displayed in this window. With a right click, you can choose to display (or not) the time when the message was sent, including (or not) the seconds. Moreover, this window can be copied as an image.<br />
<br />
In the context menu, the option "Taskbar flashing" can be selected to make the Windows Task Bar flash every time a gab is received.<br />
<br />
All the gab chat is recorded in the <tt>.gab</tt> file of the current contest.<br />
<br />
A double-click in a station name in this window will open the chat dialog, with this station name as default destination.<br />
<br />
If the gab window becomes too cluttered, you may wish to clear it via the context menu.<br />
<br />
==World Map==<br />
<code>Windows | World Map</code><br />
<br><br />
Opens (or closes) the map window<br />
<br />
[[Image:WindowsMap.gif|center|frame|World Map]]<br />
<br />
The World Map shows when you get spotted by someone. <br />
<br />
[[Image:WorldMapWithRBNSpots2.png|center|frame|World Map displaying when you are being heard.]]<br />
<br />
The dimensions of this worldmap window can be modified. With a right click, you can display (or not) the grey-line. Moreover, you can increase or decrease the format (zoom). There is a number of options to select in the appropriate context menu.<br />
<br />
[[Image:WorldMapWithRBNSpotsContextMenu.png|center|frame|World Map Context Menu]]<br />
<br />
An additional option allows you to display only the greyline terminator plus a little symbol for the sun which makes reading the information a little easier at times.<br />
<br />
[[Image:WorldMapWithLightTerminator.gif|center|frame|World Map with light terminator]]<br />
<br />
==Radio 1, Radio 2 (Band Maps)==<br />
<code>Windows | Radio 1</code> or <code>Windows | Radio 2</code><br />
<br><br />
Opens (or closes) the radio window.<br />
[[Image:WindowsRadio.gif|right|frame|Radio window (band map)]]<br />
These resizable windows are also called Band Maps.<br />
<br />
The frequencies of the 2 VFOs are displayed. The active VFO has a yellow background.<br />
<br />
If Win-Test has a DX cluster connection, the bandmaps are automatically fed from the DX cluster data stream, from logging contacts, and by manually adding information using '''<tt>Ctrl-Enter</tt>''' instead of '''<tt>[Enter]</tt>'''. Op-entered spots are protected from spots of the same DX on a freq inside the mode bandwidth window.<br />
<br />
The green callsigns denote new multipliers, the black ones new callsigns (not worked so far), and dupes are in grey color and slanted font.<br />
<br />
A double click on a callsign will automatically put the radio on the spot frequency and capture the callsign in the logging field. You just need to complete the QSO and press '''<tt>[Enter]</tt>'''! Press '''<tt>[Alt-F4]</tt>''' to return to your run frequency.<br />
<br />
An '''<tt>[Alt]</tt>'''-double click on a callsign will load the spot frequency into the Sub VFO (VFO B), if your radio supports it.<br />
<br />
While in split mode during 40m and 80m SSB operation, when adding a spot to the band map, Win-Test remembers both the RX and the TX VFO frequencies, and will store this information so that when you select the spot, both VFOs will be set correctly, and you'll be ready to call (unless the QSX frequency has changed in the mean time).<br />
<br />
Moving the mouse pointer over a spot in the band map will bring up additional information, such as the age of the spot the callsign of the spotter, and any comments. Double-clicking the spot with the '''<tt>[Ctrl]</tt>''' key removes the spot from the band map (without confirmation).<br />
<br />
[[Keys#Band_Map|Other key combinations]] can be used to operate with the Band Map.<br />
<br />
===Band Maps Context menu===<br />
<br />
A right click on this window brings up its context menu. <br />
<br />
* The top option in this Context Menu allows you to program the Sub VFO (if your radio supports it) with this spot. <br />
* The '''Propagation''' submenu item allows you to gather propagation information via [[HamCAP]] (if installed)<br />
* The next two entries '''Modify...''' and '''Delete''' allow you to change or remove spots in the band map. Note that you can quickly remove a spot by double-clicking it with the '''<tt>[Ctrl]</tt>''' key pressed.<br />
* Additionally, you can change the scale of the band map display from 1:1 up to 30:1. The scale can also be set through the mouse wheel.<br />
* More options are hidden in the sub menus [[#Extended_information|Display Options]] and [[#Band_Map_properties|Properties...]] where one can set a lot of minor details of the band map.<br />
[[Image:WindowsBandMapContextMenu.PNG|center|frame|Band Map Context Menu]] <br><br />
*<code>29S 11N</code> at the bottom indicates there are 29 spots total, 11 new calls (not yet worked).<br />
* The List tab of the band map has a context menu with several sorting options:<br />
[[Image:WindowsBandMapListViewContextMenuSort.png|center|frame|Band Map List View Context Menu - sorting options]] <br><br />
* The List tab of the band map has a display option that lets you hide dupes and display additional information:<br />
[[Image:WindowsBandMapListViewContextMenuDisplay.png|center|frame|Band Map List View Context Menu - hiding dupes]] <br><br />
* You may toggle between band map and list view using '''<tt>[Ctrl-tab]</tt>'''<br />
<br />
====Special cursors====<br />
Special indicators for the last CQ frequency or the QSY frequency (set with the PASSFREQ text command, or with the <code>Commands | QSY frequency</code> menu option) can also be activated (see picture). <br />
<br />
[[Image:WindowsBandMapCqCursor.png|center|frame|Band Map with CQ cursor]] <br><br />
<br />
To enable them, tag the CQ cursor and/or the QSY cursor items in the Display Options submenu of the context menu itself.<br />
<br />
====Extended information====<br />
The Display Options menu also allows you to select if the expected exchange will be displayed in the band map and other minor details, like day/sunrise/sunset/night symbols, time and sender, comments etc.<br />
<br />
====Markers====<br />
The Display Options menu allows you to enable the displaying of markers. These can be useful for beacons and other known stations on the bands.<br />
<br />
[[Image:WindowsBandmapMarker.png|center|frame|Band Map with a marker file for 10 m beacons loaded ]]<br />
<br />
Markers are defined by text files with a '''.mkr''' extension located in the Win-Test directory. WT can use and display up to 10 files simultaneously; they can be selected in the <tt>Options | Data files | Markers files</tt> menu. <br />
For detailed information, please see [[Menu:Options#Markers_files... | Menu: Options Data files Markers files]].<br />
<br />
Marker display settings can be different for each radio. The syntax of the marker files is very basic and they are easy to create with a simple text editor like Notepad.<br />
<br />
A marker is defined by its frequency (in kHz), a label (one word) and an optional tooltip (30 chars max.) that will flash when the mouse cursor is positioned on the marker for a few seconds. If you include a four or six character gridsquare locator, WT will display heading and distance to this gridsquare in the tooltip window.<br />
<br />
Example:<br />
<br />
28205 DL0IGI Hohenpeissenberg JN57MT<br />
28257 DK0TEN Sipplinger Berg JN47NT<br />
28277.5 DF0AAB Kiel JO54GH<br />
<br />
Two DIRECTIVES (or KEYWORDS) define the background and foreground color:<br />
<br />
* # BACKGROUND color => Sets the background color of the following markers in the file. If no color is specified, the default color is green.<br />
* # TEXT color => Sets the text color of the following markers in the file. If no color is specified, the default color is black.<br />
<br />
The known colors are: White, Black, Red, Green, Blue, Yellow, Magenta, Cyan. The case of the color is irrelevant, so "green" and "Green" are identical.<br />
<br />
Example :<br />
<br />
# BACKGROUND white<br />
# TEXT green<br />
#<br />
14100 Bcn NCDXF Beacon<br />
<br />
This will display a white marker with a green text "Bcn". The associated tooltip will be "NCDXF Beacon". As usual, you can double-click on a marker to set the current radio on the frequency of the marker. A sample file '''NcdxfBeacons.mkr''' is located in the WT repository at: http://download.win-test.com/files/markers/. It displays markers for each NCDXF beacon. <br />
<br />
You may build your own marker files (VHF beacons etc.) and share it with the WT community if you want.<br />
<br />
====Segments====<br />
WT can display band allocations for different license types in the bandmap tab of the radio windows. This allows you to select a run frequency which is in right band segment for US-Advanced or US-Novice amateurs for example.<br />
<br />
Band segments are defined by text files with a '''.seg''' extension located in the Win-Test Extras directory. WT can use and display up to 10 files simultaneously; they can be selected in the <tt>Options | Data files | Segments files</tt> menu.<br />
Please find more detailed information in [[Menu:Options#Segments_files... | Menu: Options Data files Segments files]].<br />
<br />
Due to space constraints - you can't have more than 5 segments displayed per band for any given frequency.<br />
<br />
The segments display settings can be different for each radio.<br />
<br />
<center><br />
{|<br />
|[[Image:BandMapMarkerSegment.png|center|frame|Band Map with marker and segments]]<br />
|[[Image:WindowsBandmapSegments.png|center|frame|Band Map with US band allocation]]<br />
|}<br />
</center><br />
<br />
The syntax of the segments files is very basic, and the files are easily created with a simple text editor like Notepad. A segment is defined by specifying its lowest and its highest frequency (in kHz). The two frequencies may be linked by an hyphen for easier reading. An optional tooltip text (30 chars max.) can be given to explain the meaning of the color segment. By placing the mouse cursor over a colored line in the band map display, the tooltip will display.<br />
<br />
The BandMap segment color is indicated by the DIRECTIVE (keyword) COLOR like given below. The known colors are: White, Black, Red, Green, Blue, Yellow, Magenta, Cyan. The case of the color name is irrelevant. If no color is specified, the segments will be displayed in yellow.<br />
<br />
Example:<br />
<br />
# COLOR Red<br />
14000-14150 Extra CW<br />
14150-14350 Extra SSB<br />
# COLOR Yellow<br />
14025-14150 Advanced CW<br />
14175-14350 Advanced SSB<br />
# COLOR Magenta<br />
14025-14150 General CW<br />
14225-14350 General SSB<br />
<br />
This will display the US band allocation in the 20-m-band.<br />
<br />
The segments order, and potential overlaps in the file are irrelevant. WT will take care to display them in an optimized way.<br />
<br />
Two sample files are located in the WT repository at http://download.win-test.com/files/segments/<br />
<br />
* '''UsSegmentsDetailled.seg''' displays all band segments for every US licence type.<br />
* '''UsSegments.seg''' displays all band segments in which all US licencees are potentially active.<br />
<br />
You may create your own band segments files for other countries, regions, etc. and share them with the WT community if you want.<br />
<br />
====Band Map properties====<br />
Selecting '''Properties...''' in the context menu of the Radio 1 or Radio 2 band map windows displays the Bandmaps Properties window:<br />
<br />
[[Image:BandMapProperties.png|center|frame|Bandmap properties window]]<br />
<br />
Here you can define the lifetime of two kinds of spots, control the behavior of the logging window when you press '''<tt>[Ctrl-Enter]</tt>''' to create an operator-entered spot, control the automatic entry of data in the logging window when you grab a spot in the bandmap (via double click), select random 100 Hz TX frequency offsets to improve the chances of calling a spot on a clearer frequency (recommended), and the spot bandwidth for each mode (CW, SSB, RTTY) which is used to determine when two spots are on the same frequency. The spot bandwidth can be set between 0 Hz and 5000 Hz, in 100 Hz steps. The lifetime of spots in the band map can be changed from the default (60 minutes) to any other value below 100 minutes.<br />
<br />
Search & Pounce Options allow you to add spots to the band map without having to press '''<tt>[Ctrl-Enter]</tt>'''. Simply enter the callsign and turn the VFO by the specified frequency change threshold to automatically populate the band map.<br />
<br />
{{wbox|Note|To automatically populate the Band Map, you must be in S&P mode. Search & Pounce is not activated by default. Select [[Menu:Tools#Enable_Run.2FS.26P_switching|Tools | Data entry | Enable Run/S&P switching]] (text command shortcut: '''<tt>RUNSP [Enter]</tt>'''), and then press '''<tt>[Ctrl-tab]</tt>''' once to toggle from Run to S&P mode. The [[Menu:Windows#Clock|clock window]] indicates the current mode.}}<br />
<br />
==Secondary Radio==<br />
<code>Windows | Secondary Radio</code><br />
<br><br />
Opens (or closes) the Secondary Radio window.<br />
<br />
[[Image:secondary_window.PNG|center|frame|Secondary Radio Window]]<br />
<br />
This window controls the "other" radio that is currently not in use during SO2R operation, not necessarily radio 2.<br />
For more information, please see [[SO2R/Second_radio_window]].<br />
<br />
==RTTY (radio1, radio2)==<br />
<code>Windows | RTTY (radio 1)<br><br />
Windows | RTTY (radio 2)<br />
</code><br />
<br><br />
Opens (or closes) the RTTY Transit/Receive windows.<br />
<br />
[[Image:RttyWindow.PNG|frame|center|RTTY TX/RX Window]]<br />
<br />
For more information, see [[RTTY#Receive.2Ftransmit_window|RTTY Receive/Transmit window]] in the [[RTTY]] chapter.<br />
<br />
==Rotators==<br />
<code>Windows | Rotators</code><br />
<br><br />
Opens (or closes) the Rotators window, which displays the true beam heading (after adding any programmed offsets) of all the antennas available on the current operating band or bands (two bands if using two radios).<br />
<br />
[[Image:WindowsRotatorsConnected.PNG|frame|center|Rotators window with true heading of four antennas on current operating bands]]<br />
<br />
The three tabs at the bottom may be used to select what is displayed:<br />
<br />
* '''Antennas''' - Display the true beam heading (by antenna name) of all named antennas defined for the current operating band or bands. Any defined antenna offsets are used to calculate the displayed heading. Arrow buttons can be used to rotate one antenna at a time.<br />
* '''Stacks''' - Display the true beam heading of any wtRotator "Stacks" (or "Groups") on the current band. The buttons may be used to rotate the entire stack at once to the same heading, even if each antenna has a separate rotator. The heading of the first rotator added to a stack or group determines which heading is shown for the stack (even if another antenna in the stack is currently pointing in a different direction).<br />
* '''Rotators''' - Display ''all'' connected rotators (by rotator name), regardless of band, and the heading of each, as displayed on the control box. Any antenna offsets are ignored.<br />
<br />
Click on the arrow buttons to rotate the current antenna, stack, or rotator as follows:<br />
* <code>[<<]</code> - Rotate 45° counter-clockwise<br />
* <code>[<]</code> - Rotate 15° counter-clockwise<br />
* <code>[>]</code> - Rotate 15° clockwise<br />
* <code>[>>]</code> - Rotate 45° clockwise <br />
You may also enter a callsign, DXCC prefix, or beam heading in the Win-Test logging Window, and press '''<code>[Ctrl]-F12</code>''' to rotate all antennas defined on the current band to desired heading (assuming your Grid Square or "Locator" is properly defined in the Contest Configuration screen).<br />
<br />
''Right click'' on the dark blue area of the Rotators window to display the pop-up menu.<br />
<br />
[[Image:WindowsRotators.PNG|frame|center|Rotators window with pop-up menus]]<br />
<br />
Use the pop-menu to sort the list, change font size, or start or stop the companion program, '''wtRotators''', on the local PC. wtRotators is a program that communicates with one more more rotators, similar to the way that wtDxTelnet communicates with one or more packet clusters. In can be located on the current computer or a separate computer on the LAN, whichever computer is physically connected to a rotator's serial port. <br />
<br />
Select the '''Start/stop automatically''' option to have Win-Test automatically start and stop the wtRotators program on the local computer whenever you open or close Win-Test.<br />
<br />
See the [[Rotators]] main topic for more information about configuring and using wtRotators with Win-Test.<br />
<br />
==DX-Cluster Monitor==<br />
<code>Windows | DX-Cluster monitor</code> or '''<tt>Alt-O</tt>'''<br />
<br><br />
Opens (or closes) the DX Cluster monitoring window.<br />
<br />
[[Image:WindowsPacket.gif|center|frame|DX Cluster monitoring window]]<br />
<br />
The contents of this window are logged to to the '''.pkt''' file. Logging can optionally be disabled to save disk space or to prevent malware scanners from slowing down the system -- in particular, when a lot of spots is being received (e.g. via RBN). To disable logging, right-click in the window and uncheck "Stream logging".<br />
<br />
The window is scrollable so that you can step back through history, back - even to the beginning of the file. The scrolled window will not update when new spots arrive. However, there is a little hint in the title bar like '''[+1138 lines]'''. In order to see all spots which have arrived in the mean time you have to move the scrollbar back to the end of the window.<br />
<br />
For more information regarding the setup of DX Cluster connections, please see<br />
[http://docs.win-test.com/wiki/Menu:Commands#DX-Cluster Commands | DX Cluster]<br />
<br />
==DX-Cluster Announcements==<br />
<code>Windows | DX-Cluster Announcements</code> or '''<tt>Alt-A</tt>'''<br />
<br><br />
Opens (or closes) the DX cluster announcements window.<br />
<br />
[[Image:WindowsDxClusterAnn.png|center|frame|DX Cluster Announcements Window]]<br />
<br />
This window gathers all the spots coming from the DX cluster. New multipliers are green, other stations (but not dupes) are black.<br />
<br />
A double click on a selected line will automatically switch the active radio to the spot frequency, and will grab the call and enter it in the callsign logging field. You just need to complete the QSO and press ['''<tt>Return</tt>'''].<br />
<br />
QSX information (like QSX 7239) is parsed from the comment field of the spot and handled correctly, so that when you click on such a spot, the transceiver will switch to split mode, put VFO A on the RX frequency and VFO B on the TX frequency. QSX is indicated by an asterisk (*) character on the spotted callsign. Cross-band QSX frequencies are being ignored.<br />
<br />
With a right click, you can choose to display only new multipliers, only spots entered by the operator and/or selected bands:<br />
<br />
[[Image:DXClusterAnnouncementsBands.PNG|center|frame|Band selection pop-up menu for the DX Cluster Announcements window]]<br />
<br />
Op-entered spots enable you to enter spots on your own - they will be marked with a circonflex and remain at the bottom of the announcements window and not overwritten by incoming DX Cluster spots.<br />
<br />
CT1BOH's quality tags can be used to filter out unwanted spots (if supported by your Skimmer or DX Cluster). Check the appropriate fields in the context menu to select spots you want.<br />
<br />
[[Image:DXClusterAnnouncementsSpotQuality.PNG|center|frame|Enable spot quality for the DX Cluster Announcements window]]<br />
<br />
All spots are logged to the corresponding '''.dxc''' file in the log directory. Logging can be disabled to save disk space or prevent malware scanners from slowing down the system - in particular, when a lot of spots is being received (e.g. via RBN). Manually entered spots are still being logged to the '''.dxc''' file.<br />
<br />
The displayed information is selectable (local time as a sun symbol, exchange, time spotted, spot comments, spot quality, beam heading, and the callsign of the spotter):<br />
<br />
[[Image:DXClusterAnnouncementsDisplayOptions.PNG|center|frame|Display options for the DX Cluster Announcements window]]<br />
<br />
Additional shortcuts:<br />
* '''<tt>[Ctrl] + Dbl click</tt>''' on a spot removes the spot from the Announcements window (without confirmation).<br />
* '''<tt>[Alt] + Dbl click</tt>''' on a spot loads the spot frequency in the sub VFO of the active radio (if your radio supports it) <br />
<br />
For more information regarding the setup of DX Cluster connections, please see<br />
[http://docs.win-test.com/wiki/Menu:Commands#DX-Cluster Commands | DX Cluster]<br />
<br />
==NCDXF/IBP Beacons==<br />
Displays the transmission schedule of the NCDXF / IBP (International Beacons Project) beacons. A double click on a line sends the radio to the beacon freq. An "i" (stands for "info") in the status column indicates a comment you can read by hovering the mouse over it.<br />
<br />
[[Image:WindowsNcdxfIbpBeacons.png|center|frame|NCDXF/IBP Beacons Window allows you to keep an eye on propagation conditions.]]<br />
<br />
==Clock==<br />
<code>Windows | Clock</code><br />
<br><br />
Opens (or closes) the clock window.<br />
<br />
[[Image:clocks.png|center|frame|Clock window samples]]<br />
<br />
To set time in Win-Test, you don't need to change the computer time. You just need to adjust the computer clock in the local time, within the right time zone. Win-Test will compute the UTC time from this information. <br />
<br />
The color of the time display changes in minutes 59 and 00, to prepare an operator changeover in a multi-op environment.<br />
<br />
This window also displays sunrise and sunset times (SR and SS) according to your location. To catch your eye, the color of these times will change when you are within 30 minutes of sunrise or sunset times.<br />
<br />
This window also displays your Locator (which is needed if you want that WT exactly compute SR/SS times as well as Bearings and distance to the correspondent) and the Win-Test operating mode, RUN or S/P, according to your operating needs. For details on this feature see also [[Menu:Tools#Data_entry | Menu:Tools Data_entry]].<br />
<br />
Just as a side note, WinXP allows you to synchronize your computer's clock time through the Internet. Please see more details on Microsoft's support pages ([http://www.microsoft.com/resources/documentation/windows/xp/all/proddocs/en-us/windows_date_it_overview.mspx overview] and <br />
[http://technet2.microsoft.com/windowsserver/en/library/b43a025f-cce2-4c82-b3ea-3b95d482db3a1033.mspx details]).<br />
<br />
The font type and size, as well as the background and all the usual window colors can be changed through the context menu using a right mouse click on that window.<br />
<br />
==Contest Recorder==<br />
<code>Windows | Contest Recorder</code> <br />
<br><br />
Opens (or closes) the Contest Recorder window.<br />
<br />
Before recording, right click and select [[Menu:Options#MP3_Configuration|MP3 Configuration]] to set the recording parameters.<br />
<br />
A right-click on the Recorder window provides help to the keyboard shortcuts. Use <code>right-click | Files Information</code> to see information about recorded files, or to delete recorded files. Start the recording by pressing '''<tt>AltGr-O</tt>''' or using the text command shortcut: '''<tt>RECORD</tt>''' or '''<tt>STARTRECORD</tt>''', stop the recording using '''<tt>NORECORD</tt>''' or '''<tt>STOPRECORD</tt>'''.<br />
<br />
The recording is a standard MP3 file which can be played on any MP3 player. Win-Test actually saves timestamps in the MP3 files which allows for a quick navigation when run from within Win-Test. Win-Test creates sequential files up to a specific size (690 MBytes by default) and then switches to a new file.<br />
<br />
[[Image:ContestRecorder.PNG|center|frame|Contest Recorder window with context menu]]<br />
<br />
The Contest recorder is a powerful tool to check your copying abilities, verify notes you have made during the contest or let others listen to what was audible on your end of the QSO. The shortcut '''<tt>AltGr+Enter</tt>''' quickly lets you jump to a specific QSO recording and you can then use the fast forward and fast backward functions to play it over and again. <br />
<br />
[[Image:ContestRecorderExtractQSO.PNG|center|frame|Extract QSO dialog]]<br />
<br />
Please note that in some contests, modifying your log after the contest is against the rules. However, it is never prohibited to go back to your log after having received your UBN report from the contest sponsor and find out why you failed to copy something or assumed a QSO where it wasn't a perfect QSO. <br />
<br />
In very fierce competitions like WRTC, teams must provide a complete recording of the whole contest (both receive and transmit audio) to their referee. To record the transmit signal can be tricky and may require additional hardware, as some radios do not supply the monitor signal on the audio output line.<br />
<br />
Win-Test uses the "standard" MP3 tags.<br />
<br />
Title : Contest name + Category mode + File number (starting at 000)<br />
Artist : Callsign<br />
Album : Station<br />
Year : Contest year (1st QSO)<br />
<br />
In order to play QSOs, the MP3 tags must match the settings in the current .wt4 file. Otherwise, the recorder will display the message "No record for station X", with X being the current station number.<br />
<br />
N6TV gave a comprehensive presentation on the subject at the Visalia International DX Convention 2019 which you can find on his web page: https://www.kkn.net/~n6tv/N6TV_Visalia_2019_Recording_A_Contest.pdf<br />
<br />
==SSB bargraph==<br />
<code>Windows | SSB bargraph</code><br />
<br><br />
Opens (or closes) the SSB bargraph window<br />
<br />
[[Image:WindowsVuMeter.gif|center|frame|SSB bargraph window]]<br />
<br />
This bargraph displays the audio level of the Win-Test's digital voice player (if used, of course). The appropriate level is the yellow part of this bargraph. The windows can be rotated by 90 degrees.<br />
<br />
==Close all Windows==<br />
<code>Windows | Close all windows</code><br />
<br><br />
Closes all windows except the log entry area in the left lower area.<br />
<br />
[[Menus|Back to Menus]]</div>Dl6raihttps://docs.win-test.com/w/index.php?title=Menu:Windows&diff=5006Menu:Windows2023-04-09T15:44:13Z<p>Dl6rai: /* World Map */</p>
<hr />
<div><big><big>Menu:Windows</big></big><br />
<!-- Adopted to Stylesheet DL6RAI --><br />
<br />
Most of the windows have a context or "pop-up" menu which can be opened by right-clicking on the window.<br />
<br />
All windows can be moved by "dragging" the title bar with the mouse pointer. Simply hold down the left mouse button while the cursor is over the title bar, and drag the window with the mouse. Another option is to hold down the '''<tt>Ctrl</tt>''' key and the left mouse button while the mouse pointer is positioned anywhere within a window (except for the RTTY reception windows), then drag.<br />
<br />
{{wbox|Tip|Hold down the '''<tt>Shift</tt>''' key while dragging or resizing a window to "snap" it into position, right next to the edge of an adjacent window.}}<br />
<br />
==Log Entry (Main window)==<br />
[[Image:LogEntryWindow.PNG|frame|center|The Win-Test main logging window.]]<br />
<br />
Use the Win-Test main window or "Log Entry" window to enter all QSOs made on the primary radio. The window displays the last nine QSOs in the log, plus a tenth line for entering the next QSO. The title bar displays the current log file name, the station name entered in the [[New_Log#Step_2:_Setup_your_log|Contest Configuration window]] (e.g. "[Shack]"), and the current operator's callsign (for multi-ops that use the '''<tt>OPON</tt>''' or '''<tt>LOGIN</tt>''' [[Text_commands#Multi_Operating|text commands]]). By default, the Win-Test main window serves as a background for all other windows, but you may also choose to have every window "float" independently (see [[Menu:Options#Windows]]). <br />
<br />
When you close the log entry window, Win-Test terminates.<br />
<br />
Any QSO may be edited simply by typing over anything that needs correction. Use the '''<tt>[Up arrow]</tt>''' and '''<tt>[Down arrow]</tt>''' keys to edit previous QSOs. To restore the original QSO data, press '''<tt>Ctrl-Z</tt>''' before moving the cursor from that line. You can also delete a QSO (if single-op), though it is usually better to just enter a duplicate QSO -- see [[Menu:Edit#Delete_QSO]] for more information.<br />
<br />
When the cursor is positioned in the callsign field, data is entered in "insert mode", that is, typing does not replace characters, it only inserts them. In all other fields, data is entered in "overtype mode". See [[FAQ:User_Interface#Can_I_use_.22Insert_Mode.22_in_a_serial_number_or_exchange_field.3F|this entry in the FAQ]] for the rationale.<br />
<br />
The '''<tt>[Spacebar]</tt>''' key is used to quickly move the cursor back and forth between the callsign field and the received exchange field, skipping over the RST columns.<br />
<br />
{{wbox|Tip|Enter a "?" character in the middle of a callsign or exchange as a placeholder for missing information, e.g. <code>F?MZN</code>. Then when you press '''<tt>[Spacebar]</tt>''', the cursor will jump directly to the "?" character, and you can overtype it with the missing data (even in the callsign field).}}<br />
<br />
The '''<tt>[Backspace]</tt>''', '''<tt>[Del]</tt>''', '''<tt>[Left arrow]</tt>''', '''<tt>[Right arrow]</tt>''', '''<tt>[Home]</tt>''', '''<tt>[End]</tt>''', '''<tt>[Ctrl][Left arrow]</tt>''' and '''<tt>[Ctrl][Right arrow]</tt>'''keys operate conventionally, within a single field; they do not move the cursor outside of the current field. <br />
<br />
The '''<tt>[Tab]</tt>''' key may be used to position the cursor under the RST sent column as well as callsign and exchange. The '''<tt>[>]</tt>''' and '''<tt>[<]</tt>''' keys work similarly, but they also allow you to move the cursor to the QSO time field for direct editing. You can also change the time, date, frequency, serial number sent and other fields of a QSO by positioning the cursor on any line and pressing '''<tt>[Alt-F]</tt>''' to display the [[Menu:Edit|Edit QSO pop-up menu]].<br />
<br />
You may scroll back through the entire log by pressing the '''<tt>[PageUp]</tt>''' and '''<tt>[PageDown]</tt>''' keys.<br />
<br />
{{wbox|Tip|Press '''<tt>Ctrl-[PageUp]</tt>''' to scroll back in the log by 24 hours.}}<br />
<br />
Enter a '''QSO number''' on the last line and press '''<tt>[Ctrl-g]</tt>''' to "Go to" that QSO number in the log. Press '''<tt>[Ctrl-g] [Enter]</tt>''' to return to the bottom of the log.<br />
<br />
Enter a callsign, prefix or '''beam heading''' (0 to 360°) on the last line and press '''<tt>[Ctrl]+[F12]</tt>''' to rotate to that heading. Press '''<tt>[Alt]+[F12]</tt>''' for long (or "alternate") path. For more information, see [[Rotators#Testing_the_configuration|Rotators]].<br />
<br />
Many other keys may be used in this window to assist with rapid data entry. For example, '''<tt>[F11]</tt>''' clears the entire QSO, whereas '''<tt>Ctrl-W</tt>''' clears only the current field. See [[Keys#Editing_and_moving_around_the_QSO_entry_line|Keys - Editing and moving around the QSO entry line]].<br />
<br />
The font size, background color, and header line attributes of this window may be adjusted by right clicking and selecting the '''Log''' option (see [[Menu:Options#Log]]). The yellow header text can be centered, left-justified, or completely hidden.<br />
<br />
[[Image:LogFontSize.PNG|frame|center|Changing the log font size of the log window.]]<br />
<br />
The columns vary from contest to contest. In the CQ World-Wide example above,<br />
<br />
* '''QSO''' - raw QSO number. Can be hidden using [[Menu:Options#Hide_QSO_numbers|Hide QSO numbers]] (recommended for Multi-Multi contests with a sent serial number)<br />
* '''Bd''' - band. Can be changed with '''<tt>[Alt-F1]</tt>''', '''<tt>[Alt-F2]</tt>''', or '''<tt>[Alt-F]</tt>'''<br />
* '''Time''' - QSO time (UTC). Can be changed by moving the cursor with the '''<tt>[<]</tt>''' key, or '''<tt>[Alt-F]</tt>'''<br />
* '''Callsign''' - Callsign of station worked.<br />
{{wbox|Tip|Enter Win-Test [[Text_commands#List_of_Text_Commands|text commands]] (menu shortcuts) in the callsign field.}}<br />
* '''Sen/Rcvd''' - Sent and received exchanges<br />
* '''Mult''' - multipliers and other information:<br />
** '''C''' - Country multiplier<br />
** '''Z''' - Zone multiplier<br />
** '''DUPE''' - Duplicate contact<br />
** '''????''' - Multiplier in received exchange field not recognized (e.g. unrecognized state or section abbreviation, zone number out of range)<br />
** '''////''' - Unrecognized country prefix<br />
** '''!!!!''' - Multiplier violation (non-mult worked by a Mult station in a Multi-single, band change violation, etc.)<br />
** <i>other</i> - Prefix, country, state, grid, etc. multiplier<br />
* '''Pt''' - QSO points<br />
* '''Stn''' - Station identifier (can be changed by pressing '''<tt>Alt-Y</tt>''' - see [[Keys#Multi_Operator]])<br />
**'''R1/R2''' - Run 1 or Run 2 (multi-two), or Radio 1 / Radio 2 (SO2R).<br />
**'''R/M''' - Run or Mult (Multi-single)<br />
**'''+''' (suffix) - Indicates QSO data entered by a support or [[Menu:Windows#Partner|partner station]]<br />
<br />
Finally, a red information line at the bottom of the window displays additional information, such as<br />
* '''* New zone *'''<br />
* '''* New country *'''<br />
* '''* Dupe with #1963 at 23:59Z 2008-11-30 (25) * '''<br />
* '''* Spotted by F5MZN * '''<br />
* Brief one-line packet cluster announcements of new multipliers<br />
<br />
==Worked Gridsquares==<br />
<code>Windows | Worked Gridsquares</code> or '''<tt>Alt-L</tt>'''<br />
<br><br />
Opens (or closes) the gridsquares window. The gridsquares worked are in grey, the red spots are the stations worked and the green spots are the stations spotted. The current gridsquare is displayed in red color to give an indication of direction. This works even with only four of the six characters entered.<br />
<br />
[[Image:WindowsGridSquareMap1.gif|center|frame|Gridsquares Map]]<br />
<br />
If the [[Menu:Windows#DX-Cluster_Announcements|DX-Cluster Announcements]] window is opened and the gridsquare of a spot is known, passing the mouse over this spot will blink its location in this window.<br />
<br />
Right click on the map to display the pop-up window:<br />
<br />
[[Image:GridSquareMapPopUp.PNG|center|frame|Gridsquare map pop-up window displayed by right-clicking on the map]]<br />
<br />
* '''Copy the map''' copies the image to the Windows clipboard<br />
* '''Actualize Information''' controls when the map will be updated:<br />
** Pressing the spacebar <br />
** Automatically<br />
* '''Colorize worked gridsquares''' marks worked grid squares in gray<br />
* '''Show QSO''' marks QSOs with a red dot<br />
* '''Display the spots''' marks spotted stations with a green dot<br />
* '''Show gridsquares''' draws the squares and the grid square lines<br />
* '''Show fields only''' turns grid square outlines off<br />
* '''Show caption''' displays the major grid square names (first two letters)<br />
* '''Center map here''' lets you move the center of the map interactively. <br />
<br />
{{wbox|Note|This option is available only if you have '''not''' selected "Always center on the operating QTH" in the Properties dialog (see below).}}<br />
<br />
* '''Properties...''' allows you to modify several display parameters:<br />
<br />
[[Image:GridSquareMapProperties.PNG|center|frame|Gridsquares Map Properties]]<br />
<br />
The larger the scale, the bigger the map.<br />
<br />
==Worked Zones==<br />
<code>Windows | Worked Zones</code> or '''<tt>Alt-Z</tt>'''<br />
<br><br />
Opens (or closes) the worked zones window. The title of this menu item will fit to the chosen contest.<br />
The window displays the worked multipliers (in blue) or not (in white) on the current band, and possibly the current mode.<br />
<br />
Some examples:<br />
<br />
[[Image:WindowsZone1.gif|center|frame|Worked departements window (French REF HF contest)]]<br />
<br />
[[Image:WindowsZone3.gif|center|frame|Worked states and provinces window (International ARRL DX contest)]]<br />
<br />
Furthermore, with a right click on this window (if the contest is multi-bands and/or multi-modes) you can display the distribution of these multipliers by band (and/or mode).<br />
<br />
<br />
[[Image:WindowsZone2.gif|center|frame|WAZ zones worked window by band (CQWW DX contest)]]<br />
<br />
At last, the same contextual menu allows you to copy all the datas of this window into the clipboard as an image or a text, and directly paste it as a text file or an Excel (TM) or OpenOffice spreadsheet.<br />
<br />
==Worked DXCC==<br />
<code>Windows | Worked DXCC</code> or '''<tt>Alt-M</tt>'''<br />
<br><br />
Opens (or closes) the worked DXCC window. The title of this menu item will change with the contest chosen.<br />
<br />
[[Image:WindowsMult.gif|center|frame|Worked DXCC countries window]]<br />
<br />
If one DXCC country has been worked on a band (possibly a mode), this band will be displayed in blue, otherwise it remains in white. This window is resizable.<br />
<br />
A right click on this window allows to display the countries alphabetically sorted (within the same continent), or sorted by number of band/mode worked. More, to easily search for missing countries, the countries worked on all bands can be hidden (clean sweeps). Also, countries never worked in the contest can be hidden.<br />
<br />
You can easily move to the next (or previous) bookmark - displayed on a yellow background by default - by holding the '''<tt>Shift</tt>''' key down, while rolling your mouse wheel.<br />
<br />
Last, all the data included in this window can be copied as a text file, and pasted in text or directly in an Excel (TM) or OpenOffice spreadsheet, for a later analysis.<br />
<br />
==Check Callsign==<br />
<code>Windows | Check Callsign</code> or ['''<tt>F9</tt>''']<br />
<br><br />
Opens (or closes) the worked callsign window. This window displays a checkmark if and on which bands a specific callsign has been logged before. Depending on the type of the contest, the display may show more than one column to display the different possible modes.<br />
<br />
[[Image:WindowsCheckCallsign.gif|center|frame|The Check Callsign Window]]<br />
<br />
Moving the mouse cursor over the checkmark will bring up additional information about this QSO. And a double-click on it will move the cursor to this QSO.<br />
<br />
==Check Multipliers==<br />
<code>Windows | Check Multipliers</code> or ['''<tt>F10</tt>''']<br />
<br><br />
<br />
Opens (or closes) the checking multipliers window.<br />
<br />
[[Image:WindowsCheckCountry.PNG|center|frame|Check Multipliers window for the CQ World-Wide DX contest]]<br />
<br />
To use this window, enter a callsign or country prefix in the data entry area of the main logging window. The dark blue line indicates the current band. The other lines indicate whether this multiplier has been worked or not on other bands (and in other modes if the contest rules permit). If the callsign entered has been worked on other bands, Win-Test displays those QSOs (in DXpedition mode, also the date of the QSO is displayed). Otherwise, the callsign of the first station worked in that multiplier on that band is displayed, if any. For the CQ World-Wide DX contest, display priority is: same callsign, same country and same zone. An uppercase "Z" in the last column indicates that the zone and country have been worked on the indicated band. A lowercase "z" means the zone has been worked, but not the country. And of course a blank line indicates that both the zone and country are needed. See also the [[Menu:Windows#Search_for_Worked_Multipliers_or_Partial_QTH_Locators|Search for Worked Multipliers]] window.<br />
<br />
Additional information about the multiplier is displayed at the bottom:<br />
<br />
* The official country prefix and country name<br />
* A small icon indicating if it is local day, night, or sunrise/sunset time in that country<br />
* The current local time in that country (suffixed by a lowercase "l")<br />
* The short (Az) and long path (Lp) beam headings (azimuths) to this multiplier (based on the station locator entered in the [[New_Log#Step_2:_Setup_your_logcontest|Contest configuration screen]])<br />
* The sunrise (SR) and sunset (SS) time in this country, expressed as UTC (suffixed by a lowercase "z"). These times are computed from the geographical coordinates given taken from the CTY* file or your QTH locator, if specified in the setup dialog.<br />
* Graphical indication of the sun status on both sides of the QSO (may be disabled via the context menu)<br />
** Two yellow bars represent the sun over 24 hours of the day. The top bar displays the situation at the DX location, while the bottom bar represents your own location.<br />
** A pink cursor denotes current time. <br />
** Dotted lines represent local noon or local midnight. <br />
<br />
A double click on a line will move the cursor to the specified QSO. Press '''<tt>[Ctrl-End]</tt>''' or '''<tt>[Ctrl-G]</tt>''', '''<tt>[Enter]</tt>''' to return the cursor to the blank line at the end of the data entry area.<br />
<br />
Finally, using the context menu (right click on the window), you can change '''Actualize information''' to '''Automatically''' (recommended) or to '''Pressing the space bar''' to indicate when you want the check multiplier screen to be updated. "Automatically" updates the screen after each keystroke. Any modification in the received exchange field (e.g. zone) also updates this check multiplier window.<br />
<br />
==Search for Worked Multipliers or Partial QTH Locators==<br />
<code>Windows | Search for Worked Multipliers</code><br><br />
Keyboard shortcut: '''<tt>Shift+F10</tt>'''<br />
<br><br />
<br />
Lists all the callsigns logged in a specified multiplier (Zone, State, ARRL Section, Grid Square Locator, etc.).<br />
<br />
To quickly list everyone you have logged in a particular multiplier, sorted by band, enter the multiplier in the ''callsign'' field and press '''<tt>Shift+F10</tt>'''. The [[Menu:Windows#Check_Partials|Check Partial Window]] will be displayed in a different format, as shown below.<br />
<br />
[[Image:WindowsCheckMult1.gif|center|frame|Looking for a departement during the REF HF Contest]]<br />
<br />
[[Image:WindowsCheckMult2.gif|center|frame|Looking for a WAZ zone during the CQWW DX (Zone 40)]]<br />
<br />
[[Image:WindowsCheckMult3.gif|center|frame|Looking for an US state during the ARRL DX Contest (here: District of Columbia, DC)]]<br />
<br />
Any further typing in the callsign field restores the [[Menu:Windows#Check_Partials|Check Partial Window]] to its normal appearance. You can also use '''<tt>[Ctrl-W]</tt>''', '''<tt>[Alt-W]</tt>''', or '''<tt>[F11]</tt>''' to erase the multiplier from the callsign field.<br />
<br />
{{wbox|Note|This search only works for contests where the multiplier is logged as part of the exchange, so it doesn't work for the CQ WPX contest or the ARRL DX Contest (when operating from the U.S. and Canada).}}<br />
<br />
For VHF/UHF/SHF... contests, this function is dedicated to partial QTH locator search. Enter the partial QTH locator either in the callsign or in the locator field and then press '''<tt>Shift-F10</tt>'''.<br />
<br />
[[Image:WindowsCheckPartialQTHLocator.PNG|center|frame|Searching callsigns by QTH locator]]<br />
<br />
==Check Partials==<br />
<code>Windows | Check Partials</code> or ['''<tt>F12</tt>''']<br />
<br><br />
<br />
Opens (or closes) the Check Partials window. The master file used is normally MASTER.SCP or DEFAULT.SCP or ''contest''.DTB, as described under [[Check_Partial_and_Np1_Files|Check Partial and Np1 Files]].<br />
<br />
[[Image:WindowsCheckPartial.gif|center|frame|Checking partials. Partial callsign entered: A2Q]]<br />
<br />
If this window is open, and at least 3 characters are entered in the callsign logging field, Win-Test looks in the master database for the callsigns including the 3-character string. <br />
<br />
For example, in this upper screen-shot, the partial callsign entered is "A2Q". All the callsigns found by Win-Test show this string.<br />
<br />
The white callsigns are those not worked yet. The green callsigns are stations worked on another band, but not the current band. The red callsigns are the dupes (callsigns already worked on the current band).<br />
<br />
You may also use the wildcard character "?" like "DL6?A?" to filter out unwanted calls.<br />
<br />
[[Image:WindowsCheckPartialOptions.gif|center|frame|Available context menu options in the Check Partial window]]<br />
<br />
Double clicking on a callsign copies it into the callsign logging field.<br />
<br />
Right click in the window to brings up a context menu where you can choose if Win-Test is to use the master database or just your log. Another option is (in some contests) if you want to see the expected report in that window (from ''contest''.DTB).<br />
<br />
For slow contests, it might make sense to start the check partial search after the second letter is entered into the callsign field, rather than the third. <br />
<br />
Another option allows you limit the number of callsigns displayed to fit the available space in the window.<br />
<br />
Finally, the option '''Used files list''' will display the master file that Win-Test has loaded to feed the Check Partials window:<br />
<br />
[[Image:Check Partial Files List.PNG|center|frame|Used files list selected from Check Partial window pop-up menu]].<br />
<br />
See [[Check_Partial_and_Np1_Files|Check Partial and Np1 Files]] for more info about naming super check files, search order, and how to update them.<br />
<br />
In HF contests such as CQ World-Wide, you can enter a zone number in the '''callsign''' field and press '''<tt>Shift+F10</tt>''' to display a list of prefixes in that zone, and a list of stations worked in that zone.<br />
<br />
[[Image:WindowsCheckPartialShiftF10.png|center|frame|Check partial window after entering 37 in the callsign field and pressing Shift+F10 to view countries in that zone. 5H3EE is in zone 37 and has been worked on 20m.]]<br />
<br />
In VHF/UHF contests, pressing '''<tt>Shift+F10</tt>''' on a partial QTH locator changes the Check Partials Window to the Partial QTH Locator Search Window. This feature is helpful to identify stations in a VHF/UHF contest when you copy only the QTH locator.<br />
<br />
[[Image:WindowsCheckPartialResult.png|center|frame|Check Partial QTH Locator window]]<br />
<br />
You may enter the partial QTH locator either in the callsign or in the QTH locator fields. A minimum of four characters has to be present in order to check the locator.<br />
<br />
==Check N + 1==<br />
<code>Windows | Check N + 1</code> or ['''<tt>F8</tt>''']<br />
<br><br />
<br />
Opens (or closes) the N + 1 window. The master file used is normally MASTER.SCP or DEFAULT.SCP or ''contest''.DTB, as described under [[Check_Partial_and_Np1_Files|Check Partial and Np1 Files]].<br />
<br />
If this window is open, and at least 3 characters are entered in the callsign logging field, Win-Test looks in the master database for the callsigns differing from the partial callsign by one character.<br />
<br />
This command also detects 2-character swap (dyslexia), as well as one missing character.<br />
<br />
[[Image:WindowsNp1_1.gif|center|frame|N + 1 window (Partial call entered: W5TQ)]]<br />
<br />
If the callsign is not included in the master database, and has not been worked yet, it is considered a UNIQUE. Otherwise, it is displayed in the first position.<br />
<br />
[[Image:WindowsNp1_2.gif|center|frame|N + 1 window (Partial call entered: K3OK)]]<br />
<br />
The white callsigns are the stations not yet worked. The green ones are those worked on another band, but not the current band. The red callsigns are dupes.<br />
<br />
[[Image:WindowsNp1_3.gif|center|frame|Available context menu options in the N+1 window]]<br />
<br />
Double clicking on a callsign copies it into the callsign logging field.<br />
<br />
A right click in the window brings up a context menu where you can choose to use the master database or just your log. A second option (in some contests) is if you want to see the expected report in that window (from ''contest''.DTB). You may also wish to limit the number of callsigns displayed to the available space in the N+1 window. Finally, the option "Used files list" will display the master file that Win-Test has loaded to feed the Check Partials window.<br />
<br />
==Partner==<br />
<code>Windows | Partner</code><br />
<br><br />
Opens (or closes) the partner window.<br />
<br />
[[Image:PartnerWindow.gif|right|frame|Partner window with two entries. You can now pull W6XR into the callsign field by pressing '''<tt>Alt-1</tt>''']] <br><p>This feature is especially useful in a Multi-OP environment when facing large pile-ups and/or weak signals or when you are training a new operator.</p><br />
<br />
Situation: You get several callers coming back to your CQ. You pull out one callsign - but sometimes you are able to copy another callsign or at least parts of it. If you could remember this second call after the first QSO, you'd be able to call the second station right away (without QRZ) and save time.<br />
<br />
Improvement: Set up a second operator (OP2), a second computer and a second pair of headphones, sometimes a second receiver. Both OPs now open up the Partner window on their computer. The running operator OP1 continues like before: He works the first callsign. In the mean time, the OP2 supports OP1 to copy the callsign - or alternatively - he can add callsigns he copied from the pile-up by entering the callsign on the QSO entry field and then pressing '''<tt>Alt-Enter</tt>'''.<br />
<br />
This callsign will now be displayed on all computers in the network that are set at the same band and mode. OP1 will see the new callsign after his first QSO and calls that station right away. <br />
<br />
The Partner window can hold up to 9 callsigns, and theses calls can be pulled into the callsign field with '''<tt>Alt-1</tt>''', '''<tt>Alt-2</tt>'''...'''<tt>Alt-9</tt>'''. Usually this is done by OP1 to log that callsign, while OP2 uses this function to remove the call from the partner window. Once the QSO is logged, that callsign will disappear from both partner windows.<br />
<br />
You can also swap the callsign field with one of the entries by pressing '''<tt>Ctrl-1</tt>''', '''<tt>Ctrl-2</tt>'''...'''<tt>Ctrl-9</tt>'''.<br />
<br />
Using message variables on CW and RTTY you can now enter a QSO (with correction or not), grab another callsign from the Partner window, and send the new report in one keystroke, by using:<br />
'''$CORRECT TU $CR NOW $GRABPARTNER $NEXT $F2''' (sends call if corrected before the TU)<br />
for the '''<tt>[Plus]</tt>''' key, or<br />
'''$CURRENT TU $CR NOW $GRABPARTNER $NEXT $F2''' (resends full call before the TU)<br />
assuming '''<tt>$F2</tt>''' contains the report.<br />
<br />
If you want to manually grab a callsign from the Partner window you can use:<br />
'''$PREV TU NOW $LOGGED $F2'''<br />
Then<br />
# Use the '''<tt>[Enter]</tt>''' key to silently enter the current QSO<br />
# Grab the next callsign from the Partner windownd (via double-click or Alt-''n'')<br />
# Send the message above<br />
<br />
[[Image:WindowsPartnerWindowRealtimefeature.PNG|left|frame|Partner Window Context Menu]]<br />
[[Image:WindowsPartnerWindowProperties.PNG|right|frame|Partner Window Properties]]<br />
<br><p>When a QSO is logged locally or via the network it is checked against the contents of the partner window, and - if found - removed from the partner window as it is now obsolete.</p><br />
<br />
If automatic exchange guessing is enabled, a callsign grabbed from the partner window will have the exchange window filled in and will update the check partials and N+1 windows.<br />
<br />
Finally, the entire Partner window content can be cleared by using the appropriate context menu item or by pressing '''<tt>Alt-Backspace</tt>'''. Individual entries can be removed via '''<tt>Ctrl-Doubleclick</tt>'''.<br />
<br />
Up to three support partners can be engaged. If you do not want the partner to be limited by band and mode, use the "No band/mode filtering" option in the context menu of the partner window. <br />
<br />
A '''real-time''' mode is available in the partner window's context menu. This allows the main operator to have a real-time view on what the partner(s) is(are) typing (character by character) so he(she) does not have to wait until they press '''<tt>Alt-Enter</tt>''' in this time-critical situation. For this to work, the supporting partner has to change his station type to "Support" (see section [[Menu:Commands#Station_Type]]), indicated by '''<tt>R+</tt>''' on the QSO entry line.<br />
<br />
In the context menu of the partner window there are two settings that can be done, when more then one partner (up to 3) is engaged:<br />
* as support, must be selected to which slot this partner will send its real-time characters<br />
* as runner, must be selected how many slot are being displayed at the partner window top<br />
<br />
The runner will then grab a real-time slot with '''<tt>Alt-Space</tt>''', or in all cases, he can also double-click on any callsign of this window.<br />
<br />
==Status==<br />
<code>Windows | Status</code> or '''<tt>Alt-J</tt>'''<br />
<br><br />
Opens (or closes) the status window.<br />
<br />
[[Image:StatusWindow.PNG|center|frame|Status Window]]<br />
<br />
This window indicates the status of each station connected to the network. From left to right, are displayed :<br />
<br />
* Station name<br />
* Current band and mode<br />
* Station type<br />
* QSY frequency of the current band and mode<br />
* Radio 1 frequency<br />
* Radio 2 frequency<br />
* Operator<br />
* Time left before a possible QSY, according to the 10 minutes M/S rule, or "OK" if the station is allowed to make a QSY on another band. Note that this column only appears if the contest specifies this particular rule.<br />
<br />
Your own station is displayed in a deep blue background. The active radio of each station has its frequency in red characters.<br />
The list may be by band and station names when it gets cluttered in a very large network by using the appropriate function in the context menu.<br />
<br />
A double left click on a station name will display the chat dialog with this station name as default destination.<br />
<br />
Opening the context menu with a right mouseclick will allow you to turn on network traffic logging. This might be useful for basic network troubleshooting. This log file uses the .ntk (stands for NeTworK) file extension.<br />
<br />
Ping a specific station from the context menu on this station name and use "Ping XXX". The Win-Test version, the Master, Bridgehead, Sync indicators and the propagation time are returned in the Gab window (Alt-I). Reminder: You may also use the INV (stands for Inventory) text command to get a summary of the complete network.<br />
<br />
A remote command to a specific station can be sent by opening the context menu on this station name and use "Send remote command to XXX...".<br />
<br />
At last, a double left click on any frequency displayed will tune the current radio to that frequency.<br />
<br />
==Skeds==<br />
<code>Windows | Skeds</code> or '''<tt>Alt-B</tt>'''<br />
<br><br />
Opens (or closes) the skeds window.<br />
<br />
[[Image:WindowsSked.gif|center|frame|Skeds Window]]<br />
<br />
Skeds (Alt-E) and passed stations (Alt-D) are displayed in this window. See [[Multi-op/Passing]].<br />
<br />
* A grey background means that the sked is over for more than 10 minutes.<br />
* A yellow background means that the sked is planned within less than 10 minutes maximum (a "hot sked"). If the window was not open, it will pop-up to remind the operator of the hot sked. The pop-up will be suppressed, however, if Win-Test is running minimized.<br />
* A green background means that the sked is planned in more than 10 minutes.<br />
<br />
A - (minus) sign before the hour means that the sked is over for more than 24 hours. A + (plus) sign before the hour means that the sked is planned in more than 24 hours.<br />
<br />
A right click allows to sort the skeds window by time or by band. You can also hide the older skeds, and modify or cancel a sked. In a multi operating configuration, the sked data are sent across the network.<br />
<br />
At last, note that a double left click will tune the current radio on the sked frequency and capture the callsign of the scheduled station in the callsign logging field. You will thus just need to press ['''<tt>Return</tt>'''] after completing the QSO!<br />
<br />
==Solar Activity==<br />
<code>Windows | Solar Activity</code><br />
<br><br />
<br />
This option displays solar activity data that has been received from the DX cluster connection. You can chose between SSN, SFI, K and A indexes. It is an interesting tool to discover trends in propagation during a contest.<br />
<br />
<center><br />
{|<br />
|[[Image:WindowsSolarActivityWWV.png|center|frame|Solar Activity Window (WWV data)]]<br />
|[[Image:WindowsSolarActivityWCY.png|center|frame|Solar Activity Window (from DK0WCY)]]<br />
|}<br />
</center><br />
<br />
As there are two sources on the DX cluster for this kind of information, you may chose between WWV and WCY.<br />
This information can also be applied - in conjunction with HamCap - for specific propagation forecasts.<br />
See [[Menu:Options#HamCAP | Menu Options HamCAP]] in this manual.<br />
<br />
Click on the triangles to open or close a chart. You may open or close all charts at once by holding the ['''<tt>Shift</tt>'''] key down while clicking on one of the triangles.<br />
<br />
==QSY Wizard==<br />
<code>Windows | QSY Wizard</code><br />
<br />
The QSY Wizard can only be used if [[HamCAP]] is installed and running. You must also have [[Menu:Options#HamCAP| Options | HamCAP | Tab]] set to '''Charts'''.<br />
<br />
After working a DX, pressing '''<tt>Ctrl-P</tt>''' will bring up the HamCAP window with a propagation prediction to this DX. Then, the QSY Wizard will display the bands on which to which a QSY or sked may be useful:<br />
<center><br />
{|<br />
|[[Image:WindowsQsyWizard.png|center|frame|QSY Wizard]]<br />
|[[Image:HamCAPprediction.png|center|frame|HamCAP prediction to CN2R]]<br />
|}<br />
</center><br />
In the above example CN2R has been worked on 20m. After pressing '''<tt>Ctrl-P</tt>''' the wizard tells us that a QSY may be promising to 15, 40, 80 and 160m. For 10m, however, the wizard recommends a sked at 18:30 UT instead. This is the peak time predicted by HamCap for this path but MUF will be only be 20.1 MHz (the mouse cursor was over the 18:30/28MHz yellow square while creating this screenshot).<br />
<br />
==Extra Information==<br />
This window displays data included in .XDT (eXtra DaTa) files. These files are textual and have a very basic syntax. These files are suitable for name lists (your favorite contest friends or club members, whose names you never get to remember in the middle of the contest) or information about a station's capabilities on other VHF/UHF/SHF bands so that you will want to ask for a sked.<br />
<br />
[[Image:WindowsExtraDataFiles.png|center|frame|The Extra Data Files Window can be used to display additional useful information during the contest.]]<br />
<br />
===XDT Files===<br />
The first column is the callsign of the station for which information is to be displayed. The rest of the line carries the information to display. There can be only one line per callsign. Lines have to be formatted in MS-DOS mode, i.e. CR/LF at the end.<br />
<br />
You can set up to 10 default extra data files by the menu function '''<code>Options | Data files | Default data files</code>'''. These files will be opened with every log. They must be located in the WT installation directory. Refer to [[Menu:Options#Default_extra_data_files... | Menu: Options Default extra data files...]] for detailed information.<br />
<br />
You can also add '''log-specific''' extra data files by using the '''<tt>Extra files...</tt>''' item in the context menu of this window (right-click to open the contextual menu). A new window will open-up where you can click the ADD button to browse the computer resources to locate and select the file you need (see picture).<br />
<br />
[[Image:LogSpecificExtraDataFiles.png|center|frame|Click the ADD button to locate and select the file you need]]<br />
<br />
There is no limitation to the location and the number of these log-specific files. The added file names and paths will then be save in a file with '''<tt>.xdl</tt>''' extension among all the other contest specific files (.LOG, .SUM, .pkt, .gab, .wtb, etc.).<br />
<br />
<br />
If you modify an '''<tt>.XDT</tt>''' file while it is in use, you must reload it by using the '''<tt>Reload files</tt>''' item in the context menu.<br />
<br />
{{wbox|Note|This function is designed to work with no more than a few thousand callsigns only. Don't try it with millions of lines or a Callbook file!}}<br />
<br />
===Directives===<br />
Directives are special statements in the data file beginning with a hash sign and a space.<br />
<br />
The <code># TITLE</code> directive is used to display a title in the window, like this:<br />
<pre><br />
# TITLE Operator Names<br />
CT1BOH Jose<br />
DJ1YFK Fab<br />
DL4NER Werner<br />
DL6RAI Ben<br />
F5HRY Herve<br />
F5MZN Olivier<br />
F6FVY Larry<br />
M0CLW Simon<br />
M3PHP Peter<br />
</pre><br />
<br />
The <code># VARIABLE</code> directive allows you to send the extra information in a CW message by using a variable name. The variable name '''must''' begin with the $ character.<br />
<br />
Example: The following line will substitute the $OPNAME string in the CW messages with the extra info included in this file, if the sent callsign has matching data.<br />
<br />
<pre><br />
# VARIABLE $OPNAME <br />
</pre><br />
<br />
<br />
{{wbox|Note|The variable subsitution only works with the internal CW keyer.}}<br />
<br />
==Summary==<br />
<code>Windows | Summary</code> or '''<tt>Alt-S</tt>'''<br />
<br><br />
Opens (or closes) the scoring summary window.<br />
<br />
[[Image:WindowsSummary.gif|center|frame|Summary]]<br />
<br />
The displayed number of QSO does not include the dupes. Thus, the QSO column displays only the QSO that have generated points.<br />
<br />
A right click allows to copy the scoring summary data in the clipboard as an image or as a text file (in WT language or in English, depending on the contest).<br />
<br />
===Live Score===<br />
<br />
[[Image:LiveScoreBroadcasting.gif|center|frame|Enabling Live Score Broadcasting through the context menu]]<br />
<br />
The context menu also allows you to configure and enable live score reporting by using a specific UDP broadcast protocol [http://download.win-test.com/utils/SummaryBroadcastingSpecs.txt]. Please note that additional third-party software is<br />
needed to post your score to one of the live scoreboards on the internet.<br />
<br />
For testing purposes, there is an option to create a live score broadcast "now"; typically, it will be broadcasted automatically once every five minutes or however you set up the periodicity. Live score broadcasting in a multi operator environment is limited to the station that is the network time master. <br />
<br />
For further information about live scores, please see [http://www.5b4wn.com/main/index.php?m=10] and [https://dl1dxa.darc.de/pdf/wt4.pdf] (German language).<br />
<br />
==Rate==<br />
<code>Windows | Rate</code> or '''<tt>Alt-R</tt>'''<br />
<br><br />
Opens (or closes) the rate window.<br />
<br />
[[Image:WindowsRate.PNG|center|frame|Rate Window]]<br />
<br />
This window is divided in different parts:<br />
<br />
The upper part displays the rate of the last hour, of the last 10 QSO, and of the last 100 QSO. It also displays a moving graph of the rate, computed on the last 15 minutes before the current QSO. The lower portion of that window displays additional rate information in text format.<br />
<br />
===Graphs===<br />
The graph is calculated on the last 15 minutes (default). Each bar, thus representing one minute on the air, calculates the moving average rate on the last X minutes, this time being selectable between 5 to 30 minutes. A short period will be selected for a contest with high rates (international HF, such as CQWW or WPX), and a longer one for a contest with slower rates (such as a national HF, or a VHF).<br />
<br />
Below is a display that shows instant continent distribution of previous QSOs. It uses the same timing parameters as the instant rates above.<br />
<br />
The QSO Timer Alarm progress bar appears below that. This bar gives a clear visual indication of the time elapsed since your last QSO. Right click and select '''Off-time timer alarm''' to set the full scale range of the progress bar. In the screen shot above, it is the red bar showing over 100H elapsed since the last QSO, but normally it is a green progress bar that advances from left to right. It begins as 100% green and slowly more of it turns red until it reaches full scale, when the bar becomes 100% red. The default scale is 5 minutes, but it is configurable between 1 and 120 minutes.<br />
<br />
===Text Information===<br />
The next part displays information about Time ON and Time OFF. For new logs, the off-time calculation is based on the contest rules. You can still use a custom setting to check your operating efficiency. Right click and select '''Off-time calculation threshold'''. If the contest rule is unknown, 30 minutes will be used as a default threshold. <br />
<br />
The next part shows information about band changes.<br />
<br />
The central part gives general information about the point statistics of the contest, e.g. time by mult, QSO counts, Mult worth, etc. <br />
<br />
The bottom part indicates the current mode and, in CW, the current speed, as well as the status of the automated CQ repeat mode.<br />
Some indicators that may appear there include:<br />
* '''CW''' - Operating mode is set to CW (press '''<tt>Ctrl-F1</tt>''' or '''<tt>Ctrl-F2</tt>''' to change)<br />
* '''SSB''' - Operating mode is set to Phone<br />
* '''RTTY''' - Operating mode is set to RTTY<br />
* '''34 WPM''' - CW speed in Words Per Minute (adjust with '''<tt>Alt-F9</tt>''', '''<tt>Alt-F10</tt>''', and '''<tt>Alt-V</tt>''')<br />
* '''34/32 WPM''' - Independent CW speed between Win-Test and WinKey pot (WinKey speed displayed on right)<br />
* '''S''' - Operator is listening in Stereo mode (operator pressed '''<tt>AltGr-S</tt>''' or '''<tt>Ctrl-Alt-S</tt>''', press '''<tt>AltGr-A</tt>''' or '''<tt>Ctrl-Alt-A</tt>''' to remove)<br />
* '''T''' - Operator is listening to the Secondary Radio (operator pressed '''<tt>AltGr-T</tt>''' or '''<tt>Ctrl-Alt-T</tt>''', press '''<tt>AltGr-A</tt>''' or '''<tt>Ctrl-Alt-A</tt>''' to remove)<br />
* '''REPEAT''' - Automatic repeating CQ feature is active and '''<tt>[F1]</tt>''' has been pressed. See [[Menu:Tools#Automatic_CQ_repeat|Automatic CQ Repeat]].<br />
<br />
===Context Menu===<br />
A right click allows you to choose on what bands and modes these calculations have to be done:<br />
<br />
* All : No filtering is done<br />
* Current : Filters only QSO done in the mode and band of the current radio<br />
* According to QSO : Filters only QSO done in the mode and band of the current QSO<br />
<br />
You can also choose to display the calculations as :<br />
<br />
* QSO / h : Only based on the number of QSO<br />
* Points / QSO : Averages the points of the QSO<br />
* Points QSO / h : Without the multipliers<br />
* Points / h : Including the multipliers<br />
<br />
Thresholds are defined and can be modified on the following properties:<br />
<br />
* Instant moving graph window -how many minutes of history are taken into account<br />
* Off Time Alarm - after how many minutes the color of the green bar will turn red<br />
* Off-time calculation - after how much time of no QSO, time is counted towards off-time (may be contest specific)<br />
* Last band change method - which event triggers the timer after a band change<br />
<br />
Moreover, the contents of the rate window can be customized by selecting one or more of the following, which are listed under the '''Display''' menu item of the context menu:<br />
<br />
* Instant rate moving graph<br />
* Instant continents distribution<br />
* Off-time timer<br />
* Time ON / Time OFF<br />
* Band Changes<br />
* Band Changes elapsed times<br />
* QSO/Mult ratio<br />
* Distances Data<br />
<br />
Finally, right click and select the '''Copy''' menu item to copy this window, as an image, to the Windows clipboard.<br />
<br />
{{wbox|Note|The available menu items in the context menu may vary depending on where you right click in the window.}}<br />
<br />
==Statistics==<br />
<code>Windows | Statistics</code> or '''<tt>[Ctrl-F9]</tt>'''<br />
<br><br />
Opens (or closes) the Statistics window, a rate sheet.<br />
<br />
[[Image:WindowsRateSheet.gif|center|frame|Statistics Window showing total QSOs made on all bands and modes, per hour]]<br />
<br />
The size of this window can be changed by dragging the edges. The window displays the number of QSOs, hour by hour, for the entire contest period.<br />
<br />
The time span is fixed depending on the contest type. For the shorter contests, the display spans 24 hours; for the major contests, it spans the full 48 hours. For DXpeditions, it is configurable from 1 to 15 days via the [Days...] button in the [[New_Log#Step_2:_Setup_your_log|Contest Configuration window]].<br />
<br />
Switching to the '''Targets''' tab in the statistics window, you may compare your current score to a pre-loaded estimate, which may be derived from a previous contest operation or generated by hand. Positive offsets with respect to the target file are shown in green color, negative offsets in red color. <br />
<br />
[[Image:Targets.PNG|center|frame|Cumulative (overall) Multiplier tracking vs. target]]<br />
<br />
You may also display hour-by-hour comparisons with the targets.<br />
<br />
[[Image:StatisticsHourlyQSOTargets.PNG|center|frame|Hour by hour QSO tracking vs. target]]<br />
<br />
Please see [[Menu:Tools#Load_an_objective_file|Menu | Tools | Load a targets file...]] for further information on exporting and loading target files.<br />
<br />
Switching to the '''Continents''' tab displays continental QSO statistics.<br />
<br />
[[Image:StatisticsContinents.PNG|center|frame|Continental QSO statistics]]<br />
<br />
A right click allows to set different display options:<br />
<br />
{| align="center"<br />
|[[Image:StatisticsPopUpMenuDisplayedData.PNG|center|frame|Pop-up menu showing displayed data options]]<br />
|[[Image:StatisticsPopUpMenu.PNG|center|frame|Pop-up menu showing band options]]<br />
|}<br />
<br />
Displayed Data<br />
<br />
* Select which kind of data to display: QSOs, Multipliers, QSO Points, etc.<br />
<br />
<br />
Band<br />
<br />
* All (total): Single color display, all bands combined<br />
* All (detailed): Multicolor display, one color per band<br />
* Current: Displays statistics for the current band<br />
* According to QSO: Displays statistics for the band of the currently selected QSO<br />
<br />
Mode<br />
<br />
* All (total): Single color display, all modes combined<br />
* All (detailed): Multicolor display, one color per mode<br />
* Current: Displays statistics for the current mode<br />
* According to QSO: Displays statistics for the mode of the currently selected QSO<br />
<br />
Display<br />
<br />
* By time: Displays an hour by hour comparison<br />
* Overall: Displays a cumulative (overall total) comparison<br />
<br />
Another option allows you to load a targets file for comparison, or export a targets file based on the current log.<br />
<br />
Finally, it is possible to copy any of the Statistics windows as image or text to the Windows clipboard. Then you can copy the data into to a text document or even into an Excel&reg; or OpenOffice spreadsheet.<br />
<br />
==Gab==<br />
<code>Windows | Gab</code> or '''<tt>Alt-I</tt>'''<br />
<br><br />
Opens (or closes) the gab window.<br />
<br />
[[Image:WindowsGab.gif|center|frame|Gab Window]]<br />
<br />
All the gab chat is displayed in this window. With a right click, you can choose to display (or not) the time when the message was sent, including (or not) the seconds. Moreover, this window can be copied as an image.<br />
<br />
In the context menu, the option "Taskbar flashing" can be selected to make the Windows Task Bar flash every time a gab is received.<br />
<br />
All the gab chat is recorded in the <tt>.gab</tt> file of the current contest.<br />
<br />
A double-click in a station name in this window will open the chat dialog, with this station name as default destination.<br />
<br />
If the gab window becomes too cluttered, you may wish to clear it via the context menu.<br />
<br />
==World Map==<br />
<code>Windows | World Map</code><br />
<br><br />
Opens (or closes) the map window<br />
<br />
[[Image:WindowsMap.gif|center|frame|World Map]]<br />
<br />
The World Map shows when you get spotted by someone. <br />
<br />
[[Image:WorldMapWithRBNSpots2.png|center|frame|World Map displaying when you are being heard.]]<br />
<br />
The dimensions of this worldmap window can be modified. With a right click, you can display (or not) the grey-line. Moreover, you can increase or decrease the format (zoom). There is a number of options to select in the appropriate context menu.<br />
<br />
[[Image:WorldMapWithRBNSpotsContextMenu.png|center|frame|World Map Context Menu]]<br />
<br />
An additional option allows you to display only the greyline terminator plus a little symbol for the sun which makes reading the information a little easier at times.<br />
<br />
[[Image:WorldMapWithLightTerminator.gif|center|frame|World Map with light terminator]]<br />
<br />
==Radio 1, Radio 2 (Band Maps)==<br />
<code>Windows | Radio 1</code> or <code>Windows | Radio 2</code><br />
<br><br />
Opens (or closes) the radio window.<br />
[[Image:WindowsRadio.gif|right|frame|Radio window (band map)]]<br />
These resizable windows are also called Band Maps.<br />
<br />
The frequencies of the 2 VFOs are displayed. The active VFO has a yellow background.<br />
<br />
If Win-Test has a DX cluster connection, the bandmaps are automatically fed from the DX cluster data stream, from logging contacts, and by manually adding information using '''<tt>Ctrl-Enter</tt>''' instead of '''<tt>[Enter]</tt>'''. Op-entered spots are protected from spots of the same DX on a freq inside the mode bandwidth window.<br />
<br />
The green callsigns denote new multipliers, the black ones new callsigns (not worked so far), and dupes are in grey color and slanted font.<br />
<br />
A double click on a callsign will automatically put the radio on the spot frequency and capture the callsign in the logging field. You just need to complete the QSO and press '''<tt>[Enter]</tt>'''! Press '''<tt>[Alt-F4]</tt>''' to return to your run frequency.<br />
<br />
An '''<tt>[Alt]</tt>'''-double click on a callsign will load the spot frequency into the Sub VFO (VFO B), if your radio supports it.<br />
<br />
While in split mode during 40m and 80m SSB operation, when adding a spot to the band map, Win-Test remembers both the RX and the TX VFO frequencies, and will store this information so that when you select the spot, both VFOs will be set correctly, and you'll be ready to call (unless the QSX frequency has changed in the mean time).<br />
<br />
Moving the mouse pointer over a spot in the band map will bring up additional information, such as the age of the spot the callsign of the spotter, and any comments. Double-clicking the spot with the '''<tt>[Ctrl]</tt>''' key removes the spot from the band map (without confirmation).<br />
<br />
[[Keys#Band_Map|Other key combinations]] can be used to operate with the Band Map.<br />
<br />
===Band Maps Context menu===<br />
<br />
A right click on this window brings up its context menu. <br />
<br />
* The top option in this Context Menu allows you to program the Sub VFO (if your radio supports it) with this spot. <br />
* The '''Propagation''' submenu item allows you to gather propagation information via [[HamCAP]] (if installed)<br />
* The next two entries '''Modify...''' and '''Delete''' allow you to change or remove spots in the band map. Note that you can quickly remove a spot by double-clicking it with the '''<tt>[Ctrl]</tt>''' key pressed.<br />
* Additionally, you can change the scale of the band map display from 1:1 up to 30:1. The scale can also be set through the mouse wheel.<br />
* More options are hidden in the sub menus [[#Extended_information|Display Options]] and [[#Band_Map_properties|Properties...]] where one can set a lot of minor details of the band map.<br />
[[Image:WindowsBandMapContextMenu.PNG|center|frame|Band Map Context Menu]] <br><br />
*<code>29S 11N</code> at the bottom indicates there are 29 spots total, 11 new calls (not yet worked).<br />
* The List tab of the band map has a context menu with several sorting options:<br />
[[Image:WindowsBandMapListViewContextMenuSort.png|center|frame|Band Map List View Context Menu - sorting options]] <br><br />
* The List tab of the band map has a display option that lets you hide dupes and display additional information:<br />
[[Image:WindowsBandMapListViewContextMenuDisplay.png|center|frame|Band Map List View Context Menu - hiding dupes]] <br><br />
* You may toggle between band map and list view using '''<tt>[Ctrl-tab]</tt>'''<br />
<br />
====Special cursors====<br />
Special indicators for the last CQ frequency or the QSY frequency (set with the PASSFREQ text command, or with the <code>Commands | QSY frequency</code> menu option) can also be activated (see picture). <br />
<br />
[[Image:WindowsBandMapCqCursor.png|center|frame|Band Map with CQ cursor]] <br><br />
<br />
To enable them, tag the CQ cursor and/or the QSY cursor items in the Display Options submenu of the context menu itself.<br />
<br />
====Extended information====<br />
The Display Options menu also allows you to select if the expected exchange will be displayed in the band map and other minor details, like day/sunrise/sunset/night symbols, time and sender, comments etc.<br />
<br />
====Markers====<br />
The Display Options menu allows you to enable the displaying of markers. These can be useful for beacons and other known stations on the bands.<br />
<br />
[[Image:WindowsBandmapMarker.png|center|frame|Band Map with a marker file for 10 m beacons loaded ]]<br />
<br />
Markers are defined by text files with a '''.mkr''' extension located in the Win-Test directory. WT can use and display up to 10 files simultaneously; they can be selected in the <tt>Options | Data files | Markers files</tt> menu. <br />
For detailed information, please see [[Menu:Options#Markers_files... | Menu: Options Data files Markers files]].<br />
<br />
Marker display settings can be different for each radio. The syntax of the marker files is very basic and they are easy to create with a simple text editor like Notepad.<br />
<br />
A marker is defined by its frequency (in kHz), a label (one word) and an optional tooltip (30 chars max.) that will flash when the mouse cursor is positioned on the marker for a few seconds. If you include a four or six character gridsquare locator, WT will display heading and distance to this gridsquare in the tooltip window.<br />
<br />
Example:<br />
<br />
28205 DL0IGI Hohenpeissenberg JN57MT<br />
28257 DK0TEN Sipplinger Berg JN47NT<br />
28277.5 DF0AAB Kiel JO54GH<br />
<br />
Two DIRECTIVES (or KEYWORDS) define the background and foreground color:<br />
<br />
* # BACKGROUND color => Sets the background color of the following markers in the file. If no color is specified, the default color is green.<br />
* # TEXT color => Sets the text color of the following markers in the file. If no color is specified, the default color is black.<br />
<br />
The known colors are: White, Black, Red, Green, Blue, Yellow, Magenta, Cyan. The case of the color is irrelevant, so "green" and "Green" are identical.<br />
<br />
Example :<br />
<br />
# BACKGROUND white<br />
# TEXT green<br />
#<br />
14100 Bcn NCDXF Beacon<br />
<br />
This will display a white marker with a green text "Bcn". The associated tooltip will be "NCDXF Beacon". As usual, you can double-click on a marker to set the current radio on the frequency of the marker. A sample file '''NcdxfBeacons.mkr''' is located in the WT repository at: http://download.win-test.com/files/markers/. It displays markers for each NCDXF beacon. <br />
<br />
You may build your own marker files (VHF beacons etc.) and share it with the WT community if you want.<br />
<br />
====Segments====<br />
WT can display band allocations for different license types in the bandmap tab of the radio windows. This allows you to select a run frequency which is in right band segment for US-Advanced or US-Novice amateurs for example.<br />
<br />
Band segments are defined by text files with a '''.seg''' extension located in the Win-Test Extras directory. WT can use and display up to 10 files simultaneously; they can be selected in the <tt>Options | Data files | Segments files</tt> menu.<br />
Please find more detailed information in [[Menu:Options#Segments_files... | Menu: Options Data files Segments files]].<br />
<br />
Due to space constraints - you can't have more than 5 segments displayed per band for any given frequency.<br />
<br />
The segments display settings can be different for each radio.<br />
<br />
<center><br />
{|<br />
|[[Image:BandMapMarkerSegment.png|center|frame|Band Map with marker and segments]]<br />
|[[Image:WindowsBandmapSegments.png|center|frame|Band Map with US band allocation]]<br />
|}<br />
</center><br />
<br />
The syntax of the segments files is very basic, and the files are easily created with a simple text editor like Notepad. A segment is defined by specifying its lowest and its highest frequency (in kHz). The two frequencies may be linked by an hyphen for easier reading. An optional tooltip text (30 chars max.) can be given to explain the meaning of the color segment. By placing the mouse cursor over a colored line in the band map display, the tooltip will display.<br />
<br />
The BandMap segment color is indicated by the DIRECTIVE (keyword) COLOR like given below. The known colors are: White, Black, Red, Green, Blue, Yellow, Magenta, Cyan. The case of the color name is irrelevant. If no color is specified, the segments will be displayed in yellow.<br />
<br />
Example:<br />
<br />
# COLOR Red<br />
14000-14150 Extra CW<br />
14150-14350 Extra SSB<br />
# COLOR Yellow<br />
14025-14150 Advanced CW<br />
14175-14350 Advanced SSB<br />
# COLOR Magenta<br />
14025-14150 General CW<br />
14225-14350 General SSB<br />
<br />
This will display the US band allocation in the 20-m-band.<br />
<br />
The segments order, and potential overlaps in the file are irrelevant. WT will take care to display them in an optimized way.<br />
<br />
Two sample files are located in the WT repository at http://download.win-test.com/files/segments/<br />
<br />
* '''UsSegmentsDetailled.seg''' displays all band segments for every US licence type.<br />
* '''UsSegments.seg''' displays all band segments in which all US licencees are potentially active.<br />
<br />
You may create your own band segments files for other countries, regions, etc. and share them with the WT community if you want.<br />
<br />
====Band Map properties====<br />
Selecting '''Properties...''' in the context menu of the Radio 1 or Radio 2 band map windows displays the Bandmaps Properties window:<br />
<br />
[[Image:BandMapProperties.png|center|frame|Bandmap properties window]]<br />
<br />
Here you can define the lifetime of two kinds of spots, control the behavior of the logging window when you press '''<tt>[Ctrl-Enter]</tt>''' to create an operator-entered spot, control the automatic entry of data in the logging window when you grab a spot in the bandmap (via double click), select random 100 Hz TX frequency offsets to improve the chances of calling a spot on a clearer frequency (recommended), and the spot bandwidth for each mode (CW, SSB, RTTY) which is used to determine when two spots are on the same frequency. The spot bandwidth can be set between 0 Hz and 5000 Hz, in 100 Hz steps. The lifetime of spots in the band map can be changed from the default (60 minutes) to any other value below 100 minutes.<br />
<br />
Search & Pounce Options allow you to add spots to the band map without having to press '''<tt>[Ctrl-Enter]</tt>'''. Simply enter the callsign and turn the VFO by the specified frequency change threshold to automatically populate the band map.<br />
<br />
{{wbox|Note|To automatically populate the Band Map, you must be in S&P mode. Search & Pounce is not activated by default. Select [[Menu:Tools#Enable_Run.2FS.26P_switching|Tools | Data entry | Enable Run/S&P switching]] (text command shortcut: '''<tt>RUNSP [Enter]</tt>'''), and then press '''<tt>[Ctrl-tab]</tt>''' once to toggle from Run to S&P mode. The [[Menu:Windows#Clock|clock window]] indicates the current mode.}}<br />
<br />
==Secondary Radio==<br />
<code>Windows | Secondary Radio</code><br />
<br><br />
Opens (or closes) the Secondary Radio window.<br />
<br />
[[Image:secondary_window.PNG|center|frame|Secondary Radio Window]]<br />
<br />
This window controls the "other" radio that is currently not in use during SO2R operation, not necessarily radio 2.<br />
For more information, please see [[SO2R/Second_radio_window]].<br />
<br />
==RTTY (radio1, radio2)==<br />
<code>Windows | RTTY (radio 1)<br><br />
Windows | RTTY (radio 2)<br />
</code><br />
<br><br />
Opens (or closes) the RTTY Transit/Receive windows.<br />
<br />
[[Image:RttyWindow.PNG|frame|center|RTTY TX/RX Window]]<br />
<br />
For more information, see [[RTTY#Receive.2Ftransmit_window|RTTY Receive/Transmit window]] in the [[RTTY]] chapter.<br />
<br />
==Rotators==<br />
<code>Windows | Rotators</code><br />
<br><br />
Opens (or closes) the Rotators window, which displays the true beam heading (after adding any programmed offsets) of all the antennas available on the current operating band or bands (two bands if using two radios).<br />
<br />
[[Image:WindowsRotatorsConnected.PNG|frame|center|Rotators window with true heading of four antennas on current operating bands]]<br />
<br />
The three tabs at the bottom may be used to select what is displayed:<br />
<br />
* '''Antennas''' - Display the true beam heading (by antenna name) of all named antennas defined for the current operating band or bands. Any defined antenna offsets are used to calculate the displayed heading. Arrow buttons can be used to rotate one antenna at a time.<br />
* '''Stacks''' - Display the true beam heading of any wtRotator "Stacks" (or "Groups") on the current band. The buttons may be used to rotate the entire stack at once to the same heading, even if each antenna has a separate rotator. The heading of the first rotator added to a stack or group determines which heading is shown for the stack (even if another antenna in the stack is currently pointing in a different direction).<br />
* '''Rotators''' - Display ''all'' connected rotators (by rotator name), regardless of band, and the heading of each, as displayed on the control box. Any antenna offsets are ignored.<br />
<br />
Click on the arrow buttons to rotate the current antenna, stack, or rotator as follows:<br />
* <code>[<<]</code> - Rotate 45° counter-clockwise<br />
* <code>[<]</code> - Rotate 15° counter-clockwise<br />
* <code>[>]</code> - Rotate 15° clockwise<br />
* <code>[>>]</code> - Rotate 45° clockwise <br />
You may also enter a callsign, DXCC prefix, or beam heading in the Win-Test logging Window, and press '''<code>[Ctrl]-F12</code>''' to rotate all antennas defined on the current band to desired heading (assuming your Grid Square or "Locator" is properly defined in the Contest Configuration screen).<br />
<br />
''Right click'' on the dark blue area of the Rotators window to display the pop-up menu.<br />
<br />
[[Image:WindowsRotators.PNG|frame|center|Rotators window with pop-up menus]]<br />
<br />
Use the pop-menu to sort the list, change font size, or start or stop the companion program, '''wtRotators''', on the local PC. wtRotators is a program that communicates with one more more rotators, similar to the way that wtDxTelnet communicates with one or more packet clusters. In can be located on the current computer or a separate computer on the LAN, whichever computer is physically connected to a rotator's serial port. <br />
<br />
Select the '''Start/stop automatically''' option to have Win-Test automatically start and stop the wtRotators program on the local computer whenever you open or close Win-Test.<br />
<br />
See the [[Rotators]] main topic for more information about configuring and using wtRotators with Win-Test.<br />
<br />
==DX-Cluster Monitor==<br />
<code>Windows | DX-Cluster monitor</code> or '''<tt>Alt-O</tt>'''<br />
<br><br />
Opens (or closes) the DX Cluster monitoring window.<br />
<br />
[[Image:WindowsPacket.gif|center|frame|DX Cluster monitoring window]]<br />
<br />
The contents of this window are logged to to the '''.pkt''' file. Logging can optionally be disabled to save disk space or to prevent malware scanners from slowing down the system -- in particular, when a lot of spots is being received (e.g. via RBN). To disable logging, right-click in the window and uncheck "Stream logging".<br />
<br />
The window is scrollable so that you can step back through history, back - even to the beginning of the file. The scrolled window will not update when new spots arrive. However, there is a little hint in the title bar like '''[+1138 lines]'''. In order to see all spots which have arrived in the mean time you have to move the scrollbar back to the end of the window.<br />
<br />
For more information regarding the setup of DX Cluster connections, please see<br />
[http://docs.win-test.com/wiki/Menu:Commands#DX-Cluster Commands | DX Cluster]<br />
<br />
==DX-Cluster Announcements==<br />
<code>Windows | DX-Cluster Announcements</code> or '''<tt>Alt-A</tt>'''<br />
<br><br />
Opens (or closes) the DX cluster announcements window.<br />
<br />
[[Image:WindowsDxClusterAnn.png|center|frame|DX Cluster Announcements Window]]<br />
<br />
This window gathers all the spots coming from the DX cluster. New multipliers are green, other stations (but not dupes) are black.<br />
<br />
A double click on a selected line will automatically switch the active radio to the spot frequency, and will grab the call and enter it in the callsign logging field. You just need to complete the QSO and press ['''<tt>Return</tt>'''].<br />
<br />
QSX information (like QSX 7239) is parsed from the comment field of the spot and handled correctly, so that when you click on such a spot, the transceiver will switch to split mode, put VFO A on the RX frequency and VFO B on the TX frequency. QSX is indicated by an asterisk (*) character on the spotted callsign. Cross-band QSX frequencies are being ignored.<br />
<br />
With a right click, you can choose to display only new multipliers, only spots entered by the operator and/or selected bands:<br />
<br />
[[Image:DXClusterAnnouncementsBands.PNG|center|frame|Band selection pop-up menu for the DX Cluster Announcements window]]<br />
<br />
Op-entered spots enable you to enter spots on your own - they will be marked with a circonflex and remain at the bottom of the announcements window and not overwritten by incoming DX Cluster spots.<br />
<br />
CT1BOH's quality tags can be used to filter out unwanted spots (if supported by your Skimmer or DX Cluster). Check the appropriate fields in the context menu to select spots you want.<br />
<br />
[[Image:DXClusterAnnouncementsSpotQuality.PNG|center|frame|Enable spot quality for the DX Cluster Announcements window]]<br />
<br />
All spots are logged to the corresponding '''.dxc''' file in the log directory. Logging can be disabled to save disk space or prevent malware scanners from slowing down the system - in particular, when a lot of spots is being received (e.g. via RBN). Manually entered spots are still being logged to the '''.dxc''' file.<br />
<br />
The displayed information is selectable (local time as a sun symbol, exchange, time spotted, spot comments, spot quality, beam heading, and the callsign of the spotter):<br />
<br />
[[Image:DXClusterAnnouncementsDisplayOptions.PNG|center|frame|Display options for the DX Cluster Announcements window]]<br />
<br />
Additional shortcuts:<br />
* '''<tt>[Ctrl] + Dbl click</tt>''' on a spot removes the spot from the Announcements window (without confirmation).<br />
* '''<tt>[Alt] + Dbl click</tt>''' on a spot loads the spot frequency in the sub VFO of the active radio (if your radio supports it) <br />
<br />
For more information regarding the setup of DX Cluster connections, please see<br />
[http://docs.win-test.com/wiki/Menu:Commands#DX-Cluster Commands | DX Cluster]<br />
<br />
==NCDXF/IBP Beacons==<br />
Displays the transmission schedule of the NCDXF / IBP (International Beacons Project) beacons. A double click on a line sends the radio to the beacon freq. An "i" (stands for "info") in the status column indicates a comment you can read by hovering the mouse over it.<br />
<br />
[[Image:WindowsNcdxfIbpBeacons.png|center|frame|NCDXF/IBP Beacons Window allows you to keep an eye on propagation conditions.]]<br />
<br />
==Clock==<br />
<code>Windows | Clock</code><br />
<br><br />
Opens (or closes) the clock window.<br />
<br />
[[Image:clocks.png|center|frame|Clock window samples]]<br />
<br />
To set time in Win-Test, you don't need to change the computer time. You just need to adjust the computer clock in the local time, within the right time zone. Win-Test will compute the UTC time from this information. <br />
<br />
The color of the time display changes in minutes 59 and 00, to prepare an operator changeover in a multi-op environment.<br />
<br />
This window also displays sunrise and sunset times (SR and SS) according to your location. To catch your eye, the color of these times will change when you are within 30 minutes of sunrise or sunset times.<br />
<br />
This window also displays your Locator (which is needed if you want that WT exactly compute SR/SS times as well as Bearings and distance to the correspondent) and the Win-Test operating mode, RUN or S/P, according to your operating needs. For details on this feature see also [[Menu:Tools#Data_entry | Menu:Tools Data_entry]].<br />
<br />
Just as a side note, WinXP allows you to synchronize your computer's clock time through the Internet. Please see more details on Microsoft's support pages ([http://www.microsoft.com/resources/documentation/windows/xp/all/proddocs/en-us/windows_date_it_overview.mspx overview] and <br />
[http://technet2.microsoft.com/windowsserver/en/library/b43a025f-cce2-4c82-b3ea-3b95d482db3a1033.mspx details]).<br />
<br />
The font type and size, as well as the background and all the usual window colors can be changed through the context menu using a right mouse click on that window.<br />
<br />
==Contest Recorder==<br />
<code>Windows | Contest Recorder</code> <br />
<br><br />
Opens (or closes) the Contest Recorder window.<br />
<br />
Before recording, right click and select [[Menu:Options#MP3_Configuration|MP3 Configuration]] to set the recording parameters.<br />
<br />
A right-click on the Recorder window provides help to the keyboard shortcuts. Use <code>right-click | Files Information</code> to see information about recorded files, or to delete recorded files. Start the recording by pressing '''<tt>AltGr-O</tt>''' or using the text command shortcut: '''<tt>RECORD</tt>''' or '''<tt>STARTRECORD</tt>''', stop the recording using '''<tt>NORECORD</tt>''' or '''<tt>STOPRECORD</tt>'''.<br />
<br />
The recording is a standard MP3 file which can be played on any MP3 player. Win-Test actually saves timestamps in the MP3 files which allows for a quick navigation when run from within Win-Test. Win-Test creates sequential files up to a specific size (690 MBytes by default) and then switches to a new file.<br />
<br />
[[Image:ContestRecorder.PNG|center|frame|Contest Recorder window with context menu]]<br />
<br />
The Contest recorder is a powerful tool to check your copying abilities, verify notes you have made during the contest or let others listen to what was audible on your end of the QSO. The shortcut '''<tt>AltGr+Enter</tt>''' quickly lets you jump to a specific QSO recording and you can then use the fast forward and fast backward functions to play it over and again. <br />
<br />
[[Image:ContestRecorderExtractQSO.PNG|center|frame|Extract QSO dialog]]<br />
<br />
Please note that in some contests, modifying your log after the contest is against the rules. However, it is never prohibited to go back to your log after having received your UBN report from the contest sponsor and find out why you failed to copy something or assumed a QSO where it wasn't a perfect QSO. <br />
<br />
In very fierce competitions like WRTC, teams must provide a complete recording of the whole contest (both receive and transmit audio) to their referee. To record the transmit signal can be tricky and may require additional hardware, as some radios do not supply the monitor signal on the audio output line.<br />
<br />
Win-Test uses the "standard" MP3 tags.<br />
<br />
Title : Contest name + Category mode + File number (starting at 000)<br />
Artist : Callsign<br />
Album : Station<br />
Year : Contest year (1st QSO)<br />
<br />
In order to play QSOs, the MP3 tags must match the settings in the current .wt4 file. Otherwise, the recorder will display the message "No record for station X", with X being the current station number.<br />
<br />
N6TV gave a comprehensive presentation on the subject at the Visalia International DX Convention 2019 which you can find on his web page: https://www.kkn.net/~n6tv/N6TV_Visalia_2019_Recording_A_Contest.pdf<br />
<br />
==SSB bargraph==<br />
<code>Windows | SSB bargraph</code><br />
<br><br />
Opens (or closes) the SSB bargraph window<br />
<br />
[[Image:WindowsVuMeter.gif|center|frame|SSB bargraph window]]<br />
<br />
This bargraph displays the audio level of the Win-Test's digital voice player (if used, of course). The appropriate level is the yellow part of this bargraph. The windows can be rotated by 90 degrees.<br />
<br />
==Close all Windows==<br />
<code>Windows | Close all windows</code><br />
<br><br />
Closes all windows except the log entry area in the left lower area.<br />
<br />
[[Menus|Back to Menus]]</div>Dl6raihttps://docs.win-test.com/w/index.php?title=Keys&diff=5005Keys2023-04-09T15:35:17Z<p>Dl6rai: /* Contest Recorder */</p>
<hr />
<div><!-- Adopted to Stylesheet DL6RAI --><br />
<br />
==Editing and moving around the QSO entry line==<br />
* ['''<tt>Enter</tt>''']: Log a contact<br />
* ['''<tt>Spacebar</tt>''']: Move cursor between callsign entry and report fields<br />
* ['''<tt>Left arrow</tt>''']: Move cursor one character to the left<br />
* ['''<tt>Right arrow</tt>''']: Move cursor one character to the right<br />
* ['''<tt>Home</tt>''']: Move cursor to the beginning of the field<br />
* ['''<tt>End</tt>''']: Moves the cursor to the end of the field<br />
* ['''<tt>Backspace</tt>''']: Delete the character located left of the cursor<br />
* ['''<tt>Tab</tt>'''] : Move cursor between sent RST and received number fields<br />
* ['''<tt>></tt>''']: Move cursor to next field in the main log.<br />
* ['''<tt><</tt>''']: Move cursor to previous field in the main log.<br />
* ['''<tt>Del</tt>''']: Delete the character located under the cursor<br />
* ['''<tt>F11</tt>''']: Clear all the fields of the current QSO, and puts the cursor into the callsign logging field<br />
* '''<tt>Alt-W</tt>''': Clear QSO (like '''<tt>F11</tt>''')<br />
* '''<tt>Alt-F8</tt>''': Clear QSO (like '''<tt>F11</tt>''')<br />
* '''<tt>Alt-F</tt>''': Edit QSO date and time<br />
* '''<tt>Alt-N</tt>''': Write a note regarding this QSO<br />
* '''<tt>Alt-Up arrow</tt>''': Copy the previous QSO in the log<br />
* '''<tt>Ctrl-A</tt>''': Like ['''<tt>Home</tt>''']<br />
* '''<tt>Ctrl-B</tt>''': Like ['''<tt>Left arrow</tt>''']<br />
* '''<tt>Ctrl-D</tt>''': Like ['''<tt>Del</tt>''']<br />
* '''<tt>Ctrl-E</tt>''': Like ['''<tt>End</tt>''']<br />
* '''<tt>Ctrl-F</tt>''': Like ['''<tt>Right arrow</tt>''']<br />
* '''<tt>Ctrl-W</tt>''': Clear the current field; if report field is cleared, initialise RST<br />
* '''<tt>Ctrl-K</tt>''': Like ['''<tt>Shift-Del</tt>''']<br />
* '''<tt>Ctrl-Z</tt>''': Undo - restores edited QSO data to prior value (see [[Menu:Edit#Restore_QSO]])<br />
* '''<tt>Ctrl-Left arrow</tt>''': Like ['''<tt>Home</tt>''']<br />
* '''<tt>Ctrl-Right arrow</tt>''': Like ['''<tt>End</tt>''']<br />
* '''<tt>Ctrl-F10</tt>''': Change fixed report in other QSOs to this QSO's report (to correct zone/age whatever consistenly)<br />
* '''<tt>Shift-Backspace</tt>''': Delete all the characters left of the cursor<br />
* '''<tt>Shift-Del</tt>''': Delete all characters under and right of the cursor<br />
<br />
==Movement in the log==<br />
<br />
Warning: Any movement in the log validates the QSO where the cursor was located before the movement!<br />
<br />
* ['''<tt>Up arrow</tt>''']: Move one QSO up <br />
* ['''<tt>Down arrow</tt>''']: Move one QSO down <br />
* ['''<tt>PgUp</tt>''']: Move 10 QSOs up <br />
* ['''<tt>PgDn</tt>''']: Move 10 QSOs down <br />
* '''<tt>Ctrl-Shift-G</tt>''': Go to callsign (press again for next QSO with this callsign)<br />
* '''<tt>Ctrl-G</tt>''': Go to a specific QSO number<br />
** To skip the dialog box prompt, just enter the QSO number into the callsign field, then Press '''<tt>Ctrl-G</tt>'''. To return to the end of the log, press '''<tt>Ctrl-G</tt>''', ['''<tt>Spacebar</tt>''']<br />
* '''<tt>Ctrl-G</tt>''', ['''<tt>Home</tt>''']: Go to first QSO in log<br />
* '''<tt>Ctrl-G</tt>''', ['''<tt>End</tt>''']: Go to last QSO in log<br />
* '''<tt>Ctrl-Home</tt>''': Go to first QSO in log<br />
* '''<tt>Ctrl-End</tt>''': Go to last QSO in log<br />
* '''<tt>Ctrl-PgDn</tt>''': Go forward 12 hours in the log<br />
* '''<tt>Ctrl-PgUp</tt>''': Go back 12 hours in the log<br />
<br />
==Message keys==<br />
* ['''<tt>F1</tt>''']: Play message #1. Normally, this message is the CQ<br />
* ['''<tt>F2</tt>''']: Play message #2. Normally, this message is the report sent (full)<br />
* ['''<tt>F3</tt>''']: Play message #3. Normally, this message is the serial number sent<br />
* ['''<tt>F4</tt>''']: Play message #4. Normally, this message is your call<br />
* ['''<tt>F5</tt>''']: Play message #5. Normally, this message is the logged callsign<br />
* ['''<tt>F6</tt>''']: Play message #6. Normally, this message sends Call? or NR?<br />
* ['''<tt>F7</tt>''']: Play message #7. Normally, this message sends "?" or "Again?"<br />
* ['''<tt>Insert</tt>''']: Play the message defined for this key - normally, this message is the logged callsign the full sent report. On Phone this key is bound to the F2 message.<br />
* ['''<tt>+</tt>''']: Play the message defined for this key - normally, this message sends a TU, then your callsign and automatically logs the QSO. On Phone this key is bound to the F3 message. See also [[Menu:Tools#Remapping_.5B.2A.5D_and_.5B.2B.5D_when_using_Notebook_or_Mini_keyboard|Remapping [+] when using a Notebook or Mini keyboard]].<br />
* ['''<tt>Esc</tt>''']: Stop the output message being sent<br />
* '''<tt>Alt-K</tt>''': Toggle Keyboard mode<br />
* '''<tt>Alt-C</tt>''': Send or modify additional messages<br />
* '''<tt>Alt-V</tt>''': Change CW speed (opens "CW-Speed" dialog box)<br />
* '''<tt>Alt-F9</tt>''': Decrease CW speed by 2 WPM<br />
* '''<tt>Alt-F10</tt>''': Increase CW speed by 2 WPM<br />
* '''<tt>Shift-F1</tt>'''...'''<tt>Shift-F7</tt>''': Record messages #1 to #7 (unless [[SO2R/Shift_binds_second_radio|Operating | Shift binds to the second radio]] is enabled)<br />
* '''<tt>Shift-Insert</tt>''': Record the message associated to the ['''<tt>Insert</tt>'''] key (unless [[SO2R/Shift_binds_second_radio|Operating | Shift binds to the second radio]] is enabled). CW/RTTY only. For Phone, the F2 message is the Insert message.<br />
* '''<tt>Shift-+</tt>''': Records the message associated to the ['''<tt>+</tt>'''] key (unless [[SO2R/Shift_binds_second_radio|Operating | Shift binds to the second radio]] is enabled). CW/RTTY only. For Phone, the F3 message is the Plus message.<br />
* '''<tt>AltGr-F1</tt>'''...'''<tt>AltGr-F7</tt>''': Record messages #1 to #7<br />
* '''<tt>AltGr-Insert</tt>''': Record the message associated to the ['''<tt>Insert</tt>'''] key<br />
* '''<tt>AltGr-+</tt>''': Records the message associated to the ['''<tt>+</tt>'''] key<br />
* '''<tt>Ctrl-Alt-F1</tt>'''...'''<tt>Ctrl-Alt-F7</tt>''': Record messages #1 to #7<br />
* '''<tt>Ctrl-Alt-Insert</tt>''': Record the message associated to the ['''<tt>Insert</tt>'''] key<br />
* '''<tt>Ctrl-Alt-+</tt>''':Records the message associated to the ['''<tt>+</tt>'''] key<br />
* '''<tt>Ctrl-Tab</tt>''': Toggle between Run and S&P mode and messages (CW/RTTY)<br />
* '''<tt>Ctrl-Shift-Tab</tt>''': Toggle between Run and S&P mode and messages on the secondary radio<br />
<br />
==Open and Close Windows==<br />
* ['''<tt>F8</tt>''']: Open/Close N + 1 Window<br />
* ['''<tt>F9</tt>''']: Open/Close Check call Window<br />
* ['''<tt>F10</tt>''']: Open/Close Check Multipliers Window<br />
* ['''<tt>F12</tt>''']: Open/Close Check Partials Window<br />
* '''<tt>Alt-A</tt>''': Open/Close DX-Cluster Announcements Window<br />
* '''<tt>Alt-B</tt>''': Open/Close Skeds Window<br />
* '''<tt>Alt-E</tt>''': Take a sked<br />
* '''<tt>Alt-I</tt>''': Open/Close Gab Window<br />
* '''<tt>Alt-M</tt>''': Open/Close Mult Window <br />
* '''<tt>Alt-O</tt>''': Open/Close DX-Cluster Monitor Window<br />
* '''<tt>Alt-R</tt>''': Open/Close Rate Window<br />
* '''<tt>Alt-S</tt>''': Open/Close Summary<br />
* '''<tt>Alt-X</tt>''': Open Extra Data Files Window<br />
* '''<tt>Alt-Z</tt>''': Open/Close Worked zones Window<br />
* '''<tt>Ctrl-F9</tt>''': Open/Close Statistics Window<br />
* '''<tt>Shift-F10</tt>''': Reverse Multiplier Check - Opens the [[Menu:Windows#Search_for_Worked_Multipliers_or_Partial_QTH_Locators|Search for Worked Multipliers]] Window<br />
<br />
==Radio Control==<br />
* ['''<tt>-</tt>''']: Split frequency - enter QSX frequency here (e.g. 7239). "+1" will set the RX VFO +1 kHz from TX VFO. "0" turns split frequency mode off.<br />
* ['''<tt>*</tt>''']: Switch active radio. '''This only works with the ['''<tt>*</tt>'''] key on the numeric keypad'''. See also [[Menu:Tools#Remapping_.5B.2A.5D_and_.5B.2B.5D_when_using_Notebook_or_Mini_keyboard|Remapping [*] when using a Notebook or Mini keyboard]].<br />
* '''<tt>Alt-:</tt>''' : Switch active radio<br />
* '''<tt>Alt-F1</tt>''': QSY band down (20 => 40 => ...)<br />
* '''<tt>Alt-F2</tt>''': QSY band up (20 => 15 => ...)<br />
* '''<tt>Alt-F4</tt>''': QSY back to run frequency, resume original CW speed<br />
* '''<tt>Alt-F5</tt>''': Set run frequency<br />
* '''<tt>Ctrl-S</tt>''': Swap the frequency on both radios (SO2R)<br />
* '''<tt>Ctrl-T</tt>''': Tune the transmitter (on CW, max 30 seconds)<br />
* '''<tt>Ctrl-F1</tt>''' and '''<tt>Ctrl-F2</tt>''': Switch mode (when the contest permits and mode=MIXED or ALL)<br />
<br />
==Packet==<br />
* '''<tt>Alt-A</tt>''': Open/Close DX-Cluster Announcements Window<br />
* '''<tt>Alt-O</tt>''': Open/Close DX-Cluster Monitor Window<br />
* '''<tt>Alt-T</tt>''': Talk to DX-Cluster<br />
* '''<tt>Alt-F3</tt>''': Spot<br />
<br />
==Band Map==<br />
* '''<tt>Ctrl-Enter</tt>''': Insert spot into [[Menu:Windows#Radio_1.2C_Radio_2_.28Band_Maps.29|Band Map]] <br />
* '''<tt>Ctrl-Del</tt>''': Delete spot on current frequency in the active Band Map<br />
* '''<tt>Ctrl-J</tt>''': Insert spot into Band Map<br />
* '''<tt>Ctrl-R</tt>''': Toggle band map view/list view<br />
* '''<tt>Ctrl-Up arrow</tt>''': Grab the first upper spot in the active Band Map (in frequency regarding the active radio)<br />
* '''<tt>Ctrl-Shift-Up arrow</tt>''': Grab the first upper spot in the active bandmap (in frequency regarding the active radio), even if it is a 0-pointer<br />
* '''<tt>Ctrl-Down arrow</tt>''': Grab the first lower spot in the active bandmap (in frequency regarding the active radio)<br />
* '''<tt>Ctrl-Shift-Down arrow</tt>''': Grab the first lower spot in the active bandmap (in frequency regarding the active radio), even if it is a 0-point station<br />
* '''<tt>Ctrl-Space</tt>''': Grab the spot on or near the current frequency. Enter some characters and it grabs a call from the visible spots in the Radio or the DX-cluster window.<br />
* '''<tt>Ctrl-DoubleClick</tt>''' on a spot: Delete the spot without the warning window<br />
* '''<tt>Alt-DoubleClick</tt>''' on a spot: Load the sub VFO with a spot frequency (if applicable)<br />
<br />
==DX-Cluster Announcements==<br />
* '''<tt>Ctrl-DoubleClick</tt>''' on a spot: Delete the spot without the warning window<br />
* '''<tt>Alt-DoubleClick</tt>''' on a spot: Load the sub VFO with a spot frequency (if applicable)<br />
<br />
==Networking==<br />
* '''<tt>Alt-D</tt>''': Pass a station<br />
* '''<tt>Alt-G</tt>''': Send a gab<br />
* '''<tt>Alt-I</tt>''': Open/Close Gab Window<br />
* '''<tt>Alt-J</tt>''': Display status of all stations in the network<br />
<br />
==Multi Operator==<br />
* '''<tt>Alt-Y</tt>''': Toggle current QSO's station type from RUN (R1) to MULT (M) in the M/S category, or from RUN1 (R1) to RUN2 (R2) in M/2 category, and vice versa.<p>If the cursor is on the logging line rather than a previously logged QSO when you press this key, the station type is changed for all new QSOs logged on that computer, i.e. it is equivalent to entering the text commands RUN/MULT or RUN1/RUN2. See [[Menu:Commands#Station_Type|Menu: Commands | Station Type]].<br />
* '''<tt>Ctrl-F3</tt>''': Toggle current QSO (same as '''<tt>Alt-Y</tt>''')<br />
<br />
==SO2R==<br />
* <tt>'''AltGr-A'''</tt>, <tt>'''Ctrl-Alt-A'''</tt>: Listen to the primary radio with both ears<br />
* <tt>'''AltGr-T'''</tt>, <tt>'''Ctrl-Alt-T'''</tt>: Listen to the secondary radio with both ears<br />
* <tt>'''AltGr-S'''</tt>, <tt>'''Ctrl-Alt-S'''</tt>: Listen to both radios in stereo (toggle)<br />
* <tt>'''AltGr-L'''</tt>, <tt>'''Ctrl-Alt-L'''</tt>: Listen to the "other" radio with both ears during transmit (headphone "latch")<br />
* <tt>'''AltGr-R'''</tt>, <tt>'''Ctrl-Alt-R'''</tt>: Restore automatic control (advanced scenarios will control headphones, like $RESET)<br />
* <tt>'''AltGr-1'''</tt>...<tt>'''AltGr-8'''</tt>, <tt>'''Ctrl-Alt-1'''</tt>...<tt>'''Ctrl-Alt-8'''</tt>: Select one of the eight SO2R scenarios<br />
<br />
==Partner Mode==<br />
* '''<tt>Alt-Enter</tt>''': Add the call current call to the partner window<br />
* '''<tt>Alt-Space</tt>''': Grab the call in the topmost "real time" line of the partner window<br />
* '''<tt>Alt-Backpace</tt>''': Clear everything in the partner window<br />
* '''<tt>Alt-1</tt>'''...'''<tt>Alt-9</tt>''': Grab the ''n''th call from the partner window<br />
* '''<tt>Ctrl-1</tt>'''...'''<tt>Ctrl-9</tt>''': Swap the ''n''th call in partner window with callsign in the logging window<br />
* '''<tt>DoubleClick</tt>''' on a callsign: Grab the call from the partner window<br />
* '''<tt>Ctrl-DoubleClick</tt>''' on a callsign: Delete the call from the partner window<br />
<br />
==Contest Recorder==<br />
* '''<tt>AltGr-Enter</tt>''': Play QSO<br />
* '''<tt>AltGr-Up</tt>''': Previous QSO<br />
* '''<tt>AltGr-Down</tt>''': Next QSO<br />
* '''<tt>AltGr-Space</tt>''': Play/Pause<br />
* '''<tt>AltGr-PgUp</tt>''': Rewind 30s<br />
* '''<tt>AltGr-PgDn</tt>''': FastForward 30s<br />
* '''<tt>AltGr-Left</tt>''': Rewind 5s<br />
* '''<tt>AltGr-Right</tt>''': FastForward 5s<br />
* '''<tt>AltGr-E</tt>''': Extract QSO<br />
* '''<tt>AltGr-O</tt>''': Start contest recorder<br />
<br />
Some keyboards do not have an <tt>AltGr</tt> key, so use <tt>Ctrl+Alt</tt> instead.<br />
<br />
==Special Keys==<br />
* '''<tt>Alt-L</tt>''': [[WAEDC#Receiving_QTCs|Open QTC RX window]] (to be used by EU stations)<br />
* '''<tt>Ctrl-L</tt>''': [[WAEDC#Transmitting_QTCs|Open QTC TX window]] (to be used by DX stations)</div>Dl6raihttps://docs.win-test.com/w/index.php?title=Text_commands&diff=5004Text commands2023-04-09T15:34:23Z<p>Dl6rai: </p>
<hr />
<div><big><big>Text Commands</big></big><br />
<!-- Adopted to Stylesheet DL6RAI --><br />
<br />
Text commands are a comfortable and fast way to access different functions of the Win-Test software. These commands have to be typed right into the callsign field of the [[Menu:Windows#Log_Entry_.28Main_window.29|Log entry window]]. They will be executed after pressing ['''<tt>Enter</tt>''']. If the command was executed sucessfully, the command text will be deleted from the callsign field.<br />
<br />
==Changing Bands or Jumping to a Frequency==<br />
You can directly enter the band to which you want to QSY (if permitted for the current contest): '''<tt>160</tt>''', '''<tt>80</tt>''', '''<tt>40</tt>''', '''<tt>144</tt>''', '''<tt>432</tt>''', '''<tt>241G</tt>''', etc. <br />
<br />
For frequencies below 30 MHz, enter the wavelength in meters ('''<tt>80</tt>''' for 3.8 MHz, not '''<tt>75</tt>'''). For frequencies above 30 MHz and below 10 GHz, enter the frequency in MHz. Above (and including) 10 GHz, enter '''<tt>10G</tt>''' (or '''<tt>24G</tt>''', etc.). This behaviour may depend on the [[Menu:Tools#Data_Entry|Tools | Data Entry | Priority]] setting.<br />
<br />
You can also directly type a frequency (in kHz): for example '''<tt>14234.4</tt>''', '''<tt>1843</tt>''', '''<tt>144300</tt>''', etc. If a radio is connected to your computer, it will jump to the desired frequency. You can also just enter the kHz part of the frequency of the current band (e.g. while on 20m, entering '''<tt>035.5</tt>''' will tune your radio on 14035.5). Finally, you can also enter the frequency by omitting the decimal point (CT style) (e.g. '''<tt>18404</tt>''' will tune your radio on 1840.4). <br />
<br />
Of course, all the Win-Test windows will be updated according to the new frequency or band.<br />
<br />
To return to your last CQ frequency, press '''<tt>[Alt-F4]</tt>'''.<br />
<br />
==Changing Mode==<br />
You can directly change the operating mode by typing '''<tt>CW</tt>''', '''<tt>SSB</tt>''' etc. <br />
The mode will be switched as soon as you press Enter. <br />
<br />
There are also shortcuts for changing the mode: '''<tt>Ctrl-F1</tt>''' or '''<tt>Ctrl-F2</tt>''' will cycle through all the available modes.<br />
<br />
Of course, the chosen mode will have to be compatible with the rules of the chosen contest, otherwise Win-Test will ignore this command (error detection in the field).<br />
<br />
==List of Text Commands==<br />
These text commands provide fast access to many of the functions listed in the Win-Test menus. Just type the text command in the callsign field, and press '''<tt>[Enter]</tt>'''.<br />
<br />
===CW Functions===<br />
* '''<tt>BURSTS</tt>''': Enable CW speed bursts (controlled with ++/-- in macros), equivalent to <code>Options | CW | Speed Bursts enabled</code><br />
* '''<tt>NOBURSTS</tt>''': Disable CW speed bursts (controlled with ++/(-- in macros), equivalent to <code>Options | CW | Speed Bursts disabled</code><br />
* '''<tt>CORRECT</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Options | CW | Correction | Enabled</code><br />
* '''<tt>NOCORRECT</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Options | CW | Correction | Disabled</code><br />
* '''<tt>CTSPACE</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Options | CW | Shortened spaces (CT spaces) enabled</code><br />
* '''<tt>NOCTSPACE</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Options | CW | Shortened spaces (CT spaces) disabled</code><br />
* '''<tt>CUTON</tt>''': Enable cut numbers translation<br />
* '''<tt>CUTOFF</tt>''': Disable cut numbers translation<br />
* '''<tt>CWAUTO</tt>''': Enable CW Auto Sending Mode<br />
* '''<tt>CWAUTO3</tt>''': Start CW Auto Sending after 3 characters in the callsign field<br />
* '''<tt>CWAUTO4</tt>''': Start CW Auto Sending after 4 characters in the callsign field<br />
* '''<tt>CWAUTOOFF</tt>''' (or '''<tt>NOCWAUTO</tt>'''): Disable CW Auto Sending Mode <br />
* '''<tt>CWFULLABBREV</tt>''' (or '''<tt>FULLABBREV</tt>'''): Equivalent to <code>Options | CW | Serial number | Abbreviated</code><br />
* '''<tt>CWPROABBREV</tt>''' (or '''<tt>PROABBREV</tt>'''): Equivalent to <code>Options | CW | Serial number | Pro</code><br />
* '''<tt>CWSEMIABBREV</tt>''' (or '''<tt>SEMIABBREV</tt>'''): Equivalent to <code>Options | CW | Serial number | Half abbreviated</code><br />
* '''<tt>NOCWABBREV</tt>''' (or '''<tt>NOABBREV</tt>'''): Equivalent to <code>Options | CW | Serial number | Not abbreviated</code><br />
* '''<tt>ESM</tt>''' (or '''<tt>NOESM</tt>'''): Enable/disable Enter Sends Message Mode; equivalent to <code>Tools | Data Entry | Enable ESM [checked]</code><br />
* '''<tt>LEADINGZEROS</tt>''' (or '''<tt>LZ</tt>'''): Equivalent to <code>Options | CW | Serial number | Leading zeros [checked]</code><br />
* '''<tt>NOLEADINGZEROS</tt>''' (or '''<tt>NOLZ</tt>'''): Equivalent to <code>Options | CW | Serial number | Leading zeros [unchecked]</code><br />
* '''<tt>MESSAGES</tt>''' (or '''<tt>MSGS</tt>'''): Equivalent to <code>Options | CW | Modify standard messages...</code><br />
* '''<tt>REPEAT</tt>''' (or '''<tt>RPT</tt>'''): Equivalent to <code>Options | Automatic CQ repeat mode [checked]</code><br />
* '''<tt>RPTDELAY</tt>''': Equivalent to Tools / Automatic CQ repeat, with the focus set to the repeat interval field<br />
* '''<tt>NOREPEAT</tt>''' (or '''<tt>NORPT</tt>'''): Equivalent to <code>Options | Automatic CQ repeat mode [unchecked]</code><br />
* '''<tt>SMARTCORRECT</tt>''' (or '''<tt>SMART</tt>'''): Equivalent to <code>Options | CW | Correction | Smart Correction enabled</code><br />
* '''<tt>NOSMARTCORREC</tt>''' (or '''<tt>NOSMART</tt>'''): Equivalent to <code>Options | CW | Correction | Smart Correction disabled</code><br />
* '''<tt>SOUND</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Options | CW | No sound [unchecked]</code><br />
* '''<tt>NOSOUND</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Options | CW | No sound [checked]</code><br />
* '''<tt>SPEED</tt>''' (or '''<tt>CWSPEED</tt>''') Equivalent to <code>Commands | CW speed</code><br />
* '''<tt>TUNE</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Commands | Carrier</code><br />
* '''<tt>VARIABLES</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Options | CW | Custom variables...</code><br />
* '''<tt>WEIGHT</tt>''' (or '''<tt>CWWEIGHT</tt>'''): Equivalent to <code>Commands | CW weight</code><br />
* '''<tt>WORKDUPE</tt>''' (or '''<tt>WORKDUPEON</tt>'''): Equivalent to <code>Options | CW | Work dupes</code> (checked). The normal exchange will be sent to all dupes; the $QSOB4 message variable will be ignored.<br />
* '''<tt>NOWORKDUPE</tt>''' (or '''<tt>WORKDUPEOFF</tt>'''): Equivalent to <code>Options | CW | Work dupes</code> (unchecked). Causes the '''$QSOB4''' message to be sent to all dupes instead of the exchange, for example, when the [Insert] key is programmed as '''$LOGGEDCALL $QSOB4 $GUESSEXCH $F2'''<br />
<br />
===Voice Keyer Control Functions===<br />
* '''<tt>MIC</tt>''': Enables the mic input when the Voice Keyer (VK) is not playing<br />
* '''<tt>NOMIC</tt>''': Mutes the mic input when the VK is not playing (default)<br />
* '''<tt>MICWHENPLAY</tt>''': Enables the mic input when the VK is playing<br />
* '''<tt>NOMICWHENPLAY</tt>''': Mutes the mic input when the VK is playing (default)<br />
<br />
===Multi Operating===<br />
* '''<tt>BRIDGEHEAD</tt>''': Make the current station a [[Networking#The_Bridgehead_Concept|Bridgehead]] station<br />
* '''<tt>INVENTORY</tt>''' (or '''<tt>INV</tt>'''): Requests all connected Stations to send their version number and status information.<br />
** [[Menu:File_new#Network_Parameters|Time Master]] stations are indicated by a capital '''M''' character (else '''m''')<br />
** [[Networking#The_Bridgehead_Concept|Bridgeheads]] by the capital character '''B''' (else '''b''')<br />
** stations which have enabled [[Menu:Options#Disable_log_synchronization_on_network|log synching]] are marked with a capital '''S''', while '''s''' means log sync is disabled<br />
* '''<tt>MOVEINMYLOG</tt>''': Equivalent to tag <code>Edit | Move in my log only</code><br />
* '''<tt>MULT</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Commands | Station type | Mult</code><br />
* '''<tt>NOBRIDGEHEAD</tt>''': Make the current station a non [[Networking#The_Bridgehead_Concept|Bridgehead]] station<br />
* '''<tt>NOMOVEINMYLOG</tt>''': Equivalent to untag <code>Edit | Move in my log only</code><br />
* '''<tt>NOSCROLLMYLOG</tt>''': Equivalent to untag <code>Edit | Move in my log only</code><br />
* '''<tt>NOSUPPORT</tt>''' (or '''<tt>NOPARTNER</tt>'''): Equivalent to <code>Commands | Station type | Support [unchecked]</code><br />
* '''<tt>OPNAME</tt>''' (or '''<tt>MYNAME</tt>'''): Edit current operator name (used in NAQP M/2 only)<br />
* '''<tt>OPON</tt>''' (or '''<tt>LOGIN</tt>'''): Log in as an operator<br />
* '''<tt>OPOFF</tt>''' (or '''<tt>LOGOUT</tt>'''): Log out as an operator<br />
* '''<tt>RUN1</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Commands | Station type | Run 1</code><br />
* '''<tt>RUN2</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Commands | Station type | Run 2</code><br />
* '''<tt>RUN</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Commands | Station type | Run</code><br />
* '''<tt>SUPPORT</tt>''' (or '''<tt>PARTNER</tt>'''): Equivalent to <code>Commands | Station type | Support [checked]</code><br />
* '''<tt>SCROLLMYLOG</tt>''': Equivalent to tag <code>Edit | Move in my log only</code><br />
<br />
===Open/Close/Database Functions===<br />
* '''<tt>ARCHIVE</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>File | Archive</code><br />
* '''<tt>AUTORELOAD</tt>''' or '''<tt>NOAUTORELOAD</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Options | Load contest at startup | Enabled</code><br />
* '''<tt>BYE</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>File | Quit</code><br />
* '''<tt>CLEARLOG</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Edit | Delete all QSO</code><br />
* '''<tt>CLEARLOGNOW</tt>''': Equivalent to <tt>CLEARLOG</tt>, but doesn't ask for confirmation. '''Use with caution!'''<br />
* '''<tt>CLOSE</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>File | Close</code><br />
* '''<tt>COPYLOG</tt>''': Save a copy of the current log file (.wt4) in the current log directory with a timestamp (to the nearest second) added to its name<br />
* '''<tt>COPYLOGCLEAR</tt>''': Equivalent to the COPYLOG command immediately followed by a CLEARLOG command<br />
* '''<tt>NEW</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>File | New</code><br />
* '''<tt>OPEN</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>File | Open</code><br />
* '''<tt>QUIT</tt>''' (or '''<tt>EXIT</tt>'''): Equivalent to <code>File | Quit</code><br />
* '''<tt>RELOAD</tt>''' (or '''<tt>REOPEN</tt>'''): Reopens the current opened file<br />
* '''<tt>RELOADNOW</tt>''' (or '''<tt>REOPENNOW</tt>'''): Reopens the current opened file, but does not display the contest configuration dialog.<br />
* '''<tt>RESTART</tt>''': Restarts Win-Test<br />
* '''<tt>SAVELOG</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>File | Backup contest</code><br />
* '''<tt>WRITEDB</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>File | Update database</code><br />
* '''<tt>WRITELOG</tt>''' (or '''<tt>MAKELOG</tt>'''): Equivalent to <code>File | Creating log files</code><br />
<br />
===Frequency Control Functions===<br />
* '''<tt>PASSFREQ</tt>''' (or '''<tt>QSYFREQ</tt>'''): Equivalent to <code>Commands | QSY frequency</code><br />
* '''<tt>QSX</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Commands | Split frequency</code><br />
* '''<tt>NCDXF</tt>''': Put Radio on NCDXF frequency of current band<br />
* '''<tt>NOQSX</tt>''' (or '''<tt>SPLITOFF</tt>'''): turns split operation off<br />
* '''<tt>RUNFREQ</tt>''': Moves to last Run frequency, equivalent to '''<tt>Alt-F4</tt>'''<br />
* '''<tt>SPLITFREQ</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Commands | Split frequency</code><br />
* '''<tt>NOSPLIT</tt>''' (or '''<tt>SPLITOFF</tt>'''): turns split operation off<br />
* '''<tt>SWAP</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Commands | Swap the frequency on both radios</code><br />
<br />
===Log synchronisation===<br />
<br />
*'''<tt>SYNC</tt>''' (or '''<tt>SYNLOGS</tt>'''): Equivalent to <code>Options | Disable log synchronization on network</code> (unchecked)<br />
*'''<tt>NOSYNC</tt>''' (or '''<tt>NOSYNLOGS</tt>'''): Equivalent to <code>Options | Disable log synchronization on network</code> (checked)<br />
<br />
===WinKey===<br />
<br />
*'''<tt>WKSETUP</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Options | WinKey configuration...</code><br />
*'''<tt>WKSWAP</tt>''' (or '''<tt>WKREVERSE</tt>'''): Equivalent to <code>Options | WinKey configuration... | Swap paddles</code>. Reverse the paddles attached to your WinKey. This is a toggle; paddles change every time this command is run.<br />
<br />
===Other Functions===<br />
* '''<tt>AUTOCQ</tt>''' or '''<tt>CQAUTO</tt>''': Enable automatic CQ Repeat mode<br />
* '''<tt>AUTOCW</tt>''' or '''<tt>CWAUTO</tt>''': Enable CW Auto Send<br />
* '''<tt>CLEARGAB</tt>''': Clear Gab window (Alt-I)<br />
* '''<tt>CLOSEALL</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Windows | Close all</code><br />
* '''<tt>CTYFILES</tt>''' or '''<tt>COUNTRYFILES</tt>''': Eq. to <code>Options | Data files | Country files...</code><br />
* '''<tt>DEFINEKEYS</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Options | Redefine keyboard keys</code><br />
* '''<tt>EZSETUP</tt>''': Equivalent to Options / EZMaster configuration...<br />
* '''<tt>HEADERS</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Options | Log display | Hide headers disabled</code><br />
* '''<tt>NOHEADERS</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Options | Log display | Hide headers enabled</code><br />
* '''<tt>HELP</tt>''': Open reference manual<br />
* '''<tt>KEYB</tt>''': Change keyboard layout, append layout designator with slash, like '''<tt>KEYB/FRA</tt>''','''<tt>KEYB/DEU</tt>''', '''<tt>KEYB/ENU</tt>'''; see [http://www.microsoft.com/globaldev/reference/winxp/langtla.mspx] for details.<br />
* '''<tt>MKSETUP</tt>''': Equivalent to Options / MK/MKII/MK2R configuration...<br />
* '''<tt>MP3SETUP</tt>''': Equivalent to Options / MP3 configuration...<br />
* '''<tt>NOAUTOCQ</tt>''' or '''<tt>NOCQAUTO</tt>''': Disable automatic CQ Repeat mode<br />
* '''<tt>NOAUTOCW</tt>''' or '''<tt>NOCWAUTO</tt>''': Disable CW Auto Send<br />
* '''<tt>NORECORD</tt>''': Stop contest recording<br />
* '''<tt>NOQQSL</tt>''' : Disable Quick QSL Feature<br />
* '''<tt>NORPTESCONLY</tt>''': Stop AutoCQ by any keyboard activity<br />
* '''<tt>NORUNSP</tt>''': Disable RUN/S&P-Switchting<br />
* '''<tt>NOTEXTCMDTIP</tt>''' (or '''<tt>NOTXTCMDTIP</tt>'''): Don't display tooltips in Menu operations<br />
* '''<tt>QQSL</tt>''' : Enable Quick QSL Feature<br />
* '''<tt>QQSLOFF</tt>''' : Disable Quick QSL Feature<br />
* '''<tt>QQSLON</tt>''' : Enable Quick QSL Feature<br />
* '''<tt>QUICKQSL</tt>''': Enable intelligent Quick QSL feature, bring up configuration menu<br />
* '''<tt>RECORD</tt>''': Start contest recording<br />
* '''<tt>REMAPKEYS</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Options | Redefine keyboard keys</code><br />
* '''<tt>REMOTE</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Commands | Remote commands...</code>. Opens the [[Menu:Commands#Remote_commands...|Remote Commands Dialog]]<br />
* '''<tt>RPTESCONLY</tt>''': Stop AutoCQ by pressing the Escape key only<br />
* '''<tt>RTTYSETUP</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Options | RTTY Configuration...</code><br />
* '''<tt>RUNSP</tt>''': Enable RUN/S&P-Switchting<br />
* '''<tt>RUNSPON</tt>''': Enable RUN/S&P-Switchting<br />
* '''<tt>RUNSPOFF</tt>''': DISABLE RUN/S&P-Switchting<br />
* '''<tt>SCRIPTS</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Tools | Scripts Manager</code><br />
* '''<tt>SETUP</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Options | Configure Interfaces</code><br />
* '''<tt>STARTRECORD</tt>''': Start contest recording<br />
* '''<tt>STOPRECORD</tt>''': Stop contest recording<br />
* '''<tt>TEXTCMDTIP</tt>''' (or '''<tt>TXTCMDTIP</tt>'''): Display tooltips in Menu operations<br />
* '''<tt>VERSION</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Help | About</code><br />
* '''<tt>WCY</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Windows | Solar Activity | Displayed data | WCY</code><br />
* '''<tt>WWV</tt>''': Equivalent to <code>Windows | Solar Activity | Displayed data | WWV</code></div>Dl6raihttps://docs.win-test.com/w/index.php?title=File:WorldMapWithRBNSpots2.png&diff=5003File:WorldMapWithRBNSpots2.png2023-04-09T15:24:45Z<p>Dl6rai: </p>
<hr />
<div></div>Dl6raihttps://docs.win-test.com/w/index.php?title=Menu:Windows&diff=5002Menu:Windows2023-04-09T15:24:34Z<p>Dl6rai: /* World Map */</p>
<hr />
<div><big><big>Menu:Windows</big></big><br />
<!-- Adopted to Stylesheet DL6RAI --><br />
<br />
Most of the windows have a context or "pop-up" menu which can be opened by right-clicking on the window.<br />
<br />
All windows can be moved by "dragging" the title bar with the mouse pointer. Simply hold down the left mouse button while the cursor is over the title bar, and drag the window with the mouse. Another option is to hold down the '''<tt>Ctrl</tt>''' key and the left mouse button while the mouse pointer is positioned anywhere within a window (except for the RTTY reception windows), then drag.<br />
<br />
{{wbox|Tip|Hold down the '''<tt>Shift</tt>''' key while dragging or resizing a window to "snap" it into position, right next to the edge of an adjacent window.}}<br />
<br />
==Log Entry (Main window)==<br />
[[Image:LogEntryWindow.PNG|frame|center|The Win-Test main logging window.]]<br />
<br />
Use the Win-Test main window or "Log Entry" window to enter all QSOs made on the primary radio. The window displays the last nine QSOs in the log, plus a tenth line for entering the next QSO. The title bar displays the current log file name, the station name entered in the [[New_Log#Step_2:_Setup_your_log|Contest Configuration window]] (e.g. "[Shack]"), and the current operator's callsign (for multi-ops that use the '''<tt>OPON</tt>''' or '''<tt>LOGIN</tt>''' [[Text_commands#Multi_Operating|text commands]]). By default, the Win-Test main window serves as a background for all other windows, but you may also choose to have every window "float" independently (see [[Menu:Options#Windows]]). <br />
<br />
When you close the log entry window, Win-Test terminates.<br />
<br />
Any QSO may be edited simply by typing over anything that needs correction. Use the '''<tt>[Up arrow]</tt>''' and '''<tt>[Down arrow]</tt>''' keys to edit previous QSOs. To restore the original QSO data, press '''<tt>Ctrl-Z</tt>''' before moving the cursor from that line. You can also delete a QSO (if single-op), though it is usually better to just enter a duplicate QSO -- see [[Menu:Edit#Delete_QSO]] for more information.<br />
<br />
When the cursor is positioned in the callsign field, data is entered in "insert mode", that is, typing does not replace characters, it only inserts them. In all other fields, data is entered in "overtype mode". See [[FAQ:User_Interface#Can_I_use_.22Insert_Mode.22_in_a_serial_number_or_exchange_field.3F|this entry in the FAQ]] for the rationale.<br />
<br />
The '''<tt>[Spacebar]</tt>''' key is used to quickly move the cursor back and forth between the callsign field and the received exchange field, skipping over the RST columns.<br />
<br />
{{wbox|Tip|Enter a "?" character in the middle of a callsign or exchange as a placeholder for missing information, e.g. <code>F?MZN</code>. Then when you press '''<tt>[Spacebar]</tt>''', the cursor will jump directly to the "?" character, and you can overtype it with the missing data (even in the callsign field).}}<br />
<br />
The '''<tt>[Backspace]</tt>''', '''<tt>[Del]</tt>''', '''<tt>[Left arrow]</tt>''', '''<tt>[Right arrow]</tt>''', '''<tt>[Home]</tt>''', '''<tt>[End]</tt>''', '''<tt>[Ctrl][Left arrow]</tt>''' and '''<tt>[Ctrl][Right arrow]</tt>'''keys operate conventionally, within a single field; they do not move the cursor outside of the current field. <br />
<br />
The '''<tt>[Tab]</tt>''' key may be used to position the cursor under the RST sent column as well as callsign and exchange. The '''<tt>[>]</tt>''' and '''<tt>[<]</tt>''' keys work similarly, but they also allow you to move the cursor to the QSO time field for direct editing. You can also change the time, date, frequency, serial number sent and other fields of a QSO by positioning the cursor on any line and pressing '''<tt>[Alt-F]</tt>''' to display the [[Menu:Edit|Edit QSO pop-up menu]].<br />
<br />
You may scroll back through the entire log by pressing the '''<tt>[PageUp]</tt>''' and '''<tt>[PageDown]</tt>''' keys.<br />
<br />
{{wbox|Tip|Press '''<tt>Ctrl-[PageUp]</tt>''' to scroll back in the log by 24 hours.}}<br />
<br />
Enter a '''QSO number''' on the last line and press '''<tt>[Ctrl-g]</tt>''' to "Go to" that QSO number in the log. Press '''<tt>[Ctrl-g] [Enter]</tt>''' to return to the bottom of the log.<br />
<br />
Enter a callsign, prefix or '''beam heading''' (0 to 360°) on the last line and press '''<tt>[Ctrl]+[F12]</tt>''' to rotate to that heading. Press '''<tt>[Alt]+[F12]</tt>''' for long (or "alternate") path. For more information, see [[Rotators#Testing_the_configuration|Rotators]].<br />
<br />
Many other keys may be used in this window to assist with rapid data entry. For example, '''<tt>[F11]</tt>''' clears the entire QSO, whereas '''<tt>Ctrl-W</tt>''' clears only the current field. See [[Keys#Editing_and_moving_around_the_QSO_entry_line|Keys - Editing and moving around the QSO entry line]].<br />
<br />
The font size, background color, and header line attributes of this window may be adjusted by right clicking and selecting the '''Log''' option (see [[Menu:Options#Log]]). The yellow header text can be centered, left-justified, or completely hidden.<br />
<br />
[[Image:LogFontSize.PNG|frame|center|Changing the log font size of the log window.]]<br />
<br />
The columns vary from contest to contest. In the CQ World-Wide example above,<br />
<br />
* '''QSO''' - raw QSO number. Can be hidden using [[Menu:Options#Hide_QSO_numbers|Hide QSO numbers]] (recommended for Multi-Multi contests with a sent serial number)<br />
* '''Bd''' - band. Can be changed with '''<tt>[Alt-F1]</tt>''', '''<tt>[Alt-F2]</tt>''', or '''<tt>[Alt-F]</tt>'''<br />
* '''Time''' - QSO time (UTC). Can be changed by moving the cursor with the '''<tt>[<]</tt>''' key, or '''<tt>[Alt-F]</tt>'''<br />
* '''Callsign''' - Callsign of station worked.<br />
{{wbox|Tip|Enter Win-Test [[Text_commands#List_of_Text_Commands|text commands]] (menu shortcuts) in the callsign field.}}<br />
* '''Sen/Rcvd''' - Sent and received exchanges<br />
* '''Mult''' - multipliers and other information:<br />
** '''C''' - Country multiplier<br />
** '''Z''' - Zone multiplier<br />
** '''DUPE''' - Duplicate contact<br />
** '''????''' - Multiplier in received exchange field not recognized (e.g. unrecognized state or section abbreviation, zone number out of range)<br />
** '''////''' - Unrecognized country prefix<br />
** '''!!!!''' - Multiplier violation (non-mult worked by a Mult station in a Multi-single, band change violation, etc.)<br />
** <i>other</i> - Prefix, country, state, grid, etc. multiplier<br />
* '''Pt''' - QSO points<br />
* '''Stn''' - Station identifier (can be changed by pressing '''<tt>Alt-Y</tt>''' - see [[Keys#Multi_Operator]])<br />
**'''R1/R2''' - Run 1 or Run 2 (multi-two), or Radio 1 / Radio 2 (SO2R).<br />
**'''R/M''' - Run or Mult (Multi-single)<br />
**'''+''' (suffix) - Indicates QSO data entered by a support or [[Menu:Windows#Partner|partner station]]<br />
<br />
Finally, a red information line at the bottom of the window displays additional information, such as<br />
* '''* New zone *'''<br />
* '''* New country *'''<br />
* '''* Dupe with #1963 at 23:59Z 2008-11-30 (25) * '''<br />
* '''* Spotted by F5MZN * '''<br />
* Brief one-line packet cluster announcements of new multipliers<br />
<br />
==Worked Gridsquares==<br />
<code>Windows | Worked Gridsquares</code> or '''<tt>Alt-L</tt>'''<br />
<br><br />
Opens (or closes) the gridsquares window. The gridsquares worked are in grey, the red spots are the stations worked and the green spots are the stations spotted. The current gridsquare is displayed in red color to give an indication of direction. This works even with only four of the six characters entered.<br />
<br />
[[Image:WindowsGridSquareMap1.gif|center|frame|Gridsquares Map]]<br />
<br />
If the [[Menu:Windows#DX-Cluster_Announcements|DX-Cluster Announcements]] window is opened and the gridsquare of a spot is known, passing the mouse over this spot will blink its location in this window.<br />
<br />
Right click on the map to display the pop-up window:<br />
<br />
[[Image:GridSquareMapPopUp.PNG|center|frame|Gridsquare map pop-up window displayed by right-clicking on the map]]<br />
<br />
* '''Copy the map''' copies the image to the Windows clipboard<br />
* '''Actualize Information''' controls when the map will be updated:<br />
** Pressing the spacebar <br />
** Automatically<br />
* '''Colorize worked gridsquares''' marks worked grid squares in gray<br />
* '''Show QSO''' marks QSOs with a red dot<br />
* '''Display the spots''' marks spotted stations with a green dot<br />
* '''Show gridsquares''' draws the squares and the grid square lines<br />
* '''Show fields only''' turns grid square outlines off<br />
* '''Show caption''' displays the major grid square names (first two letters)<br />
* '''Center map here''' lets you move the center of the map interactively. <br />
<br />
{{wbox|Note|This option is available only if you have '''not''' selected "Always center on the operating QTH" in the Properties dialog (see below).}}<br />
<br />
* '''Properties...''' allows you to modify several display parameters:<br />
<br />
[[Image:GridSquareMapProperties.PNG|center|frame|Gridsquares Map Properties]]<br />
<br />
The larger the scale, the bigger the map.<br />
<br />
==Worked Zones==<br />
<code>Windows | Worked Zones</code> or '''<tt>Alt-Z</tt>'''<br />
<br><br />
Opens (or closes) the worked zones window. The title of this menu item will fit to the chosen contest.<br />
The window displays the worked multipliers (in blue) or not (in white) on the current band, and possibly the current mode.<br />
<br />
Some examples:<br />
<br />
[[Image:WindowsZone1.gif|center|frame|Worked departements window (French REF HF contest)]]<br />
<br />
[[Image:WindowsZone3.gif|center|frame|Worked states and provinces window (International ARRL DX contest)]]<br />
<br />
Furthermore, with a right click on this window (if the contest is multi-bands and/or multi-modes) you can display the distribution of these multipliers by band (and/or mode).<br />
<br />
<br />
[[Image:WindowsZone2.gif|center|frame|WAZ zones worked window by band (CQWW DX contest)]]<br />
<br />
At last, the same contextual menu allows you to copy all the datas of this window into the clipboard as an image or a text, and directly paste it as a text file or an Excel (TM) or OpenOffice spreadsheet.<br />
<br />
==Worked DXCC==<br />
<code>Windows | Worked DXCC</code> or '''<tt>Alt-M</tt>'''<br />
<br><br />
Opens (or closes) the worked DXCC window. The title of this menu item will change with the contest chosen.<br />
<br />
[[Image:WindowsMult.gif|center|frame|Worked DXCC countries window]]<br />
<br />
If one DXCC country has been worked on a band (possibly a mode), this band will be displayed in blue, otherwise it remains in white. This window is resizable.<br />
<br />
A right click on this window allows to display the countries alphabetically sorted (within the same continent), or sorted by number of band/mode worked. More, to easily search for missing countries, the countries worked on all bands can be hidden (clean sweeps). Also, countries never worked in the contest can be hidden.<br />
<br />
You can easily move to the next (or previous) bookmark - displayed on a yellow background by default - by holding the '''<tt>Shift</tt>''' key down, while rolling your mouse wheel.<br />
<br />
Last, all the data included in this window can be copied as a text file, and pasted in text or directly in an Excel (TM) or OpenOffice spreadsheet, for a later analysis.<br />
<br />
==Check Callsign==<br />
<code>Windows | Check Callsign</code> or ['''<tt>F9</tt>''']<br />
<br><br />
Opens (or closes) the worked callsign window. This window displays a checkmark if and on which bands a specific callsign has been logged before. Depending on the type of the contest, the display may show more than one column to display the different possible modes.<br />
<br />
[[Image:WindowsCheckCallsign.gif|center|frame|The Check Callsign Window]]<br />
<br />
Moving the mouse cursor over the checkmark will bring up additional information about this QSO. And a double-click on it will move the cursor to this QSO.<br />
<br />
==Check Multipliers==<br />
<code>Windows | Check Multipliers</code> or ['''<tt>F10</tt>''']<br />
<br><br />
<br />
Opens (or closes) the checking multipliers window.<br />
<br />
[[Image:WindowsCheckCountry.PNG|center|frame|Check Multipliers window for the CQ World-Wide DX contest]]<br />
<br />
To use this window, enter a callsign or country prefix in the data entry area of the main logging window. The dark blue line indicates the current band. The other lines indicate whether this multiplier has been worked or not on other bands (and in other modes if the contest rules permit). If the callsign entered has been worked on other bands, Win-Test displays those QSOs (in DXpedition mode, also the date of the QSO is displayed). Otherwise, the callsign of the first station worked in that multiplier on that band is displayed, if any. For the CQ World-Wide DX contest, display priority is: same callsign, same country and same zone. An uppercase "Z" in the last column indicates that the zone and country have been worked on the indicated band. A lowercase "z" means the zone has been worked, but not the country. And of course a blank line indicates that both the zone and country are needed. See also the [[Menu:Windows#Search_for_Worked_Multipliers_or_Partial_QTH_Locators|Search for Worked Multipliers]] window.<br />
<br />
Additional information about the multiplier is displayed at the bottom:<br />
<br />
* The official country prefix and country name<br />
* A small icon indicating if it is local day, night, or sunrise/sunset time in that country<br />
* The current local time in that country (suffixed by a lowercase "l")<br />
* The short (Az) and long path (Lp) beam headings (azimuths) to this multiplier (based on the station locator entered in the [[New_Log#Step_2:_Setup_your_logcontest|Contest configuration screen]])<br />
* The sunrise (SR) and sunset (SS) time in this country, expressed as UTC (suffixed by a lowercase "z"). These times are computed from the geographical coordinates given taken from the CTY* file or your QTH locator, if specified in the setup dialog.<br />
* Graphical indication of the sun status on both sides of the QSO (may be disabled via the context menu)<br />
** Two yellow bars represent the sun over 24 hours of the day. The top bar displays the situation at the DX location, while the bottom bar represents your own location.<br />
** A pink cursor denotes current time. <br />
** Dotted lines represent local noon or local midnight. <br />
<br />
A double click on a line will move the cursor to the specified QSO. Press '''<tt>[Ctrl-End]</tt>''' or '''<tt>[Ctrl-G]</tt>''', '''<tt>[Enter]</tt>''' to return the cursor to the blank line at the end of the data entry area.<br />
<br />
Finally, using the context menu (right click on the window), you can change '''Actualize information''' to '''Automatically''' (recommended) or to '''Pressing the space bar''' to indicate when you want the check multiplier screen to be updated. "Automatically" updates the screen after each keystroke. Any modification in the received exchange field (e.g. zone) also updates this check multiplier window.<br />
<br />
==Search for Worked Multipliers or Partial QTH Locators==<br />
<code>Windows | Search for Worked Multipliers</code><br><br />
Keyboard shortcut: '''<tt>Shift+F10</tt>'''<br />
<br><br />
<br />
Lists all the callsigns logged in a specified multiplier (Zone, State, ARRL Section, Grid Square Locator, etc.).<br />
<br />
To quickly list everyone you have logged in a particular multiplier, sorted by band, enter the multiplier in the ''callsign'' field and press '''<tt>Shift+F10</tt>'''. The [[Menu:Windows#Check_Partials|Check Partial Window]] will be displayed in a different format, as shown below.<br />
<br />
[[Image:WindowsCheckMult1.gif|center|frame|Looking for a departement during the REF HF Contest]]<br />
<br />
[[Image:WindowsCheckMult2.gif|center|frame|Looking for a WAZ zone during the CQWW DX (Zone 40)]]<br />
<br />
[[Image:WindowsCheckMult3.gif|center|frame|Looking for an US state during the ARRL DX Contest (here: District of Columbia, DC)]]<br />
<br />
Any further typing in the callsign field restores the [[Menu:Windows#Check_Partials|Check Partial Window]] to its normal appearance. You can also use '''<tt>[Ctrl-W]</tt>''', '''<tt>[Alt-W]</tt>''', or '''<tt>[F11]</tt>''' to erase the multiplier from the callsign field.<br />
<br />
{{wbox|Note|This search only works for contests where the multiplier is logged as part of the exchange, so it doesn't work for the CQ WPX contest or the ARRL DX Contest (when operating from the U.S. and Canada).}}<br />
<br />
For VHF/UHF/SHF... contests, this function is dedicated to partial QTH locator search. Enter the partial QTH locator either in the callsign or in the locator field and then press '''<tt>Shift-F10</tt>'''.<br />
<br />
[[Image:WindowsCheckPartialQTHLocator.PNG|center|frame|Searching callsigns by QTH locator]]<br />
<br />
==Check Partials==<br />
<code>Windows | Check Partials</code> or ['''<tt>F12</tt>''']<br />
<br><br />
<br />
Opens (or closes) the Check Partials window. The master file used is normally MASTER.SCP or DEFAULT.SCP or ''contest''.DTB, as described under [[Check_Partial_and_Np1_Files|Check Partial and Np1 Files]].<br />
<br />
[[Image:WindowsCheckPartial.gif|center|frame|Checking partials. Partial callsign entered: A2Q]]<br />
<br />
If this window is open, and at least 3 characters are entered in the callsign logging field, Win-Test looks in the master database for the callsigns including the 3-character string. <br />
<br />
For example, in this upper screen-shot, the partial callsign entered is "A2Q". All the callsigns found by Win-Test show this string.<br />
<br />
The white callsigns are those not worked yet. The green callsigns are stations worked on another band, but not the current band. The red callsigns are the dupes (callsigns already worked on the current band).<br />
<br />
You may also use the wildcard character "?" like "DL6?A?" to filter out unwanted calls.<br />
<br />
[[Image:WindowsCheckPartialOptions.gif|center|frame|Available context menu options in the Check Partial window]]<br />
<br />
Double clicking on a callsign copies it into the callsign logging field.<br />
<br />
Right click in the window to brings up a context menu where you can choose if Win-Test is to use the master database or just your log. Another option is (in some contests) if you want to see the expected report in that window (from ''contest''.DTB).<br />
<br />
For slow contests, it might make sense to start the check partial search after the second letter is entered into the callsign field, rather than the third. <br />
<br />
Another option allows you limit the number of callsigns displayed to fit the available space in the window.<br />
<br />
Finally, the option '''Used files list''' will display the master file that Win-Test has loaded to feed the Check Partials window:<br />
<br />
[[Image:Check Partial Files List.PNG|center|frame|Used files list selected from Check Partial window pop-up menu]].<br />
<br />
See [[Check_Partial_and_Np1_Files|Check Partial and Np1 Files]] for more info about naming super check files, search order, and how to update them.<br />
<br />
In HF contests such as CQ World-Wide, you can enter a zone number in the '''callsign''' field and press '''<tt>Shift+F10</tt>''' to display a list of prefixes in that zone, and a list of stations worked in that zone.<br />
<br />
[[Image:WindowsCheckPartialShiftF10.png|center|frame|Check partial window after entering 37 in the callsign field and pressing Shift+F10 to view countries in that zone. 5H3EE is in zone 37 and has been worked on 20m.]]<br />
<br />
In VHF/UHF contests, pressing '''<tt>Shift+F10</tt>''' on a partial QTH locator changes the Check Partials Window to the Partial QTH Locator Search Window. This feature is helpful to identify stations in a VHF/UHF contest when you copy only the QTH locator.<br />
<br />
[[Image:WindowsCheckPartialResult.png|center|frame|Check Partial QTH Locator window]]<br />
<br />
You may enter the partial QTH locator either in the callsign or in the QTH locator fields. A minimum of four characters has to be present in order to check the locator.<br />
<br />
==Check N + 1==<br />
<code>Windows | Check N + 1</code> or ['''<tt>F8</tt>''']<br />
<br><br />
<br />
Opens (or closes) the N + 1 window. The master file used is normally MASTER.SCP or DEFAULT.SCP or ''contest''.DTB, as described under [[Check_Partial_and_Np1_Files|Check Partial and Np1 Files]].<br />
<br />
If this window is open, and at least 3 characters are entered in the callsign logging field, Win-Test looks in the master database for the callsigns differing from the partial callsign by one character.<br />
<br />
This command also detects 2-character swap (dyslexia), as well as one missing character.<br />
<br />
[[Image:WindowsNp1_1.gif|center|frame|N + 1 window (Partial call entered: W5TQ)]]<br />
<br />
If the callsign is not included in the master database, and has not been worked yet, it is considered a UNIQUE. Otherwise, it is displayed in the first position.<br />
<br />
[[Image:WindowsNp1_2.gif|center|frame|N + 1 window (Partial call entered: K3OK)]]<br />
<br />
The white callsigns are the stations not yet worked. The green ones are those worked on another band, but not the current band. The red callsigns are dupes.<br />
<br />
[[Image:WindowsNp1_3.gif|center|frame|Available context menu options in the N+1 window]]<br />
<br />
Double clicking on a callsign copies it into the callsign logging field.<br />
<br />
A right click in the window brings up a context menu where you can choose to use the master database or just your log. A second option (in some contests) is if you want to see the expected report in that window (from ''contest''.DTB). You may also wish to limit the number of callsigns displayed to the available space in the N+1 window. Finally, the option "Used files list" will display the master file that Win-Test has loaded to feed the Check Partials window.<br />
<br />
==Partner==<br />
<code>Windows | Partner</code><br />
<br><br />
Opens (or closes) the partner window.<br />
<br />
[[Image:PartnerWindow.gif|right|frame|Partner window with two entries. You can now pull W6XR into the callsign field by pressing '''<tt>Alt-1</tt>''']] <br><p>This feature is especially useful in a Multi-OP environment when facing large pile-ups and/or weak signals or when you are training a new operator.</p><br />
<br />
Situation: You get several callers coming back to your CQ. You pull out one callsign - but sometimes you are able to copy another callsign or at least parts of it. If you could remember this second call after the first QSO, you'd be able to call the second station right away (without QRZ) and save time.<br />
<br />
Improvement: Set up a second operator (OP2), a second computer and a second pair of headphones, sometimes a second receiver. Both OPs now open up the Partner window on their computer. The running operator OP1 continues like before: He works the first callsign. In the mean time, the OP2 supports OP1 to copy the callsign - or alternatively - he can add callsigns he copied from the pile-up by entering the callsign on the QSO entry field and then pressing '''<tt>Alt-Enter</tt>'''.<br />
<br />
This callsign will now be displayed on all computers in the network that are set at the same band and mode. OP1 will see the new callsign after his first QSO and calls that station right away. <br />
<br />
The Partner window can hold up to 9 callsigns, and theses calls can be pulled into the callsign field with '''<tt>Alt-1</tt>''', '''<tt>Alt-2</tt>'''...'''<tt>Alt-9</tt>'''. Usually this is done by OP1 to log that callsign, while OP2 uses this function to remove the call from the partner window. Once the QSO is logged, that callsign will disappear from both partner windows.<br />
<br />
You can also swap the callsign field with one of the entries by pressing '''<tt>Ctrl-1</tt>''', '''<tt>Ctrl-2</tt>'''...'''<tt>Ctrl-9</tt>'''.<br />
<br />
Using message variables on CW and RTTY you can now enter a QSO (with correction or not), grab another callsign from the Partner window, and send the new report in one keystroke, by using:<br />
'''$CORRECT TU $CR NOW $GRABPARTNER $NEXT $F2''' (sends call if corrected before the TU)<br />
for the '''<tt>[Plus]</tt>''' key, or<br />
'''$CURRENT TU $CR NOW $GRABPARTNER $NEXT $F2''' (resends full call before the TU)<br />
assuming '''<tt>$F2</tt>''' contains the report.<br />
<br />
If you want to manually grab a callsign from the Partner window you can use:<br />
'''$PREV TU NOW $LOGGED $F2'''<br />
Then<br />
# Use the '''<tt>[Enter]</tt>''' key to silently enter the current QSO<br />
# Grab the next callsign from the Partner windownd (via double-click or Alt-''n'')<br />
# Send the message above<br />
<br />
[[Image:WindowsPartnerWindowRealtimefeature.PNG|left|frame|Partner Window Context Menu]]<br />
[[Image:WindowsPartnerWindowProperties.PNG|right|frame|Partner Window Properties]]<br />
<br><p>When a QSO is logged locally or via the network it is checked against the contents of the partner window, and - if found - removed from the partner window as it is now obsolete.</p><br />
<br />
If automatic exchange guessing is enabled, a callsign grabbed from the partner window will have the exchange window filled in and will update the check partials and N+1 windows.<br />
<br />
Finally, the entire Partner window content can be cleared by using the appropriate context menu item or by pressing '''<tt>Alt-Backspace</tt>'''. Individual entries can be removed via '''<tt>Ctrl-Doubleclick</tt>'''.<br />
<br />
Up to three support partners can be engaged. If you do not want the partner to be limited by band and mode, use the "No band/mode filtering" option in the context menu of the partner window. <br />
<br />
A '''real-time''' mode is available in the partner window's context menu. This allows the main operator to have a real-time view on what the partner(s) is(are) typing (character by character) so he(she) does not have to wait until they press '''<tt>Alt-Enter</tt>''' in this time-critical situation. For this to work, the supporting partner has to change his station type to "Support" (see section [[Menu:Commands#Station_Type]]), indicated by '''<tt>R+</tt>''' on the QSO entry line.<br />
<br />
In the context menu of the partner window there are two settings that can be done, when more then one partner (up to 3) is engaged:<br />
* as support, must be selected to which slot this partner will send its real-time characters<br />
* as runner, must be selected how many slot are being displayed at the partner window top<br />
<br />
The runner will then grab a real-time slot with '''<tt>Alt-Space</tt>''', or in all cases, he can also double-click on any callsign of this window.<br />
<br />
==Status==<br />
<code>Windows | Status</code> or '''<tt>Alt-J</tt>'''<br />
<br><br />
Opens (or closes) the status window.<br />
<br />
[[Image:StatusWindow.PNG|center|frame|Status Window]]<br />
<br />
This window indicates the status of each station connected to the network. From left to right, are displayed :<br />
<br />
* Station name<br />
* Current band and mode<br />
* Station type<br />
* QSY frequency of the current band and mode<br />
* Radio 1 frequency<br />
* Radio 2 frequency<br />
* Operator<br />
* Time left before a possible QSY, according to the 10 minutes M/S rule, or "OK" if the station is allowed to make a QSY on another band. Note that this column only appears if the contest specifies this particular rule.<br />
<br />
Your own station is displayed in a deep blue background. The active radio of each station has its frequency in red characters.<br />
The list may be by band and station names when it gets cluttered in a very large network by using the appropriate function in the context menu.<br />
<br />
A double left click on a station name will display the chat dialog with this station name as default destination.<br />
<br />
Opening the context menu with a right mouseclick will allow you to turn on network traffic logging. This might be useful for basic network troubleshooting. This log file uses the .ntk (stands for NeTworK) file extension.<br />
<br />
Ping a specific station from the context menu on this station name and use "Ping XXX". The Win-Test version, the Master, Bridgehead, Sync indicators and the propagation time are returned in the Gab window (Alt-I). Reminder: You may also use the INV (stands for Inventory) text command to get a summary of the complete network.<br />
<br />
A remote command to a specific station can be sent by opening the context menu on this station name and use "Send remote command to XXX...".<br />
<br />
At last, a double left click on any frequency displayed will tune the current radio to that frequency.<br />
<br />
==Skeds==<br />
<code>Windows | Skeds</code> or '''<tt>Alt-B</tt>'''<br />
<br><br />
Opens (or closes) the skeds window.<br />
<br />
[[Image:WindowsSked.gif|center|frame|Skeds Window]]<br />
<br />
Skeds (Alt-E) and passed stations (Alt-D) are displayed in this window. See [[Multi-op/Passing]].<br />
<br />
* A grey background means that the sked is over for more than 10 minutes.<br />
* A yellow background means that the sked is planned within less than 10 minutes maximum (a "hot sked"). If the window was not open, it will pop-up to remind the operator of the hot sked. The pop-up will be suppressed, however, if Win-Test is running minimized.<br />
* A green background means that the sked is planned in more than 10 minutes.<br />
<br />
A - (minus) sign before the hour means that the sked is over for more than 24 hours. A + (plus) sign before the hour means that the sked is planned in more than 24 hours.<br />
<br />
A right click allows to sort the skeds window by time or by band. You can also hide the older skeds, and modify or cancel a sked. In a multi operating configuration, the sked data are sent across the network.<br />
<br />
At last, note that a double left click will tune the current radio on the sked frequency and capture the callsign of the scheduled station in the callsign logging field. You will thus just need to press ['''<tt>Return</tt>'''] after completing the QSO!<br />
<br />
==Solar Activity==<br />
<code>Windows | Solar Activity</code><br />
<br><br />
<br />
This option displays solar activity data that has been received from the DX cluster connection. You can chose between SSN, SFI, K and A indexes. It is an interesting tool to discover trends in propagation during a contest.<br />
<br />
<center><br />
{|<br />
|[[Image:WindowsSolarActivityWWV.png|center|frame|Solar Activity Window (WWV data)]]<br />
|[[Image:WindowsSolarActivityWCY.png|center|frame|Solar Activity Window (from DK0WCY)]]<br />
|}<br />
</center><br />
<br />
As there are two sources on the DX cluster for this kind of information, you may chose between WWV and WCY.<br />
This information can also be applied - in conjunction with HamCap - for specific propagation forecasts.<br />
See [[Menu:Options#HamCAP | Menu Options HamCAP]] in this manual.<br />
<br />
Click on the triangles to open or close a chart. You may open or close all charts at once by holding the ['''<tt>Shift</tt>'''] key down while clicking on one of the triangles.<br />
<br />
==QSY Wizard==<br />
<code>Windows | QSY Wizard</code><br />
<br />
The QSY Wizard can only be used if [[HamCAP]] is installed and running. You must also have [[Menu:Options#HamCAP| Options | HamCAP | Tab]] set to '''Charts'''.<br />
<br />
After working a DX, pressing '''<tt>Ctrl-P</tt>''' will bring up the HamCAP window with a propagation prediction to this DX. Then, the QSY Wizard will display the bands on which to which a QSY or sked may be useful:<br />
<center><br />
{|<br />
|[[Image:WindowsQsyWizard.png|center|frame|QSY Wizard]]<br />
|[[Image:HamCAPprediction.png|center|frame|HamCAP prediction to CN2R]]<br />
|}<br />
</center><br />
In the above example CN2R has been worked on 20m. After pressing '''<tt>Ctrl-P</tt>''' the wizard tells us that a QSY may be promising to 15, 40, 80 and 160m. For 10m, however, the wizard recommends a sked at 18:30 UT instead. This is the peak time predicted by HamCap for this path but MUF will be only be 20.1 MHz (the mouse cursor was over the 18:30/28MHz yellow square while creating this screenshot).<br />
<br />
==Extra Information==<br />
This window displays data included in .XDT (eXtra DaTa) files. These files are textual and have a very basic syntax. These files are suitable for name lists (your favorite contest friends or club members, whose names you never get to remember in the middle of the contest) or information about a station's capabilities on other VHF/UHF/SHF bands so that you will want to ask for a sked.<br />
<br />
[[Image:WindowsExtraDataFiles.png|center|frame|The Extra Data Files Window can be used to display additional useful information during the contest.]]<br />
<br />
===XDT Files===<br />
The first column is the callsign of the station for which information is to be displayed. The rest of the line carries the information to display. There can be only one line per callsign. Lines have to be formatted in MS-DOS mode, i.e. CR/LF at the end.<br />
<br />
You can set up to 10 default extra data files by the menu function '''<code>Options | Data files | Default data files</code>'''. These files will be opened with every log. They must be located in the WT installation directory. Refer to [[Menu:Options#Default_extra_data_files... | Menu: Options Default extra data files...]] for detailed information.<br />
<br />
You can also add '''log-specific''' extra data files by using the '''<tt>Extra files...</tt>''' item in the context menu of this window (right-click to open the contextual menu). A new window will open-up where you can click the ADD button to browse the computer resources to locate and select the file you need (see picture).<br />
<br />
[[Image:LogSpecificExtraDataFiles.png|center|frame|Click the ADD button to locate and select the file you need]]<br />
<br />
There is no limitation to the location and the number of these log-specific files. The added file names and paths will then be save in a file with '''<tt>.xdl</tt>''' extension among all the other contest specific files (.LOG, .SUM, .pkt, .gab, .wtb, etc.).<br />
<br />
<br />
If you modify an '''<tt>.XDT</tt>''' file while it is in use, you must reload it by using the '''<tt>Reload files</tt>''' item in the context menu.<br />
<br />
{{wbox|Note|This function is designed to work with no more than a few thousand callsigns only. Don't try it with millions of lines or a Callbook file!}}<br />
<br />
===Directives===<br />
Directives are special statements in the data file beginning with a hash sign and a space.<br />
<br />
The <code># TITLE</code> directive is used to display a title in the window, like this:<br />
<pre><br />
# TITLE Operator Names<br />
CT1BOH Jose<br />
DJ1YFK Fab<br />
DL4NER Werner<br />
DL6RAI Ben<br />
F5HRY Herve<br />
F5MZN Olivier<br />
F6FVY Larry<br />
M0CLW Simon<br />
M3PHP Peter<br />
</pre><br />
<br />
The <code># VARIABLE</code> directive allows you to send the extra information in a CW message by using a variable name. The variable name '''must''' begin with the $ character.<br />
<br />
Example: The following line will substitute the $OPNAME string in the CW messages with the extra info included in this file, if the sent callsign has matching data.<br />
<br />
<pre><br />
# VARIABLE $OPNAME <br />
</pre><br />
<br />
<br />
{{wbox|Note|The variable subsitution only works with the internal CW keyer.}}<br />
<br />
==Summary==<br />
<code>Windows | Summary</code> or '''<tt>Alt-S</tt>'''<br />
<br><br />
Opens (or closes) the scoring summary window.<br />
<br />
[[Image:WindowsSummary.gif|center|frame|Summary]]<br />
<br />
The displayed number of QSO does not include the dupes. Thus, the QSO column displays only the QSO that have generated points.<br />
<br />
A right click allows to copy the scoring summary data in the clipboard as an image or as a text file (in WT language or in English, depending on the contest).<br />
<br />
===Live Score===<br />
<br />
[[Image:LiveScoreBroadcasting.gif|center|frame|Enabling Live Score Broadcasting through the context menu]]<br />
<br />
The context menu also allows you to configure and enable live score reporting by using a specific UDP broadcast protocol [http://download.win-test.com/utils/SummaryBroadcastingSpecs.txt]. Please note that additional third-party software is<br />
needed to post your score to one of the live scoreboards on the internet.<br />
<br />
For testing purposes, there is an option to create a live score broadcast "now"; typically, it will be broadcasted automatically once every five minutes or however you set up the periodicity. Live score broadcasting in a multi operator environment is limited to the station that is the network time master. <br />
<br />
For further information about live scores, please see [http://www.5b4wn.com/main/index.php?m=10] and [https://dl1dxa.darc.de/pdf/wt4.pdf] (German language).<br />
<br />
==Rate==<br />
<code>Windows | Rate</code> or '''<tt>Alt-R</tt>'''<br />
<br><br />
Opens (or closes) the rate window.<br />
<br />
[[Image:WindowsRate.PNG|center|frame|Rate Window]]<br />
<br />
This window is divided in different parts:<br />
<br />
The upper part displays the rate of the last hour, of the last 10 QSO, and of the last 100 QSO. It also displays a moving graph of the rate, computed on the last 15 minutes before the current QSO. The lower portion of that window displays additional rate information in text format.<br />
<br />
===Graphs===<br />
The graph is calculated on the last 15 minutes (default). Each bar, thus representing one minute on the air, calculates the moving average rate on the last X minutes, this time being selectable between 5 to 30 minutes. A short period will be selected for a contest with high rates (international HF, such as CQWW or WPX), and a longer one for a contest with slower rates (such as a national HF, or a VHF).<br />
<br />
Below is a display that shows instant continent distribution of previous QSOs. It uses the same timing parameters as the instant rates above.<br />
<br />
The QSO Timer Alarm progress bar appears below that. This bar gives a clear visual indication of the time elapsed since your last QSO. Right click and select '''Off-time timer alarm''' to set the full scale range of the progress bar. In the screen shot above, it is the red bar showing over 100H elapsed since the last QSO, but normally it is a green progress bar that advances from left to right. It begins as 100% green and slowly more of it turns red until it reaches full scale, when the bar becomes 100% red. The default scale is 5 minutes, but it is configurable between 1 and 120 minutes.<br />
<br />
===Text Information===<br />
The next part displays information about Time ON and Time OFF. For new logs, the off-time calculation is based on the contest rules. You can still use a custom setting to check your operating efficiency. Right click and select '''Off-time calculation threshold'''. If the contest rule is unknown, 30 minutes will be used as a default threshold. <br />
<br />
The next part shows information about band changes.<br />
<br />
The central part gives general information about the point statistics of the contest, e.g. time by mult, QSO counts, Mult worth, etc. <br />
<br />
The bottom part indicates the current mode and, in CW, the current speed, as well as the status of the automated CQ repeat mode.<br />
Some indicators that may appear there include:<br />
* '''CW''' - Operating mode is set to CW (press '''<tt>Ctrl-F1</tt>''' or '''<tt>Ctrl-F2</tt>''' to change)<br />
* '''SSB''' - Operating mode is set to Phone<br />
* '''RTTY''' - Operating mode is set to RTTY<br />
* '''34 WPM''' - CW speed in Words Per Minute (adjust with '''<tt>Alt-F9</tt>''', '''<tt>Alt-F10</tt>''', and '''<tt>Alt-V</tt>''')<br />
* '''34/32 WPM''' - Independent CW speed between Win-Test and WinKey pot (WinKey speed displayed on right)<br />
* '''S''' - Operator is listening in Stereo mode (operator pressed '''<tt>AltGr-S</tt>''' or '''<tt>Ctrl-Alt-S</tt>''', press '''<tt>AltGr-A</tt>''' or '''<tt>Ctrl-Alt-A</tt>''' to remove)<br />
* '''T''' - Operator is listening to the Secondary Radio (operator pressed '''<tt>AltGr-T</tt>''' or '''<tt>Ctrl-Alt-T</tt>''', press '''<tt>AltGr-A</tt>''' or '''<tt>Ctrl-Alt-A</tt>''' to remove)<br />
* '''REPEAT''' - Automatic repeating CQ feature is active and '''<tt>[F1]</tt>''' has been pressed. See [[Menu:Tools#Automatic_CQ_repeat|Automatic CQ Repeat]].<br />
<br />
===Context Menu===<br />
A right click allows you to choose on what bands and modes these calculations have to be done:<br />
<br />
* All : No filtering is done<br />
* Current : Filters only QSO done in the mode and band of the current radio<br />
* According to QSO : Filters only QSO done in the mode and band of the current QSO<br />
<br />
You can also choose to display the calculations as :<br />
<br />
* QSO / h : Only based on the number of QSO<br />
* Points / QSO : Averages the points of the QSO<br />
* Points QSO / h : Without the multipliers<br />
* Points / h : Including the multipliers<br />
<br />
Thresholds are defined and can be modified on the following properties:<br />
<br />
* Instant moving graph window -how many minutes of history are taken into account<br />
* Off Time Alarm - after how many minutes the color of the green bar will turn red<br />
* Off-time calculation - after how much time of no QSO, time is counted towards off-time (may be contest specific)<br />
* Last band change method - which event triggers the timer after a band change<br />
<br />
Moreover, the contents of the rate window can be customized by selecting one or more of the following, which are listed under the '''Display''' menu item of the context menu:<br />
<br />
* Instant rate moving graph<br />
* Instant continents distribution<br />
* Off-time timer<br />
* Time ON / Time OFF<br />
* Band Changes<br />
* Band Changes elapsed times<br />
* QSO/Mult ratio<br />
* Distances Data<br />
<br />
Finally, right click and select the '''Copy''' menu item to copy this window, as an image, to the Windows clipboard.<br />
<br />
{{wbox|Note|The available menu items in the context menu may vary depending on where you right click in the window.}}<br />
<br />
==Statistics==<br />
<code>Windows | Statistics</code> or '''<tt>[Ctrl-F9]</tt>'''<br />
<br><br />
Opens (or closes) the Statistics window, a rate sheet.<br />
<br />
[[Image:WindowsRateSheet.gif|center|frame|Statistics Window showing total QSOs made on all bands and modes, per hour]]<br />
<br />
The size of this window can be changed by dragging the edges. The window displays the number of QSOs, hour by hour, for the entire contest period.<br />
<br />
The time span is fixed depending on the contest type. For the shorter contests, the display spans 24 hours; for the major contests, it spans the full 48 hours. For DXpeditions, it is configurable from 1 to 15 days via the [Days...] button in the [[New_Log#Step_2:_Setup_your_log|Contest Configuration window]].<br />
<br />
Switching to the '''Targets''' tab in the statistics window, you may compare your current score to a pre-loaded estimate, which may be derived from a previous contest operation or generated by hand. Positive offsets with respect to the target file are shown in green color, negative offsets in red color. <br />
<br />
[[Image:Targets.PNG|center|frame|Cumulative (overall) Multiplier tracking vs. target]]<br />
<br />
You may also display hour-by-hour comparisons with the targets.<br />
<br />
[[Image:StatisticsHourlyQSOTargets.PNG|center|frame|Hour by hour QSO tracking vs. target]]<br />
<br />
Please see [[Menu:Tools#Load_an_objective_file|Menu | Tools | Load a targets file...]] for further information on exporting and loading target files.<br />
<br />
Switching to the '''Continents''' tab displays continental QSO statistics.<br />
<br />
[[Image:StatisticsContinents.PNG|center|frame|Continental QSO statistics]]<br />
<br />
A right click allows to set different display options:<br />
<br />
{| align="center"<br />
|[[Image:StatisticsPopUpMenuDisplayedData.PNG|center|frame|Pop-up menu showing displayed data options]]<br />
|[[Image:StatisticsPopUpMenu.PNG|center|frame|Pop-up menu showing band options]]<br />
|}<br />
<br />
Displayed Data<br />
<br />
* Select which kind of data to display: QSOs, Multipliers, QSO Points, etc.<br />
<br />
<br />
Band<br />
<br />
* All (total): Single color display, all bands combined<br />
* All (detailed): Multicolor display, one color per band<br />
* Current: Displays statistics for the current band<br />
* According to QSO: Displays statistics for the band of the currently selected QSO<br />
<br />
Mode<br />
<br />
* All (total): Single color display, all modes combined<br />
* All (detailed): Multicolor display, one color per mode<br />
* Current: Displays statistics for the current mode<br />
* According to QSO: Displays statistics for the mode of the currently selected QSO<br />
<br />
Display<br />
<br />
* By time: Displays an hour by hour comparison<br />
* Overall: Displays a cumulative (overall total) comparison<br />
<br />
Another option allows you to load a targets file for comparison, or export a targets file based on the current log.<br />
<br />
Finally, it is possible to copy any of the Statistics windows as image or text to the Windows clipboard. Then you can copy the data into to a text document or even into an Excel&reg; or OpenOffice spreadsheet.<br />
<br />
==Gab==<br />
<code>Windows | Gab</code> or '''<tt>Alt-I</tt>'''<br />
<br><br />
Opens (or closes) the gab window.<br />
<br />
[[Image:WindowsGab.gif|center|frame|Gab Window]]<br />
<br />
All the gab chat is displayed in this window. With a right click, you can choose to display (or not) the time when the message was sent, including (or not) the seconds. Moreover, this window can be copied as an image.<br />
<br />
In the context menu, the option "Taskbar flashing" can be selected to make the Windows Task Bar flash every time a gab is received.<br />
<br />
All the gab chat is recorded in the <tt>.gab</tt> file of the current contest.<br />
<br />
A double-click in a station name in this window will open the chat dialog, with this station name as default destination.<br />
<br />
If the gab window becomes too cluttered, you may wish to clear it via the context menu.<br />
<br />
==World Map==<br />
<code>Windows | World Map</code><br />
<br><br />
Opens (or closes) the map window<br />
<br />
[[Image:WindowsMap.gif|center|frame|World Map]]<br />
<br />
The World Map shows when you get spotted by someone.<br />
<br />
[[Image:WorldMapWithRBNSpots2.png|center|frame|World Map displaying when you are being heard.]]<br />
<br />
The dimensions of this worldmap window can be modified. With a right click, you can display (or not) the grey-line. Moreover, you can increase or decrease the format (zoom).<br />
<br />
An additional option allows you to display only the greyline terminator plus a little symbol for the sun which makes reading the information a little easier at times.<br />
<br />
[[Image:WorldMapWithLightTerminator.gif|center|frame|World Map with light terminator]]<br />
<br />
==Radio 1, Radio 2 (Band Maps)==<br />
<code>Windows | Radio 1</code> or <code>Windows | Radio 2</code><br />
<br><br />
Opens (or closes) the radio window.<br />
[[Image:WindowsRadio.gif|right|frame|Radio window (band map)]]<br />
These resizable windows are also called Band Maps.<br />
<br />
The frequencies of the 2 VFOs are displayed. The active VFO has a yellow background.<br />
<br />
If Win-Test has a DX cluster connection, the bandmaps are automatically fed from the DX cluster data stream, from logging contacts, and by manually adding information using '''<tt>Ctrl-Enter</tt>''' instead of '''<tt>[Enter]</tt>'''. Op-entered spots are protected from spots of the same DX on a freq inside the mode bandwidth window.<br />
<br />
The green callsigns denote new multipliers, the black ones new callsigns (not worked so far), and dupes are in grey color and slanted font.<br />
<br />
A double click on a callsign will automatically put the radio on the spot frequency and capture the callsign in the logging field. You just need to complete the QSO and press '''<tt>[Enter]</tt>'''! Press '''<tt>[Alt-F4]</tt>''' to return to your run frequency.<br />
<br />
An '''<tt>[Alt]</tt>'''-double click on a callsign will load the spot frequency into the Sub VFO (VFO B), if your radio supports it.<br />
<br />
While in split mode during 40m and 80m SSB operation, when adding a spot to the band map, Win-Test remembers both the RX and the TX VFO frequencies, and will store this information so that when you select the spot, both VFOs will be set correctly, and you'll be ready to call (unless the QSX frequency has changed in the mean time).<br />
<br />
Moving the mouse pointer over a spot in the band map will bring up additional information, such as the age of the spot the callsign of the spotter, and any comments. Double-clicking the spot with the '''<tt>[Ctrl]</tt>''' key removes the spot from the band map (without confirmation).<br />
<br />
[[Keys#Band_Map|Other key combinations]] can be used to operate with the Band Map.<br />
<br />
===Band Maps Context menu===<br />
<br />
A right click on this window brings up its context menu. <br />
<br />
* The top option in this Context Menu allows you to program the Sub VFO (if your radio supports it) with this spot. <br />
* The '''Propagation''' submenu item allows you to gather propagation information via [[HamCAP]] (if installed)<br />
* The next two entries '''Modify...''' and '''Delete''' allow you to change or remove spots in the band map. Note that you can quickly remove a spot by double-clicking it with the '''<tt>[Ctrl]</tt>''' key pressed.<br />
* Additionally, you can change the scale of the band map display from 1:1 up to 30:1. The scale can also be set through the mouse wheel.<br />
* More options are hidden in the sub menus [[#Extended_information|Display Options]] and [[#Band_Map_properties|Properties...]] where one can set a lot of minor details of the band map.<br />
[[Image:WindowsBandMapContextMenu.PNG|center|frame|Band Map Context Menu]] <br><br />
*<code>29S 11N</code> at the bottom indicates there are 29 spots total, 11 new calls (not yet worked).<br />
* The List tab of the band map has a context menu with several sorting options:<br />
[[Image:WindowsBandMapListViewContextMenuSort.png|center|frame|Band Map List View Context Menu - sorting options]] <br><br />
* The List tab of the band map has a display option that lets you hide dupes and display additional information:<br />
[[Image:WindowsBandMapListViewContextMenuDisplay.png|center|frame|Band Map List View Context Menu - hiding dupes]] <br><br />
* You may toggle between band map and list view using '''<tt>[Ctrl-tab]</tt>'''<br />
<br />
====Special cursors====<br />
Special indicators for the last CQ frequency or the QSY frequency (set with the PASSFREQ text command, or with the <code>Commands | QSY frequency</code> menu option) can also be activated (see picture). <br />
<br />
[[Image:WindowsBandMapCqCursor.png|center|frame|Band Map with CQ cursor]] <br><br />
<br />
To enable them, tag the CQ cursor and/or the QSY cursor items in the Display Options submenu of the context menu itself.<br />
<br />
====Extended information====<br />
The Display Options menu also allows you to select if the expected exchange will be displayed in the band map and other minor details, like day/sunrise/sunset/night symbols, time and sender, comments etc.<br />
<br />
====Markers====<br />
The Display Options menu allows you to enable the displaying of markers. These can be useful for beacons and other known stations on the bands.<br />
<br />
[[Image:WindowsBandmapMarker.png|center|frame|Band Map with a marker file for 10 m beacons loaded ]]<br />
<br />
Markers are defined by text files with a '''.mkr''' extension located in the Win-Test directory. WT can use and display up to 10 files simultaneously; they can be selected in the <tt>Options | Data files | Markers files</tt> menu. <br />
For detailed information, please see [[Menu:Options#Markers_files... | Menu: Options Data files Markers files]].<br />
<br />
Marker display settings can be different for each radio. The syntax of the marker files is very basic and they are easy to create with a simple text editor like Notepad.<br />
<br />
A marker is defined by its frequency (in kHz), a label (one word) and an optional tooltip (30 chars max.) that will flash when the mouse cursor is positioned on the marker for a few seconds. If you include a four or six character gridsquare locator, WT will display heading and distance to this gridsquare in the tooltip window.<br />
<br />
Example:<br />
<br />
28205 DL0IGI Hohenpeissenberg JN57MT<br />
28257 DK0TEN Sipplinger Berg JN47NT<br />
28277.5 DF0AAB Kiel JO54GH<br />
<br />
Two DIRECTIVES (or KEYWORDS) define the background and foreground color:<br />
<br />
* # BACKGROUND color => Sets the background color of the following markers in the file. If no color is specified, the default color is green.<br />
* # TEXT color => Sets the text color of the following markers in the file. If no color is specified, the default color is black.<br />
<br />
The known colors are: White, Black, Red, Green, Blue, Yellow, Magenta, Cyan. The case of the color is irrelevant, so "green" and "Green" are identical.<br />
<br />
Example :<br />
<br />
# BACKGROUND white<br />
# TEXT green<br />
#<br />
14100 Bcn NCDXF Beacon<br />
<br />
This will display a white marker with a green text "Bcn". The associated tooltip will be "NCDXF Beacon". As usual, you can double-click on a marker to set the current radio on the frequency of the marker. A sample file '''NcdxfBeacons.mkr''' is located in the WT repository at: http://download.win-test.com/files/markers/. It displays markers for each NCDXF beacon. <br />
<br />
You may build your own marker files (VHF beacons etc.) and share it with the WT community if you want.<br />
<br />
====Segments====<br />
WT can display band allocations for different license types in the bandmap tab of the radio windows. This allows you to select a run frequency which is in right band segment for US-Advanced or US-Novice amateurs for example.<br />
<br />
Band segments are defined by text files with a '''.seg''' extension located in the Win-Test Extras directory. WT can use and display up to 10 files simultaneously; they can be selected in the <tt>Options | Data files | Segments files</tt> menu.<br />
Please find more detailed information in [[Menu:Options#Segments_files... | Menu: Options Data files Segments files]].<br />
<br />
Due to space constraints - you can't have more than 5 segments displayed per band for any given frequency.<br />
<br />
The segments display settings can be different for each radio.<br />
<br />
<center><br />
{|<br />
|[[Image:BandMapMarkerSegment.png|center|frame|Band Map with marker and segments]]<br />
|[[Image:WindowsBandmapSegments.png|center|frame|Band Map with US band allocation]]<br />
|}<br />
</center><br />
<br />
The syntax of the segments files is very basic, and the files are easily created with a simple text editor like Notepad. A segment is defined by specifying its lowest and its highest frequency (in kHz). The two frequencies may be linked by an hyphen for easier reading. An optional tooltip text (30 chars max.) can be given to explain the meaning of the color segment. By placing the mouse cursor over a colored line in the band map display, the tooltip will display.<br />
<br />
The BandMap segment color is indicated by the DIRECTIVE (keyword) COLOR like given below. The known colors are: White, Black, Red, Green, Blue, Yellow, Magenta, Cyan. The case of the color name is irrelevant. If no color is specified, the segments will be displayed in yellow.<br />
<br />
Example:<br />
<br />
# COLOR Red<br />
14000-14150 Extra CW<br />
14150-14350 Extra SSB<br />
# COLOR Yellow<br />
14025-14150 Advanced CW<br />
14175-14350 Advanced SSB<br />
# COLOR Magenta<br />
14025-14150 General CW<br />
14225-14350 General SSB<br />
<br />
This will display the US band allocation in the 20-m-band.<br />
<br />
The segments order, and potential overlaps in the file are irrelevant. WT will take care to display them in an optimized way.<br />
<br />
Two sample files are located in the WT repository at http://download.win-test.com/files/segments/<br />
<br />
* '''UsSegmentsDetailled.seg''' displays all band segments for every US licence type.<br />
* '''UsSegments.seg''' displays all band segments in which all US licencees are potentially active.<br />
<br />
You may create your own band segments files for other countries, regions, etc. and share them with the WT community if you want.<br />
<br />
====Band Map properties====<br />
Selecting '''Properties...''' in the context menu of the Radio 1 or Radio 2 band map windows displays the Bandmaps Properties window:<br />
<br />
[[Image:BandMapProperties.png|center|frame|Bandmap properties window]]<br />
<br />
Here you can define the lifetime of two kinds of spots, control the behavior of the logging window when you press '''<tt>[Ctrl-Enter]</tt>''' to create an operator-entered spot, control the automatic entry of data in the logging window when you grab a spot in the bandmap (via double click), select random 100 Hz TX frequency offsets to improve the chances of calling a spot on a clearer frequency (recommended), and the spot bandwidth for each mode (CW, SSB, RTTY) which is used to determine when two spots are on the same frequency. The spot bandwidth can be set between 0 Hz and 5000 Hz, in 100 Hz steps. The lifetime of spots in the band map can be changed from the default (60 minutes) to any other value below 100 minutes.<br />
<br />
Search & Pounce Options allow you to add spots to the band map without having to press '''<tt>[Ctrl-Enter]</tt>'''. Simply enter the callsign and turn the VFO by the specified frequency change threshold to automatically populate the band map.<br />
<br />
{{wbox|Note|To automatically populate the Band Map, you must be in S&P mode. Search & Pounce is not activated by default. Select [[Menu:Tools#Enable_Run.2FS.26P_switching|Tools | Data entry | Enable Run/S&P switching]] (text command shortcut: '''<tt>RUNSP [Enter]</tt>'''), and then press '''<tt>[Ctrl-tab]</tt>''' once to toggle from Run to S&P mode. The [[Menu:Windows#Clock|clock window]] indicates the current mode.}}<br />
<br />
==Secondary Radio==<br />
<code>Windows | Secondary Radio</code><br />
<br><br />
Opens (or closes) the Secondary Radio window.<br />
<br />
[[Image:secondary_window.PNG|center|frame|Secondary Radio Window]]<br />
<br />
This window controls the "other" radio that is currently not in use during SO2R operation, not necessarily radio 2.<br />
For more information, please see [[SO2R/Second_radio_window]].<br />
<br />
==RTTY (radio1, radio2)==<br />
<code>Windows | RTTY (radio 1)<br><br />
Windows | RTTY (radio 2)<br />
</code><br />
<br><br />
Opens (or closes) the RTTY Transit/Receive windows.<br />
<br />
[[Image:RttyWindow.PNG|frame|center|RTTY TX/RX Window]]<br />
<br />
For more information, see [[RTTY#Receive.2Ftransmit_window|RTTY Receive/Transmit window]] in the [[RTTY]] chapter.<br />
<br />
==Rotators==<br />
<code>Windows | Rotators</code><br />
<br><br />
Opens (or closes) the Rotators window, which displays the true beam heading (after adding any programmed offsets) of all the antennas available on the current operating band or bands (two bands if using two radios).<br />
<br />
[[Image:WindowsRotatorsConnected.PNG|frame|center|Rotators window with true heading of four antennas on current operating bands]]<br />
<br />
The three tabs at the bottom may be used to select what is displayed:<br />
<br />
* '''Antennas''' - Display the true beam heading (by antenna name) of all named antennas defined for the current operating band or bands. Any defined antenna offsets are used to calculate the displayed heading. Arrow buttons can be used to rotate one antenna at a time.<br />
* '''Stacks''' - Display the true beam heading of any wtRotator "Stacks" (or "Groups") on the current band. The buttons may be used to rotate the entire stack at once to the same heading, even if each antenna has a separate rotator. The heading of the first rotator added to a stack or group determines which heading is shown for the stack (even if another antenna in the stack is currently pointing in a different direction).<br />
* '''Rotators''' - Display ''all'' connected rotators (by rotator name), regardless of band, and the heading of each, as displayed on the control box. Any antenna offsets are ignored.<br />
<br />
Click on the arrow buttons to rotate the current antenna, stack, or rotator as follows:<br />
* <code>[<<]</code> - Rotate 45° counter-clockwise<br />
* <code>[<]</code> - Rotate 15° counter-clockwise<br />
* <code>[>]</code> - Rotate 15° clockwise<br />
* <code>[>>]</code> - Rotate 45° clockwise <br />
You may also enter a callsign, DXCC prefix, or beam heading in the Win-Test logging Window, and press '''<code>[Ctrl]-F12</code>''' to rotate all antennas defined on the current band to desired heading (assuming your Grid Square or "Locator" is properly defined in the Contest Configuration screen).<br />
<br />
''Right click'' on the dark blue area of the Rotators window to display the pop-up menu.<br />
<br />
[[Image:WindowsRotators.PNG|frame|center|Rotators window with pop-up menus]]<br />
<br />
Use the pop-menu to sort the list, change font size, or start or stop the companion program, '''wtRotators''', on the local PC. wtRotators is a program that communicates with one more more rotators, similar to the way that wtDxTelnet communicates with one or more packet clusters. In can be located on the current computer or a separate computer on the LAN, whichever computer is physically connected to a rotator's serial port. <br />
<br />
Select the '''Start/stop automatically''' option to have Win-Test automatically start and stop the wtRotators program on the local computer whenever you open or close Win-Test.<br />
<br />
See the [[Rotators]] main topic for more information about configuring and using wtRotators with Win-Test.<br />
<br />
==DX-Cluster Monitor==<br />
<code>Windows | DX-Cluster monitor</code> or '''<tt>Alt-O</tt>'''<br />
<br><br />
Opens (or closes) the DX Cluster monitoring window.<br />
<br />
[[Image:WindowsPacket.gif|center|frame|DX Cluster monitoring window]]<br />
<br />
The contents of this window are logged to to the '''.pkt''' file. Logging can optionally be disabled to save disk space or to prevent malware scanners from slowing down the system -- in particular, when a lot of spots is being received (e.g. via RBN). To disable logging, right-click in the window and uncheck "Stream logging".<br />
<br />
The window is scrollable so that you can step back through history, back - even to the beginning of the file. The scrolled window will not update when new spots arrive. However, there is a little hint in the title bar like '''[+1138 lines]'''. In order to see all spots which have arrived in the mean time you have to move the scrollbar back to the end of the window.<br />
<br />
For more information regarding the setup of DX Cluster connections, please see<br />
[http://docs.win-test.com/wiki/Menu:Commands#DX-Cluster Commands | DX Cluster]<br />
<br />
==DX-Cluster Announcements==<br />
<code>Windows | DX-Cluster Announcements</code> or '''<tt>Alt-A</tt>'''<br />
<br><br />
Opens (or closes) the DX cluster announcements window.<br />
<br />
[[Image:WindowsDxClusterAnn.png|center|frame|DX Cluster Announcements Window]]<br />
<br />
This window gathers all the spots coming from the DX cluster. New multipliers are green, other stations (but not dupes) are black.<br />
<br />
A double click on a selected line will automatically switch the active radio to the spot frequency, and will grab the call and enter it in the callsign logging field. You just need to complete the QSO and press ['''<tt>Return</tt>'''].<br />
<br />
QSX information (like QSX 7239) is parsed from the comment field of the spot and handled correctly, so that when you click on such a spot, the transceiver will switch to split mode, put VFO A on the RX frequency and VFO B on the TX frequency. QSX is indicated by an asterisk (*) character on the spotted callsign. Cross-band QSX frequencies are being ignored.<br />
<br />
With a right click, you can choose to display only new multipliers, only spots entered by the operator and/or selected bands:<br />
<br />
[[Image:DXClusterAnnouncementsBands.PNG|center|frame|Band selection pop-up menu for the DX Cluster Announcements window]]<br />
<br />
Op-entered spots enable you to enter spots on your own - they will be marked with a circonflex and remain at the bottom of the announcements window and not overwritten by incoming DX Cluster spots.<br />
<br />
CT1BOH's quality tags can be used to filter out unwanted spots (if supported by your Skimmer or DX Cluster). Check the appropriate fields in the context menu to select spots you want.<br />
<br />
[[Image:DXClusterAnnouncementsSpotQuality.PNG|center|frame|Enable spot quality for the DX Cluster Announcements window]]<br />
<br />
All spots are logged to the corresponding '''.dxc''' file in the log directory. Logging can be disabled to save disk space or prevent malware scanners from slowing down the system - in particular, when a lot of spots is being received (e.g. via RBN). Manually entered spots are still being logged to the '''.dxc''' file.<br />
<br />
The displayed information is selectable (local time as a sun symbol, exchange, time spotted, spot comments, spot quality, beam heading, and the callsign of the spotter):<br />
<br />
[[Image:DXClusterAnnouncementsDisplayOptions.PNG|center|frame|Display options for the DX Cluster Announcements window]]<br />
<br />
Additional shortcuts:<br />
* '''<tt>[Ctrl] + Dbl click</tt>''' on a spot removes the spot from the Announcements window (without confirmation).<br />
* '''<tt>[Alt] + Dbl click</tt>''' on a spot loads the spot frequency in the sub VFO of the active radio (if your radio supports it) <br />
<br />
For more information regarding the setup of DX Cluster connections, please see<br />
[http://docs.win-test.com/wiki/Menu:Commands#DX-Cluster Commands | DX Cluster]<br />
<br />
==NCDXF/IBP Beacons==<br />
Displays the transmission schedule of the NCDXF / IBP (International Beacons Project) beacons. A double click on a line sends the radio to the beacon freq. An "i" (stands for "info") in the status column indicates a comment you can read by hovering the mouse over it.<br />
<br />
[[Image:WindowsNcdxfIbpBeacons.png|center|frame|NCDXF/IBP Beacons Window allows you to keep an eye on propagation conditions.]]<br />
<br />
==Clock==<br />
<code>Windows | Clock</code><br />
<br><br />
Opens (or closes) the clock window.<br />
<br />
[[Image:clocks.png|center|frame|Clock window samples]]<br />
<br />
To set time in Win-Test, you don't need to change the computer time. You just need to adjust the computer clock in the local time, within the right time zone. Win-Test will compute the UTC time from this information. <br />
<br />
The color of the time display changes in minutes 59 and 00, to prepare an operator changeover in a multi-op environment.<br />
<br />
This window also displays sunrise and sunset times (SR and SS) according to your location. To catch your eye, the color of these times will change when you are within 30 minutes of sunrise or sunset times.<br />
<br />
This window also displays your Locator (which is needed if you want that WT exactly compute SR/SS times as well as Bearings and distance to the correspondent) and the Win-Test operating mode, RUN or S/P, according to your operating needs. For details on this feature see also [[Menu:Tools#Data_entry | Menu:Tools Data_entry]].<br />
<br />
Just as a side note, WinXP allows you to synchronize your computer's clock time through the Internet. Please see more details on Microsoft's support pages ([http://www.microsoft.com/resources/documentation/windows/xp/all/proddocs/en-us/windows_date_it_overview.mspx overview] and <br />
[http://technet2.microsoft.com/windowsserver/en/library/b43a025f-cce2-4c82-b3ea-3b95d482db3a1033.mspx details]).<br />
<br />
The font type and size, as well as the background and all the usual window colors can be changed through the context menu using a right mouse click on that window.<br />
<br />
==Contest Recorder==<br />
<code>Windows | Contest Recorder</code> <br />
<br><br />
Opens (or closes) the Contest Recorder window.<br />
<br />
Before recording, right click and select [[Menu:Options#MP3_Configuration|MP3 Configuration]] to set the recording parameters.<br />
<br />
A right-click on the Recorder window provides help to the keyboard shortcuts. Use <code>right-click | Files Information</code> to see information about recorded files, or to delete recorded files. Start the recording by pressing '''<tt>AltGr-O</tt>''' or using the text command shortcut: '''<tt>RECORD</tt>''' or '''<tt>STARTRECORD</tt>''', stop the recording using '''<tt>NORECORD</tt>''' or '''<tt>STOPRECORD</tt>'''.<br />
<br />
The recording is a standard MP3 file which can be played on any MP3 player. Win-Test actually saves timestamps in the MP3 files which allows for a quick navigation when run from within Win-Test. Win-Test creates sequential files up to a specific size (690 MBytes by default) and then switches to a new file.<br />
<br />
[[Image:ContestRecorder.PNG|center|frame|Contest Recorder window with context menu]]<br />
<br />
The Contest recorder is a powerful tool to check your copying abilities, verify notes you have made during the contest or let others listen to what was audible on your end of the QSO. The shortcut '''<tt>AltGr+Enter</tt>''' quickly lets you jump to a specific QSO recording and you can then use the fast forward and fast backward functions to play it over and again. <br />
<br />
[[Image:ContestRecorderExtractQSO.PNG|center|frame|Extract QSO dialog]]<br />
<br />
Please note that in some contests, modifying your log after the contest is against the rules. However, it is never prohibited to go back to your log after having received your UBN report from the contest sponsor and find out why you failed to copy something or assumed a QSO where it wasn't a perfect QSO. <br />
<br />
In very fierce competitions like WRTC, teams must provide a complete recording of the whole contest (both receive and transmit audio) to their referee. To record the transmit signal can be tricky and may require additional hardware, as some radios do not supply the monitor signal on the audio output line.<br />
<br />
Win-Test uses the "standard" MP3 tags.<br />
<br />
Title : Contest name + Category mode + File number (starting at 000)<br />
Artist : Callsign<br />
Album : Station<br />
Year : Contest year (1st QSO)<br />
<br />
In order to play QSOs, the MP3 tags must match the settings in the current .wt4 file. Otherwise, the recorder will display the message "No record for station X", with X being the current station number.<br />
<br />
N6TV gave a comprehensive presentation on the subject at the Visalia International DX Convention 2019 which you can find on his web page: https://www.kkn.net/~n6tv/N6TV_Visalia_2019_Recording_A_Contest.pdf<br />
<br />
==SSB bargraph==<br />
<code>Windows | SSB bargraph</code><br />
<br><br />
Opens (or closes) the SSB bargraph window<br />
<br />
[[Image:WindowsVuMeter.gif|center|frame|SSB bargraph window]]<br />
<br />
This bargraph displays the audio level of the Win-Test's digital voice player (if used, of course). The appropriate level is the yellow part of this bargraph. The windows can be rotated by 90 degrees.<br />
<br />
==Close all Windows==<br />
<code>Windows | Close all windows</code><br />
<br><br />
Closes all windows except the log entry area in the left lower area.<br />
<br />
[[Menus|Back to Menus]]</div>Dl6raihttps://docs.win-test.com/w/index.php?title=Menu:Tools&diff=5001Menu:Tools2023-04-09T15:19:00Z<p>Dl6rai: /* Check log */</p>
<hr />
<div><big><big>Menu:Tools</big></big><br />
<!-- Adopted to Stylesheet DL6RAI --><br />
<br />
==Automatic CQ repeat==<br />
Use the [[Text commands|text command]] '''<tt>RPTDELAY</tt>''' to get to this menu quickly.<br />
<br />
[[Image:ToolsAutoCQ.png|center|frame|Auto CQ Settings]]<br />
<br />
This option allows you to automatically repeat messages after a certain amount of time if no key was pressed by the operator. This feature works on all modes and simulates the operator pressing one of the keys ['''<tt>F1</tt>'''] to ['''<tt>F7</tt>'''] key after so and so many seconds. <br />
<br />
Traditionally, this is used for the ['''<tt>F1</tt>'''] key to auto-repeat CQ but it can also beused on other keys.<br />
<br />
Contrary to CW operation, note that when using an external voice keyer on SSB (like the built-in DRU-2 in a Kenwood TS-850) Win-Test does not know when the message ends. For this reason, the time period to be set is the time that elapses between two CQ calls. This is also true for RTTY when using the MMTTY plug-in.<br />
<br />
You may want to use the text commands '''<tt>NORPT</tt>''' or '''<tt>RPT</tt>''' to deactivate and later reactivate that function.<br />
Optionally, you may chose that only the Escape key deactivates the repeat function by clicking the appropriate option in the context menu<br />
or by '''<tt>RPTESCONLY</tt>''' and '''<tt>NORPTESCONLY</tt>''' text commands.<br />
<br />
==Intelligent Quick QSL...==<br />
Use the [[Text commands|text command]] '''<tt>QUICKQSL</tt>''' to get to this menu quickly. Use '''<tt>QQSLON</tt>''' / '''<tt>QQSLOFF</tt>''' or '''<tt>QQSL</tt>''' / '''<tt>NOQQSL</tt>''' text commands to enable (or disable) the Quick QSL feature.<br />
<br />
This option controls the content of the two message variables '''<tt>$QQSLT</tt>''' and '''<tt>$QQSLC</tt>'''. When used, these variables change their content after so and so many seconds or when a number of QSOs have been logged. That way you can send a short QSL message to confirm the QSO in a pileup, but make sure your full callsign gets transmitted automatically every 2 minutes or every 5 QSOs only. So while most QSOs would be completed with '''<tt>TU</tt>''' or '''<tt>EE</tt>''' sometimes we would send a message like '''<tt>TU F5MZN</tt>'''.<br />
<br />
[[Image:ToolsIntelligentQuickQSL.png|center|frame|The intelligent quick QSL option allows you to automatically control sending of your own callsign every so often during a heavy pileup.]]<br />
<br />
A timer ('''<tt>$QQSLT</tt>''' macro) or a counter ('''<tt>$QQSLC</tt>''' macro) are associated with these macros to determine if either a short or a long QSL message is to be transmitted. Additionally, this feature can be related to the current QSO rate (so-called adaptive intelligent quick QSL). <br />
<br />
The '''<tt>$QQSLC</tt>''' and '''<tt>$QQSLT</tt>''' macros can either be used in the CW/RTTY Messages or in the advanced SO2R scenarios. It is also possible to use the feature in SSB (SO1R and SO2R not avanced) but this needs a specific configuration in the SSB tab of the configuration window.<br />
<br />
In the '''<tt>PLUS</tt>''' message in the Standard CW messages configuration, replace '''<tt>TU $MYCALL</tt>''' with '''<tt>$QQSLC</tt>''' or '''<tt>$QQSLT</tt>'''. Intelligent Quick QSL will then send a short QSL message or a long QSL message according to the set counter or the set timer in the respective variable. <br />
<br />
The macro '''<tt>$QQSLRESET</tt>''' resets the timer or the counter like if the long QSL message were just sent. It makes sense to use this macro in each message you send your callsign in like CQ ('''<tt>F1</tt>''') or MYCALL ('''<tt>F4</tt>'''). That way, you won't send a long QSL message after just having sent your call a few seconds before.<br />
<br />
==Redefine keyboard keys==<br />
Use the [[Text commands|text command]] '''<tt>DEFINEKEYS</tt>''' to get to this menu quickly.<br />
<br />
On some keyboards, it is difficult to reach specific keys, so Win-Test allows you to re-define some of the keys on your keyboard.<br />
<br />
[[Image:ToolsRedefineKeyboard.png|center|frame|Redefine Keyboard Keys]]<br />
<br />
For example, to make the period key '''<tt>[.]</tt>''' call CQ, just like '''<tt>[F1]</tt>''':<br />
<br />
# Press the '''<tt>[Add]</tt>''' button<br />
# Press the key you want to reprogram: the period key '''<tt>[.]</tt>'''<br />
# Press the key that does the function you want: the '''<tt>[F1]</tt>''' key<br />
# Press the '''<tt>[OK]</tt>''' button to save the changes, or press the '''<tt>[Esc]</tt>''' key to exit without saving any changes<br />
<br />
To restore a remapped key to its default behavior, highlight a line by clicking on it with the mouse, then press the '''<tt>[Delete]</tt>''' button.<br />
<br />
Remapping is done on a 1:1 basis. One keystroke becomes an alternate version of another. The original key still works as before. Keyboard remapping is saved in the <tt>[[Other Files | wt.ini]]</tt> file, so the same map will automatically be used for all contests.<br />
<br />
{{wbox|WARNING|Do not copy wt.ini from one machine to a new machine that already has a registered version of Win-Test, or else will have to re-enter the registration key on the new machine. See [[Menu:Help#Register_software|registration instructions]].}}<br />
<br />
In the example above, you can see how the commonly-used keys like '''<tt>[F1]</tt>''', '''<tt>[Ins]</tt>''', and '''<tt>[+]</tt>''' have all been remapped to keys that are much easier to reach on a U.S. keyboard, especially if you are a touch-typist. The keyboard map shown in the example was developed by N6TV for [http://www.k2kw.com/tv.html Team Vertical]:<br />
<br />
* '''<tt>[.]</tt>''' (the period key) calls CQ, just like '''<tt>[F1]</tt>'''<br />
* '''<tt>[;]</tt>''' (the semiclon key) sends the message, just like the '''<tt>[Ins]</tt>''' key<br />
* '''<tt>[']</tt>''' (the single-quote key) sends <tt>TU</tt> and logs the QSO, just like the '''<tt>[+]</tt>''' key<br />
* '''<tt>[\]</tt>''' (the backslash key, just above the '''<tt>[Enter]</tt>''' key on many U.S. keyboards) sends '''<tt>$MYCALL</tt>''', just like '''<tt>[F4]</tt>'''<br />
* '''<tt>[,]</tt>''' (the comma key) sends a single question mark, just like '''<tt>[F7]</tt>'''<br />
<br />
{{wbox|NOTE|Remapped keys are ignored in [[Menu:Commands#Keyboard_mode|keyboard mode]] unless you enable the CW Option [[Menu:Options#Remap_keys_in_keyboard_mode|Remap keys in keyboard mode]]. It is generally a good idea to enable this option so that all message keys work the same, whether you are in keyboard mode or not.}}<br />
<br />
====Remapping [*] and [+] when using Notebook or Mini keyboard====<br />
By default, the asterisk key '''<tt>[*]</tt>''' is used to switch active radios, and the plus key '''<tt>[+]</tt>''' is used to send "TU" and log a QSO. These keys are located on the numeric keypad of a full-sized keyboard. Win-Test does ''not'' treat these keys the same as '''<tt>Shift-[*]</tt>''' and '''<tt>Shift-[+]</tt>''', which is what you would normally press when typing text.<br />
<br />
If you are using a Notebook, Laptop or "mini" keyboard without a separate numeric keypad on the right side, equivalent keys with special colored symbols become active only when you press the '''<tt>[NumLock]</tt>''' key. One of these keys should be labeled with an asterisk in a different color, and another should be the plus. For example, on a U.S. ThinkPad keyboard, the colored asterisk may be located on the '''<tt>[P]</tt>''' key, and the colored plus may be shared with the '''<tt>[/]</tt>''' key. Those are the keys to use when remapping, after activating Num Lock mode.<br />
<br />
For example, to make Ctrl-S act as the "Switch Active Radio" key when using a keyboard without a numeric keypad:<br />
<br />
# Press the '''<tt>[Add]</tt>''' button<br />
# Press '''<tt>[Ctrl-S]</tt>'''<br />
# Press '''<tt>Shift-[NumLock]</tt>''' to enter Num Lock mode<br />
# Press the key that does the function of the asterisk when in Num Lock mode, perhaps the letter P?<br />
# Press '''<tt>Shift-[NumLock]</tt>''' again to exit Num Lock mode<br />
<br />
If a single asterisk '''<tt>*</tt>''' appears in the New Keys column as shown below, the key has been correctly defined. If it says '''<tt>Shift *</tt>''' or something else, it has not.<br />
<br />
[[Image:ToolsRedefineKeyboard2.png|center|frame|Redefine Keyboard Keys, with function of ASTERISK and PLUS keys properly re-assigned to other keys.]]<br />
<br />
====QWERTY and AZERTY Keyboards====<br />
French (and some Begian) users: Button added in the keys redefinitions dialog to load AZERTY redefinitions that allow the AZERTY keyboards users to access the numbers located on the top row without using the Shift or Shift Lock keys. They allow direct access to the ?, . and / keys of the bottom row as well. This button is displayed only when the language is set to French.<br />
<br />
==Data entry==<br />
These functions describe settings that influence data entry to the log entry line.<br />
<br />
===Exchange guessing===<br />
Exchange guessing is a feature of Win-Test that predicts the exchange that is going to be received before your QSO partner actually sends the report. In many contests a fixed piece of information is exchanged like the CQ zone in the CQWW contests, or ITU zone in IARU. This option allows you to select the way Win-Test fills in the exchange: <br />
<br />
* pressing the space bar<br />
* automatically<br />
* after timeout<br />
<br />
Note this option also acts on the various warnings (dupe, new mult, etc., if any) displayed under the log lines.<br />
<br />
This feature saves you from continuously typing the same information over and over again but you better make yourself sure the guessed report is correct before you press the ['''<tt>Enter</tt>'''] key.<br />
<br />
Please refer also to [[Database_Files#Setting_up_Exchange_Guessing_in_Win-Test| Setting up Exchange Guessing in Win-Test]] to know how to activate this feature for a specific contest.<br />
<br />
{{wbox|Note|CQ zones in the USA and Russia will be guessed correctly (well, 99%) only when you have loaded F5IN's '''<tt>CTY_WT_MOD.DAT</tt>''' file. Otherwise Win-Test will always come up with the default zone of that country (5 for USA, 17 for UA9 and UA0). Please see [[Menu:Options#Data_files|Data files]] for more details on how to select the right '''<tt>CTY</tt>''' file.}}<br />
<br />
===Callsign check===<br />
On the fly callsign pattern check based on the K1TTT callsign.pat file, described [http://www.k1ttt.net/software/bust.html here] (over 400 rules applied today). The latest version of callsign.pat may be downloaded [http://download.win-test.com/files/extra/callsign.pat here].<br />
<br />
Yellow text denotes a warning, red text denotes an invalid callsign.<br />
<br />
<center><br />
{|<br />
|[[Image:CallsignPatternYellow.PNG|center|frame|Callsign possibly wrong]]<br />
|[[Image:CallsignPatternRed.PNG|center|frame|Callsign definitely wrong]]<br />
|}<br />
</center><br />
<br />
Callsign pattern file location:<br />
<br />
* Windows XP: '''<tt>C:\Documents and Settings\All Users\Application Data\Win-Test\extras\callsign.pat</tt>'''<br />
* Windows Vista or Windows 7: '''<tt>C:\ProgramData\Win-Test\extras\callsign.pat</tt>'''<br />
<br />
Updates may be downloaded from [http://download.win-test.com/files/extras/ http://download.win-test.com/files/extras/].<br />
<br />
You are encouraged to report to the author ([http://www.qrz.com/db/k1ttt K1TTT]) any mistakes or updates needed in this file.<br />
<br />
Callsigns which don't follow the usual rules, like RAEM, 5VDE, 7QAA, etc.) are grouped in the <b>exceptions.dat</b> file for easy updating.<br />
<br />
===Priority===<br />
To change bands, you may wish to enter a frequency or band (m) into the callsign field. This option determines how these figures are to be understood by the program:<br />
<br />
* Band - take 10,15,20,40,80,160 as a meter band<br />
* Frequency - take the input as a frequency; shorted inputs as kHz<br />
<br />
To make this a little more clear, if you enter <code>40</code>:<br />
<br />
* In the first case will switch the band to 40 meters (thus, enter 040 or 40.0 if you want to tune your radio to 040)<br />
* In the second case it will tune your radio to decimal 040 on the current band (thus, enter 40M if you want to switch to 40 meters).<br />
<br />
===Enable ESM===<br />
Win Test v4 comes with an Enter Sends Message (ESM) feature, well-known by users of TR LOG by N6TR. The functionality can be turned on or off via this menue item or using the [[Text commands|text commands]] '''<tt>ESM/NOESM</tt>'''.<br />
<br />
ESM relies on the following messages assignation:<br />
<br />
F1: CQ<br />
F2: Sent report<br />
F4: Mycall<br />
F5: Logged callsign ($LOGGED)<br />
F7: ? (or "Again ?" in phone)<br />
INSERT: Callsign + sent report<br />
PLUS: TU + enter Q<br />
<br />
The basic functionality of ESM can be described like this:<br />
<br />
* Pressing ['''<tt>Enter</tt>'''] with an empty callsign field, will send the '''<tt>[F1]</tt>''' message.<br />
* Pressing ['''<tt>Enter</tt>'''] with a callsign filled in but no report will send the '''<tt>[INSERT]</tt>''' message.<br />
* Pressing ['''<tt>Enter</tt>'''] with callsign and report filled in will send the '''<tt>[PLUS]</tt>''' message.<br />
* Pressing ['''<tt>Enter</tt>'''] with callsign and partial report filled in will send '''<tt>[F7]</tt>''' message.<br />
<br />
It makes CW/RTTY easier, as you use one key for most of the operations instead of the various F keys.<br />
<br />
There are additional minor details to ESM, which are not described here. On top, ESM behaviour is user-modifyable by using a script editor.<br />
<br />
Once ESM is enabled, the ['''<tt>Enter</tt>'''] key '''can no longer''' be used to silently log a QSO. The key combination ['''<tt>Ctrl+Plus</tt>'''] has been introduced and added for this purpose.<br />
<br />
When using the SO2R advanced technique, the scenarios messages are used instead of the standard.<br />
<br />
===Disable CW cut numbers translation===<br />
Allows to completely disable Win-Test's intelligent translation of cut numbers like '''TTA''' to '''001'''.<br />
Note that this translation is performed on a contest and worked station contextual basis. The equivalent [[Text_commands|text commands]] are '''<tt>CUTON</tt>''' and '''<tt>CUTOFF</tt>'''. Do not mix up with '''<tt>CUT/NOCUT</tt>''' that are reserved for CW cut numbers generation !<br />
<br />
===Remap Slash to /P===<br />
This option allows you to map "/" to "/P" for Field Day, VHF/UHF contests and DX pedition mode.<br />
<br />
<br />
===Enable Run/S&P switching===<br />
[[Image:ToolsEnableSPSwitching.png|center|frame|Enable RUN/S&P switching]]<br />
<br />
Allow switching between Run and Search & Pounce Operating Mode in order to have two different sets of CW/RTTY messages: one when running, and one when searching multipliers. <br />
<br />
* The Run and S&P sets of messages are editable in the "Messages" Tab of the [[Menu:Options#Modify_standard_messages...|Standard CW/RTTY Messages Configuration]] window. <br />
<br />
* Use '''<tt>[Ctrl-tab]</tt>''' to switch between RUN and S&P mode on the Primary Radio. The current mode is shown in the [[Menu:Windows#Clock|clock window]]. To change the mode of the Secondary Radio Window, use either '''<tt>[Ctrl-Shift-tab]</tt>''' or a mouse click on the appropriate control in the [[SO2R/Second_radio_window|Secondary Radio Window]]. <br />
<br />
* It is possible to configure WT to automatically populate the Band Map and wipe the data entry area whenever the operator changes the radio's frequency, if Search & Pounce mode is activated on that radio. This can be configured from the [[Menu:Windows#Band_Map_properties|Band Map Properties dialog]] (right click in the Band Map window). <br />
<br />
{{wbox|Note|Search & Pounce is not activated by default. To automatically populate the Band Map, you must switch to S&P mode.}}<br />
<br />
{{wbox|Note|When switching from Run to S&P mode, Auto CQ and Auto CW Sending are automatically disabled.}}<br />
<br />
===Switch keyboard...===<br />
[[Image:ToolsDataEntrySwitchKeyboard.PNG|center|frame|Switch keyboard during the contest - useful for mult-national teams]]<br />
<br />
Keyboard switching for international teams with different keyboards. It is enabled only if several keyboards<br />
are installed on your system. You can also access this dialog by entering the text commands '''<tt>KEYBOARD</tt>''' or '''<tt>KEYB</tt>''' for short.<br />
<br />
==Countdown timer...==<br />
The countdown timer indicates exactly when the single operator can start operating again after a break. It's based on the time of the last QSO entered in the log, truncated to the minute. <br />
<br />
[[Image:ToolsCountdownTimer1.PNG|center|frame|Countdown timer to plan breaks.]]<br />
<br />
[[Image:ToolsCountdownTimer2.PNG|center|frame|When running, it displays minutes when operation can commence.]]<br />
<br />
You can also use the text command '''<tt>TIMER/nnHmmM</tt>'''' or '''<tt>TIMER/nnHmm</tt>''' (meaning nn hours and mm minutes), or '''<tt>TIMER/xxH</tt>''' (nn hours) or '''<tt>TIMER/nnM</tt>''' (nn minutes) to set and start the timer automatically. <br />
<br />
==Scripts Manager==<br />
Allows to edit, create, delete or rename scripts. It's also used to assign a key and/or an argument to a script. Scripts are to be created and maintained by the user using the Lua programming language. See the [[API|Win-test Lua API]]. For a reference of the Lua programming language, see [http://www.lua.org/manual/5.1/ http://www.lua.org/manual/5.1/]. Sample Lua scripts demonstrating how to control the RIT and internal DVR (voice keyer) of the Elecraft K3 and other radios may be downloaded from [http://bit.ly/wtscripts http://bit.ly/wtscripts].<br />
<br />
[[Image:ToolsScriptManager.PNG|center|frame|The Win-Test Scripts Manager to edit, create, delete or rename WTS scripts]]<br />
<br />
You may also use the [[Text commands|text command]] '''<tt>SCRIPTS</tt>''' to open the scripts manager.<br />
<br />
By double-clicking an existing script, the default Editor is opened. Ctrl + Double click brings up the properties dialog.<br />
<br />
Before you can modify scripts, you must configure an [[Menu:Options#Script_Editor_Configuration|appropriate script editor]]. Per Default, Win-Test uses the SciTE Editor, which can be optionally installed. It does context sensitive highlighting, syntax checking etc. If you are only writing a simple script, Windows notepad.exe is probably sufficient.<br />
<br />
===Introduction===<br />
The Win-Test scripting language gives the user the unique ability to achieve dynamic tasks in Win-Test. It also provides a way to share your work with other Win-Test users who don't have time or skill to write their own scripts.<br />
<br />
ESM (Enter Sends Message) was the first Win-Test application where the scripting language '''Lua''' was used. The ESM function itself is a Lua script, embedded in Win-Test (not modifiable). But, it has been designed to be totally overridden by a user-written script if desired, i.e., you can write and use you own modified version of the ESM script to change the default ESM actions. See [[API#ESM_Script_.28embedded_into_Win-Test.29|ESM Script (embedded into Win-Test)]] for the LUA source code.<br />
<br />
To do this, the minimum requirement is to know some basics of a programming language. The Lua syntax is '''very''' simple for doing easy tasks. If you're comfortable with '''any''' programming language, you will learn Lua in minutes, at least for basic scripting involved in Win-Test. Many Win-Test API (Application Programming Interface) functions are provided to control various Win-Test features.<br />
<br />
For a list of Win-Test API Functions and Constants, see [[API]].<br />
<br />
===# Notation===<br />
Scripts can either by called by pressing a key or from within a CW or RTTY message. For this, you must use the '''<tt>#SCRIPTNAME(ARGUMENT)</tt>''' notation. The argument (and parenthesis) are optional. The script will be called synchronously, but is executed in the main thread, meaning that it is not blocking the CW/RTTY stream.<br />
<br />
For example :<br />
<br />
TU N6TV #CLEARRIT <br />
<br />
assuming your script is called '''<tt>CLEARRIT.wts</tt>''' - or<br />
<br />
TU #QSYUP(200)<br />
<br />
assuming you created a script named '''<tt>QSYUP.wts</tt>''' to QSY up '''<tt>wtArgument</tt>''' Hz after a QSO.<br />
<br />
===Calling Scripts via Text Command===<br />
Scripts may be triggered using a Text Command. '''<tt>SCRIPT.wts</tt>''' can be executed by entering '''<tt>SCRIPT</tt>''' in the callsign field. <br />
<br />
An argument can be passed to the script by expanding it with a slash. '''<tt>SCRIPT/5</tt>''' will call '''<tt>SCRIPT.wts</tt>''' and pass <br />
the parameter "5" in the '''<tt>wtArg</tt>''' global variable. The argument is always passed as a string when the script is called from a text command. If no argument is specified, the default argument defined in the script manager will be used (if any).<br />
<br />
===Automatically Executed Scripts===<br />
Some scripts are being executed automatically, whenever a specific event occurs.<br />
<br />
{| border="2" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4" rules="all" style="margin:1em 1em 1em 0; border:solid 1px #AAAAAA; border-collapse:collapse; background-color:#F9F9F9; font-size:95%; empty-cells:show;"<br />
|-<br />
| '''<tt>onFileOpen.wts</tt>'''<br />
| Executed when .wt4 file is opened<br />
|-<br />
| '''<tt>onFileClose.wts</tt>'''<br />
| Executed when .wt4 file is closed<br />
|-<br />
| '''<tt>onMicrohamFsOn.wts</tt>'''<br />
| Executed, when microHAM footswitch is pressed<br />
|-<br />
| '''<tt>onMicrohamFsOff.wts</tt>'''<br />
| Executed, when microHAM footswitch is released<br />
|-<br />
| '''<tt>onOtrspCrOn.wts</tt>'''<br />
| Executed, when OTRSP control has value 1<br />
|-<br />
| '''<tt>onOtrspCrOff.wts</tt>'''<br />
| Executed, when OTRSP control has value 0<br />
|-<br />
| '''<tt>onOtrspCrEvent.wts</tt>'''<br />
| Executed, for all states of OTRSP events<br />
|-<br />
|}<br />
<br />
===Synchronous vs. asynchronous - the #@ Notation===<br />
The scripts calls in the CW or RTTY messages are synchronous to the CW or the RTTY streams. To execute them asynchronously, they <br />
can be called with the #@ notation. Example:<br />
<br />
-- script.wts<br />
wtApp:AlertBox("Hello World!");<br />
<br />
and the CW/RTTY message content is:<br />
<br />
AAA #SCRIPT BBB<br />
<br />
The keyer sends AAA, then "waits" until the user hits the OK button in the "Hello World!" alert box to send BBB. If the CW/RTTY message content is:<br />
<br />
AAA #@SCRIPT BBB<br />
<br />
The keyer sends AAA and starts the script (and the alert box is open), '''but''' it continues to key the rest of the message ("BBB") without waiting the user intervention. This is the asynchronous mode.<br />
<br />
===Tips for Programming===<br />
<br />
# Use the Scripts Manager to manage scripts, using a simple editor like Notepad. The scripts are stored in the '''{AppData}/All Users/Win-Test/scripts/''' directory. <br />
# Before you can press the Edit button, make sure you have configured an ASCII editor in the [[Menu:Options#Script_Editor_Configuration|Options]] Menu<br />
# If you wish to replace the built-in ESM script in Win-Test, save your script as "esm.wts". The value returned by your script will tell Win-Test what to do after it is executed:<br />
#* If the return value is 0 (or if there is no return value), WT will run its own embedded script after yours. <br />
#* If the return value is 1, WT will continue the Enter key process, without calling its embedded script. <br />
#* And if the return value is -1, WT will stop the Enter key process, without calling its embedded script.<br />
# WT maintains two different QSO status: One for each radio. They are automatically cleared when the QSO is entered, if the operating mode (RUN/S&P) is switched or if the '''<tt>wtQso:ClearStatus()</tt>''' is executed.<br />
# Lua global variables are persistent between scripts calls. If you don't want this behavior, use local variables instead (keyword local).<br />
<br />
===Basic Examples===<br />
<br />
====Example 1====<br />
<br />
-- esm.wts<br />
wtApp:AlertBox("Enter key ! ESM rulez...");<br />
return 0; -- This line can be omitted<br />
-- end<br />
<br />
No return value (or 0) => WT will execute this script (the alert box will be displayed), and the embedded script will be called after it.<br />
<br />
====Example 2====<br />
<br />
-- esm.wts<br />
wtApp:AlertBox("Enter key ! The key is processed by WT");<br />
return 1;<br />
-- end<br />
<br />
The return value is 1 => After executing the script (the alert box will be displayed), WT will continue its own process and act exactly as if someone hit Enter. Read: It silently enters the QSO if it is OK. The embedded ESM script is ignored.<br />
<br />
====Example 3====<br />
<br />
-- esm.wts<br />
wtApp:AlertBox("Enter key ! The key processing is stopped");<br />
return -1;<br />
-- end<br />
<br />
The return value is -1 => After executing the script (the alert box will be displayed), the embedded ESM script is ignored and WT will also ignore the Enter key process (no QSO is entered).<br />
<br />
For a collection of more advanced programming examples please see [[LUA user contributed|user contributed scripts]] and [[API#Advanced_Programming_Examples|advanced programming examples]].<br />
<br />
==Load a target file==<br />
This option allows you to load a so-called target file - an ASCII file (maybe self-generated) that has QSO and multiplier targets for each hour of the contest. This is a nice way to integrate a plan into your contest environment to keep yourself motivated. In the old days we used to have a piece of paper on the wall - today Win-Test automatically tracks this information for your convenience.<br />
<br />
Before you can load a target file you will have to create one or receive one from somebody else. Please see <br />
[[Menu:Tools#Export_an_objective_file|Export a target file]] on how to do that.<br />
<br />
The content of the target file becomes visible in the statistics window (see<br />
[[Menu:Windows#Statistics|Statistics]]) when you compare current standings with the values in the target file.<br />
<br />
Loading a target file is usually a Pre-contest configuration task. Please refer to the usual [[Configuration#Pre-contest_configuration|Pre-contest configuration]]<br />
activities chapter in this manual.<br />
<br />
A target file can also be loaded at any time during the contest. If you see your target score was too easy, you can load a new target to keep your motivation high. You set a target to break your national record, and now things go better and you see the possibility to break the continental record. How can you track this new situation? Preparing more than one file with different targets is a good practice: if conditions change then simply load the new target file and WT will show you how you are doing against that new target!<br />
<br />
==Export a target file==<br />
This option allows you to create a target file from the log file currently loaded. It is useful to use last year's log as a start to create a target for this year's contest.<br />
<br />
[[Image:ToolsExportObjectiveFile.png|center|frame|Exporting a target (.obf) file]]<br />
<br />
You should give a title to the target file to make clear what you're comparing to. Maybe you will want to change the target file to a more optimistic one when you'll realize band conditions are so great this time!<br />
<br />
You may want to select which time frame to export (Starting time, ending time). Hours on Sunday have to be given in time + 24 hours so that 12:00 UTC on Sunday becomes 36.<br />
<br />
Next you have to choose which columns to export to the target file. Normally you will want QSO count (with or without dupes), multipliers and points.<br />
<br />
After pressing OK a file with the extension '''<tt>.obf</tt>''' will be created which will look similar to the file below:<br />
<br />
#<br />
# Target file generated by Win-Test<br />
#<br />
# VERSION 100<br />
#<br />
TITLE IARU Contest 2006 DA0HQ<br />
START = 12<br />
END = 36<br />
12 QSO = 0 MULT = 0 POINTS = 0<br />
13 QSO = 1 MULT = 1 POINTS = 1<br />
14 QSO = 1 MULT = 1 POINTS = 1<br />
15 QSO = 1 MULT = 1 POINTS = 1<br />
16 QSO = 1 MULT = 1 POINTS = 1<br />
17 QSO = 2 MULT = 2 POINTS = 4<br />
18 QSO = 3 MULT = 2 POINTS = 4<br />
19 QSO = 4 MULT = 2 POINTS = 6<br />
20 QSO = 4 MULT = 2 POINTS = 6<br />
21 QSO = 4 MULT = 2 POINTS = 6<br />
22 QSO = 8 MULT = 3 POINTS = 18<br />
23 QSO = 8 MULT = 3 POINTS = 18<br />
24 QSO = 8 MULT = 3 POINTS = 18<br />
25 QSO = 8 MULT = 3 POINTS = 18<br />
26 QSO = 8 MULT = 3 POINTS = 18<br />
27 QSO = 8 MULT = 3 POINTS = 18<br />
28 QSO = 8 MULT = 3 POINTS = 18<br />
29 QSO = 8 MULT = 3 POINTS = 18<br />
30 QSO = 8 MULT = 3 POINTS = 18<br />
31 QSO = 8 MULT = 3 POINTS = 18<br />
32 QSO = 18 MULT = 3 POINTS = 21<br />
33 QSO = 30 MULT = 5 POINTS = 45<br />
34 QSO = 42 MULT = 5 POINTS = 50<br />
35 QSO = 81 MULT = 7 POINTS = 224<br />
<br />
As you can see the structure of the file is so easy to understand that you might want to use an ASCII editor to go and make some changes - or create it completely from scratch yourself using this template!<br />
<br />
==Check log==<br />
This tool allows you to verify if special restrictions of the contest rules have been adhered to in this log.<br />
You have different options, depending on the category you choose (see pictures below):<br />
<center><br />
<br />
[[Image:ToolsCheckLog-SO.PNG|center|frame|Check Log feature for the single operator category]]<br />
<br />
[[Image:ToolsCheckLog.PNG|center|frame|Check Log feature for M/S category]]<br />
<br />
[[Image:ToolsCheckLog-M2.PNG|center|frame|Check Log feature for the M2 category - note the differences in options offered. If you select a contest and/or category which does not have a QSY limit, this option will not show up.]]<br />
</center><br />
Depending on the selected contest category, you may check for:<br />
<br />
* '''8 QSY per Hour''': Check the QSY count per hour (ARRL DX in M/2 category for example).<br />
<br />
* '''10 min QSY rule''': Check if the minimum time on a band has been respected (Multiplier station in a M/S effort during a CQWW DX for example). <br />
<br />
* '''Check that QSO on Mult station are Mults''': Check if all QSOs made on the multiplier station are actually multipliers. You may want to quote the exceptions (if any) when sending your log to the contest sponsor to avoid massive score reductions.<br />
<br />
* '''Search for possible Bad Exchanges''': Search the logged exchanges which are potentially bad, according to the database or to the other QSOs made with the same station during the contest. Works for CQWW, ARRL DX or any contest in which there is something which apparently is a zone. It also works for the VHF contest when a Gridsquare is logged. <br />
<br />
* '''Show Uniques''': Search N+1 for each unique logged callsign in the log. A unique callsign is a callsign that appears in the log only once (contact only on one band and mode, and no dupe). N+1 can be searched against the log, the callsign database (Master database) or both. It is possible to switch off N+1 searching for unique callsigns which are known to the callsign database.<br />
<br />
* '''Display distinct callsigns...''': Display all distinct callsigns of a log, and band(s)/mode(s) worked by each station. You can sort this report by callsign, by number of Q and by country.<br />
<br />
* '''Callsigns syntax...''': Match the callsigns to the callsign pattern file (see [[Other_Files]]).<br />
<br />
* '''Open the notes linked to the current log''': Allows you to comfortably walk through your notes taken during the contest. Clicking on a line brings you to that specific QSO. Edit a note by selecting it and use '''<tt>Alt-N</tt>''' to modify the comment.<br />
<br />
* '''Open a different notes file''': Switch notes file, if more than one exists.<br />
<br />
* '''Download the LCR file''': Download your Log Check Report from the contest web site.<br />
<br />
* '''Open a Different LCR file''': Switch to a different Log Check Report.<br />
<br />
These are some of the typical reports you get:<br />
<br />
[[Image:Checked_report.png|center|frame|Checked Exchanges Report]]<br />
<br />
[[Image:Uniques_report.png|center|frame|Unique Report]]<br />
<br />
[[Image:DistinctCallsignsReport.PNG|center|frame|Distinct Callsigns Report - see who you worked on which bands/modes]]<br />
<br />
You have the options of opening the report in a Notepad window for further processing. <br />
The Copy button allows you to Copy & Paste the data into a spreadsheet for comfortable filtering and processing.<br />
Additionally, you may press the Update button to create an updated report after you have done<br />
some changes to the log.<br />
<br />
==Time shifting==<br />
This option allows you to '''time shift''' selected QSOs by any amount of time - either positive or negative. It lets you correct a constant time offset (like you had set the wrong date on the computer, or the clock was off by one hour). You may consider to use this option after the contest to avoid heavy manual editing of many QSO's time through the use of '''<tt>Alt-F</tt>'''.<br />
<br />
The time shift can be applied to the entire log or to a range of QSOs, to the QSOs entered by your own station (this could make sense in a multi operator environment), to QSOs entered by several stations. Note that in a multi operator environment, one station should always be (or should have been) defined as the [[Menu:File_new#Network_Parameters|time master]] to establish a common time base in the network. <br />
<br />
[[Image:TimeShifting.png|center|frame|Time Shifting Parameters]]<br />
<br />
Even though this tool is supposed to be used after a contest to correct a wrong clock setting, each time change will be broadcasted to all other stations of the network by default. You can disable this broadcasting &mdash; if not needed.<br />
<br />
Note that time shifting is pretty CPU consuming. It may take quite some time for large logs, because each QSO modification requires several internal structures (mainly statistics) to be updated accordingly. Time shifting '''can not be cancelled''' while it is in progress, to avoid any log inconsistency.<br />
<br />
{{wbox|Note|Wise users will create a backup of their log before using this option.}}<br />
<br />
==Correcting OP over a QSO range==<br />
This function lets you change (or add) the operator to a range of QSO. The QSOs are selectable by QSO number, by band, by mode or by callsign.<br />
<br />
[[Image:ToolsCorrectingOp.PNG|center|frame|Tool to correct operator for a range of QSOs]]<br />
<br />
==Download Files through the Network==<br />
To collect logs from different networked computers after a contest is over is the task of this function.<br />
Instead of having to visit each single computer, plug in the USB drive, copy the files over and move on to the next, this feature let's you collect the binary and notes files from all computers at once.<br />
<br />
[[Image:ToolsDownloadFiles.PNG|center|frame|Collect files after the contest without leaving your chair]]<br />
<br />
[[Menus|Back to Menus]]</div>Dl6raihttps://docs.win-test.com/w/index.php?title=Menu:Windows&diff=5000Menu:Windows2023-04-09T15:00:59Z<p>Dl6rai: /* Contest Recorder */</p>
<hr />
<div><big><big>Menu:Windows</big></big><br />
<!-- Adopted to Stylesheet DL6RAI --><br />
<br />
Most of the windows have a context or "pop-up" menu which can be opened by right-clicking on the window.<br />
<br />
All windows can be moved by "dragging" the title bar with the mouse pointer. Simply hold down the left mouse button while the cursor is over the title bar, and drag the window with the mouse. Another option is to hold down the '''<tt>Ctrl</tt>''' key and the left mouse button while the mouse pointer is positioned anywhere within a window (except for the RTTY reception windows), then drag.<br />
<br />
{{wbox|Tip|Hold down the '''<tt>Shift</tt>''' key while dragging or resizing a window to "snap" it into position, right next to the edge of an adjacent window.}}<br />
<br />
==Log Entry (Main window)==<br />
[[Image:LogEntryWindow.PNG|frame|center|The Win-Test main logging window.]]<br />
<br />
Use the Win-Test main window or "Log Entry" window to enter all QSOs made on the primary radio. The window displays the last nine QSOs in the log, plus a tenth line for entering the next QSO. The title bar displays the current log file name, the station name entered in the [[New_Log#Step_2:_Setup_your_log|Contest Configuration window]] (e.g. "[Shack]"), and the current operator's callsign (for multi-ops that use the '''<tt>OPON</tt>''' or '''<tt>LOGIN</tt>''' [[Text_commands#Multi_Operating|text commands]]). By default, the Win-Test main window serves as a background for all other windows, but you may also choose to have every window "float" independently (see [[Menu:Options#Windows]]). <br />
<br />
When you close the log entry window, Win-Test terminates.<br />
<br />
Any QSO may be edited simply by typing over anything that needs correction. Use the '''<tt>[Up arrow]</tt>''' and '''<tt>[Down arrow]</tt>''' keys to edit previous QSOs. To restore the original QSO data, press '''<tt>Ctrl-Z</tt>''' before moving the cursor from that line. You can also delete a QSO (if single-op), though it is usually better to just enter a duplicate QSO -- see [[Menu:Edit#Delete_QSO]] for more information.<br />
<br />
When the cursor is positioned in the callsign field, data is entered in "insert mode", that is, typing does not replace characters, it only inserts them. In all other fields, data is entered in "overtype mode". See [[FAQ:User_Interface#Can_I_use_.22Insert_Mode.22_in_a_serial_number_or_exchange_field.3F|this entry in the FAQ]] for the rationale.<br />
<br />
The '''<tt>[Spacebar]</tt>''' key is used to quickly move the cursor back and forth between the callsign field and the received exchange field, skipping over the RST columns.<br />
<br />
{{wbox|Tip|Enter a "?" character in the middle of a callsign or exchange as a placeholder for missing information, e.g. <code>F?MZN</code>. Then when you press '''<tt>[Spacebar]</tt>''', the cursor will jump directly to the "?" character, and you can overtype it with the missing data (even in the callsign field).}}<br />
<br />
The '''<tt>[Backspace]</tt>''', '''<tt>[Del]</tt>''', '''<tt>[Left arrow]</tt>''', '''<tt>[Right arrow]</tt>''', '''<tt>[Home]</tt>''', '''<tt>[End]</tt>''', '''<tt>[Ctrl][Left arrow]</tt>''' and '''<tt>[Ctrl][Right arrow]</tt>'''keys operate conventionally, within a single field; they do not move the cursor outside of the current field. <br />
<br />
The '''<tt>[Tab]</tt>''' key may be used to position the cursor under the RST sent column as well as callsign and exchange. The '''<tt>[>]</tt>''' and '''<tt>[<]</tt>''' keys work similarly, but they also allow you to move the cursor to the QSO time field for direct editing. You can also change the time, date, frequency, serial number sent and other fields of a QSO by positioning the cursor on any line and pressing '''<tt>[Alt-F]</tt>''' to display the [[Menu:Edit|Edit QSO pop-up menu]].<br />
<br />
You may scroll back through the entire log by pressing the '''<tt>[PageUp]</tt>''' and '''<tt>[PageDown]</tt>''' keys.<br />
<br />
{{wbox|Tip|Press '''<tt>Ctrl-[PageUp]</tt>''' to scroll back in the log by 24 hours.}}<br />
<br />
Enter a '''QSO number''' on the last line and press '''<tt>[Ctrl-g]</tt>''' to "Go to" that QSO number in the log. Press '''<tt>[Ctrl-g] [Enter]</tt>''' to return to the bottom of the log.<br />
<br />
Enter a callsign, prefix or '''beam heading''' (0 to 360°) on the last line and press '''<tt>[Ctrl]+[F12]</tt>''' to rotate to that heading. Press '''<tt>[Alt]+[F12]</tt>''' for long (or "alternate") path. For more information, see [[Rotators#Testing_the_configuration|Rotators]].<br />
<br />
Many other keys may be used in this window to assist with rapid data entry. For example, '''<tt>[F11]</tt>''' clears the entire QSO, whereas '''<tt>Ctrl-W</tt>''' clears only the current field. See [[Keys#Editing_and_moving_around_the_QSO_entry_line|Keys - Editing and moving around the QSO entry line]].<br />
<br />
The font size, background color, and header line attributes of this window may be adjusted by right clicking and selecting the '''Log''' option (see [[Menu:Options#Log]]). The yellow header text can be centered, left-justified, or completely hidden.<br />
<br />
[[Image:LogFontSize.PNG|frame|center|Changing the log font size of the log window.]]<br />
<br />
The columns vary from contest to contest. In the CQ World-Wide example above,<br />
<br />
* '''QSO''' - raw QSO number. Can be hidden using [[Menu:Options#Hide_QSO_numbers|Hide QSO numbers]] (recommended for Multi-Multi contests with a sent serial number)<br />
* '''Bd''' - band. Can be changed with '''<tt>[Alt-F1]</tt>''', '''<tt>[Alt-F2]</tt>''', or '''<tt>[Alt-F]</tt>'''<br />
* '''Time''' - QSO time (UTC). Can be changed by moving the cursor with the '''<tt>[<]</tt>''' key, or '''<tt>[Alt-F]</tt>'''<br />
* '''Callsign''' - Callsign of station worked.<br />
{{wbox|Tip|Enter Win-Test [[Text_commands#List_of_Text_Commands|text commands]] (menu shortcuts) in the callsign field.}}<br />
* '''Sen/Rcvd''' - Sent and received exchanges<br />
* '''Mult''' - multipliers and other information:<br />
** '''C''' - Country multiplier<br />
** '''Z''' - Zone multiplier<br />
** '''DUPE''' - Duplicate contact<br />
** '''????''' - Multiplier in received exchange field not recognized (e.g. unrecognized state or section abbreviation, zone number out of range)<br />
** '''////''' - Unrecognized country prefix<br />
** '''!!!!''' - Multiplier violation (non-mult worked by a Mult station in a Multi-single, band change violation, etc.)<br />
** <i>other</i> - Prefix, country, state, grid, etc. multiplier<br />
* '''Pt''' - QSO points<br />
* '''Stn''' - Station identifier (can be changed by pressing '''<tt>Alt-Y</tt>''' - see [[Keys#Multi_Operator]])<br />
**'''R1/R2''' - Run 1 or Run 2 (multi-two), or Radio 1 / Radio 2 (SO2R).<br />
**'''R/M''' - Run or Mult (Multi-single)<br />
**'''+''' (suffix) - Indicates QSO data entered by a support or [[Menu:Windows#Partner|partner station]]<br />
<br />
Finally, a red information line at the bottom of the window displays additional information, such as<br />
* '''* New zone *'''<br />
* '''* New country *'''<br />
* '''* Dupe with #1963 at 23:59Z 2008-11-30 (25) * '''<br />
* '''* Spotted by F5MZN * '''<br />
* Brief one-line packet cluster announcements of new multipliers<br />
<br />
==Worked Gridsquares==<br />
<code>Windows | Worked Gridsquares</code> or '''<tt>Alt-L</tt>'''<br />
<br><br />
Opens (or closes) the gridsquares window. The gridsquares worked are in grey, the red spots are the stations worked and the green spots are the stations spotted. The current gridsquare is displayed in red color to give an indication of direction. This works even with only four of the six characters entered.<br />
<br />
[[Image:WindowsGridSquareMap1.gif|center|frame|Gridsquares Map]]<br />
<br />
If the [[Menu:Windows#DX-Cluster_Announcements|DX-Cluster Announcements]] window is opened and the gridsquare of a spot is known, passing the mouse over this spot will blink its location in this window.<br />
<br />
Right click on the map to display the pop-up window:<br />
<br />
[[Image:GridSquareMapPopUp.PNG|center|frame|Gridsquare map pop-up window displayed by right-clicking on the map]]<br />
<br />
* '''Copy the map''' copies the image to the Windows clipboard<br />
* '''Actualize Information''' controls when the map will be updated:<br />
** Pressing the spacebar <br />
** Automatically<br />
* '''Colorize worked gridsquares''' marks worked grid squares in gray<br />
* '''Show QSO''' marks QSOs with a red dot<br />
* '''Display the spots''' marks spotted stations with a green dot<br />
* '''Show gridsquares''' draws the squares and the grid square lines<br />
* '''Show fields only''' turns grid square outlines off<br />
* '''Show caption''' displays the major grid square names (first two letters)<br />
* '''Center map here''' lets you move the center of the map interactively. <br />
<br />
{{wbox|Note|This option is available only if you have '''not''' selected "Always center on the operating QTH" in the Properties dialog (see below).}}<br />
<br />
* '''Properties...''' allows you to modify several display parameters:<br />
<br />
[[Image:GridSquareMapProperties.PNG|center|frame|Gridsquares Map Properties]]<br />
<br />
The larger the scale, the bigger the map.<br />
<br />
==Worked Zones==<br />
<code>Windows | Worked Zones</code> or '''<tt>Alt-Z</tt>'''<br />
<br><br />
Opens (or closes) the worked zones window. The title of this menu item will fit to the chosen contest.<br />
The window displays the worked multipliers (in blue) or not (in white) on the current band, and possibly the current mode.<br />
<br />
Some examples:<br />
<br />
[[Image:WindowsZone1.gif|center|frame|Worked departements window (French REF HF contest)]]<br />
<br />
[[Image:WindowsZone3.gif|center|frame|Worked states and provinces window (International ARRL DX contest)]]<br />
<br />
Furthermore, with a right click on this window (if the contest is multi-bands and/or multi-modes) you can display the distribution of these multipliers by band (and/or mode).<br />
<br />
<br />
[[Image:WindowsZone2.gif|center|frame|WAZ zones worked window by band (CQWW DX contest)]]<br />
<br />
At last, the same contextual menu allows you to copy all the datas of this window into the clipboard as an image or a text, and directly paste it as a text file or an Excel (TM) or OpenOffice spreadsheet.<br />
<br />
==Worked DXCC==<br />
<code>Windows | Worked DXCC</code> or '''<tt>Alt-M</tt>'''<br />
<br><br />
Opens (or closes) the worked DXCC window. The title of this menu item will change with the contest chosen.<br />
<br />
[[Image:WindowsMult.gif|center|frame|Worked DXCC countries window]]<br />
<br />
If one DXCC country has been worked on a band (possibly a mode), this band will be displayed in blue, otherwise it remains in white. This window is resizable.<br />
<br />
A right click on this window allows to display the countries alphabetically sorted (within the same continent), or sorted by number of band/mode worked. More, to easily search for missing countries, the countries worked on all bands can be hidden (clean sweeps). Also, countries never worked in the contest can be hidden.<br />
<br />
You can easily move to the next (or previous) bookmark - displayed on a yellow background by default - by holding the '''<tt>Shift</tt>''' key down, while rolling your mouse wheel.<br />
<br />
Last, all the data included in this window can be copied as a text file, and pasted in text or directly in an Excel (TM) or OpenOffice spreadsheet, for a later analysis.<br />
<br />
==Check Callsign==<br />
<code>Windows | Check Callsign</code> or ['''<tt>F9</tt>''']<br />
<br><br />
Opens (or closes) the worked callsign window. This window displays a checkmark if and on which bands a specific callsign has been logged before. Depending on the type of the contest, the display may show more than one column to display the different possible modes.<br />
<br />
[[Image:WindowsCheckCallsign.gif|center|frame|The Check Callsign Window]]<br />
<br />
Moving the mouse cursor over the checkmark will bring up additional information about this QSO. And a double-click on it will move the cursor to this QSO.<br />
<br />
==Check Multipliers==<br />
<code>Windows | Check Multipliers</code> or ['''<tt>F10</tt>''']<br />
<br><br />
<br />
Opens (or closes) the checking multipliers window.<br />
<br />
[[Image:WindowsCheckCountry.PNG|center|frame|Check Multipliers window for the CQ World-Wide DX contest]]<br />
<br />
To use this window, enter a callsign or country prefix in the data entry area of the main logging window. The dark blue line indicates the current band. The other lines indicate whether this multiplier has been worked or not on other bands (and in other modes if the contest rules permit). If the callsign entered has been worked on other bands, Win-Test displays those QSOs (in DXpedition mode, also the date of the QSO is displayed). Otherwise, the callsign of the first station worked in that multiplier on that band is displayed, if any. For the CQ World-Wide DX contest, display priority is: same callsign, same country and same zone. An uppercase "Z" in the last column indicates that the zone and country have been worked on the indicated band. A lowercase "z" means the zone has been worked, but not the country. And of course a blank line indicates that both the zone and country are needed. See also the [[Menu:Windows#Search_for_Worked_Multipliers_or_Partial_QTH_Locators|Search for Worked Multipliers]] window.<br />
<br />
Additional information about the multiplier is displayed at the bottom:<br />
<br />
* The official country prefix and country name<br />
* A small icon indicating if it is local day, night, or sunrise/sunset time in that country<br />
* The current local time in that country (suffixed by a lowercase "l")<br />
* The short (Az) and long path (Lp) beam headings (azimuths) to this multiplier (based on the station locator entered in the [[New_Log#Step_2:_Setup_your_logcontest|Contest configuration screen]])<br />
* The sunrise (SR) and sunset (SS) time in this country, expressed as UTC (suffixed by a lowercase "z"). These times are computed from the geographical coordinates given taken from the CTY* file or your QTH locator, if specified in the setup dialog.<br />
* Graphical indication of the sun status on both sides of the QSO (may be disabled via the context menu)<br />
** Two yellow bars represent the sun over 24 hours of the day. The top bar displays the situation at the DX location, while the bottom bar represents your own location.<br />
** A pink cursor denotes current time. <br />
** Dotted lines represent local noon or local midnight. <br />
<br />
A double click on a line will move the cursor to the specified QSO. Press '''<tt>[Ctrl-End]</tt>''' or '''<tt>[Ctrl-G]</tt>''', '''<tt>[Enter]</tt>''' to return the cursor to the blank line at the end of the data entry area.<br />
<br />
Finally, using the context menu (right click on the window), you can change '''Actualize information''' to '''Automatically''' (recommended) or to '''Pressing the space bar''' to indicate when you want the check multiplier screen to be updated. "Automatically" updates the screen after each keystroke. Any modification in the received exchange field (e.g. zone) also updates this check multiplier window.<br />
<br />
==Search for Worked Multipliers or Partial QTH Locators==<br />
<code>Windows | Search for Worked Multipliers</code><br><br />
Keyboard shortcut: '''<tt>Shift+F10</tt>'''<br />
<br><br />
<br />
Lists all the callsigns logged in a specified multiplier (Zone, State, ARRL Section, Grid Square Locator, etc.).<br />
<br />
To quickly list everyone you have logged in a particular multiplier, sorted by band, enter the multiplier in the ''callsign'' field and press '''<tt>Shift+F10</tt>'''. The [[Menu:Windows#Check_Partials|Check Partial Window]] will be displayed in a different format, as shown below.<br />
<br />
[[Image:WindowsCheckMult1.gif|center|frame|Looking for a departement during the REF HF Contest]]<br />
<br />
[[Image:WindowsCheckMult2.gif|center|frame|Looking for a WAZ zone during the CQWW DX (Zone 40)]]<br />
<br />
[[Image:WindowsCheckMult3.gif|center|frame|Looking for an US state during the ARRL DX Contest (here: District of Columbia, DC)]]<br />
<br />
Any further typing in the callsign field restores the [[Menu:Windows#Check_Partials|Check Partial Window]] to its normal appearance. You can also use '''<tt>[Ctrl-W]</tt>''', '''<tt>[Alt-W]</tt>''', or '''<tt>[F11]</tt>''' to erase the multiplier from the callsign field.<br />
<br />
{{wbox|Note|This search only works for contests where the multiplier is logged as part of the exchange, so it doesn't work for the CQ WPX contest or the ARRL DX Contest (when operating from the U.S. and Canada).}}<br />
<br />
For VHF/UHF/SHF... contests, this function is dedicated to partial QTH locator search. Enter the partial QTH locator either in the callsign or in the locator field and then press '''<tt>Shift-F10</tt>'''.<br />
<br />
[[Image:WindowsCheckPartialQTHLocator.PNG|center|frame|Searching callsigns by QTH locator]]<br />
<br />
==Check Partials==<br />
<code>Windows | Check Partials</code> or ['''<tt>F12</tt>''']<br />
<br><br />
<br />
Opens (or closes) the Check Partials window. The master file used is normally MASTER.SCP or DEFAULT.SCP or ''contest''.DTB, as described under [[Check_Partial_and_Np1_Files|Check Partial and Np1 Files]].<br />
<br />
[[Image:WindowsCheckPartial.gif|center|frame|Checking partials. Partial callsign entered: A2Q]]<br />
<br />
If this window is open, and at least 3 characters are entered in the callsign logging field, Win-Test looks in the master database for the callsigns including the 3-character string. <br />
<br />
For example, in this upper screen-shot, the partial callsign entered is "A2Q". All the callsigns found by Win-Test show this string.<br />
<br />
The white callsigns are those not worked yet. The green callsigns are stations worked on another band, but not the current band. The red callsigns are the dupes (callsigns already worked on the current band).<br />
<br />
You may also use the wildcard character "?" like "DL6?A?" to filter out unwanted calls.<br />
<br />
[[Image:WindowsCheckPartialOptions.gif|center|frame|Available context menu options in the Check Partial window]]<br />
<br />
Double clicking on a callsign copies it into the callsign logging field.<br />
<br />
Right click in the window to brings up a context menu where you can choose if Win-Test is to use the master database or just your log. Another option is (in some contests) if you want to see the expected report in that window (from ''contest''.DTB).<br />
<br />
For slow contests, it might make sense to start the check partial search after the second letter is entered into the callsign field, rather than the third. <br />
<br />
Another option allows you limit the number of callsigns displayed to fit the available space in the window.<br />
<br />
Finally, the option '''Used files list''' will display the master file that Win-Test has loaded to feed the Check Partials window:<br />
<br />
[[Image:Check Partial Files List.PNG|center|frame|Used files list selected from Check Partial window pop-up menu]].<br />
<br />
See [[Check_Partial_and_Np1_Files|Check Partial and Np1 Files]] for more info about naming super check files, search order, and how to update them.<br />
<br />
In HF contests such as CQ World-Wide, you can enter a zone number in the '''callsign''' field and press '''<tt>Shift+F10</tt>''' to display a list of prefixes in that zone, and a list of stations worked in that zone.<br />
<br />
[[Image:WindowsCheckPartialShiftF10.png|center|frame|Check partial window after entering 37 in the callsign field and pressing Shift+F10 to view countries in that zone. 5H3EE is in zone 37 and has been worked on 20m.]]<br />
<br />
In VHF/UHF contests, pressing '''<tt>Shift+F10</tt>''' on a partial QTH locator changes the Check Partials Window to the Partial QTH Locator Search Window. This feature is helpful to identify stations in a VHF/UHF contest when you copy only the QTH locator.<br />
<br />
[[Image:WindowsCheckPartialResult.png|center|frame|Check Partial QTH Locator window]]<br />
<br />
You may enter the partial QTH locator either in the callsign or in the QTH locator fields. A minimum of four characters has to be present in order to check the locator.<br />
<br />
==Check N + 1==<br />
<code>Windows | Check N + 1</code> or ['''<tt>F8</tt>''']<br />
<br><br />
<br />
Opens (or closes) the N + 1 window. The master file used is normally MASTER.SCP or DEFAULT.SCP or ''contest''.DTB, as described under [[Check_Partial_and_Np1_Files|Check Partial and Np1 Files]].<br />
<br />
If this window is open, and at least 3 characters are entered in the callsign logging field, Win-Test looks in the master database for the callsigns differing from the partial callsign by one character.<br />
<br />
This command also detects 2-character swap (dyslexia), as well as one missing character.<br />
<br />
[[Image:WindowsNp1_1.gif|center|frame|N + 1 window (Partial call entered: W5TQ)]]<br />
<br />
If the callsign is not included in the master database, and has not been worked yet, it is considered a UNIQUE. Otherwise, it is displayed in the first position.<br />
<br />
[[Image:WindowsNp1_2.gif|center|frame|N + 1 window (Partial call entered: K3OK)]]<br />
<br />
The white callsigns are the stations not yet worked. The green ones are those worked on another band, but not the current band. The red callsigns are dupes.<br />
<br />
[[Image:WindowsNp1_3.gif|center|frame|Available context menu options in the N+1 window]]<br />
<br />
Double clicking on a callsign copies it into the callsign logging field.<br />
<br />
A right click in the window brings up a context menu where you can choose to use the master database or just your log. A second option (in some contests) is if you want to see the expected report in that window (from ''contest''.DTB). You may also wish to limit the number of callsigns displayed to the available space in the N+1 window. Finally, the option "Used files list" will display the master file that Win-Test has loaded to feed the Check Partials window.<br />
<br />
==Partner==<br />
<code>Windows | Partner</code><br />
<br><br />
Opens (or closes) the partner window.<br />
<br />
[[Image:PartnerWindow.gif|right|frame|Partner window with two entries. You can now pull W6XR into the callsign field by pressing '''<tt>Alt-1</tt>''']] <br><p>This feature is especially useful in a Multi-OP environment when facing large pile-ups and/or weak signals or when you are training a new operator.</p><br />
<br />
Situation: You get several callers coming back to your CQ. You pull out one callsign - but sometimes you are able to copy another callsign or at least parts of it. If you could remember this second call after the first QSO, you'd be able to call the second station right away (without QRZ) and save time.<br />
<br />
Improvement: Set up a second operator (OP2), a second computer and a second pair of headphones, sometimes a second receiver. Both OPs now open up the Partner window on their computer. The running operator OP1 continues like before: He works the first callsign. In the mean time, the OP2 supports OP1 to copy the callsign - or alternatively - he can add callsigns he copied from the pile-up by entering the callsign on the QSO entry field and then pressing '''<tt>Alt-Enter</tt>'''.<br />
<br />
This callsign will now be displayed on all computers in the network that are set at the same band and mode. OP1 will see the new callsign after his first QSO and calls that station right away. <br />
<br />
The Partner window can hold up to 9 callsigns, and theses calls can be pulled into the callsign field with '''<tt>Alt-1</tt>''', '''<tt>Alt-2</tt>'''...'''<tt>Alt-9</tt>'''. Usually this is done by OP1 to log that callsign, while OP2 uses this function to remove the call from the partner window. Once the QSO is logged, that callsign will disappear from both partner windows.<br />
<br />
You can also swap the callsign field with one of the entries by pressing '''<tt>Ctrl-1</tt>''', '''<tt>Ctrl-2</tt>'''...'''<tt>Ctrl-9</tt>'''.<br />
<br />
Using message variables on CW and RTTY you can now enter a QSO (with correction or not), grab another callsign from the Partner window, and send the new report in one keystroke, by using:<br />
'''$CORRECT TU $CR NOW $GRABPARTNER $NEXT $F2''' (sends call if corrected before the TU)<br />
for the '''<tt>[Plus]</tt>''' key, or<br />
'''$CURRENT TU $CR NOW $GRABPARTNER $NEXT $F2''' (resends full call before the TU)<br />
assuming '''<tt>$F2</tt>''' contains the report.<br />
<br />
If you want to manually grab a callsign from the Partner window you can use:<br />
'''$PREV TU NOW $LOGGED $F2'''<br />
Then<br />
# Use the '''<tt>[Enter]</tt>''' key to silently enter the current QSO<br />
# Grab the next callsign from the Partner windownd (via double-click or Alt-''n'')<br />
# Send the message above<br />
<br />
[[Image:WindowsPartnerWindowRealtimefeature.PNG|left|frame|Partner Window Context Menu]]<br />
[[Image:WindowsPartnerWindowProperties.PNG|right|frame|Partner Window Properties]]<br />
<br><p>When a QSO is logged locally or via the network it is checked against the contents of the partner window, and - if found - removed from the partner window as it is now obsolete.</p><br />
<br />
If automatic exchange guessing is enabled, a callsign grabbed from the partner window will have the exchange window filled in and will update the check partials and N+1 windows.<br />
<br />
Finally, the entire Partner window content can be cleared by using the appropriate context menu item or by pressing '''<tt>Alt-Backspace</tt>'''. Individual entries can be removed via '''<tt>Ctrl-Doubleclick</tt>'''.<br />
<br />
Up to three support partners can be engaged. If you do not want the partner to be limited by band and mode, use the "No band/mode filtering" option in the context menu of the partner window. <br />
<br />
A '''real-time''' mode is available in the partner window's context menu. This allows the main operator to have a real-time view on what the partner(s) is(are) typing (character by character) so he(she) does not have to wait until they press '''<tt>Alt-Enter</tt>''' in this time-critical situation. For this to work, the supporting partner has to change his station type to "Support" (see section [[Menu:Commands#Station_Type]]), indicated by '''<tt>R+</tt>''' on the QSO entry line.<br />
<br />
In the context menu of the partner window there are two settings that can be done, when more then one partner (up to 3) is engaged:<br />
* as support, must be selected to which slot this partner will send its real-time characters<br />
* as runner, must be selected how many slot are being displayed at the partner window top<br />
<br />
The runner will then grab a real-time slot with '''<tt>Alt-Space</tt>''', or in all cases, he can also double-click on any callsign of this window.<br />
<br />
==Status==<br />
<code>Windows | Status</code> or '''<tt>Alt-J</tt>'''<br />
<br><br />
Opens (or closes) the status window.<br />
<br />
[[Image:StatusWindow.PNG|center|frame|Status Window]]<br />
<br />
This window indicates the status of each station connected to the network. From left to right, are displayed :<br />
<br />
* Station name<br />
* Current band and mode<br />
* Station type<br />
* QSY frequency of the current band and mode<br />
* Radio 1 frequency<br />
* Radio 2 frequency<br />
* Operator<br />
* Time left before a possible QSY, according to the 10 minutes M/S rule, or "OK" if the station is allowed to make a QSY on another band. Note that this column only appears if the contest specifies this particular rule.<br />
<br />
Your own station is displayed in a deep blue background. The active radio of each station has its frequency in red characters.<br />
The list may be by band and station names when it gets cluttered in a very large network by using the appropriate function in the context menu.<br />
<br />
A double left click on a station name will display the chat dialog with this station name as default destination.<br />
<br />
Opening the context menu with a right mouseclick will allow you to turn on network traffic logging. This might be useful for basic network troubleshooting. This log file uses the .ntk (stands for NeTworK) file extension.<br />
<br />
Ping a specific station from the context menu on this station name and use "Ping XXX". The Win-Test version, the Master, Bridgehead, Sync indicators and the propagation time are returned in the Gab window (Alt-I). Reminder: You may also use the INV (stands for Inventory) text command to get a summary of the complete network.<br />
<br />
A remote command to a specific station can be sent by opening the context menu on this station name and use "Send remote command to XXX...".<br />
<br />
At last, a double left click on any frequency displayed will tune the current radio to that frequency.<br />
<br />
==Skeds==<br />
<code>Windows | Skeds</code> or '''<tt>Alt-B</tt>'''<br />
<br><br />
Opens (or closes) the skeds window.<br />
<br />
[[Image:WindowsSked.gif|center|frame|Skeds Window]]<br />
<br />
Skeds (Alt-E) and passed stations (Alt-D) are displayed in this window. See [[Multi-op/Passing]].<br />
<br />
* A grey background means that the sked is over for more than 10 minutes.<br />
* A yellow background means that the sked is planned within less than 10 minutes maximum (a "hot sked"). If the window was not open, it will pop-up to remind the operator of the hot sked. The pop-up will be suppressed, however, if Win-Test is running minimized.<br />
* A green background means that the sked is planned in more than 10 minutes.<br />
<br />
A - (minus) sign before the hour means that the sked is over for more than 24 hours. A + (plus) sign before the hour means that the sked is planned in more than 24 hours.<br />
<br />
A right click allows to sort the skeds window by time or by band. You can also hide the older skeds, and modify or cancel a sked. In a multi operating configuration, the sked data are sent across the network.<br />
<br />
At last, note that a double left click will tune the current radio on the sked frequency and capture the callsign of the scheduled station in the callsign logging field. You will thus just need to press ['''<tt>Return</tt>'''] after completing the QSO!<br />
<br />
==Solar Activity==<br />
<code>Windows | Solar Activity</code><br />
<br><br />
<br />
This option displays solar activity data that has been received from the DX cluster connection. You can chose between SSN, SFI, K and A indexes. It is an interesting tool to discover trends in propagation during a contest.<br />
<br />
<center><br />
{|<br />
|[[Image:WindowsSolarActivityWWV.png|center|frame|Solar Activity Window (WWV data)]]<br />
|[[Image:WindowsSolarActivityWCY.png|center|frame|Solar Activity Window (from DK0WCY)]]<br />
|}<br />
</center><br />
<br />
As there are two sources on the DX cluster for this kind of information, you may chose between WWV and WCY.<br />
This information can also be applied - in conjunction with HamCap - for specific propagation forecasts.<br />
See [[Menu:Options#HamCAP | Menu Options HamCAP]] in this manual.<br />
<br />
Click on the triangles to open or close a chart. You may open or close all charts at once by holding the ['''<tt>Shift</tt>'''] key down while clicking on one of the triangles.<br />
<br />
==QSY Wizard==<br />
<code>Windows | QSY Wizard</code><br />
<br />
The QSY Wizard can only be used if [[HamCAP]] is installed and running. You must also have [[Menu:Options#HamCAP| Options | HamCAP | Tab]] set to '''Charts'''.<br />
<br />
After working a DX, pressing '''<tt>Ctrl-P</tt>''' will bring up the HamCAP window with a propagation prediction to this DX. Then, the QSY Wizard will display the bands on which to which a QSY or sked may be useful:<br />
<center><br />
{|<br />
|[[Image:WindowsQsyWizard.png|center|frame|QSY Wizard]]<br />
|[[Image:HamCAPprediction.png|center|frame|HamCAP prediction to CN2R]]<br />
|}<br />
</center><br />
In the above example CN2R has been worked on 20m. After pressing '''<tt>Ctrl-P</tt>''' the wizard tells us that a QSY may be promising to 15, 40, 80 and 160m. For 10m, however, the wizard recommends a sked at 18:30 UT instead. This is the peak time predicted by HamCap for this path but MUF will be only be 20.1 MHz (the mouse cursor was over the 18:30/28MHz yellow square while creating this screenshot).<br />
<br />
==Extra Information==<br />
This window displays data included in .XDT (eXtra DaTa) files. These files are textual and have a very basic syntax. These files are suitable for name lists (your favorite contest friends or club members, whose names you never get to remember in the middle of the contest) or information about a station's capabilities on other VHF/UHF/SHF bands so that you will want to ask for a sked.<br />
<br />
[[Image:WindowsExtraDataFiles.png|center|frame|The Extra Data Files Window can be used to display additional useful information during the contest.]]<br />
<br />
===XDT Files===<br />
The first column is the callsign of the station for which information is to be displayed. The rest of the line carries the information to display. There can be only one line per callsign. Lines have to be formatted in MS-DOS mode, i.e. CR/LF at the end.<br />
<br />
You can set up to 10 default extra data files by the menu function '''<code>Options | Data files | Default data files</code>'''. These files will be opened with every log. They must be located in the WT installation directory. Refer to [[Menu:Options#Default_extra_data_files... | Menu: Options Default extra data files...]] for detailed information.<br />
<br />
You can also add '''log-specific''' extra data files by using the '''<tt>Extra files...</tt>''' item in the context menu of this window (right-click to open the contextual menu). A new window will open-up where you can click the ADD button to browse the computer resources to locate and select the file you need (see picture).<br />
<br />
[[Image:LogSpecificExtraDataFiles.png|center|frame|Click the ADD button to locate and select the file you need]]<br />
<br />
There is no limitation to the location and the number of these log-specific files. The added file names and paths will then be save in a file with '''<tt>.xdl</tt>''' extension among all the other contest specific files (.LOG, .SUM, .pkt, .gab, .wtb, etc.).<br />
<br />
<br />
If you modify an '''<tt>.XDT</tt>''' file while it is in use, you must reload it by using the '''<tt>Reload files</tt>''' item in the context menu.<br />
<br />
{{wbox|Note|This function is designed to work with no more than a few thousand callsigns only. Don't try it with millions of lines or a Callbook file!}}<br />
<br />
===Directives===<br />
Directives are special statements in the data file beginning with a hash sign and a space.<br />
<br />
The <code># TITLE</code> directive is used to display a title in the window, like this:<br />
<pre><br />
# TITLE Operator Names<br />
CT1BOH Jose<br />
DJ1YFK Fab<br />
DL4NER Werner<br />
DL6RAI Ben<br />
F5HRY Herve<br />
F5MZN Olivier<br />
F6FVY Larry<br />
M0CLW Simon<br />
M3PHP Peter<br />
</pre><br />
<br />
The <code># VARIABLE</code> directive allows you to send the extra information in a CW message by using a variable name. The variable name '''must''' begin with the $ character.<br />
<br />
Example: The following line will substitute the $OPNAME string in the CW messages with the extra info included in this file, if the sent callsign has matching data.<br />
<br />
<pre><br />
# VARIABLE $OPNAME <br />
</pre><br />
<br />
<br />
{{wbox|Note|The variable subsitution only works with the internal CW keyer.}}<br />
<br />
==Summary==<br />
<code>Windows | Summary</code> or '''<tt>Alt-S</tt>'''<br />
<br><br />
Opens (or closes) the scoring summary window.<br />
<br />
[[Image:WindowsSummary.gif|center|frame|Summary]]<br />
<br />
The displayed number of QSO does not include the dupes. Thus, the QSO column displays only the QSO that have generated points.<br />
<br />
A right click allows to copy the scoring summary data in the clipboard as an image or as a text file (in WT language or in English, depending on the contest).<br />
<br />
===Live Score===<br />
<br />
[[Image:LiveScoreBroadcasting.gif|center|frame|Enabling Live Score Broadcasting through the context menu]]<br />
<br />
The context menu also allows you to configure and enable live score reporting by using a specific UDP broadcast protocol [http://download.win-test.com/utils/SummaryBroadcastingSpecs.txt]. Please note that additional third-party software is<br />
needed to post your score to one of the live scoreboards on the internet.<br />
<br />
For testing purposes, there is an option to create a live score broadcast "now"; typically, it will be broadcasted automatically once every five minutes or however you set up the periodicity. Live score broadcasting in a multi operator environment is limited to the station that is the network time master. <br />
<br />
For further information about live scores, please see [http://www.5b4wn.com/main/index.php?m=10] and [https://dl1dxa.darc.de/pdf/wt4.pdf] (German language).<br />
<br />
==Rate==<br />
<code>Windows | Rate</code> or '''<tt>Alt-R</tt>'''<br />
<br><br />
Opens (or closes) the rate window.<br />
<br />
[[Image:WindowsRate.PNG|center|frame|Rate Window]]<br />
<br />
This window is divided in different parts:<br />
<br />
The upper part displays the rate of the last hour, of the last 10 QSO, and of the last 100 QSO. It also displays a moving graph of the rate, computed on the last 15 minutes before the current QSO. The lower portion of that window displays additional rate information in text format.<br />
<br />
===Graphs===<br />
The graph is calculated on the last 15 minutes (default). Each bar, thus representing one minute on the air, calculates the moving average rate on the last X minutes, this time being selectable between 5 to 30 minutes. A short period will be selected for a contest with high rates (international HF, such as CQWW or WPX), and a longer one for a contest with slower rates (such as a national HF, or a VHF).<br />
<br />
Below is a display that shows instant continent distribution of previous QSOs. It uses the same timing parameters as the instant rates above.<br />
<br />
The QSO Timer Alarm progress bar appears below that. This bar gives a clear visual indication of the time elapsed since your last QSO. Right click and select '''Off-time timer alarm''' to set the full scale range of the progress bar. In the screen shot above, it is the red bar showing over 100H elapsed since the last QSO, but normally it is a green progress bar that advances from left to right. It begins as 100% green and slowly more of it turns red until it reaches full scale, when the bar becomes 100% red. The default scale is 5 minutes, but it is configurable between 1 and 120 minutes.<br />
<br />
===Text Information===<br />
The next part displays information about Time ON and Time OFF. For new logs, the off-time calculation is based on the contest rules. You can still use a custom setting to check your operating efficiency. Right click and select '''Off-time calculation threshold'''. If the contest rule is unknown, 30 minutes will be used as a default threshold. <br />
<br />
The next part shows information about band changes.<br />
<br />
The central part gives general information about the point statistics of the contest, e.g. time by mult, QSO counts, Mult worth, etc. <br />
<br />
The bottom part indicates the current mode and, in CW, the current speed, as well as the status of the automated CQ repeat mode.<br />
Some indicators that may appear there include:<br />
* '''CW''' - Operating mode is set to CW (press '''<tt>Ctrl-F1</tt>''' or '''<tt>Ctrl-F2</tt>''' to change)<br />
* '''SSB''' - Operating mode is set to Phone<br />
* '''RTTY''' - Operating mode is set to RTTY<br />
* '''34 WPM''' - CW speed in Words Per Minute (adjust with '''<tt>Alt-F9</tt>''', '''<tt>Alt-F10</tt>''', and '''<tt>Alt-V</tt>''')<br />
* '''34/32 WPM''' - Independent CW speed between Win-Test and WinKey pot (WinKey speed displayed on right)<br />
* '''S''' - Operator is listening in Stereo mode (operator pressed '''<tt>AltGr-S</tt>''' or '''<tt>Ctrl-Alt-S</tt>''', press '''<tt>AltGr-A</tt>''' or '''<tt>Ctrl-Alt-A</tt>''' to remove)<br />
* '''T''' - Operator is listening to the Secondary Radio (operator pressed '''<tt>AltGr-T</tt>''' or '''<tt>Ctrl-Alt-T</tt>''', press '''<tt>AltGr-A</tt>''' or '''<tt>Ctrl-Alt-A</tt>''' to remove)<br />
* '''REPEAT''' - Automatic repeating CQ feature is active and '''<tt>[F1]</tt>''' has been pressed. See [[Menu:Tools#Automatic_CQ_repeat|Automatic CQ Repeat]].<br />
<br />
===Context Menu===<br />
A right click allows you to choose on what bands and modes these calculations have to be done:<br />
<br />
* All : No filtering is done<br />
* Current : Filters only QSO done in the mode and band of the current radio<br />
* According to QSO : Filters only QSO done in the mode and band of the current QSO<br />
<br />
You can also choose to display the calculations as :<br />
<br />
* QSO / h : Only based on the number of QSO<br />
* Points / QSO : Averages the points of the QSO<br />
* Points QSO / h : Without the multipliers<br />
* Points / h : Including the multipliers<br />
<br />
Thresholds are defined and can be modified on the following properties:<br />
<br />
* Instant moving graph window -how many minutes of history are taken into account<br />
* Off Time Alarm - after how many minutes the color of the green bar will turn red<br />
* Off-time calculation - after how much time of no QSO, time is counted towards off-time (may be contest specific)<br />
* Last band change method - which event triggers the timer after a band change<br />
<br />
Moreover, the contents of the rate window can be customized by selecting one or more of the following, which are listed under the '''Display''' menu item of the context menu:<br />
<br />
* Instant rate moving graph<br />
* Instant continents distribution<br />
* Off-time timer<br />
* Time ON / Time OFF<br />
* Band Changes<br />
* Band Changes elapsed times<br />
* QSO/Mult ratio<br />
* Distances Data<br />
<br />
Finally, right click and select the '''Copy''' menu item to copy this window, as an image, to the Windows clipboard.<br />
<br />
{{wbox|Note|The available menu items in the context menu may vary depending on where you right click in the window.}}<br />
<br />
==Statistics==<br />
<code>Windows | Statistics</code> or '''<tt>[Ctrl-F9]</tt>'''<br />
<br><br />
Opens (or closes) the Statistics window, a rate sheet.<br />
<br />
[[Image:WindowsRateSheet.gif|center|frame|Statistics Window showing total QSOs made on all bands and modes, per hour]]<br />
<br />
The size of this window can be changed by dragging the edges. The window displays the number of QSOs, hour by hour, for the entire contest period.<br />
<br />
The time span is fixed depending on the contest type. For the shorter contests, the display spans 24 hours; for the major contests, it spans the full 48 hours. For DXpeditions, it is configurable from 1 to 15 days via the [Days...] button in the [[New_Log#Step_2:_Setup_your_log|Contest Configuration window]].<br />
<br />
Switching to the '''Targets''' tab in the statistics window, you may compare your current score to a pre-loaded estimate, which may be derived from a previous contest operation or generated by hand. Positive offsets with respect to the target file are shown in green color, negative offsets in red color. <br />
<br />
[[Image:Targets.PNG|center|frame|Cumulative (overall) Multiplier tracking vs. target]]<br />
<br />
You may also display hour-by-hour comparisons with the targets.<br />
<br />
[[Image:StatisticsHourlyQSOTargets.PNG|center|frame|Hour by hour QSO tracking vs. target]]<br />
<br />
Please see [[Menu:Tools#Load_an_objective_file|Menu | Tools | Load a targets file...]] for further information on exporting and loading target files.<br />
<br />
Switching to the '''Continents''' tab displays continental QSO statistics.<br />
<br />
[[Image:StatisticsContinents.PNG|center|frame|Continental QSO statistics]]<br />
<br />
A right click allows to set different display options:<br />
<br />
{| align="center"<br />
|[[Image:StatisticsPopUpMenuDisplayedData.PNG|center|frame|Pop-up menu showing displayed data options]]<br />
|[[Image:StatisticsPopUpMenu.PNG|center|frame|Pop-up menu showing band options]]<br />
|}<br />
<br />
Displayed Data<br />
<br />
* Select which kind of data to display: QSOs, Multipliers, QSO Points, etc.<br />
<br />
<br />
Band<br />
<br />
* All (total): Single color display, all bands combined<br />
* All (detailed): Multicolor display, one color per band<br />
* Current: Displays statistics for the current band<br />
* According to QSO: Displays statistics for the band of the currently selected QSO<br />
<br />
Mode<br />
<br />
* All (total): Single color display, all modes combined<br />
* All (detailed): Multicolor display, one color per mode<br />
* Current: Displays statistics for the current mode<br />
* According to QSO: Displays statistics for the mode of the currently selected QSO<br />
<br />
Display<br />
<br />
* By time: Displays an hour by hour comparison<br />
* Overall: Displays a cumulative (overall total) comparison<br />
<br />
Another option allows you to load a targets file for comparison, or export a targets file based on the current log.<br />
<br />
Finally, it is possible to copy any of the Statistics windows as image or text to the Windows clipboard. Then you can copy the data into to a text document or even into an Excel&reg; or OpenOffice spreadsheet.<br />
<br />
==Gab==<br />
<code>Windows | Gab</code> or '''<tt>Alt-I</tt>'''<br />
<br><br />
Opens (or closes) the gab window.<br />
<br />
[[Image:WindowsGab.gif|center|frame|Gab Window]]<br />
<br />
All the gab chat is displayed in this window. With a right click, you can choose to display (or not) the time when the message was sent, including (or not) the seconds. Moreover, this window can be copied as an image.<br />
<br />
In the context menu, the option "Taskbar flashing" can be selected to make the Windows Task Bar flash every time a gab is received.<br />
<br />
All the gab chat is recorded in the <tt>.gab</tt> file of the current contest.<br />
<br />
A double-click in a station name in this window will open the chat dialog, with this station name as default destination.<br />
<br />
If the gab window becomes too cluttered, you may wish to clear it via the context menu.<br />
<br />
==World Map==<br />
<code>Windows | World Map</code><br />
<br><br />
Opens (or closes) the map window<br />
<br />
[[Image:WindowsMap.gif|center|frame|World Map]]<br />
<br />
The dimensions of this worldmap window can be modified. With a right click, you can display (or not) the grey-line. Moreover, you can increase or decrease the format (zoom).<br />
<br />
An additional option allows you to display only the greyline terminator plus a little symbol for the sun which makes reading the information a little easier at times.<br />
<br />
[[Image:WorldMapWithLightTerminator.gif|center|frame|World Map with light terminator]]<br />
<br />
==Radio 1, Radio 2 (Band Maps)==<br />
<code>Windows | Radio 1</code> or <code>Windows | Radio 2</code><br />
<br><br />
Opens (or closes) the radio window.<br />
[[Image:WindowsRadio.gif|right|frame|Radio window (band map)]]<br />
These resizable windows are also called Band Maps.<br />
<br />
The frequencies of the 2 VFOs are displayed. The active VFO has a yellow background.<br />
<br />
If Win-Test has a DX cluster connection, the bandmaps are automatically fed from the DX cluster data stream, from logging contacts, and by manually adding information using '''<tt>Ctrl-Enter</tt>''' instead of '''<tt>[Enter]</tt>'''. Op-entered spots are protected from spots of the same DX on a freq inside the mode bandwidth window.<br />
<br />
The green callsigns denote new multipliers, the black ones new callsigns (not worked so far), and dupes are in grey color and slanted font.<br />
<br />
A double click on a callsign will automatically put the radio on the spot frequency and capture the callsign in the logging field. You just need to complete the QSO and press '''<tt>[Enter]</tt>'''! Press '''<tt>[Alt-F4]</tt>''' to return to your run frequency.<br />
<br />
An '''<tt>[Alt]</tt>'''-double click on a callsign will load the spot frequency into the Sub VFO (VFO B), if your radio supports it.<br />
<br />
While in split mode during 40m and 80m SSB operation, when adding a spot to the band map, Win-Test remembers both the RX and the TX VFO frequencies, and will store this information so that when you select the spot, both VFOs will be set correctly, and you'll be ready to call (unless the QSX frequency has changed in the mean time).<br />
<br />
Moving the mouse pointer over a spot in the band map will bring up additional information, such as the age of the spot the callsign of the spotter, and any comments. Double-clicking the spot with the '''<tt>[Ctrl]</tt>''' key removes the spot from the band map (without confirmation).<br />
<br />
[[Keys#Band_Map|Other key combinations]] can be used to operate with the Band Map.<br />
<br />
===Band Maps Context menu===<br />
<br />
A right click on this window brings up its context menu. <br />
<br />
* The top option in this Context Menu allows you to program the Sub VFO (if your radio supports it) with this spot. <br />
* The '''Propagation''' submenu item allows you to gather propagation information via [[HamCAP]] (if installed)<br />
* The next two entries '''Modify...''' and '''Delete''' allow you to change or remove spots in the band map. Note that you can quickly remove a spot by double-clicking it with the '''<tt>[Ctrl]</tt>''' key pressed.<br />
* Additionally, you can change the scale of the band map display from 1:1 up to 30:1. The scale can also be set through the mouse wheel.<br />
* More options are hidden in the sub menus [[#Extended_information|Display Options]] and [[#Band_Map_properties|Properties...]] where one can set a lot of minor details of the band map.<br />
[[Image:WindowsBandMapContextMenu.PNG|center|frame|Band Map Context Menu]] <br><br />
*<code>29S 11N</code> at the bottom indicates there are 29 spots total, 11 new calls (not yet worked).<br />
* The List tab of the band map has a context menu with several sorting options:<br />
[[Image:WindowsBandMapListViewContextMenuSort.png|center|frame|Band Map List View Context Menu - sorting options]] <br><br />
* The List tab of the band map has a display option that lets you hide dupes and display additional information:<br />
[[Image:WindowsBandMapListViewContextMenuDisplay.png|center|frame|Band Map List View Context Menu - hiding dupes]] <br><br />
* You may toggle between band map and list view using '''<tt>[Ctrl-tab]</tt>'''<br />
<br />
====Special cursors====<br />
Special indicators for the last CQ frequency or the QSY frequency (set with the PASSFREQ text command, or with the <code>Commands | QSY frequency</code> menu option) can also be activated (see picture). <br />
<br />
[[Image:WindowsBandMapCqCursor.png|center|frame|Band Map with CQ cursor]] <br><br />
<br />
To enable them, tag the CQ cursor and/or the QSY cursor items in the Display Options submenu of the context menu itself.<br />
<br />
====Extended information====<br />
The Display Options menu also allows you to select if the expected exchange will be displayed in the band map and other minor details, like day/sunrise/sunset/night symbols, time and sender, comments etc.<br />
<br />
====Markers====<br />
The Display Options menu allows you to enable the displaying of markers. These can be useful for beacons and other known stations on the bands.<br />
<br />
[[Image:WindowsBandmapMarker.png|center|frame|Band Map with a marker file for 10 m beacons loaded ]]<br />
<br />
Markers are defined by text files with a '''.mkr''' extension located in the Win-Test directory. WT can use and display up to 10 files simultaneously; they can be selected in the <tt>Options | Data files | Markers files</tt> menu. <br />
For detailed information, please see [[Menu:Options#Markers_files... | Menu: Options Data files Markers files]].<br />
<br />
Marker display settings can be different for each radio. The syntax of the marker files is very basic and they are easy to create with a simple text editor like Notepad.<br />
<br />
A marker is defined by its frequency (in kHz), a label (one word) and an optional tooltip (30 chars max.) that will flash when the mouse cursor is positioned on the marker for a few seconds. If you include a four or six character gridsquare locator, WT will display heading and distance to this gridsquare in the tooltip window.<br />
<br />
Example:<br />
<br />
28205 DL0IGI Hohenpeissenberg JN57MT<br />
28257 DK0TEN Sipplinger Berg JN47NT<br />
28277.5 DF0AAB Kiel JO54GH<br />
<br />
Two DIRECTIVES (or KEYWORDS) define the background and foreground color:<br />
<br />
* # BACKGROUND color => Sets the background color of the following markers in the file. If no color is specified, the default color is green.<br />
* # TEXT color => Sets the text color of the following markers in the file. If no color is specified, the default color is black.<br />
<br />
The known colors are: White, Black, Red, Green, Blue, Yellow, Magenta, Cyan. The case of the color is irrelevant, so "green" and "Green" are identical.<br />
<br />
Example :<br />
<br />
# BACKGROUND white<br />
# TEXT green<br />
#<br />
14100 Bcn NCDXF Beacon<br />
<br />
This will display a white marker with a green text "Bcn". The associated tooltip will be "NCDXF Beacon". As usual, you can double-click on a marker to set the current radio on the frequency of the marker. A sample file '''NcdxfBeacons.mkr''' is located in the WT repository at: http://download.win-test.com/files/markers/. It displays markers for each NCDXF beacon. <br />
<br />
You may build your own marker files (VHF beacons etc.) and share it with the WT community if you want.<br />
<br />
====Segments====<br />
WT can display band allocations for different license types in the bandmap tab of the radio windows. This allows you to select a run frequency which is in right band segment for US-Advanced or US-Novice amateurs for example.<br />
<br />
Band segments are defined by text files with a '''.seg''' extension located in the Win-Test Extras directory. WT can use and display up to 10 files simultaneously; they can be selected in the <tt>Options | Data files | Segments files</tt> menu.<br />
Please find more detailed information in [[Menu:Options#Segments_files... | Menu: Options Data files Segments files]].<br />
<br />
Due to space constraints - you can't have more than 5 segments displayed per band for any given frequency.<br />
<br />
The segments display settings can be different for each radio.<br />
<br />
<center><br />
{|<br />
|[[Image:BandMapMarkerSegment.png|center|frame|Band Map with marker and segments]]<br />
|[[Image:WindowsBandmapSegments.png|center|frame|Band Map with US band allocation]]<br />
|}<br />
</center><br />
<br />
The syntax of the segments files is very basic, and the files are easily created with a simple text editor like Notepad. A segment is defined by specifying its lowest and its highest frequency (in kHz). The two frequencies may be linked by an hyphen for easier reading. An optional tooltip text (30 chars max.) can be given to explain the meaning of the color segment. By placing the mouse cursor over a colored line in the band map display, the tooltip will display.<br />
<br />
The BandMap segment color is indicated by the DIRECTIVE (keyword) COLOR like given below. The known colors are: White, Black, Red, Green, Blue, Yellow, Magenta, Cyan. The case of the color name is irrelevant. If no color is specified, the segments will be displayed in yellow.<br />
<br />
Example:<br />
<br />
# COLOR Red<br />
14000-14150 Extra CW<br />
14150-14350 Extra SSB<br />
# COLOR Yellow<br />
14025-14150 Advanced CW<br />
14175-14350 Advanced SSB<br />
# COLOR Magenta<br />
14025-14150 General CW<br />
14225-14350 General SSB<br />
<br />
This will display the US band allocation in the 20-m-band.<br />
<br />
The segments order, and potential overlaps in the file are irrelevant. WT will take care to display them in an optimized way.<br />
<br />
Two sample files are located in the WT repository at http://download.win-test.com/files/segments/<br />
<br />
* '''UsSegmentsDetailled.seg''' displays all band segments for every US licence type.<br />
* '''UsSegments.seg''' displays all band segments in which all US licencees are potentially active.<br />
<br />
You may create your own band segments files for other countries, regions, etc. and share them with the WT community if you want.<br />
<br />
====Band Map properties====<br />
Selecting '''Properties...''' in the context menu of the Radio 1 or Radio 2 band map windows displays the Bandmaps Properties window:<br />
<br />
[[Image:BandMapProperties.png|center|frame|Bandmap properties window]]<br />
<br />
Here you can define the lifetime of two kinds of spots, control the behavior of the logging window when you press '''<tt>[Ctrl-Enter]</tt>''' to create an operator-entered spot, control the automatic entry of data in the logging window when you grab a spot in the bandmap (via double click), select random 100 Hz TX frequency offsets to improve the chances of calling a spot on a clearer frequency (recommended), and the spot bandwidth for each mode (CW, SSB, RTTY) which is used to determine when two spots are on the same frequency. The spot bandwidth can be set between 0 Hz and 5000 Hz, in 100 Hz steps. The lifetime of spots in the band map can be changed from the default (60 minutes) to any other value below 100 minutes.<br />
<br />
Search & Pounce Options allow you to add spots to the band map without having to press '''<tt>[Ctrl-Enter]</tt>'''. Simply enter the callsign and turn the VFO by the specified frequency change threshold to automatically populate the band map.<br />
<br />
{{wbox|Note|To automatically populate the Band Map, you must be in S&P mode. Search & Pounce is not activated by default. Select [[Menu:Tools#Enable_Run.2FS.26P_switching|Tools | Data entry | Enable Run/S&P switching]] (text command shortcut: '''<tt>RUNSP [Enter]</tt>'''), and then press '''<tt>[Ctrl-tab]</tt>''' once to toggle from Run to S&P mode. The [[Menu:Windows#Clock|clock window]] indicates the current mode.}}<br />
<br />
==Secondary Radio==<br />
<code>Windows | Secondary Radio</code><br />
<br><br />
Opens (or closes) the Secondary Radio window.<br />
<br />
[[Image:secondary_window.PNG|center|frame|Secondary Radio Window]]<br />
<br />
This window controls the "other" radio that is currently not in use during SO2R operation, not necessarily radio 2.<br />
For more information, please see [[SO2R/Second_radio_window]].<br />
<br />
==RTTY (radio1, radio2)==<br />
<code>Windows | RTTY (radio 1)<br><br />
Windows | RTTY (radio 2)<br />
</code><br />
<br><br />
Opens (or closes) the RTTY Transit/Receive windows.<br />
<br />
[[Image:RttyWindow.PNG|frame|center|RTTY TX/RX Window]]<br />
<br />
For more information, see [[RTTY#Receive.2Ftransmit_window|RTTY Receive/Transmit window]] in the [[RTTY]] chapter.<br />
<br />
==Rotators==<br />
<code>Windows | Rotators</code><br />
<br><br />
Opens (or closes) the Rotators window, which displays the true beam heading (after adding any programmed offsets) of all the antennas available on the current operating band or bands (two bands if using two radios).<br />
<br />
[[Image:WindowsRotatorsConnected.PNG|frame|center|Rotators window with true heading of four antennas on current operating bands]]<br />
<br />
The three tabs at the bottom may be used to select what is displayed:<br />
<br />
* '''Antennas''' - Display the true beam heading (by antenna name) of all named antennas defined for the current operating band or bands. Any defined antenna offsets are used to calculate the displayed heading. Arrow buttons can be used to rotate one antenna at a time.<br />
* '''Stacks''' - Display the true beam heading of any wtRotator "Stacks" (or "Groups") on the current band. The buttons may be used to rotate the entire stack at once to the same heading, even if each antenna has a separate rotator. The heading of the first rotator added to a stack or group determines which heading is shown for the stack (even if another antenna in the stack is currently pointing in a different direction).<br />
* '''Rotators''' - Display ''all'' connected rotators (by rotator name), regardless of band, and the heading of each, as displayed on the control box. Any antenna offsets are ignored.<br />
<br />
Click on the arrow buttons to rotate the current antenna, stack, or rotator as follows:<br />
* <code>[<<]</code> - Rotate 45° counter-clockwise<br />
* <code>[<]</code> - Rotate 15° counter-clockwise<br />
* <code>[>]</code> - Rotate 15° clockwise<br />
* <code>[>>]</code> - Rotate 45° clockwise <br />
You may also enter a callsign, DXCC prefix, or beam heading in the Win-Test logging Window, and press '''<code>[Ctrl]-F12</code>''' to rotate all antennas defined on the current band to desired heading (assuming your Grid Square or "Locator" is properly defined in the Contest Configuration screen).<br />
<br />
''Right click'' on the dark blue area of the Rotators window to display the pop-up menu.<br />
<br />
[[Image:WindowsRotators.PNG|frame|center|Rotators window with pop-up menus]]<br />
<br />
Use the pop-menu to sort the list, change font size, or start or stop the companion program, '''wtRotators''', on the local PC. wtRotators is a program that communicates with one more more rotators, similar to the way that wtDxTelnet communicates with one or more packet clusters. In can be located on the current computer or a separate computer on the LAN, whichever computer is physically connected to a rotator's serial port. <br />
<br />
Select the '''Start/stop automatically''' option to have Win-Test automatically start and stop the wtRotators program on the local computer whenever you open or close Win-Test.<br />
<br />
See the [[Rotators]] main topic for more information about configuring and using wtRotators with Win-Test.<br />
<br />
==DX-Cluster Monitor==<br />
<code>Windows | DX-Cluster monitor</code> or '''<tt>Alt-O</tt>'''<br />
<br><br />
Opens (or closes) the DX Cluster monitoring window.<br />
<br />
[[Image:WindowsPacket.gif|center|frame|DX Cluster monitoring window]]<br />
<br />
The contents of this window are logged to to the '''.pkt''' file. Logging can optionally be disabled to save disk space or to prevent malware scanners from slowing down the system -- in particular, when a lot of spots is being received (e.g. via RBN). To disable logging, right-click in the window and uncheck "Stream logging".<br />
<br />
The window is scrollable so that you can step back through history, back - even to the beginning of the file. The scrolled window will not update when new spots arrive. However, there is a little hint in the title bar like '''[+1138 lines]'''. In order to see all spots which have arrived in the mean time you have to move the scrollbar back to the end of the window.<br />
<br />
For more information regarding the setup of DX Cluster connections, please see<br />
[http://docs.win-test.com/wiki/Menu:Commands#DX-Cluster Commands | DX Cluster]<br />
<br />
==DX-Cluster Announcements==<br />
<code>Windows | DX-Cluster Announcements</code> or '''<tt>Alt-A</tt>'''<br />
<br><br />
Opens (or closes) the DX cluster announcements window.<br />
<br />
[[Image:WindowsDxClusterAnn.png|center|frame|DX Cluster Announcements Window]]<br />
<br />
This window gathers all the spots coming from the DX cluster. New multipliers are green, other stations (but not dupes) are black.<br />
<br />
A double click on a selected line will automatically switch the active radio to the spot frequency, and will grab the call and enter it in the callsign logging field. You just need to complete the QSO and press ['''<tt>Return</tt>'''].<br />
<br />
QSX information (like QSX 7239) is parsed from the comment field of the spot and handled correctly, so that when you click on such a spot, the transceiver will switch to split mode, put VFO A on the RX frequency and VFO B on the TX frequency. QSX is indicated by an asterisk (*) character on the spotted callsign. Cross-band QSX frequencies are being ignored.<br />
<br />
With a right click, you can choose to display only new multipliers, only spots entered by the operator and/or selected bands:<br />
<br />
[[Image:DXClusterAnnouncementsBands.PNG|center|frame|Band selection pop-up menu for the DX Cluster Announcements window]]<br />
<br />
Op-entered spots enable you to enter spots on your own - they will be marked with a circonflex and remain at the bottom of the announcements window and not overwritten by incoming DX Cluster spots.<br />
<br />
CT1BOH's quality tags can be used to filter out unwanted spots (if supported by your Skimmer or DX Cluster). Check the appropriate fields in the context menu to select spots you want.<br />
<br />
[[Image:DXClusterAnnouncementsSpotQuality.PNG|center|frame|Enable spot quality for the DX Cluster Announcements window]]<br />
<br />
All spots are logged to the corresponding '''.dxc''' file in the log directory. Logging can be disabled to save disk space or prevent malware scanners from slowing down the system - in particular, when a lot of spots is being received (e.g. via RBN). Manually entered spots are still being logged to the '''.dxc''' file.<br />
<br />
The displayed information is selectable (local time as a sun symbol, exchange, time spotted, spot comments, spot quality, beam heading, and the callsign of the spotter):<br />
<br />
[[Image:DXClusterAnnouncementsDisplayOptions.PNG|center|frame|Display options for the DX Cluster Announcements window]]<br />
<br />
Additional shortcuts:<br />
* '''<tt>[Ctrl] + Dbl click</tt>''' on a spot removes the spot from the Announcements window (without confirmation).<br />
* '''<tt>[Alt] + Dbl click</tt>''' on a spot loads the spot frequency in the sub VFO of the active radio (if your radio supports it) <br />
<br />
For more information regarding the setup of DX Cluster connections, please see<br />
[http://docs.win-test.com/wiki/Menu:Commands#DX-Cluster Commands | DX Cluster]<br />
<br />
==NCDXF/IBP Beacons==<br />
Displays the transmission schedule of the NCDXF / IBP (International Beacons Project) beacons. A double click on a line sends the radio to the beacon freq. An "i" (stands for "info") in the status column indicates a comment you can read by hovering the mouse over it.<br />
<br />
[[Image:WindowsNcdxfIbpBeacons.png|center|frame|NCDXF/IBP Beacons Window allows you to keep an eye on propagation conditions.]]<br />
<br />
==Clock==<br />
<code>Windows | Clock</code><br />
<br><br />
Opens (or closes) the clock window.<br />
<br />
[[Image:clocks.png|center|frame|Clock window samples]]<br />
<br />
To set time in Win-Test, you don't need to change the computer time. You just need to adjust the computer clock in the local time, within the right time zone. Win-Test will compute the UTC time from this information. <br />
<br />
The color of the time display changes in minutes 59 and 00, to prepare an operator changeover in a multi-op environment.<br />
<br />
This window also displays sunrise and sunset times (SR and SS) according to your location. To catch your eye, the color of these times will change when you are within 30 minutes of sunrise or sunset times.<br />
<br />
This window also displays your Locator (which is needed if you want that WT exactly compute SR/SS times as well as Bearings and distance to the correspondent) and the Win-Test operating mode, RUN or S/P, according to your operating needs. For details on this feature see also [[Menu:Tools#Data_entry | Menu:Tools Data_entry]].<br />
<br />
Just as a side note, WinXP allows you to synchronize your computer's clock time through the Internet. Please see more details on Microsoft's support pages ([http://www.microsoft.com/resources/documentation/windows/xp/all/proddocs/en-us/windows_date_it_overview.mspx overview] and <br />
[http://technet2.microsoft.com/windowsserver/en/library/b43a025f-cce2-4c82-b3ea-3b95d482db3a1033.mspx details]).<br />
<br />
The font type and size, as well as the background and all the usual window colors can be changed through the context menu using a right mouse click on that window.<br />
<br />
==Contest Recorder==<br />
<code>Windows | Contest Recorder</code> <br />
<br><br />
Opens (or closes) the Contest Recorder window.<br />
<br />
Before recording, right click and select [[Menu:Options#MP3_Configuration|MP3 Configuration]] to set the recording parameters.<br />
<br />
A right-click on the Recorder window provides help to the keyboard shortcuts. Use <code>right-click | Files Information</code> to see information about recorded files, or to delete recorded files. Start the recording by pressing '''<tt>AltGr-O</tt>''' or using the text command shortcut: '''<tt>RECORD</tt>''' or '''<tt>STARTRECORD</tt>''', stop the recording using '''<tt>NORECORD</tt>''' or '''<tt>STOPRECORD</tt>'''.<br />
<br />
The recording is a standard MP3 file which can be played on any MP3 player. Win-Test actually saves timestamps in the MP3 files which allows for a quick navigation when run from within Win-Test. Win-Test creates sequential files up to a specific size (690 MBytes by default) and then switches to a new file.<br />
<br />
[[Image:ContestRecorder.PNG|center|frame|Contest Recorder window with context menu]]<br />
<br />
The Contest recorder is a powerful tool to check your copying abilities, verify notes you have made during the contest or let others listen to what was audible on your end of the QSO. The shortcut '''<tt>AltGr+Enter</tt>''' quickly lets you jump to a specific QSO recording and you can then use the fast forward and fast backward functions to play it over and again. <br />
<br />
[[Image:ContestRecorderExtractQSO.PNG|center|frame|Extract QSO dialog]]<br />
<br />
Please note that in some contests, modifying your log after the contest is against the rules. However, it is never prohibited to go back to your log after having received your UBN report from the contest sponsor and find out why you failed to copy something or assumed a QSO where it wasn't a perfect QSO. <br />
<br />
In very fierce competitions like WRTC, teams must provide a complete recording of the whole contest (both receive and transmit audio) to their referee. To record the transmit signal can be tricky and may require additional hardware, as some radios do not supply the monitor signal on the audio output line.<br />
<br />
Win-Test uses the "standard" MP3 tags.<br />
<br />
Title : Contest name + Category mode + File number (starting at 000)<br />
Artist : Callsign<br />
Album : Station<br />
Year : Contest year (1st QSO)<br />
<br />
In order to play QSOs, the MP3 tags must match the settings in the current .wt4 file. Otherwise, the recorder will display the message "No record for station X", with X being the current station number.<br />
<br />
N6TV gave a comprehensive presentation on the subject at the Visalia International DX Convention 2019 which you can find on his web page: https://www.kkn.net/~n6tv/N6TV_Visalia_2019_Recording_A_Contest.pdf<br />
<br />
==SSB bargraph==<br />
<code>Windows | SSB bargraph</code><br />
<br><br />
Opens (or closes) the SSB bargraph window<br />
<br />
[[Image:WindowsVuMeter.gif|center|frame|SSB bargraph window]]<br />
<br />
This bargraph displays the audio level of the Win-Test's digital voice player (if used, of course). The appropriate level is the yellow part of this bargraph. The windows can be rotated by 90 degrees.<br />
<br />
==Close all Windows==<br />
<code>Windows | Close all windows</code><br />
<br><br />
Closes all windows except the log entry area in the left lower area.<br />
<br />
[[Menus|Back to Menus]]</div>Dl6raihttps://docs.win-test.com/w/index.php?title=File:ToolsCountdownTimer2.PNG&diff=4999File:ToolsCountdownTimer2.PNG2023-04-09T14:52:36Z<p>Dl6rai: </p>
<hr />
<div></div>Dl6rai